Xam Idea Social Class 10th PDF

CLASS X
2018-19
SOCIAL SCIENCE
As Per CBSE Remodelled
Assessment Structure
Compiled by:
EDITORIAL BOARD
Printing History: Edition: 2018-19
Syllabus Covered: Central Board of Secondary Education, Delhi
Price: Four Hundred Five Rupees (` 405/-)
ISBN: 978-93-87516-88-5
© Copyright Reserved by the Publishers

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be
reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted,, in any form or by any means, without
transmitted
written permission from the publishers.
Published By: VK Global Publications Pvt. Ltd.

Regd. Ofce:
4323/3, Ansari Road, Darya Ganj, New Delhi-11000
Delhi-110002
2
Ph: 91-11-23250105, 23250106 Fax: 91-11-23250141
Corporate Ofce:
15/1, Main Mathura Road, Faridabad (NCR)
Haryana-121003
Phone: 0129-7117719-48 lines, Fax: 0129-2250322
Email: mail@vkpublicati
mail@vkpublications.com
ons.com
www.vkpublications.com
Printed At: Rave India
Every effort has been made to avoid errors or omissions in this publication. In spite of this, some errors might have
crept in. Any mistake, error or discrepancy noted may be brought to our notice which shall be taken care of in the
next edition. It is notied that neither the publishers nor the author or seller will be responsible for any damage
or loss of action to anyone, of any kind, in any manner, therefrom. For binding mistakes, misprints or for missing
pages, etc., the publisher’s liability is limited to replacement within one month of purchase by similar edition. All
expenses in this connection are to be borne by the purchaser
purchaser..
Contents
Unit–I History: India and The
The Contemporary
Contemporary World–II
1. The Rise of Nationalism in Europe ............................................... .3
2. The Nationalist Movement in Indo-China ................................. 28
3. Nationalism in India ............................................. ......................... 52
4. The Making of a Global World.............................................. ....... 87
5. The Age of Industrialisation ................................................. ..... 108
6. Work, Life and Leisure .................................................. .............. 123
7. Print Culture and the Modern World....................................... 138
8. Novels, Society and History .................................................. ..... 158
Unit–II Geography: Contemporary India–II
1. Resources and Development ............................................... ..... 179
2. Water Resources .................................................. ....................... 202
3. Agriculture ................................................... ................................ 213
4. Minerals and Energy Resources................................................ 230
5. Manufacturing Industries ..................................................... ..... 256
6. Life Lines of National Economy ................................................ 280
Unit–III Political Science: Democratic Politics–II
1. Power Sharing
Sharing..............................................................................305
..............................................................................305
2. Federalism .................................................... ................................ 317
3. Democracy and Diversity ............................................. .............. 333
4. Gender
Gender,, Religion and Caste .................................................. ..... 343
5. Popular Struggles and Movements
Movements..........................................355
..........................................355
[Chapterr 5 is to be done as Project Work

[Chapte
only and will not be evaluated in theory]
6. Political Parties ................................................ ............................ 369
7. Outcomes of Democracy ................................................ ........... 389
8. Challenges to Democracy ............................................... ........... 404
Unit–IV Economics: Understanding

Understanding Economic Development
Development
1. Development
Development ................................................... ............................ 415
2. Sectors of the Indian Economy ............................................... ..

..427
427
3. Money and Credit..................................................... ................... 450
4. Globalisation and the Indian Economy .................................... 469
5. Consumer Rights ............................................. ............................ 491
n Examination Corner ...............................................................509

l Pre-mid Term Test Paper
l Mid Term
Term Test
Test Paper
l Post-mid Term
Term Test
Test Paper
l Model Question
Question Paper 1 (Solved) ................................... 539
l Model Question Papers
Papers 2-5 (Unsolved).......................... 548
n Project Work ............................................................................557

l Disaster Management
l Political Science
l Economics
Syllabus
Course Structure Class – X

(Annual Examination)
Time: 3 Hours Marks: 80
Unit No. Unit M ar ks Periods

India and the Contemporary
I 20 60
World - II
II Contemporary India - II 20 55
III Democratic Politics - II 20 50

Understanding Economic
IV 20 50
Development
Total 80 215
Unit 1: India and the Contemporary World-II

60 Periods
Themes Objectives
In Sub-unit 1.1 students are required to l The theme will discuss the forms in
choose any two themes. In that sub-unit,
which nationalism developed along with
theme 3 is compulsory and for second the formation of nation states in Europe
theme, students are required to choose
in the post-1830 period.
any one from the rst two themes.
l Discuss the relationship/dierence
In Sub-units 1.2 and 1.3, students are
between European nationalism and anti-
required to choose any one theme from
colonial nationalisms.
each. Thus, all students are required to
study four themes in all. l Point to the way the idea of the
Formath required nation states became
Sub-unit 1.1 : Events and processes: Any
generalized in Europe and elsewhere.
one from 1 and 2 of the following themes:
l Discuss the dierence between French
1. The Rise of Nationalism in Europe:
colonialism in Indo-China and British
(a) The growth of nationalism in Europe colonialism in India.
after the 1830s. (b) The ideas of Giuseppe l Outline the dierent stages of the anti-
Mazzini, etc. (c) General characteristics of
imperialist struggle in Indo-China.
the movements in Poland, Hungary, Italy,
Germany and Greece. (Chapter 1)
(i) Syllabus
2. The Nationalist Movement in Indo-China: l Familiarize the students with the
Factors Leading to Growth of Nationalism
dierences between nationalist
in Indo-China (a)French colonialism in Indo- movements in Indo China and India.
China. (b) Phases of struggle against the
French. (c) The ideas of Phan Chu Trinh, Phan l Discuss the characteristics of Indian
Boi Chau, HO Chi Minh. (d) The Second World nationalism through a case study of Civil
War and the liberation struggle. (e) America Disobedience Movement.
and the Vietnam war. (Chapter 2) l Analyze the nature of the diverse social
3. Nationalism in India: movements of the time.
(a) Impact of First world war, Khilafat, Non- l Familiarize students with the writings and
Cooperation and Diering Strands within ideals of dierent political groups and
the Movement. (b) Salt Satyagraha. (c) individuals, notably Mahatama Gandhi.
Movements of peasants, workers, tribals. (d)
Limits of Civil Disobedience. (e) The Sense of
Collective Belonging. (Chapter 3)
Sub-unit 1.2: Livelihoods, Economies and l Show that globalizaton has a long history
Societies: and point to the shifts within the process.
Any one of the following themes: l Analyze the implication of globalization for
4. The making of a Global World: local economies.
(a) The Pre-modern world (b) The Nineteenth l Discuss how globalization is experienced
Century global economy, colonialism (c) The dierently by dierent social groups.
Inter war Economy (Great Depression) (d) l Familiarize students with the Proto-
Rebuilding the World Economy Industrial phase and Early – factory system.
5. The Age of Industrialization : l To make them understand, about the
(a) Proto-industrialization and pace of process of industrialization and its impact
industrial change (b) Life of workers (c) on labour class.
Industrialization in the colonies (d) Early l To explain them about industrialization
Entrepreneurs & workers (e) The Peculiarities
in the colonies in reference to Textile
of Industrial Growth (f) Market for Goods
industries.
6. Work, Life & Leisure : l Show the dierence between urbanization
(a) Development of modern cities due to in two dierent contexts. A focus
Industrialization in London & Bombay (b) on Bombay and London will allow
Housing and Land Reclamation (c) Social the discussions on urbanization and
Changes in the cities (d) Cities and the industrialization to complement each
challenge of the Environment other.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
(ii)
Sub-unit 1.3 : Everyday Life, Culture and l Discuss the link between print culture and
Politics. (Any one of the following themes):
the circulation of ideas.
7. Print Culture and the Modern World: l Familiarize students with pictures,
(a) The history of print in Europe. (b) The cartoons, extracts from propaganda
growth of press in nineteenth century India. literature and newspaper debates on
(c) Relationship between print culture, public important events and issues in the past.
debate and politics.(Chapter 7) l Show that forms of writing have a specic
8. Novels, Society and History: history, and that they reect historical
(a) Emergence of the novel as a genre in the changes within society and shape the
west. (b) The relationship between the novel forces of change.
and changes in modern society. l Familiarize students with some of the ideas
(c) Early novels in nineteenth century India. of writers who have had a powerful impact
(d) A study of two or three major writers. on society.
(Chapter 8)
Unit 2: Contemporary India-II

55 Periods
Themes Objectives
1. Resources and Development: Types l Understand the value of resources and
- natural and human; Need for resource
the need for their judicious utilisation and
planning, natural resources, land as a conservation.
resource, soil types and distribution;
changing land-use pattern; land degradation l Understand the importance of water as
and conservation measures. (Chapter 1) a resource as well as develop awareness
towards its judicious use and conservation.
3. Water Resources: Sources, distribution,
utilisation, multi-purpose projects, water l Understand the importance of agriculture
scarcity, need for conservation and in national economy.
management, rainwater harvesting. (One l Identify various types of farming and
case study to be introduced) (Chapter 3) discuss the various farming methods;
4. Agriculture: Types of farming, major Describe the spatial distribution of
crops, cropping pattern, technological major crops as well as understand the
and institutional reforms; their impact; relationship between rainfall regimes and
contribution of Agriculture to national cropping pattern.
economy-employment and output. l Explain various government policies for
institutional as well as technological
reforms since independence.
(iii) Syllabus
Note : Content of pg no. 44-47 of l Discuss various types of minerals as well as their
NCERT Textbook is to be deleted.
uneven nature of distribution and explain the need
(Chapter 4) for their judicious utilisation.
5. Minerals and Energy Resources: l Discuss various types of conventional and non-
Types of minerals, distribution conventional resources and their utilization.
(Note : on map only) use and
economic importance of minerals, l Discuss the importance of industries in the national
conservation, types of power economy as well as understand the regional
resources: conventional and disparities which resulted due to concentration of
non-conventional, distribution industries in some areas.
and utilization, and conservation. l Discuss the need for a planned industrial
(Chapter 5) development and debate over the role of
6. Manufacturing Industries: government towards sustainable development.
Types, spatial distribution (Note: l To explain the importance of transport and
on map only) contribution communication in the ever shrinking world.
of industries to the national l To understand the role of trade in the economic
economy, industrial pollution
development of a country.
and degradation of environment,
measures to control degradation.
Note : Content
: Content mentioned on page
no. 74-75 of NCERT
NCERT,, Geography
Text book i.e. Aluminium Smelting,
Chemical Industries, Fertilizer
Industry, Cement Industry is not
required to be delivered in class
room during instruction.
7. Life Lines of National
Economy: Importance
Economy: Importance of
means of Communication and
transportation, Trade & Tourism
(Chapter 7)
Project / Activity:
• Learners may collect photographs of typical rural houses, and clothing of people from
dierent regions of India and examine whether they reect any relationship with climatic
conditions and relief of the area.
• Learners may
may write a brief report on various
various irrigation practices in the village and the change
in cropping pattern in the last decade.
Posters:
• Pollution of water in the locality.
• Depletion of forests and the greenhouse eect.
Note: Any similar activity may be taken up.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
(iv)
Unit 3: Democratic Politics–II
50 Periods
Themes Objectives
1 & 2. Power Sharing & Federalism: Why
Federalism: Why l Introduce students to the centrality of
and how is power shared in democracies? power sharing in a democracy.
How has federal division of power in India
helped national unity? To what extent has
l Understand the working of spatial and
decentralisation achieved this objective? How social power sharing mechanisms.
does democracy accommodate dierent l Analyse federal provisions and institutions.
social groups? (Chapter 1&2) l Understand the new Panchayati Raj
3 & 4. Democracy and Diversity & Gender, institutions in rural and urban areas.
Religion and Caste: l Analyse the relationship between social
Are divisions inherent to the working of cleavages and political competition with
democracy? What has been the eect of reference to Indian situation.
caste on politics and of politics on caste? How l Understand and analyse the challenges
has the gender division shaped politics? How posed by communalism to Indian democracy.
do communal divisions aect democracy?
de mocracy? l Understand the enabling and disabling
(Chapter 3&4) eects of caste and ethnicity in politics.
5. Popular Struggles and Movements (Note: l Develop a gender perspective on politics.
Ch-5 is to be done as project work only and
l Understand the vital role of struggle in the
will not be evaluated in theory)
expansion of democracy.
6. Political Parties: What role do political l Analyse party systems in democracies.
parties play in competition and contestation?
Which are the major national and regional l Introduction to major political parties in
parties in India? (Chapter 6) the country.
7. Outcomes of Democracy: Can or should
l Analyse the role of social movements and
democracy be judged by its outcomes? What non-party political formations.
outcomes can one reasonably expect of l Introduction to the dicult question of
democracies? Does democracy in India meet evaluating the functioning of democracies.
these expectations? Has democracy led to l Develop the skills of evaluating Indian
development, security and dignity for the democracy on some key dimensions :
people? What sustains democracy in India? development, security and dignity for the
(Chapter 7) people.
8. Challenges to Democracy: Is the idea of
democracy shrinking? What are the major
challenges to democracy in India? How can
democracy be reformed and deepened?
(v) Syllabus
What role can an ordinary citizen play in l Understand the causes for continuation of
deepening democracy? (Chapter 8)
democracy in India.
l Distinguish between sources of strength
and weaknesses of Indian democracy.
l Reect on the dierent kinds of measures
possible to deepen democracy.
l Promote an active and participatory
citizenship.
Unit 4: Understanding Economic Development

50 Periods
Themes Objectives
1. Development: The traditional notion l Familiarisation of some macroeconomic
of development; National Income and
concepts.
Percapita Income. Growth of National Income
- critical appraisal of existing development l Sensitizing the child about the rationale
indicators (PCI, IMR, SR and other income for overall human development in our
and health indicators) The need for health country, which include the rise of income,
and educational development; Human improvements in health and education
Development Indicators (in simple and brief as rather than income.
a holistic measure of development. l It is necessary to raise question in minds
2. Sectors of the Indian Economy: *Sectors of the children whether the increase in
of Economic Activities; Historical change in income alone is sucient for a nation.
sectors; Rising importance of tertiary sector; l How and why people should be healthy
Employment Generation; Division of Sectors- and provided with education.
Organised and Unorganised; Protective l To make aware of a major employment
measures for unorganised sector workers.
generating sector.
(Chapter 2)
l Sensitise the learner of how and why
3. Money and Credit: Role of money in an
governments invest in such an important
economy: Formal
economy: Formal and Informal nancial
sector.
institutions for Savings and Credit - General
Introduction; Select one formal institution l Familiarize the concept of money as an
such as a nationalized commercial bank and economic concept.
a few informal institutions; Local money l Create awareness of the role of nancial
lenders, landlords, chit funds and private institutions from the point of view of day-
nance companies. (Chapter 3) to-day life.
(Note : Ch-3 will also be evaluated in theory)
Xam idea
Social Science–X
(vi)
4. Globalisation and the Indian Economy: l Provide children with some idea about
Production across countries, Foreign
how a particular economic phenomenon is
trade and Interaction of Markets, what is inuencing their surroundings and day-to-
Globalization? Factors, WTO, Impact, Fair
day life.
Globalization (Chapter 4)
l Making the child aware of his/her rights
5. Consumer Rights: ***How
Rights: ***How consumer
and duties as a consumer.
is exploited (one or two simple case
studies) factors causing exploitation of l Familiarizing the legal measures available
consumers; Rise of consumer awareness; to protect from being exploited in markets.
how a consumer should be in a market;
market; role
of government in consumer protection.
(Chapter 5)
Suggested Activities / Instructions:

Theme 2*: Visit
2*: Visit to banks and money lenders / pawnbrokers and discuss various activities that
you have observed in banks in the classroom.
Participate in the meetings of Self Help Groups, which are engaged in micro credit schemes in
the locality of learners and observe issues discussed.
Theme 4**: Provide
4**: Provide many examples of service sector activities. Use numerical examples, charts
and photographs.
Theme 5***: Collect
5***: Collect logos of standards available for various goods and services. Visit a consumer
court nearby and discuss in the class the proceedings; Collect stories of consumer exploitation
and grievances from newspapers and consumer courts.
(vii) Syllabus
Class – X
Project Work: 05 Periods (5 Marks)
Every student has to compulsorily undertake any one project on the following units / topics.
1. Disaster Management (Pertaining to class Xth curriculum of Disaster Management only).
OR
2. Popular Struggles and Movements
OR
3. Money and Credit
The project have been carefully designed so as to –
a) Create awareness in learners
b) Enable them to understand and co-relate all aspects of selected topic
c) Relate theory with practice
d) Relation of dierent aspects with life
e) Provide hands on experience
The distribution of marks over dierent aspects relating to Project Work is as follows:
S. No. Aspects Marks
1. Content accuracy and originality 1
2. Presentation and creativity 1
3. Process of Project Completion : Initiative, cooperativeness, 1
participation and punctuality
4. Viva or written test for content assimilation 2
The projects carried out by the students in dierent topics should subsequently be shared
among themselves through interactive sessions such as exhibitions, panel discussions, etc. All
documents pertaining to assessment under this activity should be meticulously maintained by
concerned schools. A Summary Report should be prepared highlighting:
l objectives realized through individual or group interactions;
l calendar of activities;
l innovative ideas generated in this process ;
l list of questions asked in viva voce
It is to be noted here by all the teachers and students that the projects and models prepared
should be made from eco-friendly products without incurring too much expenditure. The Proje ct
Report should be handwritten by the students themselves and comprise of not more than 15
foolscap pages. Records pertaining to projects (internal assessment) of the students will be
maintained for a period of three months from the date of declaration of result for verication
at the discretion of Board. Subjudiced cases, if any or those involving RTI / Grievances may
however be retained beyond three months.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
(viii)
Design of Question Paper
SOCIAL SCIENCE
Class – X (2018-19)
S. Typology of Questions Very Short Long Total %
No. Short Answer Answer Marks Weightage
Answer (SA) (LA)
(VSA) 3 Marks 5 Marks
1 Mark
Remembering (Knowledge based

simple recall questions, to know
1. specic facts, terms, concepts, — 2 2 16 20%
principles, or theories, Identify,
dene or recite, information)
Understanding (Comprehension
- to be familiar with meaning
and to understand conceptually,
2. interpret, compare, contrast, 3 1 2 16 20%
explain, paraphrase, or interpret
information)
Application (Use abstract

information in concrete situation,
to apply knowledge to new
3. situations, use given content to 2 3 2 21 26%
interpret a situation, provide an
example, or solve a problem)
High Order Thinking Skills (Analysis

& Synthesis - Classify, compare,
contrast, or dierentiate between
dierent pieces of information,
4. 2 3 1 16 20%
Organize and/or integrate unique
pieces of information from a variety
of sources)
Creating, Evaluation and Multi-

Disciplinary (Generating new ideas,
5. product or ways of viewing things — 2 — 6 08%
appraise, judge, and/or justify)
6. Map skill — — 1 5* 06%
Total 1×7=7 3 × 11 = 33 5×8 80 100%

= 40 (26)
* Map question of 5 marks having 5 items carrying 1 mark each.
(ix) Syllabus
CLASS –X 2018-2019
LIST OF MAP ITEMS FOR SOCIAL SCIENCE
A. HISTORY - OUTLINE POLITICAL MAP OF INDIA
Lesson-3 Nationalism in India – (1918 – 1930).

For locating and labelling / Identication.
1. Indian National Congress Sessions:

Calcutta (Sep. 1920)
Nagpur (Dec. 1920)
Madras (1927)
Lahore (1929)
2. Important Centres of Indian National Movement

(Non-cooperation and Civil Disobedience Movement)
(i) Champaran (Bihar) - Movement of Indigo Planters
(ii) Kheda (Gujrat) - Peasant Satyagrah
(iii) Ahmedabad (Gujarat) - Cotton Mill Workers Satyagraha
(iv) Amritsar (Punjab) - Jallianwala Bagh Incident
(v) Chauri Chaura (U.P.) - calling o the Non Cooperation Movement
(vi) Dandi (Gujarat) - Civil Disobedience Movement
B. GEOGRAPHY
Outline Political Map of India
Chapter 1: Resources and Development

Identication only: Major soil Types.
Chapter 3: Water Resources

Locating and Labelling –
Dams:
(1) Salal (2) Bhakra Nangal
(3) Tehri (4) Rana Pratap Sagar
(5) Sardar Sarovar (6) Hirakud
(7) Nagarjuna Sagar (8) Tungabhadra. (Along with rivers)
Chapter 4: Agriculture
Identication only
(a) Major areas of Rice and Wheat.
(b) Largest / Major producer states of Sugarcane; Tea; Coee; Rubber; Cotton and Jute.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
(x)
Chapter 5: Mineral and Energy Resources.
Minerals: (Identication only)
(I) Iron ore mines:
Mayurbhanj Durg Bailadila
Bellary Kudremukh
(II) Mica mines:
Ajmer Beawar Nellore
Gaya Hazaribagh
(III) Coal mines :
Raniganj Jharia Bokaro
Talcher Korba Singrauli
Singareni Neyvali
(IV) Oil Fields :
Digboi Naharkatia Mumbai High
Bassien Kalol Ankaleshwar
(V) Bauxite Deposits:
The Amarkantak plateau
Maikal hills
The plateau region of Bilaspur- Katni.
Orissa Panchpatmali deposits in Koraput district
(VI) Mica deposits:
The Chota Nagpur plateau.
Koderma Gaya – Hazaribagh belt of Jharkhand
Ajmer
Nellore mica belt
Power Plants:
(Locating and Labelling only)
(a) Thermal :
Namrup Talcher Singrauli
Harduaganj Korba Uran
Ramagundam Vijaywada Tuticorin
(b) Nuclear:
Narora Rawat Bhata Kakrapara
Tarapur KaigaKalpakkam
(xi) Syllabus
Chapter 6: Manufacturing Industries
Locating and Labelling Only
(1) Cotton Textile Industries:
Mumbai Indore Ahmedabad
Surat Kanpur Coimbatore
Madurai
(2) Iron and Steel Plants:
Burnpur Durgapur Bokaro
Jamshedpur Raurkela Bhilai
Vijaynagar Bhadravati Vishakhapatnam
Salem
(3) Software Technology Parks:
Mohali Noida Jaipur
Gandhinagar Indore Mumbai
Pune Kolkata Bhubaneshwar
Vishakhapatnam Hyderabad Bangalore
Mysore Chennai Thiruvanantapuram
Chapter 7: Lifelines of National Economy.

Identication Only: Golden Quadrilateral, North-South Corridor, East-West Corridor.
National Highways:
NH-1 NH-2 NH-7
Locating and Labelling:

Major Ports:
Kandla Mumbai Jawahar Lal Nehru
Marmagao New Mangalore Kochi
Tuticorin Chennai Vishakhapatnam
Paradip Kolkata Haldia
International Airports:
Amritsar (Raja Sansi) Delhi (Indira Gandhi International)
Mumbai (Chhatrapati Shivaji) Thiruvanantapuram (Trivandrum International Airport)
Chennai (Meenam Bakkam) Kolkata (Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose)
Hyderabad (Rajiv Gandhi)
Note: Items of Locating and Labelling may also be given for Identication.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
(xii)
HISTORY
1. THE RISE OF NATIONALISM IN EUROPE
2. THE NATIONALIST MOVEMENT IN INDO-CHINA
3. NATIONALISM IN INDIA
4. THE MAKING OF A GLOBAL WORLD
5. THE AGE OF INDUSTRIALISATION
6. WORK, LIFE AND LEISURE
7. PRINT CULTURE AND THE MODERN WORLD
8. NOVELS, SOCIETY AND HISTORY
INDIA AND THE

CONTEMPORARY WORLD-II
The rise of nationalism
1 in europe
BASIC CONCEPTS � A FLOW CHART
CHANGES DURING THE 1789

FRENCH REVOLUTION
France was under The revolution transferred the Ideas like ‘La Patrie’ (the The Royal flag was
Absolute monarchy. governmental power or ruling fatherland) and ‘Le replaced by the
power from monarchy to French Citoyen’ (the citizen) were New French Flag.
people or its citizens. adopted.
French became Uniform weights Abolishment of A centralized National Assembly was renamed
the national and measures internal customs administrative system as ‘Estate General’, which was
language. were adopted. duties and dues. was established. elected by the citizens.
NAPOLEON
(1769-1821)
Ruler of France Became the first Napoleonic Code

from 1799-1815. consul by assuming (1804)
absolute powers. or
Civil Code
Simplification of Right to Abolishment of all Equality before law

administrative property for privileges based
divisions. French citizens. on birth right.
Removed Abolishment of There was improvement

restrictions on feudal system & in transport and
guilds in towns. serfdom. communication system.
3 History: India and the

GREEK REVOLUTION (1830)
Greek War of Since 15th cen., Struggle for Greece’s Support from the Greek culture and
Independence Greece was part of Independence started with West European literature inspired
the Ottoman Empire. the Growth of nationalism countries. the poets and artists
in Europe from the who supported the
Ottoman empire in 1821. revolution.
GERMANY REVOLUTION OF THE LIBERALS (1848)
831 elected Drafted a Prussian King The parliament mainly took Troops forcibly
representatives Constitution for a Friedrich Wilhelm interest in the workers and disbanded the
marched to take their German nation based IV —rejected their artisans – as it was largely assembly.
places in the on constitutional demands. dominated by the middle
Frankfurt Parliament. monarchy. class members.
UNIFICATION OF GERMANY
(1866-71)
Efforts were made by These efforts were The national Otto-Von Bismark of 1871 – Kaiser William
the middle class suppressed by the unification was taken Prussia played the role I was declared as the
Germans to write the monarchy and under by the of a main leader in act new Emperor of a new
different regions of military and the leadership of Prussia. of nation-building. Empire.
German Confederation landowners in
into a nation-state. Prussia.
The unification of Germany Currency, banking, legal and judicial

established Prussian dominance systems were introduced by the New
in Europe. German Empire.
UNIFICATION OF ITALY
Mid 19th Century Around 1830s Sardinia – 1859 1861

Piedmont’s force Austrian forces Victor Emanuele
Was divided into 7 For uniting Italian marched into South were defeated by became the king
states. Republic-Giuseppe Italy and the France + Sardinia of United Italy
Mazzini program was Kingdom of the Two – Piedmont and Rome was
Only formed. Sicilies and drove out alliance. declared the
Sardinia-Piedmont the Spanish rulers. capital of Italy.
Was ruled by an Young Italy – a secret
Italian princely society was also
house. formed during this time.
North was ruled by Failure of revolutionary

Austrian Habsburgs. uprisings from
1831-1848 by King
Whereas the centre Victor Emmanuel II.
was under Pope.
Count Cavour –Chief
And the south was Minister of Sardinia –
under the Bourbon Piedmont – led the
Kings of Spain. movement for the
unification of Italy.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
4
VISUALISING THE NATION
Artists in 18th and Represented Female figures During French Revolution, In French, she
19th centuries country as a person became an allegory artists used female allegory was christened
personified nations. called ‘Allegory’. of the nation. to portray ideas like liber ty, ‘Marianne’
justice and republic.
Germania wears a crown of Germania became In red cap, the tricolor

oak leaves as the German the Allegory of the cockade represented
oak stand for heroism. Germany. liberty and the Republic.
BRITAIN
Before 18th century, Constant growth in England entrenched as An Act of the Union was Scotland and Ireland
it was not a nation power helped a nation. The power of formed between was dominated by
state. Englishnation to the monarchy was England and Scotland England in all aspects.
extend their control taken over by the by the United Kingdom
over other nations and English parliament. of Great Britain.
islands.
British Nation was formed – After the failed revolution led by

which included various the Wolfe and his United
symbols- flag, national Anthem Irishmen (1798), British took
and the English language. over Ireland forcibly.
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Republic: It’s a state where the supreme power is held by the people and their elected
representatives. The president is either appointed through elections or nomination.
2. Democratic republic: It is a country that is both public and a democratic. It is the one
where ultimate authority and power is derived from the citizens.
3. Socialist Republic: This refers to any state that is constitutionally dedicated to the
establishment of socialism.
4. Socialism: It is an economic theory, system or movement, where the production and
distribution of goods is done, owned and shared by the citizens of a society.
5. Absolute monarchy: It is a type of a governmental form of monarchy in which all
governmental power and responsibilities arise from a monarch. Louis XIV of France is
the most famous example of absolute monarchy. (France is a good example of this. In
France, Louis XIV is exemplar of absolute monarchy, with his court central to French
political and cultural life during his reign.)
6. Utopia: an imagined place or state of things in which everything is per fect.
7. Nation-state: A sovereign state, resided by comparatively homogeneous group of people
who share a feeling of common nationality.
8. Nationalism: Loyalty and devotion towards a nation.
9. Aristocracy: A class or group of people believed to be superior (as in rank, wealth, or
intellect).
10. Serf: a person in the past who belonged to a low social class and who lived and worked
on a land owned by another person.
11. Universal Suffrage: The right of all adult citizens to vote in an election.
12. Conservatism: Commitment to traditional values and ideas with opposition to change or
innovation.
13. Habsburg Empire: The Empire that ruled Austria, Hungary, including the Alpine region of
Tyrol, Sudetenland, and Bohemia.
14. Ottoman Empire: Turkish empire ruled by the Caliph – the spiritual and temporal head
of the Muslims.
15. Ideology: System of ideas reflecting a particular social and political vision.
16. Plebiscite: A direct vote by which all the people of a region are asked to accept or reject
a proposal.
17. Ethnic: It relates to a common racial, tribal or cultural origin or background that a
community identifies with or claims.
18. Allegory: when an abstract idea is expressed through a person or a thing. An allegorical
story has two meanings, one literal and one symbolic.
19. Romanticism: A cultural movement, which aimed at developing a particular form of
national sentiment and promote a feeling of collective heritage as the basis of a nation.
IMPORTANT EVENTS
1688 – Act of Union – Between England and Scotland- resulted in the formation of the
United Kingdom of Great Britain.
1789 – The French Revolution occurred.
1797 – Napoleon invades Italy, Napoleonic wars begin.
1801 – Ireland was forcibly incorporated into the United Kingdom.
1804 – Napoleonic Code or the Civil Code was introduced, abolishing privileges based
on birth. Upheld equality before law and secured right to property.
1815 – Defeat of Napoleon by European powers–Britain, Prussia, Russia and Austria.
1815 – The European powers met at Vienna to draw up a settlement for Europe. The
treaty of Vienna was signed.
1815 – Conservative regimes were set up.
1821 – Greek struggle for independence begins.
1830 – The July Revolution sparked an uprising in Brussels, which led to Belgium breaking
away from the United Kingdom of Netherland.
1830s – Giuseppe Mazzini had sought to put together a coherent programme for a
Unitary Italian Republic. Economic hardship in Europe.
1848 – Revolutions in Europe
Xam idea
Social Science–X
6
1832 – Treaty of Constantinople was signed and Greece was recognised as an independent
nation.
1848 – Renunciation of the French Monarch.
1848 – 831 elected representatives marched towards the Frankfurt parliament and
drafted the constitution for a German nation.
1852-1860 – Chief Minister Cavour, became the Prime Minister of Piedmont of Italy.
1861 – Victor Emmanuel II became the King of United Italy.
1864 – Bismarck fought a war against Denmark and took control of Schleswig.
1867 – Habsburg rulers granted more autonomy to the Hungarians.
1870 – Prussia defeated France and occupied Alsace and Lorraine.
1871 – Final unification of Italy was achieved.
1871 – Unification of Germany. An assembly comprising the princes of the German
states, representatives of the army, important Prussian ministers (including the
Chief Minister Bismarck) gathered in the Hall of mirrors at Versailles to proclaim
the new German Empire headed by Kaiser William I of Prussia.
1905 – Slav nationalism gathers force in the Habsburg and Ottoman Empires.
1914 – Beginning of World War I.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Write a note on:
(a) Giuseppe Mazzini (b) Count Camillo de Cavour
(c) The Greek war of Independence (d) Frankfurt Parliament
(e) The role of women in nationalist Struggles
Ans. (a) Giuseppe Mazzini: He was an Italian revolutionary, who played an important role in
promoting the idea of unication of Italian state. He was sent into an exile at the age of 24
in 1831 for attempting a revolution in Liguria. He came to France in 1830 and founded two
secret underground societies, under the name of ‘Young Italy’ and ‘Young Europe’, which
aimed at infusing the spirit of fraternity among Italians. Their members were from Poland,
France, Italy and the German states. Mazzini roamed in England and France, but continued
writing articles, addressing and inspiring his countrymen. Mazzini laid the foundation
of Italy’s unication and inculcated the thoughts of patriotism among Italians duty and
sacrice. He was a poet, an idealistic thinker and a pioneer of revolution.
(b) Count Camillo de Cavour: In 1848, he was elected a member of the rst of Sardinia- Piedmont.
He was neither a revolutionary nor a democratic. He was convinced that economic progress
and powerful army were two vital forces for the unication of Italy. In 1852, he became the
Prime Minister and a new chapter opened in the history of Italy. He proved himself to be an
extraordinary diplomat and marvellous politician of his time. Like Mazzini and Garibaldi,
Cavour also was a true patriot and had determined to see Italy independent and unied.
(c) The Greek war of independence: An event that mobilised nationalist feelings among the
educated elite across Europe was the Greek war of Independence. The war of independence
took place from 1821-1829 among the Greek revolutionaries against the Ottoman Empire.
The Greek nationalists were inspired by the idea of Liberal nationalism. They got support from
the other Greeks living in exile and also from many Western European who had sympathies
for ancient Greek culture. There were poets and artists who hailed Greece as the cradle of
European civilisation. Finally, the Treaty of Constantinople of 1832 recognised Greece as an
Independent nation.

(d) Frankfurt parliament: A large number of middle class professionals-businessmen and
prosperous artisans belonging to different regions of Germany came together in a political
association and decided to vote for an all-German National Assembly in the city of Frankfurt.
In 1848, 831 people were elected and decided to organise the Parliament at Frankfurt in the
Church of St. Paul. This Assembly drafted a Constitution for a German nation to be headed
by a monarch, subject to a parliament. When the deputies offered the crown on these terms
to Friedrich Wilhelm IV, King of Prussia, he rejected it and joined other monarchs to oppose
the elected assembly. The parliament was dominated by the middle classes, who resisted
the demands of workers and artisans and consequently lost their support. In the end, troops
were called in and the assembly was forced to disband.
(e) The role of women in nationalist struggles: Over the years, a signicant role was played
by women in the national struggle, all over the world. They were active participants, who
suffered the torture, stood in the protests, founded newspapers, taken part in political
meetings and demonstrations, spread the idea of Liberal nationalism and also formed few
revolutionary organisations. Though they were given either very little or no political rights;
an example being the Frankfurt parliament, where women were admitted only as observers
to stand in the visitor’s gallery.
Q. 2. What steps did the French revolutionaries take to create a sense of collective identity
among the French people?
Ans. 1 Ideas of La Patrie (the fatherland) and Le Citoyen (the citizen) popularised the notion of a
united community enjoying equal rights under a constitution.
2. A new French tricolour ag was chosen to replace the former royal standard.
3. The Estates General was elected by the body of active citizens and renamed the National
Assembly.
4. Poets composed new hymns, leaders took oath and martyrs were commemorated, all in the
name of the nation. It was through folk songs, folk poetry and folk dances that the true
spirit of the nation was popularised. Collecting and recording these forms of folk culture was
essential to the project of nation building.
5. To formulate uniform laws for all its citizens, a new centralised administrative system was
established.
6. A uniform system of weights and measures was adopted and internal customs duties and
dues were abolished.
7. Regional dialects were discouraged and French, as it was spoken and written in Paris, was
adopted as the common language of the nation.
Q. 3. Who were Marianne and Germania? What was the importance of the way in which they
were portrayed?
Ans. Marianne was mainly portrayed as a female gure, which was a given name for the French nation.
Likewise, Germania was a given name for the German motherland. They stood as personications
of the ‘Republic’ and ‘Liberty’. They mainly represented the idea of a nation in a concrete form.
Their main purpose was to install a sense of nationality among the citizens of the country. Artists
in the 18th & 19th centuries found a way out by personifying a nation. In other words, they
represented a country as if it were a person. They used female allegory during French revolution
to portray ideas of liberty, justice and republic. These ideas were represented through specic
objects or symbols like red cap representing liberty. In France, she was Christened Marianne, a
popular Christian name, which underlined the idea of a people’s nation. Statues of the Marianne
were erected in public squares to remind the public of the national symbol of unity. In visual
representation, Germania wears a crown of Oak leaves, as the German Oak stands for heroism.
Q. 4. Briey trace the process of German unication.
Or
Describe the process of unication of Germany. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Xam idea
Social Science–X
8
Ans. The middle class Germans united in 1848, to create a nation-state out of the numerous German
states. But the initiative was repressed by the combined forces of the Monarchy and big landlords
of Prussia. From then onwards, Prussia took over the initiative to unite Germany. This was carried
out by the Chief Minister of Prussia, Otto Von Bismarck, and Prussian army and bureaucracy. His
main objective was to unify Germany and this was done by three wars, which they fought over
7 years; with Austria, Denmark and France. The win led to Bismarck becoming the chancellor of
North Confederation in 1867. After the win, in the Royal Palace of Versailles, the King of Prussia
was crowned as the German Emperor. It symbolised the birth of a united Germany.
Q. 5. What changes did Napoleon introduce to make the administrative system more efcient in
the territories ruled by him?
Ans. There were several changes introduced by Napoleon in the administrative system, to make it
more efcient, they are as follows:
1. He established the Civil Code also known as the ‘Napoleonic Code’ in 1804. Due to this,
privileges based on birth were abolished.
2. The civil code also established equality before law and secured right to property.
3. He also simplied the administrative division. There was abolishment of feudal system and
peasants were freed from serfdom and manorial dues.
4. In towns, the guild system was removed. Transport and communication systems were improved.
5. New found freedom was thoroughly enjoyed by workers, peasants and artisans and new
businessmen.
6. Small scale producer of goods began to realise that uniform laws, standardised weights and
measures, and a common national currency would facilitate the movement and exchange of
goods–capitals from one region to another. Businessmen appreciated the benets of uniform
laws.
Q. 6. Explain what is meant by the 1848 revolution of the liberals. What were the political,
social and economic ideas supported by the liberals?
Ans. In 19th century Europe, the ideas of national unity were closely related to the ideology of
liberalism. The happenings of 1848 movements in France brought the renunciation of monarchy
and a republic, which was mainly based on the universal male franchise. While in countries like
France, food shortages and widespread unemployment during 1848 led to popular uprisings, in
other parts of Europe (such as Poland, Italy, Germany and the Austro-Hungarian Empire), men,
and women of the liberal middle classes came together to voice their demands for the creation of
nation-states based on parliamentary principles.
Frankfurt Parliament : In German regions, a large number of political associations of the
middle class professionals, businessmen and prosperous artisans came together in the city of
Frankfurt and decided to vote for the all German National Assembly. On 18th May, 1848, 831
elected representatives marched to take their places in the Frankfurt Parliament. They drafted a
constitution for a German nation to be headed by a monarchy, subject to a parliament.
Issue of Women: In the liberal movement, a large number of women had participated actively.
Women had formed their own political associations, and taken part in political meetings and
demonstrations. Despite that, they were denied the right to vote.
Social, Political and economic ideas were supported by the liberals which were mainly based on
the democratic ideas. Their demand was mainly, constitution with national unication- a nation
state with a written constitution and parliamentary administration. They wanted to abolish class
based partialities and birth rights from the society. Their national goal was to abolish serfdom and
pursue equality. Another signicant concept of the Liberians were ‘the right to property’, which
was important to build a nation based on political, social and economic freedom.
Q. 7. Choose three examples to show the contribution of culture to the growth of nationalism
in Europe.
Ans. A European cultural movement that aimed at developing national unity was Romanticism. It
created a sense of shared heritage and a common history. Emotions, intuition and mystical feelings
were some of the expressions used by the Romantic artists by which they tried to emphasise on
national sentiments of the people.
Folk songs, dances and poetry contributed to the popularising spirit of nationalism and patriotic
fervour in Europe. As folk culture was a major part of the lives of people, it carried a message of
nationalism to a large and diverse population. The Polish composer Karol Kurpinski celebrated
and popularised the Polish nationalist struggle through his operas and music, by turning folk
dances into nationalist symbols.
Another important factor which played a signicant role was language. For example, during
Russian occupation, the use of Polish came to be seen as a symbol of struggle against Russian
dominance. In this period, Russian language was imposed everywhere and Polish was even taken
out of schools. After the 1831 rebel against the Russians, large number of the polish clergy started
using language as a weapon of national resistance. This was done by using Polish language in
Church gatherings and religious instructions and refused to preach Russian.
Q. 8. By focussing on any two countries, explain how nations developed over the 19th century.
Ans. We would be taking Germany and Italy as our two examples:
O Revolutionary uprising:
(i) the revolutions and uprisings of the masses in the 19th century was led by the educated,
liberal middle classes. An all-German National Assembly was formed in 1848, where
middle classes from various regions of Germany came together. However, on facing
opposition from the aristocracy and military, and on losing its mass support base, it was
forced to disband.
(ii) Unitary Italian Republic was established due the revolutions led by leaders like Giuseppe
Mazzini during the 1830s. Though the revolutionary uprisings of 1831 and 1848 failed
to unite Italy.
(iii) Political fragmentation: The present-day nations of Germany and Italy were divided
into separate regions and kingdoms, which were ruled by various princely houses till
the middle of the 19th century.
O Unication with the help of army:
(i) After the Failures of the revolutions, the aristocracy and the army continued the process
of unication of German and Italian. The Chief Minister of Prussia Otto Von Bismarck
united Germany with the help of the bureaucracy and Prussian army. The German
empire was formed in 1871.
(ii) And important role was played by the Italian state of Sardinia-Piedmont similar to
that played by Prussia. The Movement was led by Count Camillo de Cavour, the Chief
Minister, to unite the different states of 19th century Italy in which he had the alliance
of France and the support of the army. The regions conquered by Giuseppe Garibaldi
and his Red Shirts joined with the northern regions to form a united Italy. The Italian
nation recognised in 1861 and in 1870, the Papal states joined in.
Q. 9. How was the history of nationalism in Britain unlike the rest of Europe?
Ans. O No British nation existed prior to the 18th century. The British Isles consisted of different
ethnic groups like the English, Welsh, Scot and Irish. Each group followed their own cultural
and political traditions. On the other side, due to the growth of wealth and importance of
power in the English state, could easily extend its inuence over the other states of islands.
National symbols like the English language, British Flag and National Anthem were promoted
to identify the nationality of the nation.
O No Revolution: While in France, nationalism was developed through revolutions, in Britain, it
was the result of a long drawn out process.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
10
O English Parliament: While other European countries like Germany, Italy, Netherlands,
Sweden, etc., had to wage wars either to gain independence or to unify their countries, Britain
accomplished this objective through Parliamentary Acts.
O The British parliament played a major role in restraining the power of the monarchy in
1688, through various bloodless revolutions. England and Scotland formed an Act of Union
(1707) which laid the crux of the ‘United Kingdom of Great Britain’. English culture mainly
dominated the British nation, whereas Scotland’s distinctive culture and political institutions
were slowly and systematically supressed. Thus, unlike the rest of the Europe, nationalism
came in Britain from the decisions of the people in power and not by people’s desire to unite
or countrywide movements.
Q. 10. Why did nationalist tensions emerge in the Balkans?
Ans. One of the main reasons for the tension to emerge in Balkans was because the people aspired to
nationalism. During the 19th century, major portion of Balkans was under the Ottoman Empire.
They tried to adopt modern techniques to make changes in the internal backwardness of the state
but they did not succeed.
1. Ethnic Variation: The Balkans was a region of geographical and ethnic variations comprising
modern day Romania, Bulgaria, Albania, Greece, Macedonia, Croatia, Bosnia-Herzegovina,
Slovenia, Serbia and Montenegro. Their inhabitants were known as slaves.
2. Disintegration of Ottoman Empire: A large part of Balkans was under the control of
the Ottoman empire. The ideas of romantic nationalism in the Balkans together with
disintegration of the Ottoman Empire made this region very explosive.
3. Subjugation: Soon many foreign powers attempted to subjugate these newly independent
states. The Balkan people tried to claim independence by using history to prove that they
had once been independent. Hence, the rebellious nationalities struggled to win back their
long-lost independence.
4. Jealousy: There was a jealousy among the Balkan states and each hoped to expand their
boundaries at the expense of others. During this period, the ideology of Europe was changed,
the liberal feelings were narrowed down with limited ends. Intolerance followed among the
groups and they were ready to ght a war.
5. Power struggle: Russia, Germany, Austria, Hungary and Britain, the European powers were
interested to expand their own imperialism. Trade, colonies, naval and military powers were
some of the major factors which all the European powers were struggling for. They were all
very keen on controlling the hold of the other powers and extending their own.
VERY SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS (1 mark)

Q. 1. Who was Frederic Sorrieu?
Ans. Frederic Sorrieu was a French artist, who prepared a series of four prints, visualising his dream of
a world made up of democratic and social republics.
Q. 2. To which country did the artist Frederic Sorrieu belong? [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. Artist Frederic Sorrieu belonged to France.
Q. 3. Why did French artist, Frederic Sorrieu prepare a series of print based on democratic and
socialist republics in 1848? [CBSE Sample Paper-2017 ]
Ans. To depict his Utopian vision where the people of the world are grouped as distinct nations,
identied through ag and national costumes offering homage to the Statue of Liberty.
Q. 4. What does ‘Absolutist’ mean?
Ans. Precisely, a government or system of rule that has no restraints on the power exercised. In
history, the term refers to a form of monarchical government that was centralised, militarised
and repressive.

Q. 5. What was the concept of a ‘modern state’?
Ans. A centralised power exercised sovereign control over a clearly dened territory.
Q. 6. What does ‘Nation-state’ mean?
Ans. A nation state was the one in which the majority of its citizens and not only its rulers, came to
develop a sense of common identity and shared history or descent.
Q. 7. What do the ideas of ‘la Patrie’ and ‘le Citoyen’ emphasize?
Ans. The ideas of ‘la Patrie’ and ‘le Citoyen’ emphasised the notion of a united community enjoying
equal rights under a constitution.
Q. 8. Which new name was given to ‘The Estates General’?
Ans. ‘National Assembly’.
Q. 9. When did industrialisation begin in England and other parts of Europe?
Ans. Industrialisation began in England in the second half of the 18th century, but in France and parts
of German states, it occurred only during the 19th century.
Q. 10. Which new social groups emerged after industrial revolution?
Ans. A working class population, and middle classes made up of industrialists, businessmen,
professionals.
Q. 11. What is the origin of the word ‘Liberalism’? What did it mean?
Ans. The term ‘Liberalism’ is derived from the latin root ‘liber’ , meaning free.
Q. 12. What was the meaning of the word ‘Liberalism’ for the new middle classes?
Ans. For the new middle classes, liberalism stood for freedom of the individual and equality of all
before the law. Politically, it emphasised the concept of government by consent.
Q. 13. What was the strong demand of the emerging middle classes in Europe during nineteenth
century? [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. The strong demand of emerging middle class in Europe was freedom of markets and the abolition
of state imposed restrictions on the movement of goods and capital.
Q. 14. How did liberalism stand in the economic sphere?
Ans. In the economic sphere, liberalism stood for the freedom of markets and the abolition of state–
imposed restrictions on the movement of goods and capital.
Q. 15. What was Zollverein?
Ans. In 1834, a customs union or Zollverein was formed at the initiative of Prussia and was joined by
most of the German states.
Q. 16. Why was Zollverein formed?
Ans. To harness economic interests which lead to national unication of Germany.
Q. 17. Which countries met at Treaty of Vienna?
Ans. In 1815, representatives of the European powers—Britain, Russia, Prussia and Austria—who had
collectively defeated Napoleon, met at Vienna to draw up a settlement for Europe.
Q. 18. Who hosted the Treaty of Vienna?
Ans. Austrian chancellor, Duke Metternich hosted this congress at Vienna in 1815.
Q. 19. What was the objective of Treaty of Vienna?
OR
What was the main aim of Treaty of Vienna 1815? [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. The aim was to reverse most of the changes that had come about in Europe during the Napoleonic war.
The Bourbon dynasty, which had been deposed during the French Revolution was restored to power.
Q. 20. What was the main aim of revolutionaries of Europe during the years following 1815?
[CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. Aim of revolutionaries of Europe: To oppose monarchial forms of government.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
12
Q. 21. Who was Giuseppe Mazzini?
Ans. Giuseppe Mazzini was an Italian revolutionary born in Genoa in 1807. He became a member of the
secret society of Carbonari.
Q. 22. Which two underground societies were formed by Giuseppe Mazzini?
Ans. (i) Young Italy in Marseilles.
(ii) Young Europe in Berne.
Q. 23. How did Metternich describe Mazzini?
Ans. Metternich described him as ‘the most dangerous enemy of our social order’.
Q. 24. Who were liberal nationalists?
Ans. The liberal nationalists belonged to the educated middle class elite, among whom were the
professors, school teachers, clerks and members of the commercial middle classes.
Q. 25. What happened in the rst upheaval of France in July 1830?
Ans. The Bourbon kings, who had been restored to power during the conservative reaction after 1815,
were now overthrown by liberal revolutionaries, who installed a constitutional monarchy with
Louis Philippe at its head.
Q. 26. Name the Treaty of 1832 that recognised Greece as an independent nation.
[CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. Treaty of 1832: Constantinople Treaty.
Q. 27. Name the event that mobilised nationalist feelings among the educated elite across Europe
in 1830–1848? [CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. Event that mobilized nationalist feelings: The Greek War of Independence.
Q. 28. Who supported Nationalists of Greeks in their Independence war?
Ans. Nationalists in Greece got support from other Greeks living in exile and also from many west
Europeans, who had sympathies for ancient Greek culture.
Q. 29. What was ‘Romanticism’ during the age of revolutions?
Ans. Romanticism was a cultural movement which sought to develop a particular form of nationalist
sentiment.
Q. 30. What were the ideas of Romantic artists and poets on nationalism?
Ans. Romantic artists and poets generally criticised the glorication of reason and science. Instead it
focused on emotions, intuition and mystical feelings. Their effort was to create a sense of a shared
collective heritage, a common cultural past as the basis of a nation.
Q. 31. What led to widespread pauperism in Europe?
Ans. The rise of food prices or a year of bad harvest led to widespread pauperism in town and country.
Q. 32. Why did weavers in Silesia revolt in 1845?
Ans. Weavers in Silesia had led a revolt against contractors who supplied them raw material and gave
them orders for nished textiles but drastically reduced their payments.
Q. 33. What changes were brought in France after the events of February 1848?
Ans. Events of February 1848 in France had brought about the abdication of the monarch and a republic
based on universal male suffrage had been proclaimed.
Q. 34. Who was Otto von Bismarck?
Ans. Bismarck was the Chief Minister of Prussia and was the architect of the unication of Germany.
He carried out this process of unication with the help of Prussian army and bureaucracy.
Q. 35. How was unication of Germany ultimately achieved?
Ans. Three wars over seven years with Austria, Denmark and France ended in Prussian victory and
completed the process of unication. In January 1871, the Prussian king, William I, was proclaimed
German Emperor in a ceremony held at Versailles.

Q. 36. How was Italy fragmented before unication? Explain the political situation of Italy before
its unication.
Ans. Italians were scattered over several dynastic states as well as the multi-national Habsburg Empire.
During the middle of the 19th century, Italy was divided into seven states, of which only one,
Sardinia-Piedmont, was ruled by an Italian Princely house.
Q. 37. Under whom, various states of Italy were ruled? Mention the lineages who ruled Italy.
Ans. The north was under Austrian Habsburgs, the centre was ruled by the Pope, and the southern
regions were under the domination of the Bourbon Kings of Spain.
Q. 38. Describe the role of Giuseppe Mazzini in Italy’s unication.
Ans. Mazzini had sought to put together a coherent programme for a unitary Italian Republic. He had
formed a secret society, called ‘Young Italy’ for achieving his goal.
Q. 39. Highlight the contribution of Garibaldi in unication of Italy.
Ans. Apart from regular troops, a large number of armed volunteers under the leadership of Giuseppe
Garibaldi joined the ght. In 1860, Italy marched into south Italy and the Kingdom of two Sicilies
and succeeded in winning the support of the local peasants in order to drive out the Spanish
rulers.
Q. 40. Who was proclaimed the King of United Italy in 1861? [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Victor Emmanuel-II was proclaimed King of United Italy in 1861.
Q. 41. Was there any British nation existing before the 18th century?
Ans. There was no British nation prior to 18th century. The primary identities of the people who
inhabited the British Isles were ethnic ones – such as English, Welsh, Scot or Irish. All of these
ethnic groups had their own cultural and political traditions.
Q. 42. How did British combine the various ethnic nations?
Ans. All of these ethnic groups had their own cultural and political traditions. But as the English nation
steadily grew in wealth, importance and power, it was able to extend its inuence over the other
nations of the islands.
Q. 43. How was Scotland gradually taken over by the British nation?
Ans. After the Act of Union between England and Scotland, England was able to impose its inuence
on Scotland. The growth of British identity meant that Scotland’s distinctive culture and political
institutions were systematically suppressed. The Catholics in Scotland suffered terrible repression
whenever they attempted to assert their independence.
Q. 44. How did Ireland become a part of United Kingdom?
Ans. Catholic revolts in Ireland against British dominance were suppressed. After a failed revolt led by
Wolfe Tone and his United Irishmen, Ireland was forcibly incorporated into the United Kingdom
in 1801.
Q. 45. How were the ideas of French Revolution propagated by the artists of that time?
Ans. French artists represented ideas of Liberty, Justice and Republic through symbols, female allegory
and specic objects like Liberty as red cap or broken chains, while Justice is generally blindfolded
woman carrying a pair of weighing scales.
Q. 46. What is an Allegory? State any one example to clarify the same. [CBSE Sample Paper-2016]
Ans. Allegory: When an abstract idea for instance; greed, envy, freedom, liberty is expressed through
a person or a thing. It is symbolic. Examples: Statue of Liberty, Marianne, Germania, etc.
Q. 47. Which female Allegory was invested by artists in France?
Ans. In France, the nation’s allegory was named ‘Marianne’, a popular Christian name, which underlined
the idea of a people’s nation.
Q. 48. What was the Allegory of Germany?
Ans. Germania became the Allegory of the German Nation. In visual representations, Germania wears a
crown of oak leaves, as the German Oak stands for heroism.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
14
Q. 49. Name the Balkan countries.
Ans. The Balkan Nations comprise of Romania, Bulgaria, Albania, Greece, Macedonia, Croatia, Bosnia-
Herzegovina, Slovenia, Serbia and Montenegro, which were inhabited mostly by Slavs.
Q. 50. Why were Balkan nations in trouble?
Ans. A large part of the Balkans was under the control of the Ottoman Empire. The spread of the idea
of romantic nationalism in the Balkans together with disintegration of the Ottoman Empire made
this region very explosive.
Q. 51. How did the Anti-imperialist movements begin?
Ans. The anti-imperialist movements that developed everywhere were nationalist, in the sense that
they all struggled to form independent nation states and were inspired by a sense of collective
national unity, forged in confrontation with imperialism.
Q. 52. Who remarked “when France sneezes the rest of Europe catches cold”. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Metternich remarked, “when France sneezes, the rest of Europe catches cold.”
Q. 53. Who was proclaimed German Emperor in a ceremony held at Versailles in January 1871?
[CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Kaiser William I of Prussia was proclaimed German Emperor in a ceremony held at Versailles in
January 1871.
Q. 54. What was the meaning of liberalism in early nineteenth century in Europe?
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. LIBERALISM-stood for freedom for individual and equality for all before the laws.
SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS (3 marks)

Q. 1. What changes were introduced after the French Revolution in France?
Ans. A centralised administrative system was put in place and it formulated uniform laws for all citizens
within its territory. Internal custom duties and dues were abolished and a uniform system of weights
and measures was adopted.
Q. 2. What was the main aim of the revolutionaries behind the French revolution?
Ans. The revolutionaries declared that it was the mission and the destiny of the French nation to
liberate the people of Europe from despotism and to help other people of Europe to become
nations.
Q. 3. After becoming the Monarch what changes were introduced by Napoleon?
Ans. Napoleon had, no doubt, destroyed democracy in France, but in the administrative eld, he had
incorporated revolutionary principles in order to make the whole system more rational and
efcient.
Q. 4. How did Napoleonic trade benetted the businessmen and small scale producers?
Ans. Businessmen and small scale producers of goods, in particular, began to realise that uniform laws,
standardised weights and measures and a common national currency would facilitate the movement
and exchange of goods and capital from one region to another.
Q. 5. How did the local population react to the French Rule?
Ans. Initially, at many places like Holland and Switzerland, the French armies were welcomed. But
the initial enthusiasm soon turned to hostility and opposition as it became clear that the new
administrative arrangements did not go hand in hand with the political freedom.
Q. 6. What does ‘Liberalism’ stand for, since the french revolution?
Ans. Since the French Revolution, liberalism has stood for the end of autocracy and clerical privileges.
A constitution and representative government through parliament.
Q. 7. How was liberalism adopted in revolutionary France?

Ans. Revolutionary France, marked the rst political experiment in liberal democracy. The right to
vote and to get elected was granted exclusively to property owning men. Men without property
and all women were excluded from the political rights.
Q. 8. What kind of conservative regimes were set up in 1815?
Ans. Conservative regimes did not tolerate criticism and dissent and sought to curb activities that
questioned the legitimacy of autocratic government. Most of them imposed censorship laws to
control what was said in newspapers, books, plays and songs and reected the ideas of liberty and
freedom. They were autocratic in nature.
Q. 9. What was Mazzini’s role in the unication of Italy?
Ans. Mazzini believed that god had intended nations to be the natural units of mankind. So, Italy could
not continue to be a patchwork of small states and kingdoms. It had to be forged into a single
unied republic within a under alliance of nation.
Q. 10. How did Polish use their language as a weapon of national resistance against Russia?
Ans. Polish language was used for church gatherings and all religious instructions. As a result, a
large number of priests and bishops were put in jail or sent to Siberia by Russian authorities as
punishment for their refusal to preach in Russian. The use of Polish came to be seen as a symbol
of the struggle against Russian dominance.
Q. 11. How did women retaliate for their rights in Germany?
Ans. Women formed their own political associations, founded newspapers and took part in political
meetings and demonstrations. Despite this, they were denied suffrage rights during the election
of the Assembly of Frankfurt Parliament.
Q. 12. How did Prussia outstrive in Germany?
Ans. The nation building process in Germany had demonstrated the dominance of Prussian state
power. The new state placed a strong emphasis on modernising the currency, banking, legal and
judicial systems in Germany.
Q. 13. Describe any three economic hardships faced by Europe in the 1830s. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Economic hardships faced by Europe in the 1830s :
(i) Enormous increase in population was seen all over Europe. In most countries, there were
more seekers of jobs than employment. Population from rural areas migrated to the cities to
live in over crowded slums.
(ii) Small producers in towns were often faced with stiff competition from imports of cheap
machine made goods from England.
(iii) In Europe, where the aristocracy still enjoyed power, peasants struggled under the burden of
feudal dues and obligations.
(iv ) The rise of food prices as a result of bad harvest led to wide spread pauperism in town and
country . (Any three)
Q. 14. Explain the concept of liberal nationalism which developed in Europe in early 18th century.
Ans. Liberalism meant different things to different people.
Political liberalism:
O It stood for equality before the law.
O Revolutionary France marked the rst political experiment in liberal democracy in which right
to vote and get elected was granted exclusively to property-owning men.
O Men without property, and all women were excluded from political rights.
O Throughout the 19th and 20th centuries, women and non-propertied men organised opposition
movements demanding equal political rights.
Economic liberalism:
O It stood for freedom of markets and the abolition of state-imposed restrictions on the
movement of goods and capital.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
16
O Customs Union or ‘ zollverein’ was formed in Prussia, joined by most of the German states.
O The Union abolished tariff barriers and reduced the number of currencies from over thirty to
two.
Q. 15. What do you mean by conservatism? Highlight the main features of the beliefs.
Ans. Conservatism was a political philosophy that stressed the importance of the tradition and
preferred gradual development to quick change.
Features of the believers of conservatism:
O They believed in established, traditional institutions of state and society.
O They believed in a monarchy, the Church, social hierarchies, etc.
O They did not propose a return to the society of pre-revolutionary days. Rather, they realised
that modernisation could in fact, strengthen the traditional institutions like the monarchy.
Q. 16. Write three features of the painting of Frederic Sorrieu.
Ans. Features:
O Men and women walking across the statue of liberty offering homage.
O Statue of liberty has a torch of enlightenment and Charter of the Rights of Man.
O On the Earth lie the shattered remains of the symbols of absolutist institutions.
Q. 17. How was France responsible in spreading nationalism to other parts of Europe?
Ans. O Students and other members of educated middle classes began setting up Jacobin clubs like in
France, in European countries.
O Their activities and campaigns prepared the way for French armies which moved into Holland,
Switzerland, Belgium and much of Italy in the 1970s.
O With the outbreak of the revolutionary wars, the French armies began to carry the idea of
nationalism abroad.
Q. 18. Give a short note on the Habsburg Empire.
Ans. O It ruled over Austria-Hungary.
O It was a patchwork of many different regions and people.
O It included the Alpine regions — the Tyrol, Austria and the Sudetenland — as well as Bohemia,
where the aristocracy was predominantly German-speaking.
O It also included the Italian-speaking provinces of Lombardy and Venetia.
Q. 19. Which conditions in France depicted their political liberalism?
Ans. O The right to vote and to get elected was granted exclusively to property-owning men.
O Men without property and all women were excluded from political rights.
O The Napoleonic Code went back to limited suffrage and reduced women to the status of a
minor, subject to the authority of father and husband.
Q. 20. Explain the role of romanticism in national feeling.
OR
“The development of nationalism did not come about only through wars and territorial
expansion. Culture played an important role in creating th e idea of the nation.” Elaborate
upon the statement. [CBSE Sample Paper-2016]
Ans. O Romantic artists and poets created a sense of shared collective heritage, a common cultural
past, as the basis of a nation.
O It was through folk songs, folk poetry, and folk dances that the true spirit of the nation was
popularised.
O Emphasis was given on the vernacular language and the collection of folklore, to carry the
modern nationalist message to large audiences.

Q. 21. Describe the Silesian weavers’ uprising.
Ans. In 1845, weavers in Silesia had led a revolt against contractors who supplied them with raw
materials and got nished goods. A crowd of weavers marched in pairs upto the mansion of their
contractors, demanding higher wages. They smashed their windowpanes and also plundered the
supply of cloth. As a result, the contractor ed away from his house with his family.
Q. 22. What kind of policy was followed by Bismarck? How did he manage to oust Austria from
the German federation?
Ans. O Bismarck followed the policy of ‘Blood and Iron’.
O He was the architect of this process, which he carried out with the help of the Prussian army
and bureaucracy.
O Three wars were fought for over seven years with Austria, Denmark and France, which ended
in the victory of Prussia and completed the process of unication.
Q. 23. Why did nationalist tensions emerge in the Balkans?
Ans. O A large part of Balkans was under the control of the Ottoman Empire.
O Ideas of nationalism in the Balkans with the disintegration of the Ottoman Empire made this
region very explosive.
O The rebellion nationalities in the Balkans thought of their struggles as attempts to win back
their long lost independence.
Q. 24. How was the concept of ‘Nationalism’ introduced by the French Revolution?
Ans. France was a full-edged territorial state in 1789 under the rule of an absolute monarch. The
political and constitutional changes that came in the wake of the French Revolution led to the
transfer of sovereignty from monarchy to a body of French citizens. The revolution proclaimed
that it was the people who would, henceforth, constitute the nation and shape its destiny.
Q. 25. What was the political status of Europe before the concept of ‘Nation States’?
Ans. O Germany, Italy and Switzerland were divided into kingdoms, duchies and cantons whose rulers
had their autonomous territories.
O Eastern and Central Europe were under autocratic monarchies within the territories of which
lived diverse people. They did not see themselves, as sharing a collective identity or a common
culture. Often, they even spoke different languages and belonged to different ethnic groups.
Q. 26. Describe any three conditions that led to the formation of the British Nation State.
[CBSE Foreign-2017 ]
Ans. The conditions that led to the formation of the British Nation State were:
(i) The primary identities of the people who inhabited the British Isles were ethnic ones – such
as English, Welsh, Scot or Irish. All of these ethnic groups had their own cultural and political
traditions. But as the English nation steadily grew in wealth, importance and power, it was able
to extend its inuence over the other nations of the islands.
(ii) The English parliament, which had seized power from the monarchy in 1688 at the end of
a protracted conict, was the instrument through which a nation-state, with England at its
centre, came to be forged.
(iii) The Act of Union (1707) between England and Scotland that resulted in the formation of the
‘United Kingdom of Great Britain’ meant, in effect, that England was able to impose its inuence
on Scotland. The British parliament was henceforth dominated by its English members.
Q. 27. What do you understand by ‘Economic liberalism’?
Ans. In the economic sphere, liberalism stood for the freedom of markets and the abolition of state-
imposed restrictions on the movements of goods and capital.
In German-speaking regions during Napolean’s rule, there were 39 states, each of it possessed its
own currency and weights and measures.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
18
A merchant travelling from Hamburg to Nuremberg to sell his goods had to pass through 11
customs barriers and pay a customs duty of about 5 per cent at each one of them.
Q. 28. How did liberal nationalism develop in Europe?
Ans. As conservative regimes tried to consolidate their power. Liberalism and nationalism came to be
increasingly associated with revolution in many regions of Europe such as the Italian and German
states, the provinces of Ottoman Europe, Ireland and Poland.
These revolutions were led by the liberal nationalists belonging to the educated middle class elite.
Among them, there were professors, school-teachers, clerks and members of the commercial middle
classes, who all believed in liberal nationalism and wanted to ght for it.
Q. 29. How were the feelings of nationalism kept alive by the people of Poland?
Ans. Poland had been partitioned at the end of the 18th century by the Great Powers—Russia, Prussia
and Austria. Even though Poland no longer existed as an independent territory, nationalist
feelings were kept alive through music and language. Karol Kurpinski, celebrated the national
struggle through his operas and music, turning folk dances like the polonaise and mazurka into
nationalist symbols.
Q. 30. What conditions prevailed in 1848 France?
Ans. (i) The year 1848 was the year of food shortages and widespread unemployment. It brought the
population of Paris on the roads.
(ii) Barricades were erected and Louis Phillippe was forced to ee.
(iii) A National Assembly proclaimed a Republic, granted suffrage to all adult males above the
age of 21 and guaranteed the right to work. National workshops to provide employment were
also set up.
Q. 31. Were anti-imperial movements nationalist? Could the anti-imperialists movements be
considered as nationalist movements?
Ans. Yes, the anti-imperial movements could be considered as nationalist as it was the struggle to form
an independent nation-states and were inspired by a sense of collective national unity, forged
in confrontation with imperialism. European ideas of nationalism were nowhere replicated, for
people everywhere developed their own specic variety of nationalism. But the idea that societies
should be organised into ‘nation-states’ came to be accepted as natural and universal.
Q. 32. ‘Ideas of national unity in the early nineteenth century Europe were closely allied to the
ideology of liberalism’. Support the statement with arguments.
[CBSE Sample Paper-2017, CBSE (Comp) 2017 ]
Ans. Liberalism
Liberalism stood for freedom for the individual and equality of all before the law. Politically, it
emphasized the concept of government by consent.
(i) Derived from’ liber’ means free
(ii) Stood for freedom for all and equality for all before the law
(iii) Politically –Govt. by consent
(iv) Universal suffrage, right to vote for all
(v) French revolution stood for the end of autocracy and clerical privileges, a constitution and
representative govt. through parliament.
(vi) Struggles for equal political rights.
(vii) It stressed on Economically, inviolability of private property.
(viii) Freedom of markets and abolition of state restrictions.
(ix) Any other relevant point
Q 33. The 1830s were years of great economic hardship in Europe. Explain how?
[CBSE Sample Paper-2016]
OR

“The decade of 1830 had brought great economic hardship in Europe”. Support the
statement with arguments. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
OR
What was the status of people in Europe during economic hardships in 1830s?
Ans. (i) There was enormous increase in population all over Europe. In most countries there were
more seekers of jobs than employment.
(ii) Population from rural areas migrated to the cities to live in overcrowded slums.
(iii) Small producers in towns were often faced with stiff competition from imports of cheap
machine-made goods from England.
(iv) In those regions of Europe where the aristocracy still enjoyed power, peasants struggled
under the burden of feudal dues and obligations.
(v) The rise of food prices or a year of bad harvest led to widespread pauperism in town and
country.
Q 34. How had the female gures become an allegory of the nation during nineteenth century in
Europe? Analyse. [CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. The female gures as an allegory of the nation:
(i) Artists found a way out to represent a country in the form of a person.
(ii) Then nations were portrayed as female gures.
(iii) The female gure was chosen to personify the nation. It did not stand for any particular
woman in real life.
(iv) It gave the abstract idea of the nation a concrete form.
(v) Thus, the female gure became an allegory of the nation.
(vi) During the French Revolution, artists used the female allegory to portray idea such as Liberty,
Justice and the Republic.
Q 36. “Culture had played an important role in the development of nationalism in Europe during
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.” Support the statement with examples.
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Culture
(i) Culture played an important role in creating the idea of the nation, art and poetry, stories and
music helped to express and shape nationalist feelings.
(ii) emotions, intuition and mystical feelings were not focused.
(iii) their effort was to shared collective heritage, a common cultural past, as the basis of a nation.
(iv) They criticized the glorication of reason and science.
(v) German philosopher Johann Gottfried popularised true spirit of nation through folksongs,
folk poetry and folk dance.
Q. 37. ‘The idealistic liberal-democratic sentiment of nationalism became a narrow creed with
limited ends.’ Support the statement in the context of Balkan nationalism in the early 19th
century. [CBSE Sample Paper-2017 ]
Ans. The Balkans comprised modern-day Romania, Bulgaria, Albania, Greece, Macedonia, Croatia,
Bosnia-Herzegovina, Slovenia, Serbia and Montenegro.
(i) The disintegration of the ruling Ottoman Empire and the spread of the ideas of romantic
nationalism made this area explosive.
(ii) The European subject nationalities started breaking from its control to declare independence.
(iii) The Balkan revolutionaries’ acts were directed to gain back the long-lost independence.
(iv) The Balkan States were ercely jealous of each other and wanted to gain more territory at the
expense of the other.
(v) There was intense rivalry among the European powers over trade, colonies, naval might and
military might. European powers such as Russia, Germany, England and Austro-Hungary
Xam idea
Social Science–X
20
were keen on opposing the hold of other powers over the Balkans for extending their own
area of control.
(vi) All these events ultimately triggered the First World War (1914).
Q. 38. Explain the dominance of landed aristocracy in Europe.
Ans. Socially and politically, a landed aristocracy was the dominant class in the continent. The
members of this class were united by a common way of life that cut across regional divisions.
They owned estates in the countryside and also town-houses. They spoke French for purposes
of diplomacy and in high society. Their families were often connected by ties of marriage. This
powerful aristocracy was, however, numerically a small group.
LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS (5 marks)

Q. 1. Briey explain the process of unication of Italy.
Ans. (i) Political Fragmentation: Like Germany, Italy was also politically fragmented. During the
middle of the 19th century, Italy was divided into seven states, of which only one, Sardinia–
Piedmont was ruled by an Italian Prince.
(ii) Role of Mazzini: Giuseppe Mazzini made efforts to unite Italian Republic. He had formed a
secret society called ‘Young Italy’ for achieving his goal.
(iii) Role of Count Cavour : He was the chief minister who led the movement to unify Italy. He
formed a tactful diplomatic alliance with France and defeated the Austrian forces.
(iv) Role of Giuseppe Garibaldi: Garibaldi also formed armed volunteers. In 1860, they marched
into South Italy and the Kingdom of Two Sicilies and succeeded in driving out the Spanish
rulers.
In 1861, Victor Emmanuel II was proclaimed King of United Italy.
Q. 2. What conditions led to the development of a new middle class in Europe?
Ans. (i) In Western Europe and parts of Central Europe, the growth of industrial production and
trade meant the growth of towns and the emergence of commercial classes whose existence
was based on production for the market.
(ii) Industrialisation began in England in the second half of the 18th century, but in France and
parts of the German States, it occurred only during the 19th century.
(iii) In its wake, new social groups came into being, a working class population and middle classes
made up of industrialists, businessmen and professionals.
(iv) In Central and Eastern Europe, these groups were smaller in numbers till late 19th century.
(v) It was among the educated, liberal middle classes that ideas of national unity following the
abolition of aristocratic privileges gained popularity.
Q. 3. Who hosted ‘Vienna Congress’ in 1815 ? Analyse the main changes brought by the ‘Vienna
Treaty.’ [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
OR
Describe the main clauses of the Treaty of Vienna of 1815.
Ans. The main clauses of the Treaty of Vienna signed in 1815 were:
Vienna Congress: The Congress was hosted by the Austrian Chancellor “Duke Metternich”.
(i) The Bourbon dynasty which had been deposed during the French Revolution was restored to
power.
(ii) France lost the territories it had annexed under Napoleon.
(iii) A series of states were setup on the boundaries of France to prevent French extension in future.
(iv) Kingdom of the Netherlands, included Belgium was setup.
(v) Prussia was given important new territories on its western frontiers.
Q. 4. What was Zollverein? Why was it formed?

Ans. In 1834, the customs union of Zollverein was formed at the initiative of Prussia and was joined by
most of the German states.
(i) The union abolished tariff barriers and reduced the number of currencies from over thirty to
two.
(ii) The creation of a network of railways further stimulated mobility, harnessing economic
interests to national unication.
(iii) A wave of economic nationalism strengthened the wider nationalist sentiments growing at
the time.
(iv) Varied currencies and weights and measures were obstacles to economic growth, so the
creation of a unied economic territory allowing the unhindered movement of goods, people
and capital was needed. So, Zollverein was formed.
Q. 5. What kinds of conservative regimes were set up in 1815? What did liberals think about
them?
Ans. Conservative regimes set up in 1815 were autocratic.
(i) They did not tolerate criticism and dissent and sought to curb activities that questioned the
legitimacy of tyrannical governments.
(ii) Most of them imposed censorship laws to control what was said in newspapers, books,
plays and songs and reected the ideas of liberty and freedom associated with the French
Revolution.
(iii) The memory of the French Revolution nonetheless, continued to inspire liberals.
(iv) One of the major issues taken up by the liberal nationalists (who criticised the new
conservative order) was freedom of the press.
Q. 6. Give a brief description of the French Revolution of 1830.
Ans. The rst upheaval took place in France in July 1830. The Bourbon kings who had been restored to
power during the conservative reaction after 1815, were now overthrown by liberal revolutionaries,
who installed a constitutional monarchy with Louis Philippe at its head. Metternich once remarked,
“When France sneezes, the rest of Europe catches cold.” The July Revolution sparked an uprising
in Brussels which led to Belgium breaking away from the United Kingdoms of the Netherlands.
Q. 7. Explain how folklore, folk songs raised the spirit of nationalism in Europe.
Ans. It was through folk songs, folk poetry and folk dances that the true spirit of the nation was
popularised. So, collecting and recording these forms of folk culture was essential to the project
of nation building. The emphasis on vernacular languages and the collection of local folklore was
not just to recover an ancient national spirit, but also to carry the modern nationalist message
to large audiences who were mostly illiterate. In Poland, they popularised their language, folk
stories, folk songs and folk dances to propagate nationalism among Polish people, who were
under the rule of Russia, Prussia and Austria.
Q. 8. How did the Polish language work as a symbol of struggle against Russian dominance?
Ans. Language too played an important role in developing nationalist sentiments.
After Russian occupation, the Polish language was forced out of schools and the Russian language
was imposed everywhere. In 1831, an armed rebellion against Russian rule took place which was
ultimately crushed. Following this, many members of the clergy in Poland began to use language
as a weapon of national resistance. Polish was used for church gathering and all religious
instructions. As a result, a large number of priests and bishops were put in jail or sent to Siberia
by the Russian authorities as punishment for their refusal to preach in Russia. The use of Polish
came to be seen as a symbol of the struggle against Russian dominance.
Q. 9. What do you understand by the term ‘allegory’? How did a female gure become an allegory
of a nation?
Ans. When an abstract idea is expressed through a person or a thing, it is called an allegory. It is the
personication of a country.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
22
While it is easy enough to represent a ruler through a portrait or a statue, it is difcult to give a
face to a nation. Artists in the 18th and 19th centuries found a way out by personifying a nation.
In other words, they represented a country as if it were a person. Nations were then portrayed as
female gures. The female form that was chosen to personify the nation did not stand for any
particular woman in real life, rather it would give an abstract idea of the nation in concrete form.
This is how the female gure became an allegory of the nation.
Q. 10. What conditions of Balkan areas led to World War I?
Ans. (i) As the different Slavic nationalities struggled to dene their identity and independence, the
Balkan area became an area of intense conict.
(ii) The Balkan states were ercely jealous of each other and each hoped to gain more territory
at the expense of others.
(iii) During this period, there was intense rivalry among the European powers over trade and
colonies as well as army and naval might.
(iv) These rivalries were very evident in the way the Balkan problems unfolded.
(v) Each power—Russia, Germany, England, Austria-Hungry—was keen on countering the hold
of other powers over the Balkans and extending its own control over the area. This led to a
series of wars in the region and nally the First World War.
Q. 11. Explain the Napoleonic Code.
OR
What were the advantages and disadvantages of the Napoleonic code?
Ans. Advantages:
(i) Established equality before law.
(ii) Abolished all privileges based on birth.
(iii) Simplied administrative divisions.
(iv) Granted the right to property to French citizens.
(v) Abolished feudal system and freed peasants from serfdom.
(vi) Eliminated restrictions on guilds in town.
(vii) Made efforts to improve transport and communication.
Disadvantages:
But this initial enthusiasm soon turned into hostility and opposition when it became visible
that the new administrative arrangements do not go hand in hand with the political freedom.
Censorship, taxation, forced conscription into the French armies required to conquer the rest of
Europe, all seemed to outweigh the advantages of the administrative changes.
Q. 12. Explain the nation building process of Germany. [CBSE Sample Paper 2017 ]
OR
Examine the ‘Nation State Building’ process in Germany after 1848.
[CBSE (F) 2017, CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. German Unication
(i) After 1848, nationalism in Europe moved away from its association with democracy and
revolution.
(ii) Nationalist sentiments were often mobilized by conservatives for promoting state power and
achieving political domination over Europe.
(iii) Nationalist feelings were widespread among middle-class Germans in 19 century.
(iv) In 1848 they tried to unite the different regions of the German confederation into a nation-
state governed by an elected parliament.
(v) This liberal initiative to nation-building was repressed by the combined forces of the
monarchy and the military, supported by the large landowners (called Junkers) of Prussia.
(vi) Prussia took on the leadership of Otto von Bismarck, who became the architect of this process.

(vii) Three wars over seven years – with Austria, Denmark and France – ended in Prussian victory
and completed the process of unication.
(viii) In January 1871, the Prussian king, William I, was proclaimed German Emperor.
Q. 13. Analyse the measures and practices introduced by the French revolutionaries to create a
sense of collective identity amongst the French people. [CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. Measures and practices introduced by the French revolutionaries for collective identity:
(i) The ideas of la patrie and le citoyen emphasized.
(ii) A new French ag, the tricolor was chosen.
(iii) The Estate General was elected by the active citizens.
(iv) The elected body of active citizens renamed as National Assembly.
(v) New hymns were composed.
(vi) Oaths were taken.
(vii) Martyrs commemorated.
(viii) A centralized administrative system was implemented.
(ix) Formulated uniform laws.
(x) A uniform system of weights and measures were adopted.
(xi) French became the common language of the nation.
Q. 14. In Britain, the formation of the nation-state was not the result of a sudden upheaval or
revolution. Validate the statement with relevant arguments. [CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Ans. In Britain, the formation of the nation-state was not the result of a sudden upheaval or revolution.
It was the result of a long-drawn-out process.
O Role of ethnic groups: their cultural identities
O Steady growth of the English nation steadily in case of wealth, importance and power, it was
able to extend its inuence over the other nations of the islands.
O The Act of Union 1707—between England and Scotland.
O The growth of the British identity.
O Language and religious policies.
Q. 15. “Napoleon had destroyed democracy in France but in the administrative eld he had
incorporated revolutionary principles in order to make the whole system more rational
and efcient.” Analyse the statement with arguments. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Napoleon had destroyed democracy in France but in administrative eld he had incorporated
revolutionary principles in order to make the whole system more rational and efcient.
(i) All privileges based on birth were removed.
(ii) He had established equality before law.
(iii) Right to property was given.
(iv) Simplied administrative divisions were made.
(v) Feudal system was abolished and freed peasants from serfdom and manorial dues.
(vi) Guild restrictions were removed.
(vii) Transport and communication systems were improved.
Q. 16. “Nationalism no longer retained its idealistic liberal democratic sentiment by the last
quarter of the nineteenth century in Europe.” Analyse the statement with examples.
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Nationalism in Europe- The Balkans:
(i) During this period, nationalist groups become increasingly intolerant of each other.
(ii) Manipulations of the nationalist aspirations were there.
(iii) The Balkan was under the control of the Ottoman Empire.
(iv) Ideas of romantic nationalism spread in the Balkan.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
24
(v) They claimed for independence or political rights on nationality and used history to prove
that they had once been independent but had subsequently been subjugated by foreign
domination.
(vi) Russia, Germany, England, Austria-hungry were keen on countering the hold of other powers
over the Balkans.
(vii) This led to a series of wars in the region and nally the First World War.
HOTS (Higher Order Thinking Skills)

Q. 1. Which conditions were viewed as obstacles to economic exchange & growth by the new
commercial classes during Napoleon’s rule?
Ans. Following conditions were viewed as obstacles to economic exchanges & growth by the new
commercial classes:
(i) There was an enormous increase in population.
(ii) Feudal system, serfdom and manorial dues were taxing for the poor landless peasants.
(iii) There were no standardised weights and measures and neither a common national currency.
(iv) There was an increased taxation, censorship, forced recruitment into the French armies to
conquer Europe.
(v) There was no freedom to peasants, artisans, workers and new businessmen.
Q. 2. How was Europe closely allied to the ideology of liberalism?
Ans. (i) Ideas of national unity in early 19th century Europe were closely allied to the ideology of
liberalism.
(ii) The term ‘liberalism’ is derived from the Latin word ‘liber’ which means free.
(iii) For the new middle classes, liberalism stood for freedom for the individual and equality of all
before law.
(iv) Politically, it emphasised the concept of government by consent.
(v) Since the French Revolution, liberalism had stood for the end of autocracy and clerical
privileges, a constitution and representatives government through parliament.
Q. 3. “The Habsbury Empire that ruled over Austria-Hungry, was a patchwork of many different
regions and peoples.” Justify the statement with suitable examples.
Ans. O Eastern and Central Europe were under autocratic monarchies within the territories of which
lived diverse people.
O They did not see themselves as sharing a collective identity or a common culture.
O The Habsburg empire that ruled over Austria-Hungry, for example, was a patchwork of many
different regions and people.
O It included the Alpine regions—the Tyrol, Austria and the Sudetenland— as well as Bohemia,
where the aristocracy was predominantly German speaking.
O It also included the Italian speaking princes of Lombardy and Venetia.
O In Hungry, half of the population spoke Magyar while the other half spoke a variety of dialects.
O In Galicia, the aristocracy spoke Polish.
O Besides these three dominant groups, there also lived within the boundary of empire, a mass
of subject peasant peoples — Bohemians, Slovaks to the north, slovens in Carniola, Croats in
the south and Romans to the east in Transylvania.
The only tie binding these diverse groups together was a common allegiance to the emperor.
Q. 4. “Vernacular language and local folklores carried modern nationalist message to large
audiences, who were mostly illiterate.” Justify with suitable examples.

Ans. O Vernacular languages and local folklores played an important role in creating the idea of
nation in Europe.
O This was especially so in the case of Poland which had been partitioned by the great powers —
Russia, Prussia & Austria.
O Karol Kurpinski of Poland celebrated the national struggle through his operas and music,
turning folk dances like the Polonaise, Mazurka into nationalist symbols.
O After Russian occupation, the Polish language was forced out of schools and the Russian
language was imposed everywhere.
O Many members of the clergy in Poland began to use language as a weapon of national
resistance.
O Polish was used for church gatherings and all religious instructions.
O As a result a large number of priests and bishops were put in jail or sent to Siberia by the
Russian authorities.
O The use of Polish came to be seen as a symbol of struggle against Russian dominance.
Q. 5. Why was the issue of extending political rights to women a controversial one within the
liberal movement in 1848? What do these revolutions reveal about political conicts due
to gender differences?
Ans. O Parallel to the revolts of poor, unemployed and starving peasants and workers in many
European countries in the year 1848, a revolution led by the educated middle classes was
underway.
O Events of February 1848 in France had brought about the abdication of the monarch and a
republic based on universal male suffrage had been proclaimed.
O In other parts of Europe where independent nation states did not exist —such as Germany,
Italy, Poland, the Austro-Hungarian Empire—men and women of the liberal middle classes
combined their demands for constitutionalism with national unication.
O The issue of extending political rights to women was a controversial one within the liberal
movement, in which large number of women had participated actively over the years.
O Women had formed their own political associations, founded newspapers and taken part in
political meetings and demonstrations.
O Despite this, they were denied suffrage rights during the elections of the Assembly.
O When the Frankfurt Parliament was held in Church of St. Paul’s, women were admitted only as
observers to stand in visitor’s gallery.
Q. 6. Explain the statement “When France sneezes, the rest of Europe catches cold.”
Ans. O Most of the European countries followed France persistently.
O The rst upheavel took place in France in July 1830.
O The Bourbon kings, who had been restored to power during the conservative reaction after
1815, were now overthrown by liberal revolutionaries, who installed a constitutional monarchy
with Louis Philippe at its head.
O ‘When France sneezes, the rest of Europe catches cold’ was spoken by Metternich.
O The July revolution sparked an uprising in Brussels which led to Belgium breaking away from
the United Kingdom of the Netherlands.
O An event that mobilised nationalist feelings among the educated elite across Europe was the
Greek war of Independence.
Q. 7. ‘‘The rst clear expression of nationalism came with the ‘French Revolution’ in 1789.’’
Examine the statement. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. “The rst clear expression of Nationalism came with the ‘French Revolution’ in 1789”:
(i) The political and constitutional changes that came in the wake of the French revolution led
to the transfer of sovereignty from the monarchy to a body of French citizens.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
26
(ii) Sense of collective belonging with La Patrie (the fatherland) and Le Citoyen (the citizen).
(iii) Formation of National Assembly.
(iv) Hymns were composed and oaths were taken.
(v) Centralised and uniform laws were introduced.
(vi) Internal customs duties and dues were abolished and a uniform system of weights and
measure were adopted.
(vii) French became the common language of the nation.
(viii) With the outbreak of the revolutionary wars, the French armies began to carry the idea of
nationalism abroad.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
Very Short Answer Questions [1 mark]

1. In which year the ‘Treaty of Vienna’ was signed?
2. In which years unication of Germany took place?
3. Who remarked “when France sneezes, the rest of Europe catches cold”?
4. Who was proclaimed the king of United Italy in 1861?
5. What was the ‘Treaty of Constantinople’ of 1832?
6. What type of conservative regime was set up in 1815 in Europe?
Short Answer Questions [3 marks]

1. What was the impact of treaty of Vienna (1815) on European people? Write any three points.
2. Explain any four reasons how the initial enthusiasm of the people of France soon turned to
hostility after Napoleon’s takeover of France?
3. How did Romanticism seek to develop a particular form of nationalists sentiments during the
18th century? Explain.
4. ‘The decade of 1830 had brought great economic hardship in Europe’ support the statement with
arguments.
5. Describe the causes of the Silesian weavers’ uprising.
Long Answer Questions [5 marks]

1. Explain the role of Giuseppe Mazzini in the unication of Italy.
2. Describe the stages of unication of Germany.
3. Highlight the strange case of Britain.
4. How did nationalism develop through culture in Europe? Explain.
5. Describe the 1848 revolution of the liberals. Highlight the political, social and economic ideas
supported by the liberals.
zzz

The nationalist movement
2 in indo-china
THE FRENCH DOMINATION (1858)
French troop landed in Vietnam and slowly

established control. French began building canals and draining
lands.
After the Franco-Chinese war, French

assumed control over Tonkin and Anaam. Followed by infrastructure projects to help
transport goods for trade, move military
garrisons and control the entire region.
1887-French Indo-China was formed and
French colonies were established.
Final link with Yunan in China was completed
Colonies were considered essential supply in 1910.
of natural resources and other goods.
THE DILEMMA OF COLONIAL EDUCATION

(FRENCH COLONISATION)
Not based only on Driven out by the idea Problem faced by them, Students fought
economic exploitation. of a ‘civilizing mission’. Elites in Vietnam were against the colonial
powerfully influenced government’s efforts to
by Chinese culture. prevent the Vietnamese
from qualifying for
white collar jobs.
French suggested that
Vietnamese be taught
in lower classes and The battle against the
French in higher French colonial
classes. education became
part of the larger battle
against colonialism
As many as two-thirds and for independence.
of the students failed in
1925, in a population of
17 million, there were
less than 400, who
passed the examination.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
28
HYGIENE, DISEASE AND EVERYDAY RESISTANCE
French decided to rebuild ‘Hanoi’ – as a new and modern city.
1903, Hanoi was stuck by a Bubonic plague.
The French part of Hanoi had well-laid out sewer system, while the ‘native quarter’
was not provided with any modern facilities.
Thus what was installed to create a hygienic environment in the French city became the cause of plague.
The large sewers in the modern city, were an ideal and protected breeding ground for rats.
1902- A rat hunt began. The French hired Vietnamese workers and paid them for the rats caught by them.
It could not prevent the Bubonic plague, which swept through the area in 1903 and in subsequent years.
RELIGION & ANTI-COLONIALISM
Vietnamese religious Christianity, introduced Popular religious Late 19th century,

beliefs were mixed of by French missionaries, movements Hoa – Hao resistance to French
Buddhism, was intolerant of this began in 1939. domination was very
Confucianism & local easy going attitude. often led by Confucian
parties. scholar – activists, who
The French tried to saw their world
An early movement suppress the movement crumbling.
against the French by declaring their leader
control and spread of Hyunh Phu So mad and
Christianity was the put him in a mental
Phan Chu Trinh – he
scholars revolt in 1868. asylum.
was different from
the nationalist.
Later, he was proven

sane, French sent him to He accepted the
exile and his followers to French revolutionary
concentration camps. ideal of liberty but
charged the French
for not abiding by the
ideal.

PARTITION OF VIETNAM
The French tried to regain control by using the emperor, Bao Dai, as their puppet ruler.
They were defeated in a battle i n 1954 at Dien Bien Phu.
In the peace negotiations in Geneva that followed the French defeat, the
Vietnamese were persuaded to accept the division of the country.
North was led by Ho Bao Dai’s regime was put in

Chi Minh & the Communist. power in the South.
Was soon overthrown

by Ngo Dinh Diem
Diem built a repressive & He retained ordinance 10, a French Anyone who opposed him
authoritarian government. law that permitted Christianity was called a communist
but outlawed Buddhism. & was jailed and killed.
His dictator rule was opposed by a broad

banner of National Liberation Front (NLF).
THE ENTRY OF US INTO THE WAR
From 1965 to 1972, Despite advanced Thousands of US troops Effects of war was University graduates
millions of US army technology and arrived with heavy weapons felt in US also, were forced to join army
personnel served in good medical and powerful bombers– many criticised US but underprivileged
Vietnam. supplies, casualties B52S, Napalm, Agent Orange decision to ones were preferred, not
were very high. and phosphorus bombs. interfere. elites.
But they underestimated the US feared, if Ho Chi Minh’s Hollywood made film, both US media and films
power of a small country. government wins, it would be criticising as well as played a major role.
a victory of communism. appreciating US involvement.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
30
THE HO CHI MINH TRAIL
Ho Chi Minh was a Trail had immese About 20,000 They had support Mostly women
Trail or hidden network of North Vietnamese bases and porters carried
path, used by footpaths and daily travelled on hospitals along goods.
Vietnamese to roads. this route. the way.
fight against US.
But their efforts US regularly Most of the trail

failed, since they bombed this trail was partially in
were rebuilt very to disrupt Laos and
quickly. supplies. Cambodia.
HEROES OF WOMEN AS WOMEN AT

WOMEN AS REBELS
PAST TIME WARRIORS TIMES OF PEACE
Women enjoyed equality Phau Boi Chau wrote a Women were portrayed as After war, women worked
in Vietnam. play on the bravery of young, brave and dedicated. as workers.
Trung sisters against
Chinese domination.
They played no role in Some of them shot down Worked in agricultural

public life. jets with just twenty bullets. cooperatives, factories
After this play, Trung and production units
sisters were glorified. rather than fighters.
During nationalist They were represented not

movement a new image only as warriors but as
of woman emerged. They were depicted in workers with hammer in one
paintings, plays and novels. hand and gun in the other.
A famous novel of that

Linh caused a scandal. It is believed that they As casualties were rising
gathered a team of in war, more women
30,000 to resist Chinese. joined army.
It showed a woman
leaving forced marriage
and married the man of Another rebel woman was They nursed wounded
her choice, who was a Trieu Au, orphaned in soldier and helped in
nationalist. childhood, lived with brother. constructing tunnels.
This rebellion brought a On growing up, she left They built six airships,
new woman in home and went to jungles neutralised thousands of
Vietnamese society. and organised army bombs and transported
against Chinese. thousands of cargo.
She became a sacred There were about 1.5

figure. million women in the
army.

THE END OF WAR
US failed to Vietnamese Thousands of young US It was the first Real battle scence
achieve its resistance could soldiers had lost their lives television war. were shown on
objective. not be crushed. and countless Vietnamese the daily new
civilian casualties. channels.
The NLF successfully US withdrew their A peace Many Americans

occupied Saigon Palace armies but fighting settlement was protested against
on 30th April, 1975 and continued between signed in Paris in US interference in
unified Vietnam. Saigon regime and NLF. Jan. 1974. Vietnam.
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Franco-Chinese War: The Franco-Chinese War lasted from 1884 to 1885. It ended with
China giving up its sovereignty over Annam and Tonkin. The treaty ending the war was
signed on June 9, 1885. These territories were later included into French Indo-China.
2. Confucianism: The system of ethics, education, and statesmanship by Confucius and
his disciples, stressing love for humanity, ancestor worship, reverence for parents, and
harmony in thought and conduct.
3. Syncretism: The attempted reconciliation or union of different or opposing principles,
practices or parties in a single philosophy or religion.
4. Concentration Camps: A place in which large number of people, especially political
prisoners or members of persecuted minorities were deliberately imprisoned in a relatively
small area with inadequate facilities; sometimes to provide forced labour or to await
mass execution.
5. Republic: A state in which supreme power is held by the people and their elected
representatives, and which has an elected or nominated president rather than a monarch.
6. Imperialism: A policy of extending a country’s power and influence through colonization,
use of military force, or other means.
7. Anti-imperialism: Views opposed to imperialism.
8. Communism: A theory or system of social organisation in which all property is owned by
the community and each person contributes and receives according to their ability and
needs.
9. Obscurantism: The practice of deliberately preventing the facts or full details of something
from becoming known.
10. Dictatorship: Is a form of government or social situation, where one person makes all the
rules and decisions without input from anyone else.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
32
IMPORTANT EVENTS
1868 – Scholar’s Revolt, led by the officials of the Imperial Court was an early revolt
against French control and spread of Christianity.
1887 – French Indo-China was formed.
1902 – The French part of Hanoi was hit by a rat menace.
1903 – Phan Boi Chau formed the ‘Revolutionary Society’.
1907-08 – Go East Movement – 300 Vietnamese students went to Japan to acquire modern
education.
1911 – Monarchy in China was overthrown by Sun Yat-Sen and an association for
Restoration of Vietnam was formed by Vietnamese students.
1930 – The Great Depression – led to unemployment in Vietnam.
1930 – Ho Chi Minh established the Vietnamese Communist Party, inspired by European
communist.
1939 – The ‘Hoa Hao’ movement began under the leadership of its founder, Huynh
Phu So.
1940 – Japan occupied Vietnam.
1946 – Huynh Phu So was sent free from a mental asylum but exiled in Laos.
1954 – The French were defeated at Dien Bien Phu.
1954 – Vietnam was divided into North and South Vietnam. Ho Chi Minh and Bao Dai
became rulers of North and South respectively.
Later foundation of National Liberation Front (NLF) was laid which fought for
the unification of the country under Ho Chi Minh government.
1965-72– US intervene in Vietnam due to the fear of alliance of Vietnam and Communism.
It led to a war.
1974 – Peace was restored.
1975 – North Liberation Front (NLF) occupied the presidential palace in Saigon and
unified Vietnam.
NCERT Exercises
(a) What was meant by the ‘civilising mission’ of the colonisers?
Ans. (a) It was mainly an imperial disguise, by French, which allowed them to control the colonies. Just
as the British had done in India. The French in Vietnam claimed that they would introduce
modern and civilised way of living to the people. The French mainly considered that like the
Europeans, it was their responsibility to civilise the colonies even if this meant destruction
of local cultures, religion and traditions. Education was seen as one of the ways to civilise
the natives.
(b) Huynh Phu So: He was the founder of a revolutionary nationalist movement ‘Hoa Hao’. He
performed miracles and helped the poor. His criticism against useless expenditure had a
wide appeal. He also opposed the sale of child brides, gambling and the use of alcohol and
opium. He was declared insane and was called ‘Mad Bonze’, and was put in mental asylum by
the French colonisers. Later, he was relieved from the hospital but sent into exile to Laos and
many of his followers were sent to the concentration camps.

Q. 2. Explain the following:
(a) Only one-third of the students in Vietnam would pass the school-leaving examinations.
Ans. The French colonial administration followed a policy. According to the policy, they failed students
in their nal year examination so they could not opt or qualify for better paid jobs. Those who
were wealthy could afford enrolment in an expensive school and to add to that, very few would
pass the school leaving examination. In 1925, in a population of 17 million, there were less than
400 who passed the examination.
(b) The French began building canals and draining lands in the Mekong delta.
Ans. (i) The vast system of irrigations works- canal and earthworks were built to increase cultivation.
(ii) This was done looking to the thought to ‘civilise’ Vietnam on a European model.
(iii) But it was actually an economic idea that mainly meant. If there was an increase in rice
production, then there would be a subsequent export of rice to the international market.
(iv) Vietnam exported two thirds of its production and by 1931 had become the third largest
exporter of rice in the world.
(c) The government made the Saigon Native Girls’ School take back the students it had
expelled.
Ans. A problem cropped up in the Saigon Native Girls’ School in 1926. A Vietnamese girl refused to
vacate her front seat for a local French student. For this act, she and her supporting students were
expelled from the school. Soon it led to the beginning of the protests. When situation became
serious, the French government forced the school authorities to reinstate the girl back in school.
(d) Rats were most common in the modern, newly built areas of Hanoi.
Ans. (i) The French part of Hanoi was built as a beautiful and clean city with wide avenues and well
laid out sewer systems.
(ii) The refuse from the old city drained straight out into the river or, during heavy rains or
oods, overowed into streets.
(iii) The modern and apparently hygienic sewage system made by the French provided ideal
breeding grounds for the rodents, apart from being a good transport system as well, for the
rats.
(iv) The large sewers became a breeding and living space for the rats. Hanoi, despite its ‘modernity’
became the chief cause of the plague in 1903.
Q. 3. Describe the ideas behind the Tonkin Free School. To what extent was it a typical example
of colonial ideas in Vietnam?
Ans. Similar to the other colonisers, the French also assumed that they were responsible for providing
a better way of living. Thus the Tonkin Free School was opened to give Western education in 1907.
The subjects that were taught here were Science, French, Hygiene and other common subjects.
The students were encouraged to adopt Western styles of dressing. This school was a typical
example of colonial ideas in Vietnam on account of the aforementioned. It mainly rejected the
traditional Vietnamese education and lifestyle, and promoted the western ideas and way of living.
The school encouraged the adoption of western styles such as having a short haircut. For the
Vietnamese this meant a major break with their own identity since they traditionally kept long
hair.
Q. 4. What was Phan Chu Trinh’s objective for Vietnam? How were his ideas different from
those of Phan Boi Chau?
Ans. The objectives of the two nationalists, Phan Chu Trinh and Phan Boi Chau, were very different
from each other –
(i) Phan Chu Trinh (1871-1926) – He did not want to resist the French with the aid of monarchy.
He was mainly inuenced by the ideas of the West in terms of democracy and wanted to set
up a democratic republic of Vietnam.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
34
(ii) He accepted the French revolutionary ideal of liberty but charged the French for not abiding
by the ideal.
(iii) He demanded that the French set up legal and educational institutions, and develop
agriculture and industries.
(iv) Phan Boi Chau (1867-1940) – He went on to form a revolutionary society with Prince Cuong
De with the advice of Chinese reformer Liang Qichao Phan. Phan had written most inuential
book ‘The History of the loss of Vietnam’ . It became bestseller in Vietnam and China. His book
mainly reected two themes: the loss of sovereignty and the severing of ties with China due
to French policies.
Thus, we can say that Phan Boi Chau was in favour of monarchy and Phan Chu Trinh wanted a
republic.
Q. 5. With reference to what you have read in this chapter, discuss the inuence of China on
Vietnam’s culture and life.
Ans. (i) China is a large and close neighbour of Vietnam. It was obvious that the former would
inuence the latter.
(ii) Vietnamese lived under the shadow of powerful empire of China.
(iii) There were strong trade links due to sea trade as all trade between any part of Asia and China
had to pass through Vietnamese ports.
(iv) One can say that the two countries shared the similar religious beliefs, namely Buddhism
and Confucianism. These ideas were mainly spread by a Confucius, a great Chinese thinker,
religious leader and philosopher, who had deeply inuenced the social and cultural aspects
of Vietnam.
(v) After the development of the trans-Indo-China rail and road network developed, the
imperialist power wanted it as a link between North and South Vietnam and China.
(vi) This link brought the two neighbouring countries even more closer.
(vii) They were under imperialist rules for long, making them share cultural, religious, historical
and economic commoners.
Q. 6. What was the role of religious groups in the development of anti-colonial feeling in
Vietnam?
Ans. (i) In Vietnam, religion played an important role in the development of anti-colonial feelings in
the lives of the people.
(ii) This fact was well used by the imperialists to aid in their control over their colonies. Thinking
this, the imperialists imposed their religion on the Vietnamese locals.
(iii) However, anti-imperialist feeling arose in Vietnam against the French imperialist forces.
(iv) Vietnam followed Buddhism and Confucianism.The French wanted to convert the Vietnamese
into Christians. This led to revolts against the French intention in 1868. This revolt was
called the ‘Scholars Revolt’, which was followed by the killing of about 1000 Catholics.
(v) Huynh Phu So began a movement called Hoa Hao, but was declared insane by the French
Government.
(vi) Later, after getting freed from the mental asylum, he was sent in exile to Laos and his
followers were sent to the concentration camps.
Q. 7. Explain the causes of the US involvement in the war in Vietnam. What effect did this
involvement have on life within the US itself?
Ans. (i) The struggle for freedom by the Vietnamese people was a long drawn one.
(ii) They had to face three countries – The French, the Japanese and the USA.
(iii) There were many causes due to which USA had to get involved in the Vietnam War. The
unication of Vietnam was watched with fear by the US.

(iv) The US government feared the spread and popularity of communism in Vietnam too. The US
was afraid how it would affect the other capitalist countries. With these thoughts, the US was
always ready to ght communist stronghold in any part of the world. The rise of communism
in Vietnam was seen as a threat and US stepped in to intervene.
(v) During this time, France was also facing insulting revolts from the Vietnamese. France being
a capitalist country, US felt it had to step in to save French honour, as one of the capitalist
brethren. And also, the French had been an ally of the USA in the World War II.
Q 8. Write an evaluation of the Vietnamese war against the US from the point of
(a) a porter on the Ho Chi Minh Trail (b) a woman soldier
Ans. (a) The Vietnamese suffered a huge human and property losses, yet it never stopped their
struggle for freedom.
O I am working as a proud porter for the war against the US on Ho Chi Minh Trail, which was a
great expansive network of roads and footpaths.
O I have been carrying food items for the soldiers as well as war ammunition or other amenities
required by the troops.
O Most of our porters were women. We are proud of our nation.
O We can carry about 25 Kilos weight on our backs and about 70 kilos on our bicycles. I never
feared the deep valleys. Walking on the treacherous routes was dangerous as they are narrow.
O Despite US bombing in our Ho Chi Minh trail to disrupt our supplies, we are able to rebuilt the road
so quickly that it almost annoyed the US soldiers.
O I was not even afraid of being shot down by aircraft guns.
(b) a woman soldier:
O I am one of the 1.5 million Vietnamese, brave women soldiers to ght our war against US
and get independence from this long lasting war. I am one of the women workers engaged
as porters, nurses and construction workers, spread in the regular army, the militia, the local
forces and professional teams.
O I am working on the Ho Chi Minh trail, I can shoot a US Jet with few bullets.
O I am powerful. Even after being a woman, I can carry a rie in one hand and a hammer in the other.
O Fighting as seless soldier, I want to save my country.
O I can single handedly kill the enemy. We women soldiers could construct six air strips,
neutralise almost thousands of bombs and can easily shoot down around fteen planes. We
have proved it.
O I consider myself as a young, brave and dedicated soldier.
Q 9. What was the role of women in the anti-imperial struggle in Vietnam? Compare this with
the role of women in the nationalist struggle in India.
Ans. Women played a critical role in the anti-imperial struggle in Vietnam. Women who rebelled against
social conventions were idealised and rebel women of the past were likewise celebrated. Women
in Vietnam traditionally enjoyed greater equality than in China. As the nationalist movement
grew, the status of women emerged with a new image of womanhood. Trieu Au was one of the
popular gures in nationalist tales. Women were represented as brave soldiers and workers in the
1960s. They assisted in nursing wounded soldiers, constructing underground tunnels and ghting the
enemy. Remarkably, between 1965 and 1975, 70-80% of the youth working on the Ho Chi Minh trail
were women. They built six airstrips, neutralised tens of thousands of bombs, transported tens of
thousands of kilograms of cargo, weapons and food and shot down about fteen planes. Compared
to this very direct and active participation of Vietnamese women in the anti-imperial struggle, Indian
women did not play a very dynamic role in the nationalist struggle of India against Great Britain.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
36
Gandhiji was convinced that it was the duty of women to look after home and health, be good
mothers and good wives. For a long time, congress was reluctant to allow women to hold any
position of authority within organisation. It was keen only on their symbolic presence. They
followed Gandhian ideals of boycotting foreign goods and picketing liquor shops, but mainstream
politics was controlled by men; although there were some important women leaders like Sarojini
Naidu, Kamla Nehru and Kasturba Gandhi who were keenly involved.

Q. 1. Which three independent countries were a part of Indo-China?
Ans. Laos, Vietnam and Cambodia.
Q. 2. Describe the Chinese inuence on Vietnam?
Ans. Vietnam was under the shadow of the powerful empire of China. Even when an independent
country was established in what is now northern and central Vietnam, its rulers continued to
maintain the Chinese system of government as well as Chinese culture.
Q. 3. How was the maritime silk route useful for Vietnam? [CBSE 2015 ]
Ans. Vietnam brought in goods, people and ideas from China from maritime silk route.
Q. 4. French colonization of Vietnam was based on which two ideas?
[CBSE Sample Question 2016]
Ans. Economic exploitation and the Civilizing Mission.
Q. 5. How did the French control Vietnam?
Ans. The colonisation of Vietnam by the French brought the people of the country into conict with the
colonisers in all areas of life. The most visible form of French control was military and economic
domination but the French also built a system that t ried to reshape the culture of Vietnamese.
Q. 6. How was French Indo-China formed?
Ans. French troops captured northern region of Vietnam. After the Franco-Chinese war, the French
assumed control of Tonkin and Annam. In 1887, French Indo China was formed.
Q. 7. What helped French to increase production of rice in Mekong Valley?
Ans. The vast systems of irrigation work, canals and earthworks built mainly with forced labour,
increased rice production and allowed the export of rice to international market.
Q. 8. What according to Paul Bernard were the barriers to economic growth?
Ans. Barriers to economic growth according to Paul Bernard were: High population levels, low
agricultural productivity and extensive indebtness amongst the peasants.
Q. 9. How did French follow Japanese to ensure better productivity and employment?
Ans. (i) To reduce rural poverty and increase agricultural productivity by carrying out land reforms.
(ii) However, this could not ensure sufcient employment as the experience of Japan showed.
Thus, industrialisation was thought to be essential to create more jobs.
Q. 10. What was the fear in the mind of French regarding Education in Vietnam?
Ans. The French needed an educated local labour force but they feared that education might create
problems. Once educated, the Vietnamese may begin to question colonial domination. French
also feared that they might loose their jobs to educated Vietnamese.
Q. 11. How far did French want to restrict Chinese inuence from Vietnam?
Ans. The elites in Vietnam were powerfully inuenced by Chinese culture. To consolidate their
power, the French had to counter this Chinese inuence. So, they systematically dismantled the
traditional educational system and established French schools for Vietnamese.
Q. 12. Why did most of the Vietnamese students fail in the school learning examinations?

Ans. It was largely because of a deliberate policy of failing students, particularly in the nal year, so
that they could not qualify for the better paid jobs.
Q. 13. Why was Tonkin free school established?
OR
What was the main aim to establish Tonkin Free School in Vietnam by French?
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. The Tonkin free school was established in 1907 to provide a Western style education.
Q. 14. What kind of education was given in Tonkin Free School?
Ans. This education included classes in science, hygiene and French. Besides, science and western
education, Vietnamese also had to look modern.
Q. 15. How did Vietnamese teachers follow the French oriented curriculum?
Ans. Teachers did not blindly follow the curriculum. Sometimes there was an open opposition. At ofce
times, there was a silent resistance. While teaching, Vietnamese teachers quickly modied the
text and criticised what was stated.
Q. 16. In which school did the protest erupt when a girl student was expelled?
Ans. This incident took place in 1926 in Saigon Native Girls School.
Q. 17. What kind of parties and journals were formed by students of Vietnam to protest against
French?
Ans. By 1920s, students formed various political parties, such as ‘Party of Young Annan’ and published
nationalist journals such as ‘Annanese Student’ regularly.
Q. 18. What did French do to create a modern Vietnam?
Ans. French decided to rebuilt Hanoi. The latest ideas about architecture and modern Engineering
skills were employed to build a new and modern city. But that modern part of Hanoi was also
struck by bubonic plague in 1903.
Q. 19. What was ‘Rat Hunt’?
Ans. Rat hunt was started in 1902, the French hired Vietnamese workers and paid them for each rat
they caught.
Q. 20. What innovative ideas were discussed by Vietnamese to earn prot from Rat Hunt?
Ans. The bounty was paid when a tail was given as a proof that a rat had been killed. So the rat catchers
took to just clipping the tails and releasing the rats, so that the process could be repeated, over
and over again. Some people also began raising rats to earn a bounty.
Q. 21. What was scholar’s revolt?
Ans. It was started in 1868 against French control. This revolt was led by ofcials at the imperial court
angered by the spread of Catholicism and French Power. The French crushed this movement.
Q. 22. What was the main aim of the ‘Scholar Revolt’ of 1868? [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. The main aim of ‘Scholar Revolt’ of 1868 was to oppose French control and expansion of
Christianity.
Q. 23. Who led the ‘Scholar Revolt’ in Vietnam in 1868? [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. The ‘Scholar Revolt’ in Vietnam in 1868 was led by ofcials at the imperial court.
Q. 24. What were the syncretic traditions?
Ans. Syncretism aimed to bring together different beliefs and practices, seeing their essential unity
rather than their differences. In Vietnam, they combined Buddhism and local beliefs.
Q. 25. What was Hoa Hao Movement?
Ans. It began in 1939 and gained great popularity in the fertile Mekong delta area. It drew on religious
ideas popular in anti-French uprisings of the nineteenth century.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
38
Q. 26. Who was Phan Boi Chau?
Ans. Phan Boi Chau was a nationalist. He became a major gure in the anti-colonial resistance and
formed the ‘Revolutionary Society’.
Q. 27. Name the most inuential book of Phan Boi Chau.
OR
Name the writer who wrote the book ‘The History of the Loss of Vietnam’. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. ‘The History of the Loss of Vietnam’ was written by Phan Boi Chau. He had written this book under
the strong inuence and advice of Chinese reformer Liang Qichao.
Q. 28. Who was Phan Chu Trinh?
Ans. He was also a nationalist. But he was against monarchy and opposed to the idea of resisting the
French with the help of the court. His desire was to establish a democratic republic.
Q. 29. How did China inspired Vietnamese nationalists?
Ans. In 1911, the long established monarchy in China was overthrown by a popular movement under
Sun Yat-Sen and a Republic was set up. Inspired by these developments, Vietnamese students
organised the Association for the Restoration of Vietnam.
Q. 30. Who were called the ‘electrical fuses’ of Vietnam?
Ans. The provinces of Naghe An and Ha Tinh were amongst the poorest, had an old radical tradition and
have been called ‘electrical fuses’. When the system was under pressure, they were the rst to blow.
Q. 31. Who was Ho Chi Minh?
Ans. Ho Chi Minh brought together the competing nationalist groups to establish the Vietnamese
communist party, later renamed as the ‘Indo-Chinese Communist Party’. He was inspired by the
militant demonstrations of the European Communist Parties.
Q. 32. Who fought against the Japanese control of Vietnam?
Ans. In 1940, Japan occupied Vietnam. So the league for the independence of Vietnam, which was
called ‘Vietminh’ fought the Japanese occupation and recaptured Hanoi in September 1945.
Q. 33. What challenges were faced by new Democratic Republic of Vietnam?
Ans. The French tried to regain control over Vietnam by using the emperor, Bao Dai as their puppet.
Q. 34. What led to the division of Vietnam after Independence?
Ans. In the peace negotiations in Geneva that followed the French defeat, the Vietnamese were
persuaded to accept the division of the country. North and South were split. Ho Chi Minh and the
communists took power in the north while Bao Dai regime was put in power in the south.
Q. 35. Who had overthrown Bao Dai Regime?
Ans. The Bao Dai regime was overthrown by a coup led by Ngo Dinh Diem, who built a repressive and
authoritarian government.
Q. 36. To which country did Ngo Dinh Diem belong? [CBSE (Comp) 2017 ]
Ans. Ngo Dinh Diem belonged to Vietnam.
Q. 37. How did Ngo-Dinh Diem become a dictator?
Ans. Anyone who opposed Ngo Dinh Diem was called a communist, was jailed and killed. He retained
‘Ordinance 10’, a French law that permitted Christianity but outlawed Buddhism.
Q. 38. Who opposed the dictatorial rule of Ngo Dinh Diem?
Ans. This dictatorial rule came to be opposed by a broad opposition united under the banner of the
National Liberation Front (NLF).
Q. 39. Why did US invade Vietnam?
Ans. US watched unication and alliances of North and South Vietnam with fear. US was against
communist system. The US was worried about communists gaining power. So, it decided to
intervene decisively, sending in troops and arms to Vietnam.

Q. 40. What types of weapons were used by US in Vietnam?
Ans. They made use of powerful bombers of the time - B52s, chemical weapons - Napalm and Agent
Orange and phosphorous bombs.
Q. 41. Which lms had been made in support of US participation in the war?
Ans. John Wayne’s ‘Green Berets’ (1968). It was an unthinking propoganda lm that was responsible
for motivating many young men to die in the war.
Q. 42. Give an example of a Hollywood lm which was critical about US army.
Ans. John Ford Coppola’s ‘Apocalypse Now’ (1979) reected the moral confusion that the war had
caused in the US.
Q. 43. What was Ho Chi Minh Trail?
Ans. The trail, an immense network of footpaths and roads was used to transport men and materials
from North to the South. The trail had supported bases and hospitals along the way.
Q. 44. How were supplies carried in Ho Chi Minh Trail?
Ans. In the trail, supplies were transported in trucks but mostly they were carried by porters, who were
mainly women. These porters carried about 25 kilos on their backs, or about 70 kilos on their
bicycles.
Q. 45. What was the status of women in Vietnam, in comparison to China?
Ans. Women in Vietnam traditionally enjoyed greater equality than in China, particularly among the
lower classes, but they had only limited freedom to determine their future and played no role in
public life.
Q. 46. Who wrote the famous novel that caused a scandal in Vietnam?
Ans. The famous novel by Nhat Linh caused scandal.
Q. 47. Why did the novel of Nhat Linh cause a Scandal?
Ans. The novel caused a scandal because it showed a woman leaving her forced marriage and marrying
someone of her choice; someone who was involved in nationalist politics.
Q. 48. Who were Trung Sisters?
Ans. Trung Sisters had fought against Chinese domination in 39-43 CE. They gathered a force of over
30,000, resisted the Chinese for two years and when ultimately defeated, they committed suicide,
instead of surrendering to the enemy.
Q. 49. Name the writer who wrote a play based on the lives of Trung sisters.[CBSE Delhi, (F) 2016 ]
Ans. The name of writer: Phan Boi Chau
Q. 50. Who was Trieu Au?
Ans. She lived in the third century CE. Trieu Au was orphaned in childhood and lived with her brother.
On growing up she left home, went into the jungles, organised a large army and resisted the
Chinese rule. Finally, when her army was crushed, she drowned herself.
Q. 51. Why were Vietnamese women called great ghter?
Ans. Vietnamese women in military shot down planes. They were brave and dedicated. For instance, a
woman shot down a jet with just twenty bullets.
Q. 52. Who called the war as ‘The greatest threat to peace, to national self-determination, and to
international cooperation’?
Ans. Noam Chomsky.
Q. 53. When did the war between US and Vietnam end?
Ans. War ended with the peace settlement in Paris in June 1974. The NLF occupied the Presidential
palace in Saigon on 30th April 1975 and unied Vietnam.
Q. 54. What was the result of the peace negotiation in Geneva that followed the French defeat in
Vietnam? [CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. The result of the peace negotiation in Geneva: The division of Vietnam/ Vietnam is divided into
two parts: North and South.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
40
Q. 55. What were the two bases of colonial economy in Vietnam? [CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. Bases of colonial economy in Vietnam:
(i) Rice cultivation
(ii) Rubber Plantation
Q. 56. Who were called colons in Vietnam? [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. French citizens living in Vietnam were known as colons.

Q. 1. How did French try to strengthen their rule through education?
Ans. The French sought to strengthen their rule in Vietnam through the control of education. They
tried to change the values, norms and perceptions of the people, to make them believe in the
superiority of French civilisation and the inferiority of the Vietnamese.
Q. 2. How did hygienic environment that was created in the French city become the cause of
plague?
Ans. The large sewers in the modern part of the city, a symbol of modernity, were an ideal and protected
breeding ground for rats. The sewers also served as a great transport system, allowing the rats to
move around the city without any problem. And rats began to enter the well-cared-for homes of
the French through the sewage pipes.
Q. 3. How was education seen as one of the ways to civilise the natives of Vietnam by French?
Ans. (i) The French needed an educated local labour force but they feared that education might
create problems.
(ii) French citizens living in Vietnam, began fearing that they might lose jobs as teachers,
shopkeepers, policemen to the educated Vietnamese.
(iii) So they opposed policies that would give the Vietnamese full access to French education.
Q. 4. How did the French provide a western style of education to the Vietnamese?
Ans. (i) For modern education, the Tonkin Free School was started in 1907.
(ii) The education included classes in science, hygiene and French.
(iii) The school also encouraged the adoption of western styles such as having a short haircut to
look modern.
Q. 5. What were the challenges faced by the new Republic of Vietnam?
Ans. (i) The French tried to regain control by using the emperor, Bao Dai as their puppet.
(ii) Due to French attack, Vietminh’s army was forced to retreat to the hills.
(iii) After eight years of ghting, the French were defeated in 1954, at Dien Bien Phu.
(iv) The French soldiers including their commanders and generals were arrested.
Q. 6. Specify the role of women in the anti-imperialist movement in Vietnam.
Ans. (i) Women in Vietnam traditionally enjoyed greater equality than in China.
(ii) As the nationalist movement grew, the status of women emerged with a new image of
womanhood.
(iii) Writers and political thinkers began idealising women who rebelled against social norms.
(iv) In the 1930s, a famous novel by Nhat Linh caused a scandal because it showed a woman
leaving a forced marriage and marrying someone of her choice, who was involved in
nationalist politics.
(v) This rebellion marked the arrival of the new women in the Vietnamese society.
Q. 7. What led to the formation of French Indo-China?
Ans. (i) The most visible form of French control was military and economic domination and the

French also tried to reshape the culture of Vietnamese.
(ii) French troops landed in Vietnam in 1858 and by the 1880s, they had established a rm grip
over the northern region.
(iii) After the Franco-Chinese war, the French assumed control of Tonkin and Annan, and in 1887,
French Indo-China was formed.
Q. 8. What, according to Paul Bernard, were the ways to develop the economy of the colonies?
Ans. Bernard was a writer and an eminent policy maker. He firmly believed that economy of the
colonies should be developed and argued that purpose of acquiring colonies was to make
profit. If the economy was developed and standard of living of the people improved, they would
buy more goods. As a consequence, the market would expand, leading to better prots for the
French business.
Q. 9. What was indentured labour?
Ans. O This was a form of labour widely used in the plantations from the mid-19th century.
O Labourers worked on the basis of contracts, which gave boundless power to employers.
O Employers could bring criminal charges against labourers and punish and jail them for any
non-fullment of contracts.
Q. 10. Describe any three efforts made by the French to suppress the movement inspired by
Huynh Phu So. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. The French tried to suppress the movement inspired by Huynh Phu So.
(i) They declared him mad, called him the Mad Bonze.
(ii) They put him in a mental asylum.
(iii) The doctor who had to prove him insane became his follower, nally in 1941 even the French
doctors declared that he was sane.
(iv ) The French authorities exiled him to Laos and sent many of his followers to concentration
camps.
(v ) Any other relevant points
Any three points to be described
Q. 11. State three ways in which the French were gloried in school textbooks.
Ans. (i) School textbooks gloried the French and justied colonial rule.
(ii) The Vietnamese were presented as primitive and backward, capable of manual labour but not
of intellectual reection; they were skilled copyists but not creative.
(iii) School children were told that only French rule could ensure peace in Vietnam.
Q. 12. What did the Vietnamese derive from the ‘Go East’ movement?
Ans. (i) In 1907-08, some 300 Vietnamese students went to Japan to receive modern education.
(ii) Their primary object was to drive out French from Vietnam and re-establish the Nguyen
dynasty, that had been removed by the French.
(iii) These nationalists looked for foreign arms and help.
(iv) Vietnamese students established a branch of ‘Restoration Society’ in Tokyo but after 1908,
the Japanese ministry arrested them and later, forced them to leave Japan.
Q. 13. Why was the Vietnam war called the rst television war?
Ans. (i) This was a war that had been called the rst television war, as battle scenes were shown on
the daily news programmes.
(ii) US people could see how thousands of young US soldiers had lost their lives and countless
Vietnamese civilians had been killed. So, people criticised the war.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
42
Q. 14. Give two arguments in favour and in against for language to be used as a medium of
instruction in Vietnamese school.
Ans. (i) Some policymakers emphasised the need to use the French language as the medium of
instructions. By learning the language, they felt, the Vietnamese would be introduced to the
culture and civilisation of France. In this way, the educated people in Vietnam would respect
French sentiments and work for the French, as they need workforce.
(ii) Others were opposed to French being the only medium of instruction. They suggested that
Vietnamese should be taught in lower classes and French in the higher classes. The few who
learnt French and acquired French culture were to be rewarded with French citizenship. So
that people set in centres to accept French culture through jobs.
Q. 15. Why was the bounty programme of Rat Hunt scrapped?
Ans. Vietnamese, who did this dirty work of entering sewers, found that if they come together they
could negotiate a higher compensation. They also discovered innovative ways to prot from this
situation. The bounty was paid when a tail was given as a proof that a rat had been killed. Clipping
of tails led to the releasing of rats after that and that process could be repeated over and over
again. The expenditure of the French became too high and the number of rats also did not reduce,
so they decided to scrap the bounty programme.
Q. 16. Which religions were followed by Vietnamese?
Ans. O Vietnam’s religious beliefs were a mixture of Buddhism, Confucianism and local practices.
O Christianity was introduced by the French. Catholic missionaries had been active in winning
the converts.
O People also followed some local practices like following Huynh Phu So, who was the founder
of Hoa Hao and performed miracles.
Q. 17. What was the signicance of movements against French by the Vietnamese?
Ans. Movements like Scholars Revolt and Hoa Hao, always had a contradictory relationship with
mainstream nationalism. Political parties often drew upon their support, but were uneasy about
their activities. They could neither control or discipline these groups, nor support their rituals
and practices. These movements were signicant in arousing anti-imperialist sentiments.
Q. 18. What does syncretic mean? How were these syncretic traditions followed by Vietnamese?
Ans. Syncretic aimed to bring together different beliefs and practices, seeing their essential unity
rather than their differences. The elites in Vietnam were educated in Chinese and Confucianism.
But religious beliefs among the peasantry were shaped by a variety of syncretic traditions that
combined Buddhism and local beliefs.
There were many popular religions in Vietnam that were spread by people who claimed to have
seen a vision of God.
Q. 19. What was the role of NLF in Vietnam?
Ans. (i) With the help of the Ho Chi Minh government in the north, the NLF or the National Liberation
Front fought for the unication of the country.
(ii) It was able to overthrow the Bao Dai regime in South Vietnam.
(iii) It defeated his dictatorial rule and brought peace in the country.
Q. 20. What types of weapons were used by US in the Vietnamese war?
Ans. (i) Thousands of US troops arrived equipped with heavy weapons and tanks and backed by the
most powerful bombers of the time, B-52.
(ii) The widespread attacks and use of chemical weapons like Napalm, Agent Orange and
phosphorus bombs—destroyed many villages and decimated jungles.
(iii) Napalm is an organic compound used to thicken gasoline for re bombs. The mixture

burns slowly and when it comes in contact with surfaces like the human body, it sticks and
continues to burn.
Q. 21. Why do you think that US underestimated the power of a small country like Vietnam?
Ans. (i) The war between Vietnam and US grew out of fear among US policy planners that the victory
of the Ho Chi Minh government would start a domino effect—communist governments
would be established in other countries in the area.
(ii) They underestimated the power of nationalism to move people to action, inspire them to
sacrice for their home and family, live under horric conditions and ght for independence.
(iii) They considered the power of a small country to be too weak to ght the most technologically
advanced country in the world.
Q. 22. How did women participate as workers during war with the US?
Ans. Women were represented not only as warriors but also as workers; they were shown with a rie
in one hand and a hammer in the other. Whether young or old, women began to be depicted as
selessly working and ghting to save the country. As casualties in the war increased in the 1960s,
women were urged to join the struggle in large numbers. They helped in nursing the wounded,
constructing unground rooms and tunnels.
Q. 23. What were ‘electrical fuses’ of Vietnam?
Ans. The Great Depression of the 1930s had a profound impact on Vietnam. The prices of rubber and
rice fell, leading to rising rural debts, unemployment and rural uprisings, such as in the provinces
of Nghe An and Ha Tinh. These provinces were among the poorest, had an old radical tradition
and have been called the ‘electrical fuses’ of Vietnam.
When the system was under pressure they were the rst to blow. The French put these uprisings
down with great sternness, even used planes to bomb demonstrators.
Q. 24. What was the condition of colonial economy in Vietnam? Explain.
Ans. (i) The colonial economy in Vietnam was, however, primarily based on rice cultivation and
rubber plantations owned by the French and a small Vietnamese elite.
(ii) Rail and port facilities were set up to service this sector. Indentured Vietnamese labour was
widely used in the rubber plantations.
(iii) The French, contrary to what Bernard would have liked, did little to industrialise the economy.
In the rural area s, landlordism spread and the standard of living declined.
Q. 25. Elucidate the signicance of Ho Chi Minh’s trail in the Vietnamese war.
OR
Describe the Ho Chi Minh Trail features.
Ans. The story of the Ho Chi Minh trail is one way of understanding the nature of the war that the
Vietnamese fought against the US. It symbolised how the Vietnamese used their limited resources
to great advantage.
(i) The trail, an immense network of footpaths and roads, was used to transport men and
materials from the north to the south during Vietnamese war. From 1967 about 20,000
North Vietnamese troops came south each month on this trail which had support bases and
hospitals along the way.
(ii) In some parts, supplies were transported in trucks, but mostly they were carried by porters,
who were mainly women. These porters carried about 25 kilos on their backs, or about 70
kilos on their bicycles.
(iii) Most of the trail was outside Vietnam in neighbouring Laos and Cambodia with branch lines
extending into South Vietnam.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
44
(iv) The US regularly bombed this trail trying to disrupt supplies, but efforts to destroy this
important supply line by intensive bombing failed because they were rebuilt very quickly.
Q. 26. How did nationalism emerge in Vietnam through the efforts of different sections of society
to ght against the French? Analyse. [CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. The Nationalism emerged in Vietnam:
(i) The colonization of Vietnam by French brought the people of the country into conict with
the colonisers in all areas of life.
(ii) Vietnamese began reecting on the nature of the loss. Nationalist resistance developed out
of this reection.
(iii) Teachers, students fought against the colonial government’s efforts.
(iv ) Many religious movements were hostile to the western presence.
(v ) Development in China also inspired Vietnamese nationalists.
(vi) Vietnamese students organized the association for the restoration of Vietnam and then the
anti-French independence movement changed.
Q. 27. “The Ho Chi Minh Trail became advantageous to Vietnamese in the war against U.S.”
Support the statement with arguments. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. The Ho Chi Minh Trail became advantages to Vietnamese in the war against US.
(i) The trail symbolises how the Vietnamese used their limited resources to great advantages.
(ii) The trial, an immense network of footpaths and roads was used to transport men and material
from North to South.
(iii) It was improved in late 1950’s and from 1967 about 20,000 North Vietnamese troops came
south each month. The trial had support bases and hospitals along the way.
(iv) Mostly supplies were carried by much porters in their backs or on their bicycles.
(v) The US regularly bombing the trail to disrupt supplies but efforts to destroy this important
supply live by intensive bombing failed because they were rebuilt very quickly.
Q. 28. “French tried to solve educational problems in Vietnam in different ways.” Support the
statement with examples. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. French and Education
(i) French countered and dismantled the traditional education system of Vietnam.
(ii) They established French schools.
(iii) Introduced French language for Vietnamese.
(iv) Introduced deliberate policy of failing children.
(v) Their text gloried French culture and justied colonial rule.
(vi) Their education system introduced French, science and hygiene.

Q. 1. Why did French want to extend infrastructure project in Indo-China?
Ans. O French wanted to develop infrastructure projects to help transport goods for trade, move
military garrisons and control the entire region.
O Construction of a trans Indo-China rail network that would link the northern and southern
parts of Vietnam and China had begun.
The French built canals and drained lands in the Mekong delta to enhance cultivation. The
extensive and massive system of irrigation works—canals and earthworks. Those were built with
forced labour. This increased the rice production and strengthened the export of the rice in the
international market.
Q. 2. How was the French part of Hanoi differently built?

Ans. O The French part of the Hanoi was built as a beautiful and clean city with wide avenues and a
well-laid out sewer system.
O The latest ideas about architecture and modern engineering skills were employed to build a
new and modern city.
O The refuse from the old city drained straight out into the river or, during heavy rains or oods,
overowed into the streets. Thus what was installed to create a hygienic environment in the
French city became the cause of plague.
Q. 3. “Rats were most common in the modern newly built areas of Hanoi.” How was the rat hunt
started in Hanoi?
Ans. (i) To get rid of rats, a ‘Rat Hunt’ was started in 1902.
(ii) The French hired Vietnamese workers and paid them for each rat they caught.
(iii) Rats began to be caught in thousands but still there seemed to be no end.
(iv) Those who did the dirty work of entering sewers found that if they came together, they could
get more money.
(v) The compensation was paid when a tail was given as a proof that a rat had been killed.
(vi) So the rat catchers took to just clipping the tails and releasing the rats, so that the process
could be repeated over and over again.
(vii) Ultimately, the French were forced to stop the bounty programme.
(viii) In spite of this arrangement, the plague swept through the area.
Q. 4. What was the impact of education on the Vietnamese elite?
Ans. (i) Students fought against the colonial government’s efforts to prevent the Vietnamese from
qualifying for white-collar jobs.
(ii) They were inspired by patriotic feelings and felt that it was their duty to ght for the society.
(iii) By the 1920s, students formed various political parties, such as ‘Party of Young Annan’ and
published nationalist journals like ‘ Annanese Student ’.
(iv) The French tried to strengthen their rule through the control of education. They tried to
change the perception of the people and to make them believe in the superiority of the
French.
Q. 5. Analyse the role of ‘Hoa-Hao’ movement to arouse anti-imperialist sentiments in
Vietnam. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Hoa-Hao Movement:
(i) It drew on religious ideas popular in anti French uprising of 19th century.
(ii) The founder Hoa-Hua performed miracles and helped the poor.
(iii) He criticised against the useless expenditure and had a wide appeal.
(iv) Opposed the sale of child brides, gambling and the use of alcohol and opium.
(v) Political parties often drew upon their support, but were uneasy about their activities.
(vi) Signicance of these movements in arousing imperialist sentiments should not be
underestimated.
(vii) They could not control or discipline these groups nor support their rituals and practices.
Q. 6. Examine the impact of the ‘Great Depression’ of 1930s on Vietnam. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Impact of Great Depression on Vietnam was terrible:
(i) The prices of rubber and rice fell.
(ii) This Led to rising rural debts.
(iii) Unemployment.
(iv) Rural uprisings took place, such as in the provinces of Nghe An and Ha Tinh.
(v) These provinces were among the poorest, had an old radical tradition, and have been called
the ‘electrical fuses’ of Vietnam.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
46
(vi) The French put these uprisings down with great severity, even using planes to bomb
demonstrators.
(vii) Ho-Chi-Minh brought together competing nationalist groups to establish the Vietnamese
communist party to ght the freedom.
Q. 7. Who was Ho Chi Minh? What was his contribution to Vietnam?
Ans. (i) Ho Chi Minh was a communist.
(ii) In 1930, he brought together competing nationalist groups to establish the Vietnamese
Communist Party.
(iii) He was inspired by the militant demonstration of the European Communist Parties.
(iv) In 1940, Japanese occupied Vietnam. So now they had to ght against the Japanese as well as
French.
(v) A league called ‘Viet Minh’ was formed to ght the Japanese and they got back Hanoi in 1945.
(vi) The Democratic Republic of Vietnam was formed and Ho Chi Minh became its Chairman.
Q. 8. Explain the situation and aftermath of US involvement in the war in Vietnam.
Ans. (i) US entry into the war proved costly to the Vietnamese as well as to the Americans.
(ii) They remained in Vietnam from 1965 to 1972.
(iii) Thousands of US troops arrived with heavy weapons and tanks and were backed by the most
powerful bombers of the time—B52.
(iv) They used Chemical weapons—Napalm, Agent Orange and Phosphorus bombs to destroy
Vietnamese villages.
(v) The US wanted to establish a democratic government in Vietnam.
(vi) The US watched the unication of North & South Taiwan with fear. It did not want the
communist to gain power so it intervened.
Q. 9. Explain the role of women in the anti-imperialist struggle in Vietnam. [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. Role of women in the antiimperialist struggle in Vietnam :
Heroes of past times : rebel women of the past were similarly celebrated. In 1913, the nationalist
Phan Boi Chow wrote a play based on the lives of the trung sisters who has fought against Chinese
domination . In this play he depicted these sisters as patriots ghting to save the Vietnamese
nation from the Chinese.
One of the most venerated was Trieu Au. She left home ,went into the jungles, organized a large
army and resisted Chinese rule.
Women as warriors: In the 1960’s , photographs in magazines and journals showed women as
brave ghters.
Women as workers: They helped in nursing the wounded , constructing underground rooms and
tunnels and ghting the enemy.
Q. 10. How did this long war between the US and Vietnam come to an end?
Ans. (i) US had failed to achieve its objective; the Vietnamese resistance could not be crushed.
(ii) Thousands of young US soldiers had lost their lives and countless Vietnamese civilians had
been killed.
(iii) It was the first television war as battle scenes were shown on daily news.
(iv) Writers such as McCarthy and actors like Jane Fonda even visited North Vietnam and praised
the heroic defence of the country.
(v) A peace treaty was signed in Paris, in January 1974 and on 30th April, 1975 the NLF unied Vietnam.
Q. 11. Which infrastructure projects were taken up by the French to enhance their trade in
Vietnam?
Ans. (i) French introduced infrastructure projects to help transport goods for trade, move military
garrisons and control the entire region.

(ii) Construction of a trans-Indo-China rail network that would link the northern and southern
parts of Vietnam and China was begun.
(iii) This nal link with Yunan in China was completed by 1910.
(iv) The second line was also built linking Vietnam to Siam, via the Cambodian capital of Phnom
Penh.
Q. 12. How was Scholars Revolt of 1868 materialised?
Ans. (i) From the 18th century, many religious movements were hostile to the Western presence.
(ii) An early movement against French control and spread of Christianity was the Scholars
Revolt in 1868.
(iii) This revolt was led by ofcials at the imperial court angered by the spread of Catholicism and
French power.
(iv) They led a general uprising in Ngu An and Ha Tien provinces where over a thousand Catholics
were killed.
(v) Catholic missionaries had converted about 3,00,000 people by the middle of 18th century.
The French crushed the movement but this uprising served to inspire other patriots to rise up
against them.
Q. 13. What ideas did Phan Boi Chau and Phan Chu Trinh share in common and what did they
disagreed on?
Ans. Both Phan Boi Chau and Phan Chu Trinh were nationalists. Both of them wanted to free Vietnam
from colonial occupation.
Difference:
(i) Phan Boi Chau: He was a Confucian scholar. He formed a revolutionary society in 1903, with
Prince Cuong as the head. He wrote a book, The History of the Loss of Vietnam, which became
bestseller in Vietnam and China. He focussed on two topics in this book:
(a) the loss of sovereignty, and
(b) the severing of ties with China—ties that bound the elites of two countries within a shared
culture.
(ii) Phan Chu Trinh: He did not favour monarchy and opposed the idea of resisting the French
with the help of court. He wanted to establish a democratic republic. He was profoundly
inuenced by the west and did not want total rejection of western civilisation. He demanded
that the French set up legal and educational institutions and developed agriculture and
industries.
Q. 14. Write a short note on Ngo Dinh Diem.
Ans. (i) The Bao Dai regime of South Vietnam was overthrown by a coup led by Ngo Dinh Diem. Diem
built a repressive and authoritarian government.
(ii) Anyone who opposed him was called a communist and was jailed and killed.
(iii) Diem retained Ordinance 10, a French law that permitted Christianity but outlawed
Buddhism.
(iv) His dictatorial rule came to be opposed by a broad opposition united under the banner of the
National Liberation Front (NLF).
Q. 15. How did women join the Resistance Movement of Vietnam?
OR
Write an evaluation of Vietnamese war against the US from the point of a woman soldier.
Ans. Women helped in nursing the wounded, constructing underground rooms and tunnels and ghting
the enemy. Along the Ho Chi Minh trail, young volunteers kept open 2,195 kms of strategic roads
and guarded 2,500 key points.
They built six airstrips, neutralised tens of thousands of bombs, transported tens of thousands of
kilograms of cargo, weapons and food and shot down about fteen planes.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
48
Between 1965 and 1975, out of the 17,000 youths who worked on the trail, 70 to 80 per cent were
women. One military historian argues that there were 1.5 million women in the regular army, the
militia, the local forces and professional teams.
Q. 16. “U.S. entry into the war in Vietnam marked a new phase that proved costly to Vietnamese
as well as to the Americans.” Analyse the statement. [CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. US entry into the war in Vietnam marked a new phase:
U.S entry into the Vietnam war proved costly to the Vietnamese as well as the Americans :
Both the sides faced high casualties, many died and wounded .Compulsory recruitment of the
people in the armed services .Minorities and working class families suffered. Thousands of US
troops arrived equipped with heavy weapons and tanks and backed by t he most powerful bombers
of the time. Many became disillusioned with what the US was doing and writers such as Mary
McCarthy and actors like Jane Fonda even visited North Vietnam and praised their heroic defense
of the country. The widespread questioning of government policy strengthened moves to negotiate
an end to the war.
(i) From 1965-1972 many (over 403100) US personnel served in Vietnam (7484 were women).
(ii) Many (about 47244) died in the battle and a large number of people (303704) were wounded.
(iii) Out of the wounded, 23014 were listed 100% disabled.
(iv) This phase of struggle with the US troops arrived equipped with heavy weapons and tanks
and most powerful bombs.
(v) Destroyed many villages and decimated jungles.
(vi) Civilians died in large numbers.
Q. 17. “The peace negotiations in Geneva followed the division of Vietnam that set in motion
a series of events that turned Vietnam into a battleeld.” Analyse the statement with
arguments. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. “The peace negotiations in Geneva followed the division of Vietnam that set in motion a series of
events that turned Vietnam into a battleeld.
(i) In the peace negotiations in Geneva that followed the French defeat, the Vietnamese were
persuaded to accept the division of the country, i.e., North and South.
(ii) The division set in motion, a series of events that turned Vietnam into a battleeld bringing
death and destructions to its people as well as the environment.
(iii) The Bao Dai regime was soon overthrown by a camp led by NGO Dinh Diem Diam built a
repressive and authoritarian government.
(iv) Anyone who opposed him was called a communist and was jailed and killed.
(v) With the help of Ho Chi Minh government in North the NLF fought for the unication of
the country. The US watched this alliance with fear. Worried about the communist gaining
power, it decided to intervene decisively sending in troops and arms.
Q. 18. “Women were represented as warriors as well as workers in Vietnam in the 1960s.” Analyse
the statement with examples. [CBSE (F) 2016]
OR
Elaborate upon the role of women during war and peace in Vietnam.
Ans. Vietnamese Women as warriors and as workers:
(i) Women joined the army and fought bravely against the American troops. They succeeded in
shooting down war planes.
(ii) They were dedicated workers. They carried rie on their back and worked in the eld.
(iii) Whether young or old, women began to be depicted as selessly working and ghting to save
the country.
(iv) As casualties in the war increased in the 1960s, women were urged to join the struggle in
larger numbers.

(v) They were portrayed as young, brave and dedicated.
(vi) Stories were written to show how happy they felt when they joined the army and could carry
a rie.
(vii) Some stories spoke of their incredible bravery in single-handedly killing the enemy–Nguyen
Thi Xuan, for instance, was reputed to have shot down a jet with just twenty bullets.
(viii) Women in times of peace: By 1970s, as peace talks began, women were no longer represented
as warriors. Image of working women in agricultural cooperatives, factories and production
units began to predominate

Q. 1. “During French Colonial rule, schools in Indo-China became important place for political
and cultural battles.” Justify the statement.
OR
Why did Vietnam raise battle against the French system of education?
Ans. (i) Schools became an important place for political and cultural battles.
(ii) The French sought to strengthen their rule in Vietnam through the control of education.
(iii) They tried to change the values, norms and perceptions of the people, to make them believe
in the superiority of French civilisation and the inferiority of the Vietnamese.
(iv) Vietnamese intellectuals, on the other hand, feared that Vietnam was losing not just control
over its territory but its very identity; its own culture and customs were being devalued and
the people were developing a master slave mentality.
(v) The battle against French colonial education became part of the larger battle against
colonialism and for independence.
Q. 2. “The battle against French colonial education became part of the larger battle against
colonialism and for independence.” Explain.
Ans. (i) School textbooks gloried the French and justied colonial rule.
(ii) The Vietnamese were represented as primitive and backward capable of manual labour but
not of intellectual reection; they could work in the elds but not rule themselves; they were
skilled copyists but not creative.
(iii) Teachers and students did not follow the curriculum blindly.
(iv) While teaching, Vietnamese teachers quietly modied the text and criticised what was
stated.
(v) In 1926, a major protest erupted in the Saigon Native Girls’ School. A Vietnamese girl was
expelled from the school leading to protest. Seeing the situation getting out of control, the
government forced the school to take the students back.
(vi) Elsewhere, students fought against colonial government’s efforts to prevent the Vietnamese
from qualifying for white collared jobs.
(vii) By 1920s, students formed various political parties, such as the party of Young Annan and
published nationalist Journals such as the ‘Annanese students’.
Q. 3. Describe the major problems in the eld of education for the French in Vietnam.
Ans. (i) The French were faced with yet another problem in the sphere of education: the elites in
Vietnam were powerfully inuenced by Chinese culture.
(ii) To consolidate their power, the French had to counter this Chinese inuence.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
50
(iii) So they systematically dismantled the traditional educational system and established French
schools for Vietnam.
(iv) But this was not easy; Chinese the language used by elites so far, had to be replaced, French
or Vietnamese.
(v) French wanted educated local labour force but they feared that education might create
problems.
(vi) French citizens living in Vietnam, began fearing that they might lose jobs as teachers,
shopkeepers, policemen to educated Vietnamese.
(vii) So they opposed policies that would give the Vietnamese fall access to French education.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Which countries are known as ‘Indo-China’ region?

2. Why did the ‘rat hunt’ begin in Vietnam in 1902?
3. Who is the author of ‘The History of the Loss in Vietnam’?
4. When did Vietnam get its formal independence?
5. Who led the ‘Scholar’s Revolt’ in Vietnam in 1868?
6. In which year was the ‘Hoa Hao’ movement launched?
7. By whom was the ‘Revolutionary society’ (Duy Tan Hoi) formed (1903)?
8. Which chemical weapons were used by the USA on Vietnam?
1. Explain any three steps taken by the French to develop cultivation in the Mekong delta.
2. Explain any three steps taken by the French in Vietnam for building colonial economy.
3. Give brief description of the ‘Scholars Revolt’.
4. How did students in Vietnam ght against the colonial government’s effect to prevent Vietnamese
from qualifying for ‘white-collar jobs’? Explain.
5. How did Japan and China inspired Vietnamese nationalists to set up a democratic republic?
Explain with example.
1. “The Ho Chi Minh Trail” became advantageous to Vietnamese in the war against the US.” How?
2. Which were the two major problems before the French in the eld of colonial education in
Vietnam? How did they try to solve these problems? Explain.
3. ‘Nationalism emerged through the efforts of different sections of the society to ght against the
French in Vietnam.’ Analyse the statement.
4. “The Peace negotiations in Geneva followed the division of Vietnam that set in motion a series of
events that turned Vietnam into a battleeld.” Analyse the statement with argument.
zzz

nationalism
3 in india
NATIONALISM
It involves a strong Modern nationalism in Europe In India, as in many other colonies,

identification of a group of was associated with the the growth of nationalism is
individuals with a political formation of nation-states. connected to the anti-colonial
entity defined in national movement under the leadership of
terms, i.e., a nation. Mahatma Gandhi.
THE FIRST WORLD WAR, KHILAFAT AND NON-COOPERATION MOVEMENT
The war played Increase in defence During 1918–19 and 1920–21, food Extreme hardships,
an important expenditure due to the war shortages due to the failure of crops and poverty and forced
role in shaping led to the increase in taxes, famines and epidemics, that took a heavy recruitments in the
India s freedom
’ custom duties, prices and the toll of life, created resentment among the army made people
struggle. introduction of income tax. people of India against the foreign rule. hostile to the British.
SATYAGRAHA
Satyagraha means January, 1915: Champaran (Bihar) Kheda Satyagraha, Ahmedabad Mill
appeal for truth. Mahatma Satyagraha, 1916: 1917: Gandhiji led the Strike, 1918:
Mahatma Gandhi Gandhi First Gandhian movement in Kheda Gandhiji organised
introduced this returned to mass-movement district of Gujarat, a Satyagraha
concept during his India from in India against the demanding relaxation against the cotton
stay in South Africa. South Africa. oppressive of the revenue tax mill owners
It is based on the plantation system. owing to the poverty demanding an
ideals of truth and experienced by the increase in the
non-violence. farmers because of the workers’ wages
outbreak of the plague. and bonus.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
52
THE ROWLATT ACT (1919)
Passed by the The Act gave the 6 th April, 1919: Shops were closed Government Jallianwala
British government Gandhi started down, rallies were brutally Bagh
Government. enormous powers the non-violent organised and rail repressed the Massacre,
for repressing civil workshop workers nationalists. 13th April,
political activities disobedience went on strike. Martial law 1919.
and allowed movement for Widespread was imposed
detention of political opposing the attacks on banks, and General
prisoners without Rowlatt Act post offices and Dyer took
any trial for two with a railway stations command.
years nation-wide after police
hartal. attacked the
peaceful
procession.
A number of people had assembled at Jallianwala General Dyer surrounded the park and opened
Bagh in Amritsar for attending the annual Baisakhi fair. fire on the crowd, killing hundreds of people.
AFTERMATH OF JALLIANWALA BAGH
The British used brutal repression, Crowds took to the streets in many north This violence
seeking to humiliate and terrorise Indian towns. Strikes, clashes with the police forced Gandhi to
people. People were flogged and and attacks on government buildings were stop the
villages were bombed. extensively witnessed. movement.

NON-COOPERATION MOVEMENT BEGAN IN JANUARY 1921
Causes Methods Disagreements Events
Khilafat issue: Surrendering Few Congress March, 1919 (Bombay): Khilafat Committee was formed with
After the First of members leaders such as Muhammad Ali and Shaukat Ali.
World War, government were not in
the British titles, boycott support of the September, 1920: Gandhi, in the Calcutta session of the Congress,
sought to of civil idea of convinced other leaders of the need to start a non-cooperation
overthrow the services, boycotting movement in support of Khilafat as well as for Swaraj.
Khalifa, the army, police, the council
spiritual head courts and elections as
of the Islamic legislative they wanted December, 1920 (Nagpur): Non-cooperation programme adopted by
world and the councils, to bring about the Congress.
Turkish schools and changes in
Emperor. This foreign goods; the system by The Movement in the Towns: The students left government schools
was deeply and a full civil being in and colleges, headmasters and teachers resigned, lawyers gave up
resented by disobedience power. C.R. their legal practices and the council elections were boycotted in
Muslims all campaign Das and most provinces except Madras. Foreign goods were boycotted,
over the was launched. Motilal Nehru liquor shops picketed and foreign cloth burnt in huge bonfires.
world, formed the
including the Swaraj Party
Indians. within the 1921 and 1922: The import of foreign cloth dropped. M erchants and
Congress to traders refused to trade in foreign goods or finance foreign trade.
argue for a Production of Indian textile mills and handlooms went up.
Rowlatt Act: return to
The council Rebellion in the Countryside: The peasants had to do begar and
dissatisfaction politics. work without pay in the farms of oppressive landlords. The peasant
from the movement demanded reduction of revenue, abolition of begar and
Rowlatt Act and social boycott of oppressive landlords. In Awadh, the peasants were
the failure of the Some leaders led by Baba Ramchandra. The houses of talukdars and merchants
Rowlatt Act. feared the were attacked, bazaars were looted and grain hoards were taken
movement to over in many places. Local leaders told the peasants that Gandhiji
turn violent. had declared that no taxes were to be paid and land was to be
Jallianwala redistributed among the poor.
Bagh: The
atrocious October, 1920: The Oudh Kisan Sabha was set up headed by
killing of Jawaharlal Nehru, Baba Ramchandra and a few others.
hundreds of
innocent
people by the Revolt by Tribals: The government had closed large forest areas,
British at preventing people from entering the forest to graze their cattle or to
Jallianwala collect fuel wood and fruits. Alluri Sitaram Raju led the guerrilla
Bagh had warfare in the Gudem Hills of Andhra Pradesh. The rebels attacked
made the police stations, attempted to kill British officials and carried on
Indian guerrilla warfare for achieving swaraj.
masses
resentful Swaraj in the Plantations: Under the Inland Emigration Act of 1859,
towards the the plantation workers were not allowed to leave the tea gardens
British rule. without permission. Thousands of workers defied the authorities,
left the plantations and headed home. They believed that Gandhi raj
was coming and everyone would be given land in their own villages.
February, 1922: Mahatma Gandhi decided to withdraw the

Non-Cooperation Movement because of its violent face in many
places and satyagrahis needed to be properly trained.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
54
SIMON COMMISSION
Constituted by Sir John Simon Sought to look into Arrived in India in 1928. October 1929: The
the Tory was the the demands of the Congress and the Muslim Commission recommended
government of Chairman. nationalists and League along with the other a ‘dominion status’ for India
Britain under Commission did suggest changes in parties received the in coming future and a
pressure of mass not have any the constitutional commission with black Round Table Conference for
movements in Indian member. structure of India. flags and slogans ‘Go back discussing a future
India. All British. Simon’. constitution for India.
EFFECTS OF SIMON COMMISSION
December, 1929: Under the presidency of Jawaharlal Nehru, the Lahore 1930: Dr. B. R. Ambedkar
session of Congress formalized the demand of “Purna Swaraj”. 26th established the Depressed
January, 1930 was celebrated as the Independence Day. Classes Association.
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE
MOVEMENT
Medium: 31st January, The Salt Spread Governments Gandhi-Irwin

Gandhiji 1930: Gandhi government March respose Pact and end
chose salt as sent a letter was asked to of the
the medium to Viceroy accept the movement.
for protesting Irwin. demands by
against the Stating 11 11th March. Marked the Soon, the April, 1930:
British rule. demands beginning of movement Abdul This pact
especially the Civil spread to the Ghaffar Khan was a
abolition of Disobedience entire nation. was arrested consent to
salt tax. Movement. the Round
Table
Peasants refused May, 1930: Conference
Started from to pay revenue Gandhiji was and the
Gandhi s
’ and chaukidari arrested government
ashram in taxes. agreed to
Sabarmati to release the
the Gujarati Women and political
coastal town violated forest children were prisoners
of dandi. laws by beaten by the
government
and peaceful December,
6th April, going into satyagrahis 1931:
1930: violated reserved forests were Gandhiji went
the law by for collecting attacked. to London for
manufacturing wood. the Second
salt from sea Round Table
water. About conference.
Colonial laws were 100,000
violated, salt was people were
manufactured in arrested.
numerous places.

IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Vernacular Act: the act through which the British government got extensive rights to
censor reports and editorials in the vernacular languages. It was created in 1878 to
curtail the freedom of the Indian press.
2. Boycott: The refusal to deal and associate with people, participate in activities, or buy
and use things; usually a form of protest.
3. Inland Emigration Act: It was an Act through which plantation workers were not permitted
to leave the tea gardens wihout permission.
4. Satyagraha: A non-violent method used by Gandhiji against the oppressor.
5. Khilafat movement: It was a movement by Indian Muslims alied with Indian Nationalists,
led by the famous Ali brothers, Mohammed Ali and Shaukat Ali to protest against the
injustice done to Turkey after World War I.
6. Non-cooperation Movement: This movement was launched by Gandhiji in 1920. Its aims
were to show the resentment to actions considered oppressive like Jallianwala Bagh and
Rowlatt Act.
7. Gandhi-Ir win Pact: It was an agreement signed in March 1931 under which the Civil
Disobedience Movement was called off.
8. Dandi March: Gandhiji, along with 78 of his followers, started from his Ashram at
Sabarmati to Dandi on the sea coast on foot, and broke the salt law by making salt.
9. Poona Pact: It was a pact which was signed between Gandhiji and Dr. B.R Ambedkar.
The Pact gave the depressed classes reserved seats in provincial and central legislative
councils.
10. Nationalism: It involves a strong identification of a group of individuals with a political
entity defined in national terms, i.e., a nation. A sense of national consciousness, exalting
one nation above all others and placing emphasis on its development and prosperity.
11. Colonisation: The action or process of settling among and establishing control over the
indigenous people of an area.
IMPORTANT EVENTS
1917 – Mahatma Gandhi launches the Champaran campaign in Bihar to focus attention
on the grievances of ‘indigo’ planters in April.
1919 – Rowlatt Bill introduced on Feb 16, 1919.
1919 – The Jallianwala Bagh tragedy took place on 13th April in Amritsar.
1920 – The Indian National Congress (INC) adopts the Non-Co-operation Resolution in
December.
1920-22 – Mahatma Gandhi suspends Non-Co-operation Movement on Feb 12 after the
violent incidents at Chauri Chaura.
1922-23 – ‘Swaraj’ Party was formed by Motilal Nehru and others on 1st January.
1925 – The Kakori Train Conspiracy case in August.
1928 – Simon Commission arrives in Bombay on Feb 3. An All-India hartal was called
on. Lala Lajpat Rai assaulted by police at Lahore.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
56
1929 – Lord Irwin announced that the goal of British policy in India was to grant the
Dominion status to India. On 31st Oct. and Congress adopts the demand for
‘Purna Swaraj’.
1930 – Mahatma Gandhi launches the Civil Disobedience movement with his epic Dandi
March (Mar 12 to Apr 6). First phase of the Civil Disobedience movement: Mar
12, 1930 to Mar 5, 1931.
1931 – On 5th March, the ‘Gandhi lrwin’ pact was signed and the Civil Disobedience
movement was suspended.
1931 – Bhagat Singh, Sukh Dev and Rajguru were executed on 23rd March.
1932 – Gandhiji was arrested and imprisoned without trial on 4th January.
1932 – Gandhiji in jail, begins his epic ‘fast unto death’ against the Communal Award on
20th September and ends the fast on 26th of the same month after the Poona
Pact.
1935 – The Government of India Act 1935 was passed on 4th August.
1939 – The Muslim League observes the resignation of the Congress ministries as
‘Deliverance Day’ on 22nd December.
1942 – The INC meets in Bombay; adopts ‘Quit India’ resolution on 7th & 8th August.
1942 – Gandhiji and other Congress leaders were arrested on 9th August.
1942 – Quit India movement begins on 11th of August; the Great August Uprising.
1946 – Jawaharlal Nehru takes over as Congress president on 6th July.
1947 – Lord Mountbatten, the last British Viceroy and Governor General of India, sworn
in on 24th March
1947 – Mountbatten Plan was made on 3rd June for the partition of India and the
announcement was made on June 4th that transfer to power will take place on
August 15th.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Explain: (Write in Brief)
(a) Why growth of nationalism in the colonies is linked to an anti-colonial movement?
Ans. Colonisation affected people’s freedom, and nationalist sentiments rushed during the process
of struggle against the British domination. For people, the sense of oppression and exploitation
became a common bond, which gave rise to the nationalist ideas. Thus, the growth of nationalism
in the colonies is very much important to an anti-colonial movement.
(b) How did the First World War help in the growth of the National Movement in India?
Ans. There was forced recruitment in the rural areas of India by the British army during the First World
War. To nance the defence expenditure, high custom duties and income taxes were imposed.
This caused widespread anger among the rural and common people. At this stage, a new leader
appeared and suggested a new mode of struggle. Crops failed in many parts of India, during
1918-19 and 1920-21, which resulted in severe food shortage.
(c) Why were Indians outraged by the Rowlatt Act?
Ans. Rowlatt Act was passed in March 1919 by the imperial legislative.
(i) This had unbridled powers to the government to arrest and imprison suspect without trial
for two years maximum.
(ii) This had enabled the Government to suspend the right to ‘Habeas Corpus’ (a writ requiring a
person to be brought before a judge or court), which had been the foundation of civil liberties
in Britain.
(iii) It caused a wave of anger among all sections and societies of India. It led to the rst country-
wide agitation by M.K. Gandhi and marked the foundation of the Non-cooperation movement.
(d) Why did Gandhiji decide to withdraw the Non-Cooperation Movement?
Ans. (i) In February 1922, Mahatma Gandhi decided to withdraw the Non-Cooperation Movement.
He felt the movement was turning violent at many places and satyagrahis needed to be
properly trained before they would be ready for mass struggles.
(ii) Within the Congress, some leaders were by now tired of mass struggles and wanted to
participate in elections to the provincial councils that had been set up by the Government of
India Act of 1919. They felt that it was important to oppose British policies within the councils,
argue for reform and also demonstrate that these councils were not truly democratic.
[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Q. 2. What is meant by the idea of Satyagraha?
Ans. The idea of Satyagraha mainly implies a unique method of mass agitation that highlights the
powers of truth, and the need to search for truth. It focuses on non-violence and emphasis that if the
cause is true and the ght is against injustice then there is no need for coercion. Gandhiji believed in
the institution of dharma – non-violence and that it could led to national unity and harmony.
Q. 3. Write a newspaper report on:
(a) The Jallianwala Bagh massacre
Ans. On Baisakhi day, a large crowd of people, mostly from neighbouring villages, unaware of the
prohibitory orders in the city, had gathered in this small park to protest against the arrest of
their leaders, Saifuddin Kitchlew and Satyapal. The army surrounded the gathering under order
from General Dyer and blocked the only exit point and opened re on the unarmed crowd killing
around 1000. The incident was followed by uncivilised brutalities on the inhabitants of Amritsar.
The entire nation was stunned. Rabindranath Tagore renounced his knighthood in protest. Gandhi
was overwhelmed by the total atmosphere of violence and withdrew the movement in April 1919.
(b) The Simon Commission
Ans. There was a chorus of protest by all Indians against the appointment of an all-white, seven
member Indian Statutory Commission, popularly known as the Simon Commission (after the
name of its Chairman Sir John Simon) in November 1927. The Commission was to recommend to
the Government whether India was ready for further constitutional reforms and on what lines.
Set up in response to the nationalist movement, the commission was to look into functioning
of the constitutional system in India and suggest changes. But as reported, the commission did
not have a single Indian member. The Indian response was against the commission and the basic
notion behind the exclusion that foreigners would discuss and decide upon India’s tness for
self-government. This notion was seen as a violation of the principle of self-determination, and a
deliberate insult to the self-respect of Indians.
The Commission landed in Bombay in February 1928. On that day, a countrywide strike was
organised and mass rallies were held. Wherever the commission went, there were black ag
demonstrations, hartal and slogans of ‘Simon go back’.
Q. 4. Compare the images of Bharat Mata in this chapter with the image of Germania in chapter 1.
Ans. Abanindranath’s image of Bharat Mata shows her as imparting learning, food and clothing. A
mala is worn by her, which shows aesthetic quality. Devotion to this mother gure came to be
seen as evidence of one’s nationalism. One can say, it is similar to the image of Germania painted
by Philip Veit, where she is holding a sword, but also looks more feminine. Whereas the other
painting of Bharat Mata shows her more masculine in nature as it shows power and authority
which is denoted by lion and elephant beside her in the painting. The latter image is more
parallel to the image of Germania by Lorenz Clasen, where she holds a sword and a shield, and
Xam idea
Social Science–X
58
seems ready for a ght. In France she was Christened Marianne, a popular Christian name which
underlined the idea of a people’s nation. Her characteristics were drawn from those of liberty and
the Republic—the red cap, the tricolour, the cockade. Status of Marianne were erected in public
squares to remind the public of the national symbol of unity. Similarly Germania became the
allegory of the German nation. In a visual representations Germania wears a crown of Oak leaves,
as the German Oak stands for heroism.
Q. 5. List all the different social groups which joined the non-cooperation movement of 1921.
Then choose any three and write about their hopes and struggles to show why they joined
the movement.
Ans. The different social groups that joined the Non-cooperation Movements of 1921 were the urban
middle class comprising lawyers, teachers and headmasters, students, peasants, tribals and
workers.
O Peasants, Tribal and workers joined the movement from the countryside. They did so with
hopes of self-emancipation. Peasants rebelled against talukdars and landlords, who demanded
high rents and had to do begar or free labour.
O Tribal peasants – They revolted against the enclosure of large forest tracts by the British
government, which left them devoid of a livelihood as well as traditional rights.

O Plantation workers – They desired freedom to move about and retain links with the villages they
came from.
O All three believed that Gandhi Raj would come with the Non-Cooperation Movement, and this
would mark an end to their sorrows. Hence, they joined the anti-colonial struggle.
Q. 6. Discuss the salt March to make clear why it was an effective symbol of resistance against
colonialism.
Ans. Gandhi on January 31, 1930 sent a letter to the Viceroy Irwin, consisting 11 most essential
demands. Some of these were of general interest while others were specic demands of different
classes, from industrialists to peasants. The idea was t o make the demands wide-ranging, so that
all classes within the Indian society could identify with them and everyone could be brought
together in a united campaign. But the most unusual of the demand was the abolishment of salt
tax. The Salt March was an effective symbol of resistance against colonialism because it was
done in revolt against a commodity-salt, used by the rich and the poor alike. The tax on salt,
and the government monopoly over its production was a severely oppressive administrative
move. Gandhi’s letter was an ultimatum. According to which if the demands were not fullled
by 11th March, the congress would launch a civil disobedience campaign. Irwin was unwilling to
negotiate. So, Gandhi stated his famous salt march accompanied by 79 of his trusted volunteers.
The march was over 240 miles, from Gandhi’s ashram in Sabarmati to the Gujarati coastal town
Dandi and ceremonially violated the law, manufactured salt by boiling sea water. This marked the
beginning of the Civil Disobedience Movement.
Q. 7. Imagine you are a woman participating in the civil Disobedience Movement. Explain what
the experience meant to your life.
Ans. I participated in the National Movement for the rst time by being a part of the Civil Disobedience
Movement. It was feeling of pride for me. During Gandhi’s ‘Salt March’, I participated with
thousands of women who came out of their homes to listen to him. We also participated in
manufacturing salt, protest marches, picketed foreign goods and liquor shops. Women like me
who came from the high caste families also joined in the protests in the urban areas. We all took
part in the movements with great enthusiasm. We all stood by men and suffered physical blows
with them. Even though it did not bring us any status in the movements but we all contributed in
the struggle for freedom of our motherland. Even in Gandhi’s views, a women’s place was at home;
as mothers, and good wives. The Congress also on the other hand did not give us any position in
the organisation but we with all made our presence felt by our hard work and enthusiasm. There

were many famous personalities amongst us like Sarojini Naidu, Kamla Nehru, Annie Beasant,
who contributed to the national movements.
Q. 8. Why did political leaders differ sharply over the question of separate electorates?
Ans. The political leaders represented the different classes and communities of the Indian society. The
question they mainly differed on was of separate electorate because of the difference in opinions.
The main purpose to secure separate electorates for them was for by showing favours to their
followers by reserving separate electoral seats for them. But Congress Party, especially Gandhi
had an opinion that having a separate electoral would slow down the freedom movement and also
adversely affect the unity of the country. His main fear was that the system of separate electorates
would give a push to communalism and divide the country into pieces.

Q. 1. What is the meaning of ‘Begar’? [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Meaning of Begar:
Labour that villager was forced to contribute without any payment.
Q. 2. Name the writer of the novel ‘Anandamath.’ [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay
Q. 3. Who nanced the defence expenditure of World War I?
Ans. War was nanced by war loans and increasing taxes. Customs duties were raised and income tax
was introduced.
Q. 4. Why were people in rural areas angry with Britishers?
Ans. There was forced recruitment of soldiers in rural areas. Crops failed resulting in acute storage of
food, accompanied by inuenza epidemic.
Q. 5. When did Mahatma Gandhi return to India?
Ans. Mahatma Gandhi returned to India in January 1915. He had come back from South Africa.
Q. 6. Explain the ‘Idea of Satyagraha’.
OR
What is meant by Satyagraha? [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. The idea of Satyagraha emphasised the power of truth and the need to search for the truth.
Q. 7. How can battles be fought with Satyagraha?
Ans. Idea of Satyagraha suggested that if the cause is true, if the struggle is against injustice, then
physical force is not necessary to ght the oppressor. Without being aggressive, battle could be
won.
Q. 8. What was ‘Champaran Movement’?
Ans. It was the rst satyagrahi movement that took place in 1916, in which Mahatma Gandhi travelled
to Champaran to inspire the indigo planters to struggle against the oppressive plantation system.
Q. 9. Why did Kheda farmers protest against Britishers?
Ans. Affected by crop failure and a plague epidemic, the peasants of Kheda could not pay the revenue
and demanded that revenue collection be released.
Q. 10. What was Rowlatt Act of 1919?
Ans. It gave the British government enormous powers to repress political activities, and allowed
detention of political prisoners without trial for two years.
Q. 11. What was Mahatma Gandhi’s reaction on ‘Rowlatt Act’?
Xam idea
Social Science–X
60
Ans. Mahatma Gandhi wanted non-violent civil disobedience against such unjust laws, which would
start with a hartal on 6th April.
Q. 12. How did people react to Rowlatt Act?
Ans. Rallies were organised in various cities, workers went on strike in railway workshops and shops
were closed down. Alarmed by the popular upsurge, British started arresting the nationalists.
Q. 13. Why was Martial Law imposed in Amritsar?
Ans. Local leaders were picked up from Amritsar and Mahatma Gandhi was not allowed to enter Delhi.
On 10th April, the police in Amritsar red upon a peaceful procession, provoking widespread
attacks on banks, post ofces and railway stations, so Martial Law was imposed.
Q. 14. Why did General Dyer re on innocent people gathered peacefully in Jallianwala Bagh?
Ans. His object was, as he declared, was to ‘produce a moral effect’ and to create the feeling of terror
and awe in the minds of Satyagrahis.
Q. 15. What did British do to repress the Rowlatt Satyagrahis?
Ans. Satyagrahis were forced to rub their noses on the ground, crawl on the streets and do Salam to all
Sahibs. People were ogged and villages were bombed.
Q. 16. Why did Mahatma Gandhi join Khilafat issue?
Ans. Mahatma Gandhi now felt the need to launch a more broad-based movement in India. But he
was certain that no such movement could be organised without bringing the Hindus and Muslims
closer together. One way of doing this, he felt, was to take up the Khilafat issue.
Q. 17. Explain the Khilafat Movement.
Ans. Turkey was defeated in World War I and there were rumors that a harsh peace treaty was going to
be imposed on Ottoman Emperor—the spiritual head of the Islamic world. To defend the Khalifa’s
temporal powers, a Khilafat Committee was formed in Bombay.
Q. 18. Who were the two main leaders of the Khilafat Movement?
Ans. Two young brothers Muhammad Ali and Shaukat Ali started Khilafat Movement.
Q. 19. What resolution was passed at Calcutta session of Congress in September 1920?
Ans. At the Calcutta session of the congress in September 1920, Gandhiji convinced other leaders of
the need to start a Non-cooperation Movement in support of Khilafat as well as Swaraj.
Q. 20. Name the famous book written by Mahatma Gandhi. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Famous book written by Mahatma Gandhi is ‘ Hind Swaraj’.
Q. 21. Why many Congress leaders were reluctant to boycott council elections?
Ans. They were reluctant to boycott council elections scheduled for November 1920, as they feared
that if they would join Non-cooperation Movement, it might lead to popular violence.
Q. 22. What decision was made in Congress session at Nagpur in December 1920?
Ans. At the congress session at Nagpur in December 1920, a compromise was worked out and the Non-
cooperation Movement was adopted.
Q. 23. Why were Council elections not boycotted in Madras?
Ans. The Council Elections were boycotted in most provinces except Madras, where the justice party,
the party of non-Brahmans felt that entering the council was one way of gaining some power —
something that usually only Brahmans had access to.
Q. 24. What was the impact of reduction of imports?
Ans. As the boycott movement spread and people began discarding imported clothes and wearing only
Indian ones, production of Indian textile mills and handlooms went up.
Q. 25. Under which agreement the Indian ‘Depressed Classes’ got reserved seats in the Provincial
and Central Legislative Councils in 1932? [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]

Ans. Poona pact
Q. 26. Why did people start buying mill cloth instead of Khadi?
Ans. Khadi cloth was often more expensive than mass-produced mill cloth and poor people could not
afford to buy the Khadi cloth.
Q. 27. Why did boycott of British Institutions pose a problem?
Ans. For the movement to be successful, alternative Indian Institutions had to be set up so that they
could be used in place of the British ones. But these were slow to come up and teachers and the
students started trickling back to government schools.
Q. 28. Why did Awadh Movement of Peasants begin?
Ans. The movement was against talukdars and landlords, who demanded from peasants exorbitant
rents and a variety of other taxes. Peasants had to do begar and work at landlords farms without
any payment.
Q. 29. What were the demands of peasants in Awadh?
Ans. The peasant movement demanded reduction of revenue, abolition of begar, and social boycott of
oppressive landlords.
Q. 30. How was ‘Oudh Kisan Sabha’ formed?
Ans. In June 1920, Jawaharlal Nehru began going around the villages in Awadh, talking to the villagers
and trying to understand their grievances. By October, the Oudh Kisan Sabha was set up headed
by Jawaharlal Nehru, Baba Ramchandra and a few others.
Q. 31. How was Awadh movement materialised?
Ans. As the movement spread in 1921, the houses of talukdars and merchants were attacked, bazaars
were looted and grain hoards were taken over.
Q. 32. Which movement of Andhra Pradesh did Mahatma Gandhi join in NCM?
Ans. In the Gudem Hills of Andhra Pradesh, a militant guerrilla movement spread in the early 1920s—
not a form of struggle that the Congress could approve.
Q. 33. Why was this movement started in Andhra?
Ans. Here in Gudem Hills, the colonial government had closed large forest areas, preventing people
from entering the forests to graze their cattle, or to collect fuelwood and fruits. This enraged the
hill people.
Q. 34. What do you know about Alluri Sitaram Raju?
Ans. Alluri Sitaram Raju was the leader of Andhra Movement. He claimed that he had a variety of
special powers: he could make correct astrological predictions and heal people, he could even
survive bullet shots.
Q. 35. To what extent was Raju inspired by Mahatma Gandhi?
Ans. Raju talked of the greatness of Mahatma Gandhi, said he was inspired by the Non-cooperation
Movement and persuaded people to wear khadi and give up drinking. But at the same time, he
asserted that India could be liberated only by the use of force and not non-violence.
Q. 36. What action was taken by the tribals of Gudem Hills in their movement?
Ans. The Gudem rebels attacked police stations, attempted to kill British ofcials and carried on
guerrilla warfare for achieving swaraj.
Q. 37. What did freedom mean to plantation workers in Assam?
Ans. For plantation workers in Assam, freedom meant the right to move freely in and out of the
conned space, in which they were enclosed and it meant retaining a link with the village from
which they had come.
Q. 38. What was Inland Emigration Act of 1859?
Ans. Under the Inland Emigration Act of 1859, plantation workers were not permitted to leave the tea
Xam idea
Social Science–X
62
gardens without permission and in fact, they were rarely given such permission.
Q. 39. How did plantation workers of Assam react to NCM call?
Ans. When they heard of the Non-cooperation Movement, thousands of workers deed the authorities,
left the plantations and headed home. They believed that Gandhi Raj was coming and everyone
would be given land in their own villages.
Q. 40. What was the tale of Assam plantation workers when they left?
Ans. They, however, never reached their destination. Stranded on the way by a railway and steamer
strike, they were caught by the police and brutally beaten up.
Q. 41. What was Chauri Chaura Movement?
Ans. It took place in Gorakhpur, Chauri Chaura, when a peaceful demonstrations in a bazaar turned
into a violent clash with the police. Then those demonstrators went to the police station, locked
the policemen inside and put the police station on re, burning about 11 policemen alive. Hearing
of the incidence, Mahatma Gandhi called off the Non-cooperation Movement.
Q. 42. Why Mahatma Gandhi decided to call off Non-cooperation Movement?
Ans. In February 1922, Mahatma Gandhi decided to withdraw the Non-cooperation Movement. He felt
the movement was turning violent in many places and satyagrahis needed to be properly trained
before they could be ready for mass struggles.
Q. 43. Who formed Swaraj Party?
Ans. C. R. Das and Motilal Nehru formed the Swaraj Party within the Congress to argue for a return to
council politics.
Q. 44. Which two factors shaped Indian Politics towards the late 1920s?
Ans. (i) The effects of worldwide economic depression.
(ii) Agricultural prices began to fall from 1926 and collapsed after 1930.
Q. 45. Why was countryside in turmoil by 1930?
Ans. As the demand for agricultural goods fell and exports declined, peasants found it difcult to sell
their harvests and pay their revenue. By 1930, the countryside was in turmoil.
Q. 46. Who was Sir John Simon?
Ans. Sir John Simon came from England and sent by new Tory government of Britain and forced a
statutory commission to look into functioning of the constitutional system in India.
Q. 47. Why was Simon Commission rejected in India?
Ans. The problem was that the commission did not have a single Indian member. They were all British.
Q. 48. How was Simon Commission greeted in India?
Ans. When Simon Commission arrived in India in 1928, he was greeted with the slogan, ‘Go back Simon’.
All parties, including the Congress and the Muslim League, participated in the demonstrations.
Q. 49. Why was demand for abolition of Salt tax made?
Ans. Salt was something consumed by the rich and poor alike, and it was one of the most essential
items of food. The tax on salt and the government monopoly over its production, Mahatma Gandhi
declared, revealed the most oppressive face of British rule.
Q. 50. How long was Dandi March and how much time did it take?
Ans. It was over 240 miles. Gandhiji walked for 10 miles a day and took 24 days to reach Dandi.
Q. 51. How did Mahatma Gandhi declare Civil Disobedience Movement?
Ans. On 6th April, Mahatma Gandhi along with his 78 followers and many other reached Dandi coast
and ceremonially violated law, manufacturing salt by boiling sea water. This marked the beginning
of the Civil Disobedience Movement (CDM).

Q. 52. Why did rich peasant communities join CDM?
Ans. They were hard hit by the trade depression and falling prices. As their cash income disappeared,
they found it impossible to pay the government revenue demand. And the refusal of the
government to reduce the revenue demand led to widespread resentment.
Q. 53. How did poor peasants join CDM?
Ans. Poor peasants were not interested in the lowering of the revenue demand. As the depression
continued and cash income dwindled, the small tenants found it difcult to pay their rent. They
wanted the unpaid rent to the landlord to be remitted.
Q. 54. How did Business classes relate to the CDM?
Ans. They wanted protection against imports of foreign goods and a rupee-sterling foreign exchange
ratio that would discourage imports. They now reacted against colonial policies that restricted
business activities.
Q. 55. Which organisations did business classes form?
Ans. To organise business interests, Indian merchants and industrialists formed the Indian Industrial
and Commercial Congress in 1920 and the Federation of the Indian Chamber of Commerce and
Industries (FICCI).
Q. 56. Name some prominent Industrialists of that time.
Ans. Purshottamdas Thakurdas and G.D. Birla.
Q. 57. In what way women participated in CDM?
Ans. They participated in protest marches, manufactured salt and picketed foreign cloth and liquor
shops.
Q. 58. What was ‘Poona Pact’?
Ans. Poona Pact gave the Depressed Classes reserved seats in provincial and central legislative councils
but they were to be voted in by the general elections.
Q. 59. What was Muhammad Ali Jinnah’s proposal for Muslims?
Ans. Jinnah, one of the leaders of the Muslim league, was willing to give up the demand for separate
electorates, if muslims were assured reserved seats in the Central Assembly and representation in
proportion to population in the Muslim-dominated provinces of Bengal and Punjab.
Q. 60. Who created the rst image of ‘Bharat Mata’?
Ans. The rst image was created by Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay.
Q. 61. Who was Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay? He was a Bengali poet, writer & a journalist.
Ans. He wrote ‘Vande Matram’ as a hymn to motherland. Later it was included in his novel ‘ Anandamath’
and widely sung during the Swadeshi movement in Bengal.
Q. 62. How was Bharat Mata depicted in the painting of Abanindranath Tagore?
Ans. In his painting, Bharat Mata was portrayed as an ascetic gure; she is calm, composed, divine and
spiritual.
Q. 63. What kind of Indian ag was introduced during Swadeshi Movement?
Ans. A tricolour ag (red, green and yellow) was designed. It had eight lotuses, representing eight
provinces of British India and a crescent moon, representing Hindus and Muslims.
Q. 64. What changes were brought in Indian ag by Mahatma Gandhi?
Ans. In 1921, Gandhiji had designed the swaraj ag. It was again a tricolor (red, green and white) and had
a spinning wheel in the centre, representing the Gandhian ideal of self-help.
Q. 65. How was reinterpretation of Indian History used as a symbol of Nationalism?
Ans. The British saw Indians as backward and primitive, incapable of governing themselves. In response,
Indians began looking into the past to discover India’s great achievement. The Nationalist
histories urged the readers to take pride in India’s great achievements in the past and struggle to
change the miserable conditions of life under British rule.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
64
Q. 66. Who wrote the song ‘Vande Mataram’? [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. “Vande Mataram” was written by Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay.
Q. 67. By what means does hand spun khadi provide large scale employment to weavers?
[CBSE Sample Question 2017 ]
Ans. It provides large scale employment to weavers as it is a cottage industry, can be set up at home.

Q. 1. How did the First World War create a new economic situation in India? Explain with
examples. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. First World war created a new economic situation:
(i) It led to a huge increase in defense expenditure.
(ii) Increase in taxes.
(iii) Custom duties were raised.
(iv) Introduction of income tax.
(v) Villages were called upon to supply soldiers and forced recruitment in rural area.
Q. 2. What was the Khilafat Movement?
Ans. (i) It was a movement started by the Ali brothers, Shaukat Ali and Muhammad Ali.
(ii) It was started to show their allegiance to the spiritual head of the Ottoman Empire, Khalifa.
(iii) To save Khalifa, who was deposed by the British after the World War I, a Khilafat Committee
was formed in India.
Q. 3. Why was Non-Cooperation Movement launched by Gandhiji ? Explain any three reasons.
[CBSE (Comp.) 2017 ]
Ans. Reasons for the launching of Non Cooperation Movement :
(i) To support khilafat agitation .
(ii) To protest against Rowlatt Act .
(iii) To redress the wrong done in Punjab .
(iv) The dissatisfaction from the government of India act of 1919.
(v) Demand for swaraj
Q. 4. Why did Mahatma Gandhi send eleven demands in his letter to Lord Irwin?
OR
What were the main demands of the 11 demands of Mahatma Gandhi to Viceroy Irwin?
Ans. (i) Mahatma Gandhi found in salt a powerful symbol that could unite the country.
(ii) Some of his demands were of general interest, others were specic demands of different
classes.
(iii) The idea was to make the demands wide ranging, so that all classes within the Indian society
could identify with them and could be united in a united campaign.
Q. 5. How was the Civil Disobedience Movement different from the Non-cooperation Movement?
Ans. (i) People were now asked not only to refuse cooperation with the British but also to break
colonial laws.
(ii) Thousands in different parts of the country broke the salt law, manufactured salt and
demonstrated in front of government salt factories.
(iii) Peasants refused to pay land revenue and chaukidari taxes, village ofcials resigned and in
many places forest people violated forest laws by entering into Reserved Forests to collect
wood and graze cattle.

Q. 6. How did the Muslims respond to the Civil Disobedience Movement?
Ans. (i) Muslim response was lukewarm to the Civil Disobedience Movement.
(ii) After the Non-cooperation-Khilafat Movement declined, relations between the Hindus and
Muslims worsened as each community organised religious processions, provoking Hindu–
Muslim communal clashes and riots.
(iii) The important differences were over the question of representation in the future assemblies
that were to be elected.
(iv) When the Civil Disobedience Movement started, there was an atmosphere of suspicion and
distrust between communities.
Q. 7. Which three early satyagrahi movements were organised by Mahatma Gandhi?
Ans. (i) Champaran Movement (1916) in Bihar : To inspire the peasants to struggle against the
oppressive plantation system.
(ii) Kheda Movement (1917): To support the peasants of Kheda district of Gujarat, who could not
pay the revenue due to crop failure and a plague epidemic.
(iii) Movement in Ahmedabad (1918): To organise a satyagraha movement amongst cotton mill
workers against British atrocities.
Q. 8. Give a brief description of the Rowlatt Satyagraha.
Ans. (i) Rallies were organised, workers went on strike and shops closed down.
(ii) British administration clamped down on nationalists. Local leaders were picked up from
Amritsar and Gandhi was barred from entering Delhi.
(iii) Police ring on a peaceful procession at Amritsar provoked widespread attacks on banks,
post ofces and railway stations.
Q. 9. “Gandhiji’s idea of Satyagraha emphasized the Power of truth and the need to search
for truth.” In the light of this statement assess the contribution of Gandhiji towards
Satyagraha. [CBSE (Comp.) 2017 ]
Ans. Contribution of Gandhiji towards Satyagraha :
The idea of satyagraha emphasized the power of truth and the need to search for truth . It
suggested that if the cause was true , if the struggle was against injustice , then physical force was
not necessary to ght the oppressor.
Without seeking vengeance or being aggressive , a satyagrahi could win the battle through non
violence. This could be done by appealing to the consciousness of the oppressor .People including
the oppressors had to be persuaded to see the truth , instead of being forced to accept truth
through the use of violence . By this struggle truth was bound to ultimately triumph. Mahatma
Gandhi believed that this dharma of non violence could unite all Indians. Based on the above
principle Gandhiji started non cooperation movement and later civil disobedience movement.
Q. 10. How was the sense of collective belonging developed during the freedom movement?
Explain. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Sense of collective belonging was developed during the freedom movement:
(i) It came partly through the experience of united struggles.
(ii) Variety of cultural process through which nationalism captured people’s imagination.
(iii) History and ction, folk lore and songs, popular prints and symbols all played a part in the
making of nationalism.
(iv) The identity of the nation was symbolized in a gure image ‘Bharat Mata’.
(v) Vande Matram was widely sung during the Swadesh movement in Bengal.
(vi) Icons and symbols helped in unifying people and inspiring in them a feeling of nationalism.
(vii) Ideas of nationalism also developed through a movement to revive Indian folk lore.
(viii) Folk tales were sung by bards in the villages to give a true picture of traditional culture.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
66
(ix) Re interpretation of history created a feeling of nationalism.
(x) The nationalist histories urged the readers to take pride in Indian great achievement in the
past and struggle to change the miserable conditions of life under British rule.
Q. 11. Why did Gandhiji decide to launch a nationwide Satyagraha against the proposed Rowlatt
Act 1919 ? Explain any three reasons. [CBSE (Delhi) 2017 ]
Ans. Nationwide Satyagraha was decided to be launched against the proposed Rowlatt Act 1919
because:
(i) This act had been hurriedly passed through the Imperial Legislative Council despite the
united opposition of the Indian members.
(ii) It gave the government enormous powers to repress political activities.
(iii) Allowed detention of political prisoners without trial for two years.
Q. 12. How did Indians participate in the Non-cooperation Movement?
Ans. (i) They surrendered the titles awarded to them by the British government.
(ii) They boycotted civil services, army, police, courts and legislative councils, schools and
foreign goods.
(iii) Gandhiji felt that British were running their government with Indian cooperation only and if
Indians had refused to cooperate, British rule in India would have been collapsed.
Q. 13. Who was Baba Ramchandra?
Ans. (i) Baba Ramchandra led the peasant movement in Awadh.
(ii) He was a sanyasi, who had earlier been to Fiji as an indentured labourer.
(iii) He started the movement against talukdars and landlords, who demanded high rent and
taxes from the peasants.
Q. 14. What were the conditions of the Gandhi-Irwin Pact?
Ans. (i) Mahatma Gandhi signed the pact with Lord Irwin on 5th March, 1931.
(ii) Gandhiji agreed to participate in a Round Table Conference in England.
(iii) Government agreed to release all the political prisoners.
Q. 15. Why did the rich peasants refuse to participate in the Civ il Disobedience Movement, when
it was restarted in 1932?
Ans. (i) For them, the ght for Swaraj was a struggle against high revenue.
(ii) But they were deeply disappointed when the movement was called off in 1931 without the
revenue rates being revised.
(iii) So when the movement was restarted in 1932, they refused to participate, as their wishes
were not fullled.
Q. 16. How had the First World War created economic problems in India ? Explain.
[CBSE (Comp.) 2017 ]
Ans. The First World War created a new political and economic situation.
(i) It led to huge increase in defence expenditure which was nanced by war loans and increasing
taxes.
(ii) Through the war years prices increased-doubling between 1913 and 1918-leading to extreme
hardship for common people.
(iii) Villages were called upon to supply soldiers and the forced recruitment in rural areas caused
widespread anger.
(iv) In 1918-1920 and 1920-21, crops failed in many parts of India resulting in acute shortages of
food. This was accompanied by inuenza epidemic.
Q. 17. Which ideas of the Gandhian Programme were adopted by the industrial working class?
Ans. (i) Boycott of foreign goods
(ii) Movement against low wages
(iii) Movement against poor working conditions of the workers.

Q. 18. How did B.R. Ambedkar lift the Dalits and take their cause to the British parliament?
Ans. (i) Dr. B.R. Ambedkar organised Dalits into the Depressed Classes Association in 1930.
(ii) He clashed with Mahatma Gandhi at the Second Round Table Conference by demanding
separate electorates for the dalits.
(iii) Dalits began organising themselves, demanded reserved seats in educational institutions
and a separate electorate which they could get only when they were politically empowered
and for that Dr. Ambedkar fully supported them.
Q. 19. “The Congress was reluctant to include the demands of industrial workers in its programme
of struggle.” Analyse the reasons.
Ans. (i) The industrial working class did not participate in the Civil Disobedience Movement in large
numbers, except in the Nagpur region.
(ii) As the industrialists came closer to the congress, workers stayed aloof.
(iii) But inspite of that, some workers did participate in the Civil Disobedience Movement,
selectively adopting some ideas of the Gandhian programme. But the congress was reluctant
to include workers’ demand as part of its programme of struggle.
(iv) It felt that this would alleviate industrialists and divide the anti-imperial forces.
Q. 20. Which two factors shaped Indian politics by the late 1920s?
Ans. (i) The rst was the effect of worldwide economic depression.
(ii) Agricultural prices began to fall from 1926 and collapsed after 1930. As the demand for
agricultural goods fell and exports declined, peasants found it difcult to sell their harvests
and pay their revenue . By 1930, the countryside was in turmoil.
Q. 21. Why did Gandhiji relaunch the Civil Disobedience Movement after the Second Round
Table Conference ? Explain any three reasons. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Reasons for Gandhiji relaunching of Civil Disobedience Movement
(i) The negotiations with regard to India’s freedom broke down in the Second Round Table
Conference held at London.
(ii) Back in India, he discovered that the government had begun a new cycle of repression.
(iii) Ghaffar Khan and Jawaharlal Nehru were put to jail.
(iv) The Congress had been declared illegal.
(v) A series of measures had been imposed to prevent meetings, demonstrations and boycotts.
In such a situation he decided to relaunch the Civil Disobedience Movement.
Q. 22. Evaluate the ‘Satyagraha Movement’ of Gandhiji against the proposed Rowlatt Act, 1919.
[CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Satyagraha Movement Against The Rowlatt Act
(i) Gandhiji in 1919 decided to launch a nationwide satyagraha against the proposed Rowlatt
Act (1919).
(ii) Mahatma Gandhi wanted non-violent civil disobedience against such unjust laws, which
would start with a hartal on 6 April.
(iii) Rallies were organised in various cities.
(iv) Workers went on strike in railway workshops, and shops closed down.
(v) lines of communication such as the railways and telegraph would be disrupted.
(vi) The British administration decided to clamp down on nationalists.
(vii) Local leaders were put to jail.
(viii) On 13 April the Jallianwalla Bagh incident took place.
(ix) Crowd took to streets in many towns.
(x) Government started brutal repression.
(xi) At the Calcutta session of the Congress in September 1920 he felt the need to start a Non-
Cooperation Movement in support of Khilafat as well as for swaraj.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
68
Q. 23. Evaluate the contribution of folklore, songs, popular prints etc., in shaping the nationalism
during freedom struggle. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Role of folklore:
(i) History and ction, folklore and songs, popular prints and symbols, all played a part in the
making of Nationalism.
(ii) Identity of India came to be visually associated with the image of Bharat Mata.
(iii) In the 1870s, Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay wrote’Vande Mataram’ as a hymn to the
motherland.
(iv) Idea of Nationalism also developed through a movement to revive Indian folklore.
Q. 24. Why was the offer of dominion status by Lord Irwin rejected by Indian National Congress?
Ans. In an effort to win them over, the Viceroy, Lord Irwin, announced in October 1929, a vague offer of
‘dominion status’ for India in an unspecied future and a round table conference to discuss a future
constitution. This did not satisfy the Congress leaders. The radicals within the Congress, led by
Jawaharlal Nehru and Subhas Chandra Bose, became more assertive. The liberals and moderates,
who were proposing a constitutional system within the framework of British dominion, gradually
lost their inuence.
Q. 25. What were Mahatma Gandhi’s views on women’s participation in the national movements?
Ans. During Gandhiji’s salt march, thousands of women came out of their homes to listen to him. They
participated in protest marches, manufactured salt, and picketed foreign cloth and liquor shops.
Many went to jail. But Gandhiji was convinced that it was the duty of women to look after home
and health, be good mothers and good wives.
For a long time, the Congress was reluctant to allow women to hold any position of authority
within the organisation.
Q. 26. Why was Poona Pact signed?
Ans. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar was demanding separate electorates for dalits. Mahatma Gandhi believed
that separate electorates for dalits would slow down the process of their integration into society.
Ambedkar ultimately accepted Gandhiji’s position and the result was Poona Pact of September
1932. It gave the depressed classes reserved seats in provincial and central legislative councils,
but they were to be voted in by general electorate.
Q. 27. “When the Civil Disobedience Movement started there was an atmosphere of suspicion
and distrust between communities.” Why was it so?
OR
Why Muslims did not willingly participate in CDM?
Ans. Alienated from the Congress, large sections of Muslims could not respond to the call for a united
struggle. Many Muslim leaders and intellectuals expressed their concern about the status of
Muslims as a minority within India. They feared that the culture and identity of minorities would
be submerged under the domination of a Hindu majority.
Q. 28. “Ideas of nationalism also developed through a movement to revive Indian folklore.”
Elaborate.
Ans. In the late 19th century, Indian nationalists began recording folk tales sung by bards and they
toured villages to gather folk songs and legends. These tales, they believed, gave a true picture
of traditional culture that had been corrupted and damaged by outside forces. It was essential to
preserve this folk tradition in order to discover one’s national identity and restore a sense of pride
in one’s past.
Q. 29. What do you know about Natesa Sastri?
Ans. Many people were collecting ballads, folk tales and myths, etc. to revive Indian folklore. In

Madras, Natesa Sastri published a massive four-volume collection of Tamil folk tales, The Folklore
of Southern India. He believed that folklore was national literature; it was ‘the most trustworthy
manifestation of people’s real thoughts and characteristics’.
Q. 30. How did Mahatma Gandhi uplift untouchables?
Ans. Mahatma Gandhi called the untouchables, ‘Harijans’ or the children of God, organised satyagraha
to secure their entry into temples and access to public wells, tanks, roads and schools. He himself
cleaned toilets to dignify the work of the sweepers (bhangi) and persuaded upper castes to change
their heart and give up the sin of ‘untouchability’.
Q. 31. How did the salt Satyagraha become an effective tool of resistance against British
colonialism in India during 1930? Explain. [CBSE Sample Question 2017 ]
Ans. Salt satyagraha
(i) Mahatma Gandhi believed that salt could be a powerful symbol to unite the whole nation.
Poor peasants were against high revenue demand, trade depression, wanted remittance of
the unpaid rent.
(ii) Rich peasants were enthusiastic supporters of the Civil Disobedience Movement, organising
their communities, and at times forcing reluctant members, to participate in the boycott
programmes. For them the ght for swaraj was a struggle against high revenues.
(iii) Industrialist wanted protection against imports of foreign goods, rupee-sterling foreign
exchange ratio that would discourage imports, formed FICCI
(iv) Workers-against poor working conditions and low wages.
(v) Women-service to the nation as the sacred duty.
(vi) Salt was made was an act of civil disobedience.
(vii) Workers went on strike in railway workshops shops closed down.
(viii) Local leaders were arrested.
Q. 32. Who had designed the ‘swaraj ag’ by 1921? Explain the main features of this ‘swaraj ag.’
[CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. Mahatma Gandhiji designed the “Swaraj Flag” by 1921.
Features:
(i) It had tricolours-Red, Green and White
(ii) It had a spinning wheel in the center.
(iii) It represents the Gandhian idea of self-help.
(iv ) It had become a symbol of deance.
Q. 33. “The Civil Disobedience Movement was different from the Non-Cooperation Movement.”
Support the statement with examples. [CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. The Civil Disobedience Movement was different from the Non-Cooperation Movement:
Non-Cooperation Movement:
(i) The people were asked not to cooperate with the government.
(ii) Foreign goods were boycotted.
(iii) Liquor shops were picketed.
(iv ) Foreign cloth burnt in huge.
(v ) In many places merchants and traders refused to trade on foreign goods or nance foreign
traders.
(vi) Students left the government owned schools and colleges.
(vii) Lawyers gave up legal practices.
Civil Disobedience Movement:
(i) People were asked to break colonial laws.
(ii) The countrymen broke the salt law.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
70
(iii) Peasants refused to pay revenue and chaukidari tax.
(iv ) Village ofcials resigned from their jobs.
(v ) Forest people violated forest rules and laws.
Q. 34. Why did the different social groups join the Civil Disobedience Movement? Explain.
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Different social groups in The Civil Disobedience Movement
(i) Rich Peasantry Group—The patidar and jats demanded reduction in revenue and
participated in the boycott program.
(ii) Poor Peasantry Group— They wanted unpaid rent to be remitted , joined radical movement
led by the socialist and communist.
(iii) Business Class Group— Prominent industrialist like Purushottam Das, G.D. Birla formed
FICCI. They wanted protection against imports of foreign goods and rupee sterling exchange
ratio and refused to sell imported goods.
(iv ) Working Class Group—Nagpur Workers adopted boycott of foreign goods, against low
wages and poor working conditions.
(v ) Women—participated in the protest marches, manufacturing of salt and boycotted foreign
goods.
Q. 35. What type of ag was designed during the ‘Swadeshi Movement’ in Bengal? Explain its
main features. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. During the Swadeshi Movement in Bengal the ag designed was Tricolour ag.
The two features of the ag were:
(i) The colour of the ag was — Red, Green and Yellow.
(ii) It had eight where representing eight provinces in British India.
(iii) It had crescent moon representing Hindus and Muslims.
Q. 36. “The plantation workers in Assam had their own understanding of Mahatma Gandhi and
the notion of Swaraj”. Support the statement with arguments. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. The plantation workers in Assam had their own understanding of Mahatma Gandhi and notion of
Swaraj.
(i) For plantation workers in Assam, freedom meant the right to more freely in and out of the
conned space in which they were enclosed.
(ii) Swaraj meant relating a link with the village from which they had come.
(iii) Under the Inland Emigration Act of 1859 plantation workers were not permitted to leave the
Tea Gardens without permission.
(iv) When they heard of the Non-Cooperation movement thousands of workers dened the
authorities, left planations and needed home.
(v) They believed that Gandhi Raj was coming and everyone would be given land in their own
village.
Q. 37. Evaluate the role of business classes in the ‘Civil Disobedience Movement’.
[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Role of business classes in the ‘Civil Disobedience Movement’ :
(i) The business classes reacted against colonial policies that restricted business activities.
(ii) They wanted protection against imports of foreign goods and a rupeesterling foreign
exchange ratio that would discourage imports.
(iii) In order to organise business interest, they formed the Indian Industrial and Commercial
Congress in 1920 and the Federation of the Indian Chamber of Commerce and Industries
(FICCI) in 1927.
(iv) They gave nancial assistance for the movement.
(v) They refused to buy and sell imported goods.
Q. 1. Briey explain the incident of the Jallianwala Bagh massacre and its effects on Punjab.
Ans. (i) On 13th April 1919, the infamous Jallianwala Bagh incident took place.
(ii) On that day, a crowd of villagers who had come to Amritsar to attend a fair gathered in the
enclosed ground of Jallianwala Bagh.
(iii) Being from outside the city, they were unaware of the martial law that had been imposed.
(iv) General Dyer entered the area, blocked the only exit point, and opened re on the crowd,
killing and wounding hundreds of people.
(v) His objective was to ‘produce a moral effect’ to create a feeling of terror and awe in the minds
of satyagrahis.
As the news spread, crowds took to the streets. There were strikes, clashes with police and attacks
on government buildings. The government responded with brutal repression. Seeing violence
spread, Mahatma Gandhi called off the movement.
Q. 2. “British rule in India would have been collapsed if Indians had not cooperated.” How did
this statement help in starting a mass movement in India against the British rule?
OR
Why did Mahatma Gandhi think of Non-cooperation only ?
Ans. (i) Mahatma Gandhi declared that British rule was established in India with the cooperation of
Indians and if they had refused to cooperate, British rule in India would have been collapsed
within a year.
(ii) He proposed that the movement should unfold in stages.
(iii) It should begin with the surrendering of titles that the government had awarded to the
Indians.
(iv) A boycott of civil services, army, police, courts and legislative assemblies, schools and foreign
goods would show their non-cooperation to the British Empire.
Mahatma Gandhi felt that in case the government used suppression, a full civil disobedience
campaign would be launched.
Q. 3. What action did the British government take after the famous Dandi March?
OR
What kind of repressive action was taken by British on the Civil Disobedience Movement?
OR
How did the Colonial Government repress the ‘Civil Disobedience Movement’ ? Explain.
[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. (i) Worried by the developments, the colonial government began arresting the Congress leaders
one by one.
(ii) This led to violent clashes in many places.
(iii) A month later when Mahatma Gandhi himself was arrested, industrial workers in Sholapur
attacked police posts, municipal buildings, law courts and railway stations—all structures
that symbolised British rule.
(iv) A frightened government responded with a policy of brutal suppression.
(v) Peaceful satyagrahis were attacked, women and children were beaten, and about 1,00,000
people were arrested.
(vi) Abdul Ghaffar Khan, a devout disciple of Mahatma Gandhi was arrested (April 1930).
(vii) Angry crowds demonstrated in the streets of Peshawar facing armored cars and police ring,
many were killed.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
72
Q. 4. Differentiate between the reasons for the participation of the rich peasants and the poor
peasants in the Civil Disobedience Movement.
Ans. (i) Rich peasants were hit hard by the trade depression and falling prices, whereas the poor
peasants’ cash income dwindled and they could not pay their rents.
(ii) Refusal of the government to reduce the revenue demand led to widespread resentment
among the rich peasants, whereas the poor peasants wanted the unpaid rent to the landlords
to be remitted.
(iii) For the rich peasants, ght for swaraj was a struggle against high revenues and for the poor
peasants, their ‘no rent’ campaign.
(iv) Rich peasants were disappointed since revenue was not reduced and the poor peasants were
disappointed with the Congress as it was unwilling to support them.
Q. 5. How did large-scale participation of women in the Civil Disobedience Movement become
an important feature?
OR
Evaluate the role of women in the Civil Disobedience Movement.
Ans. There was a large scale participation of Women in Civil Disobedience Movement.
(i) During Gandhi’s salt march, thousands of women came out from their homes to listen to
him.
(ii) They participated in protest marches, manufactured salt and picketed foreign cloth and
liquor shops.
(iii) Many went to jail in urban areas.
(iv) They considered service to the nation as a sacred duty of women.
Yet, increased public role did not necessarily mean any radical change in the way the position of
women was visualised. And for a long time, the Congress was reluctant to allow women to hold
any position of authority within the organisation. It was keen only on their symbolic presence.
Q. 6. Did the dalits participate in the Civil Disobedience Movement?
OR
Examine the background of the Poona Pact of 1932 in the light of differences between
Gandhiji and Dr. B.R. Ambedkar.
Ans. (i) Initially, Congress had ignored the dalits for the fear of offending the sanatanis, the
conservative high-caste Hindus.
(ii) But Mahatma Gandhi believed that swaraj would not come even after a hundred years if
untouchability was not eliminated.
(iii) He called them ‘ Harijans’ and he himself cleaned toilets to dignify the work of sweepers.
(iv) But many dalit leaders demanded reserved seats in educational institutions and a separate
electorate.
(v) So dalit participation in the Civil Disobedience Movement was limited.
Q. 7. What do you mean by sense of collective belongingness and how was it practised in India
by the Indians?
OR
“Nationalism spreads when people begin to believe that they are all part of the same
nation.” Support the statement. [CBSE, 2015 ]
Ans. It means that people began to believe that they were all a part of the same nation and discovered
some unity, which bound them together.
(i) Main cultural processes:
1. Figures or images helped create an image with which people could identify the nation.
Devotion to this mother gure came to be seen as evidence of one’s nationalism.

(a) It was with the growth of nationalism that the identity of India was associated with the
image of Bharat Mata.
(b) This image was first created by Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay, who wrote the song
‘Vande Mataram’ in his novel Anandamath.
(c) Then Abanindranath Tagore painted the famous image of Bharat Mata. He was moved by
the Swadeshi movement.
(d) In this painting, Bharat Mata is portrayed as an ascetic gure; she is calm, composed
divine and spiritual.
(e) In subsequent years, the image of Bharat Mata acquired many different forms as it
circulated in popular prints and was painted by different artists.
(f) Devotion to this mother figure came to be seen as evidence of one’s nationalism.
(ii) Indian folklore:
(a) Ideas of nationalism also developed through a movement to revive Indian folklore.
(b) Folk tales were sung by bards in the villages to give a true picture of the traditional
culture, which was corrupted and damaged by outside forces.
(c) In Bengal, Rabindranath Tagore himself began collecting ballads, nursery rhymes and
myths to revive the folk culture.
(d) In Madras, Natesa Sastri published a four-volume collection of Tamil folk tales, The
Folklore of Southern India.
(iii) Icons and symbols (ag):
(a) During the Swadeshi Movement in Bengal, a tricolour flag
(red, green and yellow) was designed.
(b) It had eight lotuses, representing eight provinces of British
India and a crescent moon, representing Hindus and
Muslims.
(c) By 1921, Mahatma Gandhi designed the swaraj flag.
(d) It was also again a tricolour (red, green, white) flag and had a spinning wheel in the
centre, representing the Gandhian ideal of self-help.
(e) Carrying the flag, holding it aloft, during marches became a symbol of defiance.
(iv) Reinterpretation of history:
(a) The British saw Indians as backward, primitive and incapable of governing themselves.
(b) In response, Indians began looking into the past to discover India’s great achievement.
(c) They (Indians) wrote about glorious developments in ancient India in arts and
architecture, science and maths, religion and culture, law and philosophy, etc.
(d) This glorious time was followed by a history of decline, when India was colonised.
Q. 8. What were the reasons for the gradual slowing down of the Non-cooperation Movement in
the cities?
Ans. (i) Khadi cloth was often more expensive than the cloth produced in mills. Poor people could
not afford to buy khadi cloth.
(ii) Boycott of British institutions also posed a problem as there were no alternative Indian
institutions.
(iii) So students and teachers began trickling back to the government schools.
(iv) Even lawyers resumed work in the government courts.
Q. 9. What do you know about the peasant movement in Awadh?
Ans. (i) In Awadh, the peasant movement was led by Baba Ramchandra—a sanyasi, who had earlier
worked in Fiji as an indentured labourer.
(ii) The movement here was against talukdars and landlords who demanded high rents from the
peasants.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
74
(iii) Peasants had to do begar at landlords’ farms.
(iv) The peasant movement demanded reduction of revenue, abolition of begar and social boycott
of oppressive landlords.
(v) In many places nai-dhobi bandhs were organised by Panchayats to deprive landlords of the
services of even washermen and barbers.
(vi) Jawaharlal Nehru began talking to the villagers and formed Oudh Kisan Sabha.
(vii) Within a month, over 300 branches had been set up in the villages around the region.
(viii) As the movement spread in 1921, the houses of talukdars and merchants were attacked,
bazaars were looted and grain hoards were taken over.
Q. 10. What were the causes for launching Khilafat Movement in India?
Ans. (i) The First World War ended with the defeat of Ottoman Turkey.
(ii) There were rumours that a harsh peace treaty was going to be imposed on the Ottoman
emperor—the spiritual head of the Islamic world—the Khalifa.
(iii) To defend the Khalifa’s temporal powers, a Khilafat Committee was formed in Bombay in
March 1919.
(iv) A young generation of Muslim leaders like the Ali brothers, Muhammad Ali and Shaukat Ali,
began discussing with Mahatma Gandhi about the possibility of a united mass action on the
issue.
(v) Gandhiji saw this as an opportunity to bring Muslims under the umbrella of a unied
movement called ‘Khilafat and Non-cooperation Movement’.
Q. 11. Explain the importance of the ‘Salt March’ of Gandhiji as a symbol to unite the nation.
[CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Gandhiji’s salt march was undoubtedly a symbol to unite the nation because:
(i) All classes of Indian society came together as a united campaign.
(ii) Mahatma Gandhi broke the salt law with the march from Sabarmati to Dandi.
(iii) Thousands others in different parts of the country broke the salt law, manufactured salt and
demonstrated in front of government salt factories.
(iv) As the movement spread, foreign cloth was boycotted, and liquor shops were picketed.
(v) Peasants refused to pay revenue and chaukidari taxes.
(vi) Village ofcials resigned.
(vii) In many places, forest people violated forest laws – going into Reserved Forests to collect
wood and graze cattle.
(viii) The different social groups participated.
(ix) In the countryside, rich peasants and poor peasants were active in the movement.
(x) The business class workers of Nagpur and women also joined the Movement.
Q. 12. What were the effects of Non-cooperation Movement on the economic front?
[CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. (i) Foreign goods were boycotted, liquor shops picketed and foreign cloth burnt in huge bonre.
(ii) The import of foreign cloth halved between 1921 and 1922, its value dropping from ` 102
crore to ` 57 crore.
(iii) In many places, merchants and traders refused to trade.
(iv) As the boycott movement spread and people began discarding imported clothes and wearing
only Indian ones, production of Indian textile mills and handlooms went up.
Q. 13. How did business classes of India relate to Civil Disobedience Movement?
Ans. During the First World War, Indian merchants and industrialists had made huge prots and
became powerful. Keen on expanding their business, they now reacted against colonial policies
that restricted business activities. They wanted protection against imports of foreign goods, and

a rupee-sterling foreign exchange ratio that would discourage imports.
The industrialists attacked colonial control over the Indian economy and supported the Civil
Disobedience Movement when it was rst launched. They gave nancial assistance and refused to
buy or sell imported goods.
Q. 14. How did the industrial working classes participate in Civil Disobedience Movement (CDM)?
Ans. (i) The industrial working classes did not participate in the Civil Disobedience Movement (CDM)
in large numbers as the industrialists came closer to the Congress, workers stayed aloof.
(ii) But in spite of that, some workers did participate in the CDM selectively adopting some of
the ideas of the Gandhian programme, like boycott of foreign goods, as part of their own
movement against low wages and poor working conditions.
(iii) There were strikes by railway workers and dock workers in 1930 and 1932 respectively.
(iv) In 1930, thousands of people wore Gandhi caps and participated in protest rallies and boycott
campaigns.
Q. 15. Why did the Muslims feel alienated from Congress during the Civil Disobedience Movement?
Ans. (i) Some of the Muslim political organisations in India were also lukewarm in their response to
the Civil Disobedience Movement.
(ii) After the decline of the Non-cooperation and Khilafat Movements, a large section of Muslims
felt alienated from the Congress.
(iii) The important differences were over the question of representation in the future assemblies
that were to be elected.
(iv) Muhammad Ali Jinnah, one of the leaders of the Muslim League, was willing to give up
the demand for separate electorates, if Muslims were assured reserved seats in the Central
Assembly and representation in proportion to population in the Muslim-dominated provinces.
(v) Negotiations over the questions of resolving the issue at the All Parties Conference in
1928 disappeared when M.R. Jayakar of the Hindu Mahasabha strongly opposed efforts for
compromise.
(vi) Many Muslim leaders and intellectuals expressed their concern about the status of Muslims
as a minority within India. They feared that the culture and identity of minorities would be
submerged under the domination of a Hindu majority.
Q. 16. How did people belonging to different communities, regions or language groups develop a
sense of collective belonging? [CBSE Sample Question 2016]
Ans. (i) This sense of collective belonging came partly through the experience of united struggles
and growing anger among people against the colonial government.
(ii) But there were also a variety of cultural processes through which nationalism captured
people’s imagination:
( a) The identity of the nation symbolised in a figure or image of Bharat Mata created through
literature, songs, paintings, etc.
(b) Movement to revive Indian folklore to enhance nationalist sentiments.
(c) Role of icons and symbols in unifying people and inspiring in them a feeling of nationalism.
( d) Creating a feeling of nationalism was through reinterpretation of history.
Q. 17. Why did Gandhiji decide to launch a nationwide satyagraha against the proposed Rowlatt
Act 1919? How was it organised? Explain. [CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. Satyagrah against the proposed Rowlatt Act 1919:
(i) The Rowlatt Act was hurriedly passed through the Imperial Legislative Council.
(ii) Indian members unitedly opposed it.
(iii) It gave government enormous powers to repress political activities.
(iv ) It allowed detention of political prisoners without trials for two years.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
76
Organization of Satyagrah:
(i) Mahatma Gandhi wanted non-violent civil disobedience against such unjust laws.
(ii) It was started with a ‘Hartal’ on 6th April.
(iii) Rallies were organized in various cities.
(iv ) Workers went on strike in railway workshops.
(v ) Shops closed down.
Q. 18. Why did Mahatma Gandhi nd in ‘salt’ a powerful symbol that could unite the nation?
Explain. [CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. Mahatma Gandhi found ‘salt’ a powerful symbol: Gandhiji sent a letter to Viceroy Irwin stating
eleven demands on 31st January 1930. The most stirring of all was to abolish the salt tax. Salt was
one of the most essential items of food. Irwin was unwilling to negotiate. So, Gandhiji started
famous salt march. The march was over 240 miles, from Sabarmati to Dandi. Thousands came to
hear Gandhiji wherever he stopped. He urged them to peacefully defy the British. On 6th April. he
reached Dandi and ceremonially, violated the law, manufacturing salt by boiling sea water.
Q. 19. How did a variety of cultural processes play an important role in making of nationalism in
India? Explain with examples. [CBSE Delhi 2016 ]
Ans. Role of cultural processes in making of nationalism in India:
(i) The sense of collective belonging came partly through the experience of united struggles.
(ii) There were also a variety of cultural processes through which nationalism captured peoples’
imagination.
(iii) History, ction, folklore and songs, popular prints and symbols played a part in the making
of nationalism.
(iv ) The identity of the nation is most often symbolised in a gure or an image.
(v ) This helped to create an image with which people can identify the nation.
Q. 20. Why did Mahatma Gandhi decide to call off the Civil Disobedience Movement? Explain.
[CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Mahatma Gandhi decided to call off civil Disobedience Movement because:
(i) Worried by the development of civil Disobedience movement the colonial government began
arresting the congress leaders one by one.
(ii) This led to violent clashes in many places.
(iii) When Khan Abdul Ghaffar Khan, a devoted disciple of Mahatma Gandhi was arrested (April
1930) angry crowds demonstrated in the street of Peshawar, facing armoured cars and police
ring. Many were killed.
(iv ) A month later, when Mahatma Gandhi was arrested, industrial workers in Sholapur attacked
police force municipal building, law courts, railway stations and all other structures that
symbolised British rule.
(v ) A frightened government responded with the policy of brutal repression.
(vi) The peaceful satyagrahi were attacked, women and children were beaten and about 1 lakh
people were arrested.
Under these circumstances, Mahatma Gandhi called off the Civil Disobedience Movement.
Q. 21. Why did Gandhiji launch the Civil Disobedience Movement? Explain any three reasons.
[CBSE (Comp) 2017 ]
Ans. Reasons to launching Civil Disobedience Movement:
(i) Economic depression of 1930 .
(ii) Arrival of Simon Commission without any Indian representative
(iii) Vague offer of Dominion status by the British , failed to satisfy Indians .

(iv ) Decisions taken in Lahore session of the Congress in 1929.
(v ) Tax on salt by Britishers.
Q. 22. Why did Mahatma Gandhi relaunch the Civil Disobedience Movement with great
apprehension? Explain. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Mahatma Gandhi relaunched the Civil Disobedience Movement with great apprehension:
(i) In December 1931, Gandhiji went to London for the Round table conference, but the
negotiations broke down and he returned disappointed.
(ii) In India, he discovered that the government had begun a new cycle of repression.
(iii) Abdul Ghaffar Khan and Jawahar Lal Nehru were both in jail.
(iv ) The Congress had been declared illegal.
(v ) A series of measures had been imposed to prevent meetings, demonstrations and boycotts.
Q. 23. How had Non-cooperation Movement spread in cities? Explain. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Non-cooperation movement in cities:
(i) The movement started with middle-class participation in the cities.
(ii) Thousands of students left government-controlled schools and colleges, headmasters and
teachers resigned, and lawyers gave up their legal practices.
(iii) The council elections were boycotted in most provinces except Madras.
(iv ) Foreign goods were boycotted, liquor shops picketed, and foreign cloth burnt in huge
bonres. The import of foreign cloth halved.
(v ) In many places. merchants and traders refused to trade in foreign goods or nance foreign
trade.
(vi) As the boycott movement spread, and people began discarding imported clothes and wearing
only Indian ones, production of Indian textile mills and handlooms went up.
Q. 24. How did the ‘First World War’ create a new economic and political situations in India?
Explain with examples. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. First world war create new economic and political situation in India
(i) It led to huge increases in defense expenditure which was nanced by war loans and
increasing taxes.
(ii) Custom duties were raised
(iii) Income tax introduced.
(iv ) Through the war years prices increased-doubling between 1913 and 1918 – leading to
extreme hardship for the common people.
(v ) Villages were called upon to supply soldiers.
(vi) Forced recruitment in rural areas caused widespread anger.
(vii) Crops forted in many parts of India resulting in acute shortage of food. This was accompanied
by inuenced evidences.

Q. 1. Explain the measures taken by Gandhiji to eliminate the problem of untouchability.
[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Following methods were adopted by Gandhiji to eliminate untouchability:
(i) Mahatma Gandhi declared that swaraj would not come for a hundred years if untouchability
was not eliminated.
(ii) He called the ‘untouchables’ harijan or the children of God.
(iii) He organized satyagraha to secure their entry into temples and access to public well, tanks
roads and schools.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
78
(iv) He himself cleaned toilets to dignify the work of bhangi , the sweepers.
(v) He persuaded upper castes to change their heart and give up ‘the sin of untouchability’.
Q. 2. “Plantation workers had their own understanding of Mahatma Gandhi’s ideas and the
notion of ‘Swaraj’.” Support the statement. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Plantation workers had their own understanding of Mahatma Gandhi’s ideas and the
notion of ‘Swaraj’:
(i) Freedom meant the right to move freely in and out of the conned space.
(ii) Retaining a link with the village from which they had come.
(iii) Plantation workers were not permitted to leave the tea gardens without permission and in
fact they were rarely given.
(iv) When they heard of the Non-cooperation Movement, thousands of workers deed the
authorities, left the plantation and headed home.
(v) They believed that Gandhi Raj was coming and every one would be given land in their own
villages.
Q. 3. Analyse any three reasons for slowing down of Non-Cooperation Movement in cities.
[CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Reasons for slowing down of Non-Cooperation Movement:
(i) The Indians could not boycott for a long time because, Khadi cloth was more expensive than
mass produced mill cloth and poor people could not afford to buy it.
(ii) The boycott of British institutions posed a problem as alternative Indian institutions had to
be set up so that they could be used in place of British ones.
(iii) Students and teachers began trickling back to government schools and lawyers joined back
work in government courts in the absence of alternate Indian Institutions.
Q. 4. Mention any three main proposals with reference to Non cooperation movement as
suggested by Mahatma Gandhi.
OR
Discuss various stages of the Non Cooperation Movement launched by Mahatma Gandhi.
Ans. Three main proposals with reference to NCM as suggested by Mahatma Gandhi were following:
(i) It should begin with the surrender of titles that the government awarded.
(ii) He also proposed boycott of civil services, army, police, courts, legislative councils, schools
and foreign goods.
(iii) Then in case the government used repression, a full civil disobedience campaign would be
launched.
Finally at the congress session at Nagpur in December 1920, the Non cooperation programme was
adopted.
Q. 5. Which were the two types of demands mentioned by Gandhiji in his letter to Viceroy Irwin
on 31st January, 1930? Why was abolition of ‘Salt tax’ most stirring demand?
Ans. (i) On 31st January, 1930, Mahatma Gandhi sent a letter to Viceroy Irwin stating eleven demands.
(ii) Some of these were of general interest; others were specic demands of different classes,
from Industrialist to peasants.
(iii) The idea was to make the demands wide-ranging, so that all classes within Indian society
could identify with them and everyone could be brought together in a united campaign.
(iv) The most stirring of all was the demand to abolish the salt tax.
(v) Salt was something consumed by the rich and poor alike, and it was one of the most essential
items of food.

(vi) The tax on salt and the government monopoly over its production.
(vii) Mahatma Gandhi declared and revealed the most oppressive face of the British rule.
Q. 6. Why did the initial enthusiasm of the merchants and industrialists fade away during the
later stage of Civil disobedience movement?
Ans. Enthusiasm of the merchants and Industrialists faded away during the later stage of CDM due to
following reasons:
(i) The industrialists attacked the colonial control over the Indian economy and supported the
Civil Disobedience Movement when it was rst launched.
(ii) They gave financial assistance and refused to buy or sell imported goods.
(iii) Most businessmen came to see Swaraj as a time when colonial restrictions on business would
no longer exist and trade and industry would ourish without constraints.
(iv) But after the failure of Round Table Conference, business groups were no longer uniformly
enthusiastic.
(v) They were apprehensive of the spread of militant activities, and worried about prolonged
disruption of business, as well as of the growing inuence of socialism amongst the younger
members of the congress.
Q. 7. Describe the cultural process through which nationalism captured people’s imagination.
Ans. (i) Nationalism spread when people begin to believe that they are all part of the same nation,
when they discover some unity that binds them together.
(ii) There were variety of cultural processes through which nationalism captured people’s
imagination.
(iii) Allegory of Indian nation– Bharat Mata helped create an image with which people can
identify the nation.
(iv) Devotion to this mother gure came to be seen as evidence of one’s nationalism.
(v) It was essential to preserve folk traditions, folk tales in order to discover one’s national
identity and restore a sense of pride in one’s part.
(vi) National Flag designed by Gandhiji as Swaraj ag, represented the Gandhian ideal of self
help. Carrying the ag, holding it aloft, during marches became a symbol of deance.
(vii) Reinterpretation of past also developed the interest of people in nationalist histories.
Q. 8. Observe the picture and answer the question that follow:
(a) Who painted this iconic painting?
Ans. Abanindranath Tagore painted in the year 1905.
(b) Why this painting is signicant?

Ans. This painting is signicant because of its historical value since it helped
in conceptualizing the idea of Bharat Mata (Mother India).
(c) How is Bharat Mata portrayed and what does ‘Mata’ emphasise
upon?
Ans. She has been portrayed as an ascetic gure and the mata in one hand
emphasises her ascetic quality.
Q. 9. Read the passage given in the box and answer the questions.
‘To the altar of this revolution we have brought our youth as incense’. Many nationalists thought that the struggle
against the British could not be won through non-violence. In 1928, the Hindustan Socialist Republican Army (HSRA) was
founded at a meeting in Ferozeshah Kotla ground in Delhi. Amongst its leaders were Bhagat Singh, Jatin Das and Ajoy
Ghosh. In a series of dramatic actions in different parts of India, the HSRA targeted some of the symbols of British power.
In April 1929, Bhagat Singh and Batukeswar Dutta threw a bomb in the Legislative Assembly. In the same year there was
an attempt to blow up the train that Lord Irwin was travelling in. Bhagat Singh was 23 when he was tried and executed
Xam idea
Social Science–X
80
by the colonial government. During his trial, Bhagat Singh stated that he did not wish to glorify ‘the cult of the bomb and
pistol’ but wanted a revolution in society: ‘Revolution is the inalienable right of mankind. Freedom is the imprescriptible
birthright of all. The labourer is the real sustainer of society … To the altar of this revolution we have brought our youth
as incense, for no sacrice is too great for so magnicent a cause. We are content. We await the advent of revolution.
Inquilab Zindabad!’
Source: NCERT
(a) What was the philosophy behind the Hindustan Socialist Republican Army (HSRA),
founded in 1928?
Ans. HSRA believed that the struggle against the British could not be won through non-violence.
(b) Do you think sometimes violence is necessary to win the struggle and independence?
Ans. Yes, I feel sometimes violence is necessary to defeat the oppressive opponent. It is not
necessary but sometimes justied. Ferocity is often regrettable, but not necessary an evil
when you are ghting for the country’s dignity and Independence. If the intend behind the
act is pious and good then violence can never be bad. However, violence must be tempered
by righteous ideals, or it will run wild and hurt the innocent.
In the old days, these ideals were known as ‘Chivalry’. C.S. Lewis dened Chivalry as ‘the only
possible escape from the world divided between wolves who do not understand and make
sheep who cannot defend, the things which make life desirable.’
Non-violence is admirable ideal in itself, but the price it demands is that you must either
accept to be the prey of wolves, or be forced to rely on the hunter for defense.’
Violence is warranted in certain situations, when your life or the life of a loved one is in danger
then you must do what is needed to protect yourself or others. And yes! I love my country.
Q. 10. “Not all social groups were moved by the abstract concept of ‘Swaraj’.” Support the
statement in the light of Civil Disobedience Movement of 1930s. [CBSE (Comp) 2017 ]
Ans. Not all social groups were moved by the abstract concept of swaraj.
Untouchables, who from around the 1930s had begun to call themselves dalit or oppressed.
Many dalit leaders began organising themselves, demanding reserved seats in educational
institutions, and a separate electorate that would choose dalit members for legislative councils.
Political empowerment, they believed, would resolve the problems of their social disabilities.
Dalit participation in the Civil Disobedience Movement was therefore limited, particularly in the
Maharashtra and Nagpur region where their organisation was quite strong. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar
demanded separate electorates for dalits. The Poona Pact of 1932 gave the Depressed Classes
(later to be known as the Schedule Castes) reserved seats in provincial and central legislative
councils, but they were to be voted in by the general electorate.
The dalit movement, however, continued to be apprehensive of the Congress led national
movement. Some of the Muslim political organisations in India were also lukewarm in their
response to the Civil Disobedience Movement. After the decline of the Non-Cooperation-
Khilafat movement, a large section of Muslims felt alienated from the Congress. When the Civil
Disobedience Movement started large sections of Muslims could not respond to the call for a
united struggle.Many Muslim leaders and intellectuals expressed their concern about the status
of Muslims as a minority within India. They feared that the culture and identity of minorities
would be submerged under the domination of a Hindu majority.

Map Questions
1. Locate and label the following on the given outline map of India:
(a) A place in Punjab where Jallianwala Bagh incident took place. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
(b) A place in Bihar where Satyagraha movement of Indigo Planters took place.
[CBSE (F) 2017 ]
(c) The place from where the Civil Disobedience Movement started.
Ans.
(a)
Amritsar
Jallianwala Bagh
Incident
(b) Champaran
Movement
(c)
Dandi
Civil Disobedience
Movement
A
N
D
A
M
A
N
L I &
(
N
A
D N
K
S I I
A C
I H
(
N A ) O
B
D D A
IA
W R
) E I
S
E L
P A
N
SRI D
S
LANKA
Ans. (a) Amritsar (Punjab) (b) Champaran (Bihar) (c) Dandi (Gujarat)
Q. 2. On the given political map of India, locate and label the following:
(a) Place where violence erupted during Non-Cooperation Movement leading to its withdrawal.
(b) Place from where Mahatma Gandhi started the Dandi March in 1930.
(c) Place where Indian National congress held its session in December 1929.
[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans.
(c)
Lahore
(a)
Chauri Chaura
(b)
Sabarmati Ashram
A
N
D
A
M
A
N
L
I &
(
A N
K D N
S I I
I
N
H
(
A
A C
) O
B
D D A
IA
W R
) E I
S
E L
P A
SRI
N
D
S
LANKA
Ans. (a) Chaura Chauri (b) Sabarmati Ashram (c) Lahore

Xam idea
Social Science–X
82
Q. 3. Locate and label the following places on the given political map of India.
(a) Where Indian National Congress held its session in December 1920?
(b) Mahatma Gandhi broke the salt law here. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
(c) Mahatma Gandhi organized satyagraha for cotton mill workers here.
Ans.
INDIA
(c)
Ahmedabad
(b) (a)
Dandi Nagpur
Ans. (a) Nagpur (Maharashtra) (b) Dandi (Gujarat) (c) Ahmedabad

(a) The place where the Indian National Congress Session was held. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
(b) The place associated with peasant’s satyagraha. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
(c) The city associated with the Jallianwala Bagh incident. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans.
INDIA
Amritsar
(c)
Champaran
(b)
(a) Madras (Chennai)
Ans. (a) Madras (Chennai) (b) Champaran (Bihar) (c) Amritsar (Punjab)

(a) The place where cotton mill workers organised Satyagraha.
(b) The place related to the calling off the Non-Cooperation Movement. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
(c) The place where the Indian National Congress Session was held. (1927)
[CBSE (AI) 2016, CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans.
INDIA
(b) Chauri Chaura
(a) Ahmedabad Calcutta (Kolkata)

(c)
Ans. (a) Ahmedabad (Gujarat) (b) Chauri Chaura (Uttar Pradesh) (c) Calcutta (Kolkata)
Q. 6. On the given political map of India, locate and label the following: [CBSE (F) 2016]
(A) The place where the Indian National Congress Session was held.
(B) The place where the ‘No Tax Campaign’ was started.
(C) The place where peasants organized a Satyagraha.
Ans.
INDIA
Champaran
(c)
(b)
Bardoli Nagpur
(a)
Ans. (a) Nagpur (Maharashtra) (b) Bardoli (Gujarat) (c) Champaran (Bihar)
Xam idea
Social Science–X
84
Q. 7. On the given political map of India, locate and label the following: [CBSE (Comp) 2017 ]
(a) The place associated with the calling off ‘the Non-Cooperation Movement’ in 1922.
(b) The place where the Indian National Congress Session was held.
(c) The Place associated with the movement of Indigo planters.
Ans.
INDIA
(a)
Chauri Chaura Champaran
(c)
Nagpur
(b)
Ans. (a) Chauri Chaura (UP) (b) Nagpur (Maharashtra) (c) Champaran (Bihar)
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Besides Gandhi, who were the main leaders of Khilafat Movement?

2. What do you understand by the term ‘Satyagrah’?
3. Why did the Non-Cooperation movement gradually slow down in the cities?
4. Name the leaders who founded the Swaraj Party.
5. What do you understand by the term ‘Poorna Swaraj’?
6. Who organised the Dalits into Depressed Class Association in 1930?
1. Why did Mahatma Gandhi decide to launch a nationwide Satyagrah against the proposed Rowlatt
Act 1919? Explain.
2. What were the circumstances which led to the Jallianwalla Bagh incident? Describe in brief the
reaction of the people immediately after the incident.
3. Why did Mahatma Gandhi nd ‘Salt’ a powerful symbol that could unite the nation? Explain.

4. (a) What was the ‘Inland Emigration Act’ of 1859?
(b) What was the notion of Swaraj for the plantation workers in Assam?
5. Explain any three effects of the Non-Cooperation Movement on the economy of India.
1. Who launched the Khilafat Movement? Why was the movement launched?
2. “Dalit participation was limited in the Civil Disobedience Movement.” Examine the statement.
3. Explain the major factors which promoted the sense of nationalism in the Indians.
4. Explain the role of women in the Civil Disobedience movement.
5. Explain 4 points about Mahatma Gandhi’s Satyagrah.
Map Question
1. Two centres of Indian National Movement are shown on the political map of India by numbers
a and b. Identify these centres and write their correct names on the lines marked in the map.
1×2=2
INDIA
(a)
(b)
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
86
The Making of
4 A Global world
I. THE PRE-MODERN WORLD
Making of global world has a long history

of trade, migration of people in search of
work, movement of capital, etc.
Silk Route Food travel Conquest, Diseases and Trade
Silk routes over land  Noodles travelled to become  Indian Ocean—a bustling trade link
and sea knitting spaghetti in Italy  Expeditions to Americans brought
together vast regions  Some common foods travelling were back precious metals in Europe to
of Asia, Europe and potatoes, soya, groundnut, maize, enhance their wealth.
Northern Africa. tomatoes, chillies, etc. These were  Conquerors also carried germs of
introduced in Europe and Asia after diseases like small-pox which proved
Columbus discovered America to be a deadly disease.
(16TH CENTURY) TRADE & CONQUEST
European sailors Goods, people, A transformation In Peru and Portuguese and

found a sea route to customs and followed after the Mexico–precious Spain conquest and
Asia and discovered knowledge were the discovery of metals were found, colonization of
America. few things due to America, due to its especially silver America followed
which Indian abundant lands, which helped and the weapon
subcontinent was minerals and vast Europe in financing used by them was
famous for in land. its trade. small pox.
trading.
It spread deep into the continent, ahead even

of any Europeans reaching there. It killed and
decimated whole communities, paving way
for conquest.

II. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY
A World Economy Takes Shape Role of Technology Late 19th century

Colonialism
 Abolition of ‘Corn Law’.  Railways, steamships
 Due to the pressure of landed groups, there were and telegraph invented  European conquests of
some restrictions from the government on the  Helped in transportation Asia and Africa as
import of food grains. of perishable goods colonies
 After the abolition of the law – it was easier to  Trade in meat enhanced  Paper partition of Africa
import from food into Britain more cheaply than  Meat, a luxury, became in Europe only
it was to produce in the country. cheaper with  Colonised societies were
 The British farmers found i t difficult to complete development of exploited economically,
with the imports. Because of this, vast land was refrigerated socially and were brought
left uncultivateed. transportation facilities into the world economy.
 As there was a fall in food price – consumption
in Britain rose.
 Higher incomes and food imports in Britain led
to a faster industrial growth.
Rinderpest (The Cattle Plague) Indentured Labour Migration from India
A fast spreading cattle plague in

  Thousands of Indian and Chinese migrated as labourers in African mines
Africa and plantations and construction projects
Disease affected the fortunes of
  Indians left their own country due to—decline in cottage industries, loss in
thousands of people. production of crops in dry regions
Europeans came to Africa to
  Became indebted, were forced to migrate in search of work
establish plantations and mines.  Recruitment was done by agents
Loss of cattle left Africans jobless
  Sometimes, agents forcibly abducted less willing migrants for their
Employed by Europeans in the
 commission, e.g., V.S. Naipaul, Chanderpaul, Ramnaresh Sarwan were all
mines and plantation sites. Indian descendants of Indentured labour migrants.
Indian Trade, Colonisation and the Global System Indian Entrepreneurs Abroad
 Fine cotton of India exported to Europe  Indian bankers and traders to finance export of
 Tariffs imposed on import of cloth in Britain agriculture in Central and S.E. Asia
 Indian textile faced stiff competition  Developed sophisticated system to transfer money
 Then raw cotton was exported to Bri tish cotton over large distance
textile industries  Established flourishing Emporia at busy ports
 Indigo and opium production increased in India to worldwide, selling local and imported curious to
finance tea from China tourists
 Multilateral settlement system worked in helping
the British balance its deficit
Xam idea
Social Science–X
88
III. THE INTER WAR ECONOMY
Wartime Transformations Wartime Transformations
Britain a leading economy faced a

First World War prolonged crisis
British under huge external debt

Allies Central Powers
Britain Germany
France Austria-Hungary War led to an economic boom but
Russia Italy post-war led to unemployment
and USA Ottoman Turkey
In agriculture, after the I WW, wheat

production fell in Europe and increased
 Was the first modern Industrial war
in Canada, America and Australia
 Used tanks, machine guns, aircraft,
chemical weapons, etc.
Grain prices fell, rural incomes

 Millions died, reducing the able-bodied declined leaving the farmers into debt
workforce in Europe
 The war transformed US from international
debtor to International creditor
Rise of Mass Production and Consumption The Great Depression
In US, war helped boost its economy

 Began in 1929 in US

Important feature of economy was mass

 Because of fall in agro-products

production Over production of agricultural products


Henry Ford was the pioneer in mass production

 Many countries got financed through loans from US

Followed Assembly Line Technique for its

 banks
success Led to failure of some banks and collapse of currency

This practice was widely followed in Europe also

 Prices fell, US also fell into its trappower

Credit system introduced to increase purchasing

 Led to boom in housing and consumer goods

power Banks closed, unemployment leading to great


Led to boom in housing and consumer goods

 depression
India and The Great Depression
 India’s exports and imports fell

 Peasants producing for the world market were the worst hit
 Peasants’ indebtedness increased and they sold their precious metals to meet their expenses
 India became an exporter of precious metals (gold)
 India gold export promoted global economic recovery and helped speeding up Britain’s recovery
 Industrial investment grew in urban I ndia as govt. extended tariff protection to industries

IV. REBUILDING A WORLD ECONOMY: POST WAR ERA
World War II Bretton Woods Institutions
Allies Central Powers

Britain Nazi Germany A conference was The post war This system
held in July 1944 at International was mainly
France Italy Bretton Woods in economic system based on the
New Hampshire USA is known as Bretton fixed exchange
Soviet Union Japan to deal with the Woods Systems rates
and USA external surpluses.
It was a war over land, sea and air, (IMF) International

war waged for six years Monetary fund and
World Bank were set
up to finance post war
3% of the world’s population was reconstruction
killed; millions injured
Two Crucial Influences Shaped IMF & World Bank

Post-War Reconstruction were known as
Bretton Woods Twins
USA had a special

Emergence of the US Dominance of right of Veto over the
as dominant Soviet Union key IMF & World Bank
economic, political and and emergence
military power as world power
NEW INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC ORDER – NIEO
As most of the developing countries did not benefit from the fast growth of
western economies in 1950’s & 60’s, they organized themselves into groups.
Group of 77 or G-77 to demand new International economic order NIEO
It was mainly a system that would give them the main control over their
natural resources
It would have helped them in better access for their manufactured goods
in developed countries
Xam idea
Social Science–X
90
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Isolation: Means the state of being alone. It may imply a condition of being apart from
all human beings or of being cut off from one’s usual associates.
2. Decimate: To destroy a large number.
3. Dissent: To differ in opinion, especially from the majority.
4. Perishable: Liable to spoil or decay.
5. Indentured labour: Is an employee (indentured) within a system of unfree labour, who is
bound by a contract (indenture) to work for a particular employer for a fixed period of
time.
6. Tariff: A tax or duty to be paid on a particular class of imports or exports.
7. Great Depression: The economic crisis period of low business activity in the U.S. and
other countries, roughly beginning with the stock-market crash in 1929 and continuing
through most of the 1930s.
8. International Monetary Fund: The International Monetary Fund (IMF) is an international
organization, created for the purpose of standardizing global financial relations and
exchange rates. The IMF generally monitors the global economy, and its core goal is to
economically strengthen its member countries.
9. World Bank: Is an international financial institution that provides loans to developing
countries for capital programs. It comprises two institutions: the International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), and the International Development Association
(IDA).
10. G-77: The G-77 is a loose coalition of developing nations, designed to promote its
members’ collective economic interests and create an enhanced joint negotiating capacity
of the United Nations.
11. NIEO: The New International Economic Order.
12. Fixed exchange rate: A type of exchange rate regime where a currency’s value is fixed
and under which the government or central bank ties the official exchange rate to
another country’s currency or to the price of Gold.
13. Floating exchange rates: a type of exchange rate regime in which a currency’s value is
allowed to fluctuate in response to foreign – exchange market mechanism.
14. Globalisation: It is a process by which businesses or other organisations develop
international influence or start operating on an international scale.
IMPORTANT EVENTS
1820-1914 – World trade is estimated to have multiplied by 25 to 40 times.
1885 – The European powers met in Berlin and demarcated the African continent
for respective powers.
1890s – A fast spreading disease of cattle plague or rinderpest had a terrifying
impact on people’s livelihoods and the local economy.
1914–1918 – World War I (Inter-war economy)

1920s – Agricultural overproduction was a major problem
1921 – The practice of indentured labour was abolished
1923 – US resumed exporting capital to the rest of the world and emerged as the
largest overseas lender.
1933 – US went bankrupt and 4000 banks were closed.
1939 – 1945 – World War II
1944 – United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference at Breton Woods in
New Hampshire, USA.
1947 – International Monetary Fund and World Bank began their operations.
1950s – The Bretton Woods institutions began to shift their focus on.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Give two examples of different types of global exchanges which took place before the
seventeenth century, choosing one example from Asia and one from the Americas.
Ans. (i) In China, India and Southeast Asia traded in Textiles, spices and Chinese pottery and in
return for gold and silver from Europe.
(ii) From America to Europe and Asia items like gold and foods – potatoes, soya, groundnuts,
tomatoes and chillies were exported.
Q. 2. Explain how the global transfer of disease in the pre-modern world helped in the
colonisation of America.
Ans. There was a global transfer of disease in the pre-modern world which helped in the colonisation of
America. The Native Americans were not protected from the disease that the colonisers (Spanish)
brought with them. As Americans were cut from the rest of the world for millions of years, they
were not immune to small pox and did not have any protection or medicine to cure it. It proved
deadly. These germs helped the foreigners to establish their domination over them by killing and
wiping out the whole community. It became easier for them to destroy army or capture them but
the disease could not be cured.
Q. 3. Write a note to explain the effects of the following:
(a) The British government’s decision to abolish the Corn Laws.
Ans. Agriculture sector faced a loss after the abolition of the Corn Laws but there was progress in the
industrial sector. Thousands of workers and cultivators became unemployed as food was being
imported cheaply into Britain. There was an increase in the consumption of food, which led the
rise in the industrial sector. The problem of unemployment was resolved by workers shifting to
various cities because of the availability of work in the industries. Around the world, in Eastern
Europe, Russia, America and Australia, lands were cleared and food production expanded to meet
the British demand.
(b) The coming of Rinderpest to Africa.
Ans. In the 1880s, the Rinderpest, a cattle disease arrived in Africa. A cattle was imported from British
Asia to East Africa which had rinderpest infection and soon after entering the East of Africa, the
infection moved to the west like a re in the forest. By the year 1892, it had reached till Africa’s
Atlantic coast. Along its way, it killed almost 90 per cent of the cattle. As Africans were depended
on it at a larger scale, it destroyed their source of livelihood. It became easier for the colonial
government ofcials, planters and mine owners to monopolise the scarce cattle resources. It was
also one of the reasons that forced Africans into the labour market. Europe took advantage of the
problem, conquered and subdued Africa.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
92
(c) The death of men of working-age in Europe because of the World War.
Ans. World War-I was mainly fought in Europe between the years 1914 to 1918. Millions of soldiers were
recruited from all over the world. The scale of death and destruction – 9 million dead and 20 million
injured – was unthinkable. Most of the killed and maimed were men of working age. In Europe, there
was a reduce in the able-bodied workforce due to the deaths and injuries of the war. This led to the
decline in the household incomes as the number of the people reduced in the family.
(d) The Great Depression on the Indian economy.
Ans. Between 1928 and 1934, there was a reduce in the Indian imports and exports by nearly half. It had
a major impact on the Indian economy, which led to the Great Depression. Wheat prices too fell by
50% during this time. The agricultural sector was badly hit by the Great depression compared to
the urban areas, as it dominated the livelihoods in rural lands.
(e) The decision of MNCs to relocate production to Asian countries.
Ans. There was a stimulation of world trade capital ow due to the decision of MNCs to relocate
production to Asian countries. This relocation was on account of low-cost structure and lower
wages in Asian countries. There was an increase in the employment, which benetted the Asian
nations and also resulted in a major economic transformation.
Q. 4. Give two examples from history to show the impact of technology on food availability.
Ans. Firstly, improvements in transport, like lighter wagons, larger ships and faster railways helped in
moving food more quickly and cheaply from a faraway farm to the nal market.
Secondly, the new developed transport, like refrigerated ships, enabled the perishable foods to be
delivered over the long distances.
Q. 5. What is meant by the ‘Bretton Woods’ Agreement?
Ans. The ‘Bretton Woods’ Agreement took place in July 1944 at Bretton Woods in New Hampshire, USA. To
preserve the global economic stability and full employment in the industrial world, ‘International
Monetary Fund (IMF)’ and the ‘World Bank’ were established. They mainly dealt with the debits of
member nations and external surplus, and also nanced the post-war reconstructions.
Q. 6. Imagine that you are an indentured Indian labourer in the Caribbean. Drawing from the
details in this chapter, write a letter to your family describing your life and feelings.
Ans. 4/12, Arima,
Trinidad
To
Sravesh Prakash,7, Ramgarh Colony,
Bahadurpur, Darbhanga,
Bihar
Respected Babuji,
I have signed a contract that I will work for ve years at a plantation and then return to India. I
had thought that it would help us to escape poverty and oppression of the village. But I was not
informed that the journey would be this long. Here, I met people who have been abducted and
treated as slaves. The living conditions at the plantations are tough. We have to work for 14 long
hours and have almost no rights. Workers can’t go on leave to meet family to nearby villages
without permission. Permission is hardly given. Some have even run away from here while some
nd comfort in art and music. I have not decided whether to stay here like some people after the
contract period is over or return home.
Your son,
Teeja
Q. 7. Explain the three types of movements or ows within international economic exchange.
Find one example of each type of ow which involved India and Indians, and write a short
account of it.
Ans. Firstly, ne cotton in Europe was imported from India. British cotton manufacturer started to
expand after the coming of industrialisation. Now industrialists pressurised the government to
restrict the cotton imports and protect the local industries. Britain started imposing duties on the
imported cloth and slowly, there was a decline in the inow of cotton from India.
Secondly, for many decades, another important export from India was Indigo. From 1820s, Opium
shipment grew rapidly and India became the single largest exporter. Britain established its
monopoly of trade by growing Indigo in India and exporting it to China, and the money earned by
the sale was invested in nancing its tea and other imports from China.
Flow Capital: It is the movement of money for short term or long term investments over long
distance. Groups of Indian nancers, traders like the Shroffs, Chettiars, etc. nanced agriculture
and plantations in various Asian and African countries, using their own funds on those borrowed
from European banks.
19th century saw the increase of food grains and raw material that were exported from India to
Britain and the rest of the world. But the value of British imports from India was much higher
compared to the value of British exports to India.
Thus Britain established a ‘trade surplus’ with India and used this surplus to balance its trade
debits with other countries. Due to this, India played a crucial role in the late 19th century world
economy.
Q. 8. Explain the causes of the Great Depression.
Ans. There were various factors which led to the Great Depression. The post-war global economy was
weak during that time. The problem began with the agricultural overproduction, which got worse
by the falling of food grain prices. Due to the fall in prices, the agricultural incomes declined.
Farmers began expanding their production and bringing even more produce to the markets to
maintain their annual incomes. This worsened the glut in the market, pushing down prices even
further. Most of the countries took loans from the US, but American overseas lenders were wary
about the same. As they decreased the amount of loans, the countries which were economically
dependent on the US loans faced an acute crisis. In Europe, it led to the failure of some major
banks and the currencies collapsed. The USA import duties were doubled in order to protect its
economy. All these factors played a major role in causing to the Great Depression.
Q. 9. Explain what is referred to as the G-77 countries. In what ways can G-77 be seen as a
reaction to the activities of the ‘Bretton Woods’ twins?
Ans. The World Bank and the IMF were known as the Bretton Woods twins, which commenced
nancial operations in 1947. The Western industrial powers controlled the decision making in
these institutions. The US controlled an effective right of veto over key IMF and World Bank
decisions. The Bretton Woods system saw the unprecedented growth of trade and incomes for
the Western industries nations. There was a vast growth in the Western economies during the
1950s and 1960s, though most of the developing countries did not benet from it. Therefore,
they all planned to organise themselves into a group – the Group of 77 (or G-77) and demanded
a New International Economic Order (NIEO). It was basically a system that would give a country
real control over its natural resources and provide with more development assistance, better
access for their manufactured goods and fairer prices for the raw materials in the markets of the
developed countries.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
94
Q. 1. What were ‘silk routes?’
Ans. Silk routes were the vibrant pre-modern trade and cultural links between distant parts of the
world.
Q. 2. What kind of silk routes have been identied by historians?
Ans. Historians have identied several silk routes, over land and by sea, knitting together vast regions
of Asia, and linking Asia with Europe and Northern Africa.
Q. 3. What goods were exported and imported from silk routes?
Ans. Chinese Pottery, textiles and spices from India were exported to South East Asia and precious
metals—gold and silver, owed from Europe to Asia.
Q. 4. What kind of cultural exchanges were made through silk routes?
Ans. Christian missionaries travelled through these routes to Asia, Muslim preachers also used these
routes. Buddhism too spread to other Asian countries through intersecting points on the silk
routes.
Q. 5. How did food like ‘Noodles’ travel to various parts of the world and was adopted by different
names?
Ans. It is believed that noodles travelled west from China to become spaghetti and pasta in Italy.
Perhaps Arab traders took pasta to fth century Sicily, an island now in Italy.
Q. 6. Which common foods were introduced to our ancestors after Columbus discovered
America?
Ans. Potatoes, soya, groundnuts, maize, tomatoes, chillies, sweet potatoes, etc. were introduced in
Europe and Asia, only after Columbus discovered America.
Q. 7. How did dependency on potatoes kill the poorest peasants of Ireland?
Ans. Ireland’s poor peasants became so dependent on potatoes that when disease destroyed the potato
crop in the mid 1840s, hundreds of thousands people died of starvation.
Q. 8. What enhanced Europe’s wealth for trade in Asia?
Ans. Precious metals, particularly silver, from mines located in present day Peru and Mexico enhanced
Europe’s wealth and nanced its trade with Asia.
Q. 9. What is EI Dorado?
Ans. It was considered to be the fabled city of gold, for which many expeditions were set off to nd it.
Q. 10. How did germs of small pox help Europeans in their conquest of America?
Ans. Smallpox proved a deadly killer. Once introduced, it spread deep into the continent, ahead of any
European reaching there. It killed and decimated whole communities, paving the way for conquest.
Q. 11. Why did thousands of Europeans ee to America?
Ans. Poverty and hunger, overcrowded cities, deadly diseases, religious conicts led Europeans to ee
to America.
Q. 12. What were ‘Corn Laws’?
Ans. When the British government restricted the import of corn, as the demand for agricultural
products, went up, pushing up food grain prices. Under the pressure of landowners, government
formed laws called ‘Corn Laws’, restricting import of corns.
Q. 13. Who forced the government of Britain to abolish corn laws?
Ans. Unhappy with high food prices, industrialists and urban dwellers forced the government of Britain
to abolish Corn Laws.
Q. 14. What was the effect of abolition of corn laws?
Ans. British agriculture was unable to compete with imports. Vast areas of land were now left

uncultivated, and thousands of men and women were thrown out of work. They ocked to the
cities or migrated overseas.
Q. 15. Why did people migrate from Europe to Americas and Australia?
Ans. Demand for food increased and Europe which ultimately led to the need of capital and labour.
Since there was unemployment in Europe, people migrated to Americas and Australia in search of
a better future.
Q. 16. What was ‘global agricultural economy’?
Ans. It means food no longer came from a nearby village or town, but from thousands of miles away. It
was not grown by a peasant tilling his own land but by an agricultural worker, perhaps recently arrived
who was now working on a large farm that only a generation ago had most likely been a forest.
Q. 17. Which important inventions transformed 19th century world?
Ans. The railways, steamships, the telegraph, etc. were some means of transport and communication
which helped transforming 19th century world.
Q. 18. Why did perishable goods become a luxury beyond the reach of European poor?
Ans. Since perishable goods were difcult to be transported from one country to another, it became
an expensive affair. But refrigerated ships enabled the transport of perishable goods over long
distances.
Q. 19. How could frozen meat reach European market now in reduced cost?
Ans. (i) Now animals were slaughtered for food at the starting point in America, Australia or New
Zealand and then transported to Europe as frozen meat. This reduced shipping costs and lowered
meat prices in Europe.
Q. 20. What was Paper Partition?
Ans. In 1885, the big European powers met in Berlin to divide the countries of Africa between them.
The countries’ borders run straight as if they were drawn using a ruler. This event was called Paper
Partition.
Q. 21. What is Rinderpest?
Ans. Rinderpest was a fast spreading disease of cattle plague which had terrifying impact on the
livelihood of people and the local economy of Africa in 1890s.
Q. 22. What was the main problem for Europeans to establish mines and plantation in Africa?
Ans. Europeans were attracted to Africa due to its vast resources of land and minerals. But there was
an unexpected problem of shortage of labour willing to work for wages.
Q. 23. What methods were opted to recruit and retain labour in Africa?
Ans. (i) Heavy taxes were imposed which could be paid only if you are earning.
(ii) Inheritance laws were changed so that peasants were displaced from land.
(iii) Mine workers were also conned in compounds and not allowed to move freely.
Q. 24. How did Rinderpest reach Africa?
Ans. It was carried by infected cattle imported from British Asia to feed the Italian soldiers invading
Eritrea in East Africa. Entering Africa in the east, Rinderpest moved west like ‘forest re’.
Q. 25. How did loss of cattle make labour market strange?
Ans. The loses of cattle destroyed African livelihoods. Planters, mine owners and colonial governments
now successfully strengthened their powers and forced Africans into labour market.
Q. 26. Who was indentured labourer?
Ans. Indentured labourer meant a bonded labourer under contract to work for an employer for a specic
amount of time, to pay off his passage to a new country or home.
Q. 27. How were indentured labourers hired from India and China?
Ans. In the 19th century, hundreds of thousands of Indians and Chinese labourers went to work on
plantations, in mines and in road and railway construction projects around the world as indentured
labourers.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
96
Q. 28. Why were people from many Indian states forced to work as indentured labourers?
Ans. In these states, cottage industries declined, land rents rose, lands were cleared for mines and
plantations. All these affected the lives of the poor; they failed to pay their rents and became
deeply indebted and were forced to migrate in search of work.
Q. 29. What were the main destinations of Indian indentured migrants?
Ans. Caribbean islands (mainly Trinidad, Guyana and Surinam) Mauritius, Fiji, Ceylon and Malaysia.
Q. 30. What was ‘Hosay’?
Ans. In Trinidad, the annual Muharram procession was transformed into a riotous carnival called
‘Hosay’ (for Imam Hussain), in which workers of all races and religions joined.
Q. 31. What was Rastafarianism?
Ans. It was a protest religion which reected social and cultural links with Indian migrants to the Caribbean.
Q. 32. What was ‘Chutney Music’?
Ans. It was popular in Trinidad and Guyana. It was another creative contemporary expression of the
post-indenture experience, a form of cultural fusion.
Q. 33. Can you name some Indians whose descendents were migrant indentured labourers in
West Indies?
Ans. Nobel prize winning writer V.S. Naipaul, West Indies cricketers Shivnarine Chandrapaul and
Ramnaresh Sarwan, etc.
Q. 34. Who were Shikaripuri Shroffs and Nattukottai Chettiars?
Ans. They were amongst the many groups of bankers and traders who nanced export agriculture in
Central and Southeast Asia, using either their own funds or those borrowed from European banks.
Q. 35. How did British manage opium trade with China?
Ans. British grew opium in India and exported it to China and with the money earned through this sale,
it nanced its tea and other imports from China.
Q. 36. What was multilateral settlement system?
Ans. It was a system which allows one country’s decit with another country to be settled by its surplus
with a third country.
Q. 37. What were ‘home charges’?
Ans. Home charges included private remittances home by British ofcials and traders, interest
payments on India’s external debt and pensions of British ofcials in India.
Q. 38. Name the two power blocs of First World War.
Ans. (i) Allied Powers: Britain, France and Russia later on joined by the US.
(ii) Central Powers: Germany, Austria-Hungary and Ottoman Turkey.
Q. 39. Why was World War-I called the ‘First Industrial War?’
Ans. It was called the ‘rst industrial war’ since it saw the use of machine guns, tanks, aircrafts, chemical
weapons, etc. on a massive scale. These were all products of modern large-scale industries.
Q. 40. Why was Britain burdened with huge external debts after World War-I?
Ans. To nance war expenditures, Britain had borrowed liberally from the US. Post-war economic
recovery period proved very difcult. So, at the end of war, the Britain was burdened with huge
external debts.
Q. 41. Why unemployment emerged after World War I in Great Britain?
Ans. When the war ended, production contracted and unemployment increased. At the same time, the
government reduced bloated war expenditures to bring them into line with peace time revenues.
These developments led to huge job losses, so one in every ve British workers was out of work.
Q. 42. Who was the pioneer of the system of mass production in US?
Ans. A well-known pioneer of mass production was the car manufacturer Henry Ford.
Q. 43. How did war production and higher wages lead to more sale of cars and other electronic
goods?
Ans. Due to higher wages more workers, could now afford to purchase durable consumer goods such as
cars, refrigerators, washing machines, radios, gramophone players, all through a system of ‘hire
purchase’ credit repaid in weekly or monthly instalments.
Q. 44. How was there a boom in the US economy?
Ans. Large investments in housing and household goods seemed to create a cycle of higher employment
and incomes, rising consumption demand, more investment and yet more employment and
incomes.
Q. 45. What was the Great Depression?
Ans. The Great Depression began around 1929 and lasted till mid-1930s. During this period, most parts
of the world experienced declines in production, employment, incomes and trade.
Q. 46. What was the rst and foremost reason for the economic crisis?
Ans. It was agricultural over production. As prices slumped, agricultural incomes declined, farmers
tried to expand production which pushed down the prices further leading to left over food grains.
Q. 47. What was the effect of withdrawal of US loans to Europe?
Ans. In Europe, it led to the failure of some major banks and the collapse of currencies such as the
British pound sterling.
Q. 48. What was the impact of economic crisis on US banks?
Ans. Unable to recover investments, collect loans and repay depositors, thousands of banks went
bankrupt and were forced to close.
Q. 49. How were jute producers of Bengal affected by economic crisis?
Ans. The jute producers of Bengal grew raw jute that was processed in factories for export in the form
of gunny bags. But as gunny exports collapsed, the price of raw jute crashed more than 60 per
cent.
Q. 50. Why did peasants indebtness increase during economic crisis in I ndia?
Ans. Indian peasants used up their savings, mortgaged lands, and sold whatever jewellery and precious
metals they had to meet their expenses.
Q. 51. Name the power blocks of World War–II.
Ans. (i) Allied Power: Britain, France, Soviet Union and US.
(ii) Axis Powers: Germany, Italy and Japan.
Q. 52. What was the estimated loss of World War–II?
Ans. Once again death and destruction was enormous. At least 60 million people, or about 3 per cent
of the world’s 1939 populations are believed to have been killed directly or indirectly as a result of
war. Millions more were injured.
Q. 53. What decision was taken at Bretton Woods in New Hampshire, USA?
Ans. The main aim of post-war international economic system was to preserve economic stability and
full employment in the industrial world. Its framework was agreed upon at the United Nations
Monetary and Financial Conference held in July 1944 at Bretton Woods in New Hampshire, USA.
Q. 54. What was Bretton Woods system?
Ans. The Bretton Woods system was based on xed exchange rates. In this system, national currencies,
for example the Indian rupees, were pegged to the dollar at a xed exchange rate. The dollar itself
was anchored to gold at a xed price of $35 per ounce of gold.
Q. 55. What was G-77?
Ans. Most developing countries did not benet from the fast growth the western economies experienced
in the 1950s and 1960s. Therefore, they organised themselves as a group—the Group of 77 (or
G-77)—to demand a new international economic order.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
98
Q. 56. What does NIEO mean?
Ans. By NIEO they meant a system that would give them real control over their natural resources, more
development assistance, fairer prices for raw materials, and better access for their manufactured
goods in developed countries’ markets.
Q. 57. What led to the collapse of the system of xed exchanged rates?
Ans. The rising costs of its overseas involvements weakened the US’s nances and competitive
strength. The US dollar now no longer commanded condence as the world’s principal currency.
It eventually led to the collapse of the system of xed exchange rates and the introduction of a
system of oating exchange rates.
Q. 58. Why did most of the TVs, mobile phones and toys come from China?
Ans. It is because of the low-cost structure of the Chinese economy, most importantly its low wages.

Q. 1. Show how the Silk Routes are a good example of pre-modern trade between different
countries of the world?
Ans. l Historians have identied several silk routes, over land and by sea, knitting together vast
regions of Asia, and linking it with Europe and Northern Africa.
l Chinese pottery also travelled the same route, as did textiles and spices from India and South
East Asia.
l In return, precious metals like gold and silver owed from Europe to Asia.
Q. 2. What was the most powerful weapon that the Spanish used to conquer America?
Ans. l The most powerful weapon was the germs such as those of smallpox.
l Because of their long isolation, America’s original inhabitants had no immunity against
these diseases that came from the Europe.
l Smallpox in particular, proved to be a deadly killer disease.
Q. 3. How did food travel from one country to another? Give some examples.
Ans. Food offers many examples of cultural exchange.
(i) Take spaghetti and noodles. It is believed that noodles travelled west from China to become
spaghetti or perhaps, Arab traders took pasta to fth-century Sicily.
(ii) Many of our common foods such as potatoes, soya, groundnuts, maize, tomatoes, chillies,
sweet potatoes, etc., were not known to our ancestors but these foods were introduced in
Asia and Europe after Christopher Columbus discovered America.
(iii) Sometimes, the new crops could make the difference between life and death. Europe’s poor
began to eat better and live longer with the introduction of the humble potato.
Q. 4. Why did thousands of people ee from Europe to America?
Ans. (i) Until the 19th century, poverty and hunger was common in Europe.
(ii) Cities were crowded and deadly diseases were widespread.
(iii) Religious conicts were common and dissenters were persecuted.
Q. 5. How did healthy trade practices lead to colonialism?
Ans. (i) In many parts of the world, the expansion of trade and a closer relationship with the world
economy also meant a loss of freedom and livelihood.
(ii) European powers in Africa divided this country amongst themselves with ‘paper partition’,
i.e., borders of these countries run straight as drawn by a ruler. This division was made
without the permission of these African countries.
(iii) Britain and France made vast additions to their colonies in the late 19th century. Belgium
and Germany became new colonial powers and US also became a colonial power by taking
over the colonies earlier held by Spain.
Q. 6. How did Europeans handle the problem of shortage of labour in Africa?

Ans. (i) Heavy taxes were imposed on Africans, which could be paid only by working for wages on
plantations and mines.
(ii) Inheritance laws were changed so that peasants were displaced from their lands. Only one
member of a family was allowed to inherit land, as a result of which the others were pushed
into the labour market.
Q. 7. How did agricultural economies go into a crisis, post war?
Ans. (i) Before the war, eastern Europe was a major supplier of wheat in the world market.
(ii) When this supply was disrupted during the war, wheat production in Canada, America and
Australia increased.
(iii) But once the war was over, production in eastern Europe was revived and there was
overproduction of wheat.
Grain prices fell, rural incomes declined and farmers fell deeper into debt.
Q. 8. Which factors were responsible for the economic depression of 1929?
Ans. (i) Agricultural overproduction: Agricultural overproduction led to the falling of agricultural
prices. As prices fell, agricultural income declined, farmers tried to expand their production
and sell more in the market to earn. This worsened the situation as prices further fell, leading
to farm produce rotting in the market with lack of buyers.
(ii) Withdrawal of US loans: Many countries nanced their investments through loans from
US But US overseas lenders panicked at the rst sign of trouble. US overseas loans had gone
upto $ 1 billion but it reduced to one quarter of that amount and countries depending on US
loans now faced an acute crisis.
Q. 9. How did the Bretton Woods system collapse giving birth to Globalisation?
Ans. (i) Despite years of stable and rapid growth, not all was well in the post-war world.
(ii) From the 1960s, the rising cost of US overseas involvement weakened its nancial and its
competitive strength.
(iii) The US dollar now no longer commanded condence as the world’s principal currency. It
could not maintain its value in relation to gold.
This ultimately led to the collapse of xed exchange rates and the introduction of a system of
oating exchange rates.
Q. 10. What agricultural changes took place in India?
Ans. (i) In west Punjab, in India, the British Indian government built a network of irrigation canals
to transform semi-desert wastes into fertile agricultural lands that could grow wheat and
cotton for export.
(ii) These were ‘Canal Colonies’, where areas were irrigated by the new canals and were settled
by peasants from other parts of Punjab.
Q. 11. How potatoes became the food for poor?
Ans. (i) Sometimes the new crops could make the difference between life and death.
(ii) Europe’s poor began to eat better and live longer with the introduction of humble potato.
(iii) Ireland’s poorest peasants became so dependent on potatoes that when disease destroyed
the potato crop in mid 1840’s, hundreds of thousands died of starvation.
Q. 12. State how America’s trade enhanced after its discovery.
Ans. (i) Before its discovery, America had been cut off from regular contact with the rest of the world
for millions of years.
(ii) But from 16th century, its vast lands and abundant crops and minerals began to transform
trade and lives everywhere.
(iii) Many expeditions were set off in search of EL Dorado, the fabled city of gold.
Q. 13. Why did people start migrating to the other continents from Europe?
Ans. (i) The demand for labour in places where labour was in short supply—as in America and
Australia—led to more migration.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
100
(ii) Nearly 50 million people emigrated from Europe to America and Australia in the 19th
century.
(iii) All over the world, some 150 million are estimated to have left their homes, crossed oceans
and vast distances over land in search of a better future.
Q. 14. Which factors helped in the development of global agricultural economy?
OR
What complex changes took place in the global agricultural economy by 1890?
Ans. (i) By 1890, a global agricultural economy had taken shape, accompanied by complex changes
in labour movement patterns, capital ows, ecologies and technology.
(ii) Food no longer came from a nearby village or town, but from thousands of miles away.
(iii) It was not grown by a peasant tilling his own land, but by an agricultural worker, perhaps
recently arrived, who was now working on a large farm that only a generation ago had most
likely been a forest.
Q. 15. What were Canal Colonies? Why were they built?
Ans. Canal Colonies were the areas irrigated by the new canals.
(i) In India, British built a network of irrigation canals to transform semi-desert wastes into
fertile agricultural lands for export.
(ii) Here people from other parts of Punjab were called and settled to grow wheat and cotton for
export.
Q. 16. Why were Europeans attracted to Africa?
Ans. (i) In the late 19th century, Europeans were attracted to Africa due to its vast resources of land
and minerals.
(ii) Europeans came to Africa hoping to establish plantations and mines to produce crops and
minerals for export to Europe.
(iii) They could get cheap labour also to work on lesser wages in the mines and plantation farms.
Q. 17. What were the main destinations of Indian indentured labourers?
Ans. (i) The main destinations of Indian indentured migrants were the Carribean islands mainly
Trinidad, Guyana, Surinam, Mauritius and Fiji.
(ii) Closer home, Tamil migrants went to Ceylon and Malaya.
(iii) Indentured workers were also recruited for tea plantations in Assam.
Q. 18. What was the role of Indian bankers in managing their funds?
Ans. (i) Bankers like Shikaripuri Shroffs and Nuttukottai Chettiars were amongst the many groups of
bankers and traders who nanced export agriculture in Central and South east Asia.
(ii) They used either their own funds or those borrowed from European banks.
(iii) They had a sophisticated system to transfer money over large distances, and even developed
indigenous forms of corporate organisation.
Q. 19. Why did the US become international creditor from international debtor?
Ans. (i) World War I led to the snapping of economic links between some of the world’s largest
economic powers which were now ghting each other to pay for them.
(ii) Britain borrowed large sums of money from US banks as well as from US public.
(iii) Thus the war transformed the US from being an international debtor to an international
creditor.
So, the US and its citizens owned more overseas assets than foreign governments and citizens
owned in US.
Q. 20. Why was there anxiety and uncertainty about work after World War I?
Ans. (i) The war had led to an economic boom, to a large increase in demand, production and
employment. When the war boom ended, production contracted and unemployment
increased.
(ii) At the same time, the government reduced bloated war expenditures to bring them into line
with peacetime revenues.
(iii) These developments led to huge job losses—in 1921, one in every ve British workers was
out of work.
Indeed anxiety and uncertainty about work became an enduring part of the post war scenario.
Q. 21. Why was there a spurt in the purchase of electronic goods in the US?
Ans. (i) Mass production, lowered costs and prices of engineered goods. Due to higher wages, more
workers could now afford to purchase durable consumer goods such as cars.
(ii) Along with boom in car production, there was a spurt in the purchase of refrigerators,
washing machines, radios, gramophone players, although the system of hire purchase i.e.,
credit repaid in weekly or monthly instalments.
(iii) The demand for these goods was also fuelled by a boom in house construction and home
ownership, nanced once again by loans.
Q. 22. How did withdrawal of US loans affect different countries of the world?
Ans. (i) Europe: It led to the failure of some major banks and the collapse of currencies such as
British pound sterling.
(ii) Latin America: Here it intensied the slump in agriculture and raw material prices.
(iii) US: US attempted to protect its economy in the depression by doubling import duties, also
dealt with another severe blow to world trade.
Q. 23. In what ways were jute producers of Bengal affected by the economic crisis?
Ans. (i) Jute producers grew raw jute that was processed in factories for export in the form of gunny
bags.
(ii) But as gunny bag export collapsed, the prices of raw jute crashed by more than
60 per cent.
(iii) Peasants who borrowed in the hope of better times or to increase output in the hope of
higher incomes, faced ever lower prices and fell deep into debts.
Q. 24. Why did the Bretton Woods Institution begin to shift its attention more towards developing
countries?
Ans. (i) The IMF and the World Bank were designed to meet the nancial needs of the industrial
countries.
(ii) They were not equipped to cope with the challenge of poverty and lack of development in the
former colonies.
(iii) But as Europe and Japan rapidly rebuilt their economies, they grew less dependent on the
IMF and the World Bank.
Thus from the late 1950s, the Bretton Woods Institution began to shift its attention more
towards developing countries.
Q. 25. What is the difference between Fixed Exchange rates and Floating Exchange rates?
Ans. When exchange rates are xed and governments intervene to prevent movements in them, it is
called xed exchange rates.
While, when rates uctuate depending on demand and supply of currencies in foreign exchange
markets in principle without interference by governments, it is called oating or exible exchange
rates.
Q. 26. What two crucial inuences shaped post war reconstruction?
Ans. (i) US’s emergence as the dominant political economic or military powers in the western world.
(ii) Dominance of the Soviet Union. It had made large sacrices to defeat Nazi Germany, and
transformed itself from a backward agricultural country into a world power, when the
capitalist world was trapped in the Great Depression.
Q. 27. What was the aim of post war international economic system?
Ans. (i) Complete employment in the industrial world.
(ii) To preserve economic stability.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
102
Q. 1. Why did the British government scrap the ‘Corn Laws’? What were its effects on Britain?
Ans. l Population growth from the late 18th century had increased the demand for food grains in
Britain.
l As urban centres expanded and industries grew, the demand for agricultural products
increased, pushing up food grain prices.
l Under pressure from landed groups, the government also restricted the import of corn.
l The laws allowing the government to do this were commonly known as ‘Corn Laws’.
l Unhappy with high food prices, industrialists and urban dwellers forced the abolition of the
Corn Laws.
Effects:
l After the Corn Laws were scrapped, food could be imported into Britain more cheaply than it
could be produced within the country.
l British agriculture was unable to compete with imports.
l Vast areas of land were now left uncultivated and thousands of men and women were thrown
out of work. They ocked to the cities or migrated overseas.
Q. 2. Nineteenth century indenture has been described as a ‘new system of slavery’. Elucidate
with examples.
Ans. In the 19th century, hundreds of thousands of Indian and Chinese labourers went to work on
plantations, in mines and in road and railway construction projects around the world.
l It was a world of faster economic growth as well as great misery, higher incomes for some
and poverty for others.
l In India, indentured labourers were hired under contracts which promised return travel to
India after they had worked for ve years on their employer’s plantations.
l Gradually, in India, cottage industries declined, land rents rose, lands were cleared for mines
and plantations. All this affected the lives of the poor; they failed to pay their rents, became
indebted and were forced to migrate in search of work.
l The main destinations of Indian indentured migrants were the Caribbean islands, Trinidad,
Guyana, Surinam, Mauritius, Fiji and Ceylon and Malaya.
l Recruitment was done by agents engaged by employers and paid a small commission.
l Agents also sometimes tempted these migrants by providing false information about nal
destinations, modes of travel, nature of work and living and working conditions.
Sometimes, agents even forcibly abducted less willing migrants.
Q. 3. How did various cultures blended with the migrants and the inhabitants?
Ans. l In Trinidad, the annual Muharram procession was transformed into a carnival called ‘Hosay’,
in which workers of all races and religions joined.
l The protest religion of ‘Rasta fasionism’ also reected social and cultural links with Indian
migrants to the Caribbean.
l ‘Chutney Music’, a fusion, popular in Trinidad and Guyana is another example of post-
indenture period.
l These forms of cultural fusion are part of the making of the global world, where things from
different places got mixed and became something entirely new.
Q. 4. What was the role of Indian entrepreneurs abroad?
Ans. l Shikaripuri Shroffs and Nattu Kottai Chettiar were among the many group of bankers and
traders who nanced export agriculture in Central and South-East Asia, using their own funds
or the borrowed money from European banks.
l They had a sophisticated system to transfer money over large distances and even developed
their own corporate organisation.

l Hyderabadi Sindi traders, however, ventured beyond European colonies.
l They had established emporia at busy ports worldwide, selling local and imported artifacts
to tourists.
Q. 5. Why was the rst world war called the Industrial war or ‘World war’?
Ans. (i) The rst World War was the rst modern industrial war. In this war, machine guns, tanks, aircrafts,
chemical weapons were used on a massive scale.
(ii) Millions of soldiers were recruited from around the world and were brought to the front in
ships and trains.
(iii) About 9 million civilians died and 20 millions were injured.
(iv) Most of the killed and injured were men of working age, reducing the able-bodied workforce
in Europe.
(v) During the war, industries were reconstructed to produce war related goods.
(vi) Britain borrowed large sums of money from US banks. Thus, the war transformed the US from
being an international debtor to an international creditor.
Q. 6. “One important feature of the US economy in the 1920s was mass production.” Prove this
with an example.
Ans. l A well-known pioneer of mass production was the car manufacturer, ‘Henry Ford’.
l He adopted an assembly line technique of a slaughter house.
l He realised that the ‘assembly line’ method would allow a faster and cheaper way of producing
vehicles.
l This method forced workers to repeat a single task mechanically and continuously.
l This was a way of increasing the output per worker by speeding up the pace of work.
l At rst, workers were unable to cope with the load of work but Henry Ford doubled the daily
wages.
l This doubling of daily wages was considered ‘best cost–cutting decision’ he had ever made.
l Later, this system of mass production was followed by many other countries. In the US, with
this system, car production rose from 2 millions to above 5 millions.
Q. 7. Explain how the US was most severely affected by the worldwide economic depression?
Ans. l With the fall of prices and prospect of depression, US banks also slashed domestic lending.
l Farmers could not sell their production, households were ruined and businesses collapsed.
l With falling incomes, many households could not repay what they had borrowed and were
forced to give up their homes, cars and other durable items.
l Ultimately, the US banking system collapsed. Unable to recover investments, collect loans
and repay depositors, thousands of banks went bankrupt and were forced to close.
Q. 8. How does food offer long distance cultural exchanges?
Ans. l Traders and travellers introduced new crops to the lands they travelled. Even ‘ready’ food
stuff in distant part of the world might share common origins.
l It is believed that noodles travelled west from China to become spaghetti or perhaps, Arab
traders took pasta to Sicily, an island of Italy.
l Similar foods were also known in India and Japan, so the truth about their origins may never
be known, but they too travelled from one country to another.
l This is how long distance cultural contacts in the pre-modern era were possible with the
travelling of various food items.
Q. 9. Give a brief description of how meat was transported to various parts of the world with the
development of technology.
Ans. l Till 1870s animals were shipped live from America to Europe and then slaughtered when
they arrived there.
l Live animals took a lot of ship space and many in voyage, fell ill, lost weight or became unt
to eat.
l Meat was hence an expensive luxury beyond the reach of the European poor.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
104
l Then came the new technology, namely refrigerated ships, which enabled the transport of
perishable foods like meat over long distances.
l Now animals were slaughtered for food at the starting point in America, Australia or New
Zealand—and then transported to Europe as frozen meat. This reduced shipping costs and
lowered meat prices in Europe.
Q. 10. What was the impact of colonialism on various colonies?
Ans. (i) Trade ourished and markets expanded in the late 19th century but it also led to loss of
freedom and livelihoods.
(ii) European conquests produced many painful economic, social and ecological changes through
which the colonised societies were brought into the world economy.
(iii) Rival European powers in Africa drew up the borders demarcating their respective territories,
being called as paper partition.
(iv) Britain and France made vast additions to their overseas territories in the late 19th century.
Belgium and Germany became new colonial powers.
(v) The US also became a colonial power in the late 1890’s by taking over some colonies that
were earlier held by Spain.
Q. 11. What was the role of agents in the recruitment of labour?
Ans. l Recruitment was done by agents engaged by employers and paid a small commission.
l Many migrants agreed to take up work hoping to escape poverty or oppression in their home
villages.
l Agents also tempted the prospective migrants by providing false information about nal
destinations, modes of travel, the nature of the work and living and working conditions.
l Often migrants were not even told that they were to take a long sea voyage. Sometimes
agents even forcibly abducted less willing migrants.
Q. 12. Why did the inow of ne Indian cotton begin to decline in England?
Ans. Historically, ne cottons produced in India were exported to Europe.
(i) With industrialisation, British cotton manufacture began to expand and industrialists
pressurised the government to restrict cotton imports into Britain and protect local industries.
(ii) Tariffs were imposed on cloth imports into Britain, consequently the inow of ne Indian
cotton began to decline.
(iii) British manufacturers also began to seek overseas markets for their cloth.
(iv) Excluded from the British market by tariff barriers, Indian textiles now faced stiff competition
in other international markets.
Q. 13. State how Britain found it difcult to recapture the Indian market after World War I.
Ans. (i) Post war economic recovery proved difcult. Britain, which was the world’s leading economy
in the pre-war period, in particular, faced a prolonged crisis.
(ii) While Britain was pre occupied with war, industries had developed in India and Japan.
(iii) After the war, Britain found it difcult to recapture its earlier position of dominance in the
Indian market, and to compete with Japan internationally.
(iv) To nance war expenditures, Britain had borrowed liberally from the US.
This meant that at the end of the war Britain was burdened with huge external debts.
Q. 14. Workers at Ford factory could not cope with the stress of working on assembly line. How
did Henry Ford recover the workers?
Ans. (i) At rst, workers at the Ford factory were unable to cope with the stress of working on assembly
lines in which they could not control the pace of work. So they quit in large numbers.
(ii) In desperation, Ford doubled the daily wages to $ 5 in Jan. 1914. At the same time he banned
trade unions from operating in his plants.
(iii) Henry Ford recovered the high wage by repeatedly speeding up the production line and
forcing workers to work even harder.
(iv) So much so, he would soon described his decision to double the daily wage as the ‘best cost-
cutting decision’ he had ever made.
Q. 15. Did housing and consumer boom lead to prosperity in the US?
Ans. (i) The housing and consumer boom of the 1920’s created the basis of prosperity in the US.
(ii) Large investments in housing and household goods seemed to create a cycle of higher
employment and incomes, rising consumption demand, more investment and yet more
employment and incomes.
(iii) In 1923, US resumed exporting capital to the rest of the world and became the largest
overseas lender.
(iv) US imports and capital exports also boosted European recovery and world trade and income
growth over the next six years.
Q. 16. What was the effect of world economic crisis on rural India?
Ans. (i) The indebtedness of Indian peasants increased. They used up their savings, mortgaged lands
and sold whatever jewellery and precious metals they had, to meet their expenses.
(ii) In these depression years, India became an exporter of precious metals, notably gold.
(iii) Indian global economic recovery certainly helped speed up Britain’s recovery but did little
for the Indian peasants.
(iv) Rural India was thus seething with unrest when Mahatma Gandhi launched the Civil
Disobedience Movement at the height of the depression in 1931.

Q. 1. Brie y explain the two key lessons which economists and politicians draw out from inter-
war economic experience.
Ans. First
(i) An industrial society based on mass production cannot be sustained without mass consumption.
(ii) But to ensure mass consumption, there was a need for high and stable incomes.
(iii) Incomes could not be stable if employment was unstable. Thus stable incomes also required
steady, full employment.
(iv) But markets alone could not guarantee full employment. Therefore the government could
have to step in, to minimise uctuations of price, output and employment.
Second
(i) It is related to a country’s economic links with the outside world.
(ii) The goal of full employment could only be achieved if governments had power to control
ow of goods, capital and labour.
Thus the main aim of the post-war international economic system was to preserve economic
stability and full employment in the industrial world.
Q. 2. How does a multilateral settlement system work?
Ans. (i) By 19th century, British manufacturers ooded the Indian market. Food grain and raw
material exports from India to Britain and the rest of the world increased.
(ii) But the value of British exports to India was much higher than the value of British imports from
India. Thus Britain had a ‘trade surplus’ with India.
(iii) Britain used this surplus to balance its trade decits with other countries—the countries
from which Britain was importing more than it was selling to.
(iv) This is how a multilateral settlement system works — it allows one country’s decit with
another country to be settled by its surplus with a third country.
Q. 3. How were oating exchange rates introduced?
Ans. l Despite years of stable and rapid growth, not all was well in this post-war world.
l From the 1960s, the rising cost of its overseas involvements weakened the US’s nances and
Xam idea
Social Science–X
106
competitive strength.
l The US dollar now no longer commanded condence as the world’s principal currency.
l It could not maintain its value in relation to gold.
l This eventually led to the collapse of the system of xed exchange rates and the introduction
of a system of oating exchange rates.
Q. 4. How did the international nancial systems lead to periodic debt crisis in the developing
countries?
Ans. l From the mid-1970s, the international nancial system also changed in important ways.
l Earlier, developing countries could turn to international institutions for loans and
development assistance.
l But now, they were forced to borrow from western commercial banks and private lending
institutions.
l This led to periodic debt crisis in the developing world, and lower incomes and increased
poverty, especially in Africa and Latin America.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Which was the most powerful weapon used by the Spanish to conquer America?
2. What was the aim of Stanely in Africa?
3. In which factory, Henry Ford introduced the system of ‘Assembly Line’?
4. Which countries were considered as Axis power during the 2nd World War?
5. What does IMF stand for?
6. To which country, India was the single largest exporter of cotton in 1820s?
1. How did silk routes link the world? Explain with three examples.
2. Explain the impacts of scrapping of the Corn Laws.
3. Explain the impact of the First World War on Britain’s economy.
4. The rst World War was a modern industrial war. Explain.
5. “The Global transfer of diseases became instrumental in colonisation of Africa and South
America”. Explain.
1. What were the ‘Corn Laws’ and why were they abolished? What were the consequence of abolishing
the Laws?
2. How did Europeans try to recruit and retain labour? Explain any two methods.
3. Explain any 5 consequences of the Great Depression of 1929 on Indian economy.
4. Write any 3 factors responsible for indentured labour migration from India.
5. How did Britain balance its decit with the trade in India in the 19th century?
6. ‘The pre-modern world changed with the discovery of new sea routes of America’. Support the
statement with suitable examples.
zzz

the age of
5 industrialisation
BEFORE THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION
Proto-industrialisation The coming up of The Pace of Manual Labour & The life of
the factory Industrial Change Steam Power Workers
1730s – earliest In Britain, cotton In Britain, there The possibility for

factories were and metals was no shortage a labour to get a
established in became important of human labour. job depended on
England. industries. the network.
The wages
Cotton was in The technological were also low. There was a fear
huge demand changes were of unemployment
slow. among the
labourers, also
There was a due to
Process of demand for seasonality of
production of seasonal labour. work.
cloth became
more efficient
because of the
new inventions. Compared to the Due to introduction
machine produced of new technology
cloth, there was a demand for
demand of hand infrastructure
made product opened major
especially by the employment
elite. opportunities in
1840.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
108
THE AGE OF INDIAN TEXTILES WEAVERS
There was a direct control of the company on the weavers

Indian cotton and silk goods dominated the international through advances, gomasthas.
markets in textiles, before the age of machine and
industries.
There was a clash between the weavers and the gomasthas.
There were bankers and merchants who were involved

in the network of export trade. Migration of weavers followed due to this reason.
There was a breakdown in network of exports controlled WHEN MANCHESTER CAME TO INDIA
by Indian merchants because of the coming of the
European.
There was a decline of textile exports from India
Due to this, major ports like Hoogly and Surat declined

and New ports came up like Bombay and Calcutta. Duties were imposed on Indian textile imports due
to the pressure of Industrial groups in Britain.
There was an outbreak of Civil War i n America,

Britain turned to India.
FACTORIES COME UP
Till World War I, large sector of Indian industries was taken over by the European managing
Agencies
Indian Entrepreneurs like Dwarkanath Tagore, J.N. Tata, Seth Hukumchand, Dinshaw Petit were
coming up in the Industrial sector.
The workers came from nearby districts.
For that, a new system of ‘jobbers’ came i n who recruited new recruits.
Major industries were of tea and coffee plantation, mining, indigo and jute.
Over the war years, industrial production boomed.
The economy of Britain suffered due to the war.
Use of advertisement came in, and i t was also used as a way to inculcate the spirit of nationalism.

IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Orient: The countries of the East of the Mediterranean, mainly referring to Asia. The term
originated from the western view point that saw this region as pre-modern, mysterious
as well as traditional.
2. Proto-industrialisation: Was a possible phase in the development of modern industrial
economies that preceded, and created conditions for the establishment of fully industrial
societies.
3. Industrialisation: It is known as a process in which an economy is transformed from
agricultural to manufacturing goods.
4. Industrial Revolution: During the late 1700s to early 1800s, Great Britain began with
industrial revolution which spread throughout the world. The period mainly refers to the
mechanisation of agriculture and textile manufacturing. It also includes building up of
steam ships and railroads.
5. Stapler: A person who ‘staples’ or sorts wool according to its fibre.
6. Fullers: A person who gathers cloth by pleating.
7. Carding: It is a process in which fibres, such as wool or cotton, are prepared prior to
spinning.
8. Spinning Jenny: Is a multi-spindle frame and was one of the key developments in the
industrialisation of weaving during the early Industrial Revolution. It was invented by
James Hargreaves.
9. Sepoy: It was a British pronunciation of a hindi word sipahi, which refers to an Indian
soldier in the service of the British.
10. Fly-shuttle: It is a mechanical device used for weaving and moved by the means of ropes
and pullies.
IMPORTANT EVENTS
1730s – Earliest factories were established in England.

1840s – Cotton textile came up as the leading sector in the first phase of
industrialisation.
1850s – India saw a decline and desolation of cotton.
1854 – Establishment of the first cotton mill in Bombay.
1860s – Increase in the demand of Iron and Steel.
1874 – First spinning and weaving mill of Madras was established.
1900 – A popular music publisher, E.T. Paull produced a music book.
1900-1912 – Cotton prices in India doubled.
1917 – First Indian jute mill in Calcutta was established.
1900-1940 – Handloom cloth production expanded.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
110
NCERT Exercises
(a) Women workers in Britain attacked the Spinning Jenny.
(b) In the seventeenth century, merchants from towns in Europe began employing
peasants and artisans within the villages.
(c) The port of Surat declined by the end of the eighteenth century.
(d) The East India Company appointed gomasthas to supervise weavers in India.
Ans. (a) The reason to attack the spinning jenny was that it speeded up the process of spinning and
therefore, it led to the reduction of labour demand, thus causing a fear of unemployment
among the women working in the woollen industry. By this time, they had survived on hand
spinning and now, new machines were taking over.
(b) The market, raw material, employees and the production of goods in towns were
controlled by the trade and commerce guild. This led to creating problems for the
merchants who wanted to increase production by employing more men. Thus, they
turned to the artisans and peasants who lived in villages.
(c) It was during the end of the 18th century when the port of Bombay got developed by
the European colonies. As the European colonisers got hold on the sea trade, the port of
Surat did not benefit them like earlier. They secured many concessions from local courts
as well as the monopoly rights of the trade. Therefore leading to the decline of the Surat
and Hoogly from where local merchants had operated. Export slowed down and local
banks were bankrupted there.
(d) They were appointed for the following reasons –
(i) They eliminated the existence of traders and brokers and they established a direct control
over the weavers.
(ii) With means of advances and control, they dominated their dealings with other buyers.
Thus, making the weavers obligated to the British by taking loans and fees in advance.
Q. 2. Write True or False against each statement.
(a) At the end of the 19th century, 80 per cent of the total workforce in Europe was
employed in the technologically advanced industrial sector.
Ans. False
(b) The international market for ne textile was dominated by India till the 18th century.
Ans. True
(c) The American Civil War resulted in the reduction of cotton exports from India.
Ans. False
(d) The introduction of the y shuttle enabled handloom workers to improve their
productivity.
Ans. True
Q. 3. Explain what is meant by proto-industrialisation
Ans. (i) The word ‘proto’ means the rst or early form of something.
(ii) The period before building up of factories, goods were produced in England and Europe on a
very large scale.
(iii) During the proto-industrialisation, handmade products were produced for the industrial
market.
Q. 4. Why did some industrialists in nineteenth-century Europe prefer hand labour over
machines?
Ans. Due to the following reasons –

(i) The machines needed capital investments. They were costly, difcult to repair and ineffective.
(ii) Labours were available at lower wages.
(iii) Seasonal labour was required in seasonal industries only.
(iv) The demands of market for specic length, variety of colours and designs could not be
fullled by the machine made clothes. Handmade clothes were preferred by the elite.
Q. 5. How did the East India Company procure regular supplies of cotton and silk textiles from
Indian weavers?
Ans. (i) Appointed paid supervisors were called Gomasthas. They also collected examined cloth
quality of the weavers and collected supplies.
(ii) They also checked on the weavers from dealing with other buyers through a system of
advances and loans.
Q. 6. Imagine that you have been asked to write an article for an encyclopaedia on Britain and the
history of cotton. Write your piece using information from the entire chapter.
Ans. During the 17th and 18th century, there was trade in textile production among the merchants and
the rural people. A garment maker would buy wool from a wool stapler, then it would be taken
to the spinners, and later to the yarn weavers and for the nal product it would be taken to fuller
and dyers. The nishing centre for the goods was London. This phase in British manufacturing
history is known as proto-industrialisation. In this phase, the factories were only a network of
commercial exchange and not an essential part of the industry.
Cotton came up as the rst symbol of the new era of factories. During the late 19th century, its
production increased rapidly. Imports of raw cotton sky-rocketed from 2.5 million pounds in 1760
to 22 million pounds in 1787. The reason behind this were the invention of the cotton mill and
new machines and better management.
One of the new inventions during that time was the Spinning Jenny. Most inventions in the textile
production sector were met with disregards and hatred by the workers because machines implied
less hand labour and lower employment needs. Before such inventions, cotton and silk goods
were imported from India in vast numbers. There was a high demand of ne textiles of India in
England. After the East India Company gained political power, they exploited the weavers and
textile industry in India to its fuller potential. Manchester became the hub of cotton production.
Consequently, India turned into a major buyer of British cotton goods.
During the First World War, British were in a rush for providing for war needs. Hence, demand
for Indian textile rose again. There was a uctuation in the demand and supply in the textile
production.
Q. 7. Why did industrial production in India increase during the First World War?
Ans. There was an increase in the industrial production during the First World War in India due to the
following reasons –
(i) Britishers were involved in the production and supply of the war needs. Therefore, they
stopped exporting the British goods or clothes to the colonised countries like India.
(ii) India utilised that opportunity and started selling its goods, which led to the rise of industrial
production in India.
(iii) Indian factory owners also played a main role in providing war supplies to the British
colonial government like jute, cloth or army uniform, leather boots, and tents, horse and
mule saddles, etc.
(iv) This led to the increase in production of the old industries and the increased demands of
various products led to setting up of new industries.
(v) Due to increase in production, new workers were employed and there was increase in working
hours.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
112
Q. 1. Name the book published by E.T. Paul?
Ans. Dawn of the Century.
Q. 2. How is history of industrialisation often related to First Factories?
Ans. When we talk of industrial workers, we mean factory workers. When we talk of industrial production
we refer to factory production. So, often we associate industrialisation with the growth of factory
industry.
Q. 3. What does ‘Proto Industrialisation’ mean?
Ans. Even before factories began to dot landscape in England and Europe, there was large-scale
industrial production, for an international market, which was not based on factories. This phase
of industrialisation is called proto industrialisation.
Q. 4. What were ‘trade guilds’?
Ans. These were associations of producers that trained crafts people, maintained control over
production, regulated competition and prices and restricted the entry of new people into the
trade.
Q. 5. Why did merchants turn to countryside?
Ans. Rulers granted different guilds the monopoly rights to produce and trade in specic products.
It was therefore difcult for new merchants to set up business in towns. So, they turned to the
countryside.
Q. 6. Who is a ‘Stapler’ and a ‘ fuller’?
Ans. (i) A person who staples or sorts wool according to its bre is called a stapler.
(ii) A person who fulls and gathers cloth by pleating is called fuller.
Q. 7. How did income from proto-industrial production supplement the shrinking income of
small farmers?
Ans. Many farmers had tiny plots, which could not provide work for all the members of the household.
So, merchants offered advances to produce goods for them. Peasants agreed as by working for the
merchants, they could remain in the countryside and continue to cultivate their small plots too.
Q. 8. Which place was known as ‘nishing centre’?
Ans. (i) London was known as a ‘finishing centre.’
(ii) Once the cloth was ready, the finishing was done in London before the export merchants
sold the cloth in the international market .
Q. 9. Who was a merchant clothier?
Ans. A merchant clothier got the work done from stapler, spinner, and fullers. This meant each clothier
was controlling hundreds of workers on the countrysides.
Q. 10. Who created the cotton mill?
Ans. Richard Arkwright created the cotton mill. Costly new machines were purchased, set up and
maintained in the mill.
Q. 11. How did introduction of cotton mill make supervision of workers easy?
Ans. Within the mill, all the processes were brought together under one roof and management. This
led to a more careful supervision over the production process, a watch over quality, and the
regulation of labour, all of which had been difcult to do when production was in the countryside
(villages).
Q. 12. Which two were the rst dynamic industries of Great Britain?
Ans. Cotton and metals. Cotton was the leading sector in rst phase of industrialisation followed by
iron and steel industries due to arrival of railways.

Q. 13. Had new industries totally replaced the traditional industries?
Ans. New industries could not easily replace the traditional industries. Textile was a dynamic sector, but
a large portion of the output was produced not within factories but outside, i.e., within domestic
units.
Q. 14. Which non-mechanised sectors of industries were grown with small innovations?
Ans. These non-mechanised sectors were—food processing, building, pottery, glass work, tanning,
furniture making and production of implements.
Q. 15. What was the drawback of new technology for merchants and industrialists?
Ans. New technology was expensive and merchants and industrialists were cautious about using it.
The machines often broke down and repair was costly. So, they were not as effective as their
manufacturer claimed.
Q. 16. Who improved the steam engine? Who manufactured the new model?
Ans. (i) James Watt improved the steam engine produced by Newcomen and patented the new engine
in 1781.
(ii) His industrialist friend Mathew Boulton, manufactured the new model.
Q. 17. Why did upper classes in Victorian Britain prefer things made by hand?
Ans. The aristocrats and the bourgeoisie preferred things produced by hand or handmade products,
which came to symbolise renement and class. They were better nished, individually produced
and carefully designed.
Q. 18. How were workers hostile to new technology?
Ans. Fear of unemployment made workers hostile to the introduction of new technology. When the
Spinning Jenny was introduced in the woollen industry, women who survived on hand spinning
began attacking the new machines. This conict continued for a long time.
Q. 19. From which pre-colonial ports was vibrant sea trade operated?
Ans. Surat on Gujarat coast, connected India to the Gulf and Red Sea Ports, Masulipatam on the
Coromandal Coast and Hoogly in Bengal had trade links with Southeast Asian ports.
Q. 20. How did Indian merchants and bankers help in the export of trade?
Ans. Many Indian merchants and bankers were involved in the network of export trade by nancing
production, carrying goods and supplying exporters.
Q. 21. Why did East India company want to establish its monopoly on the rights to trade?
Ans. The East India company proceeded to develop a system of management and control that would
eliminate competition between British, Dutch, French and Portuguese. It could also have full
control on its costs and ensure regular supply of cotton and silk goods.
Q. 22. Who was a ‘Gomastha’?
Ans. Gomastha was a paid servant, who would supervise weavers, collect supplies and examine the
quality of cloth.
Q. 23. Why were loans given to the weavers by the Gomasthas?
Ans. Once an order was placed, the weavers were given loans to purchase the raw material for their
production. Those who took loans had to handover the cloth they produced to the Gomasthas.
They could not take it to any other trader.
Q. 24. What was the prediction of Henry Patullo, a company ofcial about Indian textiles?
Ans. In 1772, Henry Patullo had ventured to say that the demand for Indian textiles could never reduce,
since no other nation produced goods of the same quality.
Q. 25. Which two problems were faced by cotton weavers in India?
Ans. (i) Their export market collapsed.
(ii) Local market shrank, being glutted with Manchesters imports.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
114
Q. 26. When did the rst cotton mill come up in India?
Ans. The rst cotton mill in Bombay came up in 1854 and it went into production two years later.
Q. 27. When was the rst jute mill set up in India?
Ans. Jute mills came up in Bengal, the rst being set up in 1855 and another seven years later in 1862.
Q. 28. Name the entrepreneurs or industrialists of India.
Ans. (i) In Bengal: Dwarkanath Tagore
(ii) In Bombay: Dinshaw Petit, Jamsetjee Nusserwanji Tata
(iii) In Calcutta: Seth Hukum Chand
(iv) In Calcutta: G.D. Birla
Q. 29. How did Dinshaw Petit and J.N. Tata establish their industrial empire in Bombay?
Ans. In Bombay, Parsis like Dinshaw Petit and J.N. Tata built huge industrial empires in India,
accumulated their initial wealth partly from exports to China and partly from raw cotton shipments
to England.
Q. 30. Name the European Managing agencies which controlled a large sector of Indian industries
after the First World War.
Ans. The Three of the biggest agencies were:
(i) Bird Heiglers & Co.
(ii) Andrew Yule & Co.
(iii) Jardine Skinner & Co.
Q. 31. How did European agencies control Indian industries?
Ans. These agencies mobilised capital, set up joint-stock companies and managed them. In most
instances, Indian nanciers provided the capital while European Agencies made all the investment
and business decisions.
Q. 32. Where did the workers come from, to work in cotton mills?
Ans. In Bombay, cotton industries workers came from the neighbouring district of Ratnagiri, while the
mills of Kanpur got most of their textile hands from the villages within the district of Kanpur.
Q. 33. Who was a jobber?
Ans. Very often the jobber was employed by industrialists to get new recruits. He used to be an old
trusted worker. He got people from his village, ensured them jobs, helped them settle in the city
and provided them money in time of crisis.
Q. 34. In which industries were European managing agencies interested?
Ans. They established tea and coffee plantations, acquiring land at cheap rates from the colonial
government and they invested in mining, indigo and jute.
Q. 35. Which products were produced by Indian factories during First World War?
Ans. As the war prolonged, Indian factories were called upon to supply what was needed i.e. jute bags,
cloth for army uniforms, tents and leather boots, horse and mule saddles and a host of other
items.
Q. 36. What was ‘y shuttle?’
Ans. It was a mechanical device used for weaving, moved by means of ropes and pullies. The invention
of y shuttle made it possible for weavers to operate large looms and weave wide pieces of clothes.
Q. 37. What were the benets of y shuttle?
Ans. Fly shuttles increased productivity per worker, speeded up production and reduced labour demand.
So, it helped weavers improve their productivity and compute with the mill sector.
Q. 38. Why was advertisement of the products made in India?
Ans. Advertisements make products appear desirable and necessary. They try to shape the minds
of people and create new needs. They played an important role in expanding the markets for
products and shaping a new consumer culture.

Q. 39. Why were labels used on cloth bundles?
Ans. The label was needed to make the place of manufacturer and the name of company familiar to the
buyer. The label was also to be a mark of quality.
Q. 40. Why did images of gods and goddesses appear on the labels?
Ans. Images of Indian gods and goddesses regularly appeared on the labels as if the association with
gods gave divine approval to the goods being sold. The imprinted image of Krishna or Saraswati
was also intended to make the manufacture from a foreign land appear familiar to Indian people.
Q. 41. Why were manufacturers printing calendars to popularise their product?
Ans. Unlike newspapers and magazines, calendars were used even by people who could not read. They
were living in tea shops and poor people’s homes as much as in ofces and middles-class apartments.
And those who hung the calendars had to see the advertisement day after day throughout the year.
Q. 42. Why do gures of important personages like nawabs and emperors appear on the
advertisement and calendars?
Ans. The message often seemed to say, “If you respect the royal gure, then respect this product. When
the product was being used by kings or produced under royal command, its quality could not be
questioned.
Q. 43. How did advertisements become a vehicle of the nationalist message of Swadeshi?
Ans. When Indian manufacturers advertised the nationalist message, it was clear and loud. If you care
for the nation then buy products that Indians produce.
Q. 44. Why is this period called as ‘Age of Industries’?
Ans. The age of industries meant:
(i) Major technological changes
(ii) Growth of factories
(iii) Making of a new industrial labour force.

Q. 1. How was cloth manufactured in England during the proto-industrial period?
Ans. Merchants were based in towns but the work was done mostly in the countryside.
l A merchant clothier in England purchased wool from a wool stapler.
l From there, it was carried to the spinners, then spun yarn was taken to the fullers and then
to the dyers.
l The nishing was done in London before the export merchant sold the cloth in the
Q. 2. Why was the steam engine slow to be accepted by industries?
Ans. l James Watt improved the steam engine and patented the new engine. His industrialist friend,
Mathew Boulton manufactured the new model.
l But for years he could nd no buyers.
l Steam engines were used in cotton and wool industries, mining, canal and iron works.
l Steam engines were not used in any of the other industries till much later in the century.
So, even the most powerful new technology that enhanced the productivity of labour manifold
was slow to be accepted by industrialists.
Q. 3. How was infrastructure developed after the 1840s?
Ans. Building activity intensied in the cities, opening up greater opportunities of employment.
(i) Roads were widened.
(ii) New railway stations came up.
(iii) Railway lines were extended, and tunnels dug up.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
116
(iv) Drainage and sewers were laid.
(v) Rivers were embarked, and
(vi) Number of workers in the transport industry doubled.
Q. 4. How did the British establish a monopoly in cotton and silk trade?
OR
What steps were taken by East India Company to control the market of cotton and silk
goods?
Ans. l The company eliminated the existing traders and brokers to establish direct control over
weavers. It appointed a paid servant called Gomasthas to supervise weavers, collect suppliers
and examine the quality of cloth.
l It prevented company weavers from dealing with other buyers. Once an order was placed, the
weavers were given loans to purchase the raw material. Those who took loans had to hand over
the cloth they produced to the Gomasthas only. They could not take it to any other trader.
Q. 5. Why was the ‘Jobber’ employed by Indian industrialists?
Ans. l Industrialists employed the Jobber, an old trusted worker.
l He got people from his village, got them jobs and helped them settle in the cities.
l Jobbers therefore, became persons with authority and power. He began demanding money
and gifts for the favour he did and started controlling the lives of the workers.
Q. 6. How did the ‘y shuttle’ help in improving the handloom production?
Ans. l Fly shuttle was a mechanical device used for faster weaving.
l By the second decade of the 20th century, weavers were using looms with the y shuttle.
l It increased productivity per worker, speeded up production and reduced labour demand.
Q. 7. How did the small-scale industries predominate in India?
Ans. While factory industries grew steadily after the war, large industries formed a small segment of
the economy. Most of them were located in Bengal and Bombay.
l Over the rest of the country, small-scale production continued to predominate.
l In some instances, handicrafts production actually expanded in the 20th century.
l While cheap machine-made thread wiped out the spinning industry in the 19th century,
handloom cloth production survived, despite problems.
Q. 8. Why was the industrial growth slow till the First World War?
Ans. (i) The war created a dramatically new situation, with the British mills busy with war production
to meet the needs of the army.
(ii) Manchester imports into India declined. Indian mills had a vast home market to supply.
(iii) As the war continued, Indian factories were called upon to supply war needs like jute bags,
cloth for uniform, boots, etc.
Q. 9. Why could Manchester never recapture its old position in the Indian market after the war?
Ans. l Unable to modernise and compete with the US, Germany and Japan, the economy of Britain
crumbled after the war.
l Cotton production collapsed and exports of cotton cloth from Britain fell dramatically.
l Within the colonies, local industrialists gradually consolidated their position substituting
foreign manufacturers and capturing the home market.
Q. 10. What was the condition of the weavers in surviving the famines and competition?
OR
How could certain groups of weavers survive the competition with mill industries?
OR
How could you say that famines did not affect the sale of Banarasi or Baluchari saris?

Ans. l Amongst weavers, some produced coarse cloth while others ner cloth.
l The coarse cloth was bought by the poor and its demand uctuated.
l In times of bad harvests and famines, rural poor could not possibly buy the cloth.
l But the rich could buy this ner cloth, when the poor starved. So famines did not affect the
sale of Banarasi or Baluchari saris.
These weavers lived tough lives and worked for long durations. Very often, the entire family,
including women and children had to work to survive.
Q. 11. What does the picture indicate on the famous book ‘Dawn of the Century’?
Ans. (i) There is an angel of progress, bearing the ag of the new century, and is gently perched on a
wheel with wings, symbolising time.
(ii) The ight is taking her into the future.
(iii) Floating about, behind her, are the signs of progress—railway, camera, machines, printing
press and factory.
Q. 12. What picture is shown on the cover of two magicians?
Ans. (i) The one at the top is Aladdin from Asia, who built a beautiful palace with his magic lamp.
(ii) The one at the bottom is the modern mechanic, who with his modern tools weaves a new
magic; builds bridges, ships, towers and high-rise buildings.
(iii) Aladdin is shown representing the East and the past and the mechanic stands for the West
and modernity.
Q. 13. How were there clashes between gomasthas and weavers later on?
OR
“The establishment of political power by the East India Company resulted in ruination of
the Indian weavers”. Support the statement with suitable examples.
Ans. l Earlier, supply merchants belonged to the same village and looked after the needs of weavers.
l The new ‘gomasthas’ were outsiders, with no social links with villagers.
l They acted arrogantly and sometimes punished weavers for delay in supply.
l Prices received from the company were miserably low.
l Loans tied them to the British company.
l In many places, weavers deserted villages and migrated to other places for setting up their
own looms.
Q. 14. How did factories emerge on the landscape of England?
Ans. (i) In the early 19th century, factories increasingly became an intimate part of English landscape.
(ii) The new mills were so magical that the sight of those factories or developing new technology,
dazzled the people.
(iii) They concentrated their attention on the mills, almost forgetting the by-lanes and the
workshops where production still continued.
Q. 15. Where did the workers come from?
Ans. (i) In most industrial regions, workers came from the districts around. Peasants and artisans
who found no work in the village went to industrial centres in search of work.
(ii) About 50 per cent workers in the Bombay cotton industries came from the neighbouring
district of Ratnagiri, while the mills of Kanpur got workers from the villages within the
district of Kanpur.
(iii) Most often mill workers moved between the village and the city, returning to their village
homes during harvests and festivals.
Q. 16. “The system of advance proved harmful for the weavers.” How?
Ans. l As loans owed in and the demand for ne textiles expanded, weavers eagerly took the
advances, hoping to earn more.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
118
l Many weavers had small plots of land which were cultivated to take care of their family
needs. Now they had to lease out the land and devote all their time to weaving.
l Weaving required the labour of the entire family with children and women all engaged in
different stages of the process.
Now after losing land, the weavers became dependent on others for their food supplies and other
needs.

Q. 1. How did factories in England multiply in the late 18th century?
Ans. (i) British cotton industries boomed in the late 18th century.
(ii) A series of inventions in the 18th century increased the production process.
(iii) Processes of carding, twisting, spinning, and rolling were made faster.
(iv) Richard Arkwright created the cotton mill. Now the costly new machines could be purchased,
set up and maintained in the mill.
(v) Within the mill, all the processes were brought together under one roof and management.
(vi) This allowed a more careful supervision over the production process, a watch over quality
and the regulation of labour, all of which had been difcult to do when production took place
in the countryside.
Q. 2. How rapid was the process of industrialisation in Britain?
Ans. (i) The most dynamic industries in Britain were cotton and metal. Cotton was the leading sector.
With the expansion of railways in England and its colonies, the demand for iron and steel
increased rapidly.
(ii) The new industries could not easily displace traditional industries. Textiles was a dynamic
sector, but a large portion of the output was produced outside factories, within domestic
units.
(iii) The pace of change in the traditional industries was not set by steam powered cotton or
metal industries. Ordinary and small innovations were the basis of growth in many non-
mechanised sectors such as food processing, building, pottery, glass work, etc.
(iv) Technological changes occurred slowly. New technology was expensive and merchants and
industrialists were cautious about using it. The machines often broke down and repair was
costly. They were not as effective as their investors claimed.
Q. 3. What kind of lives did the workers lead during Industrial Revolution?
Ans. (i) As news of possible jobs reached the countryside, hundreds left for the cities.
(ii) If one had a relative or a friend in a factory, he was more likely to get a job quickly.
(iii) Many jobseekers had to wait for weeks, spending nights under bridge or in night shelters.
(iv) Seasonality of work in many industries meant longer periods without work. After the busy
season was over, the poor were on the streets again.
(v) The period of employment, the number of days of work determined the average daily income
of the workers.
Q. 4. Why were the British worried about imports from other countries?
Ans. As cotton industries developed in England, industrial groups began worrying about imports from
other countries.
l They pressurised the government to impose import duties on cotton textiles so that
Manchester goods could sell in Britain, without facing any competition from outside.
l Industrialists persuaded the East India Company to sell British manufactures in Indian
markets as well.

l Export of British cotton goods increased dramatically in the early 19th century.
l At the end of the 18th century, there had been virtually no import of cotton piece goods into
India but by 1850, cotton piece goods constituted over 31 per cent of the value of Indian imports.
Q. 5. What problems did the cotton weavers face in India?
Ans. (i) Their export market collapsed.
(ii) Local market also shrank as it was ooded with Manchester imports.
(iii) Produced by machines at lower costs, the imported cotton goods were so cheap that weavers
could not easily compete with them.
(iv) By 1860, weavers could not get sufcient supply of raw cotton of good quality.
(v) When American Civil War broke out and cotton supply from the US was cut off, Britain turned
towards India.
(vi) As raw cotton exports from India increased, the price of raw cotton shot up.
Q. 6. Why did industrialists in India begin shifting from yarn to cloth production?
Ans. l When Indian businessmen began setting up industries; they avoided competing with
Manchester goods in the Indian market.
l Since yarn was not imported by British in India, early cotton mills in India started producing
coarse cotton yarn rather than fabric.
l The yarn produced in Indian spinning mills was used by handloom weavers in India or
exported to China.
l As the Swadeshi Movement began, nationalists told people to boycott foreign cloth.
l Industrial groups organised themselves to protect their collective interests.
l From 1906, the export of Indian yarn to China declined since produce from the Chinese and
Japanese mills ooded the markets.
l So industrialists in India began shifting from yarn to cloth production.
l Cotton piece goods production in India almost doubled between 1900 and 1912.
Q. 7. How did the British market their goods in India?
Ans. (i) Advertisement of the product: Advertisements make products appear desirable and
necessary. They try to shape the minds of people and create new needs. During the Industrial
age, advertisements played a major role in expanding the markets for products.
(ii) Putting labels on the cloth bundles: The label was needed to make the place of
manufacture and the name of the company familiar to the buyers. When buyers saw ‘MADE
IN MANCHESTER’ written in bold on a label, they would feel condent about buying the
cloth.
(iii) Images of Indian Gods and Goddesses: It was as if association with Gods gave divine
approval to the goods being sold. Images of Krishna or Saraswati was intended to make the
manufacture from a foreign land appear somewhat familiar to the Indian people.
(iv) Printing calendars to popularise their products: Unlike newspapers and magazines,
calendars were used even by people who could not read. They were hung in the tea shops
and in poor people’s homes, just as much as in ofces and middle class houses.
Q. 8. Why did merchants turn to countryside, rather than setting up business in towns?
Ans. (i) Merchants supplied money to peasants and artisans, persuading them to produce for an
(ii) Demand for goods increased since the European powers had acquired colonies and sold their
goods in these colonies.
(iii) But merchants could not expand production within towns because the urban crafts and trade
guilds were very powerful.
(iv) Rulers granted different guilds the monopoly rights to produce and trade in specic products.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
120
It was therefore difcult for new merchants to set up business in towns. So they turned to
countryside.
Q. 9. In what ways the proto-industrial production helped the poor farmers in countryside?
Ans. (i) In the countryside, poor peasants and artisans began looking for merchants. This was a time
when open elds were disappearing and commons were closed.
(ii) Cottagers and poor peasants, who had earlier depended on common lands for their survival,
had to now look for alternative sources of income.
(iii) Many had small land holdings, which could not provide work for all the members of the
family.
(iv) So merchants came around and offered advances to produce goods for them, peasants eagerly
agreed.
(v) By working for the merchants, they could remain in the countryside and continue to cultivate
their small plots.
(vi) So income from proto-industrialisation supplemented their shrinking income from
cultivation and raised their standard of living.

Q. 1. What was the Proto-industrialisation? Explain its importance.
Ans. Even before factories began to appear on the landscape of England and Europe, there was large
scale industrial production for an international market. This was not based on factories. Many
historians refer this phase as “Proto Industrialisation”. During this period, most of the goods were
manufactured by trained craftspersons for the international market.
(i) The Proto-Industrial system was a part of a network of commercial exchanges.
(ii) It was controlled by merchants and the goods were produced by a vast number of producers
working within their family farms, not in factories.
(iii) At each stage of production 20 to 25 workers were employed by each merchant. This meant
that each clothier was controlling hundreds of workers.
Q. 2. “Although wages increased somewhat in the 19th century, yet they could not improve the
welfare of the workers.” How far do you agree with the statement? Explain any two points.
Ans. l Although wages increased somewhat in the 19th century, yet they could not improve the
welfare of the workers.
l Actually due to prices which rose during Napoleonic war, due to ination it hardly affected
the improved wages of workers.
l During war period, unemployment also existed, so there was more need of employment than
the wages.
Q. 3. ‘Till the rst World War, industrial growth was slow’. Give reasons for this.
Ans. l The war created a dramatically new situation, with the British mills busy with war production
to meet the needs of the army.
l Manchester imports into India declined. Indian mills had a vast home market to supply.
l As the war continued, Indian factories were called upon to supply war needs like jute bags,
cloth for uniform, boots, etc.
l Unable to modernise and compete with the US, Germany and Japan, the economy of Britain
crumbled after the war.
l Cotton production collapsed and exports of cotton cloth from Britain fell dramatically.
l Within the colonies, local industrialists gradually consolidated their position substituting
foreign manufacturers and capturing the home market.

SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Who invented the ‘Spinning Jenny’ and in which year?

2. When did the exports of British cotton goods increase dramatically?
3. Name the pre-colonial port which connected India to the Gulf countries and the Red Sea Ports.
4. Who were the Koshtis?
5. Name the Indian port which lost its importance during the colonial rule.
1. Explain how were Indian merchants and bankers involved in the export trade in the early 18th
century.
2. Highlight the position of weavers who produced coarse cloth in the 20th century.
3. How did the cotton weavers in India suffer due to Manchester import?
4. State any three functions of a Jobber.
5. Highlight any 3 benets of industrialisation on the society.
6. Analyse the contribution of Dwarkanath Tagore in the eld of industrial development.
7. How did handloom cloth production expand steadily in the 20th century? Explain.
1. By the rst decade of the 20th century, a series of changes affected the pattern of industrialisation
in India. Explain.
2. How was the life of Indian weavers were affected by Indian traders under company rule?
3. “The increase of labour in the market affected the lives of workers.” Explain the statement in
context of 19th century Britain.
4. Explain the reasons for the decline of Indian textile industry by the end of 19th century.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
122
Work, life
6 and leisure
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE CITY
Cities – centres of political There are three historical

power, administrative net- processes that have shaped the
work, trade and industry, modern cities:
religious institutions and • The rise of capitalism
intellectual activity, and • Control of the colonial power over
supported various social the large parts of the world.
groups such as artisans, • Development of democratic
merchants and priests. ideals.
MARGINAL GROUPS
WOMEN CHILDREN
•
They were forced to work within the household • Large numbers of children
as they lost their jobs due to technological were pushed into low paid
developments. work by their parents. Crime
Women took to tailoring, washing or matchbox rate increased.
making to help their family income. • The compulsory Education
By the 20th century, women withdrew from the Act of 1870 and the Factory
domestic work and were employed in the Act of 1902 kept children out
wartime industries. of industrial work.

INDUSTRIALISATION AND THE RISE OF THE
MODERN CITY IN ENGLAND
The early industrial cities of Large number of people were London began to manufacture
Britain such as Leeds and employed in 5 major types of industries: cars and electrical goods,
Manchester attracted large •Clothing and footwear during World War I.
number of migrants to the •Wood and furniture • The number of large factories
textile mills set up in the late •Metal and engineering increased until they
18th century. •Printing and stationery accounted for nearly
•Precious products like surgical instruments, one-third of all jobs in the city.
watches, and objects of precious metals
HOUSING
The migrant workers After the Russian Revolution, there was a widespread fear of social
were not provided disorder. A mass housing scheme was planned for the workers to in
with factories or London to suppress any chances of level.
workshops. Instead,
there were cheap and
unsafe tenements for
the new arrivals New blocks of apartment started building. Open space was created to
provided by the reduce pollution and to decongest the localities.
individual
landowners.
During the World War I, there was a housing shortage. To overcome,

the problem attempts were made to control rent.
The conditions the
poor lived in were
unhygienic.
The British state took the responsibility for housing the working classes
between the two World Wars. Millions of housing and especially single
family cottages were constructed by the local authorities.
TRANSPORT IN THE CITY
10th January, 1863 – first The London tube railway led to Large number of people lived outside
underground railway in the world massive shift of the poor in London, Central London and travelled to work
opened between Paddington and between the two World Wars. due to good railway network and
Farrington street in London. better-planned suburbs.
It somewhat solved the housing

problem as it carried a large mass
of people to and from the city.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
124
SOCIAL CHANGE IN THE CITY
Due to the Industrial 19th century, Chartism 10-hour movement From 1870s women
Revolution, men came to the Movement demanded demanded limited demanded voting
cities to work and women were the voting rights for all hours of work in rights and right to
left in the villages. adult males. factories. property.
This began to hammer the

institution of marriage and
slowly it tended to break down.
It created a new spirit of

individualism.
THE COLONIAL CITY – BOMBAY
Was a group of seven islands
During 1661 – There was a marriage alliance between the British prince with the Portuguese
princess and Bombay came under the British Control.
After coming under the East India C ompany – Bombay became the principal Western Port.
It also became one of the administrative and industrial centres of Western India.
By 1819 – Bombay became the capital of the Bombay Presidency after the Maratha defeat in
the Anglo-Maratha War.
1854 – First cotton mill was established in Bombay.
By mid 1950s, due to the rapid expansion of the city – there was a housing crisis and water
supply became acute.
Chawls consisted of mainly 70% of the people of Bombay.
Chawls were multi-storeyed structured buildings owned by merchants, bankers, building

contractors.
Town planning emerged from fear of social revolution and the fears about the plague epide mic.
The city of Bombay Improvement Trust was established.

IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Metropolis: The capital or chief city of a country or region.

2. Urbanisation: It is predominantly the process by which towns and cities are formed and
become larger as more people are living and working in central areas.
3. Philanthropist: A person who seeks to promote the welfare of others, especially by the
generous donation of money to good causes.
4. Tenement: A run-down and often overcrowded apartment house, especially in a poor
section of a large city.
5. Asphyxiation: The state or process of being in the lack of supply of oxygen, which can
result in unconsciousness or death; suffocation.
6. Individualism: The habit or principle of being independent and self-reliant.
7. Presidency cities: The British government in India had developed three administrative
regions. These were known as ‘Presidencies’.
8. Anglo-Maratha War: There were three wars fought between the British East India
Company and Maratha Empire in India.
9. Dockyard workers: A person employed in a port to load and unload ships; a dock.
10. Chawls: Chawls were multi-storeyed buildings which had been built around the 1860s.
11. Depressed Classes: The Act introduced the term ‘Scheduled Castes’, defining the group
as ‘such castes, races or tribes, which appear to His Majesty in Council to correspond to
the classes of persons formerly known as the ‘Depressed Classes’.
12. Reclamation: The process of claiming something back or of reasserting a right.
13. Nuisance: A person or thing causing inconvenience or annoyance.
IMPORTANT EVENTS
1616 – Bombay came under the British Colonial control due to the marriage alliance
between Britain’s King Charles II to the Portuguese Princess.
1819 – Bombay became the capital of the Bombay Presidency after the Maratha defeat
in the Anglo-Maratha War.
1840s – Laws for controlling smoke in cities like Leeds, Manchester and Derby.
1847 – Smoke Abatement Acts
1854 – First cotton textile mill was established in Bombay.
1863 – Calcutta became the first Indian city to get smoke nuisance legislation.
1863 – First underground railways in the world opened between Paddingtion and
Farrington street in London.
1864 – The Back Bay Reclamation Company won the right of reclaiming the Western
foreshore from the tip of Malabar Hills to the end of Colaba.
1870 – Compulsory Education Act in Britain.
1870s – Women demanded voting rights.
1896 – Harishchandra Sakharam Bhatwadekar shot a scene of wrestling match in
Bombay’s hanging garden and it became the India’s first movie.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
126
1898 – The city of Bombay Improvement Trust was established.
1902 – Factory Act in Britain
1917 – Russian Revolution
1919-1926 – Women formed 23% of the mill workforce.
1925 – Bombay became the capital of India.
Late 1930s – Women’s jobs were increasingly taken over by machines or men.
19th century – Chartism Movement – demanding voting rights for all adult males.
(1838-1857)
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Give two reasons why the population of London expanded from the middle of the eightee nth
century.
Ans. Due to the job opportunities provided by its industries and dockyards, the city of London played
an important role in providing job opportunities for the migrated population. By the year 1750,
one out of every nine people of England and Wales lived in London. Therefore, there was an
expansion in the population of London during the 18th and 19th centuries.
London Started to manufacture electrical goods and motor cars during the First World War. It led
to an increase in the establishment of factories which resulted in a large and increasing number
of population coming to the city in search of work.
Q. 2. What were the changes in the kind of work available to women in London between the
nineteenth and the twentieth century? Explain the factors which led to th is change.
Ans. During the 19th and the 20th century, the primary work available for women was based on
industrial and technological advancement. Earlier the women mainly worked in households for
living which led to an increase in the number of the domestic workers. They began lodging out
rooms, took to tailoring, washing or making matchboxes. But with the coming of World War I,
women once again began working with the industrial sector.
Q. 3. How does the existence of a large urban population affect each of the following?
Illustrate with historical examples.
(a) A private landlord
(b) A Police Superintendent in charge of law and order
(c) A leader of a political party
Ans. (a) With the increase in the urban population, there was a wider need for living space for the
greater number of individual to stay. This raised a demand for places of residence which
beneted the private landowners who could now rent rooms at higher rates. During the 19th
century, this led to private landowners to take advantage of the large number of migrants
who came as tenants to the cities.
(b) As the population increased dramatically, there was an increase in the cases of crimes,
social conict and rebellion. As police are responsible for the law and order, it increased
the pressure of work on them. Due to mix migrant inux during the 19th century, it became
difcult for the police to control crime. In the 1870s, there were 20,000 criminals living in
London. And the job of the police was more multifaceted in catching down the pick pockets,
thieves, etc.
(c) Due to the increase in population there was an increase in problems likes food, water,
housing etc. When these issues were taken up by the political parties then they became
political issues. It gets easier for political leaders to mobilise the masses to support them in
the political causes like it happened in the 19th century London.

Q. 4. Give explanations for the following:
(a) Why well-off Londowners supported the need to build housing for the poor in the
nineteenth century?
(b) Why a number of Bombay lms were about the lives of migrants?
(c) What led to the major expansion of Bombay’s population in the mid-nineteenth century?
Ans. (a) The one room houses in London were mainly a breeding ground for diseases. It was also a
threat to public health and a re hazards, which became the cause of worry in the overcrowded,
badly ventilated, unhygienic homes. And there was also a threat of social disorder, which
followed after the Russian Revolution of 1917. To avoid the rebellion by the poor people,
housing schemes were supported and adopted.
(b) After the British administration replaced Surat with Bombay as its Western port, the latter
became an attractive destination for job opportunities. As there was an increase in trade and
industries, there was an increase in large number of migration. Most of the people in the lm
industry were migrants and wanted to portray the conditions of this class through lms.
(c) Following were some of the reasons for expansion of Bombay’s population in the mid 19th
century
l Growth in trade of cotton and opium.
l Opening of many textile mills.
l Expansion of railways.
Q. 5. What forms of entertainment came up in nineteenth century England to provide leisure
activities for the people.
Ans. (i) For the upper classes, an annual “London Season” was one of the sources of leisure.
(ii) It comprised of an Opera, the theatre and classical music events.
(iii) Whereas for the working classes, pubs, discussions and meetings for political action served
same purpose.
(iv) There were libraries, art galleries and museums were provided another source of
entertainment.
(v) Music Halls and Cinema theatres too became quite popular with the lower classes.
Q. 6. Explain the social changes in London which led to the need for the Underground railway.
Why was the development of the Underground criticised?
Ans. The initial public reaction towards the Underground railways was negative. People criticized it
as for the construction of the underground railways, many houses were demolished. There were
many people who were not comfortable with the idea of travelling with smoke which lled the
underground railways. They were also known as ‘Iron Monsters’. Nonetheless, they were a huge
success as they enabled travelling easier for the people who lived far off.
Q. 7. Explain what is meant by the Haussmanisation of Paris. To what extent would you support
or oppose this form of development? Write a letter to the editor of a newspaper to either
support or oppose this, giving reasons for your view.
Ans. A-16, Villa colony, 20 April, 2017
Punjabi Bagh (East)
Delhi.
The Editor,
The Guardian,
Paris, France.
Respected Sir,
I would like to bring your and readers’ attention to the Haussmanisation. Haussmanisation of
Xam idea
Social Science–X
128
Paris was done by Baron Haussmann in the 18th century. He was appointed as the chief architect
of the new city by Louis Napoleon III. He laid out new streets, straight sidewalks, boulevards and
open avenues and planted full-grown trees. But I believe that his plan consisted of positives as
well negatives. He carried out forcible reconstruction in Paris to enhance the beauty of the city
and imposed order but his plan ended up displacing almost 350,000 people from Paris and made
them homeless. His work was criticised by the wealthy and poor during his lifetime but soon Paris
became a symbol of civic pride for the French. It became the centre of many new architectural,
social and intellectual developments that later inuenced other parts of the world till today.
Sincerely,
ABC
Q. 8. To what extent does government regulation and new laws solve problems of pollution?
Discuss one example each of the success and failure of legislation to change the quality of
(a) public Life (b) private life
Ans. Laws passed by the government in terms of environment plays an important role in controlling
the rates of pollution in the city. Intensive public awareness programmes are carried out by the
government which aim at educating people about the needs to control pollution and how they
have to have a share in environmental governance.
Ans. (a) The Bengal Smoke Nuisance Commission, established as per the Bengal Smoke Nuisance Act
of 1905, was successful in controlling the industrial smoke in colonial Calcutta.
Ans. (b) The availability of one-room tenements and no housing facilities for major part of the
industrial revolution time period caused the family to get divided into smaller units. There
were cases where rural people had to leave their families behind and live alone in the urban
areas where they worked.

Q. 1. Who wrote the novel, ‘The Gods Visit Earth’?
Ans. In 1880, Durgacharan Ray wrote the novel—‘The Gods Visit Earth’.
Q. 2. How much impressed were the Gods by the marvels of the city?
Ans. The Gods were so impressed by the marvels of the teeming metropolis that they decided to build
a museum and a High Court in Heaven.
Q. 3. Which aspects of Calcutta city disturbed the Gods?
Ans. The Gods were disturbed by its cheats and thieves, its grinding poverty and the poor quality
of housing for many. They were also perturbed at the confusion of caste, religions and gender
identities in the city.
Q. 4. What were the contrasting images of the city in Durgacharan Ray’s Novel?
Ans. The city seemed to offer a series of contrasting images and experiences—wealth, poverty,
splendour and dirt, opportunities and disappointments.
Q. 5. For what reasons were ancient cities known as?
Ans. Cities were known for the big centres of political power, administrative network, trade and
industry, religious institutions and intellectual activity and supported various social groups such
as artisans, merchants and priests.
Q. 6. What is a metropolis?
Ans. It is a large densely populated city of a country or state, often the capital of the region. They
combine political and economic functions for an entire region and support very large populations.
Q. 7. Why did people migrate from the rural areas to industrial cities of Britain?
Ans. The earlier industrial cities of Britain such as Leeds and Manchester attracted large numbers of
migrants to the textile mills set up in the late 18th century.

Q. 8. What kind of people lived in London during 19th century?
Ans. London was a city of clerks and shopkeepers, of small masters and skilled artisans, of a growing
number of semi-skilled and sweated outworkers, of soldiers and servants, of casual labourers,
street sellers and beggars.
Q. 9. Which industries in London employed large number of workers?
Ans. Five major types of industries employing large workers were:
(i) Clothing and footwears (ii) Wood and furniture
(iii) Metals and Engineering (iv) Printing and stationery
(v) Surgical Instruments, watches and objects of precious metal.
Q. 10. What kind of criminals existed in London?
Ans. These were criminals who lived by stealing lead from roofs, food from shops, lumps of coal and
clothes drying on the hedges. There were also cheats, tricksters, pickpockets and petty thieves.
Q. 11. How did women increase family income in London?
Ans. A large number of women used their homes to increase family income by taking in lodgers or
through such activities as tailoring, washing or matchbox making.
Q. 12. Which acts kept children away from Industrial work?
Ans. (i) The Compulsory Elementary Education Act in 1870.
(ii) Factory Acts beginning from 1902.
Q. 13. What is a tenement?
Ans. Tenement is a run down and often overcrowded apartment house, especially in a poor section of a
large city. Individual landowners put up cheap and usually unsafe tenements for the new arrivals.
Q. 14. Why were one room houses seen as serious threat to public health?
Ans. They were overcrowded, badly ventilated and lacked sanitation.
Q. 15. What steps were taken to clean up London?
Ans. Attempts were made to decongest localities, green the open spaces, reduce pollution and landscape
the city.
Q. 16. What did architect Ebenezer Howard plan for London?
Ans. Architect and planner Ebenezer developed the principle of the Garden City, a pleasant space full
of plants and trees, where people would both live and work.
Q. 17. How did Raymond Unwin and Barry Parker design the city of Earswick?
Ans. There were common garden spaces, beautiful views and great attention to detail. In the end, only
well-off workers could afford these houses.
Q. 18. When was the rst underground railway section opened in London?
Ans. The very rst section of the Underground train in the world opened on 10th January, 1863 between
Paddington and Farrington Street in London.
Q. 19. What was the role of family during Industrialisation?
Ans. In the 18th century, the family had been a unit of production and consumption as well of political
decision making. The function and the shape of the family were completely transformed by life in
the industrial city.
Q. 20. What do you understand by the ‘theory of Individualism?’
Ans. It is a theory which promotes the liberty, rights or independent actions of the individual, rather
than of the community.
Q. 21. What were Chartism and 10-hour movements?
Ans. Chartism was a movement demanding the vote for all adult males and the 10-hour movement
limited the hours of work in factories.
Q. 22. How did wealthy Britishers use their leisure time?
Xam idea
Social Science–X
130
Ans. Several cultural events like the opera, the theatre and classical music performances were organised
for an elite group of 300–400 families in the late 18th century.
Q. 23. How did working class use their leisure time to relax?
Ans. Working class met in pubs to have a drink, exchange news and sometimes also to organise for
political action.
Q. 24. Who was Baron Haussmann?
Ans. The chief architect of the new Paris was Baron Haussmann.
Q. 25. What does Haussmanisation mean?
Ans. Haussmanisation means forcible reconstruction of cities to enhance their beauty and impose
order. The poor were evicted from the city to reduce the possibility of political rebellion and to
beautify the city.
Q. 26. Why were Presidency cities called multi-functional cities?
Ans. These were multifunctional cities as they had major ports, warehouses, homes and ofces, army
camps as well as educational institutions, museums and libraries.
Q. 27. How did Britishers get control of Bombay?
Ans. In 1661, control of seven islands of Bombay were passed into British hands after the marriage of
Britain’s King Charles II to the Portuguese princess.
Q. 28. How did British make use of Bombay City?
Ans. Bombay was the major outlet for cotton textiles from Gujarat. Later the city functioned as a port
through which large quantities of raw materials such as cotton and opium would pass slowly.
Bombay became an important administrative centre and then by the end of the nineteenth
century, a major industrial centre.
Q. 29. What was the Bombay Fort Area?
Ans. The Bombay Fort Area which formed the heart of the city in the early 1800s was divided between
a ‘native town’, where most of the Indians lived and a European or ‘white’ section.
Q. 30. Who lived in spacious bungalows in Bombay?
Ans. Richer Parsi, Muslims and upper caste traders and industrialists of Bombay lived in sprawling,
spacious bungalows.
Q. 31. What were ‘Chawls’?
Ans. Chawls were multistoreyed structures, which had been built like the tenements of London. These
houses were largely owned by private landlords like merchants, bankers and building contractors,
looking for quick ways of earning money from anxious migrants. It was a one-room tenement.
Q. 32. How were streets of Chawls used?
Ans. Streets were used for different types of leisure activities like magic of magicians, monkey players
or performances of acrobats.
Q. 33. Who was a jobber?
Ans. A jobber in the mills helped migrants to get jobs in the mills, settled disputes, organised food
supplies and also arranged informal credit for them.
Q. 34. What was the role of ‘The City of Bombay Improvement Trust’?
Ans. It was established in 1898. It focused on clearing of the poorer houses out of the city centre.
Q. 35. What does ‘reclamation’ mean?
Ans. It means attempting to make land suitable for building or farming. The reclaiming of marshy or
submerged areas or other wasteland for settlements, cultivation or other use.
Q. 36. Which was the earliest reclamation project of Bombay?
Ans. The earliest project began in 1784. In it, the Bombay Governor William Hornby approved the
building of the great sea wall, which prevented the ooding of the low-lying areas of Bombay.
Q. 37. How is Bombay depicted in the earliest lmy songs?

Ans. In the lm CID (1956) hero’s buddy sings, “ Ai dil hai Mushkil Jeena Yahan; Zara hatke zara bachke,
yeh hai Bombay meri Jaan ”, and in Guest House (1959) it was “Ziska Juta Usika Sar, dil hai chhote
bada shahar, are vah re vah teri Bombai”.
Q. 38. Which was Bombay lm Industry’s’ First lm?
Ans. Raja Harishchandra in 1913, was the rst lm of Bombay, directed by Dadasaheb Phalke.
Q. 39. How did coal in Industrial cities of London raise serious problems?
Ans. In industrial cities such as Leeds, Bradford and Manchester, hundreds of factory chimneys spewed
black smoke into the skies. People joked that most inhabitants of these cities grow up believing
that the skies were grey and all vegetations were black.
Q. 40. What was the main complaint of the people living around these cities?
Ans. People complained about the black fogs that descended on their towns, causing bad tempers,
smoke-related illnesses and dirty clothes.
Q. 41. What did the people do to make their cities smoke free in Britain?
Ans. They forced the government to make laws to control smoke in the city. But smoke was not easy
to monitor or measure, and owners got away with small adjustments to their machinery that did
nothing to stop the smoke.
Q. 42. What were the main pollutants of Calcutta?
Ans. High level of pollution was due to the use of dung and wood as fuel by the people. But the main
polluters were the industries and establishments that used steam engines run on coal.
Q. 43. When was the rst smoke nuisance law passed in India?
Ans. In 1863, Calcutta became the rst Indian city to get smoke nuisance legislation.
Q. 44. What was the impact of burning rice husk in Calcutta?
Ans. Residents complained that the air was lled with black soot which falls like drizzling rain from
morning till night, and it was impossible to live.

Q. 1. Give three historical processes which have shaped modern cities in decisive ways.
Ans. (i) The rise of industrial capitalism.
(ii) The establishment of colonial rule over large parts of the world.
(iii) The development of democratic ideas in many countries of the world.
Q. 2. How were the cities different from villages?
Ans. (i) Towns and cities that rst appeared on river valleys were larger in scale than any other
human settlements.
(ii) Ancient cities could develop only when an increase in food supplies was made.
(iii) Cities were often the centres of political power, trade and industry, religious institutions and
supported various social groups like artisans, merchants and priests.
Q. 3. What was the condition of children during the 18th and 19th centuries?
Ans. (i) Large number of children were pushed into low-paid work, often by their parents.
(ii) A child was forced into crimes as it was thought that he could earn more from stealing than
by making matchboxes a week.
(iii) It was only after the Compulsory Elementary Education Act, in 1870 and Factory Acts, in
1902 that children were kept out of industrial work.
Q. 4. What was the condition of poor labourers in London?
Ans. (i) Factory or workshop owners did not house the migrant workers; instead, individual
landowners put up cheap and unsafe tenements for the workers.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
132
(ii) A study shows that about one million Londoners were very poor and were expected to live
upto an average age of 29. These people were more than likely to die in a workhouse, hospital
or lunatic asylum.
(iii) Better-off city dwellers demanded that slums be cleared away.
Q. 5. What steps were taken to clean up London?
Ans. (i) Attempts were made to decongest localities, make the open spaces green, reduce pollution
and landscape the city.
(ii) Large blocks of apartments were built.
(iii) Demands were made for new ‘lungs’ for the city and the idea of Green belt around London
was offered.
Q. 6. What were the reasons for the breaking down of the family as an institution?
Ans. l Women of the upper and middle classes faced higher level of isolation.
l Ties between members of the household loosened and among the working class, the
institution of marriage tended to break down.
l Many social reformers felt that the family as an institution had broken down, due to working
women so they need to push these women back into their homes.
Q. 7. State how a city’s large population was both a threat and an opportunity.
Ans. l In the severe winter of 1886, when outdoor work came to a standstill, the London’s poor
exploded in a riot demanding removal of poverty.
l Many shopkeepers closed their shops as thousands marched from Deptford to London. They
were dispersed by the police.
l A similar riot occurred in 1887, which was also brutally suppressed by the police and what is
known as the Bloody Sunday of November 1887.
l Two years later, thousands of dockworkers went on strike.
So, large masses could be drawn into political causes in the city. A large population in a city was
therefore, both a threat and an opportunity.
Q. 8. How did industrialisation change the form of urbanisation in the modern period?
Ans. l The earlier industrial cities of Britain such as Leeds and Manchester attracted large numbers
of migrants to the textile mills set up in the late 18th century.
l In 1851, more than three-quarters of the adults living in Manchester were migrants from
rural areas.
l The city of London was a powerful magnet for migrant populations.
Q. 9. What was the status of women folk in the conservative industrial towns?
Ans. (i) Women of upper and middle classes faced higher level of isolation, although their lives were
made easier by domestic maids.
(ii) Women who worked for wages had some control over their lives particularly among the lower
social classes.
(iii) As women lost their industrial jobs and conservative people railed against their presence in
public plans, women were forced to withdraw into their homes.
Q. 10. What was the role of a ‘Jobber’ in the chawls?
Ans. (i) He settled disputes.
(ii) He organised food supplies, or arranged informal credit for the people in chawls.
(iii) He also brought important information on political developments.
Q. 11. What changes were brought in London city after the Industrial Revolution?
Ans. (i) Older cities like London changed dramatically when people began pouring in after the
Industrial Revolution.
(ii) Factory or workshop owners did not house the migrant workers.

(iii) Instead, individual landowners put up cheap and usually unsafe tenements for the new
arrivals.
Q. 12. How did Charles Dickens in his novel ‘Dombey and Son’ depict the massive destruction in
the process of construction of underground railway?
Ans. Dickens had depicted the process of construction in the following manner:
19th century London was a city of clerks and shopkeepers, of small masters and skilled artisans,
of soldiers and servants, of casual labourers, street sellers and beggars.
“Houses were knocked down; streets broken through and stopped; deep pits and trenches dug in
the ground; enormous heaps of earth and clay thrown up, there were a hundred thousand shapes
and substances of incompleteness, wildly mingled out their plans, upside down, burrowing in the
earth... .”
Q. 13. Describe the inux of migrants in Bombay.
Ans. (i) Bombay became the capital of Bombay Presidency in 1819 after the Maratha defeat in Anglo-
Maratha war. The city quickly expanded.
(ii) With the growth of trade in cotton and opium, large communities of traders and bankers as
well as artisans and shopkeepers came to settle in Bombay.
(iii) The establishment of textile mills led to a fresh surge in migration.
Q. 14. How was ‘Marine Drive’ devised?
Ans. A successful reclamation project was undertaken by the ‘Bombay Port Trust’, which built a day
dock between 1914 and 1918 and used the excavated earth to create the 22 acre Ballad Estate.
Subsequently, the famous Marine Drive of Bombay was developed.

Q. 1. Briey explain the rise of London as an industrial and modern city.
OR
“During the 19th century, the city of London was a powerful magnet for migrant
population.” Support the statement with examples.
Ans. l Industrialisation changed the form of urbanisation in the modern period.
l The early industrial cities of Britain such as Leeds and Manchester attracted large number of
migrants to the textile mills set up in the late 18th century.
l The city of London was a powerful magnet for migrant populations, even though it did not
have large factories.
l London was a colossal city and its population expanded four-fold from 1 million to 4 million,
as the Industrial Revolution attracted more and more people.
Q. 2. ‘Bombay was a Prime City of India.’ Justify by giving examples.

Ans. l In the 17th century, Bombay was a group of seven islands under the Portuguese control.
l In 1661, control of islands passed into British hands after the marriage of Britain’s King
Charles II to the Portuguese princess.
l The East India Company quickly shifted its base from Surat, its principal western port, to
Bombay.
l In the 19th century, the city functioned as a port through which large quantities of raw
materials such as cotton and opium would pass.
l Gradually, it also became an important administrative centre in Western India, and then, by
the end of the 19th century, a major industrial centre.
Q. 3. Explain how a city like Calcutta faced the problem of environmental pollution.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
134
Ans. l Since the city was built on marshy land, the resulting fog combined with smoke, and generated
a thick black smog.
l High levels of pollution was due to the huge population that used dung and wood as fuel in
their daily lives.
l Main pollutants were the industries and establishments that used steam engines run on coal.
l Rice mills of Tollygunge began to burn rice husk instead of coal, leading to black soot which
fell like drizzling rain.
Q. 4. How did crime grow in London? How were authorities able to control them?
Ans. l In London, there were about 20,000 criminals in the 1870s.
l The police were worried about the law and order situation.
l So the population of criminals was counted, their activities were watched and their ways of
life were investigated.
l In mid 19th century, Henry Mathew, wrote several articles on the London labour and those,
who made their living from crime.
l Many criminals were poor, who lived by stealing lead from roofs, food from shops, lumps of
coal and clothes drying on the hedges.
l There were cheats and tricksters, pickpocketers and petty thieves, crowding the streets of London.
l In an attempt to discipline the population, the authorities imposed high penalties for crime
and offered work to those, who were considered the ‘deserving poor’.
Q. 5. Describe the life in Chawls of Bombay.
Ans. l Chawls were multi-storeyed structures built and owned by private landlords such as
merchants, bankers and building contractors.
l Each chawl was divided into smaller one-room tenements, which had no private toilets.
l Many families could reside at a time in a tenement.
l People had to keep the windows of their rooms closed even in humid weather due to close
proximity of lthy gutters, buffalo stables, etc.
l Though water was scarce, and people often quarrelled every morning for a turn at the tap,
observers found that houses were kept quite clean.
Q. 6. How did people entertain themselves in the Chawls?
Ans. l Liquor shops and akharas came up in every empty spot.
l Magicians, monkey players or acrobats used to perform their acts on the streets.
l The Nandi bull used to come to predict the future.
l Chawls were also the place for the exchange of news about jobs,strikes, riots or demonstrations.
Q. 7. How did various architects develop the concept of Garden City of London?
Ans. l Architect and planner Ebenezer Howard developed the principle of the Garden city, a pleasant
space full of plants and trees, where people would both live and work.
l He believed this would also produce better quality citizen.
l Following Howard’s ideas, Raymond Unwin and Barry Parker also designed the garden city of
New Earswick.
l There were common garden spaces, beautiful views and great attention to detail. Well off
workers could afford these houses.
Q. 8. Did new spirit of individualism affect the family institution in cities?
Ans. l The city of London encouraged a new spirit of individualism among both men and women
and a freedom from the collective values that were a feature of the smaller rural communities.
l Both men and women did not have equal access to this new urban space.
l As women lost their industrial jobs, conservative people spoke against their presence in
public spaces, women were forced to withdraw into their houses.
l The public space became increasingly a male preserve and home was seen as the proper place
for women.
So this theory of individualism promoted liberty, rights or independent action of the
individual, rather than of the community or the family.
Q. 9. What was the pace of development of cities in India in the early 20th century?
Ans. (i) In a sharp contrast to western Europe, the Indian cities did not mushroom in the 19th century.
(ii) The pace of urbanisation in India was slow under the colonial rule.
(iii) In the early 20th century, not more than 11 per cent of Indians were living in the cities.
(iv) A large proportion of these urban dwellers were residents of the three Presidency cities, the
multifunctional cities, having major ports, warehouses, homes and ofces, army camps as
well as educational institutions, museums and libraries.
Q. 10. Give a brief description of land reclamation in Bombay.
Ans. (i) The earliest project began in 1784. The Bombay governor William Hornby approved the
building of the great sea-wall which prevented the ooding of the low lying areas of Bombay.
(ii) Since then, there have been several reclamation projects.
(iii) The need for additional commercial space in the mid 19th century led to the formulation of
several plans both by government and private companies for the reclamation of more land
from the sea.
(iv) In 1864, the Back Bay Reclamation Company won the right to reclaim the western foreshore
from the tip of Malabar Hills to the end of Colaba.
(v) Reclamation often meant levelling of the hills around Bombay.
(vi) As the population continued to increase rapidly in the early 20th century, every bit of
available area was built over and new areas were reclaimed from the sea.

Q. 1. Describe in brief how did ‘The city of Calcutta’ both amaze and confuse the Gods.
OR
Which features impressed the Gods when they visited Calcutta, as given in Durgaharan
Ray’s novel, “The Gods visit Earth.”
Ans. (i) In the novel, Brahma the creator took a train to Calcutta with some other Gods and was
highly impressed.
(ii) They were wonderstruck by the big-modern city—the train, the large ships on the river
Ganges, factories belching smoke, bridges and monuments and a number of shops selling a
wide range of commodities.
(iii) The Gods were so impressed by the marvels of the teeming metropolis that they decided to
build a Museum and a High Court in Heaven also.
(iv) The whole city was brimming with opportunities for trade and commerce, education and
jobs.
(v) Gods were disturbed by the city’s cheats and thieves, its grinding poverty and the poor quality
of housing for many who lived in Jhuggis.
(vi) Brahma himself was tricked into buying a pair of cheap glasses and when he tried to buy a
pair of shoes, he was greatly confused by the shopkeepers, who accused one another of being
swindlers.
(vii) The Gods were also perturbed at the confusion of caste, religion and gender identities in the
city.
(viii) All social distinctions that appeared to be natural and normal seemed to be breaking down.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
136
Q. 2. State the main reason behind town planning in Bombay. How did it differ from total
planning in London?
Ans. (i) From its earliest days, Bombay did not grow according to any plan and houses, especially in
the Fort area, which were scattered with gardens.
(ii) The Bombay Fort area which formed the heart of the city was divided between native town,
where most of the Indians lived, and a European or ‘white section’.
(iii) With the rapid and unplanned expansion of the city, the housing and water supply became
acute by the mid 1850s.
(iv) Like the European elite, the rich Parsis, Muslims and upper-caste traders and industrialists
of Bombay lived in spacious bungalows.
(v) In contrast, 70 per cent of the working class lived in thickly-populated chawls.
Q. 3. Why is Bombay a ‘city of dreams’ for some, while a city of hardship for others? Explain.
Ans. Bombay was a city of dreams:
(i) Bombay is even today called as ‘Maya Nagari’ ‘Mayapuri’ as it fullls the dreams of many
aspiring people to Join lm world in this city.
(ii) Since British established cotton textile Industries, it attracted lot of workers from nearby
regions for job opportunities.
Bombay was a city of hardships:
(iii) It’s a reclaimed elongated city located on a sea coast. It lacked housing facilities. Many
people lived in hardships in small one room accommodation called chawls.
(iv) It is a costly city which made the life of daily wage earner very miserable.
(v) People had to travel long distances to go to their work places.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Name the designers of the Garden City of New Earswick.

2. Who wrote ‘The Butter Cry of Outcast London’?
3. In which year did the rst cotton mill set up in Bombay?
4. Which company won the right to reclaim the Western foreshore of Bombay in 1864?
5. Mention the unique feature of the ‘Fort area’ of Bombay in early 1800s.
1. Who are philanthropists? Explain any two steps taken to control crime in London in 1870s.
2. Why did housing become an important concern for the people of London in the early 20th century?
State measures to be taken to solve the problem.
3. Describe the people’s life conditions of Chawls in Bombay.
1. What steps were taken to clean London in the early and mid 20th century? Write 5 points.
2. Describe 5 problems of travelling in the underground railway of London.
3. Analyse the massive reclamation projects undertaken to develop Bombay.
zzz

Print culture and
7 The Modern world
THE ORIGIN OF PRINTING BOOKS
China, Japan & China remained the Print was used Shanghai became Scribes were hired
Korea developed the highest producer of everyday by the hub of new to make copies of
technology of the printed material by merchants, and print, culture, the books.
earliest printing printing vast academicians. catering to the
press. From A.D. numbers of Western-style
594 onwards, books textbooks for the schools.
in China were civil service
printed by rubbing examinations held
paper. for recruiting its
personnel.
PRINT COMES TO EUROPE
During the 11th century, Chinese paper reached Europe through the silk route.
Knowledge of print was brought in Italy by Marco Polo.
To increase the production of handwritten manuscripts, scribes or skilled hand writer s were employed
by wealthy or influential patrons and booksellers.
The handwritten manuscripts could not satisfy the ever increasing demand for books because the
manuscripts were fragile, awkward to handle and could not be carried around or read easily.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
138
By the early 15th century, woodblocks were being widely used in Europe for printing textiles, religious
pictures with simple, brief texts and playing cards.
In the 1430s, Gutenburg invented the printing press.
And the first book printed by him was the ‘Bible’. However, it took him 3 years to print 180 copies of Bible.
The layout and appearance of the printed books closely resembled the written manuscript.
1450-1550: In most countries of Europe, printing presses were setup. During the second half of the
15th century, the European market was flooded with 20 million copies of the pri nted books.
Multiple copies of the each book could be produced easily due to the decrease in time and labour.
The oral culture of hearing i n public was taken over by reading in public be cause common people now
had access to books.
Now there was an exchange in ideas, Oral culture entered print and printed material was transmitted
orally. Now ballads and folktales with profusely illustrated pictures were getting published by the
printers.
THE FEAR OF PRINT AND RELIGIOUS DEBATES
The people feared as In 1517, many Due to print, Luther’s By 1558, due to the
there was no control practices and rituals of writings were effects of irreligious
on the content that the Roman Catholic immediately ideas that were being
was printed and read. Church were criticized reproduced in vast spread due to print,
It became simple to by a religious reformer, numbers and read The Roman Church
spread irreligious, and Martin Luther, who widely, which resulted imposed various
rebellious ideas wrote ‘Ninety-five in division within the controls over
through print. theses.’ Church and formation publishers and
of the Protestant booksellers and began
Reformation. to maintain an Index
of Prohibited Books.

THE READING MANIA
There were various There were new focus of In England, penny

schools set up in villages literature that appeared chapbooks were carried
by Churches of different like the almanacs or by petty peddlers known
denominations ritual calendars with as chapmen.
spreading literacy to ballads and folktales.
peasants and artisans.
PRINT COMES TO INDIA
The first Printing Press There were 50 books The first Tamil book ‘Bengal Gazette’, a
was brought to India by printed in Konkani and was printed by the weekly magazine was
the Portuguese Kanara languages by Catholic priests in edited by James
Missionaries in the mid 1674. Cochin 1579. Plugustus Hickey
16th century. from 1780.
WOMEN AND PRINT
Many journals began Due to the spread of From 1860s – Few

carrying writings by ideas through print, Bengali women such as
women and explained conservative Hindus Kailashbashini Debi
why women should be believed that a literate wrote books highlighting
educated. girl would be widowed the experiences of
and Muslims feared the women.
educated women would
be corrupted by reading
Urdu romances.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
140
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Calligraphy: The art of producing decorative handwriting or lettering with a pen or

brush.
2. Bureaucracy: Relating to a system of government in which most of the important
decisions are taken by state officials rather than by elected representatives.
3. Illustration: To furnish (a book, magazine, etc.) with drawing, pictures or other artwork
intended for explanation.
4. Vellum: Fine parchment made originally from the skin of a calf.
5. Scribes: A person who serves as a professional copyist, especially one who made copies
of manuscripts before the invention of printing.
6. Platen: It is a small board, which is pressed onto the back of the paper to get the
impression from the type. It is used in letterpress printing.
7. Ballad: A poem or song narrating a story in short stanzas. Traditional ballads are typically
of unknown authorship, having been passed on orally from one generation to the next.
8. Taverns: Places where people gathered to drink alcohol, to be served food, and to meet
friends and exchange news.
9. Protestant Reformation: was a major 16th century European movement aimed initially
at reforming the beliefs and practices of the Roman Catholic Church.
10. Inquisition: a period of prolonged and intensive questioning.
11. Heretical: holding an opinion at odds with what is generally accepted.
12. Prohibited: that has been forbidden; banned.
13. Denominations: Sub-groups within a religion
14. Almanac: An annual publication giving astronomical data information about the
movements of the sun and moon, timing of full tides, etc.
15. Chapbooks: a small paper-covered booklet, typically containing poems or fiction.
16. Despotism: the exercise of absolute power, especially in a cruel and oppressive way.
17. Ulama: a body of Muslim scholars who are recognised as having specialised knowledge
of Islamic sacred law and theology.
18. Fatwa: ruling on a point of Islamic law given by a recognised authority.
19. Censorship: The suppression or prohibition of any parts of books, films, news, etc that
are considered obscene, politically unacceptable, or threat to security.

IMPORTANT EVENTS
AD 594 – Earliest print technology was developed in China, Japan and Korea.
AD 768-770 – Buddhist missionaries from China introduced hand-printing technology
to Japan.
11th century – Chinese paper reached Europe through the silk route.
15th century – Woodblocks were being widely used in Europe for printing textiles,
playing cards and religious pictures with simple, brief texts.
1430s – Johannes Gutenberg invented the printing press.
1450-1550 – Printing presses were set up in most countries of Europe.
1517 – Martin Luther, a religious reformer wrote ‘Ninety Five Theses’ criticizing
many of the practices and rituals of Roman Catholic Church.
1558 – The Roman Church troubled by effects of popular readings and
questionings of faith, imposed several controls over publishers and
booksellers and began to maintain an Index of prohibited books.
Mid-16th century – The first printing press came to Goa with Portuguese missionaries.
1674 – About 50 books had been printed in Konkani and in Kanara languages.
1780s – Literature mocked the royalty and criticized their morality. This
resulted in the growth of hostile sentiments against the monarchy.
1780s – James Augustus Hickey began the Bengal Gazette, a weekly magazine.
1810 – The first printed edition of the Ramcharitmanas of Tulsidas, a 16th
century text, appeared.
1820s – The Calcutta Supreme Court passed certain regulations to control
press freedom and the company began encouraging publication of
newspapers that would celebrate the British rule.
1821 – Raja Ram Mohan Roy published the Sambad Kaumudi and the Hindu
orthodoxy commissioned the Samachar Chandrika to oppose his
opinions.
1822 – Two Persian newspapers were published, Jam-i-Jahan Nama and
Shamsul Akhbar . A Gujarati newspaper, the Bombay Samachar, was
also published.
1835 – Faced with urgent petitions by editors of the English and vernacular
newspapers, Governor-General Bentinck agreed to revise press laws.
Thomas Macaulay formulated new rules that restored their earlier
freedoms.
1860s – Few Bengali women such as Kailashbashini Debi wrote books
highlighting the experiences of women.
1871 – Jyotiba Phule, the Maratha pioneer of ‘low caste’ protest movements,
wrote about the injustices of the caste system in his Gulmagiri.
1876 – Rashsundari Debi’s autobiography, Amar Jiban, was published. It was
the first full-length autobiography published in the Bengali language.
1878 – The Vernacular Press Act was passed, modelled on the Irish Press
Laws. It provided the government with extensive rights to censor
reports and editorials in the vernacular press.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
142
1880s – Tarabai Shinde and Pandita Ramabai wrote with passionate anger
about the miserable lives of upper-caste Hindu women, especially
widows.
1907 – When the Punjab revolutionaries were deported, Bal Gangadhar Tilak
wrote with great sympathy about them in his Kesari .
1920s – Popular works were sold in cheap series, called the Shilling Series in
England.
1930s – Bangalore cotton millworkers set up libraries for educating themselves.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Give reasons for the following:
(a) Woodblock print only came to Europe after 1295.
(b) Martin Luther was in favour of print and spoke out in praise of it.
(c) The Roman Catholic Church began keeping an Index of Prohibited books from the
mid-sixteenth century.
(d) Gandhi said the fight for Swaraj is a fight for liberty of speech, liberty of the press,
and freedom of association.
Ans. (a) During the 6th century, woodblocks were invented in China. After exploration, when Marco
Polo returned to Italy, he brought along the knowledge of woodblock print with him. The
print knowledge reached Europe after 1295.
(b) One of the main reasons for Martin Luther to support print was that it helped him popularise
and spread his ideas about religion. He criticised the practices and rituals of the Roman
Catholic Church by writing Ninety Five Theses in 1517. Due to the help of print, the writings
were reproduced in vast numbers and read widely. His translation of the New Testament was
also accepted and read by thousands of people. This led to a division within the church and
to the beginning of the Protestant Reformation. He also translated ‘The New Testament’ of
which 5000 copies were sold within a few days.
(c) From the mid-16th century, The Roman Catholic Church began keeping an index of
prohibited books. This was mainly done because the authority was being put in danger by
various individuals and typical readings and questionings of faith prompted by the easily
accessible popular religious literature. Therefore, the Church banned such books and kept
the record of such banned books.
(d) Liberty of speech, liberty of the press and freedom of association were considered the three
most powerful factors of expression and cultivation of public opinion by Mahatma Gandhi.
As these freedoms were denied, they were not compatible with the idea of self-rule and
independence. Therefore, according to him, ghting for these freedoms was essentially, a
ght for Swaraj or self-rule.
Q. 2. Write short notes on
(a) The Gutenberg Press
(b) Erasmus’s idea of the printed book
(c) The Vernacular Press Act
Ans. (a) The rst printing Press was invented by Johannes Gutenberg in 1430s. He used a contemporary
technological innovation, that he perfected by the presses of wine making, which required
the olive and wine presses. The rst book printed by him was the Bible and he made 180

copies in 3 years. The lead moulds were used for casing the metal types for the letters of
alphabet. Later his technique was adopted by many countries around the world.
(b) He was a Latin scholar and a Catholic reformer. He was critical of the print medium as he
believed that some of the books provided valuable knowledge, the rest were simply a nuisance
for scholarship. He accused the printers of publishing books that were “stupid, slanderous,
scandalous, raving, irreligious and seditious”. According to him a large number of books
reduced the value of quality writing.
(c) It was based on the Irish Press Laws and passed in 1878. This act mainly gave the censorship
rights to the government. If a seditious report was published and the newspaper did not heed
to an initial warning, then the press was usually seized and there was conscation of the
printing machine and a complete violation of freedom of expression.
Q. 3. What did the spread of print culture in nineteenth century India mean to:
(a) Women
(b) The poor
(c) Reformers
Ans. (a) 19th century, the spread of print culture brought an educational reform for women in India.
The liberal families supported the education of women to study or read. Now women found
a new medium of entertainment, which had been restricted till now to a domestic life. Some
of the literate women started to write books and their autobiographies. Rashasundari Devi,
a young married girl wrote her autobiography “Amar Jiban” which was published in 1876.
Although the conservatives believed that education would make their women widows or
corrupt. This led to the counter reaction, as most of the oppressed women began to sudy and
read books and learnt writing in secrecy.
(b) During print culture in India, the poor benetted on account of the availability of low price
books and public libraries. There were many essays written against the caste discrimination
and its inherent injustices which enlightened the people and were read across the country.
The support and encouragement of the social reformers helped, the over-worked factory
workers set up libraries for self-education, and some of them even published their own
works. Some of the works were; “Kashibaba” and his “Chhote Aur Bade Sawal”.
(c) Print culture worked as an advantage for the popularity of social and religious reformers,
as it became easier for them to spread their views through books and newspaper across the
people. These ideas could then be debated upon by different groups of people. Reformists
used everyday languages of the common people, which created a wider platform to spread
their ideas.
Q. 4. Why did some people in eighteenth century Europe think that print culture would bring
enlightenment and end despotism?
Ans. People in Europe during the 18th century thought that print culture would bring enlightenment
and would led to end of despotism. Print culture led to easily and cheaply available literature and
therefore could not be restricted to the upper classes. This caused a fear among the clergy and the
monarch as they felt that it would mark an end to the blind devotion to the ruler. Rousseau and
Voltaire’s ideas of freedom, equality and brotherhood were reaching the common people and this
created a new culture of dialogue and debate among the working class.
Q. 5. Why did some people fear the effect of easily available printed books? Choose one example
from Europe and one from India.
Ans. Their main cause of fear due to easily availability of printed books was because the common
people would challenge the higher authorities. Another reason could be the spread of rebellions
and irregular ideas and thoughts.
l The Roman Catholic Church in Europe tried to restrict the printed books through the Index
of Prohibited Books.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
144
l Whereas, in India, Vernacular Act was imposed on people, which mainly restricted the Indian
presses and local newspaper to write against their colonisers.
Q. 6. What were the effects of the spread of print culture for poor people in nineteenth century
India?
Ans. In India, the poor people benetted from the print culture, due to the availability of low-price
books and public libraries.
l Enlightening essays were written against caste discrimination and injustices. These were
read by the common people across the country.
l Because of the support and encouragement of the social reformer, over-worked factory
workers set up libraries for self-education, and some also published their own works like,
Kashibaba and Chhote aur Bade Sawal.
Q. 7. Explain how print culture assisted the growth of nationalism in India.
Ans. l It assisted by providing easy access to nationalist ideals and ideas of quality and
freedom.
l It became easier for the social reformers to spread their opinions through newspapers,
which sparked off public debates.
l Te common people began questioning the authority due to the power of reasoning.
l Te nationalist newspaper reported on colonial misrule and encouraged people to
participate in nationalist activities.

Q. 1. What were the three countries where printing technology developed?
Ans. China, Japan and Korea.
Q. 2.Explain woodblock printing.
Ans. Paper was rubbed against the inked surface of woodblocks.
Q. 3.Explain ‘Calligraphy’.
Ans. It is the art of beautiful and stylised writing. Superbly skilled craftsmen could duplicate the beauty
of calligraphy with remarkable accuracy.
Q. 4. Why did Imperial state of China get books printed?
Ans. China had a huge bureaucratic system which recruited its staffs through civil service examinations.
Textbooks for this examination were printed in vast numbers under the sponsorship of the
imperial state.
Q. 5. What kind of books were written in China for new readership?
Ans. New readership in China preferred ctional narratives, poetry, autobiographies, anthologies of
literary master pieces and romantic plays.
Q. 6. Did women also read or write in China? Explain your answer.
Ans. Rich women began to read, and many women began publishing their poetry and plays. Wives of
scholar ofcials published their works and courtesans wrote about their lives.
Q. 7. Name the oldest printed Japanese book.
Ans. The oldest Japanese books printed in AD 868, is the Buddhist ‘Diamond Sutra’, containing six
sheets of text and woodcut illustrations.
Q. 8. What kind of hand-printed books were available in Japan?
Ans. Books on women, musical instruments calculations, tea ceremony, ower arrangements, proper
etiquette, cooking and famous places.

Q. 9. Who brought woodblocks printing technology from China to Europe?
Ans. In 1295 Macro Polo, returned to Italy after many years of exploration in China. He brought
woodblock technology to Italy, from where it spread to other European countries.
Q. 10. What were the drawbacks of manuscripts?
Ans. (i) They were fragile.
(ii) They were awkward to handle, and
(iii) They could not be carried around easily.
Q. 11. By 15th century, for what purposes was woodblock printing used in Europe?
Ans. It was widely used in Europe to print textiles, playing cards and religious pictures with simple and
brief texts.
Q. 12. Who developed the rst known printing press?
Ans. Johann Gutenberg of Germany developed the rst-known printing press in the 1430s.
Q. 13. Who was Gutenberg?
Ans. Gutenberg was the son of a merchant and grew up on a large agricultural estate. From his
childhood, he had seen wine and olive presses.
Q. 14. Which was the rst book printed by rst printing machine?
Ans. The rst book Gutenberg printed was the Bible. About 180 copies were printed and it took three
years to produce them.
Q. 15. What were the advantages of printing press?
Ans. Printing reduced the cost of books. The time and labour required to produce each book came
down, and multiple copies could be produced with greater ease.
Q. 16. Who was Menocchio?
Ans. Menocchio was a miller in Italy, who began to read books that were available locally. He
reinterpreted the message of Bible and formulated a view of God and Creation that enraged the
Roman Catholic Church.
Q. 17. What are heretical ideas?
Ans. These were beliefs, which did not follow the accepted teachings of the Church. Heretical beliefs
were severely punished.
Q. 18. Who was Erasmus?
Ans. Erasmus was a Latin scholar and a Catholic reformer, who criticised the excesses of Catholicism
but kept his distance from Luther, expressed a deep anxiety about printing.
Q. 19. What was ‘reading mania’?
Ans. As literacy and schools spread in European countries, there was a virtual reading mania. It means
people wanted books to read and printers produced books in ever-increasing numbers.
Q. 20. Who were Pedlars?
Ans. Pedlars around villages, who roamed carrying little books for sale.
Q. 21. What were almanacs?
Ans. An annual publication giving astronomical data, information about the movements of the Sun
and moon, timing of full tides and eclipses, and much else that was of importance in the everyday
life of people.
Q. 22. What were chapbooks?
Ans. They were little books for sale, carried by Pedlars known as Chapmen in England to sell them for
a penny each.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
146
Q. 23. What were ‘Biliotheque Bleue’?
Ans. In France, Biliotheque Bleue were low priced small books printed on poor quality paper and bound
in cheap blue covers.
Q. 24. How did printing help thinkers and philosophers?
Ans. The writings of thinkers such as Thomas Paine, Voltaire and Rousseau were widely printed and
read. Thus, their ideas about science, reason and rationality found their way into the popular
literature.
Q. 25. How did print popularise the ideas of enlightened thinkers in France?
Ans. Print popularised the ideas of enlightened thinkers. They attacked the sacred authority of the
Church and the despotic powers of the state, thus, eroding the legitimacy of a social order based
on tradition.
Q. 26. What did cartoons and caricatures suggest?
Ans. Cartoons and caricatures typically suggested that the monarchy remained absorbed only in
sensual pleasures while the common people suffered immense hardships.
Q. 27. Where was Children Press set up?
Ans. A Children’s Press devoted to literature for children alone, was set up in France in 1857.
Q. 28. Who were Grimm Brothers?
Ans. The Grimm Brothers in Germany spent years compiling traditional folk tales gathered from
peasants.
Q. 29. Name the earliest best-known women novelists.
Ans. Jane Austen, the Bronte sisters and George Eliot.
Q. 30. What was typical about women novelists?
Ans. Their writings became important in dening a new type of woman; a person with will, strength of
personality, determination and the power to think.
Q. 31. Who perfected power driven Cylindrical Press?
Ans. Richard M. Hoe of New York had perfected the power-driven cylindrical press. This was capable of
printing 8,000 sheets per hour and was particularly used for printing newspapers.
Q. 32. In which language were manuscripts written in India?
Ans. Handwritten manuscripts were written in Sanskrit, Arabic and Persian as well as in various
vernacular languages.
Q. 33. On what material were manuscripts written in India?
Ans. Manuscripts were written on palm leaves or on handmade paper.
Q. 34. When did rst Printing Press come to India?
Ans. The rst printing press came to Goa with Portuguese missionaries in the mid 16th century.
Q. 35. What was Bengal Gazette?
Ans. Bengal Gazette was a weekly magazine that described itself as a ‘commercial paper, open to all,
but inuenced by none’.
Q. 36. Why did Governor General Warren Hastings persecute Hickey?
Ans. Hickey published a lot of gossip about the company’s senior ofcials in India. Enraged by this,
Warren Hastings persecuted Hickey and warned them not to damage the image of colonial
government.
Q. 37. Which was the rst Indian weekly published by Indians?
Ans. Indians began to publish Indian newspapers. The rst to appear was the Weekly Bengal Gazette,
brought out by Gangadhar Bhattacharya, who was close to Raja Rammohan Roy.

Q. 38. Name the two Persian newspapers published in India.
Ans. (i) Jam-i-Jahanama (ii) Shamsul Akbar
Q. 39 What do you understand by the terms ‘Fatwa and Ulama’.
Ans. (i) Ulama: Legal scholars of Islam and the Sharia (a body of Islamic Law).
(ii) Fatwa: A legal pronouncement on Islamic law usually given by a Mufti (Legal scholar) to
clarify issues on which the law is uncertain.
Q. 40. What was ‘Deoband Seminary’?
Ans. The Deoband Seminary founded in 1867, published thousands upon thousands of fatwas telling
Muslim readers how to conduct themselves in their everyday lives, and explaining the meanings
of Islamic doctrines.
Q. 41. Who published religions’ texts in vernaculars in India?
Ans. The Naval Kishore Press at Lucknow and The Shri Venketeshwar Press in Bombay published
numerous religious texts in Vernaculars.
Q. 42. Which new literacy forms entered the world of reading?
Ans. Lyrics, short stories, essays about social and political matters and novels were new literacy forms
which entered the world of reading.
Q. 43. Who produced visual images for the manuscripts in India?
Ans. Painters like Raja Ravi Verma produced images which could be reproduced in multiple copies after
print came into existence.
Q. 44. What was represented in caricatures and cartoons in India?
Ans. Some caricatures ridiculed the educated Indians’ fascination with western tastes and clothes,
while others expressed the fear of social change.
Q. 45. Who was Rashsundari Debi?
Ans. Rashsundari Debi was a young married girl in a very orthodox household, who learnt to read in
the secrecy of her kitchen. She wrote her autobiography called ‘Amar Jiban’. It was a full-length
autobiography in Bengali.
Q. 46. What do you know about Kailashbashini Debi?
Ans. She was a Bengali woman who wrote books highlighting the experience of women—about how
women were imprisoned at home, kept in ignorance, forced to do hard domestic labour and treated
unjustly by very people they served.
Q. 47. What kind of books were written by Tarabai Shinde and Pandita Ramabai?
Ans. They wrote with passionate anger about the miserable lives of upper-caste Hindu women
especially widows.
Q. 48. Which book was written by Jyotiba Phule?
Ans. Jyotiba Phule the Maratha pioneer of ‘low caste’ protest movements, wrote about the injustices of
the caste system in his book ‘Gulamgiri’.
Q. 49. Which writers have spoken about lower caste system?
Ans. Dr. B.R Amedkar from Maharashtra and E.V. Ramaswamy Naicker in Madras, better known as
Periyar, wrote powerfully on caste and their writings were read by people all over India.
Q. 50. Which mill workers were good writers also?
Ans. Kashibaba, a Kanpur mill worker wrote and published “Chhote Aur Bade Ka Sawal” in 1938 to show
the links between caste and class exploitation.
Q. 51. What was the Vernacular Press Act?
Ans. In 1878, the Vernacular Press Act was passed. It provided the government with extensive rights to
censor reports and editorials in the vernacular press.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
148
Q. 1. Describe in brief how printing developed in Japan.
Ans. l Buddhist monasteries from China introduced hand-printing technology into Japan around
AD 768-770.
l The oldest printed Japanese book was the Buddhist ‘Diamond Sutra’ with woodcut illustrations.
l Pictures were printed on textiles, playing cards and paper money.
l Printing of visual material led to interesting publishing practices.
Q. 2. What was the apprehension of religious authorities and monarchs about printing?
Ans. l Not everyone welcomed the printed books and those who did also had fears about it.
l It was feared that if there was no control over what was printed and read then rebellious
irreligious thoughts might spread.
l If that happened, the authority of valuable literature would be destroyed.
Q. 3. Who was Mercier? What were his views about books?
Ans. Mercier was a novelist in the 18th century.
l He declared that “the printing press is the most powerful engine of progress and public
opinion is the force that will sweep despotism away.”
l In many of Mercier’s novels, the heroes are transformed by the acts of reading.
l Mercier believed that power of print will bring down despotism.
Q. 4. How did the printing press help in collecting children as its new readership?
OR
What kind of printing material was printed for the children?
Ans. (i) Primary education had become compulsory from the late 19th century.
(ii) Publishing industry started production of school textbooks.
(iii) A children press was set up in France in 1857.
(iv) The Grimm brothers in Germany spent years compiling traditional folk tales.
(v) Anything that was considered unsuitable for children was not published.
(vi) Old fairy tales and folktales were written.
Q. 5. What was the Portuguese inuence on printing?
Ans. (i) The printing press rst came to Goa with the Portuguese missionaries in the mid 16th
century.
(ii) Jesuit priests learnt Konkani and printed several tracts.
(iii) By 1674, about 50 books had been printed in the Konkani and Kanara languages.
(iv) Dutch protestant in missionaries had printed 32 Tamil texts, many of them were translations
of older works.
Q. 6. What was the role of new ‘visual image’ culture in printing, in India?
Ans. l By the end of 19th century, a new visual culture had started.
l With the increasing number of printing presses, visual images could be easily reproduced in
multiple copies.
l Painters like ‘Raja Ravi Varma’ produced images for mass circulation.
Cheap prints and calendars were bought even by the poor to decorate the walls of their
houses.
Q. 7. Why is China called the major producer of printed material?
Ans. (i) The imperial state in China was, for a very long time, the major producer of printed material.

(ii) China possessed a huge bureaucratic system which recruited its personnel through the civil
service examinations.
(iii) Textbooks for this examination were printed in vast numbers, under the sponsorship of the
imperial state. From the 16th century, the number of candidates went up and that increased
the volume of print.
Q. 8. How did print revolution gradually spread in other European countries?
Ans. l During the hundred years, between 1450 and 1550, printing presses were set up in most
countries of Europe.
l Printers from Germany travelled to other countries, seeking work and helped start new
presses.
l As the number of printing presses grew, book production boomed.
Q. 9. Why was Menocchio executed?
Ans. Menocchio was a miller in Italy who began to read books that were available in his locality.
l He reinterpreted the message of the Bible and formed his own views of God that enraged the
l Menocchio was declared a heretic and ultimately executed.
l The Roman Catholics then imposed severe controls over publishers and booksellers, and
began to maintain an Index of Prohibited Books.
Q. 10. How did print culture affect women in the 19th century?
Ans. l Women became important as readers as well as writers.
l Penny magazines were especially meant for women, as were manuals teaching proper
behaviour and housekeeping.
l When novels began to be written in the 19th century, women were seen as important readers.
l Some of the best known novelists had dened a new type of woman; as a person with will,
strength of personality, determination and the power to think.
Q. 11. Who brought the print revolution to British India and how?
Ans. l James Augustus Hickey began to edit the ‘Bengal Gazette’, a weekly magazine.
l It was a private English magazine, not having British inuence on it, which introduced
English printing in India.
l Hickey published a lot of advertisements, on import and sale of slaves. He also published
gossips about the company’s senior ofcials in India. Enraged by this, Governor General
Warren Hastings persecuted Hickey.
Q. 12. What kind of literature was printed in Punjab in the early 20th century?
Ans. l Folk literature was widely printed in Punjab.
l Ram Chaddha published the fast selling Istri Dharam Vichar to teach women how to be
obedient wives.
l ‘The Khalsa Tract Society’ published cheap booklets with a similar message. Many of these
were written on qualities of a good woman.
Q. 13. What role did Battala play in printing technology, in Bengal?
Ans. l An entire area in central Calcutta—the Battala was devoted to the printing of popular books.
l Here one could buy cheap editions of religious tracts and scriptures.
l A lot of these books were illustrated with woodcuts and coloured lithographs.
l Pedlars took the Battala publications to their homes, enabling women to read them in their
leisure time.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
150
Q. 14. What do you know about ‘wood-block’ printing?
Ans. l This was a system of hand printing.
l Initially books in China were printed by rubbing paper against the inked surface of wood
blocks.
l As both sides of the thin, porous sheet could not be printed, the traditional Chinese ‘accordian
book’ was folded and stitched at the side.
Q. 15. State how mechanical printing surfaced in China.
Ans. l The new readership developed in China which needed a new technology to print.
l Western printing techniques and mechanical presses were imported in the late 19th century
as western powers established their outposts in China.
l Shanghai became the hub of the new print culture and from hand printing there was now a
gradual shift to mechanical printing.
Q. 16. What type of books were printed in Japan?
Ans. l Printing of visual material led to interesting publishing practices.
l In the late 18th century, illustrated collections of paintings depicted an elegant urban
culture, involving artists, courtesans and tea house gatherings.
l There were books on women, musical instruments, calculations, ower arrangements, proper
etiquette, cooking and famous places.
Q. 17. How were handwritten manuscripts organised with their expanded demand?
Ans. (i) Production of handwritten manuscripts was organised in new ways to meet the expanded
demand of books.
(ii) Scribes or skilled handwriters were no longer solely employed by wealthy or inuential
patrons but increasingly by booksellers as well.
(iii) More than 50 scribes often worked for one bookseller.
Q. 18. What were the drawbacks of manuscripts?
Ans. (i) Manuscripts could not satisfy the everincreasing demand for books.
(ii) Copying was an expensive, laborious and time-consuming business.
(iii) Manuscripts were fragile, awkward to handle and could not be carried around easily as they
were big and heavy.
Q. 19. How did print technology enhance the production of books?
Ans. l Printing presses were set up in most countries of Europe after its invention by Gutenberg.
l Printers from Germany travelled to other countries, seeking work and helping start new
presses. As the number of printing presses grew, book production boomed.
l The second half of the 15th century saw 20 million copies of printed books ooding the
markets in Europe.
Q. 20. What are the advantages of printing presses?
Ans. l Printing reduced the cost of books.
l The time and labour required to produce each book came down.
l Multiple copies could be produced with great ease.
Q. 21. How did publishers persuade common people to welcome the printed books?
Ans. l The publishers had to keep in mind the wider reach of the printed work; even those who did
not read could certainly enjoy listening to books being read out.
l So printers began publishing popular ballads and folk tales. Such books would be profusely
illustrated with pictures to create interest.
l These were then sung and recited at gatherings in villages and in taverns in towns.

Q. 22. What was the signicance of printing for people to spread their ideas?
Ans. l Print created the possibility of wide circulation of ideas and introduced a new world of debate
and discussion.
l Even those who disagreed with established authorities could now print and circulate their
ideas.
l Through the printed message, they could persuade people to think differently and move
them to action.
Q. 23. What was periodical press?
Ans. l The periodical press developed from the early 18th century, combining information about
current affairs with entertainment.
l Newspapers and journals carried information about wars and trade.
l It also gave news about the development in other places of the world.
Q. 24. How did the ideas of scientists and philosophers become more accessible to people?
Ans. l Ancient and medieval scientic texts were compiled and published and, maps and scientic
diagrams were widely printed.
l When scientists like Isaac Newton began to publish their discoveries, they could inuence a
much wider circle of scientically minded readers.
l The writings of thinkers such as Thomas Paine, Voltaire and Jean Jacques Rousseau were also
widely printed and read.
Thus their ideas about science, reason and rationality found their way into the popular
literature.
Q. 25. Give three types of arguments on the effects of print technology on French Revolution.
Ans. (i) The ideas of enlightenment thinkers: Collectively, their writings provided a critical
commentary on tradition, superstition and despotism. People argued for the rule of reason
rather than custom and demanded that everything be judged through the application of
reason and rationality. The writings of Voltaire and Rousseau were read widely and those
who read these books saw the world through new eyes.
(ii) Print created a new culture of dialogue and debate: People had become aware of the power of
reason and recognised the need to question existing ideas and beliefs. So new ideas of social
revolution came into being.
(iii) There was an outpouring of literature that mocked the royalty and criticised their morality:
Many cartoons and caricatures suggested that monarchy enjoys its own comforts, while
common people suffered. The literature was circulated underground and led to the growth
of hostile sentiments against the monarchy.
Q. 26. Were manuscripts used widely in everyday’s life in India?
Ans. l Manuscripts were not widely used in everyday’s life. Even though pre-colonial Bengal had
developed an extensive network of village primary schools, students very often did not read
texts.
l They only learnt to write as teachers dictated portions of texts from memory and students
wrote them down.
l Many thus became literate without even actually reading any kind of texts.
Q. 27. What was the role of cartoons and caricatures in Indian printing?
Ans. (i) By 1870, caricatures and cartoons were being published in journals, newspapers, commenting
on social and political issues.
(ii) Some caricatures ridiculed the educated Indians’ fascination with western clothes and tastes,
while others expressed the fear of social change.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
152
(iii) There were imperial caricatures highlighting nationalists as well as nationalist cartoons
criticising imperial rule.
Q. 28. How did interest for writing develop in mill workers?
Ans. (i) Workers in factories were too overworked and lacked in education to write much about their
experiences. But Kashi baba a Kanpur mill worker, wrote and published ‘Chhote Aur Bade Ka
Sawal’, to show the links between caste and class exploitation.
(ii) The poems of another Kanpur mill worker, who wrote under the name of ‘Sudarshan Chakra’
and published a collection of poems called ‘Sacchi Kavitayen’.
(iii) By 1930s, Bangalore cotton mill workers set up libraries to educate themselves, following the
example of Bombay workers.

Q. 1. Describe how pedlars sold books around the villages in Europe.
Ans. (i) Booksellers employed pedlars, who roamed around villages, carrying little books for sale.
(ii) In England, penny chapbooks were carried by petty pedlars known as ‘chapmen’ and sold for
a penny, so that even the poor could buy them.
(iii) In France were the ‘Biliotheque Blene’, which were low-priced small books printed on poor
quality paper and bound in cheap blue cover, that were also sold by pedlars.
Q. 2. Trace the history of print revolution in India.
Ans. l The printing press rst came to Goa with the Portuguese missionaries in the mid 16th
century.
l Books were printed in Konkani and Kanara languages.
l Catholic priests printed the rst Tamil book, in 1579 at Cochin.
l By 1710, Dutch protestant missionaries had printed 32 Tamil texts, many of them were
translations of older works.
l By 1780, James Augustus Hickey began to edit the Bengal Gazette, a weekly magazine.
l By the close of 18th century, a number of newspapers were published by Indians too. The rst
to appear was the weekly ‘Bengal Gazette’ brought out by Gangadhar Bhattacharya, who was
close to Rammohan Roy.
Q. 3. How did the British pass certain regulations to control freedom of press in India?
Ans. (i) By 1820s, the Calcutta Supreme Court passed certain regulations to control the freedom of press.
(ii) The Company began encouraging newspapers that would celebrate British rule.
(iii) Many editors gave urgent petitions to Governor General Bentick, who agreed to revise Press
Laws.
(iv) After the revolt of 1857, the attitude to freedom of press changed.
(v) Engaged Englishmen demanded control on the vernacular press as they were becoming
nationalists.
(vi) In 1878, the Vernacular Press Act was passed. It provided the government with extensive
rights to censor reports and editorial in the vernacular press.
(vii) From now on, the government kept regular check on the vernacular newspapers published in
different provinces.
(viii) When a report was judged as seditious, the newspapers were warned, and if the warning went
ignored, the press would be seized by the government and printing machinery conscated.

Q. 4. How did the print revolution lead to the development of a reading mania in Europe?
Ans. As literacy and schools spread in European countries, there was a virtual reading mania that
developed.
(i) New forms of popular literature appeared to target new readers.
(ii) There were ritual calendars along with ballads and folk tales.
(iii) In England, penny chapbooks were carried by petty pedlars, known as chapmen and sold for
a penny, so that even the poor could buy them.
(iv) In France, these low-priced books were called ‘Biliotheque Blene’, as they were bound in
cheap blue covers.
(v) There were romances, histories, books of various sizes, serving different purposes and
interests.
(vi) Periodical press developed to combine information on current affairs with entertainment.
(vii) The ideas of scientists and scholars had now become more accessible to the common people.
(viii) Scientists like Isaac Newton began to publish their discoveries. Writings of thinkers like
Thomas Paire, Voltaire and Rousseau also affected the thinking of the people.
Q. 5. How did a new reading culture bloom in China?
Ans. (i) By 17th century, print was no longer used just by scholar ofcials. Merchants used print in
their everyday life, as they collected trade information.
(ii) Reading increasingly became a leisure activity.
(iii) The new readership preferred ctional narratives, poetry, autobiographies, anthologies of
literary masterpieces and romantic plays.
(iv) Rich women began to read and many women began publishing their poetry and plays. Wives
of scholar-ofcials published their works and courtesans wrote about their lives.
Q. 6. Was the new technology able to displace the existing art of producing books by hand?
OR
Why did printed books initially resemble written manuscripts in appearance and layout?
Ans. (i) In fact, printing books at rst closely resembled the written manuscripts in appearance and
layout.
(ii) The metal letters imitated the ornamental handwritten styles.
(iii) Borders were illuminated by hand with foilage and other patterns and illustrations were
painted.
(iv) In the books printed for the rich, space for decoration was kept blank on the printed page.
Each purchaser could choose the design and decide on the painting school that would do the
illustrations.
Q. 7. Was print able to shape the minds of people of France directly?
Ans. (i) There can be no doubt that print helped to spread the ideas but we must remember that
people did not read just one kind of literature.
(ii) If they read the ideas of Voltaire and Rousseau, they were also exposed to monarchical and
Church propaganda.
(iii) They were not inuenced directly by everything they read or saw.
(iv) They accepted some ideas and rejected others. They interpreted things their own way.
Print did not directly shape their minds but it did open up the possibility of thinking differently.
Q. 8. How were workers inuenced by the print revolution?
Ans. l Lending libraries had been in existence from the 17th century onwards.
l In the 19th century, lending libraries in England became instruments for educating white
Xam idea
Social Science–X
154
collar workers, artisans and lower middle class people.
l Sometimes, self-educated working class people wrote for themselves.
l When their working hours were reduced, they could get time for self-improvement and self
expression. They wrote political tracts and autobiographies in large numbers.
Q. 9. Trace the development of Printing Technology in Europe.
Ans. l By the late 19th century, the press came to be made out of metal.
l By the mid 19th century, Richard M. Hoe of New York had perfected the power-driven
cylindrical press. This was capable of printing 8,000 sheets per hour. This press was
particularly useful for printing newspapers.
l In the late 19th century, the offset press was developed which could print up to six colours at
a time.
l By 20th century, electrically operated presses accelerated printing operations.
l Other developments were—Methods of feeding paper improved, the quality of plates
became better, automatic paper reels and photoelectric controls of the colour register were
introduced.
Q. 10. Which new strategies were opted by the printers and publishers to sell their products?
Ans. (i) Printers and publishers continuously developed new strategies to sell their products.
(ii) In the 19th century periodicals, serialised novels, gave birth to a particular way of writing
novels.
(iii) In 1920s, popular works were sold in cheap series called the Shilling Series in England.
(iv) The dust cover or the book jacket is also a twentieth century innovation.
(v) With the onset of Great Depression in the 1930s, publishers feared a decline in book
purchases. To sustain buying, they brought out cheap paperback editions.
Q. 11. Give a brief account of manuscripts of India.
OR
How were ideas and information written before the age of print in India?
Ans. (i) India had a very rich and old tradition of handwritten manuscripts—in Sanskrit, Arabic,
Persian as well as in various vernacular languages.
(ii) Manuscripts were copied on palm leaves or on hand-made paper.
(iii) Pages were sometimes beautifully illustrated. They would be either pressed between wooden
covers or sewn together to ensure preservation.
(iv) Manuscripts continued to be produced till well after the introduction of print, down to the
late 19th century.
(v) Manuscripts were highly expensive and fragile. They had to be handled carefully.

Q. 1. How did the hearing public & the reading public become intermingled? Examine.
OR
How did a new reading public emerge with the printing revolution?
Ans. l Access to books created a new culture of reading. Earlier reading was restricted to the elites.
l Before the age of print, books were not only expensive but they could not be produced in
sufcient numbers.
l Now books could reach out to the wider sections of people. If there was a ‘hearing public’
earlier, now a ‘reading public’ emerged.

Q. 2. “Printing is the ultimate gift of God & the greatest one”. Who said this? How did print help
to promote protestant Reformation?
Ans. Martin Luther was a religious reformer.
(i) He wrote Ninety Five Theses, criticising many of the practices and rituals of the Roman
Catholic Church.
(ii) A printed copy of this was posted on a church door in Wittenberg. It challenged the Church
to debate his ideas.
(iii) Luther’s writings were immediately reproduced in vast numbers and read widely, which led
to the division of the Church and the beginning of the ‘Protestant Reformation’.
(iv) Luther’s translation of the New Testament sold 5,000 copies within a few weeks.
(v) Deeply grateful to print, Luther said, “Printing is the ultimate gift of God and the greatest
one.”
(vi) Scholars believed that print helped in spreading the new ideas that led to Reformation.
Q. 3. “Printing technology gave women a chance to share their feelings with the world outside.”
Support the statement with any ve suitable examples.
Ans. (i) Lives and feelings of women began to be written in particularly vivid and intense ways.
(ii) Women’s reading, therefore increased enormously in the middle class homes.
(iii) Liberal husbands and fathers began educating their womenfolk at home and sent them to
schools when women’s school, were set up in the cities and towns after mid 19th century.
(iv) Many journals began carrying writings by women, and explained why women should be
educated.
Q. 4. “Print led to intense controversies between social and religious reformers and Hindu
orthodoxy”. Support this statement with example.
OR
How were social and religious reforms carried out with the help of printing in India?
Ans. (i) From the early 19th century, there were intense debates around religious issues.
(ii) Some criticised existing practices and campaigned for reform, while others countered the
arguments of reformers.
(iii) To reach a wider audience, the ideas were printed in the spoken language of the ordinary
people.
E.g.: Raja Rammohan Roy published the ‘Sambad Kaumudi ’ and the Hindu orthodoxy
published the ‘Samachar Chandrika’ to oppose his opinions.
Q. 5. “Print did not only stimulate the publication of conicting opinions among communities
but it also connected communities and people in different parts of India” support the
statement with examples.
Ans. (a) Folk literature was widely printed in Punjab.
l Ram Chaddha published the fast selling Istri Dharam Vichar to teach women how to be
obedient wives.
l The Khalsa Tract Society published cheap booklets with a similar message. Many of
these were written on qualities of a good woman.

(b) An entire area in central Calcutta—the Battala was devoted to the printing of popular books.
l Here one could buy cheap editions of religious tracts and scriptures.
l A lot of these books were illustrated with woodcuts and coloured lithographs.
l Pedlars took the Battala publications to their homes, enabling women to read them in
their leisure time.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
156
(c) Jyotiba Phule, the Maratha pioneer of ‘Low Caste’ protest movement, wrote about the
injustices in his Gulamgiri.
l B.R. Ambedkar in Maharashtra and E.V. Ramaswami Naicker, wrote powerfully on caste and
their writings were read by people all over India.
Q. 6. Print played a signicant role in awakening sentiments of nationalism amongst the
Indians. Explain the statement with examples.
Ans. l Various nationalist newspapers reported on colonial misrule and encouraged nationalist
activities.
l Attempt to disrupt nationalist writings, provoked militant protest.
l This led to renewed cycle of persecution and protest.
l When Punjab revolutionaries were deported, Bal Gangadhar Tilak wrote with great sympathy
about them in his Kesari.
This led to his imprisonment in 1908 and widespread protests all over India.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. In Europe, who was the inventor of the printing press?

2. What was the basic objective of selling penny and chapbooks in England?
3. Who started to edit the Bengal Gazette weekly?
4. Name the author of Gulamgiri (1871).
5. How did Governor-General William Bentinck react to the petition led by editors of English and
Vernacular newspaper?
1. What was an ‘accordion book’? Describe any two features of hand printing in China.
2. Who was Marco Polo? What was his contribution to print culture?
3. How did Martin Luther’s writings bring reforms in religious eld? Explain.
4. How did books create a new culture of reading? Give three examples.
5. What is manuscripts and what were its shortcomings?
1. Which was the rst book printed by Gutenburg? Explain any 4 unique features of it.
2. What role was played by the print culture in bringing the French Revolution?
3. How did the print initiate public debates and affect the religious and social reforms? Explain.
4. Describe any ve strategies developed by the printers and publishers in the 19th century to sell
their products.
5. What restrictions were imposed by the Vernacular Press Act on the Indian Press? Explain.
zzz

novels,
8 society and history
THE RISE OF NOVELS
The first novel New groups of lower The authors were The Publishing Market
took firm root middle class people freed from financial
in England and such as clerks, dependence on the
France. shopkeepers, along patronage of
with the traditional aristrocrats which Henry fielding’s ‘Tom Jones’
aristocratic and gave them issued in six volumes with
gentlemanly classes independence to three shilling each
in England and experiment with
France, formed the different literary
readership for novels. styles.
Circulating libraries were an
easy access to books
Novel-first mass-produced
items to be sold
Rural area people got involved

with the character of novels
1836 Charles Dickens’,

‘Pickwick Papers’ was
serialised in a magazine
Magazines were cheap,

illustrated and attractive
Xam idea
Social Science–X
158
THE WORLD OF NOVEL COMMUNITY AND SOCIETY
Novels about ordinary people Thomas Hardy — wrote about traditional rural
communities of England, fast vanishing
19th century Europe entered industrial cage

Hardy’s ‘Mayor of Casterbridge’—life of a mayor
shown
Workers faced problems
The major can be both unpredictably generous

and cruel with his employees
Charles Dickens wrote about the terrible effects
of industrialisation
No math for his manager rival Donald Farfrae

as being even-tempered
His novel ‘Hard Times’ describes a fictious
industrial town
Hardy mourns the loss of more personalised

world that is disappearing
Oliver Twist-focused tale to a poor orphan,
adopted by a wealthy man to give a happy ending
Novel uses vernacular—language of common

people
Emile Zola’s ‘Germinal’ depicts harsh details of
miners’ lives
Novels bring together many cultures
WOMEN
Women began writing Novels like Pride and Through these novels, not
about their own Prejudice by Jane only domestic role of women
experiences, about Austen, gave glimpse of but also the women rebel
family life due to which the world of women in were expressed and
they earned public Britain’s rural society popularised. Writers such as
recognition. during the early 19th Charlotte Bronte dealt with
century. the new woman rebel.

NOVELS FOR THE YOUNG
Novels for young boys, who idealised a man was powerful, assertive,
independent and daring
Most novels were full of adventure
R.L. Stevenson’s ‘Treasure Islands’ Rudyard Kipling’s — Jungle book

became a great hit
G.A. Henty’s historical adventure novels for boys were widely popular
Love stories written for adolescent girls
‘Ramona’ — Helen Hunt Jackson, ‘What Katy Did’ — by Sarah

Chauncey Woolsey wrote romantic novels
Novels bring together many cultures
USE OF NOVELS
‘Vernacular’ novels Books were mainly Novels helped in It also brought a sense
were seen as a translated in English spreading of ideas of of collective belonging
valuable source of by the Christian nationalism. It on the basis of one’s
information on native missionaries or the presented a glorified language.
life and customs during British administrators. account of the past.
the colonial
administration.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
160
II. THE NOVEL COMES TO INDIA
The Novel in South India The Novel in Hindi Novel in Bengal
Started during colonial rule Bharatendu Harishchandra Domestic Novels dealt with social
— pioneer of modern Hindi problems and romantic relations
literature between men and owmen
English novels translated
into Indian languages
First proper modern novel Started during colonial rule
written by Srinivas Das of
Delhi
O. Chandu Menon translated
Benjamin Disraeli’s novel— Household of Bangla novelist
Henrietta Temple in Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay
Malayam Published in 1882, known as would host a Jatra in his house to
Pariksha-Guru read stories
Quickly realising Indians

won’t understand their Cautioned young men of Bankim read out his first
culture, wrote a story in well-to-do families against novel Durgeshnandini
Malayalam, ‘Indulekha’ First dangerous influence of bad
Modern novel in Malayalam company and loose morals
Novel had a prose style of writing,
a new object of enjoyment
Characters find it difficult to
adapt a colonised society
Bankim’s prose was Sanskritised
Writer advises readers to be

worldly wise and practical Novel acquired popularity in Bengal
Making them capable of Telling stories in a simple way

transmitting both western was the style of Sarat Chandra
sciences and Indian wisdom Chattopadhyay—the most
popular novelist
Devaki Nandan Khatri, best seller — Chandrakanta
A romance with fantasies, propagated Hindi language and Nagri script
Premchand — Hindi novel reached its excellence
His novel ‘Sevasadan’ brought serious reflection on the lives of ordinary people and social issues
Issues like child marriage, dowry, exploitation of poor by upper rich class

III. NOVEL IN COLONIAL WORLD
Problems of being Modern Pleasures of Reading
Social novelist created hero or heroine with ideal qualities Popular medium of entertainment with middle classes
Novels became most popular

Chandu Menon portrayed Indulekha as a beautiful woman,
with artistic talent, education in English and Sanskrit
In Tamil, there were detective and mystery novels
Madhavan, the hero was a member of English educated

class of Nayars from the University of Madras
Novels introduced silent reading
First-rate Sanskrit scholar and dressed in western clothes Individuals sitting at home or travelling in trains
enjoyed them
Characters like them show readers how Indian and foreign

lifestyles could be brought together in an ideal contribution Even in crowded room, novel offered a special world
of imagination into which the reader could slip
IV. WOMEN AND THE NOVEL
Women and children were not allowed to read novels as they were
easily corrupted
Young people read them in secret
Older women let their grandchildren read aloud to them
Soon women also began to write novels
Popularity of novels among women— stories of love where they could

choose or refuse their partners and relationships
Rokeya Hossein was a reformer
Widowed, started a girls’ school in Calcutta
Wrote satiric fantasy called Sultana’s dream
Shows a topsy turvy world in which women replaced men
In her ‘Padmarag’ also she showed the women to reform their conditions
Xam idea
Social Science–X
162
LOWER CASTE AND MINORITIES
There were novels A ‘lower caste’ writer Vaikkom Muhammad

written on the condition from Kerala, Pothere Basheer was one of the
of the lower caste Kunjambu, wrote a novel early muslim writers
characters by the called Saraswativijayam who wrote short novels
members of the upper which strongly attacked and stories. He wrote
castes, e.g., Indirabai on the caste oppression. about the details from
and Indulekha. the everyday life of
Muslim households,
poverty, insanity and life
in prison.
V. THE NATION AND ITS HISTORY
Sense of Pan India belonging Novel and Nation Making
Colonial historian depicted Indians as weak, Premchand’s novels — filling with powerful
divided and dependent on the British characters like aristocrates, landlords,
middle-level peasants, landless labourers, etc.
Nation wanted novels written on historcial bases

Premchand’s novels created a community
based on democratic values
In Bengal, historical novels written were about

Marathas and Rajputs to produce a sense of
Pan Indian belonging His central character in ‘Rangbhoomi’ is
Surdas, a visually impaired beggar from
untouchable caste
Bhubed Mukhopadhyay’s Anguriya Binimoy’

was the first historical novel written in Bengal
Godan—is an epic of Indian peasantry. Story of
a peasant couple—Hori and his wife Dhania
Bankim’s ‘Anandmath’, a novel about a secret

Hindu militia that fights Muslims to establish a
Hindu Kingdom Priests, bureaucrats, landlords moneylenders all
made their life miserable
Many novels reveal the problems of nations

having different communities Yet this poor couple retain their dignity to
the end

IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Gentlemanly classes: They were mainly those people who claimed noble birth and high
social position.
2. Epistolary: Relating to the writing of letters.
3. Serialised: Publish or broadcast (a story or play) in regular installments.
4. Vernacular: The language or dialect spoken by the ordinary people of country or region.
5. Hypocrisy: The practice of claiming to have higher standards or more noble beliefs than
is the case.
6. Satiric: Sarcastic, critical and mocking another’s weakness.
IMPORTANT EVENTS
1719 – Robinson Crusoe by Daniel Defoe

1749 – Tom Jones by Henry Fielding, was issued in six volumes prices at three shillings each.
1836 – Pickwick Papers by Charles Dickens- was a serialised magazine.
1852 – Karuna O Phulmonir Bibaran by Hannah Mullens
1854 – Hard Times by Charles Dickens
1885 – Germinal by Emile Zola
1857 – Yamuna Prayatnam by Baba Padmanji
1857 – Anguriya Binimoy by Bhudeb Mukhopadhyay

1861 – Muktamala by Lakshman Moreshwar Halbe
1865 – Mayor of Casterbridge by Thomas Hardy

1884 – Romona by Helen Hunt Jackson
1872 – What Katy Did by Sarah Chauncey Woolsey
1874 – Jane Eyre by Charlotte Bronte

1878 – Rajasekhara Caritamu by Kandukuri Viresalingam.
1882 – Pariksha-Guru by Srinivas Das.

1889 – Indulekha by O.Chandhu Menon. It was the first modern novel in Malayalam.
1892 – Saraswativijayam by Pothere Kunjambu, is about ‘lower caste’.
1894 – Treasure Island by R.L. Stevenson
1894 – Jungle Book by Rudyard Kipling

1905 – Sultana’s Dream by Rokeya Hossein
1916 – Sewasadan by Premchand

1916 – Ghare Baire by Rabindranath Tagore
Xam idea
Social Science–X
164
NCERT Exercises
(a) Social changes in Britain which led to an increase in women readers.
(b) What actions of Robinson Crusoe make us see him as a typical coloniser?
(c) After 1740, the readership of novels began to include poorer people.
(d) Novelists in colonial India wrote for a political cause.
Ans. (a) As the families became wealthier, women of the middle classes in Britain were seen getting
more engrossed in reading and writing in their leisure time. Now novels also highlighted
the emotions of the women’s world, their identities, experiences and problems. Subjects of
novels could now be seen to speak from the women perspective.
(b) There are many examples where Robinson Crusoe is seen as a typical coloniser like, in a
shipwrecked on an island, where he treats the inhabitant coloured people as inferior beings.
He is also seen making a native his slave, whom he had rescued, without caring to ask him,
he gives the name ‘Friday’. Colonisers were seen as barbaric and primitive, and therefore
colonialism became their self-professed civiliser. Thus, the ideology of colonisers was
represented in the character of Crusoe.
(c) After 1740, because of the circulating libraries, low-priced books, and as the system of hiring
out of books by house, the poorer people were included in the novel readership. Now, it
became easier for the poor people to afford books as they were easily available and the cost
was low compared to earlier and there was no absence of lending libraries.
(d) Political cause was one of the major issues on the novelist of colonial wrote, as it served as
a powerful medium of expressing social defects and suggested remedies. As people from all
the diversities had access to novels, it became an easier mode to circulate and popularise
their ideas. It also brought a sense of national unity among the people, and a spirit to ght
against their colonisers.
Q. 2. Outline the changes in technology and society which led to an increase in readers of the
novel in eighteenth-century Europe.
Ans. l Printing played a major role in spreading novels and popularising them in a short span of
time. Due to this, there was an increase in the number of readers.
l The creation of libraries, cost-cutting printing techniques and hiring out of books on an
hourly basis allowed readership to expand beyond the aristocratic class.
l Different dimensions of the society were explored as the market for books grew and the
novelists were no longer bonded to the aristocratic patronage.
l All this led to an obvious increase in the number of people who read books in the 18th century
Europe.
(a) Oriya Novel
(b) Jane Austin’s Portrayal of Women.
(c) The picture of new middle class, which the novel ‘Pariksha-Guru’ Portrays.
Ans. (a) The rst serialised Oriya novel, “Saudamini” was written by Ramashankar Ray in 1877-78,
but it remained incomplete. Whereas, Orissa’s rst major novelist was Fakir Mohan Senapati.
He wrote “Chaa Mana Atha Guntha” that dealt with land and its possession. The novel mainly
highlighted the issues of the rural area which were an important part of the urban concerns.
(b) The novels written by Jane Austen portrayed the world of women in a genteel rural society of
the mid-19th century Britain. Women during that time, were encouraged to look for a good
marriage and nd a wealthy and propertied husband, and this was portrayed in her famous
novel ‘ The Pride and the Prejudice’. She wrote ‘it is the truth, universally acknowledged,
that a single man in possession of good fortune must be in want of a good wife’. The main
characters were also seen pre-occupied with marriage and money.

(c) The novel ‘Pariksha-Guru’ portrays the difculties of the new middle class in adapting to
colonised society while preserving its cultural identity. It emphasises that Western ideals
must be inculcated, but without sacricing the traditional values of middle-class households.
The characters in this Hindi novel by Srinivas Das are seen endeavouring to bridge the two
different worlds of modern education and traditional ethics.
Q. 4. Discuss some of the social changes in nineteenth-century Britain which Thomas Hardy and
Charles Dickens wrote about.
Ans. Both the writers, Thomas Hardy and Charles Dickens wrote mainly about the effects of
industrialisation. Charles Dickens wrote about the industrial towns and the condition of the poor
people living in them – smoking chimneys, pollution, grim factories and exploited workers. He
also criticised the greed for the prots and the reduction of human beings into tools of production
in his novel, ‘Hard times’.
Whereas, Thomas Hardy, on the other hand, wrote about the traditional rural communities
of England which were vanished in the face of rapid industrial growth. There was change to
independent farming to employment of labourers and machines on large farms which could be
seen in Hardy’s popular work ‘The Mayor of Casterbridge’. Hardy, in his novel, demonstrated his
character of Michael Henchard, as a character who mourned for the loss of the personalised world,
even after knowing its problems and understanding the advantages of the new order.
Q. 5. Summarise the concern in both nineteenth-century Europe and India about women
reading novels. What does this suggest about how women were viewed?
Ans. In 19th century, women in Europe were revolutionary and progressive. They began reading and
writing novels. They wrote about family life and earned public recognition. They drew upon their
experience. But this change in the world of women folk was not appreciated by many. The male
dominated society feared that women would now neglect their traditional role as mothers and
wives. And the home would be in disarrangement and disorder.
India
In India too, women reading novels bore more or less similar fears. Women were seen as easily
corruptible and an imaginary world that the novel provided was seen as a dangerous opening for
the imaginations of its readers.
We can now infer that women in general were discouraged from reading novels and were viewed
as delicate and incapable of being independent. They (women) should be completely controlled
by the men in their families and bound to do their duties as wives and mothers. Few communities
felt that women who read novels would leave their domestic surroundings and aspire to be a part
of the outside world— the male domain. They were merely expected to marry a man who could
take care of their nancial needs while they maintained his household and remained subservient
to him.
Q. 6. In what ways was the novel in colonial India useful for both the colonisers as well as the
nationalists?
Ans. Colonial rulers found “vernacular” novels illuminating for the information they provided on
native customs and life. It was useful in the governance of this diverse country. Novels were used
by the Indian nationalists to criticise the colonial rule and instill a sense of national pride and
unity amongst the people.
Q. 7. Describe how the issue of caste was included in novels in India. By referring to any two novels,
discuss the ways in which they tried to make readers think about existing social issues.
Ans. Colonial rulers found ‘vernacular’ novels illuminating for the information they provided on native
customs and life. It was useful in the governance of this diverse country. Novels were used by the
Indian nationalists to criticise the colonial rule and instill a sense of national pride and unity
amongst the people.
O Chandu Menon in his book ‘Indulekha’tried to bring focus on the practice of marriages among
the ‘upper caste’ Hindus in Kerala by showing through his characters that reform is needed in
Xam idea
Social Science–X
166
practice of marriage within these castes. Potheri Kunjambu in his novel ‘Saraswativijayam’
criticized caste based oppression by showing that a ‘lower caste person’ can command respect by
educating himself and his community.
Q. 8. Describe the ways in which the novel in India attempted to create a sense of pan-Indian
belonging.
Ans. Novelists in colonial India wrote for the political cause as the novels provided a far reaching
medium to express social defects and their remedies. It also helped establish a relationship to
India’s past in the mind-set of the people and bring a sense of national unity among the people.
Since people from different regions and different walks of life could read novels, it was an easy
way to popularise anti-colonial ideas.

Q. 1. How did novels produce a number of common interests among varied readers?
Ans. As readers were drawn into the story and identied with the lives of ctitious characters, they
could think about issues such as the relationship between love and marriage, the proper conduct
for men and women and so on.
Q. 2. Which new groups formed the new readership for novels in England and France?
Ans. New groups of lower-middle-class people such as shopkeepers and clerks, along with the
traditional aristocratic and gentlemanly classes in England and France formed the new readership
for novels.
Q. 3. How did Walter Scott contribute in developing literary style while writing novel?
Ans. Walter Scott remembered and collected popular Scottish ballads which he used in his historical
novels about the wars between Scottish clans.
Q. 4. Give an example of Epistolary novel.
Ans. Samuel Richardson’s ‘Pamela’, written in the eighteenth century, told much of its story through
an exchange of letters between two lovers. These letters tell the reader of the hidden conicts in
the heroine’s mind.
Q. 5. What was the benet of serialisation of novels in magazines?
Ans. Serialisation allowed readers to relish the suspense, discuss the characters of a novel and live for
weeks with their stories—like viewers of televisions soaps today.
Q. 6. How do novels touch the lives of common people?
Ans. Novels do not focus on the lives of great people or actions that change the destinies of states and
empires. Instead, they are about the everyday life of common people.
Q. 7. How did Charles Dickens’ novels depict the terrible effects of industrialisation?
Ans. Charles Dickens in his novel ‘Hard times’ describes Coketown, a ctitious industrial town, as a
grim place full of machinery, smoking chimneys, polluted rivers, people and buildings that all
looked the same.
Q. 8. What is depicted in Oliver Twist?
Ans. It is a tale of a poor orphan, who lived in the world of petty criminals and beggars but was later on
adopted by a wealthy man and lived happily ever after.
Q. 9. What is shown in Emile Zola’s ‘Germinal’?
Ans. It is a story in the life of a young miner in France, who explores the harsh conditions of miners’
lives. It ends with the strike by hero, which fails and his co-workers turn against him and all hopes
are shattered.
Q. 10. What could be seen in most of Thomas Hardy’s novels?
Ans. Thomas Hardy wrote about traditional rural communities of England that were fast vanishing.
The old rural culture with its independent farmers was dying out.

Q. 11. What was the benet of novels in Vernacular languages?
Ans. Vernacular languages were spoken by common people. By coming closer to the different spoken
languages of the people, the novel produces a sense of a shared world between diverse people in
a nation.
Q. 12. Name the famous novel of Jane Austen.
Ans. ‘Pride and Prejudice’.
Q. 13. What is depicted in Jane Austen’s novels?
Ans. They make us think about a society which encourages women to look for ‘good’ marriages and nd
wealthy or propertied husbands.
Q. 14. What kind of novels were written for young boys?
Ans. Novels for young boys idealised a new type of man; someone who was powerful, assertive,
independent and have daring.
Q. 15. Name some important novels written for young boys.
Ans. R.L. Stevenson’s ‘Treasure Island’ and Rudyard Kipling’s ‘Jungle Book’ became great hits among
younger generation.
Q. 16. Which love stories became famous among the adolescent girls?
Ans. ‘Ramona’ by Helen Hunt Jackson and a series entitled ‘What Katy did’ by Sarah Chauncey Woolsey
were pretty popular among the adolescent girls.
Q. 17. What was the impact of colonialism on novels?
Ans. The novel originated in Europe at a time when it (Europe) was colonising the rest of the world.
The early novels contributed to colonialism by making the readers feel that they were part of a
superior community of fellow colonialists.
Q. 18. Give an early example of novel writing in India.
Ans. Banabhatta’s ‘Kadambari’ written in Sanskrit in the seventh century is an example.
Q. 19. Which was the earliest novel written in Marathi?
Ans. The earliest novel in Marathi was Baba Padmanji’s ‘Yamuna Paryatan’, which used a simple style
of storytelling to speak about the plight of widows.
Q. 20. Who has written ‘Muktamala’?
Ans. Lakshman Moreshwar Halbes wrote ‘Muktamala’.
Q. 21. How did translations of the novels help people?
Ans. Translations of novels into different regional languages helped to spread the popularity of the
novels and stimulated the growth of the novels in new areas.
Q. 22. Which was the rst Malayalam novel published in 1889?
Ans. ‘Indulekha’ was the rst Malayalam novel written in the modern form.
Q. 23. What was depicted in ‘Pariksha-Guru’?
Ans. Srinivas Das’s novel ‘Pariksha-Guru’ cautioned young men of well-to-do families against the
dangerous inuences of bad company and consequent loose morals.
Q. 24. Name the best-seller of Devaki Nandan Khatri.
Ans. His best-seller was ‘Chandrakanta’ – a romance with dazzling elements of fantasy.
Q. 25. Which novelist brought a change in Hindi novel writing?
Ans. It was with the writing of Premchand that the Hindi novel achieved excellence. He began writing
in Urdu and then shifted to Hindi, remaining an immensely inuential writer in both languages.
Q. 26. What is written in ‘Sewasadan’ of Premchand?
Ans. Sewasadan mainly deals with the poor condition of women in s ociety. Issues like child marriage
and dowry are woven into the story of the novel. It also tells us about the ways in which the
Indian upper classes used whatever little opportunities they got from colonial authorities to
govern themselves.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
168
Q. 27. How could novels be read in groups?
Ans. Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay would host a jatra in the courtyard where members of the family
would be gathered. He also read his novel ‘Durgeshnandini’ to his friends in his room.
Q. 28. Why did Sarat Chandra Chattopadhyay become most popular novelist in Bengal?
Ans. By the twentieth century, the power of telling stories in a simple language made Sarat Chandra
Chattopadhyay the most popular novelist in Bengal and probably in the rest of India.
Q. 29. How did novels help in establishing relationship with the past?
Ans. Many of the old thrilling stories of adventures and intrigues set in the past. Through gloried
accounts of the past, these novels helped in creating a sense of national pride among their readers.
Q. 30. What kind of a character was of Indulekha of Chandu Menon?
Ans. Induleka was a woman of breath taking beauty, high intellectual abilities, artistic talent and highly
educated in English and Sanskrit.
Q. 31. How has Madhavan, the hero of Indulekha been presented?
Ans. Madhavan was a member of the newly English educated class of Nayars from the University of
Madras, a ‘First Rate Sanskrit Scholar’. He is dressed in western clothes but kept a long tuft of hair,
according to the Nayar Custom.
Q. 32. Who was Rokeya Hossein?
Ans. Rokeya Hossein was a reformer who, after she was widowed, started a girl’s school in Calcutta. Her
novel ‘Padmarag’ also showed the need for women to reform their conditions by their own actions.
Q. 33. Which novels show the life of upper caste people?
Ans. Novels like ‘Indirabai and Indulekha’ were written by members of the upper castes and were
primarily about upper-caste characters.
Q. 34. What is depicted in ‘Saraswativijayam’?
Ans. It is a mounting strong attack on caste oppression. This novel shows a young man from an
‘untouchable’ caste, leaving his village to escape the cruelty of his Brahmin landlord.
Q. 35. Who wrote ‘Saraswativijayam’?
Ans. Potheri Kunjambu, a ‘lower-caste’ writer from North Kerala wrote this novel.
Q. 36. Name the novel written by Advaita Malla Burman.
Ans. ‘Titash Ekti Nadir Naam’.
Q. 37. Which was the rst historical novel written in Bengal?
Ans. Bhudeb Mukhopadhayay’s ‘Anguriya Binimoy’ was the rst historical novel written in Bengal.
Q. 38. What do you know about Bankim’s ‘Anandamath’?
Ans. It’s a novel about a secret Hindu militia that ghts Muslims to establish a Hindu kingdom. It was
a novel that inspired freedom ghters.
Q. 39. What kind of characters are mostly depicted in Premchand’s novels?
Ans. In his novels, one meets aristocrats and landlords, middle-level peasants and landless labourers,
middle-class professionals and people from the margins of society.
Q. 40. Which character is highlighted in Premchand’s novel ‘Rangbhoomi’?
Ans. The central character of ‘Rangbhoomi’ is Surdas. He is a visually impaired beggar from a so-called
‘untouchable’ caste. Surdas struggled against the forcible takeover of his land for establishing a
tobacco factory.
Q. 41. Who are the main characters of Premchand’s novel ‘Godan’?
Ans. The novel tells the moving story of Hori and his wife Dhania, a peasant couple. Landlords,
moneylenders, priests and colonial bureaucrats—all those who hold power in society from a
network of oppression, rob their land and make them landless labourers. Yet Hori and Dhania
retain their dignity to the end.

Q. 1. How did novels take its rst and rm root in England and France?
Ans. (i) New groups of lower middle class people like shopkeepers and clerks, along with traditional
aristocratic gentlemanly classes in England and France now became new readers of novels.
(ii) As readership grew, the market for books expanded and the earnings of authors increased.
(iii) This gave them independence to experiment with different literary styles.
In this way, most of the early and different styles of novels were written in England and France
with an increased readership.
Q. 2. What were the advantages of vernacular novels?
Ans. (i) They were written in the language of the common people.
(ii) By coming closer to the different spoken languages of the people, the novel produced a sense
of shared world between diverse people in a nation.
(iii) Novels may take a classical language and combine it with the languages of the streets and
can make them all a part of the vernacular that is used.
(iv) Novels bring together many cultures.
Q. 3. How did novels assist in the spread of silent reading?
Ans. (i) By the late 19th century and early 20th century, written texts were often read aloud for
several people to hear. Sometimes, novels were also read in this way, but in general, novels
encouraged reading alone and in silence.
(ii) Individuals sitting at home or travelling in trains enjoyed them.
(iii) Even in a crowded room, the novel offered a special world of imagination into which the
reader could slip into, and be all alone.
In this way, reading a novel was more like daydreaming.
Q. 4. How did women get involved in the writing of novels?
Ans. l The 18th century saw the middle classes become more prosperous, so women got more
leisure time to read as well as write novels.
l Novels also began exploring the world of women—their emotions and identities, their
experiences and problems.
l Many novels were about domestic life—a theme about which women were allowed to speak
with authority.
Q. 5. How did early novels contribute to colonialism?
Ans. The novel originated in Europe at a time when it was colonising the rest of the world. The early
novel contributed to colonialism by making the readers feel that they were part of a superior
community of fellow colonialists. On the other hand, Indian novelists wrote to develop a modern
literature for the country that could produce a sense of national belongingness and cultural
equality with their colonial masters.
Q. 6. How did novel writing skills develop in India?
Ans. (i) The modern novel form developed in the 19th century, as Indians became familiar with the
Western novel.
(ii) The development of the vernaculars, print and reading public helped in this process.
(iii) Some of the earliest Indian novels were written in Bengali and Marathi. They used the simple
style of storytelling.
Q. 7. How did Premchand revolutionise the writing of Hindi novels?
Ans. (i) Premchand began writing in Urdu and then shifted to Hindi; being one of the most inuential
writers in both languages.
(ii) His novels lifted the Hindi novel from the realm of fantasy, moralising and simple
entertainment to a serious reection on the lives of ordinary people and social issues.
(iii) He wrote in the traditional art of ‘Kissa-goi’.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
170
Q. 8. What is the contribution of Basheer in the writing of novels?
Ans. (i) Basheer’s short novels and stories were written in ordinary language that of a conversation.
(ii) With wonderful humour, Basheer’s novels spoke about details from the everyday life of a
Muslim households.
(iii) He also brought into Malayalam writing and themes which were considered very unusual at
that time—poverty, insanity and life in prisons.
Q. 9. How did G.A. Henty’s historical adventure novels for boys become popular?
Ans. (i) G.A. Henty’s novels were also wildly popular during the height of the British Empire.
(ii) They aroused the excitement and adventure of conquering strange lands.
(iii) They were set in Mexico, Alexandria, Siberia and many other countries.
(iv) They were always about young boys who witnessed grand historical events, get involved in
some military action and show what they called ‘English Courage.’
Q. 10. What kind of stories were taken for adoloscent girls in novels?
Ans. (i) Love stories written for adoloscent girls also rst became popular in this period, especially in
the US.
(ii) Some of the works of farmers for that period were Romana by Helen Hunt Jackson.
(iii) Sarah Chauncy Woolsey had also written “What Katy Did”. He wrote under the pen name
Susan Coolidge.
Q. 11. What do you know about earliest Indian novels?
Ans. (i) Some of the earliest Indian novels were written in Bengali and Marathi.
(ii) The earliest novel in Marathi was Baba Padmanji’s ‘Yamuna Paryatan’, which used a simple style
of story telling to speak about the plight of widows.
(iii) This was followed by Lakshman Moreshwar Halbe’s ‘Muktamala’. This was not a realistic
novel; it presented an imaginary ‘romance’ narrative with a moral purpose.
Q. 12. How did the characters of Pariksha Guru attempt to bridge two different worlds?
Ans. In the novel, we see the characters attempting to bridge two different worlds through their actions;
they take to new agricultural technology, modernise trading practices, change the use of Indian
languages making them capable of transmitting both Western sciences and Indian wisdom.
Q. 13. How did ‘Durgesh Nandini’ written by Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay become popular?
Ans. (i) Besides the ingenius twists and turns of the plot and the suspense the novel was also relished
for its language.
(ii) The prose style became a new object of enjoyment.
(iii) Initially, the Bengali novel used a colloquial style associated with urban life. It also used
meyeli, the language associated with women’s speech.
This style was quickly replaced by Bankim’s prose, which was Sanskritised but also contained a
more vernacular style.
Q. 14. How did vernacular novels become a valuable source of information on native life and
customs?
Ans. (i) Such information was useful for Britishers in governing Indian society, with its large variety
of communities and castes.
(ii) As outsiders, the British knew little about life inside Indian households. The new novels in
Indian languages often had descriptions of domestic life.
(iii) They showed how people dressed their forms of religious worship, their beliefs and practices
and so on.
Q. 15. How did novels help in establishing a relationship with the past?
Ans. (i) Many novels told thrilling stories of adventure and intrigues set in the past.
(ii) Through glorious account of the past, these novels helped in creating a sense of national
pride among their readers.

(iii) At the same time, people from all walks of life could read novels so long as they shared a
common language. This helped in creating a sense of collective belonging on the basis of
one’s language.
Q. 16. What were the reasons for the popularity of novels among women?
Ans. (i) It allowed for a new conception of womanhood.
(ii) Stories of Love—which were a staple theme of many novels—showed women who could
choose or refuse their partners and relationships.
(iii) It showed women who could, to some extent, control their lives. Some women authors also
wrote novels about women who changed the world of both men and women.
Q. 17. What do you know about Rokeya Hossein’s writings?
Ans. (i) Rokeya Hossein was a reformer who, after she was widowed, started a girls’ school in Calcutta.
(ii) She wrote a satiric fantasy in English called ‘Sultana’s Dream’ which shows a topsy turvy
world in which women take the place of men.
(iii) Her novel ‘Padmarag’ also showed the need for women to reform their condition by their
own actions.
Q. 18. What kind of marriage alliance is shown in ‘Indulekha?’
Ans. (i) This concerned the marriage practices of upper caste Hindus in Kerala, especially the
Nambuthiri Brahmins and the Nayars.
(ii) Nambuthiris were also major landlords in Kerala at that time, and a large section of the
Nayars were their tenants.
(iii) In late 19th century Kerala, a younger generation of English educated Nayar men who had
acquired property and wealth on their own, began arguing strongly against Nambuthiri
alliances with Nayar women.
They wanted new laws regarding marriage and property.

Q. 1. Explain the picture of the newmiddle class families, which the novel Pariksha Guru portrays.
Ans. Srinivas Das’s novel published in 1882, was titled Pariksha Guru. It cautioned young men of well-
to-do families against the dangerous inuences of bad company and consequent loose morals.
The world of colonial modernity seems to be both frightening and irresistible to the characters.
(i) In the novel, we see the characters attempting to bridge two different worlds through the
actions they take.
(ii) They adopted new agricultural technology, modernised trading practices, changed the use
of Indian languages, making them capable of transmitting both western sciences and Indian
wisdom.
(iii) The young were urged to cultivate the ‘healthy habit’ of reading the newspapers.
(iv) But the novel emphasised that all this must be achieved without sacricing the traditional
values of middle class household.
Q. 2. What kind of caste war is shown in Indulekha?
Ans. Indulekha was a love story but it was also about a caste issue.
(i) It is about the marriage practices of upper caste Hindus in Kerala, especially the Nambuthiri
Brahmins and the Nayars.
(ii) A younger generation of English-educated Nayar men who had acquired property and wealth
on their own, began arguing against Nambuthiri alliances with Nayar women. They wanted
new laws regarding marriage and property.
(iii) In Indulekha, Suri Nambuthiri, a foolish landlord comes to marry Indulekha. The intelligent
heroine rejects him and chooses Madhvan, an educated and handsome Nayar as her husband.
(iv) Suri Nambuthiri desperate to nd a partner for himself, nally marries a poorer girl and goes
away pretending that he has married Indulekha.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
172
(v) Another example is that of Potheri Kunjambu’s Saraswativijayam mounting an attack on
caste oppression. This novel shows a young man from an ‘untouchable caste’ who runs away
from his village to escape the cruelty of his Brahmin landlord.
(vi) Later on, he becomes a judge and returns to a local court as one. In the end of the trial, he
reveals his true identity and then Nambuthiri repents and tries to reform his ways.
Q. 3. How were the effects of ‘Industrial Revolution’ reected in the novels?
Ans. (i) When Industrial Revolution began, factories came up, business prots increased but workers
faced problems.
(ii) Cities expanded in an unregulated way and were lled with overworked and underpaid workers.
(iii) Deeply critical of these developments, novelists such as Charles Dickens wrote about the
terrible effects of industrialisation on people’s lives and characters.
(iv) His novel Hard Times depicts a ctious industrial town as a grim place full of machinery,
smoking chimneys and rivers polluted.
(v) Dickens criticised not just the greed for prots but also the ideas that reduced human beings
into simple instruments of production.
(vi) Dickens’ Oliver Twist is the tale of a poor orphan who lived in a world of petty criminals and
beggars. Oliver was nally adopted by a wealthy man and lived happily everafter.
(vii) Emile Zola’s Germinal was written on the life of a young miner and ends on a sad note.
Q. 4. What kind of novels were written for the younger generations?
Ans. Most of the novels for the young were full of adventure and love stories.
(i) Books like R.L. Stevenson’s Treasure Island and Rudyard Kipling’s Jungle Book became great
hits.
(ii) G.A. Henty’s historical adventure novels for boys were also popular during the height of the
British empire.
(iii) Love stories written for adolescent girls also became popular in this period.
(iv) In US Ramona by Helen Hunt Jackson and a series called, What Katy did by Sarah Woolsey,
who wrote under the pen name Susan Coolidge also were very popular.
Q. 5. What is the contribution of the novel to colonialism?
Ans. (i) The novel originated in Europe at a time when it was colonising the rest of the world.
(ii) The early novel contributed to colonialism by making the readers feel they were part of a
superior community of fellow colonialists.
(iii) The hero of Daniel Defoe’s Robinson Crusoe is an adventurer and slave trader. His ship
wrecked on an island; Crusoe treats coloured people not as human beings equal to him but
as inferior creatures. He rescues a ‘native’ and makes him his slave and calls him ‘Friday’.
(iv) Crusoe’s behaviour was not seen as unacceptable as most of the writers of that time saw
colonialism as natural.
(v) Colonised people were seen as primitive and barbaric less than human, and colonial rule was
considered necessary to civilise them, to make them fully human.
It was later in the 20th century that some novelists depicted the darker side of colonial occupation.
Q. 6. Describe the development of novels in Bengal.
Ans. l In the 19th century, the early Bengali novels lived in two worlds. Many of those novels were
located in the past, their character, events and love stories were based on historical events.
l Another group of novels depicted the domestic life in contemporary settings. Domestic novels
frequently dealt with social problems and romantic relationships between men and women.
l Novels were read individually. Sometimes, in a group also. The great Bangla novelist Bankim
Chandra Chattopadhyay would host a ‘jatra’ in the courtyard, where novels were read aloud
among family members.
l The novel was also relished for its language. The prose style became a new object of
enjoyment. They also used Mayeli, the language associated with women’s speech.
Q. 7. How did novels present modernity in their vision?
Ans. (i) Social novelists often created heroes and heroines with ideal qualities, whom their readers
could admire and imitate.

(ii) The characters in the novels show how to be modern without rejecting tradition; how to
accept ideas coming from the west without losing one’s identity.
(iii) Chandu Menon portrayed Indulekha as a woman of breathtaking beauty, high intellectual
abilities, artistic talent and with an education in English and Sanskrit.
(iv) Madhavan, the hero of the novel was a member of the newly English-educated class of Nayars
from the university of Madras. He was also a Sanskrit scholar. He dressed in western clothes
but had kept a long tuft of hair, according to the Nayar custom.
Characters like Indulekha and Madhavan showed readers how Indian and foreign lifestyle could
be brought together in an ideal combination.
Q. 8. Give a brief history of how ‘novel’ was born.
Ans. (i) In ancient times, manuscripts were handwritten. These circulated among very few people.
(ii) In contrast, because of being printed, novels were widely read and became popular very
quickly.
(iii) At this time, big cities like London were growing rapidly and becoming connected to small
towns and rural areas through print and improved communications.
(iv) As readers were drawn into the story and identied with the lives of ctitious characters,
they could think about issues such as the relationship between love and marriage, the proper
conduct for men and women and so on. So novel is a modern form of literature, born from
print, a mechanical invention.
Q. 9. What does epistolary mean? How were epistolary novels written?
Ans. Epistolary is written in the form of series of letters. The epistolary novel, used the private and
personal form of letters to tell its story. Samuel Richardson’s Pamela written in the 18th century
told much of its story through an exchange of letters between two lovers. These letters tell the
readers of the hidden conicts in the heroine’s mind.
Q. 10. What is the theme of Charlotte Bronte’s ‘Jane Eyre’?
Ans. (i) In Charlotte Bronte’s Jane Eyre, published in 1874, young Jane is shown as independent and
assertive.
(ii) While girls of her time were expected to be quiet and well behaved, Jane at the age of ten,
protests against the hypocrisy of her elders with startling bluntness.
(iii) She tells her Aunt who is always unkind to her; ‘People think you a good woman, but you are
bad. You are deceitful. I will never call you aunt as long as I live.’
(iv) Such stories allowed women readers to sympathise with rebellious actions. Often women
novelists dealt with women who broke established norms of society before adjusting to them.
Q. 11. What do you know about Devaki Nandan Khatri’s bestseller ‘Chandrakanta’?
Ans. l Chandrakanta is a romance with dazzling elements of fantasy—is believed to have contributed
immensely in popularising the Hindi language and Nagri script among the educated classes
of those times.
l Although it was apparently written purely for the ‘Pleasure of reading’, this novel also gives
some interesting insights into the fears and desires of its reading public.
Q. 12. What types of characters are portrayed in Chandu Menon’s novel ‘Indulekha’?
Ans. l Menon portrayed Indulekha as a woman of breathtaking beauty, with high intellectual
abilities, artistic talent and with an education in English and Sanskrit.
l Madhavan, the hero of the novel, was also presented in ideal colours. He was a member of the
newly English educated class of Nayars from the University of Madras.
l He was also a ‘rst-rate’ Sanskrit scholar.
l He dressed in western clothes, but at the same time, he kept a long tuft of hair, according to
the Nayar custom.
Characters like Indulekha and Madhavan showed readers on how Indian and foreign lifestyles
could be brought together in an ideal combination.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
174
Q. 13. Why did Indulekha decide to marry Madhavan out of the way?
Ans. (i) Suri Nambuthiri, the foolish landlord who comes to marry Indulekha, is the focus of much
satire in the novel.
(ii) The intelligent heroine rejects him and chooses Madhavan, the educated and handsome
Nayar as her husband and the young couple move to Madras, where Madhavan joins the civil
services.
(iii) Suri Nambuthiri, desperate to nd a partner for himself, nally marries a poorer relation
from the same family and goes away pretending that he has married Indulekha.
(iv) Chandu Menon clearly wanted his readers to appreciate the new values of his hero and
heroine and criticise the ignorance and immorality of Suri Nambuthiri.
Q. 14. What kind of life is depicted in the novel, “Titash Ekti Nadir Naam”?
Ans. (i) It is an epic about the Mallas, a community of sherfolk who live off shing in the river
Titash.
(ii) The story is about a child Ananta, whose parents were tragically separated after their wedding
night.
(iii) Ananta leaves the community to get educated in the city. The novel describes the community
life of Mallas in great detail, their Holi and Kali Puja festivals, boat races, bhatiali songs, their
relationships of friendship and animosity with the peasants and the oppression of the upper
castes.
(iv) Slowly the community breaks up and the Mallas start ghting amongst themselves as new
cultural inuences from the cities start penetrating their lives.
The life of the community and that of the river is intimately tied. Their end comes together;
as the river dries up, the community dies too.

Q. 1. How did serialization of novels increase the popularity of novels and magazines?
Ans. (i) In a serialised novel, a story is published in instalments, keeping the suspense for the next
issue.
(ii) Serialisation allowed readers to relish the suspense, discuss the characters of a novel and live
for weeks with their stories.
(iii) This was possible since the magazines were illustrated and cheap and affordable.
Q. 2. “Novels were useful to different sections of the society.” Support your answer with suitable
example.
OR
“Premchand’s novels are lled with all kinds of powerful characters drawn from all levels of
society.” Support this statement by giving suitable examples.
Ans. Premchand’s novels are lled with all kinds of powerful characters drawn from all levels of society.
In his novels, one meets aristocrats and landlords, middle level peasants, landless labourers,
middle class professionals and people from poor families.
(i) The central character of his novel Rangbhoomi, Surdas is a visually impaired beggar from
untouchable caste. We see in this novel, the forcible takeover of his land for establishing
a tobacco industry. What is thought provoking is the industrialisation and its impact on
society and people.
(ii) Godan is an epic of the Indian peasantry. It is about a peasant couple. Landlords, moneylenders,
priests and colonial bureaucrats all these who hold power in society, are responsible for their
oppression. Yet the couple, Hori and Dhania retain their dignity to the end.
Q. 3. “Hindi novel achieved excellence with Premchand’s writings.” Support the statement with
examples.

OR
Explain how Sewasadan written by Premchand, lifted the Hindi novels from the realms of
fantasy.
Ans. (i) Premchand had picked up the lives of ordinary people and certain social issues, and depicted
them in his novel Sewasadan.
(ii) Sewasadan deals mainly with the poor condition of women in society; issues like child
marriage and dowry are woven into the story of the novel.
(iii) It also tells us about the ways in which the Indian upper classes used whatever little
opportunities they got from colonial authorities to govern themselves.
Q. 4. “The novel created space for minorities in the society”. Establish the validity of the
statement with the help of an example.
OR
What kind of novels were written for lower castes?
Ans. (i) Potheri Kunambu, a lower caste writer from Kerala, wrote a novel called, “Saraswati-vijayam’
in 1892, mounting a strong attack on caste oppression.
(ii) This novel shows a young man from an untouchable caste, leaving his village to escape the
cruelty of his Brahmin landlord.
(iii) He converts to Christianity, obtains modern education and returns as a judge in the local
court. Meanwhile, the villagers, thinking that the landlord’s men had killed him, le a case.
(iv) At the conclusion of the trial, the judge reveals his true identity and the Nambuthiri repents
and reforms his ways. This novel stresses the importance of education for the upliftment of
the lower castes.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Who was Henry Fielding?

2. Which was the rst serialised novel?
3. Name the author of the novel ‘Robinson Crusoe’.
4. Who was the writer of novel-Pariksha-Guru? Why was it not so popular?
5. What was the issue addressed in the novel ‘Padmarag’?
1. Explain the reasons for the popularity of novels in the 18th century.
2. Name one famous woman novelist in 19th century England. Describe the different ways in which
women novelists portrayed women.
3. How did novels become popular in India? Explain.
1. Who was Charlotte Bronte? What was her contribution?

2. Highlight the contribution of Premchand in Hindi novel writing.
3. Describe the development of the novels written for the young generation of Europe with examples.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
176
GEOGRAPHY
1. RESOURCES AND DEVELOPMENT
2. WATER RESOURCES
3. AGRICULTURE
4. MINERALS AND ENERGY RESOURCES
5. MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES
6. LIFELINES OF NATIONAL ECONOMY
CONTEMPORARY INDIA-II
Resources and
1 Development
RENEWABLE RESOURCES
Resources whose They can be renewed Renewable resources Biotic resources that Example: Wind, water,
quantity is not or reproduced by like sunlight, wind, are renewable, may forests, etc.
reduced due to use physical, chemical or water are flow be temporarily
and which can be mechanical process. resources, whose diminished but may
repeatedly used stock is continuous be renewed again by
without fear of and are being used natural process and
exhaustion are since time proper management.
termed as renewable immemorial.
resources.
NON-RENEWABLE RESOURCES
Substances whose They cannot be Their quantity is more These resources can Example: fossil fuels
stock gets reduced increased or or less fixed because never be renewed or like coal, petroleum
and are gradually recovered. their formation takes replenished. and minerals.
exhausted with use long geological period
are termed as of millions of years.
non-renewable
resources. They are
exhaustible
resources.
179 Geography:
Contemporary India-II
ON THE BASIS OF OWNERSHIP
Individual Community National International
Owned privately by Accessible to all the Technically, all the resources The oceanic resources
individuals e.g., members of the available in the country are beyond 200 km of the
plots, house, car, community e.g., public national resources e.g., forests, Exclusive Economic
wells, etc. parks, picnic spots, wildlife, land division and the Zone belong the
playgrounds, etc. political territories international
ON THE BASIS OF STATUS OF DEVELOPMENT
Potential Developed Stock Reserves
Which are found in Which are surveyed and Which have the potential to Can be put into use with
a region but have their quality, quantity satisfy human needs but the help of technical
not been yet has been determined they do not have appropriate know-how but their use
utilised for utilisation technology to access them has not been started
DEVELOPMENT OF RESOURCES
Major Problems and Need for Sustainable Development Need for Resource
Planning
Accumulation of resources in few hands dividing the society in

‘haves’ and ‘have-nots’
There are regions which
are rich in certain
Indiscriminate use of resources leading to global warming, ozone resources and deficient in
layer depletion and environmental pollution, land degradation some other resources
Resource planning needed for sustainable existence of all Arunachal Pradesh has
forms of life abundance of water but
lacks infrastructural
development
Sustainable economic development is development that
should take place without damaging the environment
Rajasthan has abundance

of solar and wind energy
The first International Earth Summit held in Rio de Janeiro in but lacks in water resources
1992, attended by 100 countries
Adopted Agenda 21 to achieve global sustainable development

and to combat poverty, disease from the world
Xam idea
Social Science–X
180
RESOURCE PLANNING IN INDIA
A complex process involving Conservation of

three processes Resources
(i) Identification and inventory of resources Vital for any development activity
(ii) Evolving a planning structure Irrational consumption and

overutilisation lead to socio-economic
and environmental problems
(iii) Matching the resource development plan
with national development plans
Five year plans launched after independence
Indian resource development depends on

technology, quality of human resources and
historical experiences of people
LAND RESOURCES
Importance of Land Relief Features Land Utilisation
Perform all economic Variety of relief features in Forests

activities on land India
Land not available for

It’s a natural resource Plains — Covering cultivation—Barren and
supporting natural 43% area wasteland
vegetation, wildlife, economic
activities, transport and
communication systems
Mountains — Covering Permanent pastures and
30% area grazing lands
An asset of a finite
magnitude
Plateaus — Covering Land under miscellaneous
27% area trees and culturable
wastelands
Possesses rich resources in

all these relief features Fallow lands and Net Sown
Area
181 Geography:
LAND RESOURCES
Land use Pattern of Land Conservation of

India Degradation Land
Determined by both physical Degraded land — 130 million Afforestation and proper
and human factors hectare. 28% forest management of grazing lands
degraded, 56% water eroded,
certain human activities
Land use data available only Planting of shelter belts
for 93% area
Mining sites are abandoned
Control on overgrazing
Overgrazing and over

irrigation is responsible for
alkalinity Thorny bushes to stabilise
sand dunes
Mineral processing like

cement industry, industrial Control on mining activities
effluents
Proper discharge and disposal

of industrial effluents
SOIL AS A RESOURCE
ALLUVIAL SOIL
The entire northern plains Alluvial soil is also found The alluvial soil consists of Mostly these soils contain
are made up of alluvial soil. in the eastern coastal various proportions of adequate proportion of
plains particularly in the sand, silt and clay. potash, phosphoric acid
deltas of and lime which are ideal for
the growth of sugarcane,
These have been deposited paddy, wheat and other
by these important cereal and pulse crops.
Himalayan river systems. Mahanadi Krishna Alluvial soils are described
river river on the basis of their age.
Godavari Kaveri
Indus Brahmaputra river river
Ganga
(Old) Bangar (New) Khadar
has higher concentration has less concentration of

of ‘Kanker’ nodules ‘Kanker’ nodules than Bangar
less fertile is more fertile

than Khadar than Bangar
Xam idea
Social Science–X
182
BLACK SOIL
These soils are They are ideal for This type of soil is The black soils are These soils are
black in colour growing cotton typical of the made up of sticky when wet
and are also known and is also known Deccan trap extremely fine, i.e., and difficult to
as ‘regur’ soils. as ‘black cotton’ (Basalt) region, clayey material work on unless
soil. spread over tilled immediately
northwest after the first
Deccan plateau shower or during
and is made up of the pre-monsoon
lava flows. period.
RED AND YELLOW SOILS
Red soil develops on Yellow and red soils are These soils develop a
crystalline igneous rocks in found in parts of Orissa, reddish colour due to
areas of low rainfall in the Chhattisgarh, southern parts diffusion of iron in
eastern and southern parts of the middle Ganga plain crystalline and
of the Deccan plateau. and along the piedmont zone metamorphic rocks.
of the western ghats. It looks yellow when it
occurs in a hydrated form.
LATERITE SOIL
The laterite develops This soil is suitable These soils are After adopting
in areas with high for cultivation with mainly found in appropriate soil
temperature and adequate doses of Karnataka, Kerala, conservative
heavy rainfall. manures and Tamil Nadu, Madhya techniques,
fertilizers. Pradesh and the hilly particularly in the hilly
areas of Orissa and areas of Karnataka,
Assam. Kerala and Tamil
Nadu, this soil is very
useful for growing
Tea and Coffee.
ARID SOILS
Arid soils range from They are generally In some areas, the The bottom layer of After proper irrigation,
red to brown in sandy in texture and salt content is very Kankar restricts the these soils become
colour. saline in nature. high and common infiltration of water. cultivable as has
salt is obtained by been in the case of
evaporating the western Rajasthan.
water.
183 Geography:
Soil Erosion Soil Conservation
Denudation of soil cover and subsequent Ploughing along contour lines—

washing down is called soil erosion Contour ploughing
Due to human activities like deforestation, Steps can be cut on slopes—

overgrazing, construction and mining Terrace farming
Natural forces like wind, water, glacier and Strips of grass are left to grow between
water lead to soil erosion crops called—strip cropping
Running water cuts through clayey soil and

forms gullies
Also caused due to defective method of

farming-ploughing in a wrong manner
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Resources: A stock or supply of money, materials, staff, and other assets that can be
drawn on by a person or organization in order to function effectively.
2. Biotic: Relating to or resulting from living organisms. The biotic factors of an ecosystem
are all the living organisms that affect other organisms in an ecosystem and include
animals, plants, microorganisms, dead organisms, and even animal waste.
3. Abiotic: Devoid of life. Non biological factors, material or process which can affect living
or non-living organisms, like rocks, weather and sunlight.
4. Renewable Resources: It is a substance of economic value that can be replaced or
replenished in the same or less amount of time as it takes to draw the supply down.
5. Non-Renewable Resources: It is a resource of economic value that cannot be readily
replaced by natural means on a level equal to its consumption.
6. Natural Vegetation: It refers to the plants and other flora that make up the plant life in
the region.
7. Recycle: To convert (waste) into reusable material.
8. Individual Resources: These types of resources are owned by individuals, for instance,
people in rural areas own lands while in urban areas, people have their own houses,
plots, etc. to live in.
9. Community owned Resources: This type of resources can be accessed by all the
members of a community. This includes public parks, picnic spots, grazing grounds, and
playgrounds, etc. which are accessible by everyone living around.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
184
10. International Resources: The international Resource Panel is a scientific panel of exper ts
that aim to help nations use natural resources sustainably without compromising
economic growth and human needs.
11. Potential Resources: Resources found in a region but not being used at present.
12. Developed Resources: They are those resources which have been surveyed and identified
for their quantity and quality. Their development depends upon the availability of
technology.
13. Reserves: These are such materials that can be utilised with existing technology but their
use has not yet been started.
14. Conservation: The protection of plants and animals, natural areas, and interesting and
important buildings especially from the damaging effects of human activity.
15. Land Resources: It refers to the land available for exploitation, like non-agricultural lands
for buildings, developing townships, etc. Land resources (natural resources) (economically
referred to as land or raw materials) occur naturally within environments that exist
relatively undisturbed by mankind, in a natural form.
16. Degradation: The process in which the beauty or quality of something is destroyed or
spoiled: environmental degradation.
17. Stock: These are materials in the environment that can be utilised as resources but lack
of adequate technology hampers their usage.
18. Sheet Erosion: Loss of top layers of nutrient rich soil due to water (rain), loosening soil
particles and carrying them across the land.
19. Gullies: A ravine formed by the action of water.
20. Bad Land: It is a type of dry terrain where softer sedimentary rocks and clay-rich soils
have been extensively eroded by wind and water.
21. Soil Erosion: It is a naturally occurring process that affects all landforms. Displacement
of upper layer of soil.
22. Plateau: A large flat area of land that is high above sea level.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Multiple choice questions.
(i) Which one of the following type of resource is iron ore?
(a) Renewable (b) Biotic
(c) Flow (d) Non-renewable
Ans. (d) Non-renewable
(ii) Under which of the following type of resource can tidal energy be put?
(a) Replenishable (b) Human-made
(c) Abiotic (d) Non-recyclable
Ans. (a) Replenishable
(iii) Which one of the following is the main cause of land degradation in Punjab?
(a) Intensive cultivation (b) Deforestation
(c) over irrigation (d) overgrazing
185 Geography:
Ans. (c) Over irrigation
(iv) In which one of the following states is terrace cultivation practised?
(a) Punjab (b) Plains of Uttar Pradesh
(c) Haryana (d) Uttarakhand
Ans. (d) Uttarakhand
(v) In which of the following states is black soil found?
(a) Jammu and Kashmir (b) Gujarat
(c) Rajasthan (d) Jharkhand
Ans. (b) Gujarat
Q. 2. Answer the following questions in about 30 words.
(i) Name three states having black soil and the crop which is mainly grown in it.
Ans. The three states are
O Maharashtra
O Madhya Pradesh
O Gujarat
And the crop which is mainly grown on black soil is cotton.
(ii) What type of soil is found in the river deltas of the eastern coast? Give three main
features of this type of soil.
Ans. Alluvial soil is formed in the river deltas of the eastern coast. Its main features are -
O Alluvial soil is rich in potassium and phosphoric acid and lime.
O It has a high water retention capacity.
O And it is highly fertile soil.
(iii) What steps can be taken to control soil erosion in the hilly areas?
Ans. ‘Shelter belt plantation’ and ‘Terrace farming’ can be done to prevent soil erosion in hilly areas.
(iv) What are the biotic and abiotic resources? Give some examples.
Ans. Biotic resources: Resources obtained from living organisms in our environment are called biotic
resources. Example – trees, animals, insects, etc.
Abiotic resources: Things composed of non-living things present in our environment are termed
as abiotic resources.
Example: earth, water, metals, etc.
(i) Explain land use pattern in India and why has the land under forest not increased
much since 1960-61?
Ans. About 45 per cent of land is used as net sown areas, i.e., farming.
About 22 per cent of land is under forest and the rest of the land is used for various purposes; such
as housing, recreation and industrial activities.
The main reason that forest land has not increased since 1960-61 is that there is an increase in
population and subsequent increase in demand for resources.
(ii) How have technical and economic development led to more consumption of resources?
Ans. Technical and economic development involves more utilisation and exploitation of resources for
the purpose of present development. As the history of our colonisation shows, it was mainly one
of the higher levels of technological development of the colonising countries that helped them to
exploit resources of the regions and establish their own power over the colonies.
(i) Technological development has led to more industries and therefore use of natural resources
has increased.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
186
(ii) As means of transportation and communication are developing fast, they help in the mobility
of the resources.
(iii) Due to technological advancement, techniques of mining and quarrying are also improving,
leading to safer mining and more resources and more economic development.
(iv) Green Revolution led to the introduction of latest mechanical devices, fertilisers, HYV seeds,
etc., leading to more and more production and consumption of resources.
VERY SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS [1 mark]

Q. 1. Dene the term ‘Resource’.
Ans. Everything available in our environment, which can be used to satisfy our needs, provided, it
is technologically accessible, economically feasible and culturally acceptable can be termed as
‘Resource’.
Q. 2. What is the role of human beings in the development of a resource?
Ans. Human beings transform material available in our environment into resources and use them.
Q. 3. What are renewable resources?
Ans. The resources which can be renewed or reproduced by physical, chemical or mechanical processes
are known as renewable or replenishable resources. Example—water, forests, wildlife, etc.
Q. 4. What are non-renewable resources?
Ans. These resources cannot be renewed or replenished. They take millions of years in their formation.
Example—coal, mineral oil, iron ore, bauxite, etc.
Q. 5. Dene Individual Resources.
Ans. These resources are owned privately by individuals. Example—Plantation, pasture lands, ponds,
water in wells, etc. are resources owned by individuals.
Q. 6. Which resources are community owned resources?
Ans. These are resources which are accessible to all the members of the community. Example— Public
parks, picnic spots, cinema halls, playgrounds, etc.
Q. 7. What are National Resources.
Ans. Technically, all the resources available in a nation are categorised as National Resources.
Example—Minerals, wild life, forests, water resources, land of a nation, roads, railways.
Q. 8. Which resources are termed as ‘International Resources’?
Ans. There are international institutions which regulate some resources. These resources can be
utilised by any country of the world. Example—The oceanic resources beyond 200 nautical miles
of the Exclusive Economic Zone belong to open ocean and no individual country can utilise
without the unanimity of international institutions.
Q. 9. What are Potential Resources?
Ans. Resources which are found in a region but have not been utilised. Example—Wind and solar
energy can be generated in parts of Gujarat and Rajasthan (they are potential).
Q. 10. Dene Developed Resources.
Ans. Resources which are surveyed, their quality and quantity is determined and they are developed
for use. Example—Coal, mineral oil.
Q. 11. What do you understand by the term ‘stock’?
Ans. Stock is the materials in the environment, which have the potential to satisfy human needs but
human beings do not have the appropriate technology to access these. Example: Water can be
made with two gases—hydrogen and oxygen, but we do not have required technology to use it.
Q. 12. What are ‘Reserves’?
Ans. Reserves are the subset of the stock, which can be put into use with the help of existing technical
187 Geography:
‘know how’ but their use has not been started. These can be used for meeting future requirements.
Example—water in the dams, forests, etc is a reserve which can be used in the future.
Q. 13. What do you mean by sustainable development?
Ans. Sustainable economic development means development should take place without damaging the
environment and development in the present should not compromise with the needs of the future
generation.
Q. 14. When and where was the rst International Earth Summit held?
Ans. The rst International Earth Summit, held at Rio de Janeiro in Brazil in June 1992, where 100
heads of states met.
Q. 15. What was Agenda 21 of Earth Summit of Rio de Janeiro?
Ans. The agenda was to combat environmental damage, poverty, disease through global cooperation
on common interests, mutual needs and shared responsibilities.
Q. 16. Why is there a need of planning resources in India?
Ans. We need to have resource planning in India since India has enormous diversity in the availability
of resources. There are regions which are rich in certain types of resources but are decient in
some other resources. This calls for balanced resource planning at national, state and regional
levels.
Q. 17. What are the three processes involved in Resource Planning?
Ans. (i) Identication and inventory of resources across the regions of the country.
(ii) Evolving a planning structure with appropriate technology.
(iii) Matching the resource development plans with overall national development plans.
Q. 18. How are resources associated with colonialism?
Ans. (i) The history of colonisation reveals that rich resources in colonies were the main attractions
for the foreign invaders.
(ii) It was primarily the higher level of technological development of the imperial powers, that
helped them exploit the resources of the colonies.
Q. 19. Why is resource conservation important?
Ans. Irrational consumption and over-utilisation of resources may lead to socio-economic and
environmental problems. To overcome these problems, resource conservation at various levels is
important.
Q. 20. What is the importance of land as a natural resource?
Ans. Land supports natural vegetation, wild life, human life, economic activities, transport and
communication systems. Thus, land is a natural resource of utmost importance.
Q. 21. What are the main relief features of India?
Ans. India has land under a variety of relief features:
(i) Plains cover 43% of the land area.
(ii) Mountains account for 30% area and
(iii) Plateau regions cover about 27% of the area.
Q. 22. Which factors determine the use of land?
Ans. (i) Physical factors—topography, climate, soil types.
(ii) Human factors—Population density, technological capability and culture and tradition, etc.
Q. 23. What is Net Sown Area?
Ans. It is the actual area under cultivation. This area is cultivated once or twice in about two to three
years.
Q. 24. What is gross cropped area?
Ans. It is the actual area under cultivation along with the fallow land, which is left uncultivated for
fertility.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
188
Q. 25. What is waste land?
Ans. Waste land includes rocky, arid and desert areas and land put to other non agricultural uses
including settlements, roads, railways, industries, etc.
Q. 26. How does land degradation occur?
Ans. Continuous use of land over a long period of time without taking appropriate measures to conserve
and manage it, results in land degradation.
Q. 27. What is the percentage of land degradation in India?
Ans. In India, 28% of forest belongs to degraded area, 56% is water eroded area, 10% is wind eroded
area and the rest is affected by saline and alkaline deposits.
Q. 28. In which states is land degraded due to mining?
Ans. In states like Jharkhand, Chattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh and Odisha, deforestation due to mining
have caused severe land degradation.
Q. 29. In which states is over irrigation responsible for land degradation?
Ans. In the states of Punjab, Haryana and Western Uttar Pradesh, over irrigation is responsible for land
degradation due to water-logging leading to increase in salinity and alkalinity in the soil.
Q. 30. How is mineral processing responsible for land degradation?
Ans. The mineral processing like grinding of limestone for cement industry and calcite and soapstone
for ceramic industry generate huge quantity of dust in the atmosphere. It retards the process of
inltration of water into the soil after it settles down on the land.
Q. 31. Why is soil considered as a important resource?
Ans. Soil is the most important renewable natural resource. It is the medium of plant growth and
supports different types of living organisms on the earth.
Q. 32. Which factors help in the formation of soil?
Ans. Relief, parent rock or bed rock, climate, vegetation and other forms of life and time are important
factors in the formation of soil.
Q. 33. Which forces of nature help in the formation of soil?
Ans. Various forces of nature such as change in temperature, actions of running water, wind and
glaciers, activities of decomposes, etc. contribute to the formation of soil.
Q. 34. Which soils are formed at the foothills?
Ans. In the upper reaches of the river valley i.e., near the place of the break of slope, the soils are
coarse. Such soils are more common in piedmont plains such as Duars, Chos and Terai.
Q. 35. What is ‘Bangar’?
Ans. Bangar is a old alluvial soil. It has high concentration of kanker nodules in it.
Q. 36. What is ‘khadar’?
Ans. Khadar is a new alluvial soil. It has more ne particles and is more fertile than the bangar.
Q. 37. Why is alluvial soil called ‘fertile soil’?
Ans. Mostly alluvial soil contains adequate proportion of potash, phosphoric acid and lime which are
ideal for the growth of sugarcane, paddy, wheat and other cereal and pulse crops.
Q. 38. Which soils are called ‘black soils’?
Ans. Soils which are black in colour are called black soils or Regur soils. Since they are ideal for growing
cotton, they are also known as black cotton soils.
Q. 39. In which regions are black soils found?
Ans. Black soils cover the plateaus of Maharashtra, Saurashtra, Malwa, Madhya Pradesh and
Chhattisgarh.
Q. 40. What are the chief characteristics of black soil?
Ans. Black soils are made up of extremely ne, i.e., clayey material. They are well known for their
capacity to hold moisture.
189 Geography:
Q. 41. What is the main drawback of black soil?
Ans. This soil is sticky when wet and difcult to work on unless tilled immediately after the rst shower
or during the pre-monsoon period. This soil is also poor in phosphoric contents.
Q. 42. How are red soils formed?
Ans. Red soils develop on crystalline igneous rocks in areas of low rainfall in the eastern and southern
parts of the Deccan plateau.
Q. 43. How do these red soils look red or yellow in colour?
Ans. These soils develop a reddish colour due to diffusion of iron in crystalline and metamorphic rocks.
It looks yellow when it occurs in a hydrated form.
Q. 44. How are laterite soils formed?
Ans. The laterite soils are developed in areas with high temperature and heavy rainfall. This is the
result of intense leaching due to heavy rain.
Q. 45. Why is humus content in laterite soil low?
Ans. Humus content of the soil is low because most of the microorganisms, particularly the decomposers,
like bacteria get destroyed due to high temperature.
Q. 46. In which regions are laterite soils formed?
Ans. These soils are mainly found in Karnataka, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Madhya Pradesh and the hilly
areas of Odisha and Assam.
Q. 47. What are the drawbacks of arid soils?
Ans. Due to dry climate, high temperature, evaporation is faster and the soil lacks humus and moisture.
The kanker layer formations in the bottom horizons restrict the inltration of water.
Q. 48. Give one characteristic of forest soils.
Ans. In the snow covered areas of Himalayas, these soils experience denudation and are acidic with low
humus content.
Q. 49. What is soil erosion?
Ans. The denudation of the soil cover and subsequent washing down is described as soil erosion.
Q. 50. How is soil eroded?
Ans. Soil is eroded due to human activities like deforestation, overgrazing and construction and mining,
etc. Natural forces like wind, glacier and water also lead to soil erosion.
Q. 51. What are gullies?
Ans. The running water cuts through the clayey soils and makes deep channels as gullies. The land
becomes unt for cultivation and is known as bad land.
Q. 52. What is sheet erosion?
Ans. Sometimes water ows as a sheet over large areas down a slope. In such cases the top soil is
wasted away. This is known as sheet erosion.
Q. 53. How does soil erosion take place due to defective methods of farming?
Ans. Ploughing in a wrong way, i.e., up and down the slope form channels for the quick ow of water
leading to soil erosion.
Q. 54. What is contour ploughing?
Ans. Ploughing along the contour lines can decelerate the ow of water down the slopes. This is called
contour ploughing.
Q. 55. How does Terrace farming help in checking soil erosion?
Ans. Steps can be cut out on the slopes making terraces. Terrace cultivation restricts erosion.
Q. 56. What is strip cropping?
Ans. Large elds can be divided into strips. Strips of grass are left to grow between the crops. This
breaks up the force of the wind. This method is known as strip cropping.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
190
Q. 57. Why are shelter belts grown?
Ans. Planting lines of trees to create shelter also work in a similar way. Rows of such trees are called
shelter belts. These shelter belts have contributed signicantly to the stabilisation of sand dunes
and in stabilising the desert in western India.
SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS [3 marks]

Q. 1. Describe the process of resource planning in India.
Ans. Resource planning is a complex process. It involves the following process:
(i) Identication and inventory of resources across the regions of the country: It involves
surveying, mapping, qualitative and quantitative estimation and measurement of the
resources.
(ii) Evolving a planning structure: In it, we make appropriate use of technology, skill and
institutional set up for implementing resource development plans.
(iii) Matching the resource development plans: It matches the development of resources with
overall national development plans.
Q. 2. What is the importance of land?
Ans. We live on land, we perform our economic activities on land and we use it in different ways:
(i) Land is a natural resource and of utmost importance.
(ii) It supports natural vegetation, wildlife, human life, economic activities, and transport and
communication systems.
(iii) It is an asset of a nite magnitude. It is important to use the available land for different
purposes with careful planning.
Q. 3. For what purposes are land resources used?
Ans. Land resources are used for the following purposes:
(i) Forests
(ii) Land not available for cultivation: Barren and waste land; land used for buildings, roads, etc.
(iii) Other uncultivated land: Permanent pastures and grazing lands.
(iv) Fallow land: Left fallow for regaining the fertility of the soil.
(v) Net sown area: Where actual cultivation takes place.
Q. 4. What is the importance of soil as a resource?
Ans. (i) Soil is the most important renewable natural resource.
(ii) It is the medium of plant growth and supports different types of living organisms on the
Earth.
(iii) Soil helps in providing food to this Earth.
Q. 5. Distinguish between Khadar and Bangar.
Ans.
Khadar Bangar
1. It is new alluvial soil. 1. It is an old alluvial soil.
2. It is more fertile. 2. It is less fertile.
3. It is found near the banks of rivers. 3. It is found farther away from the river.
4. It has ne particles. 4. It has kanker nodules in it.
191 Geography:
Q. 6. Give some important features of the black soil.
Ans. (i) Black soils are made up of extremely ne; clayey material.
(ii) They are well-known for their capacity to hold moisture.
(iii) They are rich in soil nutrients such as calcium carbonate, magnesium, potash and lime.
(iv) They develop deep cracks during hot weather, which helps in the proper aeration of the soil.
Q. 7. Name the states in which laterite soils are found and give any two characteristics of this
soil.
Ans. Laterite soils are found in Karnataka, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Madhya Pradesh and in the hilly areas
of Odisha and Assam.
Chief characteristics:
(i) Humus content of the soil is low because most of the microorganisms, particularly the
decomposers like bacteria, get destroyed due to high temperature.
(ii) Laterite soils are suitable for cultivation with adequate doses of manures and fertilisers.
Q. 8. Explain the interdependent relationship between nature,
technology and institutions. Also make a diagram to represent
the same.
Ans. (i) Human beings interact with nature.
(ii) They use technology to transform material available in the
environment into resources.
(iii) They create institutions to accelerate their resource development.
Q. 9. Why was the Rio de Janeiro Earth Summit, 1992 held?
Ans. (i) In June 1992, more than 100 heads of states met in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil for the rst
International Earth Summit.
(ii) It was held for addressing urgent problems of environmental protection and socio-economic
development at the global level.
(iii) This convention adopted Agenda 21, for achieving sustainable development in the 21st
century.
Q. 10. What were the aims of Agenda 21 to achieve global sustainable development?
Ans. (i) It aimed at achieving global sustainable development.
(ii) The agenda was to combat environmental damage, poverty and diseases.
(iii) It can be achieved through global cooperation on common interests, mutual needs and shared
responsibilities.
Q. 11. Why are arid soils found to be non-productive?
Ans. (i) These soils are generally sandy in texture and saline in nature.
(ii) In some areas, the salt content is very high and common salt is obtained by evaporating the
water.
(iii) Due to the dry climate, high temperature, evaporation is faster and the soil lacks humus and
moisture.
(iv) The lower horizons of the soil are occupied by kanker, which restricts the inltration of water.
Q. 12. What is soil erosion? State how it can be prevented in deserts.
Ans. Soil erosion is denudation of the soil cover and subsequent washing down.
Planting lines of trees to create shelter prevents soil erosion. Rows of such trees are called shelter
belts. These shelter belts have contributed signicantly to the stabilisation of sand dunes and in
stabilising the desert in western India.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
192
Q. 13. Why do we need to conserve resources?
Ans. Resources are vital for any developmental activity. But irrational consumption and overutilisation
of resources may lead to socio-economic and environmental problems. To overcome these
problems, resource conservation at various levels is important.
Q. 14. Which factors affect the land use pattern of India?
Ans. (i) The land use pattern is determined by certain physical factors of the country such as
topography, climate and soil types. The availability of geographical area determines its uses
by the country. In India, we have various forms of land like plains, plateaus, mountains, etc.,
which are kept in mind before planning the land use pattern.
(ii) There are certain human factors also affecting the land use pattern. They include population
density of the country, technological capability and, culture and traditions of the country, etc.
The economic development of the country depends on the technological development of the
country thus leading to the planning of land use pattern.
Q. 15. How laterite soils are formed? Give any one negative and one positive aspect of the soil.
Ans. The laterite soils develop in areas with high temperature and heavy rainfall. This is the result of
intense leaching due to heavy rains.
(i) Positive Aspect: After adopting appropriate soil conservation techniques particularly in the
hilly areas of Karnataka, Kerala and Tamil Nadu, this soil is very useful for growing tea and
coffee.
(ii) Negative Aspect: Humus content of the soil is low because most of the micro-organisms,
particularly the decomposers like bacteria, get destroyed due to high temperature.
LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS [5 marks]

Q. 1. What efforts were made for resource planning in the First Fi ve Year Plan?
Ans. (i) The availability of resources is a necessary condition for the development of any region. But
technological knowledge is an important prerequisite for it.
(ii) There are many regions in our country that are rich in resources but are economically
backward; whereas there are some regions which have a poor resource base but are
economically developed.
(iii) Resources can contribute to development only when they are accompanied by appropriate
technological development.
(iv) In India, development or resource development does not only mean the availability of
resources but also the technology, quality of human resources and the historical experiences
of the people.
Q. 2. What are the causes of land degradation? What are the ways to solve this problem?
Ans. Causes of land degradation:
(i) Mining sites are abandoned after the excavation work is done, leaving deep scars of
overburdening. In states like Odisha, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, deforestation
due to mining has caused severe land degradation.
(ii) Overgrazing in states like Gujarat, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, and Maharashtra is one of the
main reasons behind land degradation.
(iii) Overirrigation and waterlogging lead to increase in salinity and alkalinity in the states of
Punjab, Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh, thereby leading to land degradation.
(iv) Mineral processing like grinding of limestone for cement industry and calcite and soapstone
for ceremic industry generate huge quantities of dust in the atmosphere. It stops the
inltration of water in the soil.
193 Geography:
(v) Industrial efuents as wastes have become a major source of land and water pollution in
many parts of the country.
Ways to check land degradation:
(i) Afforestation and proper management of grazing can help to check land degradation.
(ii) Planting of shelter belts help in checking the sand causing land degradation near the deserts.
(iii) Overgrazing can be checked and avoided.
(iv) Stabilisation of sand dunes by growing thorny bushes can also check land degradation.
(v) Proper management of waste land can be taken up.
(vi) Control on mining activities, so that mining does not affect the land and by relling the scars.
(vii) Proper discharge and disposal of industrial efuents and wastes after treatment can reduce
land and water degradation in industrial areas.
Q. 3. What is soil erosion? What are the main causes of soil erosion?
Ans. Denudation of the soil cover and subsequent washing down is known as soil erosion.
Causes of soil erosion:
(i) Due to human activities like deforestation, overgrazing, construction and mining, etc.
(ii) Natural forces like wind, glacier and water leads to soil erosion.
(iii) The running water cuts through clayey soils and makes deep channels as ‘gullies’. The land
becomes unt for cultivation, this process is called gully erosion and the land is called bad
land or ravines in the Chambal basin.
(iv) Sometimes, water ows as a sheet over large areas down a slope. It leads to the washing away
of the top soil. This process is called sheet erosion.
(v) Wind blows loose soil off at or sloping land, and is called wind erosion.
(vi) Soil erosion is also caused due to defective methods of farming.
Q. 4. What are the various methods of soil conservation?
Ans. Methods of soil conservation:
(i) Contour ploughing: Ploughing along the contour lines can check the ow of water down the
slopes. It is called contour ploughing. It can be practised on the hills.
(ii) Terrace cultivation: Steps can be cut out on the slopes making terraces. It restricts soil
erosion. It is practiced in western and central Himalayas.
(iii) Strip cropping: Large elds can be divided into strips. Strips of grass are left to grow between
the crops. This breaks up the force of wind. This method is called strip cropping.
(iv) Planting of shelter belts: Planting lines of trees to create shelter also checks the soil erosion.
Rows of such trees are called Shelter Belts. These shelter belts have contributed signicantly
to the stabilisation of sand dunes and in stabilising the desert in western India.
Q. 5. Dene the term ‘Resource’. Do you think that resources are free gifts of nature? Support
your argument.
Ans. Everything available in our environment which can be used to satisfy our needs, provided it is
technologically accessible and economically feasible and culturally acceptable can be termed as
‘Resource’.
Resources are not free gifts of nature.
These are a function of human activities. Human beings themselves are essential components of
resources.
They transform material available in our environment into resources and use them.
Q. 6. Classify resources on the basis of ownership with examples
Ans. (i) Individual Resources: These are owned privately by individuals. Many farmers own land
Xam idea
Social Science–X
194
which is allotted to them by government against the payment of revenue. Urban people own
houses, plots and other property. So plantation, pasture land, ponds, etc. are some of the
examples of resource ownership by individuals.
(ii) Community-owned Resources: These are resources which are accessible to all the members
of the community. For example, grazing grounds, burial grounds, village ponds, etc. and public
parks, picnic spots, playground, etc. are accessible to all people. Thus they are community-
owned resources.
(iii) National Resources: All the resources within the nation are called national resources. All the
minerals, water resources, forests, wildlife, land within the political boundaries and oceanic
area upto 12 nautical miles from the coast and resources within the nation, belong to the
nation.
(iv) International Resources: There are international institutions which regulate some
resources. The oceanic resources beyond 200 kms of the Exclusive Economic Zone belong to
open ocean and no individual country can utilise t hese without the permission of international
institutions.
Q. 7. Classify resources on the basis of development with examples.
Ans. Classication of resources on the basis of development is as follows:
(i) Potential Resources: Resources which are found in a region, but have not been utilised are
called potential resources. For example, the western parts of India particularly Rajasthan and
Gujarat have enormous potential for the development of wind and solar energy, but so far
these have not been developed properly.
(ii) Stock: Materials in the environment which have the potential to satisfy human needs but
human beings do not have appropriate technology to access these, are included among stock.
For example, water is a compound of two inammable gases; hydrogen and oxygen, which
can be used as a rich source of energy. But we do not have the required technical know-how
to use them for this purpose. Hence, it can be considered as stock.
(iii) Developed Resources: Resources which are surveyed and their quality and quantity have
been determined for ulilisation are called developed resources. The development of resources
depends on technology and level of their feasibility.
(iv) Reserve: They can be put into use with the help of existing technical ‘know-how’ but their
use has not been started. These can be used for meeting future requirements. For example,
river water can be used for generating hydroelectric power but presently, it is being utilised
only to a limited extent. Thus, the water in the dams, forests, etc. is a reserve which can be
used in the future.
Q. 8. Why is land considered as an important resource? Explain with four facts in reference with
Indian land resource.
Ans. O India has land under a variety of features, namely; mountains, plateaus, plains and islands.
O About 43 per cent of the land area in India is plain, which provides facilities for agriculture
and industry.
O Mountains account for 30 per cent of the total surface area of the country and ensure perennial
ow of some rivers, provide facilities for tourism and ecological aspects.
O About 27 per cent of the area of the country is the plateau region. It possesses rich reserves
of minerals, fossil fuels and forests.
Q. 9. What is land degradation? What do you know about India’s degraded land?
Ans. Continuous use of land over a long period of time without taking appropriate measures to conserve
and manage it, has resulted in land degradation.
195 Geography:
India’s degraded land:
At present there is about 130 million hectares of degraded land in India. Approximately, 28 per
cent of it belongs to the category of forest degraded area. 56 per cent of it is water eroded area.
The rest is affected by saline and alkaline deposits. Some human activities such as deforestation,
overgrazing, mining and quarrying too have contributed signicantly to land deg radation.
Q. 10. By what name is black soil also known as? In which regions are black soils formed and
why?
Ans. These soils are black in colour and are also known as regur soils. Since black soil is ideal for
growing cotton, it is also known as black cotton soil.
It is believed that climatic conditions along with the parent rock material are the important
factors for the formation of black soil. The type of soil is typical of the Deccan Trap (Basalt) region
spread over northwest Deccan plateau and is made up of lava ows. They cover the plateaus of
Maharashtra, Saurashtra, Malwa, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh and extend in the South east
direction along the Godavari and the Krishna Valleys.
Q. 11. How are red and yellow soils formed? Why do they look red?
Ans. Red soils develop on crystalline igneous rocks in areas of low rainfall in the eastern and southern
parts of the Deccan Plateau.
These soils develop a reddish colour due to diffusion of iron in crystalline and metamorphic rocks.
It looks yellow when it occurs in a hydrated form.
Q. 12. Give any four characteristics of arid soils of India.
Ans. Arid soils range from red to brown in colour.
(i) They are sandy in texture and saline in nature. In some areas, the salt content is very high and
common salt is obtained by evaporating the water.
(ii) Due to dry climate, high temperature, evaporation is faster and the soil lacks humus and
moisture.
(iii) The lower layers of the soil are occupied by Kankar because of the increasing calcium content
downwards.
(iv) After proper irrigation, these soils become cultivable as has been in the case of western
Rajasthan.
Q. 13. Why do we need to conserve resources?
Ans. (i) The availability of resources is a necessary condition for the development of any region.
(ii) Resources are vital for any developmental activity.
(iii) But irrational consumption and over utilisation of resources may lead to socio-economic and
environmental problems.
(iv) To overcome these problems, resource conservation at various levels is important.
(v) If the present trend of resource depletion by a few individuals and countries continue, the
future of our planet is in danger.
Therefore, we need to conserve resources for sustainable existence of all forms of life.
Q. 14. How can the land be saved from degradation?
Ans. (i) After deforestation, afforestation can be done.
(ii) Proper management of grazing can be done.
(iii) Shelter belts can be planted to save the land from degradation.
(iv) Stabilisation of sand dunes by growing thorny bushes are some of the methods to check land
degradation.
(v) Proper discharge and disposal of industrial efuents and wastes after treatment can reduce
land and water degradation in industrial and suburban areas.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
196
Q. 1. Explain the classication of resources on the basis of exhaustibility with the help of
examples.
Ans.
Renewable Non-renewable
1. They can be renewed or 1. They occur over a very long geological

reproduced. period of time.
2. They can be used over the years again and 2. They get exhausted once used and cannot
again. be used again.
3. They are abundantly available. 3. They are available in limited quantity.
E.g., Solar and wind, energy, water, forests E.g., Fossil fuels, and other minerals.
and wildlife, etc.
Q. 2. Examine the three major problems created as a result of indiscriminate utilization of

natural resources.
Ans. Resources are vital for human survival as well as for maintaining the quality of life. Its
indiscriminate use has led to the following problems:
(i) Depletion of resources for satisfying the greed of few individuals.
(ii) Accumulation of resources in few hands, which in turn divided the society into two segments,
i.e., haves and have-nots or rich and poor.
(iii) Indiscriminate exploitation of resources has led to global ecological crisis such as global
warming, ozone layer depletion, environmental pollution and land degradation.
Q. 3. “India is rich in certain types of resources but decient in some other resources.” Do you
agree with the statement? Support your answer with examples.
Ans. Resource planning is necessary in a country like India, which has enormous diversity in the
availability of resources.
Need:
O There are regions which are rich in certain types of resources but are decient in some other
resources.
O There are some regions which are self-sufcient and there are some regions which have acute
shortage of some vital resources.
Examples:
O The states of Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh and Madhya Pradesh are rich in minerals and coal
deposits.
O Arunachal Pradesh has abundant water resources but lacks infrastructural development.
O The state of Rajasthan has enough solar energy and wind energy but lacks water resources.
O The cold desert of Ladakh has a very rich cultural heritage but is decient in water,
infrastructure and some vital minerals.
This calls for balanced resource planning at the national, state, regional and local levels.
Q. 4. “The Earth has enough resources to meet the need of all but not enough to satisfy the greed
of even one person.” How is this statement relevant to the discussion of development?
Discuss.
Ans. Gandhiji was very apt in voicing his concern about resource conservation.
O He said there is enough for everybody’s need and not for anybody’s greed.
197 Geography:
O He regarded the greedy and selsh individuals and the exploitative nature of modern
technology as the root cause for resource depletion at the global level.
O He was against mass production and wanted to replace it with the production by the masses.
Q. 5. “Planning is widely accepted strategy for judicious use of resources in a country like India.”
Justify this statement with two relevant points and an example.
Ans. (i) An equitable distribution of resources has become essential for a sustained quality of life and
global peace.
(ii) If the present trend of resource depletion by a few individuals and countries continues, the
future of our planet is in danger.
(iii) Therefore, resource planning is essential for sustainable existence of all forms of life.
Sustainable existence is a component of sustainable development.
Examples: Some of the resources like coal, petroleum are available in limited quantity and for a
limited period of time. These resources are depleting fast. So, we need to plan the judicious use of
Resources.
Q. 6. Why is soil considered as a living system? Mention any two factors that are responsible for
soil formation.
Ans. The soil is a living system, it takes millions of years to form soil upto a few cms in depth. Relief,
parent rock, climate, vegetation and other forms of life and time are important factors in the
formation of soil. Various forces of nature such as change in temperature, actions of running
water, wind and glaciers, activities of decomposers, etc. contribute to the formation of soil.
Chemical and organic changes which take place in the soil are equally important.
Q. 7. Mention any two human activities which are responsible for the process of soil erosion.
Explain the two types of soil erosion mostly observed in India.
Ans. Denudation of the soil cover and subsequent washing down is known as soil erosion.
Causes of soil erosion:
(i) Due to human activities like deforestation, overgrazing, construction and mining, etc.
(ii) Natural forces like wind, glacier and water leads to soil erosion.
(iii) The running water cuts through clayey soils and makes deep channels as gullies. The land
becomes unt for cultivation, this process is called gully erosion and the land is called bad
land or ravines in the Chambal basin.
Two types of soil erosion are:
Gullies: The running water cuts through the soil and make deep gullies. There are scopes formed
on the land, which become unt for the use.
Sheet Erosion: When water ows down the slope and top soil is wasted away, this process is
called sheet erosion.
Q. 8. Do you think that resources are free gifts of nature as is assumed by many? Explain your
argument.
Ans. Resources are not free gifts of nature as:
(i) Resources are a function of human activities.
(ii) Human beings themselves are essential components of resources.
(iii) They transform material available in our environment into resources and use them.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
198
Map Questions
Q. 1. Mark any three soil types on the outlined map of India. 1×3=3
Ans.
Mountainous
or Forest soil
Arid soil
Alluvial soil
Black soil Red and

Yellow soil
Map Key
Laterite soil
1. Arid soil
2. Black soil
3. Laterite soil
4. Red and Yellow soil
5. Alluvial soil
6. Mountainous
or Forest soil
Q. 2. On the given outline map of India, mark three states where laterite soil is found. 1 × 3 = 3
Ans.
INDIA
MADHYA PRADESH
ODISHA
K
E
R
A
L
A
Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, Kerala
199 Geography:
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. State any one reason of the resources being overused.

2. Which is the most widespread relief feature of India?
3. Under which category of soil Bangar be classied?
4. How the arid soil can be distinguished from other soils?
5. How gross cropped area is different from Net sown Area?
1. ‘Sustainable Development’ is a new area of knowledge.’ Do you agree? Justify your answer.
2. Describe the three stages of resource planning in India.
3. What is the main cause of land degradation in Gujarat, Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh? How can
it be checked?
4. Distinguish between renewable and non-renewable resources.
5. Suggest any six measures to solve the problem of land degradation.
6. Mention any two human activities which are responsible for the process of soil erosion. Explain
the two types of soil erosion mostly observed in India.
1. Explain the role of human in resource development.

2. Trace the features of alluvial soil with reference to its formation, area, classication and containing
minerals.
3. ‘Consequences of environmental degradation do not respect national or state boundaries.’
Support the statement with examples.
4. ‘Planning is widely accepted strategy for judicious use of resources in a country like India.’ Justify
this statement with two relevant points with an example.
5. Explain any four human activities which are mainly responsible for the land degradation in India.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
200
Map Work
1. On the given outline map of India, identify and mark the following. 1×3 = 3
(a) Major ‘arid soil’ area. (b) Major ‘mountainous soil’ area.
INDIA
2. Identify and mark the three states where alluvial and red soils are found.
INDIA
zzz
201 Geography:
Water
2 Resources
MULTIPURPOSE PROJECTS
Are meant to take various problems associated with river valleys in an integrated manner.
They help to control flood, check soil erosion, provide water for irrigation and drinking
purpose, generate electricity for industries, villages, cities, provide inland navigation, help
in preservation of wildlife and development or fisheries.
Damodar Valley
Bhakra-Nangal Hirakud Kosi Chambal Valley
Corporation
Built on river Built on Satluj, Built on river Built on river Built over river
Damodar, beneficiary beneficiary states are Mahanadi-beneficiary Kosi-beneficiary state Chambal –
states are Jharkhand Punjab, Haryana, state is Odisha. - Bihar and our beneficiary states are
and West Bengal. Rajasthan & neighbouring Madhya Pradesh &
Himachal Pradesh. country-Nepal. Rajasthan.
RAINWATER HARVESTING
Is a technique of increasing the recharge of groundwater by capturing and storing

rainwater by constructing wells, percolating pits and check dams.
Main objectives of the rainwater harvesting are:

To meet increasing demand of water
To reduce runoff.
To avoid the flooding of roads.
To augment the groundwater storage and raise the water table.
To reduce groundwater pollution.
To improve the quality of groundwater.
To supplement domestic water requirement during summer and long dry spells.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
202
ADVANTAGES OF MULTIPURPOSE PROJECTS
Irrigation Hydro- Water supply Flood Recreational Inland Pisciculture Soil

electricity for for domestic control facilities navigation fish breeding conservation
our and through
industries industrial afforestation.
and homes. use,
regulating
flow of
water.
DISADVANTAGES OF MULTI PURPOSE PROJECTS
Their failure to fulfil Regulating and The reservoirs that Multi purpose Excessive use of
their basic objectives damming of rivers are created in the projects lead to large water, and
like flood control and affect the natural floodplains overflow scale displacement over-irrigation on
the disadvantages flow of the rivers, and submerge the of local communities account of the
resulting out of cause excessive existing vegetation and to loss of their projects lead to land
building of such sedimentation and and soil livelihood. degradation and
projects. adversely affect consequently leading cause water borne
aquatic life. to their disease, pests and
decomposition. pollution.
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Hydrological Cycle: The sequence of conditions through which water passes from vapor

in the atmosphere through precipitation upon land or water surfaces and ultimately back
into the atmosphere as a result of evaporation and transpiration —called ‘hydrological cycle’.
2. Scarcity: The state of being scarce or in short supply; shortage.
3. Conservation: The protection of plants and animals, natural areas and interesting and
important buildings especially from the damaging effects of human activity.
4. Non-renewable Resources is a resource of economic value that cannot be readily replaced
by natural means on a level equal to its consumption.
5. Groundwater: Water held underground in the soil or in pores and crevices in rock.
6. Hydroelectric Power: A form of energy generated by the conversion of free-falling water
to electricity; the generation of electricity by using the motive power of water; also
called hydroelectricity.
7. Archaeology: The study of human history and prehistory through the excavation of sites
and the analysis of artefacts and other physical remains.
8. River Basin: The area of land drained by a river and its branches.
9. Dams: A barrier constructed to hold back water and raise its level, forming a reservoir
used to generate electricity or as a water supply.
203 Geography:
10. Industrialisation: The development of industries in a country or region on a wide scale.
11. Sedimentation: The process of settling or being deposited as a sediment.
12. Reservoirs: A large natural or artificial lake used as a source of water supply.
13. Decomposition: The state or process of rotting; decay.
14. Flood Plains: An area of low-lying ground adjacent to a river, formed mainly of river
sediments and subject to flooding.
15. Irrigation: The supply of water to land or crops to help growth, typically by means of
channels.
16. Rainwater Harvesting: The harvesting of rainwater simply involves the collection of
water from surfaces on which rain falls, and subsequently storing this water for later use.
Normally water is collected from the roofs of buildings and stored in rainwater tanks.
17. Soil Erosion is a naturally occurring process that af fects all landforms. In agriculture, soil
erosion refers to the wearing of a field’s topsoil by the natural physical forces of water
and wind or through forces associated with farming activities such as tillage.
18. Roof top Rainwater Harvesting: Rainwater harvesting is the technique through which
rain water is captured from the roof catchments and stored in reservoirs.
NCERT Exercises
(i) Based on the information given below, classify each of the situations as ‘suffering from
water ‘scarcity’ or ‘not suffering from water scarcity’.
(a) Region with high annual rainfall.
(b) Region having high annual rainfall and large population.
(c) Region having high annual rainfall but water is highly polluted.
(d) Region having low rainfall and low population.
Ans. (a) Not suffering from water scarcity
(b) Suffering from water scarcity
(c) Suffering from water scarcity
(d) Not suffering from water scarcity
(ii) Which one of the following statements is not an argument in favour of multi-purpose
river projects?
(a) Multi-purpose projects bring water to those areas which suffer from water scarcity.
(b) Multi-purpose projects by regulating water ow help to control oods.
(c) Multi-purpose projects lead to large scale displacements and loss of livelihood.
(d) Multi-purpose projects generate electricity for our industries and our homes.
Ans. (c) Multi-purpose projects lead to large scale displacements and loss of livelihood.
(iii) Here are some false statements. Identify the mistakes and rewrite them correctly.
(a) Multiplying urban centres with large and dense populations and urban lifestyles have
helped in proper utilisation of water resources.
(b) Regulating and damming of rivers does not affect the river’s natural ow and its
sediment ow.
(c) In Gujarat, the Sabarmati basin farmers were not agitated when higher priority was
given to water supply in urban areas, particularly during droughts.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
204
(d) Today in Rajasthan, the practice of rooftop rainwater water harvesting has gained
popularity despite high water availability due to the Rajasthan Canal.
Ans. (a) Multiplying urban centres with large and dense populations and urban lifestyles have caused
the over exploitation of water resources.
(b) Regulating and damming of rivers affects their natural ow and causes the sediment to settle
at the bottom of the reservoir.
(c) In Gujarat, the Sabarmati basin farmers were agitated when higher priority was given to water
supply in urban areas, particularly during the droughts.
(d) Today in Rajasthan, the practice of rooftop rainwater harvesting is on the decline due to the
Rajasthan canal.
(i) Explain how water becomes a renewable resource.
Ans. All the water that is being used mainly ends up in the sea. From there on , it enters the hydrological
cycle in the form of water vapour. When precipitation occurs, it renews the freshwater. Therefore,
water is a renewable resource.
(ii) What is water scarcity and what are its main causes?
Ans. Water scarcity is the lack of sufcient available water resources to meet water needs within a
region. It is caused due to increase in population, which leads to growing demand for water and
unequal access to it.
(iii) Compare the advantages and disadvantages of multi–purpose river projects.
Ans. Multi-purpose river projects help in irrigation, electricity production, ood control, inland
navigation and sh breeding. Nevertheless, the reservoirs destroy local ora and fauna. Many native
villages are submerged and people lose their livelihood, with little or no hope of rehabilitation.
(i) Discuss how rainwater harvesting in semi-arid regions of Rajasthan is carried out.
Ans. Tankas: They consist of traditionally constructed tanks for storing drinking water. They are big
and are a part of the well-developed rooftop rainwater harvesting system. The tanks are mainly
constructed inside the house or the courtyard, and are connected to the sloping roofs of the
houses through a pipe. The rst spell of rain is not collected as this water cleans the roof and the
pipes. The rainwater from the subsequent spells is collected. This water serves a reliable source
till the next rainy season after the other sources have dried up. The tanks also help in cooling the
houses as rooms built around them have generally low temperatures due to conduction.
(ii) Describe how modern adaptations of traditional rainwater harvesting methods are
being carried out to conserve and store water.
Ans. The rooftop method is considered to be a traditional method of rainwater harvesting, which is
becoming popular in India. In Gendathur village, Mysore, about 200 households have adapted
the rooftop rainwater harvesting method, thereby making the village rich in rainwater. The state
of Tamil Nadu has made it compulsory for all the houses to have rooftop rainwater harvesting
structures.

Q. 1. How is freshwater obtained?
Ans. Freshwater is mainly obtained from surface run off and groundwater that is continually being
renewed and recharged through the hydrological cycle.
205 Geography:
Q. 2. What is water scarcity?
Ans. Water scarcity may be an outcome of large and growing population and consequent greater
demands for water and unequal access to it.
Q. 3. Explain the causes of water scarcity.
Ans. Water scarcity is caused by over-exploitation, excessive use and unequal access to water among
different social groups.
Q. 4. What was the method used in ancient period to conserve water?
Ans. Archaeological and historical records show that from ancient times, we have been constructing
sophisticated hydraulic structures like dams built of stone rubble, reservoirs or lakes, embankments
and canals for irrigation.
Q. 5. What is a dam?
Ans. A dam is a barrier across owing water that obstructs, directs or retards the ow, often creating a
reservoir.
Q. 6. What are the benets of dams?
Ans. Dams are built for irrigation, electricity generation, water supply for domestic and industrial uses,
ood control, recreation, inland navigation and sh breeding.
Q. 7. Why were multi-purpose projects launched after independence of India?
Ans. Multipurpose projects, launched after independence with their integrated water resources
management approach, were thought of as the vehicle that would lead the nation to development
and progress, overcoming the handicap of its colonial past.
Q. 8. Why have multipurpose dams come under great scrutiny?
Ans. Regulating and damming of rivers affect their natural ow causing poor sediment ow and
excessive sedimentation at the bottom of the reservoir, resulting in rockier stream beds and poorer
habitats for the rivers aquatic life.
Q. 9. How do dams create conicts between people?
Ans. In Gujarat, the Sabarmati–basin farmers were agitated and almost caused a riot over the higher
priority given to water supply in urban areas, particularly during droughts. Interstate water
disputes are also becoming common with regard to sharing the costs and benets of the multi-
purpose projects.
Q. 10. How are dams responsible for causing oods?
Ans. Ironically, the dams that were constructed to control oods have triggered oods due to
sedimentation in the reservoir. Big dams can be unsuccessful in controlling oods at the time of
excessive rainfall. Release of water from dams during heavy rains aggravate the o od situation.
Q. 11. What is the viable alternative of multipurpose projects?
Ans. Rising resistance against the multi-purpose projects, water harvesting system was a viable
alternative, both socio economically and environmentally.
Q. 12. How did people in ancient times exercise water harvesting system?
Ans. People had indepth knowledge of rainfall regimes and soil types and developed wide ranging
techniques to harvest rainwater, groundwater, river water and ood water in keeping with the
local ecological conditions and their water needs.
Q. 13. What were ‘Kuls’ or ‘Guls’?
Ans. These are the diversion channels for irrigational purposes. These are mainly used in western
Himalayas for water harvesting and agriculture.
Q. 14. How did people in West Bengal practise water harvesting?
Ans. In the ood plains of Bengal, people developed inundation channels to irrigate their elds.
Q. 15. What were ‘johads’ and ‘khadins’?
Ans. In arid and semi-arid regions, agricultural elds were converted into rain fed storage structures
that allowed the water to stand and moisten the soil. These were called ‘khadins’ in Jaisalmer and
‘Johads’ in other parts of Rajasthan.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
206
Q. 16. What are ‘tankas’?
Ans. Tankas were underground storing tanks of drinking water in arid and semi-arid regions of
Rajasthan. Tankas were big huge tanks for storing rain water from the roof top of all the houses.
Q. 17. What does ‘Palar Pani’ mean?
Ans. Rain water or ‘Palar Pani’ as commonly referred to in parts of Rajasthan, is considered the purest
form of natural water.
Q. 18. Is rain water harvesting practised these days in western Rajasthan? Support your answer.
Ans. These days, in western Rajasthan, sadly the practice of rooftop rainwater harvesting is on the
decline as plenty of water is available due to the perennial Rajasthan Canal, though some houses
still maintain the tankas since they do not like the taste of tap water.
Q. 19. How is Gendathur included as one of the rare villages to adopt rainwater harvesting?
Ans. In Gendathur, a remote backward village in Mysore, Karnataka, villagers have installed, in
their household’s rooftop rainwater harvesting system to meet their water needs. Nearly 200
households have installed this system and the village has earned the rare distinction of being rich
in rainwater.
Q. 20. Which state has made rooftop rainwater harvesting compulsory?
Ans. Tamil Nadu is the rst and the only state in India which has made rooftop rainwater harvesting
structure compulsory to all the houses across the state. These are legal provisions to punish the
defaulters.
Q. 21. What is bamboo drip irrigation?
Ans. In Meghalaya, a 200 year old system of tapping stream and spring water by using bamboo pipes,
is practised. It is called bamboo drip irrigation.

Q. 1. What are the main causes of water scarcity?
Ans. (i) Overpopulation: Water scarcity may be an outcome of a large and growing population which
results in greater demand for water and unequal access to it.
(ii) Commercialisation of agriculture: After the success of the Green Revolution, farmers are
producing commercial crops. The commercial crops need more water for irrigation.
(iii) Urbanisation: Urbanisation is another factor for scarcity of water. Since new lifestyles have
developed in the urban cities overexploitation of water continues; there is water scarcity.
Q. 2. Explain ‘Narmada Bachao Andolan’.
Ans. l Save Narmada Movement is a Non-Governmental Organisation.
l It mobilised tribal people, farmers, environmentalists and human rights activists against the
Sardar Sarovar Dam, being built across the Narmada river in Gujarat.
l It focused on the environmental issues related to trees that would be submerged under the
dam water.
l Recently, it has refocused its aim to rehabilitate displaced people.
Q. 3. Give various methods of rainwater harvesting since ancient times.

Ans. (i) Guls or Kuls: In hilly and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels called Kuls or
Guls in the Western Himalayas. A Kul or Gul leads to a circular village tank, from which water is
released as and when required.
(ii) Inundation Channels: In the ood plains of Bengal, people developed inundation channels
to irrigate their elds.
(iii) Khadins and Johads: In arid and semi-arid regions, agricultural elds were converted
into rain fed storage structures that allowed the water to stand and moisten the soil, called
‘Khadins’ in Jaisalmer and ‘Johads’ in other parts of Rajasthan.
207 Geography:
(iv) Tankas: Cirular holes are made in the ground, lined with ne polished line. In Bikaner,
Phalodi and Barmer of Rajasthan, almost all the houses traditionally had underground tanks
or tankas for storing drinking water.
Q. 4. What is Gendathur village renowned for?
Ans. (i) The villagers of Gendathur village had installed in their household’s rooftop, rainwater
harvesting system to meet their water needs.
(ii) Nearly 200 households had installed this system and the village earned a rare distinction of
being rich in rainwater.
(iii) Gendathur receives an annual precipitation of 1,000 mm, and with 80 per cent of collection
efciency, every house can collect and use about 50,000 litres of water annually.
Q. 5. What do you understand by the term ‘scarcity of water’?
Ans. It is a situation where water is sufciently available to meet the needs of the people, but the area
still suffers from water scarcity.
(i) This scarcity may be due to bad quality of water.
(ii) There has been a growing concern that even if there is ample water to meet the needs of the
people, much of it may be polluted by domestic and industrial wastes, chemicals, pesticides
and fertilisers used in agriculture, thus, making it hazardous for human use.
Q. 6. What are the main factors of river pollution in India?
Ans. India’s rivers, especially the smaller ones have all turned into toxic streams. Even the big ones like
Ganga and Yamuna are far from being pure. The assault on Indian rivers is from the population
growth. It increases the pollution in the river and reduces the amount of water available for industries
and agriculture. Besides that, other culprits are the modernisation of agriculture, urbanisation and the
growth of industries. The chemical fertilisers and the efuents from industries on the river banks are
also responsible for its pollution.
Q. 7. What is a dam? What are the different types of dams?
Ans. A dam is a barrier across owing water that obstructs, directs or retards the ow, often creating a
reservoir, lake or impoundment.
Dams are classied according to their structure, intended purpose or height. On the basis of
structure and material used, dams are classied as:
(i) Timber dams (ii) Embankment dams or masonry dams.
According to their height, dams can be categorised as:
(i) Large dams or major dams (ii) Low dams
(iii) Medium height dams (iv) High dams
Q. 8. Why did Jawaharlal Nehru proudly proclaim the dams as the ‘temples of modern India’?
Ans. Multipurpose projects launched after independence with their integrated water resources
management approach, were thought of as the vehicle that would lead the nation to development
and progress. Jawaharlal Nehru proclaimed the dams as the temples of modern India’ as it would
integrate the development of agriculture and village economy with rapid industrialisation and
growth of the urban economy.
Q. 9. Explain the river-water dispute between the states of India.
Ans. Krishna-Godavari dispute is due to the objections raised by the governments of Andhra
Pradesh and Karnataka. It is regarding the diversion of more water at Koyna by the Maharashtra
government for a multipurpose project. This would reduce downstream ow in their states with
adverse consequences for agriculture and industry. Similar disputes arise as Kaveri issue between
the states of Karnataka and Tamil Nadu, and Yamuna water dispute between Haryana and Delhi
governments regarding the use of water.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
208
Q. 1. In what ways are intensive industrialisation and urbanisation responsible for water scarcity?
Or
“It is essential to conserve and manage our water resources.” Support the statement with
suitable examples.
Ans. (i) The ever increasing number of industries has made matters worse by exerting pressure on
existing freshwater resources.
(ii) Industries, apart from being heavy users of water, also require power to run them. Much of
this energy comes from hydroelectric power.
(iii) Multiplying urban centres with large and dense populations and urban lifestyles have not
only added to water and energy requirements but have further aggravated the problem.
(iv) In housing societies or colonies, we would nd that most of these have their own groundwater
pumping devices to meet their water needs. With the result, fragile water resources are being
overexploited and have caused their depletion in several cities.
Q. 2. How have multi-purpose projects and large dams been the cause of many new social movements?
Ans. (i) Narmada Bachao Andolan and the Tehri Dam Andolan, etc., were the movements to resist
large-scale displacement of local communities. Local people often had to give up their land,
livelihood and their control over resources for the greater good of the nation.
(ii) Irrigation has changed the cropping pattern from shifting to commercial crops. It is
responsible for salinisation of the soil. At the same time, it has its social impact by increasing
the social gap between the rich landowners and the landless poor.
(iii) Dams also created conicts between people wanting different uses and benets from the
same water resource. In Gujarat, the Sabarmati basin farmers were agitated over the priority
given to water supply in urban areas, particularly during droughts.
(iv) Interstate water disputes are also common with regard to sharing the costs and benets of
the multi-purpose projects. For e.g., Krishna-Godavari dispute, is due to the objections raised
by Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh governments regarding the diversion of more water at
Koyna by the Maharashtra government for a multi-purpose project.
Q. 3. What do you know about the ‘Bamboo-Drip Irrigation System’?
Ans. In Meghalaya, a 200 year old system of tapping stream and spring water by using bamboo pipes,
is prevalent.
l Bamboo pipes are used to divert perennial springs on the hilltops to the lower reaches by gravity.
l The channel sections made of bamboo, divert water to the plant site, where it is distributed
into branches.
l If the pipes pass roads, they are taken high above the land on the free branches.
l Reduced channel sections and diversion units are used at the last stage of water application.
The last channel section enables water to be dropped near the roots of the plant.
Q. 4. Give a brief description of ‘Hydrological Cycle’.
Ans. l Three-fourth of the earth’s surface is covered with water, but only a small proportion of it
accounts for freshwater that can be put to use.

l The process of hydrological cycle begin with the evaporation process due to heat of Sun on all
water bodies of the earth including seas and oceans.

l These minute particles of the water then get condensed. In this process of condensation,
clouds are formed with dust particles and pollen grains present in the atmosphere.
l When saturation takes place, then clouds precipitate in the form of rain or snow. This fresh
water then becomes surface run-off water, in the form of rivers, ponds and lakes. This water
again gets drained into sea or ocean and forms a hydrological process.
209 Geography:
Q. 1. How does urbanization and urban lifestyle lead to over-exploitation of water?
Ans. Multiplying urban centres with large and dense population and urban lifestyles have not only
added to water and energy requirements but have further aggravated the problem. Fragile water
resources like groundwater are being overexploited and have caused their depletion in several
cities.
Q. 2. Highlight any three hydraulic structures as a part of water management programmes
initiated in ancient India.
Ans. l In the rst century BC, Sringaverapura near Allahabad had sophisticated water harvesting
system, channelling the ood water of river Ganga.
l During the time of Chandragupta Maurya, dams, lakes and irrigation systems were extensively
built.
l Evidences of sophisticated irrigation works have also been found in Kalinga (Odisha),
Nagarjun-Konda (Andhra Pradesh), Bennur (Karnataka) and Kolhapur (Maharashtra).
l In the 11th century, Bhopal Lake, one of the largest articial lakes of its time, was built.
l In the 14th century, the tank in Hauz Khas, Delhi was constructed by Iltutmish for supplying
water to Siri Fort area.
Q. 3. Explain the ecological problems being faced due to multi-purpose river valley projects.
Ans. In recent years, the multipurpose projects and large dams have come under great scrutiny and
opposition for a variety of reasons:
(i) Regulating and damming of rivers affect the natural ow of rivers, causing poor sediment ow
and excessive sedimentation at the bottom of the reservoir, resulting in rockier streambeds
and poorer habitats for the rivers’ aquatic life.
(ii) Adverse environmental effects in the form of water-logging, salinity have led to the
degradation of soil. Cropping patterns of many regions have changed due to irrigation with
farmers shifting to water intensive and commercial crops.
(iii) Dams also fragment rivers, making it difcult for the aquatic fauna to migrate, especially for
spawning.
(iv) The reservoirs that are created on the oodplains also submerge the existing vegetation and
soil leading to its decomposition over a period of time.
Q. 4. Why is the practice of rooftop rainwater harvesting slowly declining in Rajasthan? Which
state has made rooftop rainwater harvesting compulsory?
Ans. (i) In Rajasthan, sadly the practice of rooftop rainwater harvesting is on decline.
(ii) It is due to availability of plenty of water from Perennial Rajasthan Canal.
(iii) New generation considers stored water of rainwater unhygienic so they don’t prefer to drink
that water.
(iv) Tamil Nadu is the state which has made rooftop rainwater harvesting compulsory.
Q. 5. ‘Rainwater harvesting system is viable alternative both ways socio-economically and
environmentally.’ Support the statement with three examples.
Ans. Keeping into view the disadvantages and rising resistance against the multipurpose dams, water
harvesting system is considered viable alternative both socio-economically and environmentally.
For example, rooftop rainwater harvesting is the most common practice in Shillong, Meghalaya.
Though this region receives the highest rainfall in the world, yet the state capital, Shillong faces
acute shortage of water. Nearly every household in the city has a rooftop rainwater harvesting
structure.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
210
Map Questions
Q. 1. Mark the following on the given outline map of India: 1×3=3
(a) Dam - Bhakra Nangal (b) Dam - Hirakud (c) River - Mahanadi
Ans.
INDIA
MAJOR RIVERS AND DAMS
PAKISTAN
CHINA
(a) Bhakra (TIBET)
Nangal
r
Trop ic o f Cance
(b) Hir akud
( c )
M a
ha na
d
i R
.
A R A B I A N B A Y O F
SEA BENGAL
A
N
D
A
L M
A
K A
N
S
I
(
N
H
A I
(
&
N
N
D D I
IA
W D C
O
IA
) B
E )
A
E R
P
I
S
L
A
I N D I A N SRI O C E A N N
D
LANKA S
Q. 2. Locate the following dams and river on the given outline map of India. 1×3=3
(a) Salal dam (b) Tehri dam (c) Gandak river
Ans.
INDIA
(a) Salal
MAJOR RIVERS AND DAMS
dam
PAKISTAN
CHINA
(TIBET)
(b) Tehri
dam
(
c
) G
a n
d
a k
R
.
er
Trop ic o f Canc
SEA BENGAL
A
N
D
A
L M
A A
K N
S
I
(
N A
H
I
(
&
N
N
D D I
IA
W D C
O
I A
) B
E )
E A
P R
I
S
L
I N D I A N SRI O C E A N
A
N
D
LANKA S
211 Geography:
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. How is water conserved in hilly and mountainous regions?

2. Name some hydroelectric projects on Damodar river basin.
3. What are popularly termed as ‘Temples of Modern India’?
4. State the role of MNCs in depletion of fresh water.
5. Which river project faced the public agitation in Gujarat?
1. Explain any three causes for water scarcity in most parts of India.
2. What is the reason behind-Godavari water dispute? Name the multi-purpose river valley project
constructed on river Krishna?
3. How construction of larger dams have become controversial issues?
4. What is the importance of hydrological cycle on the earth?
5. What are the implications of pollution of river water?
1. How do increasing number of industries exert pressure on existing fresh water resources?
2. Why are different water harvesting system considered a viable alternative both ways, socio-
economically and environmentally in a country like India?
3. Why is groundwater a highly overused resource?
4. Describe the working of the rooftop rainwater harvesting being practised in India.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
212
Agriculture
3
TYPES OF FARMING
Primitive Subsistence Farming Intensive Subsistence Farming Commercial Farming
Is practised on small patches It is practised in areas of high The main characteristics of the
of land with the help of population pressure on land. type of farming are used of
primitive tools like hoe, dao and It is labour intensive farming, higher doses of modern inputs,
digging sticks and where high doses of e.g. high yielding variety (HYV)
family/community. biochemical inputs and seeds, chemical fertilizers,
It is a ‘slash and burn’ irrigation are used for obtaining insecticides and pesticides in
agriculture. higher production. order to obtain higher
productivity.
THREE MAIN CROP SEASONS OF INDIA
Kharif Rabi Zaid
It starts with the onset of the It starts with the beginning of This is a short crop season in
monsoon and continues till the winter and continues till the between the rabi and kharif
beginning of winter (June-July beginning of summer (Oct-Dec season.
to September-October). to April-June). Crops like watermelons,
The Kharif crops include, rice, The rabi crops include wheat, cucumber, some vegetables
maize, millet, cotton, jute, barley, gram and oilseeds. and fodder crops are the major
groundnut, moong, urad, etc. crops.
213 Geography:
MAJOR CROPS OF INDIA
RICE WHEAT MILLETS MAIZE PULSES

It is the staple food It is the main food Jowar, Bajra and Rabi It is a crop which is India is the largest
crop of a majority of crop in north and are the important used both as food and producer as well as
the people in India. north-western part of millets grown in India. fodder. the consumer of
It is a kharif crop the country. It is a main-fed crop It is a kharif crop pulses in the world.
which requires high This rabi crop requires mostly grown in the which requires These are the major
temperature and high a cool growing season moist areas which temperature between source of protein in
humidity with annual and a bright sunshine hardly needs irrigation. 21°C to 27°C and vegetation diet.
rainfall above 100 cm. at the time of ripening. Rabi is a crop of dry grows well in old Major pulses that are
Rice is grown in the It requires 50 to 70 cm regions and grows alluvial soil. grown in India are tur,
plains of north and of annual rainfall. well on red, black, Major maize urad, moong, masur,
north-eastern India, There are two sandy, loamy and producing states are peas and gram.
coastal areas and the important wheat shallow black soils. Karnataka, UP, Bihar, Pulses need less
deltaic regions of growing zones in the Karnataka is the Andhra Pradesh and moisture and survive
canal irrigation and country- the Ganga largest producer of Madhya Pradesh. even in dry
tubewells have made Satluj plains in the ragi followed by Tamil conditions.
it possible to grow rice north-west and black Nadu. Major pulses
in areas of less rainfall soil region of the producing states in
such as Punjab, Deccan. India are Madhya
Haryana and Western The major wheat Pradesh, UP,
U.P. and parts of producing states are Rajasthan,
Rajasthan. Punjab, Haryana, UP, Maharashtra and
Bihar, Rajasthan and Karnataka.
parts of Madhya
Pradesh.
NON-FOOD CROPS
Rubber Fibre Crops Cotton Jute

It is an equatorial crop, Cotton, jute, hemp and Cotton grows well in It is also known as
but under special natural silk are the drier parts of the black Golden fibre.
conditions, it is also four major fibre crops cotton soil of the Jute grows well on
grown in tropical and grown in India. Deccan plateau. well-drained fertile
sub-tropical areas. The first three are It requires high soils in the flood
It requires moist and derived from the crops temperature, light plains, where soils are
humid climate with grown in the soil, the rainfall or irrigation, renewed every year.
rainfall of more than latter is obtained from 210 frost-free days It requires high
200 cm and cocoons of the and bright sunshine temperature.
temperature above silkworms fed on for its growth. Major jute producing
25°C. green leaves specially It is a kharif crop and states are Bihar,
It is mainly grown in mulberry. requires 6-8 months to Assam, West Bengal,
Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Rearing of silk worms mature. Odisha, Meghalaya.
Karnataka, and for the production of Cotton producing
Andaman and Nicobar silk fibre is known as states are MP,
Islands and Garo hills sericulture. Karnataka, Andhra
in Meghalaya. Pradesh, Tamil Nadu,
Punjab, UP & Haryana.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
214
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Primitive Subsistence Agriculture is practised with small patches of land with the help of
primitive tools like hoe, Dao and digging sticks, and family/community labour. This type
of farming depends upon monsoon, natural fertility of the soil and suitability of other
environmental conditions to the crops grown.
2. Slash and Burn Agriculture is a method of agriculture used in the tropics, in which forest
vegetation is felled and burned, the land is cropped for a few years, then the forest is
allowed to reinvade.
3. Intensive Subsistence Agriculture is a method of agriculture, where farmers get more
food per acre compared to other subsistence farming methods. This allows farmers to
make the most of each harvest.
4. Plantation usually a large farm or estate, especially in a tropical or semitropical country,
on which cotton, tobacco, coffee, sugar cane, or the like is cultivated, usually by resident
labourers.
5. Commercial Farming: Farming for a profit, where food is produced by advanced
technological means for sale in the market.
6. Cropping Pattern means the proportion of area under various crops at a point of time.
7. Fodder Crops: Crops that are cultivated primarily for animal feed. By extension, natural
grasslands and pastures are included whether they are cultivated or not.
8. Tube Wells: A well consisting of an iron pipe with a solid steel point and lateral
perforations near the end, which is driven into the earth until a water-bearing stratum is
reached, when a suction pump is applied to the upper end.
9. Millets: A cereal grown in warm countries and regions with poor soils, bearing a large
crop of small seeds which are chiefly used to make flour.
10. Pulses are part of the legume family, but the term ‘pulse’ refers only to the dried seed.
Dried peas, edible beans, lentils and chickpeas are the most common varieties of pulses.
Pulses are very high in protein and fibre, and are low in fat.
11. Non-food Crops: An industrial crop, also called a non-food crop, is a crop grown to
produce goods for manufacturing, for example – of fibre for clothing, rather than food
for consumption.
12. GDP: Gross Domestic product is the total monetary value of goods produced and services
provided in a country during one year or over a specific time period.
13. Public Distribution System is a government-sponsored chain of shops entrusted with the
work of distributing basic food and non-food commodities to the needy sections of the
society at very cheap prices.
14. Food Corporation of India: FCI is a statutory body established via Food Corporation
Act 1964 to meet the following objectives of the Food Policy: Effective price support
operations for safeguarding the interests of the farmers. Distribution of food grains
throughout the country for public distribution system.
15. BPL (Below Poverty Line) is an economic benchmark used by the government of India
to indicate economic disadvantage and to identify individuals and households in need of
215 Geography:
government assistance and aid. It is determined using various parameters which vary
from state to state and within states.
16. MSP: Minimum Support Price is a form of market intervention by the Government
of India to insure agricultural producers against any sharp fall in farm prices.
MSP is price fixed by Government of India to protect the producer - farmers - against
excessive fall in price during bumper production years.
17. Globalisation: The process by which businesses or other organizations develop
international influence or start operating on an international scale.
18. Bio-diversity: The variety of plant and animal life in the world or in a particular habitat,
a high level of which is usually considered to be important and desirable.
NCERT Exercises
(i) Which one of the following describes a system of agriculture, where a single crop is
grown on a large area?
(a) Shifting Agriculture (b) Plantation Agriculture
(c) Horticulture (d) Intensive Agriculture
Ans. (b) Plantation Agriculture
(ii) Which one of the following is a rabi crop?
(a) Rice (b) Gram
(c) Millets (d) Cotton
Ans. (b) Gram
(iii) Which one of the following is a leguminous crop?
(a) Pulses (b) Jowar
(c) Millets (d) Sesamum
Ans. (a) Pulses
(iv) Which one of the following is announced by the government in support of a crop?
(a) Maximum support price
(b) Minimum support price
(c) Moderate support price
(d) Inuential support price
Ans. (b) Minimum support price
Q. 2. Answer the following questions in 30 words.
(i) Name one important beverage crop and specify the geographical conditions required
for its growth.
Ans. Tea is considered as an important beverage crop. The tea plant requires tropical or sub-tropical
climate and deep and fertile well-drained soil to grow, which is also rich in organic matter and
humus.
(ii) Name one staple crop of India and the regions where it is produced.
Ans. Rice is a staple food crop of India. It grows in the plains of north and north-east India, coastal
areas and the deltaic regions.
(iii) Enlist the various institutional reform programmes introduced by the government in
the interest of farmers.
Ans. ‘Minimum Support Policy’, ‘provision for crop insurance’ , ‘subsidy’ on agricultural inputs and
Xam idea
Social Science–X
216
resources such as power and fertilisers, ‘Grameen banks’, ‘Kissan Credit Cards’ and ‘Personal
Accident insurance scheme’ are some of the various institutional reform programmes introduced
by the government in the interest of farmers.
(iv) The land under cultivation has got reduced day by day. Can you imagine its
consequences?
Ans. An increase in population paired with declining area of land under cultivation could lead to
serious food grain shortages. This would result in increase in the imports of food grains, which
would cause the economy to reel under huge debts.
(i) Suggest the initiative taken by the government to ensure the increase in agriculture
production.
Ans. Some of the initiatives taken by the government to ensure the increase in agriculture production
are –
O The Green and White revolution which aimed at improving Indian agriculture productivity.
O To ensure increase in agriculture production, the government prioritised collectivisation,
consolidation of holdings, cooperation and abolition of zamindari system.

O Land reform was the main focus of the First Five Year Plans.
O There were other benets introduced for the farmers like –
O Minimum support Price Policy
O Grameen Banks
O Kissan Credit Card
O Personal Accident Insurance Scheme
O Special weather bulletins
O Agricultural programmes Like ‘Krishi Darshan’ on national television.
(ii) Describe the impact of globalisation on Indian agriculture.

Ans. The impact of globalisation in India could be traced back to colonial times. There were two main
important export items from India – raw cotton and spices. There was a revolt in 1917 by the
Indian farmers in Champaran as they were forced to grow indigo in place of food grains in order
to supply ‘dye’ to Britain’s ourishing textile industry. Hence, globalisation has had its blessings
and curses for Indian agriculture.
Though the situation changed for the Indian farmers post liberalisation, they faced new challenges
in the form of competition from highly subsidised agriculture of developed nations.
(iii) Describe the geographical conditions required for the growth of rice.
Ans. Rice is a Kharif crop which is grown in the north and north eastern plains, coastal areas and
deltaic regions of India. It needs high temperature (above 25°C) and high humidity with annual
rainfall above 100 cm. It grows with the help of irrigation via canals and tube wells in the areas
with less rainfall.

Q. 1. Why is India called an ‘agrarian’ country?
Ans. India is an agrarian country as two thirds of its populations are engaged in agricultural activities.
Agriculture is a primary activity, which produces most of the foods that we consume.
Q. 2. On what factors does primitive subsistence farming depend?
Ans. Primitive subsistence type of farming depends upon monsoon, natural fertility of the soil and
suitability of other environmental conditions to the crops grown.
217 Geography:
Q. 3. What is ‘Jhumming’?
Ans. ‘Jhumming’ is slash and burn agriculture, practised in north eastern states like Assam, Meghalaya,
Mizoram and Nagaland, etc. This type of shifting allows nature to replenish the fertility of the soil
through natural processes only.
Q. 4. Why there is excessive pressure on agricultural land?
Ans. Though the ‘right of inheritance’ has rendered land holding sizes uneconomical, the farmers
continue to take maximum output from the limited land in the absence of alternative service of
livelihood.
Q. 5. What is ‘plantation farming’?
Ans. In this type of farming, a single crop is grown on a large area. Along with production, processing
is also done in the nearby areas. So, the plantation has an interface of agriculture and industry.
Q. 6. Name the important plantation crops grown in India.
Ans. In India, tea, coffee, rubber, sugarcane, banana are important plantation crops.
Q. 7. Which factors are playing an important role in development of plantation?
Ans. A well developed network of transport and communication connecting the plantation areas,
processing industries and markets play an important role in the development of plantations.
Q. 8. Which main cropping patterns are followed in India?
Ans. India has three cropping seasons—rabi, kharif and zaid.
Q. 9. When are rabi crops grown?
Ans. Rabi crops are grown in winter from October to December and harvested in summer from April to
June.
Q. 10. Which crops are grown in rabi season?
Ans. Wheat, barley, peas, gram and mustard, etc. are grown in rabi season.
Q. 11. In which regions are rabi crops mostly grown?
Ans. These crops are grown in the states of north and north western parts such as Punjab, Haryana,
Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir, Uttrakhand and Uttar Pradesh.
Q. 12. Which factors help in the production of rabi crops in North and North western regions of
India?
Ans. Availability of precipitation during winter months due to the western temperate cyclones as well
as green revolution helps in the production of rabi crops.
Q. 13. When are kharif crops grown?
Ans. Kharif crops are grown with the onset of monsoon in different parts of the country and these are
harvested in September or October.
Q. 14. Which are the important kharif crops?
Ans. The important kharif crops grown during this season are paddy (rice), maize, jowar, bajara, tur,
moong, urad, cotton, jute, groundnut and soyabean.
Q. 15. In which states of India are three crops of paddy grown?
Ans. In states like Assam, West Bengal and Odisha, three crops of paddy are grown in a year. These are
Aus, Aman and Boro.
Q. 16. What is Zaid Season?
Ans. In between the rabi and kharif seasons, there is a short season during the summer month known
as ‘zaid’ season.
Q. 17. Which crops are grown during Zaid season?
Ans. Some of the crops produced during zaid season are watermelon, muskmelon, cucumber, vegetables
and fodder crops.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
218
Q. 18. What are the climatic requirements for wheat?
Ans. Wheat requires cool growing season and a bright sunshine at the time of ripening. It requires 50
to 75 cms of annual rainfall evenly distributed over the growing season.
Q. 19. Which are the two important wheat growing zones of India?
Ans. These are two important wheat growing zones in the country—the Ganga-Satluj plains in north
west and black soil region of the Deccan.
Q. 20. Which are the major wheat producing states of India?
Ans. The major wheat producing states are Punjab, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Rajasthan and parts
of Madhya Pradesh.
Q. 21. Which important millets are grown in India?
Ans. Jowar, bajra and ragi are the important millets grown in India.
Q. 22. What do you know about the millet, jowar?
Ans. Jowar is the third most important food crop. It is a rain-fed crop, mostly grown in the moist areas
which hardly needs irrigation.
Q. 23. In which states is jowar grown?
Ans. Maharashtra is the largest producer of jowar followed by Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and Madhya
Pradesh.
Q. 24. What do you know about the ragi crop?
Ans. Ragi is very rich in iron, calcium, other micronutrients and roughage. It is a crop of dry regions
and grows well on red, black, sandy, loamy and shallow black soils.
Q. 25. Which regions are known for ragi production?
Ans. Karnataka is the largest producer of ragi followed by Tamil Nadu, Himachal Pradesh, Uttrakhand,
Sikkim, Jharkhand and Arunachal Pradesh.
Q. 26. In which states is crop bajra grown?
Ans. Rajasthan is the largest producer of bajra followed by Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, Gujarat and
Haryana.
Q. 27. What temperature is needed for maize?
Ans. Maize is a kharif crop which requires temperature between 21°C to 27°C and grows well in alluvial
soils.
Q. 28. Which factors contribute for increasing production of maize?
Ans. Use of modern inputs such as HYV seeds, fertilisers and irrigation have contributed to the
increasing production of maize.
Q. 29. Name the major maize producing states of India.
Ans. Karnataka, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Andhra Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh.
Q. 30. Name the major pulses grown in India.
Ans. The major pulses that are grown in India are tur (arhar), urad, moong, masur, peas and gram.
Q. 31. Why are pulses grown in rotation with other crops?
Ans. Being leguminous crops, all these crops except arhar help in restoring soil fertility by xing
nitrogen from the air. Therefore, these are mostly grown in rotation with other crops.
Q. 32. What are the climatic conditions required for sugarcane production?
Ans. Sugarcane grows well in hot and humid climate with a temperature of 21°C to 27°C and an annual
rainfall between 75 to 100 cms.
Q. 33. Name the major sugarcane producing states of India.
Ans. Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Punjab and Haryana.
Q. 34. Name the states producing groundnut.
Ans. Andhra Pradesh is the largest producer of groundnut followed by Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Gujarat
and Maharashtra.
219 Geography:
Q. 35. Who introduced tea cultivation in India?
Ans. Tea is an important beverage crop introduced in India, initially by the British. Today most of the
tea plantations are owned by Indians.
Q. 36. In which states are mangoes and bananas grown?
Ans. Mangoes are grown in Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal. Bananas are
produced in Kerala, Mizoram, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu.
Q. 37. What are the climatic conditions required for rubber production?
Ans. It is an equatorial crop, but under special conditions, it is also grown in tropical and subtropical
areas. It requires moist and humid climate with rainfall of more than 200 cms and temperature
above 25°C.
Q. 38. In which regions of India is rubber grown?
Ans. Rubber is mainly grown in Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Garo
hills of Meghalaya.
Q. 39. Which are the major bre crops of India?
Ans. Cotton, Jute, hemp and natural silk are the four major bre crops grown in India.
Q. 40. How is silk bre produced?
Ans. Silk is obtained from cocoons of silkworms fed on green leaves especially mulberry. Rearing of silk
worms for the production of silk bre is known as sericulture.
Q. 41. How is cotton associated with India?
Ans. India is believed to be the original home of the cotton plant. India is a third largest producer of
cotton in the world.
Q. 42. What are the climatic conditions for the growth of cotton plant?
Ans. It requires high temperature, light rainfall or irrigation, 210 frost-free days and bright sunshine
for its growth.
Q. 43. Which are the major cotton producing states of India?
Ans. The major cotton producing states are—Maharashtra, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, Karnataka,
Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh.
Q. 44. Which bre is known golden bre?
Ans. Jute is known as golden bre.
Q. 45. In which regions is Jute grown?
Ans. West Bengal, Bihar, Assam, Odisha and Meghalaya are the major jute producing states of India.
Q. 46. What are the uses of Jute?
Ans. Jute is used in making gunny bags, mats, ropes, yarn, carpets and other artefacts.
Q. 47. Why is jute loosing its importance?
Ans. Due to its high cost, it is losing market to synthetic bres and packing materials, particularly the
nylon.
Q. 48. Why do we need technical and institutional reforms in agriculture?
Ans. Inspite of development of sources of irrigation, most of the farmers in large parts of the country
still depend upon monsoon and natural fertility in order to carry on their agriculture. For a
growing population, this poses a serious challenge. Agriculture needs some serious technical and
institutional reforms.
Q. 49. Which institutional reforms were introduced for farmers?
Ans. Collectivisation, consolidation of land holdings, cooperation and abolition of zamindari, etc. were
given priority to bring about institutional reforms in India.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
220
Q. 50. Which two revolutions, revolutionized Indian agriculture?
Ans. The Green Revolution based on the use of package technology and the White Revolution were
some of the strategies initiated to improve the Indian agriculture.
Q. 51. Which steps were taken by the Indian government for a comprehensive land development
programme?
Ans. Provision for crop insurance against drought, ood, cyclones, re and disease, establishment of
Grameen banks, Cooperative societies and banks for providing loan facilities to the farmers at
lower rates of interest were some important steps in this direction.
Q. 52. Which schemes were introduced by government for the benet of farmers?
Ans. Kissan Credit Card (KCC), Personal Accident Insurance Scheme (PAIS) are some schemes
introduced by government of India for the benet of the farmers.
Q. 53. What role is played by government to check the implantation of farmers by speculators
and middlemen?
Ans. The government announces minimum support price, remunerative and procurement prices for
important crops to check the exploitation of farmers by speculators and middlemen.

Q. 1. What is primitive subsistence farming?
Ans. (i) It is practised on small patches of land with the help of primitive tools.
(ii) This type of farming depends upon the monsoons and natural fertility of the soil.
(iii) It is also called ‘slash and burn’ agriculture.
Q. 2. What is ‘slash and burn’ agriculture?
Ans. (i) In this agriculture, farmers clear a patch of land and produce cereals and other crops to
sustain their families.
(ii) When the soil fertility decreases, the farmers shift and clear a fresh patch of land for
cultivation.
(iii) This type of shifting allows nature to replenish the fertility of the soil through natural
processes.
Land productivity in this type of agriculture is low, as the farmers do not use fertilisers or any
modern inputs.
Q. 3. Describe the three cropping seasons of India.
Ans. (1) Rabi season:
(a) Crops sown in winters and harvested in summers.
(b) Some of the important rabi crops are wheat, barley, peas, gram and mustard.
(c) States growing rabi crops are: Punjab, Haryana, Himachal, Jammu and Kashmir,Uttarakhand
and Uttar Pradesh.
(2) Kharif season:
(a) Crops grown with the onset of monsoons and harvested in September or October.
(b) Important Kharif growing states are: Assam, West Bengal, coastal regions of Odisha, Andhra
Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Kerala and Maharashtra.
(c) Crops grown during this season are: rice, maize, jowar, bajra, tur, moong, urad, cotton,
jute, groundnut and soyabean.
(3) Zaid season:
(a) It falls in between the rabi and kharif seasons.
(b) It’s a short season during the summer months.
221 Geography:
(c) Major crops grown are: watermelon, muskmelon, cucumbers, vegetables and fodder crops.
Q. 4. Which important millets are grown in India? Give a brief description about them.
Ans. Jowar, Bajra and Ragi are three important millets.
(i) Ragi: Ragi is very rich in iron, calcium, and other micro nutrients and roughage. It is a crop
of dry regions and grows well on red, black, sandy, loamy and shallow black soils. Karnataka
is the largest producer followed by Tamil Nadu.
(ii) Jowar: It is a rain fed crop mostly grown in the moist areas which hardly needs irrigation.
Maharashtra is the largest producer followed by Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and Madhya
Pradesh.
(iii) Bajra: It grows well on sandy soils and shallow black soil. Rajasthan is the largest producer of
bajra followed by Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, Gujarat and Haryana.
Q. 5. What do you know about rubber plantation in India?
Ans. (i) Rubber is an equational crop but is also grown in tropical and sub-tropical areas.
(ii) It requires moist and humid climate with rainfall of more than 200 cm and temperature above
25°C.
(iii) It is grown in Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Andaman and Nicobar Islands and Garo hills of
Meghalaya.
India ranks fth among the world’s largest natural rubber producers.
Q. 6. What climatic conditions are required for growing cotton?
Ans. (i) Cotton grows well in drier parts of the black cotton soil of the Deccan Plateau.
(ii) It requires high temperature, light rainfall or irrigation.
(iii) It also requires 210 frost free days and bright sunshine for its growth.
It’s a Kharif crop and requires 6 to 8 months to mature.
Q. 7. Write any three changes in Indian agriculture after the Green Revolution.
Ans. (i) HYV seeds are used for better output of some major crops like wheat and rice.
(ii) For irrigation, canals are laid to provide water to all water scarce states.
(iii) Use of fertilisers, insecticides and pesticides has enhanced the production of various crops.
Q. 8. Differentiate between commercial farming and plantation farming.
Ans.
Commercial farming Plantation farming
1. In this type of farming, crops are grown only 1. In this type of farming, a single crop is
for commercial purposes. grown on a large area.
2. Farmers make use of higher doses of 2. Labour is employed to work in large tracts
modern inputs, HYV seeds, chemical of land, using capital intensive devices.
fertilisers, insecticides, etc.
3. E.g.: Rice is a commercial crop in Haryana 3. E.g.: Tea Gardens produce tea, and coffee
and Punjab. plantations produce coffee.
Q. 9. How is commercial farming practised in India?

OR
What is the main characteristic of commercial farming?
Ans. The main characteristic of this type of farming is the production of a commercial crop. In this type
of farming, High Yielding Variety (HYV) seeds, chemical fertilisers, insecticides, pesticides, etc.
are used to obtain higher productivity. The degree of commercialisation varies from one region to
another.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
222
Q. 10. Which oilseeds are grown in India and what are the uses?
Ans. India is the largest producer of oilseeds in the world. Different types of oilseeds are grown in
India. Main oilseeds produced in India are groundnut, mustard, coconut, sesame, soyabean, castor
seeds, cotton seeds, linseed and sunower. Most of these are edible and used as cooking medium.
However some of these are also used as raw material in the production of soap, cosmetics and
ointments.
Q. 11. What do you understand by ‘Bhoodan’ and ‘Gramdan’?
Ans. Some poor landless villagers demanded some land for their economic well-being. Vinoba Bhave
could not assure but promised to talk to the government regarding that. Suddenly Shri Ram
Chandra Reddy, stood up and offered 80 acres of land to be distributed among 80 landless villagers.
This act was known as ‘Bhoodan’. Similarly, some zamindars, owners of many villages, offered to
distribute some villages among the landless. It was known as ‘Gramdan’.
This Gramdan & Bhoodan movement was initiated by Vinoba Bhave. It is also known as the
‘Bloodless Revolution’.
Q. 12. Is India an agrarian country?
Ans. Yes, India is an agrarian country.
O Two-thirds of its population is engaged in agricultural activities.
O Agriculture is a primary activity, which produces most of the food that we consume.
O Besides foodgrains, it also produces raw material for various industries.
O Moreover, some agricultural products like tea, coffee, spices, etc. are also exported.

Q. 1. Distinguish between primitive subsistence farming and intensive subsistence farming.
Ans.
Primitive Subsistence Intensive Subsistence
1. It is practised on small patches of land. 1. It is practised on bigger land holdings.
2. Primitive tools like hoe, dao and digging 2. Modern inputs like HYV seeds, chemical
sticks, and family community labour are fertilisers, insecticides, etc., to obtain
used. higher productivity are used.
3. In this type of farming, farmers depend on 3. In intensive subsistence, irrigation facilities

the monsoons and natural fertility of the like tubewells and canal irrigation is used.
soil.
4. Land productivity in this type of 4. Land productivity is high as it is meant for
agriculture is low. commercial purposes.
Q. 2. What type of climate is required for the production of sugarcane? What are the
by-products of sugarcane?
Ans. O It is a tropical as well as a sub-tropical crop.
O It grows well in hot and humid climate.
O It requires a temperature between 21°C to 27°C and an annual rainfall between 75 and 100
cm.
O Irrigation is required in regions receiving low rainfall.
By-products:
It is the main source of sugar, gur (jaggery), khandsari and molasses.
223 Geography:
Q. 3. Give the characteristics of a crop used both as food and fodder.
Ans. O It is maize, which is a Kharif crop.
O It requires a temperature between 21°C to 27°C and grows well in old alluvial soil.
O Use of modern inputs such as HYV seeds, fertilisers and irrigation have contributed to the
increasing production of maize.

O Major maize producing states are: Karnataka, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Andhra Pradesh and
Madhya Pradesh.
Q. 4. Give main characteristics of intensive subsistence farming.
Ans. O This type of farming is practised in areas of high population pressure on land.
O It is labour-intensive farming where high doses of biochemical inputs and irrigation are used
for obtaining higher production.

O This type of farming is practised in the states of U.P., Haryana, Bihar, etc.
O Though the ‘right of inheritance’ leading to the division of land among successive generations
has rendered landholding size uneconomical, the farmers continue to take maximum output
from the limited land in the absence of alternative source of livelihood.
Q. 5. What type of farming is called plantation farming? Which factors are needed to promote
them in India?
Ans. Plantation is a type of commercial farming. In this type of farming, a single crop is grown on a large
area. The plantation also includes the processing of that crop in the nearby industries. Plantations
cover large tracts of land using capital intensive inputs, with the help of migrant labourers. All the
produce is used as raw material in respective industries. In India, tea, coffee, rubber, sugarcane,
banana, etc. are important plantation crops. Since the production is mainly for market, a well
developed network of transport and communication connecting the plantation areas, processing
industries and markets play an important role in the development of plantations.
Q. 6. What geographical conditions are needed for the second most important cereal crop of
India? Name some regions where it is grown.
Ans. Wheat is the second most important cereal crop of India. It is the main food crop in north and
north-western parts of the country. This rabi crop requires a cool growing season and a bright
sunshine at the time of ripening. It requires 50 to 75 cms of annual rainfall evenly distributed over
the growing season. There are two important wheat-growing zones in the country:
(i) The Ganga-Satluj plains in the north-west.
(ii) The black soil region of the Deccan.
The major wheat producing states are Punjab, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Rajasthan and parts
of Madhya Pradesh.
Q. 7. How can you say that ‘India is the largest producer as well as the consumer of pulses in the
world’?
Ans. India is the largest producer as well as consumer of pulses in world. Since pulses are the major
source of protein in a vegetarian diet, these are used by most of the Indian population. They need
less moisture and survive even in dry conditions. Being leguminous crop, all these crops except
arhar , help in restoring soil fertility. Therefore, these are mostly grown in rotation with other
crops.
Major pulses grown in India are—tuvar , urad , moong , masur, peas and gram.
Q. 8. Give some main characteristics of coffee crop.
Ans. O India produces about 4 per cent of the world’s coffee production.
O Indian coffee is known in the world for its good quality.
O The Arabica variety, initially brought from Yemen, is produced in the country.
O Initially, its cultivation was introduced on the Baba Budan Hills in Karnataka and even today
its cultivation is conned to Nilgiri in Karnataka, Kerala and Tamil Nadu.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
224
Indian coffee variety is in great demand all over the world.
Q. 9. What does ‘Horticulture’ mean? Which crops are grown under horticulture in India?
Ans. Horticulture is the practice of production of both fruit and vegetable crops. India is a producer of
tropical as well as temperate fruits. Some of the major crops are:
(i) Mangoes: Many varieties of mangoes lie Safeda, Dussehri, Langda, Sindoori, etc. are grown
in Maharashtra, U.P., Andhra Pradesh and West Bengal.
(ii) Oranges: Nagpur and Cherrapunjee are famous for orange varieties of India.
(iii) Bananas of various qualities are grown in Kerala, Mizoram, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu.
(iv) Lichi and Guava are famous in parts of Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand and Bihar.
(v) Pineapple in Meghalaya and Grapes are grown in Andhra Pradesh and Maharashtra.
(vi) Apples, pears, apricots and walnuts are mainly temperate fruits and are grown in J&K and
Himachal Pradesh and are in great demand all over the world.
(vii) Vegetables: India produces about 13 per cent of the world’s vegetables. It is an important
producer of peas, cauliower, onion, cabbage, tomato, brinjal and potatoes. There is a potato
institute in Shimla where study is made on various qualities of potatoes grown in India.
Q. 10. How did partition of the country in 1947 affect the jute industry?
Ans. O India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods and stands at second place as an
exporter after Bangladesh.
O The rst jute mill was set up near Kolkata in 1859 at Rishra.
O After partition in 1947, the jute mills remained in India but three-fourth of the jute producing
areas went to Bangladesh.

So due to partition, India had to start the production of jute and Bangladesh had set up industries
for the jute goods.

Q. 1. Explain any three features of Indian agriculture.
Ans. O Two-thirds of India’s population is engaged in agricultural activities.
O Agriculture is a primary activity, which produces most of the food that is consumed.
O It also produces raw material for various industries.
O Some agricultural products like tea, coffee, spices, etc., are also exported to earn foreign exchange.
Q. 2. Why is there enormous pressure on land in intensive subsistence farming?

Ans. (i) Right of inheritance leading to the division of land among successive generations has
rendered land holding size uneconomical.
(ii) The farmers continue to take maximum output from the limited land, in the absence of
alternative sources of livelihood.
Thus, there is an enormous pressure on agricultural land.
Q. 3. Which crop is known as a ‘golden bre’? Explain any two geographical conditions essential
for the cultivations of this crop. Mention its four uses.
Ans. Jute is known as ‘golden bre’. It grows well on well-drained fertile soils in the ood plains
where soils are renewed every year. West Bengal, Bihar, Assam, Odisha, Meghalaya are the major
jute producing states of India. It is used in making gunny bags, mats, ropes, yarn, carpets and
other artefacts. Due to its high cost, it is losing market to synthetic bres and packing material,
particularly nylon.
Q. 4. “Agriculture is the mainstay of Indian economy.” Explain this statement.
Ans. O Agriculture has been the backbone of the Indian economy.
225 Geography:
O Agricultural share in providing employment and livelihood to the population continues to be
as high as 63 per cent (2001).
O Government is providing facilities like irrigation, power,rural roads, market and mechanisation
subsidy on fertilisers.
Reduction of import duties on agricultural products have proved detrimental to agriculture in the
country.
Q. 5. Explain four technological reform initiatives taken by the government to ensure the
increase in agricultural production.
Ans. Technological reforms:
(i) Green Revolution in agriculture and White Revolution in milk were introduced.
(ii) Tractors, harvesters, threshers and tubewells, etc., and technological devices were introduced.
(iii) For better production, fertilisers, insecticides and pesticides were also produced.
(iv) The government also announced the minimum support price, which checks the exploitation
of farmers by speculators and middlemen.
Q. 6. Why do we need to have technical and institutional reforms in India?
Ans. O Agriculture has been practised in India for thousands of years.
O Sustained uses of land without compatible techno-institutional changes have hindered the
pace of agricultural development.

O In spite of development of sources of irrigation, most of the farmers in large parts of the
country still depend upon monsoon and natural fertility in order to carry on their agriculture.
O For a growing population, this poses a serious challenge.
O Agriculture which provides livelihood for more than 60 per cent of its population, needs some
serious technical and institutional reforms.

Q. 7. Suggest the initiatives taken by the government to ensure the increase in agricultural
production.
Ans. (i) The right of inheritance has led to fragmentation of landholdings. Therefore, collectivisation,
consolidation of landholdings, cooperation and abolition of zamindari, etc. were given
priority to bring about institutional reforms in the country after independence.
(ii) The Green Revolution based on the use of package technology and White Revolution were
initiated to improve the Indian agriculture.
(iii) Land development programme was initiated, which included provision for crop insurance
against famine, ood, cyclone, re and disease, establishment of Grameen banks, cooperative
societies, etc.
(iv) Kissan credit cards, Personal Accident Insurance scheme were introduced for the benet of
farmers.
(v) Special weather bulletins and agricultural programmes for farmers are run on the radio and
television.
(vi) To check the exploitation of farmers by speculators and middlemen, the government
announces minimum support price, remunerative and procurement prices for important
crops.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
226
Map Questions
Q. 1. Mark the following on the given outline map of India: 1×3=3
1. Major areas where rice is grown.
2. Major areas where wheat is grown.
3. Major areas where jowar is grown.
Ans.
INDIA
PAKISTAN
2. Wheat
1. Rice
a n c e r
T r o p i c o f C
MYANMAR
SEA BENGAL
3. Jowar
Map key
Rice
Wheat A
N
D
L
Jowar A
M
A A
K N
S
I
(
N
A
H
(
&
IN N
D D I
IA
W D C
)
O
IA
E )
B
E A
P R
I
S
L
A
N
I N D I A N SRI O C E A N
D
S
LANKA
1. Bihar, Odisha, West Bengal, Chattisgarh, Jharkhand.

2. Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, Haryana, Himachal.
3. Maharashtra, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, Telangana.
227 Geography:
Q. 2. ‘Mark the following on the given outline political map of India: 1×3=3
1. Major sugarcane producing states
2. One rubber producing state.
3. Major cotton producing states.
Ans.
HARYANA
3.
UTTAR
PRADESH
1.
MADHYA PRADESH
3.
MAHARASHTRA
1. TELANGANA
1.
ANDHRA
PRADESH
K ARNATAK A
1.
1.
INDEX
TAMIL 1. Sugar Cane
2. NADU
K 2. Rubber
E
R
A 3. 3. Cotton
L
A
1. Maharasthra, Telangana, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh

2. Kerala
3. Haryana, Tamilnadu, Madhya Pradesh
Xam idea
Social Science–X
228
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. What is commercial farming?

2. What term describes the system of agriculture, where a single crop is grown on a large area?
3. Which state of India is the leading producer of Jowar?
4. What is the position of India in sugarcane production in the world?
5. Which state of India is the leading producer of rubber?
1. Name the important beverage crop introduced by the British in India. Explain the geographical
conditions needed.
2. Explain any four characteristics of commercial farming in India.
3. Describe any four features of agriculture in India.
4. Write a short note on “White Revolution” in Indian context.
5. What are salient features of slash and burn agriculture?
1. Which crop is known as the “golden bre”? Explain two geographical conditions essential for the
cultivation of this crop. Mention its any four uses.
2. Explain the climatic conditions for the production of rice. Name any two major rice producing
states in India.
3. Discuss the challenges now agricultural sector faces in India.
4. What are the institutional reforms initiated by Government in agricultural sector? Explain their
necessity.
zzz
229 Geography:
Minerals and
4 energy resources
DISTRIBUTION OF MINERALS
Iron Manganese Copper Bauxite Limestone Mica

Ore Ore
Basic mineral, Is used for Is used for It is an ore Is composed It is used in
backbone of making iron making from which of calcium electrical and
industrial and steel and utensils, aluminium is carbonate or electronic
development. preparing electric wires obtained. calcium and industries.
There are four alloys. and alloys. Aluminium is magnesium
varieties. It is used to Found in used in carbonates.
manufacture Rajasthan, manufacturing It is used in
bleaching Madhya of aeroplanes, the cement
powder, Pradesh, utensils, and industry,
Magnetite Haematite Limonite Siderite insecticides, Jharkhand, other smelting of
paints and Gujarat, household iron and in
batteries. Karnataka. goods. chemical
are found in Found in MP, industries.
Jharkhand, Odisha, found in MP,
Chhattisgarh, Found in Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh,
Andhra Odisha, A.P., Chhattisgarh, AP,
Pradesh, Goa, Karnataka, Maharashtra. Rajasthan,
Odisha, Goa, M.P., Gujarat,
Karnataka Maharashtra. Karnataka,
and Himachal
Maharashtra. Pradesh.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
230
MINERALS
These are homogeneous naturally occurring substances normally found in solid, liquid and gaseous state.
There are two types
Metallic Non-Metallic
They are
Ferrous Non-Ferrous
limestones,
(contains Iron) (contains metals
nitrate, potash,
other than iron)
mica, gypsum,
coal,
eg. Iron, Ore, petroleum
manganese ore, e.g. gold, silver,
Chromite, pyrite, copper, lead, bauxite,
nickel and cobalt. tin and magnesium.
CONVENTIONAL ENERGY
Coal Petroleum Natural Gas Electricity

is the main source of Second most Environment friendly Installed Capitality of
power generation in important energy fuel, raw material in India.
India. source, raw materials petrochemical Thermal Electricity: It
It is used in the of a number of industry. is obtained by using
manufacture of iron industries. found in Andhra coal, petroleum, and
and steel. Important offshore Pradesh, Maharashtra, natural gas found in
It is also used as a oilfields-Mumbai, Gujarat, Assam & Assam, Jharkhand,
raw material for the Bassein and Aliabet. Andaman and Nicobar. MP, Gujarat, UP,
chemical industry. Chhattisgarh and West
Bengal.
Hydroelectricity: It is
There are four types produced from water
released at a great
1. Anthracite
force from a high head
2. Bituminous
found in: Andhra
3. Lignite
Pradesh, Karnataka,
4. Peat
Kerala, Odisha and
found in Jharia,
Punjab.
Jharkhand
Nuclear Electricity: It is
produced from
uranium and thorium.
There are 6 nuclear
stations: Tarapur,
Kalpakkam,
Rawatbhata, Narora,
Kakrapara, Kaiga.
Pokharan is a Test
site.
231 Geography:
NON-CONVENTIONAL SOURCES OF ENERGY
(They are renewable resources for energy generation)
Other Non-
Solar Energy Wind Energy Biogas
Conventional Sources
Photovoltaic India has a wind Biogas – shrubs, Geo thermal energy
technology converts power potential of farm wastes, animal Tidal energy and wave
sunlight direct into 20,000 MW. and human wastes energy.
electricity. Distributor: Tamil are used to produce
Use: Solar energy is Nadu, Andhra biogas for domestic
used for cooking, Pradesh, Karnataka, consumption in the
pumping, heating of Gujarat, Kerala, rural areas.
water, refrigerator and Maharashtra and Improved Chulas –
street lights. Lakshwadeep. The chulas used in
Biggest Solar Power Largest wind Farm the rural areas use
House in India: Thar cluster: It is of 150 wood and cow dung
Desert. MW and located in which emits smoke.
Largest Solar Plant of Tamil Nadu, Gujarat
India: Madhopur near is very favourable for
Bhuj. wind farm.
CONSERVATION OF ENERGY RESOURCES
Use the public transport system more frequently.

Switch off electricity whenever not required.
Use power – saving devices.
Check the power equipments regularly.
Use non-conventional sources of energy more frequently.
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Minerals: A solid, naturally occurring inorganic substance.

2. Homogeneous similar in position, structure, and evolutionary origin but not necessarily
in function.
3. Igneous Rocks or magmatic rock, is one of the three main rock types. The others
being sedimentary and metamorphic, Igneous rock is formed through the cooling and
solidification of magma or lava.
4. Metamorphic Rocks: Rock that was once one form of rock but has changed to another
under the influence of heat, pressure, or some other agent without passing through a
liquid phase.
5. Peninsular Rocks also known as South Indian rock is a common species of magma found
on rocky hills in south India. An allied species of peninsular rock is found in the Eastern
Ghats.
6. Natural Gas: Flammable gas, consisting largely of methane and other hydrocarbons,
occurring naturally underground (often in association with petroleum) and used as fuel.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
232
7. Geologists: Geology is an Earth science. An expert or a student of geology is known as
a geologist.
8. Hydro Electricity is the term referring to electricity generated by hydropower; the
production of electrical power through the use of the gravitational force of falling or
flowing water.
9. Thermal Power is power generated by using heat.
10. Solar Energy: Energy obtained from the sun’s radiations.
11. Wind Power: Power obtained by harnessing the energy of the wind.
12. Non-metallic Minerals: Non-metallic mineral reserves consist of stone quarries and clay
and sand pits; chemical and fertiliser mineral deposits; salt deposits; deposits of quartz,
gypsum, natural gem stones, asphalt and bitumen, peat and other non-metallic minerals
other than coal and petroleum.
13. Alluvial Deposits: Sand, silt, clay, gravel, or other matter deposited by flowing water,
as in a riverbed, floodplain, delta. These material deposited by rivers is called alluvial
deposits.
14. Ferrous Minerals: Minerals that contain iron. These minerals play a very important role
in the development of the metallurgical industries of our country and contain iron. They
are iron based.
15. Metallurgical Industries: The industry, associated with extracting metals from ores,
refining them for use, and creating alloys and useful objects from them.
16. CNG: Compressed natural gas is a fuel which can be used in place of gasoline (petrol),
Diesel fuel and propane/LPG. CNG combustion produces fewer undesirable gases than
the fuels mentioned above.
17. Bio Gas: Gaseous fuel, especially methane, produced by the fermentation of organic
matter.
18. Tidal Energy is a form of hydropower that converts the energy of the tides into electricity
or other useful forms of power. The tide is created by the gravitational effect of the sun
and the moon on the earth causing cyclical movement of the seas.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Multiple Choice Questions
(i) Which one of the following minerals is formed by decomposition of rocks, leaving a
residual mass of weathered material?
(a) Coal (b) Bauxite
(c) Gold (d) Zinc
Ans. (b) Bauxite
(ii) Koderma, in Jharkhand is the leading producer of which one of the following minerals?
(a) Bauxite (b) Mica
(c) Iron Ore (d) Copper
Ans. (b) Mica
(iii) Minerals are deposited and accumulated in the stratas of which of the following rocks?
(a) Sedimentary rocks (b) Metamorphic rocks
(c) Igneous rocks (d) None of the above
Ans. (a) Sedimentary Rocks
233 Geography:
(iv) Which one of the following minerals is contained in the Monazite sand?
(a) Oil (b) Uranium
(c) Thorium (d) Coal
Ans. (c) Thorium
Q. 2. Answer the following in about 30 words.
(i) Distinguish between the following.
(a) Ferrous and non-ferrous minerals [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
(b) Conventional and non-conventional sources of energy
Ans. (a) Ferrous minerals are in the category of metallic minerals that contain iron (Fe). The
composition of iron varies from mineral to mineral. Pyrite is an example of ferrous mineral.
Non-ferrous minerals are the metallic minerals that do not contain iron (Fe). Gold (Au) is an
example of non-ferrous mineral.
(b)
Conventional Non-conventional
(i) They are the energy resources in use They are in use recently.
since ages.
(ii) They make use of non-renewable They make use of renewable sources of
sources of energy. energy.
(iii) They are expensive. They are cheaper.
(iv) They can cause pollution; e.g ., coal, No pollution is caused by them; e.g ., solar,
petroleum, natural gas, electricity, etc. wind, tidal, geothermal, biogas, etc.
(ii) What is a Mineral?
Ans. Minerals are dened as solid, inorganic, naturally occurring substances with a denite chemical
formula and general atomic structure.
(iii) How are minerals formed in igneous and metamorphic rocks? [CBSE (AI) 2017]
Ans. Minerals generally occur in igneous and metamorphic rocks. In most cases, they are formed when
minerals in liquid or molten and gaseous forms are forced upward through cavities towards the
earth’s surface, they cool and solidify as they rise in the cracks, crevices, faults or joints. The
smaller occurrences are called veins and the larger are called lodes.
(iv) Why do we need to conserve mineral resources?
Ans. Mineral resources form about 1% of Earth’s crust and require millions of years to form, therefore are
nite and non-renewable in nature. The continued extraction of ores will lead to increase in cost as
extraction comes from greater depths. There is also a decrease in quality along lower depths.
(i) Describe the distribution of coal in India.
Ans. Coal known as ‘Gondwana coal’ is found in the Damodar valley, situated in Bengal and Jharkhand
region. Jharia, Raniganj, Bokaro are important coalelds while Godavari, Mahanadi, Son and
Wardha valleys also contain coal deposits. While tertiary coal occurs in the north eastern states of
Meghalaya, Assam, Arunachal Pradesh and Nagaland.
(ii) Why do you think that solar energy has a bright future in India?
Ans. India is a tropical country and therefore receives large amount of sunlight, which can be used
for Solar energy. States such as Rajasthan, Gujarat, among others have large tracts of wasteland
which receive huge amount of sunlight and therefore can be used to build large scale solar plants.
There has been an increased investment from the private sector and Foreign direct investment
into solar power technology, thereby reducing pricing of per unit electricity produced. The
government has subsidized the use of solar water heaters, solar lights, etc. which has increased
their usage in high altitude regions, such as Ladakh, among others. There has also been a shift in
government planning towards renewable sources of energy among which solar power has been
prioritized.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
234
Q. 1. What are rocks?
Ans. Rocks are the combinations of homogenous substances called minerals.
Q. 2. What is the role of a geologist in studying about a mineral?
Ans. A geologist is interested in the formation of minerals, their age and physical and chemical
composition.
Q. 3. What is an ‘ore’?
Ans. The term ‘ore’ is used to describe an accumulation of any mineral mixed with other elements. The
mineral content of the ore must be in sufcient concentration to make its extraction commercially
viable.
Q. 4. What are ‘veins’ and ‘lodes’?
Ans. In igneous and metamorphic rocks, minerals may occur in the cracks, crevices, faults or joints.
The smaller occurrences are called veins and the larger are called lodes.
Q. 5. How are minerals formed in veins and lodes?
Ans. In most cases, they are formed when minerals in liquid molten and gaseous forms are forced
upwards, through cavities towards the earth’s surface. They cool and solidify as they rise.
Q. 6. Name the minerals obtained from veins and lodes.
Ans. Major metallic minerals like tin, copper, zinc and lead, etc. are obtained from veins and lodes.
Q. 7. In what form do minerals occur in sedimentary rocks?
Ans. In sedimentary rocks, minerals occur in the form of ‘beds’ and ‘layers’.
Q. 8. How are minerals formed in sedimentary rocks?
Ans. They are formed as a result of deposition, accumulation and concentration in horizontal states.
Q. 9. Name the minerals formed in beds and layers.
Ans. Sedimentary minerals include iron ore, coal, gypsum, potash salt and sodium salt.
Q. 10. What are ‘placer deposits’?
Ans. When minerals occur as alluvial deposits in sands of valley oors and the base of hills, then
deposits are called ‘placer deposits’.
Q. 11. Name minerals formed as ‘placer deposits’.
Ans. Gold, silver, tin and platinum are the most important ones among minerals formed as ‘placer deposits’.
Q. 12. Which minerals are derived from oceanic waters?
Ans. Common salt, magnesium and bromine are largely derived from ocean waters.
Q. 13. Which factors affect the economic viability of a reserve?
Ans. The concentration of minerals in the ore, the ease of extraction and closeness to the market play
an important role in affecting the economic viability of a reserve.
Q. 14. What are ferrous minerals?
Ans. Minerals which contain iron-content in it are called ferrous minerals.
Q. 15. What is Magnetite?
Ans. Magnetite is the nest iron ore with a very high content of iron upto 70 per cent. It has excellent
magnetic qualities, especially valuable in the electrical industry.
Q. 16. What is Haematite?
Ans. Haematite ore is the most important industrial iron ore in terms of the quantity used, but has a slightly
lower iron content than magnetite, i.e., 50-60 per cent.
Q. 17. Name the two types of iron-ore found in India.
Ans. Magnetite and Haematite.
Q. 18. In which places of Odisha-Jharkhand belt is iron ore found?
Ans. High grade Hematite iron ore is found in Badampahar mines in Mayurbhanj and Kendujhar district
and in Singhbhum District of Jharkhand, iron-ore is mined in Gua and Noamundi.
235 Geography:
Q. 19. Where are Bailadila hills located and why are they called so?
Ans. Bailadila hills are located in the Bastar District of Chattisgarh. These Bailadila hills look like the
‘hump of an ox’, hence they are called so.
Q. 20. Name the countries to which iron-ore is exported from Bailadila hills.
Ans. Iron-ore from these mines is exported to Japan and South Korea via Vishakhapatnam port.
Q. 21. Name the regions having iron-ore deposits in Karnataka.
Ans. Bellary, Chitradurga, Chikmaglur and Tumkur are the locations of iron-ore in Karnataka.
Q. 22. Where are ‘Kudremukh’ mines located?
Ans. The Kudremukh mines located in the Western Ghats of Karnataka are a 100 per cent export unit.
Kudremukh deposits are known to be one of the largest in the world. It is one of the largest iron
ore mines.
Q. 23. Why are they called ‘Kudremukh’ mines?
Ans. ‘Kudre’ in Kannada means horse. The highest peak in western ghats of Karnataka resembles the
face of a horse.
Q. 24. What do you know about iron-ore deposits of the Maharashtra Goa belt?
Ans. This belt includes the state of Goa and Ratnagiri District of Maharashtra. Though the ores are not
of a very high quality, yet they are efciently exploited and exported through Marmagao port.
Q. 25. What are the uses of Manganese?
Ans. Manganese is mainly used in the manufacturing of steel and ferro-manganese alloy. It is also used
in manufacturing of bleaching powder, insecticides and paints.
Q. 26. Which state is the major manganese producing state of India?
Ans. Orissa is the largest producer of Manganese ore in India. Other producer states are Madhya
Pradesh and Karnataka.
Q. 27. What are the non-ferrous minerals produced by India?
Ans. India’s reserves and production of non-ferrous minerals is not very satisfactory. However, these
minerals include copper, bauxite, lead, zinc and gold.
Q. 28. What are the uses of copper?
Ans. Being malleable, ductile and a good conductor, copper is mainly used in electrical cables,
electronics and chemical industries.
Q. 29. Name the leading producer of copper.
Ans. Balaghat mines in Madhya Pradesh, Singhbhum district of Jharkhand and the Khetri Mines in
Rajasthan are the leading producers of copper in India.
Q. 30. How is aluminium obtained?
Ans. Bauxite, a clay like, substance that has alumina in it, later forms aluminium.
Q. 31. What is the importance of aluminium?
Ans. Aluminium is an important metal because it combines the strength of metals such as iron with
extreme lightness and also with good conductivity and great malleability.
Q. 32. Which is the largest producing state of bauxite?
Ans. Odisha is the largest bauxite producing state in India. Panchpatmali deposits in Koraput district
are the most important bauxite deposits of Odisha.
Q. 33. Which mineral can split easily into thin sheets?
Ans. Mica is a mineral made up of a series of plates or leaves.
Q. 34. What are the uses of mica?
Ans. Due to its excellent di-electric strength, low power loss factor, insulating properties and resistance
to high voltage, mica is one of the most indispensable minerals used in electric and electronic
industries.
Q. 35. Name the mica deposits regions of India.
Ans. (i) Chotanagpur Plateau, Koderma, Gaya-Hazaribagh belt of Jharkhand.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
236
(ii) Ajmer in Rajasthan.
(iii) Nellore in Andhra Pradesh.
Q. 36. Name the major limestone producing states of India.
Ans. Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu are the major limestone
producing states of India.
Q. 37. What is the impact of mining on the health of miners?
OR
How does mining affect the health of miners? [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. (i) The dust and various fumes inhaled by miners make them vulnerable to pulmonary diseases.
(ii) The risk of collapsing mine roofs, inundation and res in coalmines are a constant threat to
miners.
Q. 38. What is the impact of mining on the environment?
Ans. (i) The water sources in the region get contaminated due to mining.
(ii) Dumping of waste and slurry leads to degradation of land, soil and increase in stream and
river pollution.
Q. 39. What can be done to prevent mining from becoming a ‘killer industry’?
Ans. Stricter safety regulations and implementation of environmental laws are essential to prevent
mining from becoming a killer industry .
Q. 40. What is the result of continued extraction of ores?
Ans. Continued extraction of ores leads to increasing costs as mineral extraction comes from greater
depths along with reduction in quality.
Q. 41. How can we conserve minerals?
Ans. (i) Use of minerals in a planned and sustainable manner.
(ii) Improved technology can allow to use low grade ores at low costs.
(iii) Recycling of metals.
Q. 42. Why do we need energy?
OR
Why is energy needed? Write one reason. [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. (i) It is needed to cook, to provide light and heat.
(ii) To propel vehicles.
(iii) To drive machinery in industries.
Q. 43. What are the conventional sources of energy?
Ans. It includes rewood, cattle dung cake, coal, petroleum, natural gas and electricity.
Q. 44. What do non-conventional sources include?
Ans. Non-conventional sources include solar, wind, tidal, geothermal, bio-gas and atomic energy.
Q. 45. What are the common sources of energy in rural India?
Ans. Firewood and cattle dung cakes are the most common sources of energy in rural India.
Q. 46. What problems do we face with the continued use of sources of energy in rural India?
Ans. (i) Continuation of these is increasingly becoming difcult due to decreasing forest area.
(ii) Using dung cakes too is being discharged because it consumes most valuable manure which
could be used in agriculture.
Q. 47. What are the uses of coal?
Ans. Coal is used for power generation to supply energy to industry as well as domestic needs.
Q. 48. How is coal formed?
Ans. Coal is formed due to the consumption of plant material over millions of years.
Q. 49. Name the types of coal found in India.
Ans. (i) Peat (ii) Lignite or brown coal
237 Geography:
(iii) Bituminous (iv) Anthracite
Q. 50. What kind of coal is peat?
Ans. Decayed plants in swamps produce peat, which has low carbon and high moisture content and low
heating capacity.
Q. 51. What is lignite?
Ans. Lignite is a kind of coal which is called brown coal. It is basically used for generation of electricity
since it has low coal content.
Q. 52. How is bituminous coal formed?
Ans. Coal that has been buried deep and subjected to increased temperature is bituminous coal. It is
metallurgical coal, which has special value for smelting iron in blast furnaces.
Q. 53. Where do we nd Gondwana age coal in India?
Ans. In Damodar Valley, West Bengal, Jharkhand, Jharia, Raniganj and Bokaro. The river valleys of the
Godavari, the Mahanadi, the Son and the Wardha also contain these coal deposits.
Q. 54. Where does tertiary coal occur in India?
Ans. Tertiary coal occurs in the North Eastern States of Meghalaya, Assam, Arunachal Pradesh and
Nagaland.
Q. 55. What are the uses of mineral oil?
Ans. It provides fuel for heat and lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw material for a number of
manufacturing industries.
Q. 56. What is the role of petroleum reneries in a ‘nodal industry’?
Ans. Petroleum are used for synthetic textiles, fertilisers and numerous chemical industries.
Q. 57. Name the oil bearing regions of India.
Ans. Mumbai high, Gujarat, Ankleshwar and Assam, which is the oldest oil producing state produces it
in Digboi, Naharkatiya and Moran-Hugrijan.
Q. 58. In which region is natural gas found in India?
Ans. Natural gas is found in Krishna-Godawari basin, Mumbai high, Gulf of Cambay and Andaman and
Nicobar Islands.
Q. 59. Who are the key users of natural gas?
Ans. The power and fertiliser industries are the key users of natural gas.
Q. 60. What are the full forms of CNG and LPG?
Ans. CNG: Compressed natural gas, used in Vehicles.
LPG: Liquied Petroleum Gas, used as cooking medium.
Q. 61. Why is electricity considered as an index to development.
Ans. Electricity has such a wide range of applications in today’s world that its per capita consumption
is considered as an index to development.
Q. 62. In which two main ways is electricity generated?
Ans. (i) By running water, which drives hydro turbines to generate hydro electricity.
(ii) By burning fuels such as coal, petroleum and natural gas to drive turbines to produce thermal power.
Q. 63. How is nuclear or atomic energy obtained?
Ans. Nuclear Energy is obtained by altering the structure of atoms. When such an alteration is made,
much energy is released in the form of heat and this is used to generate electric power.
Q. 64. Where do in India we nd atomic minerals?
Ans. Uranium and thorium are available in Jharkhand and Aravalli range of Rajasthan and Monazite
sands of Kerala are rich in thorium.
Q. 65. Name the best variety of iron-ore found in India. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Best variety of Iron Ore in India : Magnetite
Q. 66. What is the effect of rising prices of oil and gas?
Xam idea
Social Science–X
238
Ans. Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential shortages have raised uncertainties about the
security of energy supply in future which, in turn, has serious repercussions on the growth of
national economy.
Q. 67. What are the renewable sources of energy?
Ans. Solar energy, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material are all renewable sources of
energy and are also called non-conventional sources of energy.
Q. 68. How is solar energy trapped and used?
Ans. Photovoltaic technology converts sunlight directly into electricity.
Q. 69. What are the advantages of solar energy in India?
Ans. It is expected that use of solar energy will be able to minimise the dependence of rural households
on rewood and dung cakes which, in turn, will contribute to environment conservation and
adequate supply of manure in agriculture.
Q. 70. What is India’s status in the use of wind power?
Ans. India now ranks as a ‘wind super power’ in the world.
Q. 71. Which state in India has the largest wind farm clusters?
Ans. The largest wind farm cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagercoil to Madurai.
Q. 72. Which other states of India are well known for effective use of wind energy?
Ans. Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshadweep have important wind
farms.
Q. 73. What is used to produce biogas?
Ans. Shrubs, farm waste, animals and human waste are used to produce biogas for domestic consumption
in rural areas.
Q. 74. What are the two benets of Gobar Gas Plants for the farmers?
Ans. Twin benets to the farmers are:
(i) Energy and (ii) Improved quality of manure.
Q. 75. What are the benets of biogas?
Ans. Biogas is by far the most efcient use of cattle dung. It improves the quality of manure and also
prevents the loss of trees and manure due to burning of fuel wood and cow dung cakes.
Q. 76. In which region is tidal energy generated in India?
Ans. In India, the Gulf of Kachchh, provides ideal conditions for utilising tidal energy. A 900 MW tidal
energy power plant is set up here by the National Hydropower Corporation.
Q. 77. How is Geo-thermal energy produced?
Ans. Geothermal Energy refers to the heat and electricity produced by using the heat from the interior
of the earth.
Q. 78. Why does geothermal energy exist in the earth?
Ans. Geothermal energy exists because the earth grows progressively hotter with increasing depth,
where the geothermal gradient is high, high temperature are found at shallow depth.
Q. 79. Which are the two experimental projects of geothermal energy in India?
Ans. (i) Parvati Valley near Manikaran in Himachal.
(ii) Puga Valley in Ladakh.
Q. 80. How can we say that energy is a basic requirement for economic development?
Ans. Energy is a basic requirement for economic development as every sector of the national economy,
agriculture, industry, transport, commercial and domestic needs inputs of energy. The economic
development plans since independence require energy for operation.
Q. 81. What are the twin measures of sustainable energy?
Ans. (i) Promotion of energy conservation.
(ii) Increased use of renewable energy.
Q. 82. What are your duties as a concerned citizen to save energy?
Ans. (i) By using public transport system instead of individual vehicles.
239 Geography:
(ii) Switching off electricity when not in use.
(iii) Using power saving devices.
(iv) Using non-conventional sources of energy.
Q. 83. Why is copper mainly used in electrical cables and electronic industries?
[CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Ans. Copper is mainly used because of being malleable, ductile and a good conductor of heat and
electricity.
Q. 84. Why are there a wide range of colours, hardness, crystal forms, lustre and density found in
minerals? [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. The ranges found in minerals are due to: Physical and Chemical conditions.
Q. 85. How do minerals occur in igneous and metamorphic rocks?
[CBSE Delhi 2016, CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Occurrence of minerals: In igneous and metamorphic rocks minerals may occur in cracks, crevices,
faults and joints.
Q. 86. How do minerals occur in sedimentary rocks? [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. Occurrence of minerals in sedimentary rocks: In sedimentary rocks, a number of minerals occur in
beds or layers. They have been formed as a result of deposition, accumulation and concentration
in horizontal strata.
Q. 87. Why should the use of cattle cake as fuel be discouraged? [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. (i) It creates pollution.
(ii) It consumes most valuable manure which could be used in agriculture.
Q. 88. How are ‘Gobar gas plants’ benecial to the farmers? [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. ‘Gobar Gas Plants’ are benecial to the farmers in the form of energy and improved quality of
manure.

Q. 1. Why is conservation of mineral resources essential ? Explain any three reasons.
[CBSE (Comp) 2017 ]
Ans. Conservation of mineral resources is essential because:
1. Minerals are indispensable part of our life.
2. It is available in limited quantity.
3. Takes millions of years to get formed.
4. They are nite and non renewable resources.
5. Continued extraction leads in increasing costs.
Q. 2. How can minerals be conserved?
Ans. (i) We must make use of minerals in a planned and sustainable manner.
(ii) Improved technologies need to be constantly evolved to allow the use of low grade ores at low
cost.
(iii) Recycling of metals, using scrap metals and other substitutes are steps in conserving mineral
resources for the future.
Q. 3. What is the importance of ferrous minerals?
Ans. Importance of ferrous minerals:
(i) They account for about three-fourth of the total value of the production of metallic minerals.
(ii) They provide a strong base for the development of metallurgical industries.
(iii) India also exports substantial quantities of ferrous minerals after meeting the internal
demands.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
240
Q. 4. Differentiate between ferrous and non-ferrous minerals, with examples. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Difference between ferrous and non ferrous minerals:
Ferrous Minerals(Containing Iron Context) Ferrous Minerals(Non Iron Context)
(i) Ferrous minerals account for about three (i) India’s reserves and production of non
fourth of the total value of metallic minerals. ferrous minerals is not very satisfactory.
(ii) They provide a strong base for the (ii) They play a vital role in a number of
development of metallurgical industries. metallurgical engineering electrical
industries.
(iii) Iron, manganese etc. are the examples. (iii) Bauxite, lead, gold etc. are the
examples.
Q. 5. What types of iron ore are found in India?

Ans. India is rich in good quality iron ores.
(i) Magnetite: It is the nest iron ore with a very high content of iron up to 70 per cent. It has
excellent magnetic qualities and is valuable in the electrical industry.
(ii) Haematite: It is the most important industrial iron ore in terms of the quantity used but has a
slightly lower iron content than magnetite, i.e., 50 per cent.
Q. 6. How is mineral oil found?
Ans. It is an odorless and colourless oil that’s made from petroleum as a by product of the distillation
of petroleum to produce gasoline. In regions of folding, anticlines or domes, petroleum occurs
where oil is trapped in the crest of the upfold. The oil bearing layer is a porous limestone or
sandstone through which oil may ow.
Q. 7. What are the various uses of petroleum?
Ans. (i) Petroleum or mineral oil is the next major energy resource in India after coal.
(ii) It provides fuel for heat and lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw material for a number
of manufacturing industries.
(iii) Petroleum reneries act as nodal industry for synthetic textile, fertilizer and numerous
chemical industries.
Q. 8. Give a brief description of the HVJ pipeline.
Ans. (i) The 1,700-km long Hazira–Vijaipur–Jagdishpur cross country gas pipeline links Mumbai
High and Bassien with fertilizer, power and industrial complexes in Western and Northern
India.
(ii) This artery has provided an impetus to India’s gas production.
(iii) The power and fertilizer industries are the key users of natural gas.
Q. 9. How is nuclear energy or atomic energy produced?
Ans. l Nuclear energy is obtained by altering the structure of an atom.
l When such an alteration is made, much energy is released in the form of heat and this is used
to generate electricity.
l Uranium and thorium, which are available in Jharkhand and the Aravali ranges of Rajasthan,
are used for generating atomic or nuclear power.

The Monazite sands of Kerala is also rich in thorium.
Q. 10. What is the need of using non-conventional sources of energy?
Ans. (i) The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly
dependent on fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas.
(ii) Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential shortages have raised uncertainties about the
security of energy supply in future, which has serious repercussions on the growth of the
national economy.
241 Geography:
(iii) Increasing use of fossil fuels also causes serious environmental problems.
Hence, there is a primary need to use renewable energy sources like solar, wind, tidal, biomass and
energy from waste material. They are called non-conventional sources of energy.
Q. 11. State the difference between a mineral and a rock.
Ans. Mineral: A mineral is a homogeneous naturally occurring substance with a denable internal
structure.
For example: Limestone, cuprite, etc.
Rock: A rock is an aggregate of different minerals.
For example: The rock granite contains the minerals—quartz, feldspar and mica.
Q. 12. What is Rat-hole mining?
Ans. Most of the minerals in India are nationalised and they can be extracted with due permission of the
government. But in most of the tribal areas of north-east India, minerals are owned by individuals
or communities. Mining of minerals like coal, iron ore, limestone, dolomite, etc., is done by family
members in the form of a long narrow tunnel, known as ‘Rat-hole Mining’.
Q. 13. Describe any three characteristics of ‘Odisha-Jharkhand belt’ of iron ore in India.
[CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Odisha- Jharkhand Belt:
(i) In Odisha high grade hematite ore is found.
(ii) It is found in Badampahar mines in the Mayurbhauj and Kendujhar districts.
(iii) In the adjoining Singbhum district of Jharkhand hematite iron ore is mined in Gua and
Noamundi.
Q. 14. Which factors affect the economic viability of a reserve?
Ans. (i) The concentration of mineral in the ore.
(ii) The ease of extraction.
(iii) Closeness to the market.
Q. 15. What is biogas? Where in India are biogas plants set up and why?
Ans. (i) Shrubs, farm waste, animal and human waste are used to produce biogas.
(ii) Biogas plants are set up at municipal, cooperative and individual levels.
(iii) These plants are set up in rural areas since they provide twin benets to the farmer—(a) They
provide energy to the farmer. (b) Improved quality of manure is available.
Q. 16. What are rocks? How are they associated with minerals?
Ans. (i) Rocks are combinations of homogeneous substances called minerals.
(ii) Some rocks like limestone, consist of single minerals only, but the majority of the rocks
consists of several minerals in varying proportions.
(iii) Although over 2,000 minerals have been identied, only a few are abundantly found in most
of the rocks.
Q. 17. What is the role of a geographer and a geologist in the study of minerals?
Ans. (i) Geographers study minerals as part of the earth’s crust for a better understanding of
landforms. The distribution of mineral resources and associated economic activities are of
interest to geographers.
(ii) A geologist is interested in the formation of minerals, their age and physical and chemical
composition.
Q. 18. What are ‘placer deposits’?
Ans. l Certain minerals may occur as alluvial deposits in sands of valley oors and the base of hills.
l The deposits are called ‘placer deposits’, and generally contain minerals, which are not
corroded by water.
l Gold, silver, tin and platinum are the most important among such minerals.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
242
Q. 19. What are the chief characteristics of bauxite?
Ans. l Though several ores contain aluminium, it is from bauxite that a clay-like substance alumina
and later aluminium are obtained.
l Bauxite deposits are formed by the decomposition of a wide variety of rocks rich in aluminium
silicates.
l Aluminium is an important metal because it combines the strength of metals such as iron
with extreme lightness and also with good conductivity and great malleability.
Q. 20. What are the chief characteristics of mica?
Ans. (i) It is a mineral made up of a series of plates or leaves.
(ii) It splits easily into thin sheets.
(iii) These sheets can be so thin that a thousand plates can be layered into a mica sheet of a few
centimetres high.
(iv) Due to its excellent di-electric strength, low power loss factor, insulating properties and
resistance to high voltage, mica is one of the most indispensable minerals used in electric
and electronic industries.
Q. 21. Describe any three characteristics of Bellary-Chitradurga, Chikmaglur-Tumkur iron-ore
belt in India. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Durg-Bastar-Chandrapur Belt
It lies in Chhattisgarh and Maharashtra.
(i) Very high grade hematites are found in the famous Bailadila range of hills in the Bastar
district of Chattisgarh.
(ii) The range of hills comprises of 14 deposits of super high grade hematite iron ore.
(iii) It has the best physical properties needed for steel making. Iron ore from these mines is
exported to Japan and South Korea via Vishakhapatnam port.
Q. 22. Where do we nd limestone and what are its uses?
Ans. (i) It is found in association with rocks composed of calcium carbonates or calcium and
magnesium carbonates.
(ii) It is found in sedimentary rocks of most geological formations.
(iii) Limestone is the basic raw material for the cement industry. It is essential for smelting iron
ore in the blast furnace.
Q. 23. What are the uses of energy resources?
Ans. (i) Energy is required for all activities. It is needed to cook, to provide light and heat.
(ii) It is used to propel vehicles.
(iii) It is also used to drive machinery in industries.
Q. 24. What are the various uses of coal?
Ans. (i) In India, coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel.
(ii) It provides a substantial part of the nation’s energy needs.
(iii) It is used for power generation, to supply energy to industry as well as for domestic needs.
India is highly dependent on coal for meeting its commercial energy requirements.
Q. 25. Which State is the largest producer of manganese in India ? Mention any two uses of
manganese. [CBSE (Comp) 2017 ]
Ans. Odisha is the largest producer of manganese:
Uses of manganese in India:
1. It is used in manufacturing of steel and ferro- manganese alloy.
2. These alloys are strong and are used in making giant machines .
3. It is also used in manufacturing bleaching powder .
4. It is also used in insecticides .
5. It is also used in manufacturing of paints.
243 Geography:
Q. 26. In which two geological ages did coal occur in India?
Ans. In India, coal occured in two geological ages—Gondwana and tertiary deposits.
(i) Gondwana is a little over 200 million years in age. The major resources of Gondwana coal,
which are metallurgical coal, are located in Damodar Valley (West Bengal, Jharkhand). Jharia,
Raniganj, Bokaro are important coalelds.
(ii) Tertiary deposits are only 55 million years old. Tertiary coals occur in the north-eastern states
of Meghalaya, Assam, Arunachal Pradesh and Nagaland.
Q. 27. What are the uses of petroleum or mineral oil in India?
Ans. l Petroleum is also an important energy source in India after coal.
l It provides fuel for heat and lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw materials to a number
of manufacturing industries. Mineral oil is used in lotions and moisturiser.

l Petroleum reneries act as a ‘nodal industry’ for synthetic textile, fertiliser and numerous
Q. 28. What are the uses or importance of natural gas as a fuel?
Ans. (i) It is an important and clean energy resource found in association with or without petroleum.
(ii) It is used as a source of energy as well as an industrial raw material in the petrochemical industry.
(iii) As a source of energy, it is used in vehicles as Compressed Natural Gas (CNG). For cooking
purposes, it is used as liqueed petroleum gas (LPG).
(iv) It is considered an environment friendly fuel because of low carbon-dioxide emissions.
Q. 29. Why do we need to conserve mineral resources?
Ans. (i) Mineral resources are basic requirements for economic development.
(ii) Every sector of the national economy— agriculture, industry, transport, commercial and
domestic — needs inputs of mineral resources.
(iii) The economic development plans implemented since independence necessarily required
increasing amounts of minerals to remain operational.
As a result, consumption of minerals in all forms has been steadily rising all over the country
and we need to conserve it for the future.
Q. 30. How is mining activity injurious to the health of the miners and environment? Explain.
[CBSE, 2015 ]
OR
What are the hazards of mining?
Ans. (i) The dust and various fumes inhaled by miners make them vulnerable to pulmonary diseases.
(ii) The risk of collapsing mine roofs, inundation and res in coal mines are a constant threat to
miners.
(iii) The water resources in the regions get contaminated due to mining.
(iv ) Dumping of waste and slurry leads to degradation of land, soil and increase in stream and
river pollution.
Q. 31. Give a short account of the major iron ore belts in India. [CBSE Sample Question 2016]
Ans. Odisha-Jharkhand belt
Durg-Bastar-Chandrapur belt
Bellary-Chitradurga-Chikkamagaluru-Tumakuru belt
Q. 32. ‘Consumption of energy in all forms has been rising all over the country. There is an urgent
need to develop a sustainable path of energy development and energy saving’. Suggest and
explain any three measures to solve this burning problem. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
OR
There is an urgent need to develop a sustainable path of energy development. Give two
broad measures for it. As concerned citizens, how can you help to conserve energy?
Xam idea
Social Science–X
244
Ans. (i) “Consumption of energy in all forms has been rising all over the country. There is an urgent
need to develop a sustainable path of energy development and energy saving.”
(ii) Energy sector of the National economy, agriculture, industry, transport, commercial and
domestic needs input of energy.
(iii) With increasing population and changing lifestyles, energy consumption is increasing very
fast.
(iv) We are not self sufcient in energy according to demands therefore judicious use of limited
resources is essential.
Three measures to solve this burning problems are:
(i) We can do one bit by using public transport systems instead of individual vehicle.
(iii) Using power saving devices or using non-conventional sources of energy.
(iv) Checking the power equipments regularly can help in saving of energy.
Q. 33. “India is an important iron and steel producing country in the world. Yet we are not
able to perform to our full potential.” Suggest and explain any three measures to get full
potential. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. India is an important iron and steel producing country in the world yet, we are not able to perform
to our full potential largely due to:
(i) High costs and limited availability of coking coal.
(ii) Lower productivity of labour.
(iii) Irregular supply of energy, and
(iv) Poor infrastructure.
Q. 34. ‘Natural gas is an important source of clean energy’. Support the statement with
examples. [CBSE Sample Question 2017 ]
Ans. Natural gas
In a power decient country, natural gas is a precious gift.
(i) It can be used as a source of energy. It takes less time to build a power plant based on natural gas.
(ii) It can be used as an industrial raw material in petro-chemical industry.
(iii) It can be used in building the fertilizer plants and thereby encouraging the use of fertilizers.
It can boost agricultural production.
(iv) Through easy transportation of pipelines, its utility is further increased
(v) Use of Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) for vehicles to replace liquid fuels is gaining wide
popularity in the country.
Q. 35. Discuss the hazards of mining on the life of miners and on environment.
Ans. (i) The dust and noxious fumes inhaled by miners make them vulnerable to pulmonary diseases.
(ii) The risk of collapsing mine roofs, inundation and res in coalmines are a constant threat to
miners.
(iii) The water sources in the region get contaminated due to mining. Dumping of waste and
slurry leads to degradation of land, soil and increase in stream and river pollution.
Q. 36. How we have to adopt a cautious approach for the judicious use of our limited energy
resources? Explain. [CBSE (Comp) 2017 ]
Ans. Steps to adopt for judicious use of our limited energy resources :
1. Use public transport.
2. Switch off electricity when not in use.
3. Use power saving devices.
4. Use non conventional sources of energy.
245 Geography:
Q. 1. How are bauxite deposits formed? In which regions is bauxite found?
Ans. l Bauxite deposits are formed by the decomposition of a wide variety of rocks, rich in aluminium
silicates.
l It is an important metal because it combines the strength of metals such as iron with extreme
lightness, with good conductivity.

l They are mainly found in Amarkantak plateau, Maikal hills and the plateau region of Bilaspur.
l Odisha is the largest bauxite producing state. Panchpatmali deposits in Koraput district
(Odisha) are the most important bauxite deposits in the state.

Q. 2. How is tidal energy produced?
Ans. l Oceanic tides can be used to generate electricity.
l Floodgate dams are built across inlets.
l During high tide, water ows into the inlet and gets trapped when the gate is closed.
l After the tide falls outside the oodgate, the water retained by the oodgate ows back to sea
via a pipe that carries it through a power-generating turbine.

Q. 3. Why should we use renewable energy resources ? Explain with arguments.
[CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. We should use renewable energy resources because of the:
(i) Exhaustibility of non renewable resources.
(ii) Long years of geological formation of non renewable resources.
(iii) Causes less pollution.
(iv) Available in abundance.
(v) Environmental friendly.
(vi) Strong dependence on fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas is a threat to our environment.
(vii) Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential shortages.
(viii) Uncertainties about the security of energy supply in future.
(ix) There is a pressing need to use renewable energy sources like solar energy, wind, tide, biomass
and energy from waste material.
Q. 4. In what forms do minerals occur?
Ans. Minerals generally occur in these forms:
(i) Igneous and metamorphic rocks: Minerals may occur in the cracks, crevices, faults or joints. The
smaller occurrences are called veins or lodes. In most cases, they are formed when minerals
in liquid, molten and gaseous forms are forced upward through cavities towards the earth’s
surface. They cool and solidify as they rise.
Example: Metallic minerals like tin, copper, zinc and lead, etc., are obtained from the veins
and lodes.
(ii) In sedimentary rocks: A number of minerals occur in beds or layers. They have been formed as
a result of deposition, accumulation and concentration in horizontal strata. Coal and some
forms of iron ore and sedimentary minerals include gypsum, potash salt and sodium salt.
(iii) Another mode of formation involves the decomposition of surface rocks, and the removal of
soluble constituents, leaving a residual mass of weathered material containing ores. Bauxite
is formed in this way.
(iv) Certain minerals may occur as alluvial deposits in the sands of valley oors and the base of
hills. These deposits are called ‘placer deposits’ and generally contain minerals which are not
corroded by water.
Example: Gold, silver, tin and platinum are most important among such minerals.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
246
(v) The ocean waters contain vast quantities of minerals, but most of these are too widely diffused
to be of economic signicance.
Example: Common salt, magnesium and bromine are largely derived from the ocean waters.
The ocean beds, too, are rich in manganese nodules.
Q. 5. What are the major iron ore belts in India?
Ans. (i) Odisha–Jharkhand Belt : In Odisha, high grade haematite ore is found in Badampahar mines
in the Mayurbhanj and Kendujhar districts. In the adjoining Singhbhum district of Jharkhand,
haematite iron ore is mined in Gua and Noamundi.
(ii) Durg–Bastar–Chandrapur Belt : It lies in Chhattisgarh and Maharashtra. Very high grade
haematite are found in the famous Bailadila range of hills in the Bastar district of Chhattisgarh.
It has the best physical properties needed for steel making; iron ore from these mines is
exported to Japan, South Korea via the Vishakhapatnam port.
(iii) Bellary–Chitradurga-Belt Chikkamagaluru: Tumakuru belt in Karnataka has large reserves of
iron ore. The Kudermukh mines located in the western ghats of Karnataka are a 100 per cent
export unit. Kudermukh deposits are known to be one of the largest in the world.
(iv) Maharashtra–Goa belt : It includes the state of Goa and Ratnagiri district of Maharashtra.
Though the ores are not of very high quality, yet they are efciently exploited. Iron ore is
exported through the Marmagao port.
Q. 6. What are the four main types of coal found in India?
Ans. (i) Anthracite: It is the highest quality hard coal. It is found in parts of Jammu and Kashmir.
(ii) Bituminous: This coal has been buried deep and subjected to increased temperatures. It is the
most popular coal in commercial use. Metallurgical coal is high grade bituminous coal which
has a special value for smelting iron in blast furnaces.
(iii) Lignite: It is a low grade brown coal, which is soft with high moisture content. The lignite
reserves are in Neyveli in Tamil Nadu. It is used for the generation of electricity.
(iv) Peat : Decaying plants in swamps produce peat, which has low carbon content and high
moisture content resulting in low heating capacity.
Q. 7. Differentiate between hydel power and thermal power.
Ans. Hydel power:
(i) It is generated by fast owing water.
(ii) It uses renewable resources.
(iii) Initially, its cost was high but later it became cheaper.
(iv) It does not cause any pollution.
Example: Bhakra Nangal project.
Thermal power:
(i) It is generated by using coal, petroleum and natural gas.
(ii) It uses all non-renewable resources.
(iii) Its cost is very high and its production is expensive.
(iv) It does cause pollution.
Example: Badarpur thermal plant of Delhi.
Q. 8. How are minerals formed in sedimentary rocks?
Ans. l In sedimentary rocks, a number of minerals occur in beds or layers.
l They have been formed as a result of deposition, accumulation and concentration in
horizontal strata.
l Coal and some forms of iron ore have been concentrated as a result of long periods under
great heat and pressure.

l Another group of sedimentary minerals includes gypsum, potash salt and sodium salt. These
are formed as a result of evaporation especially in arid regions.
247 Geography:
Q. 9. “India is fortunate to have fairly rich and varied mineral resources. However, these are
unevenly distributed.” Comment.
OR
‘‘Minerals are unevenly distributed in India.’’ Support the statement with examples.
[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. l Minerals are unevenly distributed in various regions of India.
l Peninsular rocks contain most of the reserves of coal, metallic minerals, mica and many other
non-metallic minerals.
l Sedimentary rocks on the western and eastern anks of the peninsula, in Gujarat and Assam
have most of the petroleum deposits.

l Rajasthan with the rock systems of the peninsula, has reserves of many non-ferrous minerals.
l The vast alluvial plains of North India are almost devoid of economic minerals.
Q. 10. What are the uses of copper? Give distribution of copper in India.
Ans. (i) India is critically decient in the reserve and production of copper.
(ii) Being malleable, ductile and a good conductor, copper is mainly used in electrical cables,
electronics and chemical industries.
(iii) The Balaghat mines in Madhya Pradesh produce 52 per cent of India’s copper.
(iv) The Singhbhum district of Jharkhand is also a leading producer of copper.
(v) The Khetri mines in Rajasthan are also famous for copper reserves.
Q. 11. In which regions does petroleum occur in India?
Ans. l Most of the petroleum occurrences in India are associated with anticlines and fault traps in
the rock formations of the tertiary age.
l In regions of folding, anticlines or domes, it occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the
upfold.
l The oil bearing layer is porous limestone or sandstone through which oil may ow.
l The oil is prevented from rising or sinking by intervening non-porous layers.
l Petroleum is also found in fault traps between porous and non-porous rocks.
Q. 12. Which regions are known for petroleum production in India?

Ans. (i) About 63 per cent of India’s petroleum production is from Mumbai High.
(ii) 18 per cent from Gujarat and 16 per cent from Assam.
(iii) There are three major offshore elds of western India, where oil is produced.
(iv) Ankleshwar is the most important oil eld of Gujarat.
(v) Assam is the oldest oil producing state of India. Digboi, Naharkatiya and Moran-Hugrijan are
the important oilelds in the state.
Q. 13. India now ranks as a ‘wind superpower of the world.’ Is it true?
Ans. l India is one of the world’s wind superpowers at present.
l The largest wind farm cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagercoil to Madurai.
l Apart from these, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshadweep
have important wind farms.

l Nagercoil and Jaisalmer are well known for effective use of wind energy in the country.
l Since India has a long coastline, the coasts can easily be used for setting up effective windmills.
Q. 14. What is geothermal energy? In which regions have experimental projects been set up in
India?
Ans. l Geothermal energy refers to the heat and electricity produced by using the heat from the
interior of the earth.
l It exists because the earth grows progressively hotter with increasing depth.
l Where the geothermal gradient is high, high temperatures are found at shallow depths.
l Groundwater in such areas absorbs heat from the rocks and becomes hot.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
248
l It is so hot that when it rises to the earth’s surface, it turns into steam. This steam is used to
drive turbines and generate electricity.
Two experimental projects: One is located in the Parvati valley near Manikaran in Himachal
Pradesh and the other is located in the puga valley, Ladakh.
Q. 15. Highlight the importance of petroleum. Explain the occurrence of petroleum in India.
[CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. Importance of Petroleum:
(i) Petroleum is the major energy source in India.
(ii) Provides fuel for heat and lighting.
(iii) Provides lubricant for machinery.
(iv) Provides raw material for a number of manufacturing industries.
(v) Petroleum reneries act as nodal industry for synthetic, textile, fertilizer and chemical
industries.
Its occurrence:
(i) Most of the petroleum occurrences in India are associated with anticlines and fault traps.
(ii) In regions of folding, anticline or domes, it occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the
upfold.
(iii) Petroleum is also found in fault traps between porous and non-porous rocks.
Q. 16. Explain the importance of conservation of minerals. Highlight any three measures to
conserve them. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Importance of conservation of Minerals:
(i) Mineral resources are being rapidly consumed which takes millions of years to be created and
concentrated.
(ii) Mineral resources are nite and non-renewable
(iii) Continued extraction of ores leads to increasing costs as mineral extraction comes from
greater depths along with decreasing quality.
The three measures to conserve minerals are:
(i) It should be used in a planned a sustainable manner.
(ii) Improved technology needs to be constantly evolved to allow use of low grade ores at low
costs.
(iii) Some of the metals are recyclables.
(iv) Scrap of metal can be used and sore other substitute can be found.

Q. 1. “Minerals are indispensable part of our lives.” Support this statement with suitable
examples. [CBSE (F) 2016, CBSE (Comp) 2017 ]
Ans. Minerals are indispensable part of our lives:
(i) Almost everything we use, from a tiny pin to a towering building or a big ship, all are made
from minerals.
(ii) The railway lines and tarmac (paving) of the roads are made from minerals.
(iii) Cars, buses, trains, aeroplanes are manufactured from minerals and run on power resources
derived from the earth.
(iv) Even the food that we eat contains minerals.
(v) In all stages of development, human beings have used minerals for their livelihood, decoration,
festivities, religions and ceremonial rites.
Q. 2. Which type of minerals has provided a strong base for the development of metallurgical
industries in India. Explain with the help of examples.
249 Geography:
Ans. (i) Iron ore provides a strong base for the development of metallurgical industries in India. Iron
ore is the basic mineral and the backbone of industrial development.
(ii) Manganese is mainly used in the manufacturing of steel and ferro manganese alloy. Nearly 10
kg of manganese is required to manufacture one tonne of steel.
(iii) Aluminium or Bauxite is an important metal because it combines the strength of metals such
as iron with extreme lightness and also with good conductivity and great malleability.
(iv) Copper is a good conductor of heat and is therefore used for electric wires. It is also used in
metallurgical industry.
Q. 3. “India is fortunate to have fairly rich and varied mineral resources.” Elaborate the
statement.
Ans. l India is endowed with fairly abundant resources of Iron Ore. Iron ore from the mines of Durg-
Bastar-Chandrapur are exported to Japan and South Korea via Vishakhapatnam Port.
l Coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel. Bituminous coal which is most popular coal
in commercial use is abundantly available in India.

l By exporting these minerals, India is able to earn foreign exchange.
l Mica is also abundantly available in India. Due to its excellent di-electric strength, low power
loss factor, insulating properties and resistance to high voltage, mica is one of the most
indispensable minerals used in electric and electronic industries.
Q. 4. Which is the basic mineral and is the backbone of industrial development?
Or
What is the status of iron ore in India?
Ans. (i) Iron ore is the basic mineral and is the backbone of Industrial development.
(ii) India is endowed with fairly abundant resources of iron ore.
(iii) India is rich in good quality iron ores.
(iv) Magnetite is the nest ore with a very high content of iron up to 70 per cent. It has excellent
magnetic qualities, especially valuable in the electrical industries.
(v) Haematite ore is the most important industrial iron ore in terms of quantity used, but has a
slightly lower iron content than magnetite. (50-60 per cent).
Q. 5. Which is the second most important energy resource in India after coal? Mention its two
uses along with its deposits in India.
Ans. Petroleum or mineral oil is the second most important energy resource in India after coal.
Two uses:
(i) It provides fuel for heat & lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw materials for a number
of manufacturing industries.
(ii) Petroleum reneries act as a ‘nodal Industry’ for synthetic textile fertiliser and numerous
Deposits of Petroleum:
(i) 63 per cent of India’s Petroleum production is from Mumbai High, 18 per cent from Gujarat &
16 per cent from Assam.
(ii) Ankleshwar is the most important offshore eld of Gujarat.
(iii) Assam is the oldest oil producing state of India.
(iv) Digboi, Naharkatia and Moran-Hugrijan are the important oil elds in the state.
Q. 6. Distinguish between Biogas and Natural Gas.
Ans.
Bio Gas Natural Gas
(i) Biogas is the man made energy resource. (i) Natural gas is a natural resource.
(ii) It is prepared by using shrubs, farm waste, (ii) It is found beneath the earth usually
animal and human waste. above the oil.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
250
(iii) It is produced for domestic uses. (iii) It is basically used in Industries as raw
material.
(iv) Biogas is the most efficient use of cow dung, (iv) Compressed natural gas (CNG) is used
farm waste and animal waste. as environment friendly fuel and is
gaining popularity in India.
Q. 7. ‘Why is there a pressing need to use renewable energy resources in India.’ Explain giving
any ve reasons. [CBSE (Comptt) 2017 ]
Ans. (i) The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly
dependent on fossil fuels such as coal, oil & gas.
(ii) Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential shortages have raised uncertainties about the
security of energy supply in future, which in turn has serious repercussions on the growth of
the national economy.
(iii) Moreover, increasing use of fossil fuels also causes serious environmental problems.
(iv) Hence, there is a pressing need to use renewable energy sources like solar energy, wind,
tidal, biomass and energy from waste material. These are called non-conventional energy
resources.
Q. 8. “Energy saved is energy produced.” Justify the statement by giving any six measures to
conserve the energy resources. [CBSE (Delhi) 2017 ]
Ans. We have to adopt a cautious approach for the judicious use of our limited energy resources.
As concerned citizens, we can do our bit by:
(i) Using public transport systems instead of individual vehicles.
(iii) Using power saving devices like stars appearing in electronic industries.
(iv) Using CNG as fuel which is environmental friendly.
(v) Increased use of renewable energy.
(vi) Using of biogas for domestic consumption in the rural areas.
(vii) Using non-conventional sources of energy.
Q. 9. Why is Conservation of mineral resources essential? Explain any three methods to conserve
them. [CBSE 2015 ]
OR
Why is it necessary to conserve mineral resources ? Explain any four ways to conserve
mineral resources. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Need for conservation of Minerals:
(i) We are rapidly consuming mineral resources that require millions of years to be created and
concentrated.
(ii) The geological processes of mineral formation are so slow that the rates of replenishment are
innitely small in comparison to its consumption.
(iii) Continued extraction of ores leads to increasing costs as minerals extraction comes from
greater depths along with decrease in quality.
(iv) Most of the minerals are unevenly distributed on the Earth’s surface.
Mineral resources are therefore nite and non-renewable.
Three methods to conserve Minerals:
(i) We must make use of minerals in a planned and sustainable manner.
(ii) Improved technologies need to be constantly evolved to allow the use of low grade ores at low
cost.
(iii) Recycling of metals.
(iv) Using scrap metals and other substitutes are steps in conserving ore mineral resources for the
future.
251 Geography:
Map Questions
Q. 1. Identify and mark the following on the given outline map of India. 1×3=3
(a) One iron ore mine (b) One coal mine (c) One bauxite deposit region
Ans.
(b)
Jharia
(c)
Koraput
Ballary
(a)
(a) Ballary (b) Jharia (c) Koraput

Q. 2. Mark the following on the outline map of India: 1×3=3
(a) Ajmer : Mica Mines (b) Kochi : Major Sea Port
(c) Bhadravati : Iron and Steel Plant [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans.
(a)
Ajmer
(c)
Bhadravati
(b)
Kochi
(a) Ajmer (b) Bhadravati (c) Kochi

Xam idea
Social Science–X
252
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Give an example of non-metallic mineral.

2. Which mineral is found in Kudremukh mines?
3. Name the industry which uses limestones as its basic raw material.
4. What are conventional sources of energy?
5. Which fuel is considered ‘environment friendly fuel’?
1. What are minerals? Give two examples. Also name any two carrier rocks of minerals.
2. Explain the formation of Bauxite and name the metal obtained from it.
3. Mention any three factors that determine the economic viability of a reserve.
4. What is geothermal energy? How can it be tapped?
5. Why should we conserve minerals and energy resources?
1. Which is the most abundantly available fossil fuel in India? Assess the importance of its different
forms.
2. How can biogas solve the energy problem mainly in rural India? Give your suggestions.
3. ‘Minerals are an indispensable part of our lives.’ Justify this statement with suitable examples.
4. How can solar energy solve the energy problem to some extent in India? Give your opinion.
253 Geography:
Map Work
Q. 1. Locate and label the following on the given outline map of India: 1×3=3
(a) An Iron ore exporting port
(b) A location where bauxite is found
(c) Mumbai High Natural Gas Reserve
Q. 2. Identify and mark the following on the outline map of India. 1×3=3
(a) HVJ (Hazira-Vijaipur-Jagdishpur) Natural gas pipeline
(b) A Nuclear power station in Rajasthan
(c) A Nuclear power station in Tarapur
Xam idea
Social Science–X
254
Q. 3. I. Locate and label the following features on the outline map of India political:
(1) Nellore Mica Mines [CBSE Sample Question 2016]
II. Identify the features marked as A and B on the same given map of India political:
INDIA
(B)
(A)
zzz
255 Geography:
Manufacturing
5 Industries
CLASSIFICATION OF INDUSTRIES
Is done on the basis of their main role, capital investment, ownership, source of raw
Large Scale Industries Small Scale Industries Heavy Industries Light Industries
Employs large number Employs a small Use heavy and bulky Use light raw
of labourers. number of labourers. raw materials. materials.
IRON AND STEEL INDUSTRY
The iron Today Raw Only These India

works of modern there are materials Vishakapatnam plants are produces
Kulti, steel plant 10 primary used in this has a coastal managed about 32.8
Burnpur, was set up integrated industry location. by the million
started at iron and are iron steel tonne of
local Jamshedpur steel ore, coal, Authority steel and
production in 1907. plants and limestone, of India ranks
in 1870. around and Ltd. (SAIL). ninth
200 mini manganese among the
steel ore. world
plants in crude steel
the producers.
country.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
256
ALUMINIUM SMELTING
Aluminium is a It is used as a In the production of The 8 aluminium India produces over

good conductor of substitute of steel, one tonne of plants in the 600 million tonnes
heat and ele ctricity. copper, zinc and aluminium, 6 country are located of aluminium per
lead. tonnes of bauxite in Odisha, West annum.
and 18,600 kwh of Bengal, Kerala,
electricity is Uttar Pradesh,
required. Chhattisgarh,
Maharashtra and
Tamil Nadu.
CHEMICAL INDUSTRY
Heavy inorganic chemicals Heavy organic chemicals include The chemical industries
include sulphuric acid, nitric acid, petrochemicals, which are used in contribute 14% of the production
alkalis, caustic soda and soda the manufacture of synthetic of entire manufacturing sector.
ash. They are widely spread fibre, synthetic rubber, plastics,
around the country. dyestuffs, drugs and
pharmaceuticals. These chemical
plants are located near oil
refineries and petrochemical
plants.
Sulphuric acid Soda ash is
is used in the used in the
manufacturer manufacture of
of fertilizers, glass, paper,
synthetic fibre, soap and
plastics, paints detergent.
and dyes.
MEASURES TO CONTROL
ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION
Proper fuel selection Use of oil instead of Treatment of liquids in Pollution of land and
and utilization. coal in the industries. three phases: soil can be controlled
1. Primary treatment by three activities:
by mechanical 1. Collection of wastes
processes. from different
2. Secondary places.
treatment by 2. Dumping and
biological process. disposing the
3. Tertiary treatment wastes by land
by biological, filling.
chemical and 3. Recycling of wastes
physical process. for further use.
257 Geography:
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Agro-industry: Agriculture developed along industrial lines.

2. Agglomeration: A mass or collection of things; an assemblage.
3. GDP: Gross Domestic Product – the monetary total value of finished goods produced
and services provided in a country during one year.
4. Urbanisation refers to the population shift from rural to urban areas, ‘the gradual increase
in the proportion of people living in urban areas’, and the ways in which each society
adapts to the change.
5. Industrialisation: The development of industries in a country or region on a wide scale.
6. Public Sector Industries is the part of the economy concerned with providing various
governmental services. The composition of the public sector varies countrywise, but
in most countries, the public sector includes such services as the military, police,
infrastructure (public roads, bridges, tunnels, water supply, sewers, electrical grids,
telecommunications, etc.), public transport, public education, along with health care
and those working for the government itself, such as elected officials.
7. Private Sector Industries is the part of the economy, sometimes referred to as the citizen
sector, which is run by private individuals or groups, usually as a means of enterprise for
profit, and is not controlled by the State (areas of the economy, controlled by the state
being referred to as the public sector).
8. Mineral based Industries: Industries that use minerals as raw material are called mineral-
based industries. The iron and steel industry is the basic industry on which all other
industries depend. The production and per capita consumption of steel is a measure of
a country's economic development.
9. Natural Product: A natural product is a chemical compound or substance produced by a
living organism—that is, found in nature. In the broadest sense, natural products include
any substance produced by life.
10. Aluminium Smelting is the process of extracting aluminium from its oxide, alumina,
generally by the Hall-Héroult process. Alumina is extracted from the ore ‘bauxite’ by
means of the Bayer process at an alumina refinery. Aluminium smelting is the second
most important metallurgical industry in India.
11. Fertilizer Industry or fertiliser is any material of natural or synthetic origin (other than
liming materials) that is applied to soils or to plant tissues (usually leaves) to supply one
or more plant nutrients essential to the growth of plants.
12. Environmental Degradation is the deterioration of the environment through depletion of
resources such as air, water and soil; the destruction of ecosystems; habitat destruction;
the extinction of wildlife; and pollution.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
258
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Multiple Choice Questions
(i) Which one of the following industries uses limestone as a raw material?
(a) Aluminium (b) Cement
(c) Sugar (d) Jute
Ans. (b) Cement
(ii) Which one of the following agencies markets steel for the public sector plants?
(a) HAIL (b) SAIL
(c) TATA Steel (d) MNCC
Ans. (b) Sail
(iii) Which one of the following industries uses bauxite as a raw material?
(a) Aluminium (b) Cement
(c) Jute (d) Steel
Ans. (a) Aluminium
(iv) Which one of the following industries manufactures telephones, computer, etc.?
(a) Steel (b) Electronic
(c) Aluminium (d) Information Technology
Ans. (b) Electronic
Q. 2. Answer the following briey in not more than 30 words.
(i) What is manufacturing?
Ans. Manufacturing is considered the production of a desired product after processing raw materials
through the use of machines and mechanical labour.
(ii) Name any three physical factors for the location of the industry.
Ans. The physical factors that affect the location of an industry are:
(a) Raw material should be available at low cost and in near distance.
(b) Availability of land.
(c) Location of market often inuences the location of industries. Generally, industries are
located near large centre of population which acts as a consumer of their products and as
source of human resources.
(iii) Name any three human factors for the location of an industry.
Ans. The three human factors for the location of industry are:
(a) Human labour needs appropriate climatic conditions to function and therefore industries
cannot be located in harsh environment. Skilled and unskilled labour from nearby regions.
(b) There should be transportation facilities available for commutation from work and home.
(c) Industries need to be located near a human settlement from where they can source the
required skilled labour.
(iv) What are basic industries? Give an example.
Ans. Basic industries supply the basic raw or primary material to secondary industries which
manufacture other goods. Iron manufacturing industries, coal production industries, etc. are
examples of basic industries.
(v) Name the important raw materials used in the manufacturing of cement.
Ans. The main raw materials used in the manufacturing of cement are: limestone, silica, alumina and
gypsum.
Q. 3. Write the answers of the following questions in 120 words.
(i) How are integrated steel plants different from mini steel plants? What problems does
the industry face? What recent developments have led to a rise in the production
capacity?
259 Geography:
Ans. An inte grated steel plant handles multiple activities within one complex—from raw materials, to
steel making, rolling, shaping, among other which makes these steel plants to be huge in size. A
mini steel plant is smaller as it produces mild and alloy steel of given requirements.
The problems faced by this industry are:
(a) The production costs are high due to high costs of basic materials such coke coal.
(b) In India, there is an irregular supply of electricity leading loss of time and added cost of
generating electricity.
(c) Steel industries are located in regions with poor infrastructure which increases cost of
transportation and other utilities.
(d) Recent developments that have led to a rise in the production capacity of this industry is
the entry of private players which have access to private capital investments and foreign
direct investments which has allowed quicker expansion and increased efciency through
oversight.
(ii) How do industries pollute the environment?
Ans. Industries pollute the environment through air, water, land and noise. Air pollution is caused
by the release of oxides of carbon and nitrogen into the air by paper factories, brick kilns, etc.
through burning of fossil fuels such as coal. Water pollution is caused by the discharge of organic
and inorganic industrial wastes into water bodies such as rivers by chemical industries, textile
industries, etc. Industries such as tanneries, wood manufacturing, etc. lead to soil erosion or
renders the soil infertile by dumping of waste products, cutting of trees, among other activities.
Noise pollution results from industrial and construction activities, whose high decibel level affect
the nearby areas.
(iii) Discuss the steps to be taken to minimise environmental degradation by industry.
Ans. The steps needed to be taken to minimise environmental degradation are:
Industrial wastes such as plastic, metal, etc. need to be recycled and re-used, thereby avoiding
the need to dump in water bodies and landlls. Industrial discharge needs to be treated on all
three prior to owing into sewage lines. Rainwater harvesting needs to be implemented to meet
water requirements, and ground water usage should be regulated by law. Smoke chimneys can be
tted with electrostatic precipitators, fabric lters, scrubbers and inertial separators to reduce
the discharge of air pollutants. Noise pollution can be reduced by the use of silencers. Silent
generators and redesigning of machinery can be done to reduce noise.

Q. 1. Dene manufacturing.
Ans. Production of goods in large quantities after processing from raw materials to more valuable
products is called manufacturing.
Q. 2. How do manufacturing industries help agriculture?
Ans. Manufacturing industries not only help in modernizing agriculture, which forms the backbone of
our economy, but also reduce the heavy dependence of people on agriculture income by providing
them jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors.
Q. 3. What was the main philosophy behind public sector industries?
Ans. Public sector helps in eradication of unemployment and poverty. It also aimed at bringing down
disparities by establishing industries in tribal and backward areas.
Q. 4. How does manufacturing help in earning foreign exchange?
Ans. Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce and brings in much needed foreign
exchange.
Q. 5. What is the idea behind prosperity of the country?
Ans. Countries that transform their raw materials into a wide variety of furnished goods of higher
value are prosperous.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
260
Q. 6. What is the contribution of industries to national economy?
Ans. Over the last two decades, the share of manufacturing sector has stagnated at 17 per cent of
GDP—out of a total of 27 per cent for mining, quarrying, electricity and gas.
Q. 7. How does industrialisation and urbanisation go hand in hand?
Ans. Cities provide markets and also provide services such as banking, insurance, transport, labour,
consultants and nancial advice, etc., to industry.
Q. 8. What are agglomeration economies?
Ans. Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centres
are known as agglomeration economies.
Q. 9. Where were manufacturing units located in Pre-independence period?
Ans. In the Pre-independence period, most of the manufacturing units were located in places from the
point of view of overseas trade such as Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, etc.
Q. 10. What are consumer industries?
Ans. Consumer industries are the industries that produce goods for direct use by consumers, e.g., sugar,
toothpaste, paper, sewing machines, etc.
Q. 11. Classify industries on the basis of ownership.
Ans. (i) Public Sector (ii) Private Sector
(iii) Joint Sector (iv) Cooperative Sector
Q. 12. Give one difference between public and private sectors.
Ans. (i) Public sector is owned and operated by government agencies, e.g., BHEL and SAIL, etc.
(ii) Private Sector—These industries are owned and operated by individuals or a group of
individuals, e.g., TISCO, Bajaj Auto Ltd., Dabur Industries.
Q. 13. Which twin states of India are known for cotton production?
Ans. Maharashtra and Gujarat are the twin states of India known for cotton production.
Q. 14. Why are more cotton textile mills located in Gujarat and Maharashtra?
Ans. Availability of raw cotton, market, transport including accessible port facilities, labour, moist
climate, etc., contributed towards its localisation.
Q. 15. Name the people who are provided employment opportunities by cotton textile industries.
Ans. Cotton farmers, cotton boll pluckers, workers engaged in ginning, spinning, weaving, dyeing,
designing, packaging, tailoring and sewing. People who have industries of chemical and dyes, mill
stores, packaging materials and engineering works.
Q. 16. What standard is India maintaining in weaving and spinning processes in India?
Ans. India has world class production in spinning, but weaving supplies low quality of fabric as it
cannot use much of the high quality yarn produced in the country.
Q. 17. What are the main problems faced by cotton textile industries?
Ans. Power supply is erratic; machinery needs to be upgraded, low output of labour and stiff competition
with the synthetic bre industry.
Q. 18. What is India’s status in jute production?
Ans. India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods and stands at the second place as an
exporter after Bangladesh.
Q. 19. Where was the rst jute mill set up?
Ans. The rst jute mill was set up in 1859 at Rishra near Kolkata.
Q. 20. What happened to jute production after partition?
Ans. After partition in 1947, the jute mills remained in India but three-fourth of the jute producing
area went to Bangladesh.
Q. 21. Give any two main factors responsible for the location of Jute industries in the Hughli
Basin.
Ans. (i) Proximity of the jute producing areas.
(ii) Inexpensive water transport.
261 Geography:
(iii) supported by a good network of railways, roadways and waterways to facilitate movement of
raw material to the mills.
Q. 22. How does jute industry support the workers and farmers?
Ans. The jute industry supports 2.61 lakh workers directly and another 40 lakh small and marginal
farmers who are engaged in the cultivation of jute and mesta.
Q. 23. Give any two challenges faced by jute industry.
Ans. (i) Stiff competition in the international market from synthetic substitutes.
(ii) Competition from the other competitors like Bangladesh, Brazil, Philippines, Egypt and
Thailand.
Q. 24. What was the objective of National Jute Policy formulated in 2005?
Ans. In 2005, National Jute Policy was formulated with the objective of increasing productivity,
improving quality, ensuring good prices to the jute farmers and enhancing the yield per hectare.
Q. 25. Which are the main markets of jute?
Ans. The main markets of Jute are USA, Canada, Russia, United Arab Republic, UK and Australia.
Q. 26. Where does India stand in sugar production?
Ans. India stands second as a world producer of sugar but occupies the rst place in the production of
gur and Khandsari.
Q. 27. Name the regions where sugar mills of India are located.
Ans. There are over 460 sugar mills in the country spread over UP, Bihar, Maharashtra, Karnataka,
Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Punjab, Haryana and Madhya Pradesh.
Q. 28. Why are sugar mills shifting to South India?
Ans. (i) It is so because the cane produced in these states has high sucrose content.
(ii) The cooler climate also ensures a longer crushing seasons.
Q. 29. What are the major challenges of sugar industries?
Ans. Challenges include the seasonal nature of industry, old and inefcient methods of production,
transport delay in reaching cane to factories and the need to maximise the use of baggage.
Q. 30. What ingredients are used to produce steel?
Ans. Iron ore, coking coal and limestone are required in the ratio of approximately 4:2:1. Some
quantities of manganese are also required to harden the steel.
Q. 31. What are mini steel plants?
Ans. Mini steel plants are smaller in size, have electric furnaces, use steel scrap and sponge iron. They
have re-rollers that use steel ingots as well.
Q. 32. What is an integrated steel plant?
Ans. An integrated steel plant is large, handles everything in one complex—from putting together raw
material to steel making, rolling and shaping.
Q. 33. What do you know about SAIL?
Ans. All public sector undertakings market their steel through Steel Authority of India Ltd. called
SAIL.
Q. 34. Why has Chotanagpur Plateau the maximum concentration of steel industries?
Ans. It is largely because of the relative advantages this region has like low cost of iron ore, high grade
of raw material in proximity and cheap labour.
Q. 35. What are the weaknesses of iron and steel industries?
Ans. (i) High costs and limited availability of coking coal.
(ii) Lower productivity of labour.
(ii) Irregular supply of energy.
(iv) Poor infrastructure.
Q. 36. What are the chief characteristics of aluminium?
Ans. It is light, resistant to corrosion, a good conductor of heat, malleable and becomes strong when it
is mixed with other metals.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
262
Q. 37. What are the main uses of aluminium?
Ans. Aluminium is used to manufacture aircraft, utensils and wires.
Q. 38. Name the eight aluminium plants of India.
Ans. (i) In Odisha (Nalco and Balco) (z) (ii) West Bengal
(iii) Kerala (iv) Uttar Pradesh
(v) Chhattisgarh (vi) Maharashtra
(vii) Tamil Nadu
Q. 39. What are the two prime factors for the location of aluminium industries?
Ans. (i) Regular supply of electricity.
(ii) An assured source of raw material at minimum cost.
Q. 40. Which inorganic chemicals are produced in India?
Ans. Sulphuric acid (used to manufacture fertilisers, synthetic bres, plastics, adhesive, paints, dyes
stuffs), nitric acid, alkalies, soda ash (used to make glass, soaps and detergents) and caustic soda.
Q. 41. Which organic chemicals are produced in India?
Ans. Organic chemicals include petrochemicals, which are used for manufacturing of synthetic bres,
synthetic rubber, plastics, dye stuff, drugs and pharmaceuticals.
Q. 42. What are the uses of cement?
Ans. Cement is essential for construction activity such as building houses, factories, bridges, roads,
airports, dams and for other commercial establishment.
Q. 43. Which ingredients are used in the production of cement?
Ans. The industry requires bulky and heavy raw materials like limestone, silica, alumina and gypsum.
Q. 44. How is Gujarat a suitable location for cement production?
Ans. The industry has strategically located plants in Gujarat that have suitable access to the market in
Gulf countries.
Q. 45. Where was the rst cement plant set up in India?
Ans. The rst cement plant was set up in Chennai in 1904.
Q. 46. Which decisions of the government helped in the rapid production of cement?
Ans. Decontrol of price and distribution since 1989 and other policy reforms led the cement industry
to make rapid strides in capacity, process technology and production.
Q. 47. How did liberalisation policy of government help in the progress of automobile industry?
Ans. After the liberalisation, the coming in of new and contemporary models stimulated the demand
for vehicles in the market, which led to the healthy growth of the industry including passenger
cars, two and three wheelers.
Q. 48. What is the contribution of FDI in automobile industries?
Ans. Foreign Direct Investment brought in new technology and aligned the industry with global
development.
Q. 49. Why is Bangalore called as the ‘Electronic Capital’ of India?
Ans. Bangalore has been called as the electronic capital of India as it has lots of software companies
working there and thousands of employees working in those companies.
Q. 50. What does electronic industry cover?
Ans. The electronic industries covers a wide range of products from transistor sets to television,
telephones, cellular telecom, pager, telephone exchange, radars, computers and many other
equipments required by the telecommunication industry.
Q. 51. How is air polluted by industries?
Ans. Smoke is emitted by chemical and paper factories, brick kilns, reneries and smelting plants and
burning of fossil fuels in big and small factories that ignore pollution norms.
Q. 52. What does ‘Thermal Pollution’ mean?
Ans. Thermal Pollution of water occurs when hot water from factories and thermal plants is drained
into rivers and ponds before cooling.
263 Geography:
Q. 53. How do factories cause noise pollution?
Ans. Industrial and construction activities, machinery, factory equipment, generators, saws and
pneumatic and electric drills also make a lot of noise.
Q. 54. Classify industries on the basis of source of raw materials. [CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Ans. (i) Agro based industries
(ii) Mineral based industries.
Q. 55. Why has aluminium metal great importance? [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Aluminium metal has great importance because:
It combines the strength of metals such as Iron with extreme lightness and also with good
conductivity and great malleability.
Q. 56. How is iron-ore transported from Kudremukh mines to a port near Mangaluru?
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Iron-ore is transported as slurry through pipelines.
Q. 57. How did the ‘Bailadila’ Iron ore eld get its name? [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. The Bailadila hills look like the hump of an ox, hence ‘Bialadila’ name given to the iron-ore eld.
Q. 58. Name the mineral which is used to harden steel during manufacturing.
[CBSE Sample Paper 2017 ]
Ans. Manganese

Q. 1. ‘‘Manufacturing sector is considered as the backbone of economic development of a
country.’’ Support the statement with examples. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Manufacturing sector:
(i) It helps in modernizing agriculture .
(ii) Helps in providing jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors.
(iii) Reduces unemployment and poverty.
(iv) It brings down the regional disparities by establishing industries in tribal and backward areas.
(v) Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce.
(vi) It brings in much needed foreign exchange.
(vii) Example- Cotton textile, Iron and Steel industry, etc.
Q. 2. How can agriculture and industry go hand in hand?
Ans. l The agro industries in India have given a major boost to agriculture by raising its production.
It produces equipments like tractors, harvesters, threshers, etc.
l On the other hand, industries are run on agricultural products like cotton, sugarcane, jute,
edible oils, etc.

Q. 3. “Industrialization and urbanisation go hand in hand.” Validate the statement.
Ans. After an industrial activity starts in a town, urbanisation follows. Industry provides employment
to the people of the area. Population migrates from rural hinterlands to seek jobs, Housing
and transport facilities are developed to accommodate these people. Other infrastructural
developments take place leading to growth and development of the town into a city.
Sometimes, industries are located in or near the cities. Cities provide markets and services such
as banking, insurance, transport, labour, consultants and nancial advice, etc. to the industry.
Thus, industrialisation and urbanisation go hand in hand.
Q. 4. Analyse the role of the manufacturing sector in the economic development of India.
[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. The Role of manufacturing sector in the economic development of India:
Xam idea
Social Science–X
264
(i) Manufacturing industries not only help in modernizing agriculture but also reduces the heavy
dependence of people on agricultural income.
(ii) Eradication of Unemployment and poverty.
(iii) Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce and brings in much needed
foreign exchange.
(iv) Countries that transform their raw material into a wide variety of furnished goods of higher
value are prosperous.
Q. 5. Classify industries on the basis of their main role. How are they different from each
other? [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. (i) Basic or key industries: These industries supply their product or raw materials to manufacture
other goods; e.g ., iron and steel, copper smelting and aluminium smelting.
(ii) Consumer industries: These are the industries that produce goods for direct use by consumers;
e.g., sugar, toothpaste, paper, sewing machines, fans, etc.
Q. 6. Which factors were responsible for the concentration of cotton textile industries in
Maharashtra and Gujarat?
Ans. l Raw cotton is easily available in and around that area because of the black cotton soil.
l Transport including accessible port facilities for export of cotton goods.
l Cheap and skilled labour is available around that area.
l Favourable moist climate contribute towards its localisation.
Q. 7. What problems are faced by the cotton textile industry?
Ans. l Power supply remains erratic, thereby, affecting its production.
l Machinery needs to be upgraded in the weaving and processing sectors particularly.
There is lower output of labour, since they are not skilled in their jobs.
l
l There is a stiff competition with the synthetic bre industry.
Q. 8. What efforts were made by the government to stimulate demands of jute in the market?
Ans. l In 2005, the National Jute Policy was formulated with the objective of increasing production.
l Efforts would be made to improve production and introduce some new products of jute-like
fabric.
Government can ensure good prices to the jute farmers, enhancing the yield per hectare.
l
Q. 9. Why do you feel that there are plans to shift sugar mills to South India?
Ans. Reasons to shift sugar mills:
(i) Sugarcane produced in these states have higher sugar content.
(ii) The cooler climate also ensures a longer crushing season.
(iii) The cooperatives are more successful in these states.
(iv) If sugarcane is transported from South to North India, due to delays in trains, sugarcane loses
its sugar content as it is a perishable good.
Q. 10. “Agriculture and industry are complimentary to each other.” Support the statement with
three examples. [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. Agriculture and industry both depend on each other
(i) Agriculture supplies raw material for the manufacturing industries. Shortage of these raw
materials can spell doom for the industry.
(ii) Agriculture gets its basic inputs form the manufacturing industries.
(iii) In this way agriculture offers a big market for industrial products, fertilizers, water pumps,
tractors, farm equipment etc.
(iv) In short, agriculture and industry are not exclusive of each other they move hand in hand.
Q. 11. What are the challenges faced by the sugar industry?
Ans. Challenges:
(i) The industry is seasonal, so getting labour becomes difcult.
265 Geography:
(ii) India is still using old and inefcient methods of production, thereby, affecting its production.
(iii) There are transport delays in transporting sugarcane to factories, with the result that it loses
its sugar content.
(iv) There is a need to maximise the use of bagasse to face the problem of power break up.
Q. 12. Why does the Chotanagpur plateau have the maximum concentration of iron and steel
industries?
Ans. It is because of the relative advantages this region has for the development of this industry.
(i) Low cost of iron ore is available, since it is mined in this region.
(ii) Its high grade raw material is available in close proximity.
(iii) Cheap, hard and skilled labour is easily available.
(iv) There is a vast growth potential in the home market.
Q. 13. How is the information technology industry able to generate more employment?
Ans. Major impact of this industry has been on employment generation.
(i) Upto 31st March 2005, the IT industry employed over one million persons.
(ii) This number is expected to increase sharply in the coming years.
(iii) It is encouraging to know that 30 per cent of the people employed in this sector are women.
Q. 14. Explain with examples the interdependence of agriculture and industries.
[CBSE (Delhi) 2017 ]
Ans. Interdependence of agriculture and industry :
(i) The agro-industries in India have given a major boost to agriculture by rising its productivity.
(ii) They depend on the latter for raw materials.
(iii) They sell their products such as irrigation pumps, fertilisesrs, insecticides, pesticides and
PVC pipe, machines and tools etc. to the farmers.
(iv) Development and competitiveness of manufacturing industries has not only assisted
agriculturists in increasing their productions, but also made the production processes very
efcient.
Q. 15. Why did Mahatma Gandhi lay emphasis on spinning yarn and weaving khadi?
Ans. l Weaving is done by handloom, powerloom and in mills.
l The handspun khadi provides large-scale employment to weavers in their homes as a cottage
industry.
l Mahatma Gandhi also wanted to propagate the use of the indigenous khadi material to revive
the jobs of jobless weavers during the British period.
Q. 16. Which major industries are responsible for water pollution?
OR
How are industries responsible for polluting freshwater? Suggest any three measures to
reduce the water pollution. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. l Water pollution is caused by organic and inorganic industrial wastes and efuents discharged
into rivers.
l The main culprits are paper, pulp, chemical, textile and dyeing, petroleum reneries, tanneries
and electroplating industries that let out dyes, detergents, acids, salts and heavy metals like
lead and mercury, pesticides, fertilizers, synthetic chemicals with carbon, plastics and rubber,
etc., into the water bodies.
l Fly ash, phospo-gypsum and iron and steel slags are the major solid wastes in India.
Steps to minimize water pollution :

(i) Minimising use of water for processing by reusing and recycling it in two or more successive
stages. Harvesting of rainwater to meet water requirements.
(ii) Treating hot water and efuents before releasing them in rivers and ponds. Treatment of
industrial efuents can be done in three phases (a) Primary treatment by mechanical means.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
266
This involves screening, grinding, occulation and sedimentation. (b) Secondary treatment
by biological process (c) Tertiary treatment by biological, chemical and physical processes.
This involves recycling of wastewater.
(iii) Overdrawing of groundwater needs to be regulated legally.
Q. 17. How is land polluted?
Ans. l Land is polluted by wastes from nuclear power plants, nuclear and weapon production
facilities.
l Dumping of wastes, especially glass, harmful chemicals, industrial efuents, packaging, salts
and garbage, makes the soil useless.
l Rainwater percolates into the soil carrying the pollutants to the ground and the groundwater
also gets contaminated.
Q. 18. How can we compete in international market in manufacturing?
Ans. In the present-day world of globalisation, our industry needs to be more efcient and competitive.
Self-sufciency alone is not enough. Our manufactured goods must be at par in quality with those
in the international market. Only then, we will be able to compete in the international market.
Q. 19. What are ‘agglomeration economies’?
Ans. Cities provide markets and also provide services such as banking, insurance, transport, labour,
consultants and nancial advisors, etc., to the industries. Many industries tend to come together
to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centres known as ‘agglomeration economies.
Gradually a large industrial agglomeration takes place. So, it is basically coordination of various
industries’ in a city for the development of manufacturing industries.
Q. 20. Classify industries on the basis of capital investment.
Ans. Following is the classication of industries on the basis of capital investment:
(i) Small-scale Industries: A small-scale industry is dened with reference to the maximum
investment allowed on the assets of a unit. This limit has changed over a period of time. At
present, the maximum investment allowed is ™1 crore.
(ii) Large-scale Industries: If investment is more than ™1 crore on any industry, then it is known
as a large-scale industry.
Q. 21. Classify industries on the basis of bulk and weight of raw materials and nished goods.
Ans. Industries are classied on the basis of the weight of raw materials and nished goods in the
following manner:
(i) Heavy Industries: These industries use heavy raw materials and also produce heavy goods,
e.g ., iron and steel, cement, ship-building, automobiles, etc.
(ii) Light Industries: These industries use light raw materials and produce light goods such as
electrical industries, e.g ., watches, electric bulbs, paint brushes, etc.
Q. 22. How were cotton textiles produced in ancient India?
Ans. In ancient India, cotton textiles were produced with hand spinning and handloom weaving
techniques. After the 18th century, power looms came into use. Our traditional industries suffered
a setback during the colonial period because they could not compete with the mill-made cloth
from England.
Q. 23. How many cotton mills do we have in India?
Ans. Today, there are nearly 1,600 cotton and human made bre textile mills in the country. About 80
per cent of these are in the private sector and the rest are in the public and cooperative sectors.
Apart from these, there are several thousand small factories with four to ten looms.
Q. 24. What is the status of spinning and weaving in India?
Ans. While spinning continues to be centralised in Maharashtra, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu, weaving is
highly decentralised to provide scope for incorporating traditional skills and designs of weaving
in cotton, silk, jari, embroidery, etc. India has world-class production in spinning, but weaving
supplies low quality of fabric as it cannot use much of the high quality yarn produced in the
country. Weaving is done by handloom, powerloom in mills.
267 Geography:
Q. 25. To which countries are cotton goods exported?
Ans. India exports yarn to Japan. Other importers of cotton goods from India are USA, UK, Russia,
France, East European countries, Nepal, Singapore, Sri Lanka and African countries. We have a
large share in the world trade of cotton yarn accounting for one-fourth of the total trade.
Q. 26. How is jute industry associated with people?
Ans. The jute industry supports 2.61 lakh workers directly. Another 40 lakh small and marginal farmers
are engaged in cultivation of jute and mesta. Many more people are associated indirectly like in
preparation of various jute goods and further trading in jute items.
Q. 27. Why is the iron and steel industry called a heavy industry?
Ans. Iron and steel industry is called a heavy industry because all the raw material as well as nished
goods are heavy and bulky entailing heavy transportation costs. Iron ore, coking coal and
limestone are required in the ratio of 4:2:1 approximately. Some quantity of manganese is also
required to harden the steel.
Q. 28. Compare India’s steel production with that of China.
Ans. In the 1950s, China and India produced almost the same quantity of steel. In 2004, India was the
largest exporter of steel which accounted for 2.25 per cent of the global steel trade. Today, China
is the largest producer. China is also the world’s largest consumer of steel.
Q. 29. “Though India is an important iron and steel producing country in the world, yet we are
not able to perform to our full potential.” Why? [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. It is largely due to high costs and limited availability of coking coal. There is low productivity of
labour. Moreover, there is irregularity of supply of energy and of course, the poor infrastructure.
Q. 30. What efforts should be made to improve steel production?
Ans. (i) Liberalisation and Foreign Direct Investment have given a boost to the industry with the
efforts of private entrepreneurs.
(ii) There is a need to allocate resources for research and development to produce steel more
competitively.
(iii) We need to regularise the supply of energy and improve the infrastructure for better
production.
Q. 31. Name the aluminium smelting plants of India.
Ans. There are eight aluminium smelting plants in the country:
(i) Nalco in Odisha (ii) West Bengal
(iii) Kerala (iv) Uttar Pradesh
(v) Chhattisgarh (vi) Maharashtra
(vii) Tamil Nadu (vii) Balco in Odisha
Q. 32. What are the uses of chemical industries?
Ans. The chemical industry is its own largest consumer. Basic chemicals undergo processing to further
produce other chemicals that are used for industrial application, agriculture or directly for
consumer markets.
For example, sulphuric acid is used to manufacture synthetic bres and plastics or petrochemicals
are used for producing synthetic bres and synthetic rubber, etc.
Q. 33. Which ingredients are needed for the fertiliser production?
Ans. The fertiliser industry is centered around the production of nitrogenous fertilisers (mainly
urea), phosphatic fertilisers, and ammonium phosphate and complex fertilisers, which have a
combination of nitrogen, phosphate and potash. The potash is entirely imported as the country
does not have any reserves of commercially usable potash or potassium compounds in any form.
India is the third largest producer of nitrogenous fertilisers.
Q. 34. How many fertiliser industries do we have in India?
Ans. There are 57 fertiliser units manufacturing nitrogenous and complex nitrogenous fertilisers. There
Xam idea
Social Science–X
268
are 29 plants for urea, nine for producing ammonium sulphate as a by-product and 68 other small
units producing single super phosphate. At present, there are ten public sector undertakings and
one in cooperative sector at Hazira in Gujarat under the Fertiliser Corporation of India.
Q. 35. In which states do we nd fertiliser industries?
Ans. After the Green Revolution, the industry expanded to several other parts of the country. Gujarat,
Tamil Nadu, U.P., Punjab and Kerala contribute towards half of the fertiliser production. Other
signicant producers are: Andhra Pradesh, Odisha, Rajasthan, Bihar, Maharashtra, Assam, West
Bengal, Goa, Delhi, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka.
Q. 36. What are the ingredients required for making cement?
Ans. Cement is essential for construction activity, such as building houses, factories, bridges, roads,
airports, dams and for other commercial establishments. This industry requires bulky and heavy
raw materials like limestone, silica, alumina and gypsum. Coal and electric power are needed
apart from transportation.
Q. 37. What is the status of production of cement?
Ans. This industry is doing well in terms of production as well as export. Improvement in the quality
has found the produce, a readily available market in East Asia, Middle East, Africa and South
Asia apart from a large demand within the country. Efforts are being made to generate adequate
domestic demand and supply in order to sustain this industry.
Q. 38. Where do we manufacture various automobiles in India?
Ans. At present, there are 15 manufacturers of passenger cars and multiutility vehicles, nine of commercial
vehicles, 14 of the two-wheelers and three-wheelers.
The industry is located around Delhi, Gurgaon, Mumbai, Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, Indore,
Hyderabad, Jamshedpur and Bengaluru.
Q. 39. What does the electronic industry cover?
Ans. The electronic industry covers a wide range of products from transistor sets to television,
telephones, cellular telecom, telephone exchanges, radars, computers and many other equipments
required by the telecommunication industry.
Q. 40. Name the regions where electronic industries are located.
Ans. Bengaluru has emerged as the ‘electronic capital’ of India. Other important centres for electronic
goods are Mumbai, Delhi, Hyderabad, Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, Coimbatore.
Q. 41. Name the software technology parks of India.
Ans. (i) Srinagar (J&K) (ii) Mohali (Punjab)
(iii) Noida (U.P.) (iv) Jaipur (Rajasthan)
(v) Gandhinagar (Gujarat) (vi) Indore (M.P.)
(vii) Mumbai and Pune (Maharashtra) (viii) Bengaluru and Mysore (Karnataka)
(ix) Thiruvananthapuram (Kerala) (x) Chennai (Tamil Nadu)
(xi) Hyderabad (Andhra Pradesh) (xii) Vishakhapatnam
(xiii) Bhubaneshwar (Odisha) (xiv) Kolkata (West Bengal)
(xv) Guwahati (Assam)
Q. 42. Which industries are the main culprits of water pollution?
Ans. The main culprits are paper pulp, chemical, textile and dyeing, petroleum reneries, tanneries
and electroplating industries that discharges dyes, detergent, acids, salts and heavy metals like
lead and mercury pesticides, fertilisers, synthetic chemicals with carbon, plastics and rubber, etc.,
into the water bodies.
Q. 43. “The textile industry is the only industry in the country which is self-reliant and complete
in the value chain.” Justify the statement. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. The textile industry is self-reliant and complete in value chain:
(i) It contributes signicantly to industrial production (14%).
269 Geography:
(ii) Employment generation (35 million persons directly - the second largest after agriculture).
(iii) Foreign exchange earnings (about 24.6%).
(iv) It contributes 4 per cent towards GDP.
Q. 44. Classify industries on the basis of source of raw material. How are they different from each
other? [CBSE (AI) 2016]
OR
Classify industries on the basis of source of raw materials used.
Ans. On the basis of sources of raw material industries are classied as:
(i) Agro based: Agro based industries draw their raw materials from agricultural products.
For example, Textiles, Sugar, Coffee, Tea and Edible Oil, etc.
(ii) Mineral based: Mineral based draw their raw material from minerals.
For example, Iron and Steel industries, cement, machine holes, petrochemicals, etc.
Q. 45. Suggest any three steps to minimise the environmental degradation caused by the
industrial development in India. [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 , CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Three steps to minimise the environmental degradation caused by Industrial development in
India are:
1. Water Pollution
Energy lite of waste water discharged by one industry pollutes eight times the quantity of fresh water.
(i) Minimising use of water for procuring by reusing and recycling it in two or more successive
stages.
(ii) Harvesting of rain water can be dense to meet water requirement.
(iii) Treating hot water and efuents before releasing them in rivers and ponds.
2. Air Pollution
(i) Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by tting smoke stacks to factories with
electrostatic precipitators, fabric lters, scrubbers and inertial separaters.
(ii) Smoke can be reduced by using oil or natural gas instead of coal in the factories.
3. Noise Pollution
(i) Machinery and equipments can be used and generators should be tted with silencers.
(ii) Almost all machineries can be redesigned to increase energy efciency and reduce noise.
(iii) Noise absorbing material may be used apart from personal use of ear plugs and earphones.

Q. 1. What factors are required to set up an in dustry in a region?
Ans. Factors required to set up an industry:
(i) Availability of raw materials: Raw materials should be easily available from nearby areas only.
(ii) Labour : Labour should be skilled and easily available from the neighbouring ar eas only.
(iii) Power supply : Without power supply, an industry cannot run, so it should also be available as
per the requirements.
(iv) Market : If it is a heavy material and a perishable good, market for the sale of the goods should
also be available in a nearby area only.
Q. 2. What are the major drawbacks for the cotton textile industry?
Ans. Major drawbacks:
l India has a large share in the world trade of cotton yarn but its trade in readymade garments
is only 4 per cent of the world’s total.
l India’s spinning mills are competitive at the global level and capable of using all the bres
produced.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
270
l But the weaving, knitting and processing units cannot use much of the high quality yarn that
is produced in the country.
l There are some large and modern factories in these segments, but most of the productions
are in fragmented small units, which cater to the local market.
This mismatch is a major drawback for the industry. As a result, many Indian spinners export
cotton yarn while garment manufacturers have to import fabric.
Q. 3. Why are jute mills concentrated along the Hoogly river? Explain giving reasons.
OR
“Jute industry is concentrated in the Hugli basin”. Validate the statement with three
suitable reasons. [CBSE Sample Paper 2017 ]
Ans. Reasons for concentration of jute mills along the Hoogly river:
l West Bengal is the storehouse of jute. It produces the highest quantity of jute.
l The industry requires a lot of water which is easily available from the Hoogly river.
l Cheap labour is easily available because of migrating labour from neighbouring states of
Bihar and Odisha.
l Inexpensive water transport in the river Hoogly is available.
l A large urban sector in Kolkata provides banking, insurance and loan facilities.
l Kolkata is a good harbour which can provide facilities for the export of jute products in
various parts of the world.
Q. 4. What is the contribution of manufacturing industry to the national economy?
Ans. l Over the last two decades, the share of manufacturing sector has stagnated to 17 per cent
of the GDP, which is required to be increased.
l The trend of growth rate in manufacturing over the last decade is around 7 per cent per
annum, whereas the desired growth rate is 12 per cent.

l Since 2003, manufacturing is once again growing at the rate of 9 to 10 per cent per annum.
l With proper policies of the government and efforts by the industry to improve productivity,
economists predict that manufacturing can achieve its target over the next de cade.
The National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) has been set up with this objective.
Q. 5. Classify industries on the basis of ownership.
Ans. On the basis of ownership, industries can be classied as:
(i) Public Sector: These industries are aimed and operated by the government agencies.
(ii) Private Sector: These industries are owned and operated by private entrepreneurs, e.g .,
TISCO, Bajaj Auto Ltd., Reliance Industries, Dabur Industries, etc.
(iii) Joint Sector: These industries are jointly run by the state and individual or a group of
individuals. Oil India Ltd. (OIL) is jointly owned by public and private sectors.
(iv) Cooperative Sector: These industries are owned and operated by the prod ucers or suppliers
of raw materials, workers or both. They pool in the resources and share the prots or losses
proportionately such as the sugar industry in Maharashtra, the coir industry in Kerala.
Q. 6. What is the status of India in jute production?
Ans. India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods and stands at second place as an exporter
after Bangladesh. There are about 70 jute mills in India. Most of these are located in West Bengal,
mainly along the banks of the Hugli river, in a narrow belt. The rst jute mill was set up near
Kolkata in 1859 at Rishra. After partition in 1947, the jute mills remained in India but three-
fourths of the jute producing areas became part of Bangladesh.
Q. 7. Explain any two main challenges faced by the jute industry in India. Explain any three
objectives of National Jute Policy. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Challenges faced by the jute industry:
(i) Stiff competition in the international market from synthetic substitutes.
271 Geography:
(ii) To stimulate the demand of the products need to be diversied.
(iii) Stiff competition from the other competitors like Bangladesh, Brazil etc.
Objective of National Jute policy:
(i) Increasing productivity
(ii) Improving quality.
(iii) Ensuring good prices to the jute farmers.
(iv) Enhancing the yield per hectare.
Q. 8. What is India’s status in chemicals production?
Ans. The chemical industry in India is growing fast and diversifying. It contributes approximately three
per cent of the GDP. It is the third largest in Asia and occupies the twelfth place in the world in
terms of its size. It comprises both large-scale and small-scale manufacturing units. Rapid growth
has been recorded in both inorganic and organic sectors.
Q. 9. What is the status of cement industry in India?
Ans. The rst cement plant was set up in Chennai in 1904. After Independence, the industry expanded.
Decontrol of price and distribution since 1989 and other policy reforms led the cement industry
to make rapid strides in capacity, process, technology and production. There are 128 large plants
and 332 mini cement plants in the country. India produces a variety of cement, which is needed
for domestic as well as international market.
Q. 10. What is the current position of automobile industry in India?
Ans. Automobile industry provides vehicle for quick transport of goods and passengers. Trucks, buses,
cars, motorcycles, scooters, three-wheelers and multi-utility vehicles are manufactured in India
at various centres. After the liberalisation, the coming in of new and contemporary models
stimulated the demand for vehicles in the market, which led to the healthy growth of the industry
including passenger cars, two and three-wheelers. The industry had experienced a quantum
jump in less than 15 years. Foreign Direct Investment brought in new technology and aligned the
industry with global developments.
Q. 11. Why are sugar mills concentrated in sugarcane producing areas? Explain any three
problems faced by sugar industry in India. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
OR
Give reasons as to why the ideal location of sugar mills is near sugarcane producing areas.
Support the statement with reasons.
Ans. Sugar industries are concentrated in the sugarcane producing areas:
(i) Sugarcane is a perishable good, it looses its sucrose content if delays in transportation
occurs, so it needs to be in the nearby place.
(ii) Sugarcane is bulky and perishable, so transportation cost reduces.
(iii) Near it is to the production area, its production automatically increases.
(iv) The raw material used in the sugar mills, that sugarcane is bulky.
(v) In haulage, its sucrose content reduces.
Challenges:
(i) Seasonal nature of the industry.
(ii) Old and inefcient methods of production.
(iii) Transport delays in reaching cane to the mills.
(iv) Need to maximise the use of bagasse.
Q. 12. Analyse the role of chemical industries in the Indian economy. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Role of chemical industries in the Indian Economy :
(i) It contributes approximately 3 % of the GDP.
(ii) It is the 3rd largest in Asia and occupies the 12th place in the world.
(iii) It compromises both large and small scale manufacturing units.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
272
(iv) Rapid growth has been recorded in both inorganic and organic sector.
(v) Organic chemicals include petrochemicals which are used for manufacturing of synthetic
bers, rubber, plastics, and dye stuffs.
(vi) Inorganic chemicals include sulphuric acid, fertilizers, synthetic bers, plastics, adhesives,
paints etc.
(vii) The chemical industry is its own largest consumer.
Q. 13. Suggest any ve measures to control industrial pollution in India. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Measures To Control Industrial Pollution
(i) Minimizing the use of water for processing by reusing and recycling it in two or more
successive stages
(ii) Harvesting of rainwater to meet water requirements
(iii) Treating hot water and efuents before releasing them in to rivers and ponds.
(iv) Treatment of industrial efuents can be done in three phases
(v) Primary treatment by mechanical means involves screening, grinding, occulation and
sedimentation. , Secondary treatment by biological process, Tertiary treatment by biological,
chemical and physical processes. This Involves recycling of wastewater.
(vi) Overdrawing of ground water needs to be regulated legally.
(vii) Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by tting smoke stacks to factories with
electrostatic precipitators, fabric lters, scrubbers and inertial separators.
(viii) Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas instead of coal in factories.
(ix) Machinery and equipment can be used and generators should be tted with silencers.
(x) Almost all machinery can be redesigned to increase energy efciency and reduce noise.
(xi) Noise absorbing material may be used apart from personal use of earplugs and earphones.

Q. 1. How is manufacturing sector considered the backbone of economic development of the
country? Explain any three points in this regard.
OR
“The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing
industries.” Support the statement with arguments. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. Manufacturing sector is considered as the backbone of economic development of our country due
to following reasons:
(i) Manufacturing Industries not only help in modernising agriculture, which forms the backbone
of our economy, they also reduce the heavy dependence of people on agricultural income by
providing them jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors.
(ii) Industrial development eradicates unemployment and poverty from our country. This was
the main philosophy behind public sector industries and joint sector ventures in India. It
was also aimed at bringing down regional disparities by establishing industries in tribal and
backward areas.
(iii) Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce, and brings in much needed
foreign exchange.
(iv) Countries that transform their raw materials into a wide variety of furnished goods of high
value are prosperous. India’s prosperity lies in increasing and diversifying its manufacturing
industries as quickly as possible.
Q. 2. “Agriculture gives boost to the Industrial Sector.” Support the statement with arguments.
Ans. Agriculture and Industry are not exclusive of each other.
(i) They move hand in hand.
273 Geography:
(ii) The Agro-Industry in India has given a major boost to agriculture by raising its productivity.
(iii) They depend on agriculture for raw material and sell their products such as irrigation pumps,
fertilisers, insecticides, pesticides, plastics and PVC pipes, machines and tools, etc. to the
farmers.
(iv) Thus, development and competitiveness of manufacturing industry has not only assisted
agriculturists in increasing their production but also made the production processes very
efcient.
Q. 3. “The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing
industries.” Give three arguments to support this statement.
Ans. (i) In the present day world of globalisation, one industry needs to be more efcient and
competitive, self sufciency alone is not enough.
(ii) One manufactured goods must be at par in quality with those in the international market.
Only then we will be able to compete in the international market and earn foreign exchange.
(iii) Countries that transform their raw materials into a wide variety of furnished goods of higher
values are prosperous like Japan and US are industrialised. India’s prosperity lies in increasing
and diversifying its manufacturing industries as quickly as possible.
Q. 4. “The textile industry occupies unique position in the Indian economy.” Justify.
OR
Explain the contribution of textile industry in the Indian economy. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Textile Industry occupies unique position in Indian economy due to following reasons:
(i) It occupies a unique position in the Indian economy because it contributes signicantly to
the industrial production (14 per cent).
(ii) It employs about 35 million people directly and earns foreign exchange of about 24.6 per
cent. The second largest after agriculture.
(iii) The industry has close links with agriculture and provides a living to farmers, cotton ball
pluckers and workers engaged in ginning, spinning, weaving, dyeing, designing, packaging,
tailoring and sewing.
(iv) The handspun Khadi provides large scale employment to weavers in their haves as cottage
industry.
(v) India exports yarn to Japan and exports cotton goods to USA, UK, Russia, France, East
European countries, Nepal, Singapore, Sri Lanka and African countries. It helps in earning
foreign exchange about 24.6%.
(vi) We have a large share in the world trade of cotton yarn, accounting for one tenth of the total
trade.
(vii) One spinning mills are competitive at the global land and capable of using all the bres we
produce.
(viii) It contributes 4 per cent to our GDP. This industry is self-reliant and complete in the value
chain from raw material to the highest value added products.
Q. 5. Why have the demands of Jute products increased internally as well as globally?
Ans. The demand for jute products increased internally as well as globally due to following reasons:
(i) Jute is a biodegradable product and due to invasion of plastics, Jute is needed for being
environment friendly.
(ii) Many countries want to get rid of plastic bags and want to replace it with environment
friendly jute bags.
(iii) Jute industry also support a large number of marginal farmers who are engaged in cultivation
of Jute and Mesta in the countries like India and Bangladesh.
(iv) Internal demand has increased in India due to the Government’s policy of Jute Packaging.
Q. 6. “Production and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of a country’s
Xam idea
Social Science–X
274
development.” Examine the statement.
Ans. (i) Iron and steel Industry is the basic industry. Since all the other industries —heavy, medium
and light, depend on it for their machinery.
(ii) Steel is needed to manufacture a variety of engineering goods.
(iii) It is also needed as construction material, defence, medical, telephonic, scientic equipment
and a variety of consumer goods.
Therefore, production and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of a country’s
development.
Q. 7. Why is aluminium smelting industry close to power sector? Describe other important
factors for location of aluminium smelting. Why is this industry gaining importance? Give
reasons.
Ans. (i) Aluminium smelting industry is close to the power sector as regular supply of electricity is
the prerequisite for the industry.
(ii) 18,600 Kwh of electricity is needed per ton of bauxite ore for manufacturing aluminium.
Aluminium smelting plants in the country are located in Odisha, West Bengal, Kerala, Uttar
Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu.
Aluminium Industry is gaining power due to following reasons:
(i) It is light, resistant to corrosion a good conductor of heat, malleable and becomes strong
when it is mixed with other metals.
(ii) It is used for manufacturing aircrafts, utensils and wires.
(iii) It has gained popularity as a substitute of steel, copper, zinc and lead in a number of industries.
Factors of Location
Bauxite, the raw material used in the smelters is a very bulky, dark reddish coloured rock.
Q. 8. Examine the impact of liberalisation on automobile industry in India.
Ans. (i) Automobiles provide vehicles for quick transport of goods, services and passengers.
(ii) This Industry had experienced a quantum jump in less than 15 years.
(iii) Foreign direct investment brought in new technology and aligned the industry with global
developments.
(iv) Now you have any latest automobile vehicle launched in any part of the world simultaneously
it is launched in our country.
(v) After liberalisation, the coming in of new and contemporary models stimulated the demand
for vehicles in the market, which led to the healthy growth of the industry including passenger
cars, two and three wheelers.
Q. 9. NTPC has set an example of a pollution-free industry. How is it possible? Explain.
Ans. l Optimum utilisation of equipments adopting latest techniques and upgrading existing
equipments.
l Minimising waste generation by maximising ash utilisation.
l Providing green belts for nurturing ecological balance.
l Addressing the question of special purpose vehicles of afforestation.
l Reducing environmental pollution through ash pond management, ash water recycling
system and liquid waste management.
l Ecological monitoring, reviews and online database management for all its power stations.
275 Geography:
Map Questions
Q. 1. (A) Locate and label the following features on the political map of India. 1×3=3
(i) Cotton textile industries.
(B) Identify the features marked as A and B on the same given map of India political:
(a) Woollen Textile Industry (b) Iron and steel plant
Ans.
INDIA
(B) (a) Punjab
(b) Bokaro
(A)
(i) Coimbatore
(A) (i) Coimbatore (B) (a) Punjab (b) Bokaro

Q. 2. Three features A, B and C are marked on the given political map of India. Identify these
features with the help of following information and write their names on the lines marked
in the map: 1×3=3
(i) A place where cotton textile industry is located.
(ii) A place where software technology park is located.
(iii) Iron and steel plant location. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans.
INDIA
(i)
Ahmedabad
(ii)
Bhubaneshwar
(iii)
Bhadravati
(i) Ahmedabad (ii) Bhubaneshwar (iii) Bhadravati

Xam idea
Social Science–X
276
Q. 3. Three features A, B and C are marked on the given political map of India. Identify these
features with the help of following information and write their names on the lines marked
in the map: 1×3=3
(i) Naraura – Nuclear Power Plant (ii) Tuticorin – Major Sea Port
(iii) Bhilai – Iron and Steel Plant [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans.
INDIA
(i)
Naraura
(iii)
Bhilai
Nuclear Power Plant

Major Sea Port
Iron & Steel Plant
(ii)
Tuticorin
Q. 4. On the given Political outline map of India, locate and label the following with appropriate
symbols : 1×3=3
(i) Bhilai – An Iron and Steel Plant
(ii) Narora – A Nuclear Power Plant
(iii) Kandla – A major Sea Port [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans.
INDIA
(ii)
Naraura
(iii)
Kandla
(i)
Bhilai
(i) Bhilai (ii) Naraura (iii) Kandla
277 Geography:
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. On what basis is the industrial sector classied into public and private sector?
2. Give an example of agro-based industry.
3. Which state is the leading producer of jute products in India?
4. Which sector has been a major source of foreign exchange for IT industry?
5. Which city has emerged as the ‘electronic capital’ of India?
1. What is manufacturing? How does manufacturing lead to value addition of the raw material?
Explain with the help of examples.
2. Mention any two challenges faced by the jute industry in India. State any one step taken by the
government to stimulate jute’s demand.
3. Describe any three main features of chemical industry.
4. Mention the negative impact of waste from the nuclear plant.
5. “Industrialisation and urbanisation go hand in hand”. Justify the statement by giving any three
arguments.
1. Explain any three physical factors and two human factors for the location of the industry.
2. How do industries pollute the environment? Give three reasons.
3. Which major industries are responsible for water pollution?
4. ‘Though India is an important iron and steel producing country in the world, yet we are not able
to perform to our full potential.’ Why?
Xam idea
Social Science–X
278
Map Work
Mark the following on the given outline political map of India: 1×3 = 3
Q One each Iron and steel, cotton textile plant.
Q One software technology park in Madhya Pradesh.
INDIA
zzz
279 Geography:
Lifelines of
6 National economy
ROADS
A number of roads were built during the Mughal rule. Sher Shah Suri built the Grand Trunk Road
from Chittagong (now in Bangladesh) in the east to Peshawar (now in Pakistan) in the west.
Significance of Roads
Roads are cheap and easy, both Roads are useful for short
in construction and markets, factories with farms distances, both for passengers
maintenance. and help in providing door to and goods.
door service.
THERE ARE SIX TYPES OF ROADS
Expressways National State Highways District Roads Village Roads Border Roads
Highways
are highways are constructed Connect the Connect the are constructed
with 4 to 6 lanes Connect one and maintained district villages with the and maintained
for state with by the state headquarters neighbouring by the Border
long-distances, another and are public work with other towns and cities. Roads
fast moving of national department places of the Organization in
importance. (PWD). They join district. These bordering areas
one part of the They are state capitals roads are of country.
country to constructed and with district maintained by
another. maintained by headquarters the Zila
the Central and other places Parishad.
public works of the district.
department
(CPWD).
Xam idea
Social Science–X
280
INLAND WATERWAYS
The Government has declared the following waterways as National Waterways.
National Waterways No. 1 National Waterways No. 2 National Waterways No. 3
Kollam & Kottapuram

(168 km).
The Ganga river between The Brahmaputra between The Champakara Canal
Allahabad & Haldia (1,620 km). Sadiya & Dhubri (891 km). (14 km).
The Udyogamandal
Canal (22 km).
Types of Airways
International Airports Domestic Airports
Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, There are 63 domestic airports in

Thiruvananthapuram, Bengaluru, the country.
Amritsar, Hyderabad, Ahmedabad,
Panaji, Guwahati and Cochin.
Airports are managed by Airport

Authority of India.
SEAPORTS
India has 12 major, 181 medium and minor seaports.
Major Ports on the West Coast Major Ports on the East Coast
Kandala, Mumbai, Jawaharlal Nehru (Nhava Sheva), Kolkata, Haldia, Paradip, Chennai, Vishakhapatnam,
Maunagao, New Mangalore and Cochin. Ennore and Tuticorin.
Biggest Indian Port - Mumbai
281 Geography:
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Transportation: The action of transporting someone or something from one place to

another.
2. Consumer: A person who purchases goods and services for personal use.
3. Communication: The imparting or exchanging of information by speaking, writing, or
using some other medium.
4. Topography: The arrangement of the natural and artificial physical features of an area.
5. Super Highways: A highway designed for travel at high speeds, having more than
one lane for each direction of traffic, a safety strip dividing the two directions, and
cloverleaves to route the traffic on and off the highway.
6. Sea Ports: A port harbour, or town accessible to a seacoast and providing accommodation
for seagoing vessels.
7. Tourism: The commercial organization and operation of holidays and visits to places
of interest.
8. State Highways are usually roads that link important cities, towns and district
headquarters within the state and connect them with National Highways or highways
of neighbouring states.
9. National Highways: Network of India is a network of highways that is managed and
maintained by agencies of the Government of India.
10. A Border Road Organisation (BRO) develops and maintains road networks in India’s
border areas and friendly neighbouring countries.
11. Railway Network: Rail transport is a means of conveyance to passengers and goods on
wheeled vehicles running on rails, also known as tracks. It is also commonly referred
to as train transport.
12. Trade: The action of buying and selling goods and services.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Multiple Choice Questions:
(i) Which of the following extreme locations are connected by the east-west corridor?
(a) Mumbai-Nagpur (b) Mumbai and Kolkata
(c) Silchar and Porbandar (d) Nagpur and Siligudi
Ans. (c) Silchar and Porbandar.
(ii) Which mode of transport reduces trans-shipment losses and delay?
(a) Railways (b) Roadways
(c) Pipelines (d) Waterways
Ans. (c) Pipelines.
(iii) Which one of the following States is not connected by H.V.J. pipeline?
(a) Madhya Pradesh (b) Maharashtra
(c) Gujarat (d) Uttar Pradesh
Ans. (b) Maharashtra.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
282
(iv) Which one of the following ports is the deepest land-locked and well protected port along
the east coast?
(a) Chennai (b) Paradip
(c) Tuticorin (d) Vishakhapatnam
Ans. (d) Vishakhapatnam.
(v) Which one of the following is the most important mode of transportation in India?
(a) Pipeline (b) Railways
(c) Roadways (d) Airways
Ans. (c) Roadways.
(vi) Which one of the following terms is used to describe trade between two or more countries?
(a) Internal trade (b) International trade
(c) External trade (d) Local trade
Ans. (b) International trade.
(i) State any three merits of roadways.
Ans. The three merits of roadways are:
(a) Roadways provide connectivity to the extreme parts of the country, even to such areas where
railways and other modes of transportation are not available. They can be formed on differing
topographies also, such as in jungles, over rivers, mountains, etc.
(b) Cost of construction and maintenance is much lower than other modes of transportation.
This allows different tiers of government and private operators to make roads and maintain
them as per their needs.
(c) Roads provide door to door service and is therefore is used as a means of access to other
modes of transport such as a link to railway stations, airports, ports, etc.
(ii) Where and why is the rail transport the most convenient means of transportation?
Ans. Railways are the most convenient means of transport in the Northern Plains of India. The at
terrain has eased the construction of rail tracks while dense population, agricultural and industrial
trade has favoured the growth of railways in this region. Rail transport is considered a convenient
mode of transportation as railways can transport larger number of goods and passengers over
long distances at economical cost and comfort.
(iii) What is the signicance of the border roads?
Ans. The Border Roads provide a link to the border frontiers and towns of our country. These roads
are required by armed forces to access and protect India’s border. The Border Road Organisation
under the Government of India constructs and maintains these roads.
(iv) What is meant by trade? What is the difference between international and local trade?
Ans. Exchange of goods, commodities or services between people, states or countries is termed as trade.
The exchange of commodities between two or more countries is termed as international trade.
Local trade is carried between cities, towns or villages within a particular region of a country.
(i) Why are the means of transportation and communication called the lifeline of a nation
and its economy?
Ans. The means of transportation provide the main link to transfer and exchange goods quickly,
especially large goods over long distances. This provides an efcient means to source raw materials
and distribute nished products, thereby leading to faster trade routes. They also provide a larger
coverage in terms of area, which brings people of different regions within the country and the
world closer to one another. Therefore, the means of transportation allow faster access to large
283 Geography:
number of producers and consumers, thereby leading to a growth in trade and subsequently
development of the economy.
(ii) Write a note on the changing nature of the International trade in the last fteen years.
Ans. Trade relations among different countries and regions have increased in the past 15 years. Many
countries such as China, Brazil, South Africa, India, among others have increased their share of
international trade. In India, export of agricultural products, mining products, jewellery, chemicals,
etc., while import of petroleum products, gold, engineering products, etc. have increased in the
past decade. There has been a growth of trade of services and human resources in the global
market. India has emerged as an exporter of Information Technology and large semi-skilled and
skilled labour.
Quiz Drive
(i) Northern terminal of the North-south corridor.
(ii) The name of National Highway No. 1
(iii) The headquarter of the southern railway zone.
(iv) The rail gauge with a track width of 1 676 m.
(v) The southern terminal of the National Highway No. 7.
(vi) A Riverine Port.
(vii) Busiest railway junction in Northern India.
Ans. (i) Srinagar
(ii) Delhi-Dankuni (near Kolkata) (its the port of the Golden quadrilateral super highways).
(iii) Chennai central (iv) Broad gauge (v) Tuticorin
(vi) Port of Kolkata (vii) Mughal Sarai

Q. 1. Why do we need transportation?
Ans. Goods and services do not move from their supply locations to demand locations on their own.
The movement of these goods and services necessitates the need for transport.
Q. 2. Why is an efcient means of transport considered as a pre-requisite for fast development?
Ans. The pace of development of a country depends upon the production of goods and services as well
as their movement over space. Therefore, an efcient means of transport is a pre-requisite for fast
development.
Q. 3. How are transport, communication and trade complimentary to each other?
Ans. For a long time, trade and transport were restricted to a limited space. Today the world has been
converted into a large village with the help of efcient and fast moving transport. Transport has
been able to achieve this with the help of equally developed communication system.
Q. 4. What has contributed to the socio-economic progress of India?
Ans. Today, India is well linked with the rest of the world despite its vast size, diversity and linguistic
and socio-cultural plurality. Railways, airways, waterways, newspaper, radio, television, cinema,
internet, etc., have been contributing to its socio-economic progress in many ways.
Q. 5. Classify roads on the basis of their capacity.
Ans. (i) North-South Corridors (ii) East-west Corridors
(iii) Golden Quadrilateral (iv) National Highways
(v) State Highways (vi) District Roads
(vii) Rural Roads (viii) Border Roads
Q. 6. What is the extent of North-South Corridor of India?
Ans. North-South Corridor links Srinagar (Jammu and Kashmir) to Kanyakumari (Tamil Nadu).
Xam idea
Social Science–X
284
Q. 7. Name the southern terminal station of the ‘North-South Corridor.’ [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Kanyakumari
Q. 8. Name the river which is related to ‘National Waterways’ No. 1. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Ganga
Q. 9. How is East-West Corridor connected?
Ans. East-West Corridor is connecting Silchar (Assam) in the East to Porbandar (Gujarat) in the west.
Q. 10. What do you know about Golden Quadrilateral?
Ans. The government has launched a major road development project linking Delhi-Kolkata, Chennai-
Mumbai and Delhi by six lane super highway. It is looked after by National Highway Authority of
India.
Q. 11. Who looks after the National Highways of India?
Ans. National highways link extreme parts of the country. These are the primary road systems and are
laid and maintained by Central Public Works Department (CPWD).
Q. 12. What do you know about National Highway 1?
Ans. The historical Sher Shah Suri Marg is called National Highway 1. It is located between Delhi and
Amritsar.
Q. 13. Which places are linked by National Highway 2 and 3?
Ans. National Highway 2 links Delhi to Kolkata and National Highway 3 links Gwalior to Jhansi.
Ans. National Highway 7 is the longest and traverses 2, 3, 6, 9 kms between Varanasi and Kanyakumari
via Jabalpur, Nagpur, Hyderabad, Bangalore and Madurai.
Q. 15. How is Mumbai and Delhi connected by road?
Ans. Delhi and Mumbai is well connected by National Highway 8.
Ans. National Highway 15 covers most of the Rajasthan.
Q. 17. Who looks after State Highways of India?
Ans. State Highways are constructed and maintained by the State Public Works Department (PWD) in
states and union territories.
Q. 18. Name the river related to National Waterways No. 2. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. The river related to National Waterway No.2 is River ‘Brahmaputra’.
Q. 19. What do you know about District Roads?
Ans. District Roads connect the district headquarters with other places of the district. These roads are
maintained by Zila Parishad.
Q. 20. What is ‘Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana’?
Ans. Rural roads connecting villages to the towns received special impetus under Pradhan Mantri
Gram Sadak Yojana. Under this scheme, special provisions are made so that every village in the
country is linked to a major town in the country by all season motorable road.
Q. 21. What do you know about Border Roads Organisation?
Ans. Border Roads Organisation is a Government of India undertaking which constructs and maintains
roads of the bordering areas of the country. This organization was established in 1960 for the
development of the roads of strategic importance in the northern and north eastern border areas.
Q. 22. Classify roads on the basis of type of material used in them?
Ans. (i) Metalled Roads—May be made of cement, concrete or even bitumen of coal, therefore, they
are all weather roads.
(ii) Unmetalled roads—Are Kuccha roads, mostly used in rural areas and go out of use in the rainy
season.
285 Geography:
Q. 23. What does ‘Road Density’ mean?
Ans. The length of road per 100 sq. kms of area is known as density of roads.
Q. 24. What is the status of road density in India?
Ans. Distribution of roads is not uniform in the country. Density of all roads varies from only 10 kms.
in Jammu and Kashmir to 375 kms in Kerala with National Average of 75 km (1996-97).
Q. 25. Why is railways considered a principal mode of transport in India.
Ans. Railways are the principal mode of transportation for freight and passengers in India. Railway
also make it possible to conduct multifarious activities like business, sightseeing, pilgrimage
along with transportation of goods over longer distances.
Q. 26. When was the rst train in India launched?
Ans. The rst train steamed off from Mumbai to Thane in 1853, covering a distance of 34 kms.
Q. 27. What is the network of railways in northern plains?
Ans. The northern plains with their vast level land, high population density and rich agricultural
resources provided the most favourable condition for their growth.
Q. 28. What is the status of railways in hilly tracts?
Ans. In the hilly terrains of peninsular region, railway tracts are laid through low hills, gaps or tunnels.
Q. 29. How are Konkan railways materialised?
Ans. In recent times, the development of the Konkan railway along the west coast has facilitated the
movement of passengers and goods in this most important economic region of India. It has also
faced a number of problems such as sinking of track in some stretches and landslides.
Q. 30. What is a new arrival on the transportation map of India? [CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Ans. Pipeline transport network is a new arrival on the transportation map of India to transport liquids
as well as solids in slurry form.
Q. 31. What is the signicance of waterways?
Ans. Waterways are the cheapest means of transportation. They are the most suitable transportation
system for carrying heavy and bulky goods. It is fuel efcient and environment friendly mode of
transport.
Q. 32. Where are National Waterway 1 and 2 located?
Ans. (i) The Ganga river between Allahabad and Haldia is National Waterway 1.
(ii) The Brahmaputra river between Sadiya and Dhubri is National Waterway 2.
Q. 33. Where is National Waterway 3 located?
Ans. The West-Coast Canal in Kerala (Kottapuram—Kollam, Udyogamandal and Champakara canals)
forms the National Waterway 3.
Q. 34. How many ports do we have in India?
Ans. With a long coastline of 7516.6 kms, India is dotted with 12 major and 181 medium and minor
ports.
Q. 35. Name the rst sea port developed after independence on the western coast of India.
[CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. First Sea Port developed after independence –Kandla
Q. 36. Write about the port developed in place of Karachi port, which has gone to Pakistan.
Ans. Kandla in Kutch was the rst port developed soon after the independence to ease the volume of
trade on the Mumbai port in the wake of loss of Karachi port to Pakistan after partition.
Q. 37. What are the benets of Kandla port today?
Ans. Kandla is a tidal port. It caters to the convenient handling of exports and imports of highly
productive granary and industrial belt stretching across the states of Jammu and Kashmir,
Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Rajasthan and Gujarat.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
286
Q. 38. What is the contribution of two ports of Mumbai?
Ans. Mumbai is the biggest port with a spacious natural and well-sheltered harbors. The Jawaharlal
Nehru Port was planned with a view to decongest the Mumbai Port and serve as a hub port for this
region.
Q. 39. What is the role of Goa port to Economy of India?
Ans. Marmagao Port of Goa is the premier iron ore exporting port of the country. This post accounts
for about 50% of India’s iron-ore exports.
Q. 40. Name the State related to National Waterways No. 3. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. State related to National Waterways No. 3 is Kerala.
Q. 41. Name the port and state which caters to the export of Iron-ore of Kudremukh river.
Ans. New Mangalore Port in Karnataka.
Q. 42. Where is Kochi port located?
Ans. Kochi is the extreme South-Western Port, located at the entrance of a lagoon with a natural harbor
in Kerala.
Q. 43. Which is the oldest articial Port of India?
Ans. Chennai is one of the oldest articial port of the country. It is ranked next to the one in Mumbai
in terms of the volume of trade and cargo.
Q. 44. Which is the deepest landlocked port of India?
Ans. Vishakhapatnam is the deepest landlocked and well protected port. This port was originally
conceived as an outlet for iron-ore exports.
Q. 45. Which is the Inland port of India?
Ans. Kolkata is an inland river port. This port serves a very large and rich hinterland of Ganga-
Brahmaputra basin.
Q. 46. What role does Pawanhans Helicopter Ltd. play?
Ans. Pawanhans Helicopter Ltd. provides helicopter service to Oil and Natural Gas Commission in its
off shore operations to inaccessible areas and difcult terrains like the North-Eastern States and
the interior parts of Jammu & Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh and Uttaranchal.
Q. 47. Name the Sea ports of Eastern Coast in descending order.
Ans. (i) Haldia and Kolkata Ports (ii) Vishakhapatnam Port
(iii) Chennai Port (iv) Tuticorin Port
Q. 48. Name the Sea ports of Western Coast in descending order.
Ans. (i)Kochi Port (ii) New Mangalore Port
(iii) Marmagao (iv) Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru Ports
(v) Kandla Port
Q. 49. Write the name of the international airport of Mumbai. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. International Airport of Mumbai-Chhatarpati Shivaji Airport.
Q. 50. What do you know about Indian postal network?
Ans. The Indian postal network is the largest in the world. It handles parcels as well as personal letters
or written communication.
Q. 51. What is the status of telecom network of India?
Ans. India has one of the largest telecom networks in Asia. Excluding urban places, more than two
thirds of the villages in India have already been covered with Subscriber Trunk Dialing (STD)
telephone facility. There is a uniform rate of STD facilities all over India.
Q. 52. How are telecommunication facilities able to reach remote areas of India?
Ans. It has been made possible by integrating the development in space technology with communication
technology.
287 Geography:
Q. 53. What does ‘Mass Communication’ mean?
Ans. Mass communication provides entertainment and creates awareness among people about various
national programmes and policies.
Q. 54. What does Mass communication include?
Ans. It includes radio, television, newspapers, magazines, books and lms. All India Radio (Akashvani)
broadcasts a variety of programmes in national, regional and local languages for various categories
of people spread over different parts of the country.
Q. 55. What is the role of Doordarshan in mass communication?
Ans. Doordarshan, the national television channel of India, is one of the largest terrestrial networks in
the world. It broadcasts a variety of programmes from entertainment, educational and sports, etc.,
for people of different age groups.
Q. 56. What kind of newspapers and periodicals are published in India?
Ans. India publishes a large number of newspapers and periodicals annually. Newspapers are published
in about 100 languages and dialects. The largest number of newspapers published in the country
are in Hindi, followed by English and Urdu.
Q. 57. What do you mean by ‘trade’?
Ans. The exchange of goods among people, states and countries is referred to as trade.
Q. 58. What is ‘International Trade’?
Ans. Trade between two or more countries is called International Trade.
Q. 59. What does ‘balance of trade’ mean?
Ans. The balance of trade of a country is the difference between its exports and imports.
Q. 60. What is favourable balance of trade?
Ans. When the value of exports exceeds the value of imports, it is called a favourable balance of trade.
Q. 61. What does unfavourable balance of trade mean?
Ans. If the value of imports exceeds the value of exports, it is termed as unfavourable balance of trade.
Q. 62. Is it true that India’s trade has been superseded by Information and Technology?
Ans. India has emerged as a software giant at the international level and it is earning large foreign
exchange through the export of information technology.
Q. 63. How many people visit India as foreign tourists?
Ans. 5.78 million foreign tourists visited India in 2010. Tourism in India has grown substantially over
the last three decades. Foreign tourist’s arrivals in the country witnessed an increase of 11.8
per cent during the year 2010 as against the year 2009, contributing Rs 64,889 crore of foreign
exchange in 2010.
Q. 64. What are the benets of tourism?
Ans. Tourism promotes national integration, provides support to local handicrafts and cultural pursuits.
It also helps in the development of international understanding about our culture heritage.
Q. 65. What types of tourisms attract tourists to India?
Ans. (1) Heritage tourism (2) Ecotourism (3) Adventure tourism
(4) Cultural tourism (5) Medical tourism (6) Business tourism
Q. 66. Which states are important destinations of foreign tourists?
Ans. Rajasthan, Goa, Jammu and Kashmir and temple towns of foreign tourists in India.
Q. 67. Handling of exports and imports on a large scale is done conveniently from the Kandla
port. Why? [CBSE Sample Paper 2017 ]
Ans. Kandla is a tidal port, hence large ship can enter and leave the port easily.
Q. 68. Which commodities are imported by India?
Ans. Commodities imported to India are petroleum and petroleum products, pearls and precious stones,
inorganic chemicals, coal, coke and briquettes, fertilisers, cereals, edible oils and newsprint.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
288
Q. 1. ‘‘Tourism industry in India has grown substantially over the last three decades.’’ Support
the statement. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Tourism industry in India has grown substantially over the last three decades
(i) Foreign tourism arrival in the country had seen an increase contributing Rs 21,828 crore of
foreign exchange.
(ii) More than 15 million people are directly engaged in tourism industry.
(iii) Over 2.6 million foreign tourists visit India every year.
(iv) Tourism also promotes national integration and provides support to local handicrafts.
Q. 2. ‘‘The advancement of international trade of a country is an index of its economic
development.’’ Justify the statement. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. ‘The advancement of international trade of a country is an index of its economic development :
(i) It is considered as the economic barometer of a country.
(ii) As the resources are space bound, no country can survive without international trade.
(iii) A favourable balance of trade of a country indicates economic development.
(iv) International trade helps in exchange of surplus goods with those of decit countries.
(v) Exchange of commodities and goods have been superseded by the exchange of information
and knowledge.
Q. 3. What are the problems faced by the Indian railways?
Ans. The Indian railways faces the following problems:
(i) Many passengers travel without tickets.
(ii) Thefts and damage of railway property has not yet stopped completely.
(iii) People stop the trains and pull the chain unnecessarily. This causes heavy damage to the railways.
Q. 4. What are the three important networks of pipeline transportation?
Ans. (i) From oileld in upper Assam to Kanpur via Guwahati, Barauni and Allahabad.
(ii) From Salaya in Gujarat to Jalandhar in Punjab via Viramgam, Mathura, Delhi and Sonipat.
(iii) Gas pipeline from Hazira in Gujarat connects Jagdishpur in Uttar Pradesh via Vijaipur in
Madhya Pradesh.
Q. 5. What are the advantages of waterways?
Ans. (i) Waterways are the cheapest means of transport.
(ii) They are most suitable for carrying heavy and bulky goods.
(iii) They are fuel-efcient and also environment-friendly mode of transport.
Q. 6. How does India account for the largest telecom network in India?
Ans. (i) More than two-thirds of the villages in India have already been covered with the Subscriber
Trunk Dialling (STD) telephone facility.
(ii) In order to strengthen the ow of information from the grassroot to the higher level, the
government has made special provision to extend twenty-four hours STD facility to every
village in the country.
(iii) There is a uniform rate of STD facilities all over India.
It has been made possible by integrating the development in space technology with communication
technology.
Q. 7. What are the advantages of using pipelines?
Ans. (i) Pipelines are used for transporting crude oil, petroleum products and natural gas from oil and
natural gas elds to reneries, fertilizer factories and big thermal plants.
(ii) Solids can also be transported through pipelines when converted into slurry.
289 Geography:
(iii) Initial cost of laying a pipeline is high but subsequent running costs are minimal. It rules out
transhipment loses or delays.
Q. 8. What is pipeline transportation? Write two merits and demerits of the same.
Ans. Pipeline transport network is the new mode of transport these days. In the past, pipelines were
used to transport water to cities and industries. Now, these are used for transporting crude oil,
petroleum products and natural gas from oil and natural gas elds to reneries, fertilizer factories
and big thermal power plants. Solids can also be transported through a pipeline when converted
into slurry.
Merits:
(i) Useful in transporting liquids and solid slurry from far away locations.
(ii) Subsequent running costs after laying down the network are minimal.
(iii) It rules out trans-shipment losses or delays.
Demerits:
(i) Initial cost of laying pipelines is high.
(ii) Pipelines can burst or can have leakage leading to wastage of valuable resource like water,
mineral oil, etc.
Q. 9. Why is air travel economical in north-eastern regions?
Ans. (i) Airways can cover very difcult terrains like high mountains, dreary deserts, dense forests
and long oceanic stretches with great ease.
(ii) North-eastern part of the country is marked with the presence of big rivers, dissected reliefs,
dense forests and frequent showers and oods and international frontiers, etc.
(iii) Air travel has made access easier to these undulating north-eastern states of India.
Q. 10. Give three advantages of personal communication.
Ans. (i) It keeps you in touch with your near and dear ones.
(ii) Long distance communication is also easier without physical movement of the communicator
or receiver.
(iii) It helps in integrating families.
Q. 11. Differentiate between personal and mass communication.
Ans.
Personal Communication Mass Communication
1. It’s the communication between person to It’s the communication among masses.
person.
2. It provides necessary communication It provides entertainment as well as creates

between two people making man a social awareness among the masses.
animal.
3. We have letters, e-mails, SMSs, telephone It includes radio, television, newspapers,
and mobile phone facilities which also magazines, books, films, etc.
include STD and ISD services.
Q. 12. Which three highways are included in Super Highways of India?

Ans. (i) Golden Quadrilateral: The government of India has launched a major road development
project linking Delhi, Kolkata, Chennai, Mumbai and Delhi by a six-lane super highway.
(ii) The North-South Corridor: In the north, it links Srinagar of Jammu & Kashmir to
Kanyakumari in Tamil Nadu.
(iii) The East-West Corridor: It connects Silchar of Assam in the east to Porbandar of Gujarat in
the west.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
290
Q. 13. What are the major objectives of these Super Highways?
Ans. The major objective of these Super Highways is to reduce the time and distance between mega
cities of India. These projects have also helped in the economic development of the country. These
highway projects are being implemented by the National Highway Authority of India (NHAI).
Q. 14. What is the strategic importance of New Mangalore and Kochi ports?
Ans. (i) New Mangalore: This port is located in Karnataka and caters to the export of iron ore
concentrates from Kudremukh mines.
(ii) Kochi: Kochi is the extreme South-Western port, located at the entrance of a lagoon with a
natural harbour. This port is having the biggest ship building yard.
Q. 15. What kind of port is Port of Tuticorin?
Ans. Moving along the east coast, we can see the extreme South Eastern Port of Tuticorin. This port
has a natural harbour and rich hinterland. It has a ourishing trade handlings of a large variety of
cargoes to even our neighbouring countries like Sri Lanka, Maldives, etc. and the coastal regions
of India.
Q. 16. Name the major international airports of India.
Ans. (i) Delhi: Indira Gandhi International Airport
(ii) Amritsar: Raja Sansi International Airport
(iii) Kolkata: Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose International Airport
(iv) Mumbai: Chhatrapati Shivaji International Airport
(v) Chennai: Meenambakkam International Airport
(vi) Thiruvananthapuram: Nedimbacherry International Airport.
Q. 17. What is India’s status in the making of feature lms?
Ans. India is the largest producer of feature lms in the world. It produces short lms, video feature
lms and video short lms. The Central Board of Film Certication is the authority to certify both
Indian and foreign lms.
Q. 18. What commodities are exported by India?
Ans. Commodities exported from India are: agriculture and allied products, ores and minerals, gems
and jewellery, chemical and allied products, engineering goods and petroleum products. India has
emerged as a ‘software giant’ at the international level and it is earning foreign exchange through
the export of information technology.
Q. 19. Why do the movement of goods and services from one place to another require fast and
efcient means of transport ? Explain with examples. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Requirement of efcient means of transport:
(i) We use different materials and services in our daily life. Some of these are available in our
immediate surroundings, while other requirements are met by bringing things from other
places.
(ii) Goods and services do not move from supply locales to demand locales on their own. The
movement of these goods and services from their supply locations to demand locations
necessitates the need for transport.
(iii) The products come to the consumers by transportation.
(iv) The pace of development of a country depends upon the production of goods and services as
well as their movement over space.
Q. 20. Evaluate any three features of ‘Golden Quadrilateral’ Super Highways. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Three features of Golden quadrilateral Super Highways:
(i) It is the government project of major road development linking Delhi, Kolkata, Chennai,
Mumbai and Delhi.
(ii) It is six lane super highways.
291 Geography:
(iii) It has the objective to reduce the time and distance between the mega cities of India.
(iv) It is implemented by the NHAI for quick and comfortable movement of goods and passengers
in India.
Q. 21. “Information and Communication technology has played a major role in spreading out
production of services across countries.” Justify the statement with examples. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Technology stimulated the globalization process:
(i) Improved transportation technology has made much faster delivery of goods across long
distance at lower cost.
(ii) Goods are placed in the containers that can be loaded intact onto ships, railways, planes and
trucks.
(iii) Technology in the areas of telecommunication, computers, and internet has been changing
rapidly.
(iv) Telecommunication facilities are used to contact one another around the world.
Q. 22. “Airways is the most preferred mode of transport in North-Eastern states of India.” Give
three reasons to prove this preference. [CBSE Sample Paper 2017 ]
OR
Why is air travel more popular in the North-Eastern states of India? Explain.
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Air travel is more popular in the north eastern states of India because:
(i) The north-eastern part of the country is marked with the presence of big rivers, dissected
relief and dense forests hence, it is difcult to construct roads and railway lines there.
(ii) There are frequent oods and international frontiers, which require immediate and quick
attention from the government authorities. Floods also damage roads and railway lines.
(iii) Air travel has made access to north-eastern part of the country easier and quicker.

Q. 1. Examine with example the role of means of transport and communication in making our
life prosperous and comfortable. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Role of means of transport and communication :
Efcient means of transport are pre requisites for fast development.
(i) Today the world has been converted into a large village with the help of efcient and fast
moving transport.
(ii) We can proudly say that India is well linked with the rest of the world despite its large size.
(iii) Railways, Airways, Waterways, Newspapers , Radio , Television , Cinema and Internet etc have
been contributing to the socio-economic progress in many ways.
(iv) The trades from local to international levels have added to the vitality of its economy.
(v) It has enriched our lives and added substantially to growth and comfort.
Q. 2. What are the various means of mass communication used in India?
Ans. (i) It includes radio, television, newspapers, magazines, books and lms.
(ii) All India Radio broadcasts a variety of programmes in national, regional or local languages.
(iii) Doordarshan, the national television channel of India broadcasts a variety of programmes
ranging from entertainment, education to sports, etc.
(iv) India publishes a large number of newspapers and periodicals annually.
(v) Newspapers are published in about 100 languages and dialects.
(vi) India is the largest producer of feature lms in the world. It produces short lms, video feature
lms and video short lms.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
292
Q. 3. What is the importance of Indian railways?
Or
State any four merits of railways.
Ans. (i) Railways is the principal mode of transportation for freight and passengers in India.
(ii) Railways also makes it possible to conduct a number of activities like business, sightseeing,
pilgrimage along with transportation of goods over long distances.
(iii) Apart from being a means of transport, the Indian railways has been a great integrating force
for more than 150 years.
(iv) Railways in India binds the economic life of the country by developing industry and agriculture
through transportation. The Indian railways is the largest public sector undertaking in India.
Q. 4. Classify roads of India on the basis of their capacity.
Ans. (i) Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways: These projects are implemented by the National
Highway Authority of India (NHAI). There are three major Super Highways. Golden
Quadrilateral starts from Delhi, moves to Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata and back to Delhi. The
North-South Corridor starts from Srinagar to Kanyakumari. The East-West Corridor connects
Silchar to Porbandar.
(ii) National Highways: These roads are laid and maintained by Central Public Works Department
(CPWD). A number of major National Highways run in North-South and East-West directions,
e.g., Sher Shah Suri Marg is called National Highway No. 1.
(iii) State Highways: Roads linking a state capital with different district headquarters are
known as state highways. These roads are constructed and maintained by States and Union
Territories.
(iv) District Roads: These roads connect the district headquarters with other places of the
district. These roads are maintained by the Zila Parishad.
(v) Rural Roads: These roads link rural areas and villages with towns. These roads are constructed
under the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak Yojana.
Q. 5. What do you know about Kandla Port?
Ans. Kandla in Kachchh was the rst port developed soon after Independence to ease the volume of
trade on the Mumbai port. It is the only important port of Gujarat as after partition, the Karachi
port had become a part of Pakistan. It is a tidal port. It caters to the convenient handling of
exports and imports of highly productive granary and industrial belt stretching across the states
of Jammu & Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Rajasthan and Gujarat.
Q. 6. What is the contribution of Mumbai and Goa ports in the economy of India?
Ans. Mumbai is the biggest port with a spacious, natural and well-sheltered harbor. The Jawaharlal
Nehru port was planned with a view to decongest the Mumbai port and serve as a hub port for this
region.
Marmagao port of Goa is the premier iron ore exporting port of the country. This port accounts for
about fty per cent of India’s iron ore export.
Q. 7. What is the role played by the Eastern coastal ports of India in trade?
Ans. (i) Chennai: It is one of the oldest articial ports of the country. It is ranked next to Mumbai in
terms of volume of trade and cargo.
(ii) Vishakhapatnam: It is the deepest land-locked and well-protected port. This port was
originally conceived as an outlet for iron ore exports.
(iii) Paradip Port: It is located in Odisha and specialises in the export of iron ore.
(iv) Kolkata: It is an inland riverine port. This port serves a very large and rich hinterland of
Ganga-Brahmaputra basin. Being a tidal port, it requires constant dredging of Hoogly.
(v) Haldia Port: It was developed as a subsidiary port, in order to relieve growing pressure on the
Kolkata port.
293 Geography:
Q. 8. What are the advantages of airways?
Ans. l Today, air travel is the fastest, most comfortable and the prestigious mode of transport.
l It can cover very difcult terrains like high mountains, dreary deserts, dense forests and also
long oceanic stretches with great ease.

l In north-eastern part of India, there are big rivers, dissected relief, dense forests and frequent
oods and international frontiers. In such situations, air transport is considered to be the best
option. Government of India has made special provisions to make air travel pocket friendly to
north-eastern states of India.
Q. 9. Which tourisms attract foreigners to India?
Ans. Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, ecotourism, adventure tourism, cultural tourism,
medical tourism and business tourism. Agra (UP), Rajasthan, Goa, Jammu & Kashmir and temple
towns of South India are important destinations of foreign tourists. There is a vast potential of
tourism development in the north-eastern states and the interior parts of Himalayas, but due to
strategic reasons, these have not been encouraged so far. However, there lies a bright future ahead
for this upcoming industry.
Q. 10. Compare and contrast the merits and demerits of Roadways with those of Railways.
Ans. Roadways v/s Railways
(i) Construction cost of roads is much lower than that of railway lines and construction time is
also comparatively less.
(ii) Roads can traverse comparatively more dissected and undulating topography which is a
limitation in case of railways.
(iii) Roads can negotiate higher gradients of slopes and as such can traverse mountains like the
Himalayas, whereas the mountainous regions are unfavourable for the construction of railway
lines due to high relief, sparse population and lack of economic opportunities. Likewise, it is
difcult to lay railway lines on the sandy plains in the deserts, swampy or forested tracks.
(iv) Road transport is economical in transportation of few persons and relatively smaller amount
of goods over short distances whereas railways are suitable for transportation of large number
of people and goods in bulk, especially over long distances.
(v) Roadways provide door-to-door service, thus the cost of loading and unloading is much lower
but railways have not reached everywhere, still there are places which are yet to be connected
with the railways.
(vi) Road transport is also used as a feeder to other modes of transport such as they provide a link
between railway stations, air and sea ports. On the other hand, railways work as a life line for
the economic growth of a country as they carry raw materials and produced goods from one
part of the nation to another on a large scale.
Q. 11. What is trade? Explain the importance of international trade. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. Trade: The exchange of goods among people, states and countries is referred to as trade.
Importance:
(i) International trade of a country is an index to its economic prosperity.
(ii) It is considered the economic barometer for a country.
(iii) As the resources are space bound, no country can survive without international trade.
(iv) Countries have trade relations with the major trading blocks.
(v) Exchange of commodities and goods have been superseded by the exchange of information
and knowledge.
Q. 12. ‘‘Dense and efcient network of transport is a prerequisite for trade.’’ Examine the
statement. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Dense and efcient network of transport
Xam idea
Social Science–X
294
(i) They provide trade and connectivity facilities.
(ii) Railways, airways, water ways, etc. have been contributing to its socioeconomic progress in
many ways.
(iii) The trades from local to international levels have added to the vitality of its economy.
(iv) It has enriched our lives.
(v) It has added substantially to growing amenities and facilities for the comforts of life.
(vi) The world has been converted into a large village with the help of efcient and fast moving
transport.
Q. 13. “Roadways still have an edge over railways in India.” Support the statement with arguments.
[CBSE (Comptt) 2017, CBSE Delhi 2017, CBSE (AI) 2016 ]
OR
How do roadways score over railways in India?
Ans. Roadways still have an edge over railways in India:
(i) Construction cost of roadways is much lower than that of railways. Its maintianance is cheap
easy.
(ii) Roads can traverse comparatively more dissecting and undulating plains.
(iii) Roads can negotiate higher gradients of slopes and can traverse mountains like Himalayas.
(iv) Road transport is economical in transportation of few persons and small amount of goods
over short distances.
(v) It also provides door to door services.
(vi) Cost of loading and unloading is much lower.
(vii) Road transport is also used as a feeder to other modes of transport such as they provide link
between railway station, airports and sea ports.
(viii) It is useful for transport of perishable commodities.
Q. 14. Explain any ve major problems faced by road transport in India.
[CBSE (F) 2017, CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Five major problems faced by road transport in India are:
(i) Keeping in view the volume of trafc and passengers, the road network is inadequate.
(ii) About 50% of the roads are unmetalled.
(iii) This limits their usage during the rainy season.
(iv) The National highways are also inadequate.
(v) Moreover, the roads are highly congested in cities.
(vi) Most of the bridges and culverts are old and narrow.
Q. 15. Dene the term ‘tourism’. Why is tourism known as a trade? Explain. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. The denition of tourism is “The cultural, recreational and commercial visits to places of interest
in a country is known as tourism”
Tourism is known as trade.
(i) Foreign tourist arrivals in the country contributing ` 64,889/- crore of foreign exchange in
2010.
(ii) More than 15 million people are directly engaged in the tourism industry
(iii) Tourism provides support to local handicrafts.
(iv ) Foreign tourists visit India for medical tourism and business tourism.
(v ) Helps in the growth of national income and integrity.
295 Geography:
Q. 1. “Transport routes are called the basic arteries of our economy.” Support this statement
with examples.
Ans. l We use different materials and services in our daily life.
l Some of these are available in our immediate surroundings, while other requirements are
met by bringing things from other places.

l Goods and services do not move from supply locales to demand locales on their own.
l The movement of these goods and services from their supply locations to demand locations
necessitates the need for transport.

l Roads are very signicant in carrying goods from one place to another and serve for local,
national and international trade.

l Railways are the principal mode of transportation for freight and passengers in India. Railways
bind the economic life of the country as well as accelerate the development of industry and
agriculture.
l Pipeline transportation was used for water transportation only. Now these are used for
transporting crude oil, petroleum products and natural gas from oil and natural gas elds to
reneries, fertiliser factories and big thermal plants.
l Waterways are the cheapest mode of transport. They are most suitable for carrying heavy and
bulky goods.
l Air travel today is the fastest, most comfortable and prestigious mode of transport. Pawan
Hans helicopters Ltd. provides helicopter services to oil and natural gas commission in its
offshore operations to inaccessible areas and difcult terrains like the North eastern states
and interior parts of Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh and Uttrakhand.
Q. 2. ‘Transport, communication and trade are complementary to each other’. Explain with two
examples.
Ans. The pace of development of a country depends upon the production of goods and services as well
as their movement over space. Therefore, efcient means of transport is a prerequisite for fast
development.
l For a long time, trade and transport were restricted to a limited space.
l With the development in science and technology the area of inuence of trade and transport
expanded far and wide.

l Today the world has been converted into a large village with the help of efcient and fast
moving transport.
l Transport has been able to achieve this with the help of equally developed communication
system.
l Therefore, transport, communication and trade are complementary to each other.
Q. 3. Why is the distribution of roads not uniform in India? Explain with examples.
Or
What problems are we facing with roadways in India?
Ans. Distribution of roads is not uniform in the country.
(i) Density of all roads varies from only 10 kms in Jammu and Kashmir to 552 kms in UP with
national average of 125 kms.
(ii) Keeping in view the volume of trafc and passengers, the road network is inadequate.
(iii) About half of the roads are unmettled and this limits their usage during the rainy season.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
296
(iv) The roadways are highly congested in cities and most of the bridges and culverts are old and
narrow.
Q. 4. “The distribution pattern of Indian Railway network is inuenced by the physiographic
factors.” Examine the statement.
OR
How do physiographic, economic and administrative factors inuence the railway network
in India? [CBSE (Comptt) 2017 ]
OR
Analyse the physiographic and economic factors that have inuenced the distribution
pattern of the railway network in our country. [CBSE, 2015 ]
OR
Explain with examples the conditions responsible for uneven distribution pattern of the
railway network in India. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Physical and economic factors have inuenced the distribution pattern of the Indian
Railways Network:
(i) Northern Plains : Level land , high population density and rich agricultural resources provided
the development of Railways in these plains. However a large number of rivers requiring
construction of bridges across their wide banks posed some obstacles .
(ii) Peninsular region and the Himalayan region : The railway tracts are laid through low hills ,
gaps or tunnels .The Himalayan mountainous regions are unfavourable for the construction
of railway lines due to high relief , sparse population and lack of economic opportunities .
(iii) Desert of Rajasthan: It was difcult to lay railway lines on the sandy plain of western Rajasthan
which has hindered the development of railways .
(iv) Swamps of Gujarat, forested tracks of Madhya Pradesh, Chattisgarh, Odisha and Jharkhand
are also not suitable for the development of railways.
(v) The contiguous stretch of sahyadri could be crossed only through gaps or passes. Although
the development of Konkan railway along the west coast has facilitated the movement of
passengers and goods in the most important economic region of India. It has also faced a
number of problems such as sinking of track in some stretches and landslides.
(vi) Peninsular plateau rich in minerals promotes industrial development, encourage the railway
tracks.
Q. 5. Describe the measures taken for the quick delivery of mails in cities and large towns.
Or
How is classication of mails done by the postal networks of India?
Ans. l The Indian postal network is the largest in the world. It handles parcels as well as personal
written communication.
l Cards and envelops are considered rst class mail and are airlifted between stations covering
both land and air.
l To facilitate quick delivery of mails in large town and cities, six main channels have been
introduced recently. They are called: (1) Rajdhani Channel, (2) Metro Channel, (3) Green
Channel, (4) Business Channel, (5) Bulk Mail Channel & (6) Periodical Channel.
Q. 6. “No country can survive without international trade in the present Global world.” Explain
the statement.
Ans. l As the resources are space bound, no country can survive without international trade.
297 Geography:
l Export and import are the components of trade.
l International trade helps in exchange of surplus goods with those of decit countries through
foreign trade.
l International trade helped India in increasing its productivity and improving quality of its
products and then exporting the manufactured goods.
l International trade had also helped India to import recent technology to improve its
productivity and the quality of the product.

l Government’s policy of globalisation and liberalisation had helped four folds in making its
place in the Global World.

Q. 7. Why is tourism considered a trade as well as an industry?
Ans. Tourism in India has grown substantially over the last three decades.
(i) Foreign tourists’ arrival in the country had seen an increase, contributing ` 64,889 crore of
foreign exchange.
(ii) More than 15 million people are directly engaged in tourism industry.
(iii) Tourism also promotes national integration and provides support to local handicrafts.
(iv) It also helps in the development of international understanding about Indian culture and
heritage.
(v) Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, ecotourism, adventure tourism, cultural
tourism, medical tourism and business tourism.
(vi) Rajasthan, Agra (UP), Goa, Jammu & Kashmir and temple towns of South India are important
destinations of foreign tourists in India.
Q. 8. Means of transportation and communication called the lifelines of a nation and its
economy. Why?
OR
“Efcient means of transport are pre-requisites for the fast development.” Express your
views in favour of this statement. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. (i) Movement of goods and services from their supply locations to demand locations necessitates
the need for transport.
(ii) The pace of a country depends upon the production of goods and services as well as their
movement over space.
(iii) Therefore, efcient means of transport and communication are prerequisites for fast
development.
Therefore, modern means of transport and communication serve as lifelines of our nation and its
modern economy.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
298
Map Questions
Q. 1. Locate and label the following features on the outline map of India: 1×3=3
(a) Tuticorin Port (b) Rajiv Gandhi Airport (c) National Highway-2
Ans.
Delhi
NH-2
(c)
Kolkata
(b)
Rajiv Gandhi Airport
(a)
Tuticorin Port
(a) Tuticorin Port (Tamilnadu) (b) Rajiv Gandhi Airport (Hyderabad, Telangana)
(c) Marked in bold black line
Q. 2. Identify and mark the following on the given outline map of India: 1×3=3
(a) Two international Airports (with names) (b) Golden quadrilateral
Ans.
(a) Delhi
(Indira Gandhi
International Airport)
(a)
(b)
Golden Quadrilateral
Mumbai
(a) (Chhatrapati Shivaji
International Airport)
(a) (i) Indira Gandhi International Airport (Delhi)

(ii) Chhatrapati Shivaji International Airport (Mumbai)
(b) Marked in bold black line
299 Geography:
Q. 3. Identify and mark the following on the given outline map of India: 1×3=3
(a) Salem – Iron and Steel Centre
(b) Kandla – Major Sea Port
(c) Hyderabad – Software Technology Park
Ans.
INDIA
(b)
Kandla
(c)
Hyderabad
(a)
Salem
(a) Selam (Tamilnadu)

(b) Kandla (Gujarat)
(c) Hyderabad (Telangana)
Xam idea
Social Science–X
300
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Which state has the highest road density?

2. Which port has been developed to decongest Kolkata Port?
3. Which port is the biggest with a spacious natural and well-sheltered harbour?
4. What is the length of coastline of India?
1. Explain any four merits and two demerits of air transport.

2. What is Balance of Trade? In which situations is it favourable and unfavourable.
3. Describe any three features of waterways in India.
4. Describe the signicance of tourism as a trade in India.
5. Explain the improvements made by Indian Railways in its functioning.
1. Describe any ve points of importance of mass communication.

2. Explain giving four reasons how tourism as an industry has a bright future in India.
3. “Advancement of international trade of a country is an index of its economic prosperity”. Justify
the statement with ve arguments.
4. Explain why road transport still need to be developed in India. What are the priority areas?
5. Why are border roads important for us?
301 Geography:
Map Work [1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Mark the following on the given outline political map of India:

(a) East-West Corridor from Silchar to Porbandar
(b) Two sea ports on the west coast
INDIA
POLITICAL
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
302
POLITICAL SCIENCE
1. POWER SHARING
2. FEDERALISM
3. DEMOCRACY AND DIVERSITY
4. GENDER, RELIGION AND CASTE
5. POPULAR STRUGGLES AND MOVEMENTS

[NOTE: CHAPTER 5 IS TO BE DONE AS PROJECT WORK
ONLY AND WILL NOT BE EVALUATED IN THEORY]
6. POLITICAL PARTIES
7. OUTCOMES OF DEMOCRACY
8. CHALLENGES TO DEMOCRACY
DEMOCRATIC POLITICS–II
Power
1 sharing
BASIC CONCEPTS�A FLOW CHART
BELGIUM
Geographical Position Area and population Ethnic Composition Capital
•
Small country in Europe. • Smaller in area than the Indian • 59% speak Dutch • 80% speak French
•
Shares borders with Netherlands, state of Haryana (population little • 40% speak French • 20% speak Dutch.
France & Germany. over one crore). • 1% speak German.
Note: In Brussels, the Dutch –speaking people are in minority, which is opposite of the rest of the country, where they are in
majority.
SRI LANKA
Geographical Position Population Ethnic Composition Religion
• A Smaller island in Asia, off the • About two crore people •

74% Sinhalese speaking people, • Most of the Sinhala
southern coast of Tamil Nadu. (same as Haryana’s) •
18% Tamil speaking people, speaking people are
•
13% are natives of Sri Lanka, Buddhists.
known as Sri Lankan Tamil. • Most of the Tamils are
Hindus or Muslims.
Note: Majoritarianism in Sri Lanka

A belief that only the majority community should circle a country, make laws for everyone and with total disregard to the
wishes and needs of the minority. V
ACCOMMODATION IN BELGIUM
Equal number of Special Laws to State Government A separate government A third government
Dutch and French become Acts are not made for Brussels, equal called the Community
speaking Minister need majority subordinate to representation for both government elected by
in the Central from each central government. the linguistic groups. the Dutch, French and
Government. language group. German speaking
people in change of
language, cultural and
educational issues.
305 Political Science:

Democratic Politics–II
POWER SHARING
(Two reasons which make power sharing desirable)
Reasons
Prudential Moral
• Reduces the possibility of conflicts between different • The spirit of democracy calls for power sharing.
social groups. Social conflicts led to violence, political • People who are affected by the policies must have a hand
instability. in shaping those policies
• Prevents groups from overstepping their rights to enhance • Citizens participation is a must
their own power. • Moral reasons make power sharing essential and valuable.
• No single group can subvert the constitution power
sharing writes the nation.
• When power is not shared, it oppressed the minority and
even the majority.
POWER IS SHARED AMONG
Different Among the

Social Pressure Political Different
organs of the governments
Movements groups parties social groups
government at different levels
• Force the • Legislative They influence the

• • Lead the •
Religious (a) Central or Union
governments to • Executive government and competition. or Government,
change Laws. • Judiciary force them to • Coalition Linguistic State Government.
• Dowry, early change policies. governments groups. (b) Municipality and
marriage. They are famous
• are formed if Panchayats, Local
workers and any party Self government
industrialists. fails to get (known as federalism).
the majority.
• Parties have
to perform to
remain in
power.
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Majoritarianism: Rule by a majority, especially the belief that those constituting a simple
majority should make the rules for all the members of a group, nation, etc.
2. Ethic: A set of moral principles, especially ones relating to or affirming a specified group,
field, or form of conduct.
3. Minority: The smaller number or part, especially a number or part representing less than
half of the whole.
4. Majority: The greater number.
5. Native: A person born in a specified place or associated with a place by birth, whether
subsequently resident there or not.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
306
6. Community: A group of people living in the same place or having a particular characteristic
in common.
7. Accommodation: A convenient arrangement; a settlement or compromise.
8. Civil War: A war between the citizens of the same country.
9. Power Sharing: A policy agreed between political parties or within a coalition to share
responsibility for decision-making and political action.
10. Prudential: Involving or showing care and forethought, especially in business.
11. Democracy: A system of government by the whole population or all the eligible members
of a state, typically through elected representatives.
12. Community Government: A social group of any size whose member resides in a specific
locality, share government, and often have a common cultural and historical heritage.
13. Pressure Groups: A group that tries to influence public policy in the interest of a
particular cause.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. What are the different forms of power sharing in modern democracies? Give an example
of each of these.
Ans. In modern democracies, the people rule themselves through institutions of self-governance,
where the idea of power sharing has emerged in opposition to the notions of undivided political
power. The different forms of power sharing in modern democracies are:
(i) Power is shared among different organs of government such as legislature, executive and
judiciary in the form of horizontal distribution of power. Each organ exercises different
powers and checks and balances the power of others.
(ii) Federal division of power, where power is shared among different levels of government such
as Central, State and Municipal in form of vertical division of power. In India, the Union
Government, State government, Municipality and Panchayats form such a structure.
(iii) Community governments, where power is shared among different social groups such
as religious or linguistic groups. In Belgium, French and Dutch speaking people are
accommodated by given a fair share of power in government.
(iv) Political parties, pressure groups and movements inuence those in power by taking part
in coalition governments or participation in political committees. UPA and NDA Union
government are a form of power sharing among various political parties in India.
Q. 2. State one prudential reason and one moral reason for power sharing with an example
from the Indian context.
Ans. Tyranny of the majority undermines the unity of the nation therefore power sharing helps to
reduce the possibility of conict between social groups and ensures stability of the political order.
This is a prudential reason for power sharing. In India, seats in panchayat elections are reserved
for those from marginalized communities to ensure they have a stake in the political order.
Those who are affected by the exercise of power have the right to be consulted and acquire a
stake by sharing that power. This is the moral reason for power sharing. In India, the policy of
reservation in government recruitment ensures marginalized communities are given means to
become part of the structure of government.

Q. 3. After reading this chapter, three students drew different conclusions. Which of these do
you agree with and why? Give your reasons in about 50 words.
Thomman: Power sharing is necessary only in societies which have religious, linguistic or
ethnic divisions.
Mathayi: Power sharing is suitable only for big countries that have regional divisions.
Ouseph: Every society needs some form of power sharing even if it is small or does not
have social divisions.
Ans. I agree with Ouesph’s statement that every society needs some form of power sharing even if it
is small or does not have social divisions. Even if small, power sharing allows a sense of equality
and belonging within the larger society. Power sharing also ensures that small social groups are
accommodated and divisions in society do not emanate in the future.
Q. 4. The Mayor of Merchtem, a town near Brussels in Belgium, has defended a ban on speaking
French in the town’s schools. He said that the ban would help all non-Dutch speakers
integrate in this Flemish town. Do you think that this measure is in keeping with the spirit
of Belgium’s power sharing arrangements? Give your reasons in about 50 words.
Ans. No, the measure is not in the spirit of Belgium’s power sharing arrangements. Belgium ensures
that both French-speaking and Dutch-speaking communities are accommodated equally. The
measure leads to the tyranny of the Dutch majority and would lead to marginalization of French-
speakers. This would lead to their division from society rather than integration.
Q. 5. Read the following passage and pick out any of the prudential reasons for power sharing
offered in this.
“We need to give more power to the panchayats to realise the dream of Mahatma Gandhi
and hopes of the makers of the constitution. Panchayati Raj establishes true democracy.
It restores power to the only place where power belongs in a democracy – in the hands of
the people. Giving power to panchayats is also a way to reduce corruption and increase
administrative efciency. When people participate in the planning and implementation of
developmental schemes, they would naturally exercise greater control over these schemes.
This would eliminate the corrupt middlemen. Thus, panchayati Raj will strengthen the
foundations of our democracy.”
Ans. Prudential reasoning means to be based on careful calculation of gains and losses. The prudential
reason for Panchayati Raj is that it restores power directly to the people, allows greater control
over developmental schemes and would increase administrative efciency. It would also reduce
corruption and eliminate the corrupt middlemen.
Q. 6. Different arguments are usually put forth in favour of and against power sharing. Identify
those which are in favour of power sharing and select the answer using the codes given
below. Power sharing:
A. reduces conict among different communities
B. decreases the possibility of arbitrariness
C. delays decision making process
D. accommodates diversities
E. increases instability and divisiveness
F. promotes people’s participation in government
G. undermines the unity of a country
(a) A B D F
(b) A C E F
(c) A B D G
(d) B C D G
Ans. (a)
Xam idea
Social Science–X
308
Q. 7. Consider the following statements about power sharing arrangements in Belgium and Sri
Lanka.
A. In Belgium, the Dutch-speaking majority people tried to impose their domination on
the minority French-speaking community.
B. In Sri Lanka, the policies of the government sought to ensure the dominance of the
Sinhala-speaking majority.
C. The Tamils in Sri Lanka demanded a federal arrangement of power sharing to protect
their culture, language and equality of opportunity in education and jobs.
D. The transformation of Belgium from unitary government to a federal one prevented a
possible division of the country on linguistic lines.
Which of the statements given above are correct?
(a) A, B, C & D (b) A, B and D (c) C & D (d) B, C & D
Ans. (d)
Q. 8. Match list I (forms of power sharing) with List II (forms of government) and select the
correct answer using the codes given below in the lists:
List I List II
1. Power shared among different organs of A. Community government
government
2. Power shared among governments at B. Separation of powers
different levels
3. Power shared by different social groups C. Coalition government
4. Power shared by two or more political D. Federal Government
parties
1 2 3 4
(a) D A B C
(b) B C D A
(c) B D A C
(d) C D A B
Ans. (c)
Q. 9. Consider the following two statements on power sharing and select the answer using the
codes given below:
A. Power sharing is good for democracy.
B. It helps to reduce the possibility of conict between social groups.
Which of these statements are true and false?
(a) A is true but B is false (b) Both A and B are true
(c) Both A and B are false (d) A is false but B is true
Ans. (b)

Q. 1. With which countries does Belgium share border?
Ans. Belgium shares borders with Netherlands, France, Germany and Luxembourg.
Q. 2. What is the ethnic composition of Belgium?
Ans. 59 per cent of the populations lives in the Flemish region and speak Dutch language, 40 per

cent live in the Wallonia region and speak French, remaining one percent of the Belgians speak
German.
Q. 3. What is the ethnic composition of capital city Brussels?
Ans. In the capital city of Brussels, 80 percent people speak French while 20 percent are Dutch speaking
communities.
Q. 4. Why was the tension more acute in Brussels between two communities?
Ans. There was more tension in Brussels because the Dutch speaking people constituted a majority in
the country, but a minority in the capital.
Q. 5. What is the ethnic composition of Sri Lanka?
Ans. The Sinhala speakers are 74 per cent and Tamil speakers 18 per cent and among Tamils there are
two sub groups—Sri Lankan Tamils and Indian Tamils.
Q. 6. Which religions are followed by Sri Lankans?
Ans. Most of the Sinhala speaking are Buddhists, while most of the Tamils are Hindus or Muslims and
there are about 7 percent Christians, who are both Tamils and Sinhalas.
Q. 7. What could have happened if Dutch community had taken advantage of its majority in
Belgium?
Ans. In Belgium, the Dutch community could have taken advantage of its numeric majority and force
its will on the French and German speaking population. This would have pushed the conict
among communities further.
Q. 8. What kind of government was adopted by Sri Lanka?
Ans. Sri Lanka emerged as an independent country in 1948. The leaders of the Sinhala community sought
to secure dominance over government by virtue of their majority. As a result, the democratically
elected government adopted a series of majoritarian measures to establish Sinhala supremacy.
Q. 9. How did Sinhalese become the ofcial language of Sri Lanka?
Ans. In 1956, an Act was passed to recognise ‘Sinhala’ as the only ofcial language thus disregarding
Tamil.
Q. 10. Which religion is adopted as the state religion of Sri Lanka?
Ans. A new constitution stipulated that the state shall protect and foster Buddhism.
Q. 11. Why did Sri Lankan Tamils feel alienated from Sinhalese?
Ans. They felt that the constitution and government policies denied them even political rights,
discriminated against them in getting jobs and other opportunities and ignored their interests.
Q. 12. What were the demands of Political organisations of Tamils in Sri Lanka?
Ans. By 1980s, several political organisations were formed demanding an independent Tamil Eelam
(state) in northern and eastern parts of Sri Lanka.
Q. 13. What was the result of civil war in Sri Lanka?
Ans. As a result of civil war between two communities, thousands of people from both the communities
were killed. Many families were forced to leave the country as refugees and many more lost their
livelihoods.
Q. 14. What did Belgians do to bring the ethnic groups together?
Ans. The Belgian leaders recognised the existence of regional differences and cultural diversities.
Between 1970 and 1993, they amended their constitution four times so as to work out an
arrangement that would enable everyone to live together within the same country.
Q. 15. What was the division of power between Dutch and French speaking in Belgium?
Ans. The constitution prescribed that the number of Dutch and French speaking ministers shall be
equal in the central government. Thus, no single community can make decisions unilaterally.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
310
Q. 16. What was the division of power between Central and State governments of Belgium?
Ans. Many powers of the Central government have been given to State government of the two regions
of the country. The State governments are not subordinate to the Central Government.
Q. 17. What kind of government is there in Brussels?
Ans. Brussels has a separate government in which both the communities have equal representation.
The French speaking people accepted equal representation in Brussels because the Dutch speaking
community has accepted equal representation in the Central government.
Q. 18. What is the concept of ‘Community government’ of Belgium?
Ans. The ‘community government’ is elected by the people belonging to one language community—
Dutch, French and German speaking—no matter where they live. This government has the power
regarding cultural, educational and language related issues.
Q. 19. How did Belgium’s accommodation help to avoid civil war?
Ans. The new arrangements of the government helped to avoid civil strife between the two major
communities and a possible division of the country on linguistic lines.
Q. 20. What is the similarity between Belgium and Sri Lanka?
Ans. The similarity between Belgium and Sri Lanka is that both are democracies.
Q. 21. How did Belgians tackle the problems of different communities?
Ans. In Belgium, the leaders have realised that the unity of the country is possible only by respecting
the feelings and interests of different communities and regions. Such a realisation resulted in
mutually acceptable arrangements for sharing power.
Q. 22. How was Sri Lanka different from Belgium in making the decisions of their communities?
Ans. Sri Lanka showed us that if a majority community wants to force its dominance over others and
refuses to share power, it can undermine the unity of the country.
Q. 23. Which prudential reasons make power sharing desirable?
Ans. Power sharing is good because it helps to reduce the possibility of conict between social groups.
Power sharing is a good way to ensure the stability of political order.
Q. 24. What is the moral reason behind power sharing?
Ans. Power sharing is the very spirit of democracy. A democratic rule involves sharing power with
those affected by its exercise, and who have to live with its effects. People have a right to be
consulted on how they are to be governed.
Q. 25. What is the basic principle of democracy?
Ans. Basic principle of democracy is that people are the source of all political powers. In a democracy,
people rule themselves through institutions of self governance.
Q. 26. What is a good democracy?
Ans. In a good democracy, due respect is given to diverse groups and views that exist in a society.
Everyone has a voice in the shaping of public policies.
Q. 27. What is the horizontal distribution of power?
Ans. The power is shared among different organs of government such as legislative, executive and
judiciary.
Q. 28. Why is power sharing between different organs called horizontal distribution of power?
Ans. It is called horizontal distribution of power because it allows different organs of government
placed at the same level to exercise different powers.
Q. 29. Why is horizontal power sharing also called a ‘system of checks and balances’?
Ans. Each organ checks the other. This results in a balance of power among various institutions. In it,
ministers are responsible to parliament or state assemblies and judges are appointed by executive
but can check the functioning of executive or laws made by legislatures.

Q. 30. What is vertical division of power?
Ans. Power can be shared among governments at different levels—a general government for the entire
country and government at the provincial or regional level. This is also called federal division of
power as well as vertical division of power.
Q. 31. How is power shared among different social groups?
Ans. Power is also shared among different social groups, such as the religious and linguistic groups.
Socially weaker sections and women are also represent in the legislatures and administration.

Q. 1. What are the main principles of democracy?
Ans. l One basic principle of democracy is that people are the source of all political power.
l In a democracy, people rule themselves through institutions of self-governance.
l In a democracy, due respect is given to diverse groups and views that exist in a society.
lEveryone has a voice in the shaping up of public policies.
Q. 2. Why was the minority French speaking community relatively rich and powerful?
Ans. l French speakers got the benet of economic development.
l They were well-qualied and educated.
l Because of their qualications and education, they were well-settled and thus, rich and
powerful.
Q. 3. How did the Tamils make efforts to gain power in Sri Lanka?
Ans. (i) Sri Lankan Tamils launched parties and struggles for the recognition of Tamil as the ofcial
language.
(ii) They also made efforts for regional autonomy and equality of opportunity in securing
education and jobs.
(iii) Several political organisations were formed demanding an independent Tamil Eelam (state)
in northern and eastern parts of Sri Lanka.
Q. 4. What is so special about the ‘community government’ in Belgium?
Ans. (i) Community government is elected by people belonging to one language community—Dutch,
French and German speaking, no matter where they live.
(ii) This government has the power relating to culture, education and language issues.
(iii) This kind of government helped to avoid civic strife between the two major communities.
Q. 5. Why has the idea of power sharing emerged?
Ans. The idea of power sharing has emerged in opposition to the notions of undivided political power.
For a long time, it was believed that all powers of a government must reside in one person or
group of persons located at one place. It was felt that if the power to decide is dispersed, it would
not be possible to take quick decisions and to enforce them. But these notions have changed with
the emergence of democracy.
Q. 6. What does ‘Ethnic’ mean?
Ans. A social division based on shared culture. People belonging to the same ethnic group, believe in
their common descent because of similarities of physical type or of culture or both. They need not
always have the same religion or nationality.
Q. 7. What does ‘Majoritarianism’ mean?
Ans. It means a belief that the majority community should be able to rule a country in whichever
way it wants, by disregarding the wishes and needs of the minority, e.g ., Sri Lanka opted for
majoritarianism, in which majority Sinhalas rule the country.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
312
Q. 1. What factors led to a civil war in Sri Lanka?
Ans. l Measures taken in majoritarianism gradually increased the feeling of alienation among Sri
Lankan Tamils.
l They felt that the constitution and government policies denied them equal political rights,
discriminated against them in getting jobs and other opportunities and ignored their interests.
l As a result, the relations between Sinhalas and Tamil communities got strained over time.
l The Sri Lankan Tamils launched parties and struggles for the recognition of Tamil as an ofcial
language, regional autonomy and equality of opportunities in getting education and jobs.
l By the 1980s, several political organisations were formed demanding an independent Tamil
Elam (state) in northern and eastern parts of Sri Lanka.
l The distrust between the two communities turned into widespread conict. It soon turned
into a civil war. As a result, thousands of people of both the communities were killed.
Q. 2. How did the Belgium government solve its ethnic problem?
Ans. In Belgium, leaders recognised the existence of regional differences and cultural diversities. The
Belgian government accommodated its diverse ethnic population in the following manner:
l Constitution says that the number of Dutch and French speaking ministers shall be equal in
the Central government. Thus, no single community can make decisions unilaterally.
l Many powers of the Central Government have been given to the state governments, of
the two regions of the country. The state governments are not subordinate to the Central
government.
l Brussels has a separate government in which both the communities have equal representation.
l There is a third kind of government, called the ‘community government’. This government
is elected by the people belonging to one language community—Dutch, French and German
speaking, no matter where they live. This government has the power regarding cultural
education and language related issues.
These arrangements helped to avoid a civic strife between the two major communities and a
possible division of the country on linguistic lines.
Q. 3. What was the ethnic composition of Sri Lanka?
Ans. l The major social groups of Sri Lanka are: the Sinhala speakers (74 per cent) and the Tamil
speakers (18 per cent).
l Among Tamils there are two sub-groups: Tamil natives of the country are called ‘Sri Lankan
Tamils’ and the rest, whose forefathers came from India as plantation workers during colonial
period are called ‘Indian Tamils’.
l Sri Lankan Tamils are concentrated in the north and east of the country.
l Most of the Sinhala-speaking people are Buddhists, while most of the Tamils are Hindus or
Muslims. There are about 7 per cent Christians, who are both Tamils and Sinhalas.
Q. 4. What kind of power sharing problems were faced by Belgians and Sri Lankans?
Ans. In Belgium, the Dutch community could have taken advantage of its numeric majority and force
its will on the Flemists and German-speaking population. This would have pushed the conict
among all these communities further. This could lead to a very messy partition of the country;
both the sides would claim control over Brussels. In Sri Lanka, the Sinhala community enjoyed an
even bigger majority and could impose its will on the entire country.

Q. 1. How is ethnic composition of Belgium very complex? Explain.
Ans. The ethnic composition of this small country is very complex. Of the country’s total population,
59 per cent lives in Flemish region and speak Dutch language. Another 40 per cent people
live in the Wallonia region and speak French. Remaining one per cent of the Belgians speak
German. In the capital city Brussels, 80 per cent people speak French while 20 per cent are
Dutch speaking.
Q. 2. What measures were adopted by the democratically elected government of Sri Lanka to
establish Sinhala Supremacy.
Ans. (i) In 1956, an Act was passed to recognise ‘Sinhala’ as the only ofcial language; thus disregarding
Tamil.
(ii) The governments followed preferential policies that favoured Sinhala applicants for university
positions and government jobs.
(iii) A new constitution specied that the state shall protect and foster Buddhism.
Q. 3. Evaluate the steps which turned out to be milestones to establish majoritarianism in Sri
Lanka.
Ans. (i) Sri Lanka emerged as an independent country in 1948. The leaders of the Sinhala community
sought to secure dominance over government by virtue of their majority.
(ii) As a result, the democratically elected government adopted majoritarian measures to
establish Sinhala supremacy.
(iii) In 1956, an act was passed to recognise Sinhala, as the only ofcial language, thus disregarding
Tamil.
(iv) The government followed policies that favoured Sinhala applicants for university positions
and government jobs.
(v) With a new constitution, Buddhism was adopted as a state religion.
Q. 4. “Existence of Dutch and the French speaking people in Belgium created an ethnic tension.”
Elaborate the statement.
Ans. Causes of conict in Belgium:
(i) The minority French speaking community was relatively rich and powerful.
(ii) This was resented by the Dutch speaking community, who got the benets of economic
development and education much later.
(iii) This led to tension between the Dutch and French speaking communities.
Q. 5. Why was Brussels chosen as the headquarters during the formation of European Union?
Ans. l The Belgian leaders recognised the existence of regional differences and cultural diversities.
l Between 1970 and 1993, they amended their constitution four times, so as to work out an
arrangement that would enable everyone to live together within the same country.
l This arrangement was different from any other country and was very innovative, such as they
put the equal number of ministers in the central government from Dutch and French speaking
both.
l They formed a community government which would be empowered to take up cultural,
educational and language-related issues of their community.
Q. 6. “Power sharing is the very spirit of democracy.” Justify the statement with four suitable
points.
Or
Why is power sharing desirable? Give any three prudential reasons.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
314
Ans. l Power sharing helps to reduce the possibilities of conicts between various ethnic groups
living in a society.
l It helps in ensuring political stability, since a country can be run by all the communities
without giving preference to any majority community.
l It also reduces violence and linguistic problems. In India, there is diversity in language but our
constitution gives equal weightage to all the languages.
l Power sharing is actually being called the true spirit of democracy. It helps in bringing political,
economic, social and cultural stability to the nation.
Q. 7. Both Belgium and Sri Lanka are democracies but they follow different systems of power
sharing. Support the statement by giving these points of difference.
Ans. Both countries are democracies. Both have various ethnic groups living in their respective
countries.
Differences
(i) In Belgium, the leaders have realised that the unity of the country is possible only by
respecting the feelings and interests of different communities and regions. Such a realisation
resulted in mutually acceptable arrangement for sharing the power.
(ii) Sri Lanka shows us a contrasting example. It shows us that if a majority community wants to
force its dominance over others and refuses to share power, it can undermine the unity of the
country.
Q. 8. Explain the two main reasons why power sharing is important in a democracy.
Ans. The two main reasons are:
(i) Prudential Reasons: These lay emphasis on better outcomes of power sharing.
(a) Power sharing helps to reduce the possibility of conict between the social groups. Thus,
it ensures the stability of political order.
(b) Its absence results into imposition of will by majority community, which undermines the
unity of the nation.
(ii) Moral Reasons: These stress on power sharing as a valuable act because
(a) It is the very spirit of democracy.
(b) A democratic rule involves it with those affected by its exercise and who have to live with
its effects.
(c) A legitimate government is the one where citizens acquire a role in the system through
participation.
Q. 9. “Power is shared between different social groups.” Comment on this statement with the
help of an example.
Ans. Power may be shared among different social groups, such as the religious and linguistic groups. In
some countries, there are constitutional and legal arrangements whereby socially weaker sections
and women represent in the legislatures and administration.
There is a system of ‘reserved constituencies’ in our country. This type of arrangement is meant
to give space in the government and administration to diverse social groups who otherwise would
feel alienated from the government. This method is used to give minority communities a fair
share in power.
There is a government called “community government” in Belgium. This government is elected
by the people, belonging to one language or community—Dutch, French and German speaking,
no matter where they live. This government has the power regarding to culture, education and
language issues.
These arrangements help to avoid civic clashes and animosity between the two major communities
and possible division of the country on linguistic lines.

SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Which two languages are generally spoken in Belgium?

2. Which major social group constituted the largest share in population of Sri Lanka?
3. What is majoritarianism?
4. In which year, did Sri Lanka achieve its independence?
5. Which country has adopted Buddhism as its ofcial religion?
6. Suggest the prudential reason why power sharing is good for democracy.
1. Describe the tension that existed between the Dutch and the French speaking people in Belgium.
2. Describe the way in which power can be shared among governments at different levels.
3. What were the measures taken in Sri Lanka to establish Sinhala supremacy?
4. What do you understand by the term power sharing? Explain.
1. Compare the ways in which the Belgium and the Sri Lankans have dealt with cultural diversity.
2. Explain the signicance of ‘Democracy’ in details.
3. What were the two main causes of resentment in Belgium in 1960? How was the conict solved?
4. Why is power sharing desirable? Give any three prudential reasons.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
316
federalism
2
FEDERALISM
• Has two sets or • Two sets of • There are • No fundamental • An independent • Sources of
levels of identities – different terms provision of the judiciary revenue for each
government, one people belong to of government. constitution can prevents level of
at a regional level the region as Each has its be changed at conflicts government are
and two at the well as the own jurisdiction any level between centre clearly specified
national level. country. in matters of arbitrarily. and states in the to ensure
• Each region has legislation, Changes require exercise of their stability.
a separate taxation and the consent of powers.
system of administration, both levels of
government, central, regional government.
distinct powers and local.
and
responsibilities.
LEGISLATIVE POWERS
The union list The state list Concurrent list
• Has 97 subjects. • Has 59 subjects. • Has 47 subjects.

• Subjects of national interests – • Subjects like police local • Both the centre and the
defence, foreign policy, atomic energy, governments, trade and commerce states can make Laws on
banking, post and telegraph are within the state and agriculture are the subjects such as
included in this. included in it. education, forest, trade
• Only the union government can pass • Only the state governments can unions, marriage, adoption
laws on these subjects. pass laws on this list. and succession.

how
Xam idea
Social Science–X
318
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Jurisdiction: The official power to make legal decisions and judgements.
2. Federal having or relating to a system of government in which several states form a
unity but remain independent in internal affairs.
3. Federalism: The federal principle or system of government.
4. State Government or provincial government is the government of a countr y subdivision
in a federal form of government, which shares political power with the federal or national
government.
5. Central Government: The central government is the political authority that governs an
entire nation.
6. Coming together Federation: It involves independent states coming together on their
own to form a bigger unit so that by pooling sovereignty and retaining identity, they can
increase their security.
7. Holding together Federation is a type of federation, where a large country decides to
divide its power between.
8. Constitution: A body of fundamental principles or established precedents according to
which a state or other organization is acknowledged to be governed.
9. Three List: The constitution clearly provides a three fold distribution of legislative powers
between Union Government and the State government. Thus, it contains three lists –
l Union List in this list subjects of national importance are included, such as defence
of the country, foreign affairs, banking, communications, and currency.
l State List: It includes subjects of state and local importance such as police, trade,
commerce, agriculture and irrigation.
l Concurrent List: It includes subjects of common interest to both the Union and
state governments such as education, forest, trade unions, marriages, adoption and
succession.
10. Legislative: Having the power to make laws.
11. Legislature: The legislative body of a country.
12. Supreme Court: It’s the highest judicial court in a country or a state.
13. High Court: It’s the second highest judicial court in India.
14. Union Territory is a type of administrative division in the Republic of India. Unlike the
states, which have their own elected governments, union territories are ruled directly by
the Union Government (Central Government), hence the name ‘union territory’.
15. Linguistic: Relating to language or study of language.
16. Linguistic State: The States Reorganisation Act, 1956 was a major reform of the
boundaries of India’s states and territories, organising them along linguistic lines.
17. Coalition Government is a cabinet of a parliamentary government, in which several
political parties cooperate, reducing the dominance of any one party within that coalition.
18. Decentralisation: The transfer of authority from central to local government.
19. Panchayat: A village council
20. Municipal Council is the local government of a municipality.

NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Locate the following States on a blank outline map of India:
Manipur, Sikkim, Chhattisgarh and Goa.
Ans.
SIKKIM
MANIPUR
CHHATTISGARH
GOA
Q. 2. Identify and shade three federal countries (other than India) on a blank outline map of the
world.
Ans.
Russia
Brazil
Australia
Q. 3. Point out one feature in the practice of federalism in India that is similar to and one
feature that is different from that of Belgium.
Ans. One feature which is similar is that both countries practise ‘holding together’ federation model
where the power is divided between the constituent States and the national government. One
feature which is different is that in India, the National government holds more power as compared
Xam idea
Social Science–X
320
to the constituent States while in Belgium the state governments are not subordinate to the
Central Government.
Q. 4. What is the main difference between a federal form of a government and a unitary one?
Explain with an example.
Ans. Federal Government:
Federal government is a type of national government in which government has powers to delegate
the power to other elected members of the states and will have other tiers of government.
Unitary government is a kind of government system in which a single power controls the whole
government and will have only one tier of government. In India, there is a system of Central list,
State list and concurrent list which divides power among the Centre and State while in UK, the
Royal government is the sole power.
Q. 5. State any two differences between the local government before and after the constitutional
amendment in 1992.
Ans. The constitutional amendment of 1992 paved the way for further decentralization in India
by giving more power to the 3rd tier of government, panchayats and municipalities. The two
differences that occurred were:
(i) Elections were not held regularly but after the amendment, State Election Commission was
created to hold the elections regularly.
(ii) Marginalized communities had no provision for power sharing but after the amendment,
women, Scheduled Castes, Scheduled tribes and other backward classes were given reserved
seats in elected bodies.
Q. 6. Fill in the blanks:
Since the United States is a coming together type of federation, all the constituent States have
equal powers and States are strong vis-a-vis the federal government. But India is a holding
together type of federation and some States have more power than others. In India, the Union/
Central government has more powers.
Q. 7. Here are three reactions to the language policy followed in India. Give an argument and an
example to support any of these positions.
Sangeeta: The policy of accommodation has strengthened national unity.
Arman: Language-based States have divided us by making everyone conscious of their
language.
Harish: This policy has only helped to consolidate the dominance of English over all other
languages.
Ans. The statement by Sangeeta is correct. The policy of accommodation has strengthened national
unity. By accommodating major languages as national languages, safeguarded sentiments and
protected economic and social interests of the speakers. If like Sri Lanka, India would have
imposed Hindi as the sole national language, it would have alienated other languages and their
speakers thereby leading to divisions within the society.
Q. 8. The distinguishing feature of a federal government is:
(a) National government gives some powers to the provincial governments.
(b) Power is distributed among the legislature, executive and judiciary.
(c) Elected ofcials exercise supreme power in the government.
(d) Governmental power is divided between different levels of government.
Ans. (d) Governmental power is divided between different levels of government.
Q. 9. A few subjects in various Lists of the Indian Constitution are given here. Group them under
the Union, State and Concurrent Lists as provided in the table below.
A. Defence B. Police C. Agriculture
D. Education E. Banking F. Forests
G. Communications H. Trade I. Marriages

Ans.
Union List A, E and G
State List B, C and H
Concurrent List D, F and I
Q. 10. Examine the following pairs that give the level of government in India and the powers of
the government at that level to make laws on the subjects mentioned against each. Which
of the following pairs is not correctly matched?
(a) State government State List
(b) Central government Union List
(c) Central and State governments Concurrent List
(d) local governments Residuary powers
Ans. (d)
Q. 11. Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List I List II
1. Union of India A. Prime Minister
2.State B. Sarpanch
3. Municipal Corporation C. Governor
4. Gram Panchayat D. Mayor
1 2 3 4
(a) D A B C
(b) B C D A
(c) A C D B
(d) C D A B
Ans. (c) ACDB
Q. 12. Consider the following statements.
A. In a federation, the powers of the federal and provincial governments are clearly demarcated.
B. India is a federation because the powers of the Union and State Governments are specied
in the Constitution and they have exclusive jurisdiction on their respective subjects.
C. Sri Lanka is a federation because the country is divided into provinces.
D. India is no longer a federation because some powers of the states have been devolved
to the local government bodies.
(a) A, B and C (b) A, C and D (c) A and B only (d) B and C only
Ans. (c) A and B only

Q. 1. How was Belgian government shifted from a unitary to federal form of government?
Ans. One of the key changes made in the constitution of Belgium was to reduce the powers of Central
government and to give these powers to the regional governments. The regional governments
were given constitutional powers that were no longer dependent on the Central Government.
Thus, Belgium shifted from a unitary to federal form of government.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
322
Q. 2. What form of government was existing in Sri Lanka?
Ans. Sri Lanka continues to be for all practical purposes, a unitary system where the national
government has all the powers. Tamil leaders want Sri Lanka to become a federal system.
Q. 3. What is ‘Federalism’?
Ans. Federalism is a system of government in which the power is divided between a central authority
and various constituent units of the country.
Q. 4. Who has power to make law?
Ans. Legislative.
Q. 5. What is ‘Unitary System’?
Ans. Under the unitary system, either there is only one level of government or the sub units are
subordinate to the Central government. The Central government can pass on orders to the
provincial or the local government.
Q. 6. What is Federal system of Government?
Ans. In a Federal system, the Central Government cannot order the state government to do something.
State Government has powers of its own for which it is not answerable to the Central Government.
Q. 7. What does ‘Jurisdiction’ mean?
Ans. The area over which government has legal authority. The area may be dened in terms of
geographical boundaries or in terms of certain kinds of subjects.
Q. 8. How can you say that, ‘Each tier of government has its own Jurisdiction?
Ans. The jurisdiction of the respective levels or tiers of government are specied in the constitution.
So, the existence and authority of each tier of government is constitutionally guaranteed.
Q. 9. What is the role of courts in our Constitution?
Ans. Courts have the power to interpret the Constitution and the power of different levels of
government. The highest court acts as an umpire if disputes arise between different levels of
government in the exercise of their respective powers.
Q. 10. How is nancial autonomy of each tier of government ensured?
Ans. Sources of revenue for each level of government are clearly specied in the Constitution to ensure
their nancial autonomy.
Q. 11. What are the dual objectives of a federal system?
Ans. The dual objectives of the federal system are to safeguard and promote unity of the country and
at the same time accommodate regional diversity.
Q. 12. Which two aspects are crucial for the practice of Federalism?
Ans. (i) Government at different levels should agree to some rules of power sharing.
(ii) They should also trust that each would abide by its part of the agreement.
Q. 13. What is ‘coming together federation’?
Ans. When independent states coming together on their own, form a bigger unit, so that by pooling
sovereignty and retaining identity, they can increase their security, this is called ‘coming together
federation’.
Q. 14. Explain the term together federation’?
Ans. When a large country decides to divide its power between the constituent states and the national
government, it is called ‘holding together federation’.
Q. 15. What are the examples of coming together federation?
Ans. USA, Switzerland and Australia. In it, all the constituent states, usually have equal powers and are
strong.
Q. 16. What are the examples of holding together federation?
Ans. India, Spain and Belgium are examples of holding together federations. In it, the central
government tends to be more powerful vis-à-vis the states.
Q. 17. What was originally two tier system of government according to Indian Constitution?
Ans. The Constitution originally provided for a two-tier system of government, the Union Government
or what we call the Central Government representing the Union of India and the State governments.
Q. 18. Which third tier was added later on the system of Indian Government?
Ans. A third tier of Federalism was added in the form of Panchayats and Municipalities.
Q. 19. Which subjects are included in the union list?
Ans. Union list includes subjects of national importance such as defence, foreign affairs, banking,
communication and currency.
Q. 20. Why are these subjects included in the union list?
Ans. They are included in this list because we need a uniform policy on these matters throughout the
country. The union government also can make laws relating to these subjects in the union list.
Q. 21. Which subjects are included in the state list?
Ans. State list contains subjects of state and local importance such as police, trade, commerce,
agriculture and irrigation.
Q. 22. Give the subjects of Concurrent List.
Ans. The Concurrent list includes subjects of common interest to both the union government as well as
the state government, such as education, forests, trade unions, marriage, adoption and succession.
Both the union as well as the state governments can make laws on these subjects.
Q. 23. What happens, if there is a conict in the decision of state and Central Government?
Ans. Both the governments can make laws. If their laws conict with each other, the law made by the
Union Government will prevail.
Q. 24. What are residuary Subjects?
Ans. Subjects which do not fall into any of the three lists. In this subjects like computer software
and its related issues are included. Only Union Government has the power to legislate on these
subjects.
Q. 25. Is it true that all states in the Indian Union do not have identical powers? Explain.
Ans. It is true since some states of India enjoy a special status. Jammu and Kashmir has its own
constitution. Many provisions of the Indian Constitution are not applicable to this state without
the approval of the State Assembly. Similar special provisions exist for some other states of India
as well.
Q. 26. What are ‘Union Territories’?
Ans. These areas are too small to become an independent state but they could not be merged with any
of the existing states. These areas are called Union Territories. These territories do not have the
power of the state. The Central Government runs these areas.
Q. 27. Name the Union Territories of India.
Ans. Chandigarh, Lakshadweep Islands, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Dadar and Nagar Haveli, Daman
and Diu, Puducherry and Capital city of Delhi.
Q. 28. Is it easy to make changes in the power sharing arrangement of India? Explain.
Ans. No. It is not easy to make changes in the power sharing arrangements of India. The Parliament
cannot on its own change this arrangement.
Q. 29. How are changes made in power sharing arrangement of a country?
Ans. Any change to it has to be rst passed by both the Houses of Parliament with atleast two-thirds
majority. Then it has to be ratied by the legislatures of at least half of the total states.
Q. 30. What is the role of judiciary in power sharing arrangement?
Ans. The judiciary plays an important role in overseeing the implementation of constitutional
provisions and procedures. In case of any dispute about the division of powers, the High Courts
and the Supreme Court make a decision.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
324
Q. 31. What is the reason for real success of federalism in India?
Ans. The real success of federalism in India can be attributed to the nature of democratic politics in
our country. This ensured that the spirit of federalism respect for diversity and desire for living
together became a shared ideal in our country.
Q. 32. How were the new states created in India after independence?
Ans. In 1947, the boundaries of several old states of India were changed in order to create new states.
This was done to ensure that people who spoke the same language lived in the same state.
Q. 33. What was the fear in forming linguistic states in India?
Ans. When the demand for the formation of States on the basis of language was raised, some national
leaders feared that it would lead to the disintegration of the country. But the experience has
shown that the formation of linguistic states has actually made the country, more united.
Q. 34. What is the language policy of India?
Ans. Our Constitution did not give the status of national language to anyone language. Hindi was
identied as the ofcial language. Besides Hindi, there are 21 other languages recognised as
Scheduled Languages by the Constitution.
Q. 35. What are the ofcial languages of the states?
Ans. States have their own ofcial languages. Much of the government work takes place in ofcial
language of the concerned state.
Q. 36. How has English been added as second ofcial language of India?
Ans. According to the Constitution, the use of English for ofcial purposes was to stop in 1965. However
many non-Hindi speaking states demanded that the use of English should continue. The central
government responded by agreeing to continue the use of English alongwith Hindi for ofcial
purposes.
Q. 37. Had promotion of Hindi shown any formation to the language? Explain.
Ans. Promotion of Hindi continues to be the ofcial policy of the Government of India. Promotion
does not mean that the Central Government can impose Hindi on states where people speak a
different language. Flexibility shown by Indian political leaders helped our country avoid the kind
of situation that Sri Lanka faced.
Q. 38. How does sharing power in reality depend on ruling parties and their leaders?
Ans. For a long time, the same party ruled both at the centre and in most of the states. But when the
ruling party at the state level was different, the parties that ruled at the Centre tried to undermine
the powers of the state.
Q. 39. What is a Coalition Government?
Ans. When no single party gets a clear majority in the Lok Sabha, the major national parties had to
enter into an alliance with many parties including several regional parties to form a government
at the Centre.
Q. 40. How does Coalition government lead to a new culture of power sharing?
Ans. Coalition government led to a new culture of power sharing and respect for the autonomy of State
Governments. This trend was supported by a major judgement of the Supreme Court that made it
difcult for the Central Government to dismiss State Government in an arbitrary manner.
Q. 41. What is the need for power sharing within the states?
Ans. A vast country like India cannot be run only through two tiers. States in India are as large as
independent countries of Europe. Many of these states are internally very diverse. Thus, there is
a need of power sharing within the states.
Q. 42. What do you understand by ‘decentralisation’?
Ans. When power is taken away from Central and State governments and given to local government it
is called decentralisation.

Q. 43. What is the basic idea behind decentralisation?
Ans. The basic idea behind decentralisation is that there are a large number of problems and issues
which are best settled at the local level.
Q. 44. Why do we need local governments?
Ans. Local people have better knowledge of problems in their localities. They also have better ideas on
where to spend money and how to manage things more efciently.
Q. 45. How is local government the best way to realise principle of democracy of grass root level?
Ans. At the local level, it is possible for the people to directly participate in decision making. This helps
to inculcate a habit of democratic participation.
Q. 46. When was the major step towards decentralisation taken in our country?
Ans. A major step towards decentralisation was taken in 1992. The Constitution was amended to make
the third tier of democracy more powerful and effective.
Q. 47. Discuss the third tier of the decentralisation of power in India.
Ans. Now it is constitutionally mandatory to hold regular elections to the local government bodies.
Seats are reserved for SC, ST and Other Backward classes. Atleast one-third of all positions are
reserved for women.
Q. 48. What is Panchayati Raj?
Ans. Rural local government is popularly known as Panchayati Raj.
Q. 49. How is Gram Panchayat formed?
Ans. Each village in some states, has a Gram Panchayat. This is a council consisting of several ward
members, often called Panch, and a president or Sarpanch. They are directly elected by all the
adult population living in that ward or village.
Q. 50. What is a Gram Sabha? The panchayat works under the overall supervision of the gram
sabha.
Ans. All the voters in the village are its members. It has to meet at least twice or thrice in a year to
approve the annual budget of the Gram Panchayat and to review the performance of the Gram
Panchayat.
Q. 51. What is a Panchayat Samiti?
Ans. A few Gram Panchayats are grouped together to form a Panchayat Samiti or a Block.
Q. 52. How are members of Panchayat Samiti elected?
Ans. The members of Panchayat Samiti are elected by all Panchayat members in that area.
Q. 53. What is a Zila Parishad?
Ans. All the Panchayat Samitis or mandals in a district together constitute the Zila Parishad.
Q. 54. How are members of Zila Parishad elected?
Ans. Members of the Zila Parishad are elected on the basis of adult franchise from the district for a
term of ve years. It is headed by a president and a Vice-President. Zila parishad has minimum
of 50 and maximum of 75 members. There are seats reserved for SC/STs backward classes and
women. These councillors chosen by direct election from electoral division in the district.
Q. 55. What are Municipalities and Municipal Corporations?
Ans. Municipalities are local government bodies in smaller towns and Municipal Corporations are
meant for bigger towns.
Q. 56. Who are the chairpersons of Municipalities and Municipal Corporations?
Ans. Municipal chairman is the political head of the municipality. In a Municipal Corporation, such an
ofcer is called the Mayor.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
326
Q. 1. What are the two levels of federalism?
Ans. Federalism has two levels of government:
(i) One is the government for the entire country that is usually responsible for a few subjects of
common national interest.
(ii) The others are governments at the level of provinces or states that look after much of the
day-to-day administering of their state.
Q. 2. What is the role of the judiciary in a federal system?
Ans. (i) The Judiciary plays an important role in overseeing the implementation of constitutional
provisions and procedures.
(ii) In case of any dispute about the division of powers, the High Courts and the Supreme Court
make a decision.
(iii) The Union and State governments have the power to raise resources by levying taxes in order
to carry on the government and the responsibilities assigned to each of them.
Q. 3. Why were the linguistic states created?
Ans. (i) The creation of Linguistic States was the rst and a major test for democratic politics in our
country.
(ii) Many old states had vanished and many new states had been created.
(iii) Areas, boundaries and names of the states had been changed.
(iv) In 1947, the boundaries of several old states of India were changed in order to create new
states.
(v) This was done to ensure that people who spoke the same language lived in the same state.
Q. 4. How is Panchayat Samiti formed and at what level?
Ans. (i) Panchayat Samiti is formed at the block level.
(ii) The members of this representative body are elected by all the Panchayat members in that
area.
(iii) A few Gram Panchayats are grouped together to form a Panchayat Samiti or Block or Mandal.
Q. 5. What is Panchayati Raj?
Ans. (i) Rural local government is popularly known by the name of Panchayati Raj.
(ii) It has been divided into three tiers or three levels.
(iii) At the village level, there is a Gram Panchayat; at the block level, there is a Block Committee
and at the district level, there is a Zila Parishad.
Q. 6. What difculties are faced during local government elections?
Ans. (i) While elections are held regularly and enthusiastically, Gram Sabhas are not held regularly.
(ii) Most State governments have not transferred signicant powers to the local governments.
(iii) Nor were they given adequate resources.
Q. 7. “The constitution did not use the word ‘Federation’ but the Indian Union is based on the
principles of federations.” Explain this statement.
Ans. The Constitution did not use the word ‘Federation’ but it has the division of powers into a three-
tier system of the central government, the state governments and the local governments. The
Constitution of India has also mentioned the distribution of legislative powers in the form of
three lists namely—Union, State and Concurrent. So each level of the government has its own
jurisdiction to legislate. But we have a centralised federation in which Union g overnment carries
more powers than the State governments. It is seen in such a way that Union government has 97
subjects, whereas State as well as Concurrent lists have much less number of subjects. Besides,
Union government also has the power to legislate on the residuary powers.

Q. 1. How did India emerge as a federal state?
Ans. l India had emerged as an independent nation after a painful and bloody partition.
l Soon after independence, several princely states became a part of the country.
l The Constitution declared India as a Union of States.
l Although it did not use the word federation, the Indian Union is based on the principles of
federalism.
l The Constitution originally provided for a two-tier system of government, the Union
government or Central government, representing the Union of India and the State governments.
l Later, a third tier of ‘Panchayati Raj’ or local government was added.
Q. 2. How are Gram Panchayats formed?
Ans. Rural local government is popularly known as Panchayati Raj. Gram Panchayat is the smallest
unit at the village level.
l Each village or a group of villages in some states has a gram panchayat.
l This is a council consisting of several ward members often called Panch, and a President or
Sarpanch.
l They are directly elected by all the adult population living in that ward or village.
l It is a decision-making body for the entire village.
l The panchayats work under the overall supervision of the gram sabha; all the voters in the
village are its members.
l It has to meet at least twice or thrice in a year to approve the annual budget of the gram
panchayat and to review the performance of the gram panchayat.
Q. 3. Describe the three-fold distribution of legislative powers between the Union government
and State government.
Ans. It contains three lists:
(i) Union List: It includes subjects of national importance such as defence of the country,
foreign affairs, banking, communications and currency. They are included in this list because
we need a uniform policy on these matters throughout the country.
(ii) State List: The list contains subjects of state and local importance such as police, trade,
commerce, agriculture and irrigation. The state governments alone can make laws relating to
the subjects mentioned in the state list.
(iii) Concurrent List: Includes subjects of common interest to both, the Union government as
well as the State government such as education, forests, trade unions, marriage, adoption
and succession. Both the Union as well as State governments can make laws on the subjects
mentioned in this list. If their laws conict with each other, the law made by the Union
government prevails.
Q. 4. How is a Zila Parishad formed?
Ans. (i) All the Panchayat Samitis or mandals in a district together constitute the Zila Parishad.
(ii) Most members of the Zila Parishad are elected.
(iii) Members of the Lok Sabha and MLAs of that district and some of the ofcials of other district
level bodies are also its members.
(iv) Zila Parishad chairperson is the political head of the Zila Parishad.
Q. 5. How are constitutional changes made in a federal system?
Ans. l It is not easy to make changes to power sharing of power between the Union Government and
the State Government.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
328
l The Parliament cannot on its own change this arrangement.
l Any change to it has to be rst passed by both the houses of Parliament, with at least two-
thirds majority.
l Then it has to be ratied by the legislatures of at least half of the total states.
Q. 6. What special provisions are provided to some of the states of India?
Ans. Most of the federations that are formed by ‘holding together’ do not give equal power to its constituent
units. All states in Indian union do not have identical powers. Some states enjoy a special status,
like Jammu & Kashmir which has its own constitution. Many provisions of the Indian Constitution
are not applicable to this state without the approval of the State Assembly. Indians who are not the
permanent residents of this state cannot buy land or house here.
Q. 7. Which territories in India do not enjoy the powers of a state?
Ans. There are some units of the Indian Union which enjoy very little power. These areas are too small
to become an independent state but which could not be merged with any of the existing states
as well. The areas like Chandigarh, Lakshadweep or the capital city of Delhi are called Union
Territories. These territories do not have the powers of a State. The Central Government has
special powers in running these areas.
Q. 8. How is power shared in a coalition government?
Ans. After 1990, there was the rise of regional political parties as well as the beginning of the era of
‘Coalition Governments’ at the Centre. Since no single party got a clear majority in the Lok Sabha,
the major national parties had to enter into an alliance with many parties including several regional
parties to form a government at the centre. This led to a new culture of power sharing and respect
for the autonomy of State governments. This trend was supported by a major judgement of the
Supreme Court that made it difcult for the Central Government to dismiss state governments in
an arbitrary manner.
Thus federal power sharing is more effective today than it was in the early years after the
Constitution came into force.
Q. 9. Which local government bodies exist for the urban areas?
Ans. Municipalities are set up in towns. Municipal Corporations are constituted in big cities. Both
municipalities and municipal corporations are controlled by elected bodies consisting of people’s
representatives. Municipal Chairperson is the political head of the municipality. In a municipal
corporation, such an ofcer is called the ‘Mayor’.
Q. 10. State any two achievements and any two problems of the Panchayati Raj system.
Ans. The Panchayati Raj system of India has been introduced by Balwant Rai Mehta Committee. Its
achievements are:
(i) The introduction of local governments has helped to deepen the roots of democracy in India.
(ii) It has increased representation of scheduled castes, scheduled tribes and women as well.
At the same time, its problems are:
(i) While elections are held regularly but gram sabhas, block committees and zila parishads do
not hold their meetings regularly.
(ii) Most of the state governments are not ready to provide powers to the local governments.
Neither they are ready to provide sufcient funds for their needs.
Q. 11. ‘Promotion of Hindi continues to be the ofcial policy of government of India.’ Elucidate.
Ans. l According to the Constitution, the use of English for ofcial purposes was to stop in 1965.
l However, many non-Hindi speaking states demanded that the use of English should continue. In
Tamil Nadu, the movement took a violent turn.
l The Central Government responded by agreeing to continue the use of English along with
Hindi for ofcial purposes. Many critics think that this solution favoured the English-speaking
elite.
l Promotion of Hindi continues to be the ofcial policy of Government of India.
l Promotion does not mean that the Central Government can impose Hindi on states where
people speak a different language.
The exibility shown by Indian political leaders helped our country avoid the kind of situation
that Sri Lanka nds itself in.

Q. 1. Distinguish between ‘coming together federation’ and ‘holding together federations’ with
examples. India comes under which type of federation?
Ans. Coming Together Federation:
It involves independent states coming together on their own to form a bigger unit, so that by
pooling sovereignty and retaining identity, they can increase their security.
E.g.: USA, Australia
In this category of federation, all the constituent states usually have equal powers and are strong
as a federal government.
Holding Together Federations:
Here, a large country decides to divide its power between the constituent states and the national
government. In this kind of federalism, Central government tends to be more powerful than the
states. Very often different constituent units of federation have unequal powers. Some units are
granted special powers.
For e.g. India, Spain, Belgium, etc.
Q. 2. Which ve provisions of the Indian constitution make India a full edged federation?
Explain.
Ans. l There are two or more levels of government.
l Different tiers of government govern the same citizens, but each tier has its own jurisdiction.
l The jurisdiction of the respective levels or tiers of government are specied in the constitution.
l The fundamental provisions of the constitution cannot be unilaterally changed by one level
of the government.
l Sources of revenue for each level of government are clearly specied to ensure its nancial
autonomy.
l Courts have the power to interpret the constitution and the powers of different levels of
government.
So, an ideal federal system has both aspects—mutual trust and agreement to live together.
Q. 3. Explain how the federal experiment has been successful in the matter of formation of
states in India.
Or
What are the power sharing arrangements in our country? Explain with examples.
Ans. Our Constitution declared India as a Union of States. Indian Union is based on the principles of
federalism. The Constitution originally provided a two-tier system (at the central and the state
level) but later in 1992, a three-tier system (added up the third tier as local government) was
adopted.
The powers are divided between three levels by Union List, State List and Concurrent List
respectively.
The Union List includes 97 subjects like defence, foreign affairs, banking, etc. These subjects are
of national importance, so they are looked after by the Union government and they only legislate
Xam idea
Social Science–X
330
on these subjects.
The State List includes 66 subjects like police, agriculture, trade and commerce, etc. These subjects
are allotted to all the state governments and the state governments can legislate on them.
The Concurrent List includes subjects of common interests between the Centre and the State, e.g .,
education, forest, marriage, etc. Both the Union as well as the State governments can make laws
on their respective subjects but central government exercises an upper hand.
Q. 4. Critically analyse the centre–state relations prior to 1990 and after.
Ans. l For a long time, the same party ruled both at the centre and in most of the states. This meant
that State governments did not exercise their rights as autonomous federal units.
l In those days, the Central government would often misuse the Constitution to dismiss the State
governments that were controlled by rival parties. This undermined the spirit of federalism.
l After 1990, there was a rise of regional parties in many states. This was also the beginning of
the era of Coalition Government at the centre. This led to a new culture of power sharing and
respect for the autonomy of State Governments.
Q. 5. Explain the constitutional amendments of 1992 that compare local governments in India.
Ans. A major step towards decentralisation was taken in 1992. The constitution has amended to make
the third tier more powerful and effective.
(i) Now it is mandatory to hold regular elections for local government bodies.
(ii) Seats are reserved for Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and other backward classes.
(iii) At least one-third of all positions are reserved for women.
(iv) The State Election Commission monitors the elections of municipalities and local governments
of a state.
(v) The State governments are required to share some powers and revenue with local governments
bodies.
Q. 6. What is the rational decentralisation of power? Describe t he functions of rural local
government.
Ans. l The basic idea behind decentralisation is that, there are a large number of problems and issues
which are best settled at the local level.
l People have better knowledge of problems in their localities.
l They also have better ideas on where to spend the money and how to manage things more
efciently.
l At the local level, it is possible for the people to directly participate in decision-making. This
helps to inculcate a habit of democratic participation.
Functions of Rural Government:
The local government is a three-tier structure. At the top is the District or Zila Parishad, few
blocks form a Zila, so blocks have Block or Mandal and then few villages form a block and a village
panchayat.
The smallest unit of our country is a village and at the village level, we have Gram Panchayat,
which is run by a head called ‘Sarpanch’ with his team of representatives.
A few Gram Panchayats fall under a Block. At Block level, we have a Panchayat Samiti or Block
Committee.
All Panchayat Samitis of a district are under a district having a local government called Zila
Parishad. Members of Lok Sabha and MLAs of that district also become the members of Zila
Parishad.
Q. 7. How challenge of language policy was adopted by the Indian federalism?
Ans. l A second test for Indian federalism is the language policy.

l Our Constitution did not give the status of national language to any one language.
l Hindi was identied as the ofcial language.
l But Hindi is the mother tongue of only about 40 per cent of Indians. Therefore, there were
many safeguards to protect other languages.
l Besides Hindi, there are 21 other languages recognised as Scheduled Languages by the
Constitution.
l A candidate in an examination conducted for the Central Government positions may opt to
take the examination in any one of these languages.
l States too have their own ofcial languages. Much of the government work takes place in the
ofcial language of the concerned state.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Give an example of a country which is an example of coming together federation.

2. Is India a ‘coming together federation’?
3. Write name of any two countries which is an example of holding together’.
4. What is Panchayati Raj?
5. Which state in India has a special status?
1. How have the centre-state relations been restructed to strengthened federalism?

2. What is Gram Sabha? Describe any four functions of a Gram Sabha.
3. Which features of Panchayati Raj do you like the most and why?
4. Why has federalism succeeded in India? Which three policies adopted by India have ensured this
success?
1. How are the powers divided between the states and the centre?
2. Explain the language policy in India.
3. State any two achievements and any two problems of the Panchayati Raj system in India.
4. How can a government attain nancial autonomy?
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
332
Democracy and
3 Diversity

IMPORTANT TERMS
2. Diversity: Great deal of variety.
3. Civil Rights Movements: The civil rights movement was a struggle by African Americans
in the mid-1950s to late 1960s to achieve Civil Rights equal to those of whites, including
equal opportunity in employment, housing, and education, as well as the right to vote,
the right of equal access to public facilities, and the right to be free of racial discrimination.
4. Discrimination: The unjust or prejudicial treatment of different categories of people,
especially on the grounds of race, age, or sex.
5. Social Difference: The differences among the individuals on the basis of social
characteristics and qualities are known as social differences. Social differences are the
complex differences and they include class, race, culture, age, ability, sex, etc.
6. Social Divisions: They are categories such as class, race, gender and geographic location,
that indicate differences in lifestyle and experience.
7. Overlapping: Cover some part of the same area of interest.
8. Cross Cutting: It exists when groups on one cleavage overlap among groups on another
cleavage. ‘Cleavages’ include such things as racial, political, religious divisions in society.
9. Homogenous Society is a population that overwhelmingly shares certain traits or views.
These commonalities may include ethnicity, language, religion, cultural practices and
worldview. The opposite of homogeneous society, heterogeneous society, describes a
population with diverse traits and characteristics.
10. Migrants: A person who moves from one place to another in order to find work or better
living conditions.
11. Republic: A state in which supreme power is held by the people and their elected
representatives, and which has an elected or nominated president rather than a monarch.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Discuss three factors that determine the outcomes of politics of social divisions.
Ans. The three factors that determine the outcomes of politics of social divisions:
(i) The perception of identity as held by people. It is difcult to accommodate people if they see
themselves as being isolated or separate from others. If people understand that they have
multitudes and overlapping identities, it would be easier to locate belonging and work and
stay together.
(ii) Political leaders, who raise demand for any community need to do so within the constitutional
framework and not at the cost of another community.
(iii) If the government shares power and accommodates the reasonable demands of the
marginalized communities, social divisions become less of a problem.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
334
Q. 2. When does a social difference become a social division?
Ans. In general, we belong to a community because we were born into it. This leads to us being born with
social differences that already exist. Social differences are also based on the choices we make due
to in our cultural and professional life. Social difference, which may cause one community to be at
a disadvantage as compared to another community, thereby leading to a feeling of discrimination.
This produces tension among the communities and are pitted against one another. This produces
social divisions.
Q. 3. How do social divisions affect politics? Give two examples.
Ans. An individual’s or a party’s success in politics depends upon its support and inuence among
the masses. This leads to competition among various individuals and parties to gain popularity
among the masses and if they try to compete by exploiting some existing social divisions whereby
turning social divisions into political divisions. This may lead to conict and even violence among
social and political communities.
In Northern Ireland, the population is divided with 53% Protestant Christians while 44% are
Roman Catholic Christians. This social division turned to political division. The Nationalist parties
represented the Catholics and demanded that Northern Ireland be unied with the Catholics
dominated country of Republic of Ireland. The Unionists represented the Protestants who wanted
to remain with Protestant dominated country of UK. This political division led to violence within
the UK, Ireland and Northern Ireland with much causality among civilians, militants and security
forces of the UK. Similarly in Yugoslavia, political competition along religious and ethnic lines led
to the breakup of Yugoslavia into six smaller countries.
Q. 4. Overlapping social differences create possibilities of deep social divisions and tensions. Cross-
cutting social differences do not usually lead to conicts.
Q. 5. In dealing with social divisions, which one of the following statements is NOT correct
about democracy?
(a) Due to political competition in a democracy, social divisions get reected in politics.
(b) In a democracy, it is possible for communities to voice their grievances in a peaceful
manner.
(c) Democracy is the best way to accommodate social diversity.
(d) Democracy always leads to disintegration of society on the basis of social divisions.
Ans. (d) is not correct.
Q. 6. Consider the following three statements.
A. Social divisions take place when social differences over lap.
B. It is possible that a person can have multiple identities.
C. Social divisions exist in only big countries like India.
Which of the statements is/are correct?
(a) A, B and C (b) A and B (c) B and C (d) Only C
Ans. (b) A and B
Q. 7. Arrange the following statements in a logical sequence and select the right answers by
using the code given below.
A. But all political expression of social divisions need not be always dangerous.
B. Social divisions of one kind or the other exist in most countries.
C. Parties try to win political support by appealing to social divisions.
D. Some social differences may result in social divisions.
(a) D, B, C, A (b) D, B, A, C (c) D, A, C, B (d) A, B, C, D
Ans. (a) D, B, C, A

Q. 8. Among the following, which country suffered disintegration due to political ghts on the
basis of religious and ethnic identities?
(a) Belgium (b) India (c) Yugoslavia (d) Netherlands
Ans. (c) Yugoslavia
Q. 9. Read the following passage from a famous speech by Martin Luther King Jr. in 1963. Which
social division is he talking about? What are his aspirations and anxieties? Do you see a
relationship between this speech and the incident in Mexico Olympics mentioned in this
chapter?
“I have a dream that my four little children will one day live in a
Nation where they will not be judged by the colour of their skin
but by the content of their character. Let freedom ring. And when
this happens, and when we allow freedom ring—when we let it
ring from every village and every hamlet, from every state and
every city, we will be able to speed up that day when all of God’s
children—black men and white men, Jews and Gentiles,
Protestants and Catholics—will be able to join hands and sing in
the words of the old Negro spiritual: ‘Free at last ! Free at last!
Thank God Almighty, we are free at last! ’ I have a dream that
one day this nation will rise up and live out the true meaning of
its creed: ‘We hold these truths to be self-evident: that all men
are created equal’. ”
Ans. Martin Luther King Jr. is referring to the social division based on race among communities of
White Americans and Black African-Americans. He aspires for equality among the differing races
and also among different religious communities. He is anxious about the future of the children
that they will be judged on the basis of their skin colour, thereby be denied freedom to be treated
as equal to all. The actions of the three athletes show that they have united beyond their social
and racial differences. The athletes like Martin Luther King Jr. wanted to highlight the existence
of racial discrimination in the United States whereby the blacks are not treated as equal.

Q. 1. Who were the two US athletes who won medals in 1968 Mexico Olympics?
Ans. Tommie Smith and John Carlos.
Q. 2. How did they protest in medal ceremony?
Ans. They received their medals wearing black socks and no shoes to represent Black Poverty.
Q. 3. How had these US athletes represented Black Power in the medal ceremony?
Ans. The black gloved and raised clenched sts were meant to symbolise Black Power.
Q. 4. What does ‘Black Power’ mean?
Ans. Black Power was a movement that emerged in 1966 to end racism in USA and advocate violence,
if necessary.
Q. 5. How did third athlete support the two American athletes?
Ans. The silver medalist, white Australian athlete, Peter Norman, wore a human rights badge on his
shirt during the ceremony to show his support to the two Americans.
Q. 6. Why did Afro-American wear black socks and no shoes?
Ans. By wearing black socks and no shoes, they tried to draw international attention to racial
discrimination in the United states.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
336
Q. 7. What was the result of this peaceful protest by Afro-American athletes in Olympics?
Ans. The International Olympic Association held Carlos and Smith guilty of violating the Olympic
spirit by making a political statement. Their medals were taken back. Back home, they were
subjected to a lot of criticism.
Q. 8. What happened to Peter Norman of Australia?
Ans. Norman too suffered for his action and was not included in the Australian team for the next
Olympics.
Q. 9. When did the Afro-American Athletes get recognition?
Ans. Their action succeeded in gaining international attention for the Civil Rights Movement in the
US. Recently, the San Jose State University, of which they were former students, honoured them
and installed their statue in the University Campus.
Q. 10. What was common among three athletes?
Ans. All of them were athletes and all won medals in Mexico Olympics.
Q. 11. What was difference between the three athletes?
Ans. Tommie Smith and John Carlos were black while Peter Norman was a white. Smith and Carlos
were from US while Norman was from Australia.
Q. 12. What is the origin of social difference?
Ans. These social differences are mostly based on accident of birth. Normally we don’t choose to belong
to our community.
Q. 13. What kind of social differences do we normally face in our society?
Ans. People around us are male or female, tall or short, have different kinds of complexions, have
different physical abilities or disabilities.
Q. 14. Which are social groups formed on the basis of our choice?
Ans. Some people are atheists, they don’t believe in God or any religion. Some people choose to follow
a religion other than the one in which they were born. These differences are based on our choices.
Q. 15. How do social differences overlap with other differences?
Ans. In our country, dalits tend to be poor, and landless. They often face discrimination and injustice.
Q. 16. How do social differences cross cut one another?
Ans. In it, the groups that share a common interest on one issue are likely to be in different sides on a
different issue.
Q. 17. What is the difference between overlapping and cross cutting social differences?
Ans. Overlapping social differences create possibilities of deep social divisions and tensions. Cross
cutting social differences are easier to accommodate.
Q. 18. Give one example of overlapping social differences.
Ans. In Northern Ireland, class and religion overlap with each other. Here Catholics are more likely to be
poor, they may have suffered a history of discrimination.
Q. 19. Give one example of cross cutting social differences.
Ans. In Netherlands, class and religion tend to cut across each other. Catholics and Protestants are
about equally likely to be poor or rich. So, there is no conict in Catholics and Protestants.
Q. 20. How are some homogeneous countries becoming multicultural?
Ans. Homogeneous countries are undergoing rapid changes with inux of people from other countries
of the world. Migrants bring with them their own culture and tend to form a different social
community and make a country multicultural.
Q. 21. How does social division affect politics?
Ans. If in a democracy, people start competing in terms of some existing social divisions, it can make
social divisions into political divisions and lead to conict, violence or over disintegration of the
country.

Q. 22. What was the ethnic composition of Northern Ireland?
Ans. Population of Northern Ireland was divided into two major sets of Christianity: 53 per cent of
protestant and 44 per cent of Roman Catholics.
Q. 23. Which political party represented Catholics?
Ans. The Catholics were represented by Nationalist parties, who demanded that Northern Ireland be
unied with the Republic of Ireland, a predominantly catholic country.
Q. 24. How were Protestants represented by the political parties?
Ans. The Protestants were represented by Unionists, who wanted to remain with the UK which is
predominantly Protestants.
Q. 25. What was the result of this ethno-political conict of Northern Ireland?
Ans. Hundreds of civilians, militants and security forces were killed in the ght between Unionists and
Nationalists and between the security forces of UK and the Nationalists.
Q. 26. What was the result of Yugoslavia’s ethnic conict?
Ans. Yugoslavia did not have a happy end. Political competition along religious and ethnic lines led to
the disintegration of Yugoslavia into six independent countries.
Q. 27. Is it dangerous to have social divisions and politics mix together?
Ans. The politics and social divisions must not be allowed to mix. Wherever they exist, these divisions
are reected in the politics, but it is dangerous.
Q. 28. How does social division affect voting in a state?
Ans. Social division affects voting in most countries. People from one community tend to prefer sure
party more than others. In many countries there are parties that focus only on one community.
Q. 29. On which factor does the outcome of politics of social division depend?
Ans. The outcome depends on how people perceive their identities. If people see their identities in
singular and exclusive terms, it becomes very difcult to accommodate.
Q. 30. How do political leaders accommodate the demands of any community?
Ans. It is easier to accommodate demands that are within the constitutional framework and are not at
the cost of another community. For example, the demand for only ‘Sinhala’ was at the cost of the
interest and identity of the Tamil community in Sri Lanka.
Q. 31. How does the government react to the demands of different groups of a country?
Ans. In Belgium and Sri Lanka, if the rulers were willing to share power and accommodate the
reasonable demands of minority community, social divisions would have become less threatening
for the country. But if they try to suppress such a demand in the name of national unity, the end
result is often quite the opposite.

Q. 1. How can you say that most countries of the world are multi-cultural?
Ans. l Social divisions of one kind or the other exist in most of the countries. It doesn’t matter
whether the country is small or big.
l India is a vast country with many communities. Belgium is a small country with many communities.
l Even countries like Germany and Sweden, which were highly homogenous, are undergoing
rapid change with the inux or coming of people from other countries.
Migrants bring with them their own culture and tend to form a different social community. So
most of the countries in the world are multi-cultural.
Q. 2. What problem was raised by Smith and Carlos of USA? With what gesture did they bring
international attention to the social problems in USA?
Ans. Receiving their gold and bronze medals, respectively; the American athletes wore black socks and
Xam idea
Social Science–X
338
no shoes to represent Black poverty. With this gesture, they tried to draw international attention
to the prevailing racial discrimination in the United States. The black-gloved and raised clenched
sts were meant to symbolise Black Power.
Q. 3. How did their actions prove successful?
Ans. (i) Their action succeeded in gaining international attention for the Civil Rights Movement in
the US.
(ii) Recently, the San Jose (Pronounced as ‘Saan Hoze’) University, of which they were former
students, honoured them and installed their statues in the University campus.
Q. 4. What was the result of this kind of protest in an Olympic game?
Ans. l The International Olympic Association held Carlos and Smith guilty of violating the Olympic
spirit by making a political statement.
l Their medals were taken back. Back home, they were subjected to a lot of criticism.
l Silver medalist, Norman from Australia, also suffered for his support and was not included in
the Australian team for the next Olympics.
Q. 5. On what basis are social differences created?
Ans. (i) Based on accident of birth:
(a) Normally, we don’t choose to belong to one community. We belong to it simply because
we were born into it.
(b) We all experience social differences based on accident of birth in our everyday lives.
(ii) Based on physical abilities or disabilities:
(a) There is discrimination based on gender; some are tall or short, have different kinds of
complexions or have different physical abilities or disabilities.
(b) All kinds of social differences are not based on accident of birth.
(iii) Differences based on choices:
(a) Some people are atheists, they do not believe in God or any religion.
(b) While some people choose to follow a religion other than the one in which they were
born into.
(c) Most of us choose what to study, which occupation to take up and which games or
cultural activities to take part in.
All these lead to the formation of social groups that are based on our choices.
Q. 6. What do you know about ‘Civil Rights Movement’ in the USA?
Ans. It refers to a set of events and reform movements aimed at abolishing legal racial discrimination
against Afro-Americans. It was led by Martin Luther King Jr. This movement practised non-
violent methods of civil disobedience against racial discriminatory laws and practices. In the
Mexico Olympics of 1968, US athletes Tommie Smith and John Carlos tried to draw international
attention to racial discrimination in the US by wearing black gloves to represent black power.
Q. 7. Give any three reasons to prove that Dalits were depressed in India.
Ans. (i) Dalits were poor and landless.
(ii) They often worked for wages and sometimes faced social humiliation in their work.
(iii) They were called ‘shudras’ during ancient times. They were generally involved in menial tasks
like that of sweepers and cleaners.
Q. 8. Write short notes on the following terms:
(i) Homogeneous Society (ii) Migrants.
Ans. (i) Homogeneous Society: A society that has similar kinds of people, especially where there are
no signicant ethnic differences.
(ii) Migrant: Anybody who shifts from one region or country to another region within a country
or to another country, usually for work or other economic opportunities.

Q. 9. What was black power movement?
Ans. ‘African-American’, ‘Afro-American’, ‘Black American’ or ‘Black’ are the terms used to refer mainly
to the descendants of Africans who were brought into America as slaves between the 17th and
early 19th century. The Black Power Movement emerged in 1966 and lasted till 1975, which was a
militant anti-racist movement, advocating even violence, if necessary, to end racism in the US.

Q. 1. Give examples to prove that social differences cross-cut each other.
Ans. (i) If social differences cross-cut one another, it is difcult to put one group of people against the
other.
(ii) It means the groups that share a common interest on one issue are likely to be on different
sides on a different issue.
(iii) In northern Ireland, class and religion overlap each other. A Catholic is more likely to be poor
and they suffer discrimination.
(iv) In Netherlands, class and religion tend to cross-cut each other. Catholics and Protestants are
both likely to be poor or rich. The result is that Catholics and protestants have had conicts
in northern Ireland, while they do not do so in the Netherlands.
That’s why cross-cutting social differences are easier to accommodate.
Q. 2. ‘But a positive attitude towards diversity and willingness to accommodate it do not come
about easily.’ Elucidate.
Ans. It is not easy to maintain positive attitude towards diversity and willingness to accommodate
it because People who feel marginalised, deprived and discriminated have to ght against the
injustices. Such a ght often takes the democratic path, voicing their demands in a peaceful and
constitutional manner and seeking a fair position through elections. Sometimes social differences
can take the form of unacceptable level of social inequality and injustice. The struggle against such
inequalities sometimes takes the path of violence and deance of state power.
Q. 3. ‘Social diversity can take different forms in different societies.’ Explain.
Ans. l Racial discrimination was practised in US and it ultimately led to Civil Rights Movement.
There were protests in the streets and US black athletes had protested against their racism in
the open in the medal ceremony of Olympics.
l In Sri Lanka, the differences could be seen in the form of various religions followed in the
country and the languages like Sinhala and Tamil. There was a civil war in the country due to
importance being given to Sinhalas only.
l In Belgium, people speak different languages like Dutch, French and German. But that country
opted for accommodation by giving due importance to all the languages.
l Most of the social differences are based on the accident of birth but some of them are based
on choices also like some people choose to follow a religion which is different from the one in
which they were born.

Q. 1. How do overlapping and cross cutting of differences create social division? Explain.
Ans. Overlapping:
l Under this, a social difference overlaps with another difference.
l People start feeling that they belong to different communities.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
340
l They create possibilities of deep social divisions.
l For example, difference between African Americans and Whites in the US is an overlapping
difference because the African Americans tend to be poor and homeless.
Cross-cutting:
l Under this, a social difference cross-cuts another difference.
l The group can share a common interest on one issue but are likely to be on different sides on
different issues.
l These are easier to accommodate.
l For example, in Netherlands, class and religion tend to cross-cut each other as Catholics and
Protestants are both likely to be poor or rich.
Q. 2. “Every social difference does not lead to social division.” Explain the statement.
Ans. l Social differences divide similar people from one another, but they also unite very different
people.
l People belonging to different social groups share differences and similarities cutting across
the boundaries of their groups.
l It is fairly common for people belonging to the same religion to feel that they do not belong
to the same community, because their caste or sect is different.
l It is also possible for people from different religions to have the same caste and feel close to
each other.
l Rich and poor persons from the same family, often do not keep close relations with each other
because they feel they are different.
Q. 3. “Reaction of the government to the demands of different groups is a crucial factor in
determining the outcome of social divisions.” Explain the statement.
Ans. Factors determining the outcome of social divisions are:
l The outcome depends on how to perceive their identities. If people see their identities in
singular and exclusive terms, it becomes very difcult to accommodate.
l It is easier to accommodate demands that are within the constitutional framework and are not
at the cost of another community. For example, the demand for only Sinhala was at the cost of
the interest and identity of the Tamil community in Sri Lanka.
l In Belgium, the rulers were willing to share power and accommodate the reasonable demands
of minority community, social divisions became less threatening for the country. But if
government tries to suppress such a demand in the name of national unity, the end result is
often quite the opposite as we see in case of Sri Lanka.
Q. 4. The combination of politics and social division is very dangerous and explosive. Do you
agree? Support the answer with suitable examples.
Ans. Social divisions and politics really make a very explosive combination.
l We have seen the case of Sri Lanka, where preference is given to Sinhalese, dejecting the Tamils
in the society as well as politics, which led to revolt and ultimately a civil war, which is creating
disturbance in the country.
l In Northern Ireland, the Catholics were represented by Nationalist parties who wanted to join
the Republic of Ireland.
l The Protestants were represented by Unionists, who wanted to remain with the United
Kingdom. This led to conict between them and hundreds of civilians, militants and security
forces were killed.
l In Yugoslavia, the political competition along religious ending ethnic lines led to the
disintegration of Yugoslavia into six independent countries.
Q. 5. “In a democracy, political expression of social division is very normal and can be healthy.”
Justify this statement with suitable argument.
Ans. (i) In a democracy, political expression of social division is very normal and can be healthy. In
such democracies, they allow all the marginalised social groups to express their opinion and
attend to their opinions too.
(ii) If there are conicts among various social group of a country, they often cross cut each other
and its intensity gets reduced. It further leads to the strengthening of democracy.
(iii) Conicts in social divisions sometimes became violent also. It led to the division of countries
too like Yugoslavia, but in democratic countries, these diversities are accommodated easily.
Q. 6. What are civil rights? Do you think that the movement started in the USA and led by
Martin Luther king was right? Write in short about the movement.
Ans. Civil rights are the rights of individuals to receive equal treatment (and to be free from
discrimination) in a number of settings of education, housing, employment and more. Yes the
movement started was indeed a positive step towards treating human beings with an honour.
Civil Rights Movements in the USA (1954–1968): It refers to a set of events and reform
movements aimed at abolishing legal racial discrimination against African-Americans.
Led by Martin Luther King Jr., this movement practised non-violent methods of civil
disobedience against racially discriminatory laws and practices.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Name the two athletes who raised the issue of Civil Rights in the Mexico Olympics (1968).
2. Who are African-American?
3. Dene ‘homogeneous’ society.
4. Which division-caste or economic is unique to India?
5. What is ethnic composition of the Northern Ireland?
1. State any three important features of ‘Civil Rights Movement’ of the USA during 1954-1968.
2. Explain any two aspects concerning the origin of social differences.
3. What is meant by overlapping of social differences? Explain with the help of examples.
4. How are politics and social divisions in a society related to each other?
5. “We all have more than one identity and can belong to more than one social group.” Discuss the
statement with suitable examples.
1. How do overlapping and cross-cutting of differences create social-divisions? Explain.

2. What are the chief outcomes of the social division in the country in context of democracy and
elections?
3. How have social divisions resulted in a violent and bitter ethno political conict in Northern Ireland?
4. What penalty was imposed on Carlos, Smith and Norman for their action at the 1968 Mexico Olympics?
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
342
Gender, Religion
4 and Caste
COMMUNALISM
Communalism is The followers Communal Ultimate The demands of The problem

a situation where of a particular politics is result is one religion becomes acute
one community religion must based on idea division on formed in when one religion
tries to promote belong to one that religion is the basis of opposition to is presented as
its own interest at community. the basis of a religion. others when one superior to
the cost of others. religious group tries to others.
community dominate others.
STATUS OF WOMEN IN INDIA
• India has a patriarchal society, a society that gives more power to man, values them more and considers them superior
to women.
• The literacy rate among women is 54% as compared to the 76% among men.
• Every year girls do better than boys in school results, but more girls dropout as parents want to spend their resources on
their son’s education.
• Though there is an Equal Wages Act which states that women should be paid equal wages for equal work, women are
still paid less for the same work.
• A women works an hour more than a man on an average, yet her work is neither valued paid.
• The percentage of elected women members in Lok Sabha has never even reached 10% of the total members.
CASTE IN ELECTORAL POLITICS
No parliamentary All Voters belonging to Sometimes more than one The ruling party MPs and
constituency has only one caste, do not vote candidate of the same MLAs lose elections
one caste dominating it. for the same party. caste stands for elections frequently. This could not
and sometimes the voters happen in all voters voted
may find no candidate of according to caste.
their own caste.
POLITICS IN CASTE
Each caste group tries New caste groups Caste politics have Various caste Political parties make
to increase in numbers come up, like helped Dalit & OBC groups get into a demands, agitate
by including sub-castes backward, and castes to gain coalition with against discrimination
or neighbouring castes. forward caste groups. better access to other castes on the basis of caste.
decision making. during elections. They demand more
dignity, more resources,
more opportunities.

IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Caste: It is a social category to which a person belongs involuntarily.

2. Sexual Division of Labour: A term referring to the specialized gender roles of male
breadwinner and female housewife.
3. Feminism: The belief that women are and should be treated as potential intellectual
equals and social equals to men.
4. Feminist: A person who supports feminism.
5. Patriarchal relating to or denoting a system of society or government controlled by men.
6. Wages: A fixed regular payment earned for work or services, typically paid on a daily or
weekly basis.
7. Communalism: It means that people of the same religion have common cultural,
economic, political and social interests. Thus, religion based communities form as the
primary unit of society.
8. Communal Politics: Based on the idea that religion is the principal basis of social
community. Communalism involves thinking along the following lines; The followers of
a particular religion must belong to one community.
9. Outcast: A person who is expelled from the caste.
10. Urbanisation: An increase in a population in cities and towns. Urbanisation began during
the industrial revolution, when workers moved towards manufacturing hubs in cities to
obtain jobs in factories as agricultural jobs became less common.
11. Occupational Mobility refers to the ease with which workers can switch career fields to
find gainful employment or meet labour needs.
12. Caste Hierarchy is a class structure that is determined by birth. Loosely, it means that
in some societies, if your parents are poor, you’re going to be poor too. Same goes for
being rich.
13. Universal Adult Franchise: It means that the right to vote should be given to all adult
citizens without the discrimination of caste, class, colour, religion or gender. It is based
on equality, which is a basic principle of democracy.
14. MP: Member of Parliament.
15. MLA: Member of Legislative Assembly.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Mention different aspects of life in which women are discriminated or disadvantaged in
India.
Ans. The different aspects of life in which women are discriminated or disadvantaged in India are:
(i) There are sex-selective abortions in India. A girl child is aborted due to preference of a male
child among several Indian parents and the assumption that a girl child will be a burden on
the economic wealth of the parents. The sex ratio in India is 927 girls to every 1000 boys
which have fallen to even 800:1000 in some parts of India.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
344
(ii) The literacy rate of women is only 54% as compared to 76% among men in India. Many girls
in India tend to leave their education midway because economically weak parents prefer to
spend their money for the education of their son as compared to that of their daughter. Also
money that can be invested for the education of a daughter is rather saved for her dowry and
marriage.
(iii) Women form a small portion among highly paid and valued jobs. Many girls are not able to
pursue higher education in India due to early marriage, inaccessibility to higher education
institutes or lack of money to pursue higher education. Therefore they do not have the
qualication to apply for high paying jobs.
(iv) There are instances of sexual harassment and domestic violence against women which deters
the formation of a supportive environment for a woman to pursue her ambitions and full
her dreams as per potential. There conditions are created due to assumption of women being
physically weaker, lack of protection from State agencies such as police and structure of the
patriarchal society.
Q. 2. State different forms of communal politics with one example each.
Ans. Religious identities are used to divide different religious communities. Social differences based
on religion lead social divisions when religious identity is used to stereotype one community.
This stereotype forms the basis of prejudice by another community thereby causing the second
community to believe they are superior or feel threatened. The Divide and Rule policy of the
British caused social differences among Hindus and Muslims to turn into Social Divisions.
There is political mobilisation based on religious divisions. It involves the use of religious symbols
to gather followers of one religion and then building fear of another community in order to divide
the followers of different religions. This causes social divisions to turn into political divisions
thereby leading to Communal Politics. This existed in Northern Ireland where the Protestants and
Catholics were politically mobilized by different political parties.
Communal politics often leads a desire for political dominance of one religious community over
another. This can take shape in form of dominance of the majority community or a desire for
separate political units for different religious communities thereby leading to conict and even
violence. Communal politics lead to the division of Yugoslavia and violence among different
religious groups.
Q. 3. State how caste inequalities are still continuing in India.
Ans. Caste continues in form of social traditions such as in marriage whereby people still marry
within their own caste or tribe. Access to education to caste groups that did not have it earlier
has progressed slowly in India thereby creating inequalities in literacy and jobs. The inequality
in access to jobs has further created gaps in wealth among caste groups. Disadvantaged caste
groups also had lower wealth such as land to pass to future generations which is reected today in
wealth inequality among caste groups. The belief that caste as the basis of social community has
caused social divisions among caste communities and therefore they are not united to struggle for
common interests.
Q. 4. State two reasons to say that caste alone cannot determine election results in India.
Ans. (i) No parliamentary constituency in the country has a clear majority of one single caste. So every
candidate and party needs to win the condence of more than one caste and community to
win elections.
(ii) No party wins the votes of all the voters of a caste or community. When people say that a
caste is a ‘vote bank’ of one party, it usually means that a large proportion of the voters from
that caste vote for that party.
Q. 5. What is the status of women’s representation in India’s legislative bodies?
Ans. The proportion of women in legislature has been very low. The percentage of elected women
members in Lok Sabha has never crossed 10% of total members. Their share in the state

assemblies has in general been less than 5%. Although there are more than 10 lakh elected women
representatives in panchayats and municipalities due to reservation of 1/3 of seats for women.
A Bill demanding reservation of at least 1/3 of seats in the Lok Sabha and State Assemblies for
women has been pending before the Parliament for more than a decade.
Q. 6. Mention any two constitutional provisions that make India a secular state.
Ans. The Constitution provides to all individuals and communities freedom to profess, practice and
propagate any religion, or not to follow any.
The Constitution prohibits discrimination on grounds of religion.
Q. 7. When we speak of gender divisions, we usually refer to:
(a) Biological difference between men and women
(b) Unequal roles assigned by the society to men and women
(c) Unequal child sex ratio
(d) Absence of voting rights for women in democracies
Ans. (b) Unequal roles assigned by the society to men and women
Q. 8. In India, seats are reserved for women in
(a) Lok Sabha
(b) State legislative assemblies
(c) Cabinets
(d) Panchayati Raj bodies
Ans. (d) Panchayati Raj bodies
Q. 9. Consider the following statements on the meaning of communal politics. Communal
politics is based on the belief that:
A. One religion is superior to that of others.
B. People belonging to different religions can live together happily as equal citizens.
C. Followers of a particular religion constitute one community.
D. State power cannot be used to establish the domination of one religious group over
others.
Which of the statements is/are correct?
(a) A, B, C, and D (b) A, B, and D (c) A and C (d) B and D
Ans. (c) A and C
Q. 10. Which among the following statements about India’s Constitution is wrong? It
(a) Prohibits discrimination on grounds of religion.
(b) Gives ofcial status to one religion.
(c) Provides to all individuals freedom to profess any religion.
(d) Ensures equality of citizens within religious communities.
Ans. (b) Gives ofcial status to one religion.
Q. 11. Social divisions based on Caste are peculiar to India.
Q. 12. Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the Lists:
List I List II
1. A person who believes in equal rights and opportunities for women A.Communalist
and men
2. A person who says that religion is the principal basis of community B. Feminist
3. A person who thinks that caste is the principal basis of community C. Secularist
4. A person who does not discriminate others on the basis of religious D. Castiest
beliefs
Xam idea
Social Science–X
346
1 2 3 4
(a) B C A D
(b) B A D C
(c) D C A B
(d) C A B D
Ans. (b)

Q. 1. What is sexual division of labour?
Ans. A system in which all the work inside the home is either done by the women of the family, or
organised by them through the domestic helpers.
Q. 2. How are boys and girls brought up in India for the division of labour?
Ans. Boys and girls are brought up to believe that the main responsibility of women is house work and
bringing up children.
Q. 3. How is sexual division of labour done in India?
Ans. In most families, women do all the work inside the home such as cooking, cleaning, washing
clothes, tailoring, looking after children, etc. and men do all the work outside the home.
Q. 4. Does women’s work get recognition?
Ans. The majority of women do some sort of paid work in addition to domestic labour, but their work
is not valued and does not get recognition.
Q. 5. Why are men tailored not to do the household work?
Ans. It is not that man cannot do housework; they simply think that it is for the women to attend to
these things. When these jobs are paid for, men are ready to take up these works. Like most tailors
or cooks in hotels are men.
Q. 6. What is the role of women in public division of labour?
Ans. Although women constitute half of the humanity, their role in public life, especially politics is
minimal in most societies.
Q. 7. What are feminist movements?
Ans. Women in different parts of the world organised and agitated for equal rights. These agitations
demanded enhancing the political and legal status of women and improving their educational and
career opportunities. These movements are called ‘feminist movements’.
Q. 8. What is the perception of a modern women now?
Ans. We now nd women working as scientists, doctors, engineers, lawyers, managers and college and
University teachers, which were not considered suitable for women earlier.
Q. 9. How do women in India lack in literacy rate?
Ans. The literacy rate among women is only 54 percent compared to 76 per cent among men.
Q. 10. Why is girl student’s dropout more in higher studies?
Ans. It is so because parents prefer to spend their resources for their boys’ education rather than
spending equally on their sons and daughters.
Q. 11. How far is it true that proportion of women among the highly paid and valued jobs is still
very small?
Ans. On an average an Indian woman works one hour more than an average man every day. Yet much
of her work often not valued and therefore not paid.

Q. 12. Has Equal Wages Act provided any comfort in women’s jobs?
Ans. In almost all areas of work, from sports and cinema, to factories and elds, women are paid less
than men, even when both do exactly the same work. So, Equal Wages Act doesn’t work.
Q. 13. Why is there a decline in sex ratio in India?
Ans. In many parts of India, parents prefer to have sons and nd ways to have the girl child aborted
before she is born. Such sex selective abortion led to a decline in child sex ratio.
Q. 14. What is country’s sex ratio at present?
Ans. At present, country’s sex ratio is 914 women per thousand males.
Q. 15. Why is it said that urban areas have become particularly unsafe for women?
Ans. Urban areas are unsafe for women. Women are not safe even within their own home from beating,
harassment and other forms of domestic violence. Even in work place, there is a sexual harassment.
Q. 16. What is the proportion of women in legislature of India?
Ans. In India, the proportion of women in legislature has been very low. The percentage of elected
women members in Lok Sabha has never reached even 10 per cent of its total strength. India is
among the bottom groups of nations in the world.
Q. 17. What is the proportion of women in India’s local bodies?
Ans. One third of the seats in local government bodies—in panchayats and municipalities are now
reserved for women. Now there are more than 10 lakh elected women representatives in rural and
urban local bodies.
Q. 18. “Religion can never be separated from politics” by Mahatma Gandhi. Elaborate the
Statement.
Ans. According to him, religions was not only particular religion like Hinduism or Islam but moral
values that inform all religions. He believed that politics must be guided by ethics drawn from
religion.
Q. 19. Why did human rights groups of India demand protection for religious minorities?
Ans. Human rights groups in our country have argued that most of the victims of communal riots
in our country are people from religious minorities. They have demanded that the government
should protect religious minorities.
Q. 20. What is the family laws’ role for women in different religions?
Ans. Women’s movement has argued that family laws of all religions discriminate against women. So,
they have demanded that government should change these laws to make them more equitable.
Q. 21. What is Communal politics?
Ans. Communal politics is based on the idea that religion is the principal basis of social community.
Q. 22. What does communalism lead to in its extreme form?
Ans. In its extreme form, communalism leads to the belief that people belonging to different religions
cannot live as equal citizens within one nation. Either, one of them has to dominate the rest or
they have to form different nations.
Q. 23. What is the most common expression of communalism?
Ans. The most common expression of communalism is in everyday beliefs. These routinely involve
religious prejudices, stereotypes of religious communities and belief in the superiority of one’s
religion over other religions.
Q. 24. How political mobilisation on religious lines are a form of communalism?
Ans. Political mobilisation involves the use of sacred symbols, religious leaders, emotional appeal and
plain fear in order to bring the followers of one religion together in the political arena.
Q. 25. What is the most ugly form of communalism?
Ans. The most ugly form of communalism is communal violence, riots and massacre. India and Pakistan
suffered some of the worst communal riots at the time of partition.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
348
Q. 26. What do you understand by secularism?
Ans. There is no ofcial religion for the Indian state. Our constitution does not give a special status to
any religion. All religions are treated equally by the law.
Q. 27. What are the provisions for a secular state according to the Indian constitution.
Ans. The constitution provides to all individuals and communities the freedom to profess, practise and
propagate any religion, or not to follow any.
Q. 28. What is the extreme form of caste system in India?
Ans. Members of the same caste group were supposed to form a social community that practised the
same or similar occupation, married within the caste group and did not eat with members from
other caste groups.
Q. 29. Mention some reforms of history against caste system.
Ans. Social reformers like Jyotiba Phule, Gandhiji, B.R. Ambedkar and Periyar Ramaswami Naiker
advocated and worked to establish a society in which caste inequalities are absent.
Q. 30. Which factors are responsible to bring changes in caste system in India?
Ans. With the economic development, large scale urbanisation, growth of literacy and education,
occupational mobility and the weakening of the position of landlords in the villages, the old
notions of caste hierarchy are breaking down.
Q. 31. What is occupational mobility?
Ans. Shift from one occupation to another, usually when a new generation takes up occupations other
than practised by their ancestors.
Q. 32. What does ‘Caste hierarchy’ mean?
Ans. It is a ladder like formation in which all the caste groups are placed from the ‘highest’ to the
‘lowest’ castes.
Q. 33. What is the role of Indian Constitution to remove caste system?
Ans. The Constitution of India prohibited any caste based discrimination and laid the foundations of
policies to reverse the injustices of the caste system.
Q. 34. How is caste system still prevailing in contemporary India?
Ans. Some of the older aspects of caste have persisted. Even now, most people marry within their own
caste or tribe. Untouchability has not ended completely despite constitutional prohibition.
Q. 35. Is it true that caste is the sole basis of social community?
Ans. According to this way of thinking, people belonging to the same caste belong to a natural social
community and have the same interests which they do not share with anyone from another caste.
Q. 36. How do political parties keep castes in their minds during elections?
Ans. When parties choose candidates in elections, they keep in mind the cast composition of the
electorate and nominate candidates from different castes so as to muster necessary support to
win elections. They make appeals to caste sentiments to gather support.
Q. 37. Does any one single caste get a clear majority of one single caste?
Ans. No, parliamentary constituency in the country has a clear majority of one single caste. So, every
candidate and party needs to win the condence of more than one caste and community to win
elections.
Q. 38. What do you understand by vote bank of a caste?
Ans. When people say that caste is a vote bank of one party, it usually means that a large proportion of
the voters from that caste vote for that party.
Q. 39. How does caste get politicised?
Ans. Each caste group tries to become bigger by incorporating within it the neighbouring castes or
sub-castes, which were earlier excluded from it.

Q. 1. What would happen if politics and religion go hand in hand?
Ans. l Gandhiji used to say that religion can never be separated from politics. What he meant by
religion was not Hinduism or Islam but moral values that inform all religions. He believed that
politics must be guided by the morals and ethics drawn from religion.
l Human rights group in one country has argued that most of the victims of communal riots in
India are people from religious minorities. They have demanded that the government should
protect religious minorities.
l Women’s movements have argued that ‘family laws’ of all religions discriminate against
women. So they have demanded that the government should change these laws to make them
more equitable.
Q. 2. How can you say that women’s role in public life is minimal?
Ans. l Earlier, only men were allowed to participate in public affairs, vote and contest for elections
and public ofces.
l Gradually, the gender issue was raised in politics.
l Women in different parts of the world organised and agitated for equal rights.
l There were agitations in different countries for the extension of voting rights to women.
l These agitations demanded enhancing the political and legal status of women and improving
their educational and career opportunities.
l More feminist movements have taken place for equality of women.
We now nd women working as scientists, doctors, engineers, lawyers, managers and college and
university teachers, which were earlier not considered suitable for women.
Q. 3. How are religious differences expressed in politics?
Ans. l A communal mind often leads to a quest for political dominance of one’s own religious
community.
l Political mobilisation on religious lines is another frequent form of communalism.
l Sometimes, communalism takes its most ugly form, in communal violence riots and massacres.
Q. 4. How can a relationship between religion and politics be established?
Ans. The relationship between religion and politics can be established by setting up the following
constitutional provisions:
(i) There is no ofcial religion. The Indian Constitution does not give special status to any religion.
(ii) The Constitution provides to all individuals and communities freedom to profess, practise
and propagate any religion, or not to follow any.
(iii) At the same time, the Constitution allows the state to intervene in matters of religion in order
to ensure equality within religious communities.
Q. 5. Do you agree that caste has not disappeared from contemporary India?
Ans. l Some of the older aspects of caste are continuing.
l Even now, most people marry within their own caste or tribe.
l Untouchability has not ended completely, despite constitutional prohibition.
l The caste groups that had access to education under the old system have done very well in
acquiring modern education as well.
l Those groups that did not have access to education or were prohibited from acquiring it have
naturally lagged behind.
Caste continues to be closely linked to economic status.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
350
Q. 6. What factors matter in politics other than caste?
Ans. l The voters have strong attachment to political parties which is often stronger than their
attachment to their caste or community.
l People within the same caste or community have different interests depending on their
economic conditions.
l Rich and poor or men and women from the same caste often vote very differently.
People’s assessment of the performance of the government and the popularity rating of the
leaders matter and are often decisive in elections.
Q. 7. What does ‘gender-division’ mean?
Ans. Gender division is a form of hierarchical social division seen everywhere, but rarely recognised
in the study of politics. It tends to be understood as natural and unchangeable. However, it is not
based on biology but on social expectations and stereotypes.
Q. 8. What do you understand by ‘sexual division of labour’? Give some examples.
Ans. It is a system in which all work inside the home is either done by the women of the family, or
organised by them through the domestic helpers.
It is reected in most of the families. Women do all the work inside the home such as cooking,
cleaning, washing clothes, tailoring, looking after children, etc. and men do all the work outside
the home.
It is not that men cannot do housework; they simply think that it is for women to attend to these
things.
In villages, women fetch water, collect fuel and work in the eld.
Q. 9. What does ‘feminist’ mean? What are feminist movements?
Ans. Feminist can be a woman or a man who believes in equal rights and opportunities for women and
men.
Feminist movements aim at equal rights and opportunities for women and men. More radical
women’s movements aimed at equality, both in personal and family life.

Q. 1. What is communal politics? How is it preferred?
Ans. Communal Politics: It is based on the idea that religion is the principal basis of social community.
Communalism involves thinking that the followers of a particular religion must belong to one
community. Their fundamental interests are the same. Any difference that they may have is
irrelevant or trivial for community life. It also follows that people who follow different religions
cannot belong to the same social community. If the followers of different religions have some
commonalities, these are supercial and immaterial. Their interests are bound to be different and
involve a conict.
Q. 2. How is caste preferred in politics?
Ans. (i) No parliamentary constituency in the country has a clear majority of one single caste. So every
candidate and party needs to win the condence of more than one caste and community to
win elections.
(ii) No party wins the votes of all the voters of a caste or community. When people say that a
caste is a ‘vote bank’ of one party, it usually means that a large proportion of the voters from
that caste vote for that party.
(iii) Many political parties may put up candidates from the same caste. Some voters have more
than one candidate from their caste while many voters have no candidate from their caste.
(iv) The ruling party and the sitting MPs or MLAs frequently lose elections in a country. That would
not have happened if all castes and communities were frozen in their p olitical preferences.

Q. 3. “The problem begins when religion is seen as the basis of nation.” Explain the statement
with an example.
Ans. When religion becomes the basis of nation, it becomes communalism.
When people of one religion consider themselves as superior to other religions, the problem
of communalism erupts. This problem of communalism takes another sharp turn when it gets
mixed with politics. The state power is used to establish domination of one religious group over
the other religion. The manner in which religion is used in politics is called ‘communal politics’.
Sometimes people also use politics to express their needs, interests as members of a particular
religious community.
Q. 4. What changes can be seen in the caste system in modern India?
Ans. Partly due to social reformers and political leaders’ efforts and partly due to other socio-economic
changes, castes and caste system in modern India have undergone great changes.
With economic development, large-scale urbanisation, growth of literacy and education,
occupational mobility and the weakening of the position of landlords in the villages, the old
notions of caste hierarchy are breaking down. Now most of the times, in urban areas, it does
not matter much who is walking along next to us on a street or eating at the next table in a
restaurant. The Constitution of India prohibited any caste-based discrimination. If a person who
lived a century ago were to return to India, he/she would be greatly surprised at the change that
has come about in the country.

Q. 1. How does communalism threaten the Indian democracy? Explain.
Ans. l The most common expression of communalism lies in our everyday beliefs. These routines
involve belief in the superiority of one’s religion above other religions.
l A communal mind often leads to a quest for political dominance of one’s own religious
community; it can take the form of a desire to form a separate political unit.
l Political mobilisation based on religion is another form of communalism. This involves the
use of sacred symbols, religious leaders, emotional appeal to bring the followers of one religion
together in the political arena.
l Sometimes, communalism takes its most ugly form in violence riots and massacres. India and
Pakistan suffered some of the worst communal riots at the time of partition.
Q. 2. ‘‘In politics, the focus on caste can sometimes give an impression that elections are all
about caste and nothing else.’’ Justify the statement.
Ans. l When parties choose candidates in elections, they keep in mind the caste composition of the
electorate and nominate candidates from different castes so as to get necessary support to
win elections.
l Political parties and candidates in elections make appeal to caste sentiment to muster support.
Some political parties are known to favour some castes and are seen as their representatives.
l Universal adult franchise and the principle of ‘one person one vote’ compelled political leaders
to gear up to the task of mobilising and securing political support.
Q. 3. Highlight the positive and negative impact of casteism with regard to political expression.
Give any three examples to justify the statement.
Ans. Positive Impact of Casteism
(i) With the economic development, large scale urbanisation growth of literacy and education,
occupational mobility and the weakening of the position of landlords in the village, the old
notions of caste hierarchy are breaking down.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
352
(ii) The constitution has prohibited any caste based discrimination and laid the foundation of
policies to reverse the injustices of the caste system.
Negative impacts of Casteism
(i) When parties choose candidates in election, they keep in mind the caste imposition of the
electorate and nominate candidates from different castes so as to get necessary support to
win elections.
(ii) Political parties and candidates in elections make appeal to caste sentiments to muster
support.
Q. 4. Write few measures to combat communalism in India.
Ans. Measures to Combat Communalism in India
Communalism can be combated through the following methods:
(i) Law should ban parties using religion in politics.
(ii) Socio-economic backwardness of the country should be removed so that people are not used
as vote banks.
(iii) Political parties should rise above narrow gains and stop fanning communal passions.
(iv) Educational institutions should inculcate secular values among students.
(v) The Election Commission should prepare a code of conduct for parties so that religion is not
used in politics.
(vi) Mass media, TV, radio, NGOs and people themselves should launch an enlightenment
movement so that public opinion is created against communal riots.
Q. 5. How is gender division understood in Indian society? How does political mobilisation of
women on this question help to improve women’s role in public life?
Ans. (i) Boys and Girls are brought to believe that the main responsibility of women is household
work and bringing up children.
(ii) Women do all work inside the house such as cooking, cleaning, washing clothes, tailoring,
looking after the children, etc. and men do all the work outside the house. It is not that men
cannot do such work they simply think that it is for women, to attend to.
(iii) Political mobilisation has helped to improve women’s role in public life.
(a) Now women are scientists, space astronauts, doctors, engineers, lawyer and college and
university teachers which were earlier not considered suitable for them.
(b) Despite certain improvement, Indian Society remains a male dominated and patriarchal
society. Women still face torture, discrimination in various ways.
(iv) In urban areas, poor women work as domestic helps in middle-class homes while middle-
class women work in ofces.
(v) In fact, the majority of women do some sort of paid work in addition to domestic labour. But
their work is not valued and does not get recognition.
Q. 6. How does caste get politicised?
Ans. l Each caste group tries to become bigger by incorporating within it the neighbouring castes or
subcastes, which were earlier excluded from it.
l Various caste groups are required to enter into a coalition with other castes or communities
and thus enter into a dialogue and negotiations.
l New kinds of caste groups have come up in the political arena like ‘backward’ and ‘forward’
caste groups.
These castes play different kinds of roles in politics. As in the case of religion, politics based
on caste identity alone is not very healthy in a democracy.

SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. What do you mean by ‘Feminist’?

2. What is meant by ‘sex ratio’?
3. How many seats are reserved for women in the local bodies in India?
4. Who said that religion can never be separated from politics?
5. Which act provides that equal wages should be paid for equal work to both men and women?
1. Suggest any two measures to integrate the people belonging to different ethnic group in a society.
2. What do you understand by casteism?
3. Describe any ve features of the caste system in India.
4. Beside caste, which other factors do matter in electoral politics? Explain.
1. What is communalism? How is communalism a hindrance in the functioning of our democracy?

Explain.
2. “In a democracy, political expression of social division is very normal and can be healthy”. Justify
this statement with suitable arguments.
3. What is meant by caste hierarchy? Explain the role of caste in Indian politics.
4. Discuss the reasons for the decline in the caste system.
5. It is inevitable to ignore the relationship between politics and religion. In what way does this
relationship impact modern day politics? Explain.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
354
Popular Struggles
5 and Movements
* This chapter will not be evaluated in theory.
and took to streets. The

security forces could not
cope with more than a
lakh people demanding
democracy. They served
an ultimation to the king.

BOLIVIA WATER WAR
Bolivia, a poor The MNC People rose as This resulted, in The government
country in Latin raised the one man joined MNC officials bowed to the
America, sold its price of water by labour human fleeing from the people’s power and
municipal water four times. rights and city. the water supply was
supply rights to a community restored to the
multinational leaders in Municipality.
company. People who January 2000.
earned ` 5,000
had to pay
This they were ` 1,000 a month Strikes after
forced to do by for water. strikes occurred
the World Bank. which the
government
suppressed
brutally.
PRESSURE GROUPS
• Pressure groups are formed when people of the common occupation,

interests, aspirations come together to achieve an objective or aim.
•
They attempt to influence government policies without seeking control or
political power.
• Pressure groups influence policies, but do not take part in direct electoral
competition.
Examples: Narmada Bachao Aandolan, Women’s Movement.
IMPORTANT TERMS
2. Monarch: A sovereign head of state, especially a king or queen or emperor. He exercises
the highest authority and power.
3. Monarchy: A form of government with a monarch at the head.
4. Maoist: The political, social, economic, and military theories and policies advocated by
Mao Zedong, as those concerning revolutionary movements and guerrilla warfare.
5. Constituent Assembly (sometimes also known as a constitutional convention or
constitutional assembly) is a body or assembly of representatives composed for the
purpose of drafting or adopting a constitution.
6. MNC: Multinational company has facilities and other assets in at least one country
other than its home country. Such companies have offices and/or factories in different
countries and usually have a centralized head office where they coordinate global
management.
7. Mobilisation: The action of making something moveable or capable of movement.
8. Communism: A theory or system of social organization in which all property is owned
by the community and each person contributes and receives according to their abilities
and needs.
9. Communist: A person who supports or believes in the principles of communism.
10. FEDECOR is an organisation of human right activists, labour, community people. It was
Xam idea
Social Science–X
356
an organization formed in Bolivia which wanted the government to end the privatization
of water resources in the country.
11. Socialism: A political and economic theory of social organization which advocates that
the means of production, distribution, and exchange should be owned or regulated by
the community as a whole.
12. Socialists: A person who advocates or practices socialism.
13. Pressure Groups: A group that tries to influence public policy in the interest of a particular
cause.
14. Electoral Competition is relating to an election or to the process by which people are
elected.
15. Sectional Interest Groups: Groups seek to represent the common interests of a
particular section of society. As a result, members of sectional pressure groups are
directly and personally concerned with the outcome of the campaign fought by the
group because they usually stand to gain professionally and/or economically.
16. Public Interest Groups: They promote collective good as opposed to selective good. They
support or help groups other than their own members.
17. BAMCEF: The all India Backward and Minority Communities Employees Federation. It
is an organisation of employees from Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and other
backward classes and the minority communities in India.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. In what ways do pressure groups and movements exert inuence on politics?
OR
How do pressure groups and movements exert inuence on politics? Explain with
examples. [CBSE 2015 ]
Ans. Pressure groups and movements exert inuence on politics by:
(i) They carry out information campaigns, organise public outreach programmes, le petitions
and use mass media to popularize their demands and gain support among masses.
(ii) They often organise protests like strikes, public disruptions, etc. to draw the attention of the
government.
(iii) They may participate in ofcial bodies and committees that offer advice to the government.
(iv) They seek to exert inuence on political parties through economic donations or by assuring
of votes of their supporters in elections. In some cases, they might become afliated to
political parties in form of trade unions, student unions, etc. and install individuals they
deem appropriate in decision making bodies of the political parties.
Q. 2. Describe the forms of relationship between pressure groups and political parties?
Ans. The relationship between political parties and pressure groups can take different forms, some are
direct and others very indirect:
(i) In some instances, the pressure groups are either formed or led by the leaders of political
parties or act as extended arms of political parties.
(ii) For example, most trade unions and students organisations in India are either established
by, or afliated to one or the other major political party. Most of the leaders of such pressure
groups are usually activists and leaders of party.
(iii) Sometimes political parties grow out of movements. For example, when the Assam movement
led by students, against the ‘foreigners’ came to an end, it led to the formation of the ‘Asom
Gana Parishad’.
(iv) In most cases, the relationship between parties and interest groups or movements is not so
direct. They often take positions that are opposed to each other. Yet they are in dialogue and
negotiation.
(v) Movement groups have raised new issues that have been taken up by political parties. Most
of the new leadership of political parties comes from interest or movement groups.
Q. 3. Explain how the activities of pressure groups are useful in the functioning of a democratic
government.
Ans. Pressure groups and movements counter the inuence of powerful individuals on the government
and of the government itself. Multiple pressure groups also ensure a balance of power whereby
if one group brings pressure on government to make policies in its favour, another may bring
counter pressure. This ensures the government knows about conicting interests and may bring
a solution that may accommodate these conicting interests.
Q. 4. What is a pressure group? Give a few examples.
Ans. Pressure groups are organisations that attempt to inuence government policies. These
organisations are formed when people with common demands, interests or opinions come together
to achieve a common objective. Interest groups try to promote the interests of a particular section
or group of society such as trade unions. Promotional groups or public interest groups promote
collective good beyond their members such environmental groups, etc.
Q. 5. What is the difference between a pressure group and a political party?
Ans. Pressure groups are organisations that attempt to inuence government policies but do not wish
control and share power in government like political parties. Pressure groups ensure inuence
through indirect means on government while political parties inuence the government through
direct means such as elections and representation in government. Political parties accommodate
members of differing interests and opinions while pressure is generally homogeneous in
membership.
Q. 6. Organisations that undertake activities to promote the interests of specic social sections
such as workers, employees, teachers, and lawyers are called ____________________ groups.
Ans. Sectional interest
Q. 7. Which among the following is the special feature that distinguishes a pressure group from
a political party?
(a) Parties take political stances, while pressure groups do not bother about political
issues.
(b) Pressure groups are conned to a few people, while parties involve larger number of
people.
(c) Pressure groups do not seek to get into power, while political parties do.
(d) Pressure groups do not seek to mobilise people, while parties do.
Ans. (c) Pressure groups do not seek to get into power, while political parties do.
Q. 8. Match List I (organisations and struggles) with List II and select the correct answer using
the codes given below the lists:
Ans.
List-I List-II
1. Organisations that seek to promote the interests of a A. Movement

particular section or group
2. Organisations that seek to promote common interest B. Political Parties
3. Struggles launched for the resolution of a social problem C. Sectional Interest Groups
with or without an organisational structure
4. Organisations that mobilise people with a view to win D. Public Interest Groups
political power
Xam idea
Social Science–X
358
1 2 3 4
(a) C D B A
(b) C D A B
(c) D C B A
(d) B C D A
Ans. (b) CDAB
Q. 9. Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
Ans.
List-I List-II
1. Pressure group A. Narmada Bachao Andolan
2. Long-term movement B. Asom Gana Parishad
3. Single issue movement C. Women’s movement
4. Political party D. Fertilizer dealers’ association
1 2 3 4
(a) D C A B
(b) B A D C
(c) C D B A
(d) B D C A
Ans. (a) DCAB
Q. 10. Consider the following statements about pressure groups and parties:
A. Pressure groups are the organised expression of the interests and views of specic
social sections.
B. Pressure groups take positions on political issues.
C. All pressure groups are political parties.
(a) A, B, and C (b) A and B (c) B and C (d) A and C
Ans. (b) A and B
Q. 11. Mewat is one of the most backward areas in Haryana. It used to be a part of district Gurgaon
and Faridabad. The people of Mewat felt that the area will get better attention if it were
to become a separate district. But political parties were indifferent to this sentiment. The
demand for a separate district was raised by Mewat Educational and Social Organisation
and Mewat Saksharta Samiti in 1996. Later Mewat Vikas Sabha was founded in 2000 and
carried out a series of public awareness campaigns. This forced both the major parties,
Congress and the Indian National Lok Dal, to announce their support for the new district
before the assembly elections held in February 2005. The new district came into existence
in July 2005.
In this example what is the relationship that you observe among movement, political
parties and the government? Can you think of an example that shows a relationship
different from this one?
Ans. The movement was a single issue and specic movement with the objective of creating a new
district of Mewat. The movement organised pressure campaigns through public awareness
activities. This forced the major political parties to accept to their demands.

VERY SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS
Q.1. When did extraordinary popular movement begin in Nepal?
Ans. In April 2006, Nepal witnessed an extraordinary popular movement.
Q. 2. What was the aim of popular movement of Nepal?
Ans. The popular movement aimed at restoring democracy.
Q. 3. Who was the constitutional Monarch of Nepal?
Ans. King Birendra was the constitutional Monarch of Nepal.
Q. 4. Why did King Gyanendra replace King Birendra?
Ans. King Birendra was killed in a mysterious massacre of the royal family in 2001, so king Gyanendra
replaced him.
Q. 5. Who dissolved the popularly elected parliament in February 2005 in Nepal?
Ans. King Gyanendra dissolved the popularly elected parliament in Feb. 2005 in Nepal.
Q. 6. Why did King Gyanendra dismiss the then Prime Minister and dissolve Parliament?
Ans. He was not prepared to accept democratic rule. He took advantage of the weakness and
unpopularity of the democratically elected government.
Q. 7. What does ‘SPA’ mean?
Ans. It means “Seven Party Alliance”.
Q. 8. What was the role of SPA in Nepal Movement?
Ans. All the major political parties in the parliament forced a Seven Party Alliance and called for a four
day strike in Kathmandu to start the popular movement to revive democracy.
Q. 9. Who were Maoists?
Ans. Those communists who believed in the ideology of Mao, the great leader of the Chinese Revolution
were called Maoists.
Q. 10. What were the three main demands of the protestors in Nepal?
Ans. (i) Restoration of Parliament.
(ii) Power to an all-party government.
(iii) A new constituent Assembly.
Q. 11. Who was made the new Prime Minister of interim government of Nepal?
Ans. Girija Prasad Koirala was chosen by SPA as the PM of the interim government of Nepal.
Q. 12. Where is Bolivia located?
Ans. Bolivia is a poor country located in Latin America (South America).
Q. 13. What was the main reason of Bolivia’s popular movement? [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
OR
Explain the main reason for ‘Bolivia Water War.’ [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. (i) The government of Bolivia sold the rights of water supply to a multinational company.
(ii) The company increased the price of water by four times.
Q. 14. What was ‘FEDECOR’?
OR
What was the main role of ‘FEDICOR’ organisation in Bolivia?
Ans. It was an organisation formed by an alliance of labour, human rights and community leaders who
organised a successful four day general strike in Bolivia against MNC for water p rivatisation.
Q. 15. Give some examples of movements.
Ans. (i) Narmada Bachao Andolan
(ii) Movement for Right to Information
Xam idea
Social Science–X
360
(iii) Anti-liquor Movement
(iv) Women’s Movement
(v) Environmental Movement
Q. 16. Who are Sectional Interest groups? [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. They seek to promote the interests of a particular section or group of society.
Q. 17. For whose interest do the public welfare interest groups work ? [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Public welfare groups work in favour of-All Sections of society.
Q. 18. What does ‘BAMCEF’ mean?
Ans. It is Backward and Minority Community Employees Federation.
Q. 19. What is the role of ‘BAMCEF’?
Ans. It is an organisation largely made up of government employees that campaigns against caste
discrimination.
Q. 20. What is the principal concern of BAMCEF?
OR
State the main aim of Backward and Minority Communities Employees Federation.
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Its principal concern is social justice and social equality for the entire society.
Q. 21. Which organisation led the protest against water privatisation in Bolivia?
[CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. The organisation which led the protest against water privatization in Bolivia: FEDECOR.
Q. 22. Distinguish between pressure groups and political parties by stating any one point of
distinction. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Pressure groups do not aim to directly control or share political power but political parties directly
control and share political power.
Q. 23. Name any two sectional interest groups. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Two Sectional interest groups are →
(i) Trade Union
(ii) Business Association
(iii) Professional bodies of—Lawyers, Doctors, Teachers, etc.
Q. 24. Give an example of any ‘pressure group’ of India which functions as a branch of ‘political
party.’ [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Trade unions/Students’ organizations, INTUC, AITUC, ABVP, NSU(I)
Q. 25. Differentiate between ‘Sectional interest groups’ and ‘Public interest groups’.[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Sectional interest groups seek to promote the interest of a particular section.
Public interest groups promote collective rather than selective good.
Q. 26. Name any one political party of India which grew out of a movement. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Political party in India which grew out of a movement is :
1. Asom Gana Parishad
2. DMK (Dravida Munnetra kazhagam)
3. AIADMK ( All India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam)
4. AAP (Aam Admi Party)

SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS
Q. 1. How were the movements of Nepal and Bolivia water war different from each other?
OR
Differentiate between Nepal’s movement and Bolivia’s popular struggle. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. l The movement in Nepal was to establish democracy, while the struggle in Bolivia involved
claims on an elected democratic government.
l The popular struggle in Bolivia was about one specic policy, while the struggle in Nepal was
about the foundations of the country’s politics.
l Both these struggles were successful but their impact was at different levels.
Q. 2. “The struggle of the Nepali people is a source of inspiration to democrats all over the
world.” Support the statement.
Ans. (i) Nepal witnessed an extraordinary popular movement in April 2006. The movement aimed at
restoring democracy.
(ii) All the major political parties in the parliament formed a Seven Party Alliance (SPA) and
called for a ve day strike in Kathmandu.
(iii) On the last day of the ultimatum, the King was forced to concede to all the demands of the
SPA.
With the result an interim government was formed, becoming a source of inspiration to democrats
all over the world.
Q. 3. How are popular struggles undertaken in a democracy?
OR
Analyse the role of popular struggles in the development of democracy. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. l Democracy evolves through a popular struggle. It is possible that some signicant decisions
may take place through consensus and may not involve any conict at all. Democracy usually
involves conicts between those groups who have exercised power and those who aspire for a
share in power.
l Democratic conict is resolved through mass mobilisation. Sometimes, it is possible that the
conict is resolved by using the existing institutions like the parliament or judiciary. But when
there is a deep dispute, very often these institutions themselves get involved in the dispute.
l These conicts and mobilisations are based on new political organisations. But the
spontaneous public participation becomes effective with the help of organised politics. These
include political parties, pressure groups and movement groups.
Q. 4. “Popular struggles are integral to the working democracy.” Explain the statement in the
light of Bolivia’s struggle against privatisation of water. [CBSE (Comptt) 2017 ]
Ans. The world bank pressurized the government to give up its control of municipal water supply.
The government sold these rights to a Multinational company for the city of cocha bamba. The
company immediately increased the price of water by four times. This led to a spontaneous
popular protest. The contract with the MNC was cancelled and water supply was restored to the
municipality at old rates. This came to be known as Bolivia’s water war. In January 2000 a new
alliance of labour, human rights and community leaders joined a four day political strike in the
city. The government agreed to negotiate and the strike was called off. Nothing happened and so
they protested again though they were brutally suppressed. Another strike took place in april and
the government imposed the martial law. The power of the people forced the ofcials of the MNC
to ee the city and made the government to concede to all the demand s of the protestors.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
362
Q. 5. How do pressure groups and movements inuence politics?
Ans. Pressure groups and movements exert inuence on politics in a variety of ways:
l They try to gain public support and sympathy for their goals and their activity by carrying out
information campaigns, organising meetings, le petitions, etc. Most of these groups try to
inuence the media to give attention to these issues.
l They often organise protests like strikes or disrupting programmes. Workers’ organisations,
employees’ associations and most of the movement groups often resort to these tactics in order
to force the government to take note of their demands.
l Some persons from pressure groups or movement groups may participate in ofcial bodies
and committees that offer advice to the government.
Q. 6. What are movement groups? Give examples.
Ans. When an organisation starts a movement to achieve a specic goal or an issue, such organisation
is called movement groups.
(i) Narmada Bachao Andolan: The movement started due to a specic issue of displacement of
tribal people due to the construction of Sardar Sarovar Dam on river Narmada. They wanted
to stop this construction to get back to their homes.
(ii) Nepalese Movement: It was started by a Seven Party Alliance group to regain democracy in
Nepal which had been taken over by the ruling King Gyanendra. Its specic objective was to
regain democracy.
Q. 7. What are sectional interest groups? Describe their functioning. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. Sectional interest groups:
The groups that seek to promote the interests of a particular section or a group of a society is
called sectional interest groups.
Functioning:
(i) They perform a meaningful role in countering the undue inuence of other groups.
(ii) They create awareness about the needs and concerns of their own society.
(iii) Their principal concern is the betterment and well-being of their members not society in
general.
Q. 8. What are public interest pressure groups? Describe their functioning. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Public interest groups are those that promote collective rather than selective interests.
Their functions is as follows:
(i) It aims to help groups other than their own members.
(ii) They represent some common interests that needs to be defended.
(iii) The members of the organisation may not benet from the cause that the organisation
represents. For example, A group ghting against bonded labour ghts not for itself but for
those who are suffering under such bondage.
(iv ) For example, BAMCEF
Q. 9. Who led the protest against water privatization in Bolivia? Describe the ways of protest
adopted by that organization. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Protest against water privatization in Bolivia:
FEDECOR (comprised local professionals, including engineers and Environmentalists), human
rights and community leaders
Ways of their Protest:
(i) Organised a successful four-day general strike in the city.

(ii) Inuenced the decision through direct participation in competitive politics.
(iii) Created parties and formed governments.
(iv) Formed pressure groups for the protest.
Q. 10. How are issue specic movements different from generic movements? [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. Difference between issue specic and generic movements:
(i) Issue specic movements seek to achieve a single objective within a limited time frame, while
generic movements seek to achieve a broad goal in the long term.
(ii) Issue specic movements tend to have a clear leadership and some organisation. But their
active life is usually short.
(iii) Generic movements share a broad objective and have a similar approach. Sometimes, these
broad movements have a loose umbrella organisation as well.
LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS

Q. 1. How did organisations in a democracy mobilise movements? Give examples.
Ans. Nepal:
l In Nepal, the struggle involved many organisations other than political parties. All the major
labour unions and their federations joined this movement.
l Many other organisations like the organisation of the indigenous people, teachers, lawyers
and human rights groups extended support to the movement.
Bolivia:
l The protest against water privatisation in Bolivia was not led by any political party but by an
organisation called FEDECOR.
l This organisation comprised of local professionals, including engineers and environmentalists.
l They were supported by a federation of farmers, the confederation of factory workers’ unions,
middle class students from the University of Cochabamba and the city’s growing population
of homeless street children.
So, from both these examples, we can conclude that in a democracy, several different kinds of
organisations work behind any big struggle.
Q. 2. Differentiate between issue-specic movements and generic movements. Give an example
of an issue-specic movement and explain.
Ans. Issue-specic Movements:
(i) They achieve a single objective within a limited timeframe.
(ii) There is clear leadership.
(iii) They have some sort of an organisation, i.e., organisational features of order, stability,
leadership, etc. are visible in them.
(iv) Their active life is usually short, e.g., The Nepalese Movement for Democracy.
Generic Movements:
(i) They are more general movements that seek to achieve a broad goal in the long term.
(ii) They have independent leadership.
(iii) There is no single organisation that controls or guides such movements.
(iv) General movements are environmentalists’ movements or the women’s movements.
In India, Narmada Bachao Andolan is a good example of this kind of movement.
l The movement started with the specic issue of the tribal people displaced by the creation of
Sardar Sarovar Dam on the Narmada River.
l Its objective was to stop the dam from being constructed.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
364
l Gradually, it became a wider movement that questioned all such big dams and the model of
development that required such dams.
l Movements of this kind tend to have a clear leadership and some organisation. But their active
life is usually short.
Q. 3. Which organisation contributed in the protest against water privatisation in Bolivia?
[CBSE (F) 2017 ]
OR
“Pressure groups and movements exert inuence on politics in different ways.” Support
the statement with suitable examples. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
OR
Analyse any ve ways by which ‘pressure groups’ can exert inuence on politics.
[CBSE (F) 2017 ]
OR
How do pressure groups and movements strengthen democracy ? Explain.[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
OR
How do the pressure groups and movements inuence politics? Explain with examples.
Ans. l The protest against water privatisation in Bolivia was not led by any political party. It was led
by FEDECOR.
l This organisation comprised of local professionals, including engineers and environmentalists.
l They were supported by a federation of farmers who relied on irrigation, middle class students,
confederation of factory workers’ unions and the city’s growing population of the homeless
street children.
l Most of these groups try to inuence the media.
l Business groups often employ professional lobbyists or sponsor expensive advertisements.
l Business groups often employ professional lobbyists.
l Some pressure groups formed and led by the leaders of political parties.
l Some political parties grow out of movements.
Q. 4. What can we conclude about democracy with reference to popular struggles and movements
like Bolivian water war? Explain in detail. [CBSE Sample Question 2016]
OR
Explain with appropriate examples the relevance of ‘popular struggle’ of both Nepal and
Bolivia for democracy. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Democracy evolves through popular struggles. It is possible that some signicant decisions may take
place through consensus and may not involve any conict at all. But that would be an exception.
Dening moments of democracy usually involve conict between those groups who have exercised
power and those who aspire for a share in power.
These moments come when the country is going through transition to democracy, expansion of
democracy or deepening of democracy.
Democratic conict is resolved through mass mobilisation. Sometimes it is possible that the
conict is resolved by using the existing institutions like the parliament or the judiciary.
These conicts and mobilisations are based on new political organisations where there is an
element of spontaneity in all such historic moments.
But the spontaneous public participation becomes effective with the help of organised politics.
Q. 5. Describe the popular struggle of Bolivia. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
OR
What do you know about Bolivia’s water war?

Ans. Popular struggle of Bolivia
(i) People’s struggle against privatisation of water in Bolivia power that struggles are integral
part of democracy.
(ii) The world Bank pressurised the government to give up its control of municipal water supply.
The government sold these rights to a multinational company which increased the price of
water by four times. Many people received monthly water bill of ` 1,000 in a country where
average income is around ` 5,000 a month.
(iii) In January 2000, a new alliance of labour human rights and community leaders organised a
successful gone day strike.
(iv) The government agreed to negotiate and the strike was called off.
(v) The police resorted to brutal regression when the agitations started in February followed in
April and the government imposed martial law.
(vi) But the power of people forced the ofcials of the MNC to ee the city and made the
government concede to all the demand of the protestors.
(vii) The contract with MNC was cancelled and the water supply was restored with the municipality
at old rates.
This popular struggle came to be known as ‘Bolivia’s Water War’.
Q. 6. Examine the role of pressure groups and movements in deepening democracy.
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Pressure groups and movements have deepened democracy.
(i) It reminds the government of the needs and concerns of ordinary citizens.
(ii) Put pressure on the rulers for the unhealthy activities.
(iii) It performs a useful role of countering undue inuence of the rich and powerful people.
(iv ) One single group cannot achieve dominance over society.
(v ) The government gets to hear about what different sections of the population want.
(vi) This leads to a rough balance of power and accommodation of conicting interests.
Q. 7. How are ‘movements’ different from interest groups ? Explain with examples.
[CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Difference between interest groups and movements:
(i) Interest groups do not have a loose organisation whereas Movements have a loose
organisation.
(ii) Decision making of interest groups is formal whereas decision making of movements is
informal and exible.
(iii) They do not depend so much on spontaneous mass participation and formed by people with
a common interest and occupation. Movements depend much more on spontaneous mass
participation.
(vi) Interest groups seek to promote the interest of a particular section or a group of society
such as, trade unions/business association doctor etc. Whereas, the movements groups are
issue specic that seek to achieve a single objective within a limited time frame such as the
Nepalese movement for democracy/ Narmada Bachao Andolan etc.
(v) Interest groups promote collective rather than selective good such as BAMCEF(Backward
and Minority Communities Employees Federation) whereas the movement groups are more
general or generic movement that seek to achieve a broad goal in the very long term such as
women’s movement.
(vi) Interest groups represent some common or general interest that needs to be defended such
as FEDECOR whereas movement group are long term and involve more than one issue such
as environmental movement.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
366
Q. 1. Inspite of some differences, the story of Nepal and Bolivia share some similarities. Explain
three of them.
Ans. Similarities between story of Nepal and Bolivia are following:
(i) Both these movements are the instances of political conict that led to popular struggles in
their respective countries.
(ii) In both cases, the struggle involved mass mobilisation. Public demonstration of mass support
clinched the dispute.
(iii) Both instances involved the critical role of political organisations.
Q. 2. Explain the inuence of mobilisation and organisation.
Ans. Any democratic conict can be resolved through the means of mobilisation and organisation.
They work together to win struggle.
(i) Take the instance of Nepal where call for indenite strike was given by SPAC or the Seven
Party Alliance in Nepal. This alliance included some big parties that had some members in
the parliament.
(ii) Protest was also joined by the Nepalese Communist Party which did not believe in
parliamentary democracy.
(iii) This party was involved is an armed struggle against the Nepali government and had
established its control over large parts of Nepal.
(iv) All the major labour unions and their federations joined this movement.
(v) So mass mobilisation takes place on the issues which appeal to a huge number of people from
different walks of life having a common interest. It provides full support to the organisation
and the movement.
Q. 3. Explain three most effective ways in which the pressure groups and movements inuence
the politics of a country.
Ans. Pressure groups and movements exert inuence on politics in a variety of ways:
(i) They try to gain public support and sympathy for their goals and their activities by carrying
out information campaigns, organising meetings ling petitions, etc. Most of these groups
try to inuence the media into giving more attention to them issues. For example, Anna
Hazare’s protest on Jan Lok Pal Bill.
(ii) They often organise protest activities like strikes or disrupting government programme.
Workers’ organisations Employees’ Association and most of the movement groups often
resort to then tactics in order to force the government to take note of their demands.
(iii) Business groups often employ professional lobbysts or sponsor expensive advertisements.
Some persons from pressure groups may participate in ofcial bodies and committees that
offer advice to the government.
Q. 4. Pressure groups good for democracy. How?
Ans. l Pressure groups have broadened democracy. Putting pressure on government is not an
unhealthy activity in a democracy.
l Government may at times be inuenced by rich people. It is at this time that pressure groups
may play a useful role of converting these pressures and reminding the government of needs
and aspirations of the people.
l Even sectional interest groups may play an important role. If one group’s pressure forces
the government to make policies in their favour, the other group will keep a check on this.
The government gets to know what people want. It leads to a rough balance of power and
accommodation of interests.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. In which year did Nepal become a constitutional monarchy?

2. What was the aim of the Nepalese popular movement of April 2006?
3. What was the main role of FEDECOR organisation in Bolivia?
4. Which political party came to power in Bolivia in 2006?
5. What is the name of the alliance that was formed by all major political parties in the Parliament
of Nepal?
6. Suggest the main features which distinguishes a pressure group form a political party.
1. What is the full form of SPA? Explain any two demands of the SPA.
2. What are public interest pressure groups? Describe their functioning.
3. What does the term BAMCEF signify? Mention its two objectives.
4. How is a democratic conict resolved?
5. Explain the role of sectional interest groups in deepening of democracy.
1. Describe the ‘second popular movement for democracy’ of Nepal.

2. Which three conclusions can be drawn out from the movement of Nepal and the struggle of
Bolivia?
3. Explain any three types of pressure groups.
4. How did the struggle of the Nepali people become a source of inspiration to democrats all over the
world? Explain few values we can learn from it.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
368
Political
6 parties
Parties contest elections by putting up candidates.

In some countries, candidates are selected by members and supporters of a party (e.g. USA)
In other countries, candidates are choosen by top party leaders (e.g. India)
Parties have different policies and programmes, voters choose from them.
The parties that lose elections play the role of opposition and voice different views and
criticise government for its failures and wrong policies.
They shape public opinion. Parties with the help of pressure groups launch movements for
solving problems faced by the people.
They provide people access to government machinery and welfare schemes. The local party

PARTY SYSTEM
ONE - Party System TWO - Party MULTI - Party System

System
• There is no competition If several parties compete for power and more than two parties have
in this system. a chance to come to power either on their own or by forming alliance,
When the power it is called Multi-party System
• The lone party nominates changes between two
the candidates and the parties, it is called
voters have only two Bi-party System When several parties join the hands for the purpose of running the
choices. government, it is called an alliance or a front
1. Not to vote at all.
2. Write ‘yes’ or ‘no’ In such system, one
against the name of party comes to power Example—India: there were three major allainces in 2004
the candidate by winning majority
nominated by the and other forms
party. opposition The National Democratic Alliance (NDA)—BJP ran it
• This system has been
popular in communist
countries like China, The United Progressive Alliance (UPA) —Congress ran it
Korea and Cuba. Example—USA & UK
The Left Front run by the Socialist or the Communist Parties of India
Other parties may exist
but only two political This system also allows a variety of interests and opinions to enjoy
parties are powerful in political representation
it.
Multi-party system appears messy and leads to political instability.
CHALLENGES FACED BY POLITICAL PARTIES
Lack of Internal Money Parties do not offer

Dynastic
Democracy within and a meaningful choice
Succession
Parties muscle power to the voters
• Power concentrated in the • Leaders on top have • During election, this • There is not much difference in
hands of few. unfair advantage to Power is very visible. ideology among parties.
• No organizational meetings. favour people close to • Candidates who can e.g. labour party and
No keeping of membership them or family members. raise money are conservative party of Britain.
register. • Top positions controlled nominated. • The only difference is the details
• No internal, regular elections. by family members in • Rich people and of implementation matter than
• Ordinary members do not most parties. companies who give fundamental principles.
have access to information, • Tendency seen all over funds have influence • In India also there is not much
cannot influence decisions. the world, even in the on policies. difference among parties on
• Disagreement with the leader older democracies. economic issues.
leads to ouster from the party.
EFFORTS MADE TO REFORM THE POLITICAL PARTIES
The Constitution The supreme court The election commission
• Was amended to prevent defection. • Passed certain orders to reduce the • Political parties are asked to file their
• Now MPs and MLAs lose their seat in power of money and criminals. income tax returns.
the parliament or a State Assembly if • A candidate has to file an affidavit They have to hold organizational
they change party. giving details of his property and elections.
criminal cases pending against him.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
370
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Partisanship is a tendency to support a particular group, cause or viewpoint over another.
2. Election: A formal and organised choice by vote of a person for a political office or other
position.
3. Ruling Party or governing party in a democratic parliamentary system is the incumbent
political party or coalition of the majority in parliament that administers the affairs of
state.
4. Opposition Party: The opposition comprises one or more political parties or other
organized groups that are opposed to the government party or group in political control
of a city, region, state or country. It is the party that goes against another par ty.
5. Election Commission is a body charged for overseeing the implementation of election
procedures.
6. Two-party System is a party system where two major political parties dominate the
government. One of the two parties typically holds a majority in the legislature and is
usually referred to as the majority or governing party while the other is the minority or
opposition party.
7. Communism: A theory or system of social organization in which all property is owned by
the community and each person contributes and receives according to their ability and
needs.
8. Communist: A person who supports or believes in the principles of communism.
9. Multi-party System is a system in which multiple political parties across the political
spectrum run for national election, and all have the capacity to gain control of government
offices, separately or in coalition.
10. Alliance: A union or association formed for mutual benefit, especially between countries
or organisations.
11. Federal: Having or relating to a system of government in which several states form a
unity but remain independent in internal affairs.
12. Federalism: The federal principle or system of government.
13. Legislative Assembly is the name given in some countries to either a legislature, or to
one of its branch. The name is used by a number of countries, including member-states
of the Commonwealth of Nations and other countries.
14. Lok Sabha (House of the People) is the Lower house of India’s bicameral Parliament,
with the Upper house being the Rajya Sabha.
15. Rajya Sabha: Council of States is the upper house of the Parliament of India. Membership
of Rajya Sabha is limited by the Constitution to a maximum of 250 members, and
current laws have provision for 245 members.
16. Marxism: Marxism is a method of socioeconomic analysis that analyzes class relations
and societal conflict using a materialist interpretation of historical development and a
dialectical view of social transformation.
17. Internal Democracy also known as intra-party democracy, refers to the level and
methods of including party members in the decision making and deliberation within the
party structure.
18. Defection: The desertion of one’s country or cause in favour of an opposing one.
19. Affidavit: A written statement confirmed by oath or affirmation, for use as evidence in
court.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. State the various functions political parties perform in a democracy. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
OR
Analyse the main functions of ‘political parties.’ [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. The various functions of political parties in a democracy are:
(i) In most democracies, parties contest elections by nominating a person as their candidate in
the election.
(ii) Voters have their opinion and they choose a party which also follows the same. Parties put
forward a multitude of different policies and programme to ensure that more people identify
their opinion with the party and therefore support it.
(iii) Parties play a decisive role in making laws for a country. Candidates from the ruling party
form the majority members of legislature and executive. They generally implement laws with
respect to the opinions and policies the party had earlier stated.
(iv) Parties form and run governments. As we noted last year, the big policy decisions are taken by
political executive that comes from the political parties. Parties recruit leaders, trains them
and then make them ministers to run the government in the way they want.
(v) Those parties that do not form part of the government after the elections play the role of
opposition. They act as balance of power and opinion to the government.
(vi) Parties shape public opinion by raising and highlighting issues. Parties also raise issues of
matter to the public in front of the government.
(vii) Party members provide citizens access to government schemes. They are more approachable
than government ofcers since parties have to be responsive to people’s demands. This
ensures them support of the people in elections.
Q. 2. What are the various challenges faced by political parties?
OR
Examine the main ‘challenges’ before ‘political parties.’ [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Main challenges before political parties:
(i) Lack of internal democracy: All over the world, there is a tendency of political parties
towards the concentration of power in one or few leaders at the top. Parties do not keep
membership register. They do not regularly hold organisational meetings. They do not
conduct interval elections regularly. Ordinary members of the party do not have sufcient
information as to what happens inside the party. As a result, the leaders assume greater
power to make decisions in the name of the party.
(ii) Dynastic succession is related to the rst one: A rule in which the family’s generation
rules forever and there can be no change. This is against the democracy. This is one of the
major problems that political parties have to confront with and is a hindrance for ordinary
citizens, who aspire to join politics.
(iii) Money and muscle power: Rich people and companies who give funds to the parties tend to
have inuence on the policies and decisions of the party.
(iv) No meaningful choice: It means, in recent years, there has been a decline in the ideological
differences among parties in most parts of the world. Parties are no longer signicantly
different. Sometimes people cannot even elect very different leaders either, because the same
set of leaders keep shifting from one party to another. For example, the difference between
the labour party and the conservative party in Britain is very low.
(v) Casteism and religion have always been challenges.People prefer to vote for the representatives
of their own caste and religion.
Q. 3. Suggest some reforms to strengthen parties so that they perform their functions well.
Ans. Various reforms that can be taken to strengthen parties are:
Xam idea
Social Science–X
372
(i) There has to be a mechanism to check that the information given by a candidate for election
in his afdavit is correct and true.
(ii) There has to be a mechanism for elected members to dissent without needing to defect and
losing their seat.
(iii) Internal elections have to be held for all decision making positions of a party with a transparent
list of voters.
(iv) Initiatives have to be taken to stop the ow of illegal money to political parties during
elections.
Q. 4. What is a political party? [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. A political party is a group of people who come together to contest elections and hold power in
the government. A political party has three important components:
(i) Party Leadership (ii) Party members (iii) Party Followers.
Political parties contest elections and occupy political ofces to exercise political power.
Q. 5. What are the characteristics of a political party?
Ans. The characteristics of a political party are:
(i) There is one party system, where only one party is allowed to control and run the government.
(ii) When power usually changes between two main parties is called a two party system. Although
many other parties may exist, contest but only the two main parties have been winning
majority of seats to form government.
(iii) If several parties compete in elections and more than two parties have a chance of coming to
power, it is called a multi-party system.
(iv) Parties that have considerable support from people in only one of the States and have a
chance of winning elections in that State only are known as State Parties.
(v) Parties that have considerable support from people throughout the country and have a chance
of winning National elections are known as National parties. National parties may also have
contest elections in States.
Q. 6. A group of people who come together to contest elections and hold power in the government
is called a _________________________.
Ans. Political party.
Q. 7. Match List I (organisations and struggles) with List II and select the correct answer using
the codes given below the lists:
Ans.
List-I List-II
1. Congress Party A. National Democratic Alliance
2. Bhartiya Janta Party B. State Party
3. Communist Party of India (Marxist) C. United Progressive Alliance
4. Telugu Desam Party D. Left Front
1 2 3 4
(a) C A B D
(b) C D A B
(c) C A D B
(d) D C A B
Ans. (c) CADB
Q. 8. Who among the following is the founder of the Bahujan Samaj Party?
A. Kanshi Ram B. Sahu Maharaj
C. B.R. Ambedkar D. Jyotiba Phule
Ans. A. Kanshi Ram
Q. 9. What is the guiding philosophy of the Bharatiya Janata Party?
A. Bahujan Samaj B. Revolutionary democracy
C. Integral humanism D. Modernity
Ans. D. Modernity
Q. 10. Consider the following statements on parties.
A. Political parties do not enjoy much trust among the people.
B. Parties are often rocked by scandals involving top party leaders.
C. Parties are not necessary to run governments.
(a) A, B, and C (b) A and B (c) B and C (d) A and C
Ans. (b) A and B
Q. 11. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:
Muhammad Yunus is a famous economist of Bangladesh. He received several international
honours for his efforts to promote economic and social development for the benet of the
poor. He and the Grameen Bank started jointly, received the Nobel Peace Prize for the 2006.
In February 2007, he decided to launch a political party and contest in the parliamentary
elections. His objective was to foster proper leadership, good governance and build a new
Bangladesh. He felt that only a political party different from the traditional ones would
bring about new political culture. His party would be democratic from the grassroot level.
The launching of the new party, called Nagarik Shakti (Citizens’ Power), has caused a stir
among the Bangladeshis. While many welcomed his decision, some did not like it. “Now I
think Bangladesh will have a chance to choose between good and b ad and eventually have
a good government,” said Shahedul Islam, a government ofcial. “That government, we
hope, would not only keep itself away from corruption but also make ghting corruption
and black money, a top priority.” But leaders of traditional political parties who dominated
the country’s politics for decades were apprehensive. “There was no debate (over him)
winning the Nobel, but politics is different – very challenging and often controversial,”
said a senior leader of the Bangladesh Nationalist Party. Some others were highly critical.
They asked why he was rushing into politics. “Is he being planted in politics by mentors
from outside the country,” asked one political observer.
Do you think Yunus made a right decision to oat a new political party?
Do you agree with the statements and fears expressed by various people? How do you want
this new party organised to make it different from other parties? If you were the one to
begin this political party, how would you defend it?
Ans. Yunus has done to what he believes will serve his purpose and aim to improve Bangladesh. The
support that he has earned from the people for his initiative of Grameen Bank may allow him to
win elections and bring change through political power.
People are entitled to their opinion. It is the duty of Yunus to assure the people and remove the
reasons of fear that some people may have.
The new party should have internal democracy. There should be transparency with regards to the
ow of money. Only those individuals should be nominated for elections that have no criminal
backgrounds. The party should also remain true to its ideological promises.
I would defend it through honesty.I would assure the people that I will form an effective government
by showcasing an honest and transparent political party. The policies and programmes would
ensure that interests of everyone will be accounted for and release a balanced vision of future for
Bangladesh.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
374
Q. 1. What is the concept of political parties in rural areas?
Ans. If we travel to remote parts of our country and speak to the less educated citizens, we could
come across people who may not know anything about our constitution or about the nature of
our government. But chances are that they would know something about our political parties.
Q. 2. What do you understand by partisan?
Ans. A person who is strongly committed to a party, group or faction.
Q. 3. What do you understand by ‘Partisanship’?
Ans. It is marked by a tendency to take a side and inability to take a balanced view on an issue.
Q. 4. What are the components of a political party? [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. (i) The leaders (ii) The active members (iii) The followers
Q. 5. How do parties contribute in the making of law?
Ans. Formally, laws are debated and passed in the legislature. But since most of the members belong to
a party, they go by the direction of the party leadership, irrespective of their personal opinions.
Q. 6. How do parties run the government of a country?
Ans. Parties recruit leaders, train them and then make them ministers to run the government in the
way they want.
Q. 7. What is the role of opposition in a democracy?
Ans. Opposition parties voice different views and criticise the government for its failures or wrong
policies.
Q. 8. Is it true that political parties shape public opinion? Explain.
Ans. Yes, it is true as parties sometimes also launch movements for the resolution of problems faced by
people. Often opinions in the society crystallise on the lines parties take.
Q. 9. How much accountable are the parties to the people of any country?
Ans. Parties have to be responsive to people’s needs and demands. Otherwise people can reject those
parties in the next election.
Q. 10. At what level, there are non-party based elections in our country?
Ans. Non-party based elections are held in panchayats of many states in India.
Q. 11. How does it affect the Panchayat system?
Ans. Although, the parties do not contest formally, it is generally noticed that the village gets split
into more than one faction, each of which puts up a ‘panel’ of its candidates.
Q. 12. Why do larger societies need representative democracy?
Ans. As societies became large and complex, they also need some agency to gather different views on
various issues and to present these to the government. They need some ways to bring various
representatives together so that a responsible government can be formed.
Q. 13. Why are parties a necessary condition for a democracy?
Ans. People need a mechanism to support or restrain the government, make policies, justify and oppose
them. Political parties full all these needs. So, we can say that parties are a necessary condition
for a democracy.
Q. 14. What is one-party system?
Ans. In some countries, only one party is allowed to control and run the government. It is called one-
party system. E.g ., China.
Q. 15. Is it democratic to have one-party system?
Ans. (i) We cannot consider one-party system as a good option because this is not democratic option.
(ii) Any democratic system must allow at least two parties to compete in elections and provide a
fair chance for the competing parties to come to power.

Q. 16. Which organization does recognize ‘Political Parties’ in India ? [CBSE (Comptt) 2017 ]
Ans. Political Parties in India are recognized by :
Election Commission
Q. 17. What is a Bi-party system?
Ans. In some countries, power usually changes between two main parties. Such a party system is called
bi-party system. E.g., UK and USA.
Q. 18. What is a multi-party system?
Ans. If several parties compete to power and more than two parties have a reasonable chance of coming
to power either on their own strength or in alliance with others, we call it a multi-party system.
Q. 19. Why did India adopt multi-party system? [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. (i) India is a large country and has social and geographical diversities.
(ii) It is easy to absorb different diversities in a multi party system.
Q. 20. What is an ‘alliance’ or a ‘front’?
Ans. When several parties in a multi-party system join hands for the purpose of contesting elections
and winning power, it is called an alliance or a front.
Q. 21. Name three major alliances of India.
Ans. (i) The National Democratic Alliance (NDA) formed by BJP.
(ii) The United Progressive Alliance (UPA) formed by Congress I.
(iii) Left Front formed by Communist Parties of India.
Q. 22. Give one merit of multi-party system.
Ans. This system allows a variety of interests and opinions to enjoy political representation.
Q. 23. Give one demerit of multi-party system.
Ans. The multi-party system often appears very messy and leads to a political instability.
Q. 24. How does a country choose a party system?
Ans. It evolves over a long time, depending on the nature of a society, its social and regional divisions,
its history of politics and its system of elections.
Q. 25. Why did India choose to have a multi-party system?
OR
Examine the reason to accept multi-party system in India. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. India has evolved a multi-party systems because the social and geographical diversity in such a
large country is not easily absorbed by two or even three parties.
Q. 26. What are national parties?
Ans. There are some country-wide parties, which are called national parties. All these units follow the
same policies, programmes and strategy that are decided at the national level.
Q. 27. Dene ‘regional parties’ on the basis of election commission of India.
Ans. A party that secures at least six percent of the total votes in an election to the Legislative Assembly
of a state and wins at least two seats is recognised as a state party.
Q. 28. How is a party recognised as ‘national party’ by the Election Commission of India?
Ans. A party that secures at least six percent of total votes in Lok Sabha elections or assembly elections
in four states and wins at least four seats in Lok Sabha is recognised as a national party.
Q. 29. When was INC formed? What is its symbol?
Ans. Indian National Congress was formed in 1885. Its symbol is ‘hand’.
Q. 30. Which coalition was formed by INC?
Ans. United Progressive Alliance (UPA) coalition government was formed by INC for the government
at the centre.
Q. 31. When was BJP founded? What is its symbol?
Ans. BJP was founded in 1980. Its symbol is lotus.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
376
Q. 32. Which coalition alliance was formed by BJP?
Ans. National Democratic Alliance (NDA) coalition was formed by BJP for forming government at the
centre level.
Q. 33. When was BSP formed? What is its symbol?
Ans. Bahujan Samaj Party was formed in 1984. Its symbol is Elephant.
Q. 34. Which classes are represented by BSP?
Ans. It seeks to represent and secure power for the Bahujan Samaj which includes the dalits, adivasis,
OBCs and religious minorities.
Q. 35. Name the ‘National Parties’ of India.
Ans. (1) Indian National Congress
(2) Bhartiya Janata Party
(3) Bahujan Samaj Party
(4) Communist Party of India (Marxist)
(5) Communist Party of India (CPI)
(6) National Congress Party (NCP)
Q. 36. Name any two regional political parties of U.P. (Uttar Pradesh). [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Two Regional Political Parties of UP
(i) S. P. (Samajvadi Party)
(ii) Rastriya Lok Dal
Q. 37. Name the regional parties of Jammu and Kashmir with its symbols.
Ans. (i) Jammu and Kashmir National Conference – Bird
(ii) Jammu and Kashmir National Panther Party – Cycle
(iii) Jammu and Kashmir People’s Democratic Party – Ink-pot and Pen
Q. 38. Name regional parties of Punjab, Haryana and Uttarakhand with symbols.
Ans. (i) Uttarakhand Kranti Dal—Chair
(ii) Punjab Shiromani Akali Dal—Weighing-scale
(iii) Haryana Lok Dal—Spectacles
Q. 39. Name regional parties of Maharashtra, Goa and Karnataka with their symbols.
Ans. (i) Maharashtra Shiv Sena—Bow and Arrow
(ii) Goa United Goan Democratic Party—Two leaves.
Q. 40. Name regional parties of Tamil Nadu with symbols.
Ans. (i) All India Anna Dmk—Two leaves
(ii) Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam—Rising Sun
(iii) Pattali Makkai Katchi—Mango
(iv) Marumalarchi Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam—Spinning Top
Q. 41. Name regional parties of West Bengal with symbols.
Ans. (i) Forward Block – Lion
(ii) Revolutionary Socialist Party – Spade and Shovel
(iii) Trinamool Congress – A pair of owers
Q. 42. Name regional parties of Bihar with their symbols.
Ans. (i) Janata Dal (U) – Arrow
(ii) Lok Jan Shakti Party – A hut
(iii) Rashtriya Janata Dal – Kerosene Lamp
Q. 43. Name regional parties of Andhra, Orissa and Sikkim with their symbols.

Ans. (i) Andhra Pradesh – Telugu Desam – A Bicycle
(ii) Andhra – Telangana Rashtra Samiti – A Car
(iii) Odisha – Biju Janta Dal – Sea Shell
(iv) Sikkim – Sikkim Democratic front – Umbrella
Q. 44. Name regional parties of Assam and Arunachal Pradesh with their symbols.
Ans. (i) Assam – Assam United Democratic Party – Lock and Key
(ii) Asom Gana Parishad – Elephant
(iii) Arunachal – Arunachal Congress – Two swords
Q. 45. How do money and muscle power tend to help the contestant of the elections?
Ans. Rich people and companies who give funds to the parties tend to have inuence on the policies
and decisions of the party.
Q. 46. It is said that, “No meaningful choice is given to the voters.” Explain.
Ans. It means, in recent years, there has been a decline in the ideological differences among parties in
most parts of the world. Parties are no longer signicantly different. Sometimes people cannot
even elect very different leaders either, because the same set of leaders keep shifting from one
party to another. For example, the difference between the labour party and the conservative party
in Britain is very low.
Q. 47. What is ‘defection’?
Ans. Changing party allegiance from the party on which a person got elected (to a legislative body) to
a different party.
Q. 48. What order is passed by Supreme Court to reduce the inuence of money and criminals?
Ans. Now it is mandatory for every candidate who contests elections to le an afdavit giving details
of his property and criminal cases pending against him. This new system has made a lot of
information available to the public.
Q. 49. If all the decisions of a political party are made by a single family and all other members
are neglected, then what challenge is being faced by that party?
Ans. If all the decisions of a political party are made by a single family and all other members are
neglected, then it is a challenge of dynastic succession.
Q. 50. Name any one political party that has national level political organisation but not
recognised as the national political party. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. The political party that has national level political organization but not recognized as the National
Party: Samajwadi Party/Samata Party/Rashtriya Janta Dal.
Q. 51. Why is one party political system not considered a good democratic system?
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. One party system has no democratic option.

Q. 1. What is meant by dynastic succession in politics?
Ans. A rule in which the family’s generation rules forever and there can be no change. This is against
the democracy. This is one of the major problems that political parties have to confront with and
is a hindrance for ordinary citizens, who aspire to join politics.
Q. 2. Assess the importance of political parties in democracy. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Importance of Political Parties:
(i) Parties contest elections to form government.
(ii) Parties put forward different policies and programmes and the voters choose from them.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
378
(iii) A party reduces a vast multitude of opinions into a few basic positions which it supports.
(iv) Parties play a decisive role in making laws for a country.
(v) Parties recruit leaders, trains them and then make them ministers to run the Government.
(vi) Parties provide people access to government machinery and welfare schemes implemented
by governments.
Q. 3. What is a multi-party system? Why has India adopted a multi-party system? Explain.
[CBSE 2015 ]
Ans. (i) If several parties compete to power, and more than two parties have a reasonable chance of
coming to power either on their own strength or in alliance with other, we call it a multi-
party system.
(ii) India has evolved a multi-party system. It is because the social and geographical diversity in
such a large country is not easily absorbed by two or even three parties.
(iii) Party system is not something any country can choose. It evolves over a long time depending
on the nature of society, its social and regional divisions, its history of politics and its system
of elections.
Q. 4. “Political Parties are a necessary condition for a democracy.” Analyse the statement with
examples. [CBSE (Comptt) 2017 ]
Ans. Political parties are necessary condition for a democracy :
If political parties don’t exist then –
1. Every candidate in the elections will be independent.
2. No one will be able to make any promise to the people about any major policy changes.
3. The government may be formed, but its utility will remain ever uncertain.
4. Elected representatives will be accountable to their constituency for what they do in the
locality.
5. No one will be responsible for how the country will be run.
6. Political parties are important for representative democracies as they bring representatives
together to form the government.
7. It consists of people seeking to achieve their objectives through constitutional means and
aims at promoting national interest.
Q. 5. What is the difference between a national party and a state party?
Ans. There are three major differences between a national party and regional/state party:
(i) National parties have inuence all over the country or in several states of India. The inuence
of a state party is limited to a state or region.
(ii) National parties take interest in national as well as international issues; whereas regional or
state parties are interested in promoting regional/state interest only.
(iii) The national parties have to harmonise the national as well as state interests; whereas state
parties usually stand for greater autonomy for states.
Q. 6. What is the role of the opposition party in a democracy? [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Those parties that lose elections play the role of opposition to the parties in power. Role played
by opposition is:
(i) It gives its own opinion which may oppose the ruling party.
(ii) Opposition party mobilises opposition to the government.
(iii) It puts its different views in the parliament and criticises the government for its failures or
wrong policies.
(iv) By doing this, it can keep a check on the ruling party, which is made to move on the track.
Q. 7. Give one merit and one demerit of a single-party system.
Ans. Merit: There is no competition between parties but there is competition between candidates.

Demerit: One-party system is not a democratic option. Any democratic country must allow at
least two parties to compete.
Q. 8. What are the major differences between the policies of CPI(M) and CPI?
Ans.
Policies of CPI (M) Policies of CPI
1. Accepts democratic elections as a useful and Accepts parliamentary democracy as a
helpful means for securing the objective of means of promoting the interests of the
socio-economic justice in India. working class, farmers and the poor.
2. Critical of the new economic policies that Opposed to the force of secessionism and
allow free flow of foreign capital and goods communalism.
into the country.
3. It was formed in 1964. It was formed in 1925.
Q. 9. What are the main components of a political party?
Ans. (i) The leaders: A political party consists of leaders who contest elections and if they win,
perform the administrative job.
(ii) The active members: They are the ones who climb a ladder from being the follower and
become the assistants of the leaders to gain knowledge about the politics.
(iii) The followers: They are simply the ardent followers of the leaders and work under the able
guidance of the active members.
Q. 10. How do parties perform the job of making laws for the country?
Ans. l Parties play a decisive role in making laws for a country.
l Formally, laws are debated in the form of rst, second and third readings and then by popular
voting, the bill is passed.
But since most of the members belong to a party, they follow what their leader says, irrespective
l
of their personal opinions.

Q. 11. How is a government of alliances formed?
Ans. l When several parties in a multi-party system join hands for the purpose of contesting elections
and winning power, it is called an alliance or front.
l In India, there were three major alliances in 2004 parliamentary elections.
l These were the National Democratic Alliance or NDA formed by BJP and its allies. Then the
United Progressive Alliance or UPA led by Congress and its allies. The third one was the Left
Front, which is formed by Communists or their parties like CPI and CPI(M).
Q. 12. How does a country choose a party system?
Ans. Party system is not something any country can choose:
(i) It evolves over a long time, depending on the nature of its society, its social and regional
divisions, its history of politics and its system of elections.
(ii) These cannot be changed very quickly.
(iii) Each country develops a party system that is conditioned by its special circumstances. No
system is ideal for all countries and all situations.
Q. 13. “Lack of internal democracy within parties is the major challenge to political parties all
over the world.” Analyse the statement. [CBSE 2015 ]
Or
In what way lack of internal democracy is seen in the political parties?
Ans. l All over the world, there is a tendency of political parties towards the concentration of power
in one or few leaders at the top.
l Parties do not keep membership register.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
380
l They do not regularly hold organisational meetings.
l They do not conduct interval elections regularly.
l Ordinary members of the party do not have sufcient information as to what happens inside
the party.
l As a result, the leaders assume greater power to make decisions in the name of the party.
Q. 14. What suggestions are often made to reform political parties?
OR
Suggest any ve effective measures to reform political parties. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. l A law should be made to regulate the internal affairs of political parties. It should be made
compulsory for political parties to maintain a register of its members, to follow its own
constitution, to act as a judge in case of party disputes and to hold open elections to the
highest post.
l It should be made mandatory for political parties to give minimum number of tickets, about
one-third to the women candidates.
l There should be state funding of elections. The government should give parties money
to support their election expenses. This support can be given in a way like; petrol, paper,
telephone, etc. Or, it could be given in cash on the basis of votes, secured by the party in the
last elections. It should be mandatory to hold their organisational elections.
l People can put pressure on political parties through petitions, publicity and agitation.
l Parties should reduce the inuence of money and criminals.
l The parties should select candidates for contesting elections who have good record.
Q. 15. The rst challenge faced by political parties is lack of internal democracy within parties.
What do you understand by the statement? Explain. [CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Ans. (i) All over the world there is a tendency in political parties towards the concentration of power
in one or few leaders at the top.
(ii) Parties do not keep membership registers, do not hold organisational meetings, and do not
conduct internal elections regularly.
(iii) Ordinary members of the party do not get sufcient information on what happens inside the
party.
(iv) They do not have the means or the connections needed to inuence the decisions. As a result,
the leaders assume greater power to make decisions in the name of the party.
(v) Since one or few leaders exercise paramount power in the party, those who disagree with the
leadership nd it difcult to continue in the party.
(vi) More than loyalty to party principles and policies, personal loyalty to the leader becomes
more important.
Q. 16. What is meant by a ‘national political party’? State the conditions required to be a national
political party. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. National Political Party have units in the various states, they follow the same policies, programmes
and strategy that is decided at the national level.
Conditions required:
(i) A party that secures at least 6% of the total votes in general elections of Lok Sabha or assembly
elections in four states.
(ii) Wins at least 4 seats in Lok Sabha.
Q. 17. “Nearly every one of the state parties wants to get an opportunity to be a part of one or the
other national level coalition.” Support the statement with arguments. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. State parties seeking National level coalition: Before general election of 2014, in three general
elections, no one national party was able to secure on its own a majority in Lok Sabha. With the result,

the national parties were compelled to form alliances with state or regional parties. Since 1996, nearly
every one of the state parties has got an opportunity to be a part of one or the other national level
coalition government. This has contributed to the strengthening of federalism and democracy.
Q. 18. What is meant by regional political party? State the conditions required to be recognised
as a ‘regional political party’. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. A regional Party is a party that is present only in some states.
Conditions required for a party to be recognised as a regional political party are:
(i) A party that secures at least six per cent of the total votes in an election to the legislative
Assembly of a state.
(ii) Party should win atleast two seats in the Legislative Assembly.
Q. 19. What is a political party? State any two points of the ideology of Bhartiya Janata Party.
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. A political party is a group of people who come together to contest elections and hold power
in the government. They agree on some policies and programmes for the society with a view to
promote the collective good ideology of BJP:
(i) Wants full territorial and political integration of Jammu and Kashmir with India.
(ii) A uniform civil code for all people living in the country irrespective of religion.
(iii) Cultural nationalism.

Q. 1. Why does modern democracies could not exist without political parties?
Ans. (i) We can understand the necessity of political parties by imagining a situation without parties.
Every candidate in the elections will be independent. So no one will be able to make any
promises to the people about any major policy changes.
(ii) Elected representatives will be accountable to their constituencies for what they do in the
locality. But no one will be responsible for how the country runs.
(iii) India also has non-party based elections to the panchayats in many states. Although parties
do not contest formally, it is generally noticed that the village splits into more than one
faction, each of which puts up a ‘panel’ of its candidates. This is exactly what the party does.
That is why, we have political parties in almost all the countries in the world.
(iv) The rise of political parties is directly linked to the emergence of representative democracies.
Large-scale societies need representative democracy. Large societies need some way to bring
various representatives together so that a responsible government can be formed.
Thus we can say that parties are a necessary condition for a democracy.
Q. 2. Describe the various party systems existing in different countries.
Ans. Party systems:
(i) One-party system:
(a) In some countries, only one party is allowed to control and run the government. It is
called one-party system.
(b) We cannot consider one-party system as a good option because this is not a democratic
option.
(c) Any democratic system must allow at least two parties to compete in elections and provide
a fair chance for the competing parties to come to power.
Example: Communist Party of China.
(ii) Two-party system:
(a) In some countries, power usually changes between two main parties.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
382
(b) Here, only the two main parties have a serious chance of winning majority seats to form
the government.
Example: USA and UK.
(iii) Multi-party system:
(a) If several parties compete for power and more than two parties have a reasonable chance
of coming to power, either on their own or in alliance with others, it is called a multi-party
system.
(b) The multi-party system often appears very messy and leads to political instability.
(c) At the same time, this system allows a variety of interests and opinions to enjoy political
representation.
Example: India.
Major Coalitions—NDA, UPA, Left Front.
Q. 3. Describe the role of Political Parties in Indian Democracy. [CBSE (Comptt) 2017 ]
Ans. Role of Political Parties :
(i) The Political party or parties with majority seats form and run the government.
(ii) They contest elections and put forward different policies and programmes among which the
voters opt.
(iii) They play a decisive role in law making for the country.
(iv) They also play an important role as opposition parties.
(v) They play an important role in shaping public opinion.
(vi) They provide people access to government machinery and welfare schemes.
Q. 4. What are recognised political parties?
Ans. (i) National parties are some countrywide parties and almost follow similar policies and
programmes at the national level.
(ii) Every party in the country has to register with the Election Commission. The Commission
offers some special facilities to the large and established parties. These parties are given a
unique symbol—only the ofcial candidates of that party can use that election symbol.
(iii) Parties that get this privilege and some other special facilities are ‘recognised’ by the Election
Commission for this purpose. That is why these parties are called ‘Recognised Political
Parties’.
(iv) The Election Commission has laid down detailed criteria of the proportion of votes and seats
that a party must get in order to be a recognised party.
Q. 5. What are the main policies of Indian National Congress?
Ans. (i) It was founded in 1885 and played a dominant role in Indian politics at the national and state
level for several decades after India’s independence.
(ii) A centrist party in its ideology, it favours secularism and welfare of weaker sections and
minorities. It supports new economic reforms but with a human face.
(iii) It emerged as the largest party with 145 members in the Lok Sabha elections held in 2004. It
led the ruling United Progressive Alliance (UPA) coalition government at the Centre.
(iv) It lost elections in 2014 and secured 44 seats. Currently, it is the principal opposition party in
Lok Sabha.
Q. 6. What are the main features of BJP manifesto?
Ans. (i) It was founded in 1980 by reviving Bharatiya Jana Sangh.
(ii) It wants to build a strong and modern India by drawing inspiration from India’s ancient
culture and values. Cultural nationalism is an important element of its manifesto.
(iii) It wants full territorial and political integration of Jammu & Kashmir with India.
(iv) It also promotes a Uniform Civil Code for all people living in the country, irrespective of
religion and ban on religious conversions.
Q. 7. Who formed BSP? What are its main policies?
Ans. BSP was formed in 1984 under the leadership of Shri Kanshi Ram.
l It seeks to represent and secure power for the bahujan samaj which includes dalits, adivasis,
OBCs and religious minorities.
l It draws inspiration from the ideas and teachings of Sahu Maharaj, Mahatma Phule, Periyar,
Ramaswami Naiker and Babasaheb Ambedkar.
l It stands for the cause of securing the interests and welfare of the dalits and oppressed people.
l It has its main base in UP and substantial presence in neighbouring states like Madhya Pradesh,
Chhattisgarh, Uttarakhand, Delhi and Punjab.
lIt formed government in UP several times by taking the support of different parties at different
times.
Q. 8. What do you know about Communist Party of India (CPI)?
Ans. l It was formed in 1925 and believes in Marxism, Leninism, secularism and democracy.
l It opposed the forces of secessionism and communalism.
l It accepts parliamentary democracy as a means of promoting the interests of working class,
farmers and the poor.
l It became independent after the split in the party in 1964 that led to the formation of CPI(M).
l It has signicant presence in Kerala, West Bengal, Punjab, Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu.
l It advocates the coming together of all Left Front. Currently, it supports UPA government
from outside.
Q. 9. Dene Political Party. Describe any four challenges before the political parties in India.
[CBSE (Comptt) 2017 ]
Ans. Denition of Political parties in India :
A political party is a group of people to contest election and hold power in the government.
Challenges before political parties in India:
1. Lack of internal democracy.
2. Lack of transparency.
3. Dynastic succession
4. Money and muscle power
5. Lack of meaningful choice.
Q. 10. What are the chief characteristics of Communist Party of India-Marxist (CPI-M)?
Ans. l It was founded in 1964 and believes in Marxism and Leninism.
l It supports socialism, secularism and democracy and opposes imperialism and communalism.
l It accepts democratic elections as a useful and helpful means for securing the objective of
socio-economic justice in India.
l Enjoys strong support in West Bengal, Kerala and Tripura, especially among the poor factory
workers, farmers, agricultural labourers and intelligentsia.
l Always critical of the new economic policies that allow free ow of foreign capital and goods
into the country.
l It had been in power in West Bengal without a break for 30 years and currently supports the
UPA government from outside, without joining the government.
Q. 11. How was Nationalist Congress Party formed? What are its policies?
Ans. l It was formed in 1999 following a split in the Congress Party.
l It supports democracy, Gandhian secularism, equality, social justice and federalism.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
384
l It wants that high ofces in government should be conned to natural born citizens of the
country.
l A major party in Maharashtra and has a signicant presence in Meghalaya, Manipur and Assam.
l It’s a coalition partner in Maharashtra government with Congress.
l Since 2004, it is also a member of United Progressive Alliance (UPA) government.
Q. 12. What is the status of regional parties in India?
Ans. Some of the regional parties have succeeded only in some states. Parties like the Samajwadi Party,
Samata Party and Rashtriya Janata Dal have national level political organisation with units in
several states. Over the years, the number and strength of these parties have expanded. No single
national party is able to secure majority on its own in Lok Sabha. As a result, the national parties
are compelled to form alliances with state parties. Since 1996, nearly everyone of the state parties
got an opportunity to be a part of one or the other national level coalition government. This has
contributed to the strengthening of federalism and democracy in our country.
Q. 13. Elucidate some of the recent efforts taken in our country to reform political parties and its
leaders. [CBSE Delhi 2017, CBSE Sample Paper 2016 ]
OR
Examine any two institutional amendments made by different institutions to reform
political parties and their leaders. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. l The Constitution was amended to prevent elected MLAs and MPs from changing parties. This
was done because many elected representatives were indulging in DEFECTION in order to
become ministers or for cash rewards. Now, if any MLA or MP changes parties, he or she will
lose the seat in the legislature.
l The Supreme Court passed an order to reduce the inuence of money and criminals. Now, it
is mandatory for every candidate who contests elections to le an AFFIDAVIT giving details
of his property and criminal cases pending against him. The new system has made a lot of
information available to the public. But there is no system of check if the information given
by the candidates is true.
l The Election Commission passed an order making it necessary for political parties to hold
their organisational elections and file their income tax returns. The parties have started
doing so but sometimes it is mere formality. It is not clear if this step has led to greater
internal democracy in political parties.
Q. 14. “All over the world, people express their dissatisfaction with the failure of political parties
to perform their functions well.” Analyse the statement with arguments. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. l Popular dissatisfaction and criticism: It has focused on four areas in the working of political
parties, need to face and overcome these challenges in order to remain effective instruments
of democracy. Lack of internal democracy within parties.
l Dynastic succession.
l Growing role of money and muscle power in parties.
l There is not a meaningful choice to the voters.

Q. 1. “Political parties are a necessary condition for a democracy”. Analyse the statement with
examples. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
OR
“About hundred years ago there were a few countries that had hardly any political party.
Now, there are a few countries that do not have political parties.” Examine this statement.
Ans. Political parties are necessary condition for a democracy.
(i) Without political parties democracies cannot exist.
(ii) If we do not have political parties - in such a situation every candidate in elections will be
independent.
(iii) No one will be able to make any promises to the people about any major policy changes.
(iv) The rise of political parties is directly linked to the emergence of representative democracies.
As we have seen, large societies need representative’s democracy.
(v) The government may be formed but its utility will remain uncertain. They needed same ways
to bring various representatives together so that a responsible government could be formed.
(vi) They needed some mechanisms to support or restrain the government, make policies, justify
or oppose them.
(vii) Elected representatives will be accountable to their constituency for what they do in their
locality.
(viii) Political parties play a decisive role in making laws for a country. Formally laws are debated
and passed in the legislature in which ruling party plays a major role.
(ix) Parties form and run governments. Parties recruit leaders, train them and then make them
ministers to run the government in the way they want.
(x) Those parties that lose in the elections play the role of opposition to the parties in power, by
voicing different views and criticising for its failure or wrong policies.
(xi) Parties shape public opinions. They raise and highlight issues. Parties have lakhs of members
and activists spread all over the country. Parties sometimes also launch movements for the
resolution of problems faced by people.
(xii) But no one will be responsible for how the country will run.
(xiii) The role of opposition party in a democracy necessiates the existence of political parties.
(xiv) As societies become large and complex, they also needed some agencies to gather different
views on various issues and to present these to the government, that is why political parties
are needed.
(xv) Political parties full these needs that every representative government has. We can say that
parties are necessary condition for a democracy.
The problem of bad politics can be solved by more and better politics.
Q. 2. What is the role of an ordinary citizen in reforming the political parties?
OR
Examine critically the role of an ordinary citizen in strengthening and deepening
democracy.
Ans. (i) People can put pressure on political parties. This can be done through petitions, publicity
and agitations. Ordinary citizens, pressure groups, movements and the media can play an
important role.
(ii) In a democracy, everybody has been given the right to speak, right to express his ideas and
right to agitate.
(iii) Political parties can improve if those who are interested, also join the political parties. The
quality of democracy depends on the degree of public participation.
(iv) If political parties feel that they would lose public support by not taking up reforms, they
would become more serious about reforms.
It is difcult to reform politics if ordinary citizens do not take part in it and simply criticise it
from outside. The problem of bad politics can be solved by more and better politics.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
386
Q. 3. Is it true that meaningful choice is not given to the voters?
Ans. Often parties do not seem to offer meaningful choice to voters.
l In order to offer meaningful choice, parties must be signicantly different from each other.
l In recent years, there has been a decline in the ideological differences among parties in most
parts of the world.
l In our country, the differences among all the major parties on the economic policies have
reduced.
l Those who actually want different policies, have no option available to them.
l Sometimes, people cannot even elect very different leader either because the same set of
leaders keep shifting from one party to another.
Q. 4. Analyse the role of political parties in shaping public opinion. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Role of political parties in shaping public opinion
(i) They raise and highlight issues of public interest.
(ii) Parties have lakhs of members and activists spread over the country.
(iii) Many of the pressure groups are extensions of political parties
(iv) Parties sometimes also launch movement for the resolution of problems faced by people
Q. 5. Which three challenges do you feel are being faced by political parties in India? Give your
opinion. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. The three challenges faced by Political parties in India are:
(i) Lack of internal democracy.
(a) All over the world, there is a tendency of political parties towards the concentration of
power in one or few leaders at the top.
(b) Parties do not keep membership register.
(c) They do not conduct internal elections regularly.
(d ) Ordinary members of the party do not have sufcient information as to what happens
inside the party.
(ii) No Transparency
(a) Since most political parties do not practice open and transparent procedures for their
functioning, these are very few ways for an ordinary worker to rise to the top in a party.
(b) Those who happen to be the leaders are in a position of unfair advantage to famous people
close to them or even their family member.
(c) In many parties, the top positions are always controlled by members of one family.
(iii) Money and Muscle Power
(a) Since parties are focussed only on winning elections, they tend to use short cuts to win elections.
(b) They tend to nominate those candidates who have or can raise a lot of money.
(c) Rich people and companies who give funds to the parties tend to have inuence on the
policies and decisions of the party.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Why do political parties involve partisanship?

2. Which country has one-party system?

3. Name the political party which is a result of social reform movement.
4. Name the political party which was inspired from the ideas and teachings of Mahatma, Phule and
Sahu Maharaj.
5. If all the decisions of a political party are made by a single family and all other members are
neglected, what challenge is being faced by that party?
1. What is a multi-party system? Explain merits and demerits of multi-party system.

2. What is meant by Regional political party? State the condition required to be recognised as a
regional political party.
3. Describe any three broad guidelines for devising ways and means for political reforms in India.
4. What is the difference between National and Regional party?
1. What is meant by a political party? Describe the three components of a political party.
2. Name the national political party which gets inspirations from India’s ancient culture and values.
Mention four features of that party.
3. Why has India adopted a multi-party system?
4. Highlight the main challenges faced by political parties.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
388
Outcomes of
7 democracy
WHY IS DEMOCRACY CONSIDERED BETTER?
It promotes equality It recognizes and Improves the quality Provides a method Allows room to
among citizens. enhances the dignity of decision making. to resolve conflicts. correct mistakes.
of the individual.
THREE ASPECTS OF DEMOCRACY
Political Social Economic
Political democracy requires This requires social equality There should be no disparity -
government by ‘consent’ and in the country. very rich class of a few and a
political equality. majority living under the
poverty line.
DEMOCRACY
Favour Against
• Decision-making is based on norms and • Transparency rights and

procedures. means to examine decision
• Transparency — a citizen has the right and the making process are missing.
means to examine a decision making process. • Government is not
• Government is accountable to people and has accountable.
mechanism to hold a government accountable. • No mechanism to hold it
• It has mechanism for citizens to take part in accountable.
decision making. • Decision making not based
on norms and procedures.

ACCOMMODATION OF SOCIAL DIVERSITY
Dignity and Provide People are

freedom Dignity of women Caste inequalities better more
of the citizen goals powerful
• Democracy promotes • Women had to fight • In India, the • A democracy is • People now look
dignity and freedom of long battles to receive disadvantaged and always serving critically at the work of
the individual. their due in society. discriminated castes towards a better goal. those who hold power,
• Every individual wants • Societies across the have gained in People constantly the rich, the powerful.
to receive respect world have been male strength due to demand more benefits They express their
from fellow beings. dominated. It is democracy. in a democracy. There dissatisfaction loudly.
• Democracies have absolutely essential They now have the are always more It shows they are no
achieved this to a that women should legal and moral right expectations. longer subject but
certain degree in get equal treatment. to fight for equal citizens of a
many countries • Women can now status and equal democratic country.
wage a struggle opportunities.
against what is now
an acceptable legally
and morally.
IMPORTANT TERMS
2. Accountable required or expected to justify actions or decisions; responsible.
3. Legitimate Government: A government generally acknowledged as being in control of
a nation and deserving formal recognition, which is symbolized by the exchange of
diplomats between that government and the governments of other countries.
4. Deliberation: Long and careful consideration or discussion.
5. Negotiation: Discussion aimed at reaching an agreement.
6. Dictator: A ruler with total power over a country, typically one, who has obtained
control by force.
7. Disparities: A great difference.
8. Social Diversity: People with different opinions, backgrounds (degrees and social
experience), religious beliefs, political beliefs, sexual orientations, heritage, and life
experience.
9. Majority: A great number.
10. Minority: The smaller number or part, especially a number or part representing less than
half of the whole.
11. Dignity: The state or quality of being worthy of honour or respect.
12. Atrocities: An extremely wicked or cruel act, typically one involving physical violence or
injury.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
390
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. How does democracy produce an accountable, responsive and legitimate government?
Ans. Democracy produces a government that is accountable by holding regular elections where the
government is held accountable and may win or lose depending upon its performance. Democracy
produces a responsive government by having open public debates and by allowing people access
to information of its functioning. Democracy produces a legitimate government because it has
been chosen by the people.
Q. 2. What are the conditions under which democracies accommodate social diversities?
Ans. Democracy ensures rule by majority. It means that in elections and government’s decisions,
different people and groups may unite and form a majority. The will of a few has not been forced
upon the many. Democracy attempts to ensure that people are not barred from being in the
majority on the basis of class, caste, religion, language, etc.
Q. 3. Give arguments to support or oppose the following assertions:
l Industrialised countries can afford democracy but the poor need dictatorship to become
rich.
l Democracy can’t reduce inequality of incomes between different citizens.
l Government in poor countries should spend less on poverty reduction, health, education
and spend more on industries and infrastructure.
l In democracy, all citizens have one vote, which means that there is absence of any
domination and conict.
Ans. l Democracy ensures political equality and therefore the poor might have a say in the allocation
of economic resources by the government. This may allow for equal distribution of wealth by
the government thereby allowing poor to also become rich.
l Democracy primarily means political equality. Every citizen has right to vote and stand for
election. Economic inequality can only be reduced if there is an expansion of economic
opportunities for all. Reducing economic inequalities requires creation of more jobs especially
in manufacturing and services. This in turn will require access to health and education facilities
so that they can participate and contribute in the modern economy. Requisite of redistribution
of income from the rich to poor through progressive taxation and targeted subsidies cannot be
denied. Democracy by itself cannot achieve these objectives although it is a signicant part of
the attempt to reduce economic inequality.
l This option is not a wise option. Poverty reduction would allow the poor better access to civic
amenities such as health services thereby improving their standard of living. By spending
on quality education, informed and productive citizens will emerge and add towards the
development of the country. A healthy and educated citizen will allow an effective functioning
of industries and infrastructure.
l One vote ensures only equal political opportunity to elect. Democracy is a mean and it depends
upon the people to have a desired end. Democracy ensures means of resolution of conict
but not its absence; similarly, it ensures means of political accommodation but not political
freedom.
Q. 4. Identify the challenges to democracy in the following descriptions. Also suggest policy/
institutional mechanism to deepen democracy in the given situations:
l Following a High Court directive, a temple in Orissa that had separate entry doors for
dalits and non-dalits allowed entry for all from the same door.
l A large number of farmers are committing suicide in different states of India.
l Following allegation of killing of three civilians in Gandwara in a fake encounter by
Jammu and Kashmir police, an enquiry has been ordered.

Ans. l The challenge to democracy was that Dalits were not being treated as equal in access to place
of worship. By having public awareness campaigns against casteism, we can try to abolish it
through the will of the people rather than will of the court.
l Farmers have not been given equal economic opportunity in India and neither do they have
access to mental health services. Government should take pro-active measures to ease their
economic burden, which will stop them from committing suicide. Access to mental health
services will deter them from taking such extreme steps.
l The challenge to democracy is the need to kill three individuals by Police ofcers, presuming
they were civilians. There should an impartial and transparent enquiry into this and appropriate
actions should be taken afterwards.
Q. 5. In the context of democracies, which of th e following ideas is correct – democracies have
successfully eliminated:
A. conicts among people B. economic inequalities among people
C. differences of opinion about how marginalised sections are to be treated
D. the idea of political inequality
Ans. C. differences of opinion about how marginalised sections are to be treated
Q. 6. In the context of assessing democracy, which among the following is odd one out.
Democracies need to ensure:
A. free and fair elections B. dignity of the individual
C. majority rule D. equal treatment before law
Ans. C. majority rule
Q. 7. Studies on political and social inequalities in democracy show that
A. democracy and development go together.
B. inequalities exist in democracies.
C. inequalities do not exist under dictatorship.
D. dictatorship is better than democracy.
Ans. A. democracy and development go together
Q. 8. Read the passage below:
Nannu is a daily wage earner. He lives in Welcome Mazdoor Colony, a slum habitation
in East Delhi. He lost his ration card and applied for a duplicate one in January 2004. He
made several rounds to the local Food & Civil Supplies ofce for the next three months.
But the clerks and ofcials would not even look at him, leave alone do his job or bother to
tell him the status of his application. Ultimately, he led an application under the Right
to Information Act asking for the daily progress made on his application, names of the
ofcials, who were supposed to act on his application and what action would be taken
against these ofcials for their inaction. Within a week of ling application under the
Right to Information Act, he was visited by an inspector from the Food Department, who
informed him that the card had been made and he could collect it from the ofce. When
Nannu went to collect his card next day, he was given a very warm treatment by the Food
& Supply Ofcer (FSO), who is the head of a Circle. The FSO offered him tea and requested
him to withdraw his application under the Right to Information, since his work had already
been done.
What does Nannu’s example show? What impact did Nannu’s action have on ofcials? Ask
your parents their experiences when they approach government ofcials to attend to their
problems.
Ans. Nannu’s example shows that citizens through government mechanism, have the power to demand
answers and can force and bring government ofcials into action. Ofcials were quick to action
and fearful to release the information under the RTI.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
392
Q. 1. What is the basic outcome of democracy?
Ans. The most basic outcome of democracy is that it produces a government that is accountable to
citizens and responsive to the needs and expectations of the citizens.
Q. 2. What are the common features of democracy in most of the countries of the world?
Ans. Most of the democratic countries of the world today have formal constitutions, they hold elections,
they have parties and they guarantee rights of citizens.
Q. 3. Are non-democratic goods quick and efcient in decision making? Explain.
Ans. It is true that non-democratic rulers do not have to bother about deliberations in assemblies or
worry about majesties and public opinion. So, they can be very quick and efcient in decision
making and implementation.
Q. 4. “In comparison to non-democratic government, decision of government takes time.” Does
democracy pay its price? Explain.
Ans. The democratic governments take more time to follow procedures before arriving at a decision.
But because it has followed procedures, its decisions may be both more acceptable to the people
and more effective. So, the cost of time that democracy pays is perhaps worth it.
Q. 5. What do you understand by ‘transparency’ in democracy?
OR
Explain the meaning of transparency in democracy. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. In democracy, decision making are based on norms and procedures. A citizen has the right and the
means to examine the process of decision making. This is known as transparency.
Q. 6. Are democracies corrupt? Explain your argument.
Ans. Democracies often frustrate the needs of the people and often ignore the demands of a majority
of its population. The routine tales of corruption are enough to convince us that democracy is not
free of this evil.
Q. 7. How far does economic inequalities exist in democratic countries?
Ans. In democracies, a small number of ultra-rich enjoy a highly disproportionate share of wealth and
incomes. Not only that, their share in the total income of the country has been increasing. Those
at the bottom of the society suffer.
Q. 8. How democracy is considered best to accommodate social diversity?
Ans. In democracy, we can certainly learn to respect social differences and we can evolve mechanism
to negotiate the differences. In fact, democracy is best suited to reduce this outcome.
Q. 9. How does democracy remove the gap between majority and minority in the country?
Ans. Rule by majority means that in case of every decision or in case of every election, different persons
and groups may and can form a majority. Democracy remains democracy only as long as every
citizen has a chance of being in majority at some point of time.
Q. 10. Do you agree that democracy promotes dignity of the citizen? Explain.
Ans. Often conicts arise among individuals because some feel that they are not treated with due
respect. The passions for respect and freedom are the basis of democracy. Democracy no doubt
promotes dignity of the citizen and treats everyone equally.
Q. 11. Has democracy in India straightened the claims of discriminated castes for equal status?
Ans. In India, these are instances still of caste-based inequalities and atrocities but these lack the moral
and legal foundations. Democracy has helped providing equal status and equal opportunities to
the discriminated castes in India.
Q. 12. Explain the dilemma with respect to the practical aspect of democracy.
Ans. As per principle, democracy seems good but fails to impress in practice. This dilemma provokes
to give a thought to the outcomes of democracy. Do we prefer democracy over moral reasons? Or
there are some sensible reasons to support democracy too?
Q. 13. Explain any one difference between a pressure group and a political party.[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. One difference between a pressure group and a political party is
l Political parties contest elections and hold power in the government while pressure groups
attempt to inuence government policies.
Q. 14. Why is there an overwhelming support to democracy all over the world ? Explain one
reason. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. There is an over overwhelming support to democracy all over the world:
Because it is accountable, responsive and legitimate government.

Q. 1. What is democracy? What are its various characteristics?
Ans. In modern usage, democracy is a system of government, in which the citizens exercise power. It
is formed by two Greek words ‘demos’ and ‘Kratia’. ‘Demos’ means people and ‘Kratia’ means the
government. Democracy, thus means ‘rule by the people.’ In a democratic set up, every citizen has
a right to take a part in the decision making process. According to Abraham Lincoln, democracy is
‘government of the people, government by the people and the government for the people’ Citizens
choose their representatives who would form the government.
Characteristics:
l It promotes equality among citizens.
l It looks after the interest of the people.
l It allows room to correct mistakes.
Q. 2. What are the prudential reasons to support democracy?
Ans. l Over a hundred countries of the world today claim and practise some kinds of democratic
politics.
l They have formal constitution, they hold elections, they have parties and they guarantee
rights to citizens.
l While these features are common to most of them, these democracies are very much different
from one another in terms of their social situations, their economic achievements and their
cultures.
Q. 3. Should we blame democracy for socio-economic and political problems?
Ans. l If some of our expectations are not met, we start blaming the idea of democracy.
l The rst step towards thinking carefully about the outcomes of democracy is to recognise that
democracy is just a form of government. It can only create conditions for achieving something.
l The citizens have to take advantage of those conditions and achieve their goals.
Q. 4. What are our expectations from democracy?
Ans. l In a democracy, we are most concerned with ensuring that people have the right to choose
their rulers and people have control over the rulers.
l Whenever possible and necessary, citizens should be able to participate in decision-making
that affects them all.
l Thus, the most basic outcome of democracy should be that the government is accountable to
the citizens and responsive to the needs and expectations of the citizens.
Q. 5. What is the normal procedure of a democratic government?
Ans. (i) It should hold regular, free and fair elections.
(ii) Open public debates on major policies and legislations.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
394
(iii) Right to information about the government and its functioning should be provided to citizens.
Q. 6. On the basis of which values will it be a fair expectation that democracy should produce a
harmonious social life? Explain. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. The values that are associated with democracy producing a harmonious social life are:
(i) Equality among all human beings.
(ii) Respect for individual freedom.
(iii) Democracies accommodate various social divisions.
(iv) Democracies reduce the possibility of tensions becoming explosive or violent.
(v) Ability to handle social differences, divisions and conicts.
Q. 7. How does democracy promote the dignity and freedom of an individual?
Ans. (i) Every individual wants respect from fellow beings.
(ii) Often conicts arise among individuals because some feel that they are not treated with due
respect.
(iii) The passion for respect and freedom are the basis of democracy all over the world—in
countries with democratic regimes as well as countries without democratic regimes.
For societies which have been built for long on the basis of subordination and domination, it
is not a simple matter to recognise that all individuals are equal.
Q. 8. On what factors does the country’s economic development depend?
Ans. A country’s economic development depends on the following factors:
(i) Country’s population, size
(ii) Its global situation
(iii) Cooperation from other countries
(iv) Economic priorities adopted by the country
However, the difference in the rates of economic development between less developed countries
with dictatorship and democracies is negligible.
Q. 9. Is it true that democracies are not very successful in reducing economic inequalities?
Ans. It is true. The following points justify that:
(i) A small number of ultra-rich enjoy a disproportionate share of wealth and income. Not only
that, their share in the total income of the country has been increasing.
(ii) Those at the bottom of the society have very little to depend upon. Their incomes have been
declining.
(iii) Sometimes, they nd it difcult to meet their basic needs of life, such as food, clothing,
housing, education and health.
In actual life, democracies do not appear to be very successful in reducing economic inequalities.
Q. 10. How can you say that democracy is better than dictatorship?
OR
Which values make democracy better than any other form of government? Explain.
[CBSE (F) 2017 ]
OR
Analyse any three values that make democracy better. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. (i) Democracy promotes equality among citizens as it is people’s own government.
(ii) It enhances the dignity of the individual
(iii) It also improves the quality of decision-making
(iv) It provides methods to resolve conicts, if any
(v) Only democracy allows room to correct mistakes
(vi) It is a legitimate government

(vii) Gives equal status and respect to women and weaker sections.
(viii) It promotes transparency.
(ix) Values of social justice, equality, fraternity.
(x) It gives importance to public opinion.
(xi) It provides rights to people.
(xii) It gives the feeling of collective belonging.
(xiii) It encompasses the feeling of integrity secularism and tolerance.
(xiv) It inculcates the feeling of integrity feeling of integrity and dutifulness.
(xv) It may be slow, less efcient, not always very responsive or clean. A democratic government
is the people’s own government.
(xvi) There is an overwhelming support for the idea of democracy all over the world—in countries
with democratic regimes as well as with non-democratic regimes.
Q. 11. How much time is taken in democracy to take decisions as compared to other governments?
Ans. (i) A government may take decisions very fast but it may take such decisions that are not
accepted by the people and may, therefore, face problems.
(ii) In contrast, the democratic government will take more time to follow procedures before
arriving at a decision.
(iii) But because it has followed procedures, its decisions may be both more acceptable to the
people and more effective.
So, the cost of time that democracy pays is perhaps worth it.
Q. 12. How much transparency is there in democracy as compared to other governments?
Ans. (i) A citizen who wants to know if a decision was taken through the correct procedures can nd
that out. He/She has the right and the means to examine the process of decision-making. This
is known as transparency.
(ii) This factor is often missing from a non-democratic government. Therefore, when we are
trying to nd out the outcomes of democracy, it is right to expect democracy to produce a
government that follows procedures and is accountable to the people.
(iii) We can also expect that the democratic government develops mechanisms for citizens to hold
the government accountable and mechanisms for citizens to take part in decision-making
whenever they think t.
Q. 13. “Democracy is accountable and responsive to the needs and expectations of the citizens.”
Evaluate the statement. [CBSE (Comptt) 2017 ]
OR
“Democratic government is known as responsive government.” Assess the statement.
[CBSE (Comptt) 2017 ]
Ans. Democracy is accountable and responsive to the needs and expectations of the citizens:
1. The most basic outcome of democracy is that it produces a government that is accountable to
the citizens , and responsive to the needs and expectations of the citizens. Economic growth
and development –level of economic development is slow because of delay in decision
making. Accomodation of social diversity – majority should work with minority. Dignity and
freedom of citizens-every individual wants to receive respect from fellow beings. Equality of
women.
Q. 14. How does democracy stand better to any other form of government in promoting the
dignity and freedom of the citizens ? Explain with examples. [CBSE (Comptt) 2017 ]
Ans. Democracy stands better to any other form of government in promoting the dignity and freedom
of citizens:
1. The passion for respect and freedom are the basis of democracy which is recognized
throughout the world in principle.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
396
2. Dignity of women : Democracy provides dignity to women by giving them the freedom to
ght for their rights.
3. Right to equality: equal status and equal opportunity has a legal sanction in democracy.
4. Individual freedom : In democracy every individual has the freedom to pursue his goal.
Q. 15. Explain briey the outcome of democracy.
Ans. (i) The rst step towards evaluating outcome of democracy is to recognise that democracy is just
a form of government. It means democracy provides an opportunity and it is the citizens who
can take advantage of it.
(ii) The most basic outcome of democracy is that it is accountable to citizens and responsive to
their needs and expectations.
(iii) Another outcome of democracy is that it is a legitimate government. It means all decisions
are taken as per the constitution only.
Q. 16. Why is there a sound support for the idea of democracy all over the world?
Ans. (i) It is so because a democratic government is people-run government duly elected by them.
(ii) It is a legitimate government since it follows all the laws provided in the constitution.
(iii) People wish to be ruled by the representatives elected by them. The voters enjoy to form
political parties and elect the government of their choice.
Q. 17. “The economic growth rate in dictatorship is bett er than that in democratic rule.” Why is
it so?
Ans. (i) The economic growth rate in all dictatorial regimes was 4.42 per cent as compared to all
democratic regimes’ 3.95 per cent during the period 1995–2000.
(ii) In dictatorial regimes, the rules and regulations are rigid and compulsory. The citizens who
disobey are severely punished.
(iii) In democratic regimes, as the leaders and bureaucrats think about their prots only, the
government is not much keen to remove poverty and develop the country economically.
Q. 18. Suggest some broad guidelines that can be kept in mind while devising ways and means for
political reforms in India. [CBSE Sample Paper 2016 ]
Ans. Guidelines for political reform:
(i) Any legal change must carefully look at what results it will have on politics. Sometimes, the
results may be counter-productive.
(ii) The main focus of political reforms should be on ways to strengthen democratic practice.
(iii) Any proposal for political reforms should think not only about what is a good solution but
also about who will implement it and how?
Q. 19. “Democratic government is legitimate government”? Support the statement with
arguments. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
OR
How is ‘democratic government’ a ‘legitimate government’? Explain with examples.
[CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Democratic government is a legitimate government: It may be slow, less efcient, not always
very responsive or clean. But a democratic government is peoples’ own government. That is why
there is an overwhelming support for the idea of democracy all over the world. People wished
to be ruled by representatives elected by them. They also believe that democracy is suitable for
their country. Democracy’s ability to generate its own support is itself an outcome that cannot be
ignored.
Democractic Government known as legitimate government:
(i) Democracy produce a government that follows and is accountable to the people.
(ii) It provides mechanism for citizens to hold the government accountable and allows citizens
to take part in decision making whenever they think t.

(iii) If you wanted to measure democracies on the basis of this expected outcome you would look
for the following practices and institutions regular free and fair election, open public debate
on major policies.
Q. 20. Democracy accommodates social diversities. Support the statement with examples.
[CBSE (AI) 2016]
OR
How is social diversity accommodated in democracy ? Explain with examples.
[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. “Democracy accommodates social diversities”.
Democracy develops a mechanism which successfully negotiates difference among ethnic
population.
(i) Democracies develop a procedure to conduct their competition. This reduces the possibility
of these tensions becoming explosive or violent.
(ii) No society can fully and permanently resolve conicts among different groups. But we can
certainly learn to respect these differences and can evolve mechanism to negotiate these
differences.
(iii) Ability to handle social differences , divisions and conicts is thus a denite plus point of
democratic regimes.
(iv) For example: Belgium has successfully negotiated differences among ethnic population. This
reduces the possibility of tensions.
Q. 21. “Democratic governments in practice are known as accountable.” Support the statement
with arguments. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Democratic governments in practice are accountable:
(i) It is right to expect democracy to produce a government that follows procedures and is
accountable to the people.
(ii) It is also expected that the democratic government develops mechanisms for citizens to take
part in decision making whenever they think it is t.
(iii) The democratic government is accountable to the people. If it ignores the will of the people,
they will not elect their ruler in the next general election.
(iv) The procedures and decision making process should be transparent for democratic government
to be accountable to the people.

Q. 1. Do democracies lead to peaceful and harmonious relations among citizens?
Ans. l Democracies usually develop a procedure to conduct their competition. This reduces the
possibility of these tensions becoming explosive or violent.
l No society can fully and permanently resolve conicts among different groups.
l But we can certainly learn to respect these differences and we can also evolve mechanisms to
negotiate the differences.
l Democracy is best suited to produce this outcome.
Non-democratic regimes often turn a blind eye to or suppress internal social differences. Ability
to handle social differences, divisions and conicts is, thus, a denite plus point of democratic
regimes.
Q. 2. Is economic growth in democracies accompanied by increased inequalities among the
people?
Ans. l Democracies are based on political equality.
l All individuals have equal right in electing representatives.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
398
l Parallel to the process of bringing individuals into the political arena on an equal footing, we
nd growing economic inequalities.
l A small number of ultra-rich enjoy a highly disproportionate share of wealth and incomes.
Not only that, their share in the total income of the country has been increasing.
l Those at the bottom of the society have very little to depend upon. Their incomes have been
declining. Sometimes, they nd it difcult to meet their basic needs of life such as food,
clothing, housing, education and health.
Q. 3. How far are democracies able to handle differences between various ethnic groups?
Ans. l Democracies are able to accommodate various social divisions.
l These usually develop a procedure to reduce the possibility of tension between ethnic groups
as they become explosive or violent sometimes.
l Democracy is best suited to reduce this outcome.
l Non-democratic regimes often turn a blind eye to or suppress social differences.
l Ability to handle social differences, divisions and conicts is, thus, a denite plus point of
democratic regimes.
Q. 4. “What the most distinctive about democracy is that its examination never gets over.”
Comment.
Ans. l As democracy passes one test, it produces another test. As people get some benets of
democracy, they ask for more and want to make democracy even better.
l That is why, when we ask people about the way democracy functions, they always come up
with more expectations and many complaints.
l The fact that people are complaining is itself a testimony to the success of democracy. It
shows that people have developed awareness and the ability to expect and to look at power
holders critically and the high and the mighty.
l A public expression of dissatisfaction with democracy shows the success of the democratic
project; it transforms people from the status of a subject into that of a citizen.
Q. 5. What outcomes are expected of a democracy?
Ans. (i) People should get a chance to choose their representatives without any fear.
(ii) Elections are held periodically on the basis of universal franchise.
(iii) Free and fair elections are conducted by an independent machinery.
(iv) The elected representatives are accountable to the people.
(v) There is more than one political party which competes for power.
(vi) Pressure and Interest groups play a prominent role in the system.
(vii) People are guaranteed fundamental rights like right to life, liberty, equality and religion by
the constitution.
(viii) The constitution provides for an independent and impartial judiciary, which protects the
rights of the people.
(ix) There should be a strong opposition which should act as a watchdog on government both
inside and outside the Parliament.
(x) There should be an enlightened public opinion so that people can put pressure on government.
(xi) The constitution provides for a written set of roles, which divides power between the Centre
and the state.
(xii) Freedom of the press should be allowed.
(xiii) Public order and decency should be maintained.
(xiv) The unity, integrity and sovereignty of the country should be maintained.
(xv) People should be vigilant and participate actively in the process of governance.
The rst thing towards thinking carefully about the outcomes of democracy is to recognise that

democracy is just a form of government. Democracy can only create conditions for achieving
something.
Q. 6. Evidence shows that in practice, many democracies did not full the t he expectation of
producing economic development in the country country.. Validate
Validate the statement with the help
h elp of
relevant example. [CBSE Sample Paper 2016 ]
Ans. If we consider all democracies and all dictatorships for the fty years between 1950 and 2000,
dictatorships have slightly higher rate of economic growth.
Economic development depends on several factors: country’s population size, global situation,
cooperation from other countries, economic
economic priorities adopted by the country, etc.
However, the difference in the rates of economic development between less developed countries
with dictatorships and democracies is negligible. Overall, it cannot be said that democracy is a
guarantee of economic development. But we can expect democracy not to lag behind dictatorships
in this respect.
When such a signicant difference in the rates of economic growth between countries under
dictatorship and democracy, it is better to prefer democracy as it has several other positive
outcomes.
One example of a democratic and a dictatorial country to be given to support the answer.
Q. 7. How are the democratic governments better than the other forms of governments?
Compare. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
OR
“Democracy is a better form of government than any other form of government.” Analyse
the statement with arguments. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. The democratic governments are better than other forms of governments:
(i) Democratic governments have formal constitution, while not in other form of governments.
(ii) They hold regular elections, while not in other form of governments.
(iii) They have political parties, while not in other form of governments.
(iv) They guarantee rights of citizens, while not in the other form of governments.
(v) Such governments allow room to correct mistakes, while not in the other form of government.
(vi) Such government accommodates social diversities, while not in other form of government.
Q. 8. Describe any ve characteristics of of democracy.
democracy. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Democracy is a better form of government from any other form of government:
(i) Democracy promotes equality among citizens.
(ii) Enhances the dignity of the individual.
(iii) Improves
Improves the quality of decision making.
(iv) Provides method to resolve conicts.
(v) Accoun
Accountable,
table, responsive and legitimate government.
(vi) Reduction of inequality and poverty.
(vii) It promotes transparency
transparency..
Q. 9. “Democracy
“Democracy stands much superior in promoting dignity and freedom of the citizens.”
Justify the statement. [CBSE Delhi 2017, CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. “Democracy stands much superior in promoting dignity and freedom of the citizens”:
(i) Every individual wants to receive respect from fellow beings.
(ii) The passion for respect and
and freedom are basis
basis of democracy.
democracy.
(iii) Democracies throughout the world have recognized this. It has been achieved in various
degrees in various democracies.
(iv) Long struggles by women have got got them respect and equal treatment
treatment and now accepted as
necessary ingredients of a democratic society.
society.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
400
(v) In many democracies, women were deprived of their right to vote for a long time which they
have achieved now.
(vi) In India, 1/3rd of seats have been
been reserved for women in local bodies.
bodies.
(vii) Democracy has strengthened the claimsclaims of the disadvantaged and discriminated
discriminated castes for
equal status and equal opportunity
opportunity..
(viii) Legal basis which works on the principle of individual freedom and dignity
dignity..
Q. 10. How does democracy produce an accountable, responsive and legitimate government?
Discuss by giving five reasons. [CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Ans. (i) In a democracy,
democracy, people have the right to elect
elect their rulers and participate in decision making
that affects them all. Government thus, is accountable to the citizens and responsive to their
needs and expectations.
(ii) Democracy is based on the idea of deliberation and negotiation, though it results in delays.
It ensures that decision making is based on norms and procedures and allows transparency.
Develops mechanisms for citizens to hold the government accountable.
(iii) Set up following practices and institutions: regular, free and fair elections; open public debate
on major policies and legislations; and citizens’ right to information about the government
and its functioning.
(iv) It may be reasonable to expect from democracy a government that is attentive to the needs
and demands of the people and is largely free of corruption. Though the record of democracies
is not impressive on these two counts.
(v) Democratic government is a legitimate government. It may be slow, less efcient, not always
people’ss own government. People wish to be ruled by
very responsive or clean, but is people’
representatives
representatives elected by them.
Q. 11. ‘‘
‘‘A
A democracy must look after the interests of all, not just one section.’’ Support the
statement with arguments. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Democracy must look after the interest of all because:
(i) Democracy believes in and work for equality
equality..
(ii) It has the ability to handle social differences irrespective of religion or race or linguistic
group, etc.
(iii) It gives equal treatment to women.
(iv) It cares equally for majority and minority
minority..
(v) Democracy in India has strengthened the claims of the disadvantaged.
(vi) It tries to provide equal opportunities to minority and depressed classes.
(vii) Ordinary citizens value their democratic rights.
(vii) Democracy shows that people have developed awareness.
(viii) It has the ability to expect and look critically at power holders.
Q. 12. ‘‘No party system is ideal for all countries and in all situations.’’ Analyse the statement.
[CBSE (AI) 2017, CBSE (F) 2016 ]
Ans. Party system is not something any country can choose:
(i) It evolves over a long time, depending on the nature of society
society..
(ii) It depends on social and regional divisions.
(iii) It depends on history of politics and its system of elections.
(iv) These
These cannot be changed very quickly
quickly..
(v) Each country develops a party system that is conditioned by its special circumstances.

Q. 1. “There is an overwhelming support for the idea of democracy all over the world.” Support
the statement.
Ans. l Over a hundred countries of the world today claim and practise some kind of democratic
politics.
l They have formal constitution, they hold elections, they have parties and they guarantee
rights to citizens.
l While these features are common to most of them, these democracies are very much different
from one another in terms of their social situations, their economic achievements and their
cultures.
l Democracy is a government that is attentive to the needs and demands of the people and
largely free of corruption.
Q. 2. “Democratic government is attentive to the needs and demands of the people and and is largely
free of corruption.
corruption.”” Support your answer with arguments.
Or
Is democracy attentive to the needs of people? Is it free from corruption?
Ans. The record of democracies
democracies is not impressive on these two courts.
(i) Democracies often frustrates the needs of people and ignore the demands of a majority of its
population.
(ii) The routine tales of corruption are enough to convince us that democracy is not free from this
evil.
(iii) Democracies also give right to the citizens to choose their representatives. Whenever possible,
people are able to participate in decision making. But their decisions are not often followed.
(iv) At the same time, there is nothing to show that non-democracie
non-democraciess are less corrupt or more
sensitive to the people.
Q. 3. How has corruption become a serious problem for Indian democracy?
Ans. l Democracies often frustrate the needs of people and ignore demands of a majority of its
population.
l It is an accepted fact that leaders use money to win votes and capitalists are supporting them.
l Now a days we nd that richer people are getting into politics, just to support parties and get
their now say in the parliament.
l The native tales of corruption are enough to convince us that democracy is not free from this
evil.
l Now many leaders are involved in scams which become a daily news in the newspaper. These
leaders are mostly involved in corruption charges.
Q. 4. How are complaints treated as testimony to the success of democracy?
Ans. (i) Every individual wants to receive respect from fellow
fellow beings.
beings.
(ii) As people get some benets of democracy
democracy,, they ask for more and want to make democracy
even better.
(iii) That is why, when we ask people about the way democracy functions, they will always come
up with more expectations, and many complaints.
(iv) The fact that people are complaining is itself a testimony to the success of democracy
democracy..
(v) It shows that people have developed awareness and the ability to expect and to look critically
at power holders and the high and the mighty.
(vi) A public expression of dissatisfaction with democracy shows the success of the democratic
project. It transforms people from the status of a subject into that of citizens.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
402
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Which aspects of democracy describes that is a government run by the consent of the people?
2. What type of government is attentive to the needs and expectations of the people?
3. In which neighbouring country of India is democracy not preferred over dictatorship?
4. The idea of deliberation and negotiation in a democracy leads to what?
5. How can you say that democracies are based on political
political equality?
1. How can the success of democracy be assessed? Explain.

2. How is democratic government known as responsive government? Explain with examples.
3. “Democrat
“Democratic
ic government is a legitimat
legitimatee government
government.”
.” Explain.
4. “Non-democratic rulers can be very quick and efcient in decision-makin
decision-makingg and implementatio
implementation.”
n.”
Do you think with this features of non-democratic government
government is a better government than other
government? Explain.
1. Why do we feel that democracy is a better form of government than any other form?
2. Why is democracy not considered simply a rule of majority?
3. “Democracy is seen to be good principle but felt to be not good in practice.
practice.”” Justify the statement.
4. “I
“Inn actual life, democracies do not appear to be very successf
successful
ul in reducing economic inequalit
inequalities.”
ies.”
Explain the statement giving an example.
zzz

Challenges to
8 democracy
BROAD CHALLENGES FOR DEMOCRACY
Foundational Challenge of Deepening of

Challenges Expansion Democracy
Some countries had to face Countries which are already It means strengthening those
the challenge of transition to democratic face the institutions that have people’s
the democratic style of challenge of expanding it to participation and control. It
government. all social groups and means bringing down the
They had to have laws and regions. All institutions control of the rich and the
policies that would be should follow democracy in powerful people in making
followed in democratic steps. their functioning. government decisions.
DEVISING WAYS AND MEANS FOR POLITICAL REFORM IN INDIA
One way is legal reform, Legal changes sometimes Democratic reforms are While proposing a political
making new laws to ban have a counter-productive spread or brought through reforms, one should be very
undesirable things. result. But laws which political practice. Main focus clear about who will
But legal constitutional empower people to carryout of political reforms is implement it and how.
changes cannot overcome democratic reforms are best strengthening democracy. Political parties and MPs will
challenges to democracy. eg. Right to Information Act. never vote for a legislation
The reforms have to be that is against their interests.
carried out mainly by
political activities, parties,
movements and political
conscious citizens.
WHAT IS DEMOCRACY?
• Rulers elected by people must take all major decisions.

• Elections to be held at regular intervals, so that people can change the rulers.
• All people should have the choice and opportunity to do so on an equal basis.
• The right to exercise this right should lead to a government bound to rule according to the constitution.
• Democracy is not limited to voting only, social and economic rights of a citizen should be guarded.
• Power sharing between the governments and social groups is a must.
• Respect must be shown to minority opinion. It cannot be the rule of majority only.
• All discrimination based on caste, creed, religion and gender should be eliminated.
• Democracy has outcomes which have to be faced and dealt with.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
404
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Challenge: A call to someone to participate in a competitive situation or fight
f ight to decide,
who is superior in terms of ability or strength.
s trength.
2. Foundation: An underlying basis or principle.
3. Contemporary belonging to or occurring in the present or occurring at the same time.
4. Political Reform: Political reform means improving the laws and constitutions in
accordance with expectations of the public.
5. Right to Information Act is an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for setting
out the practical regime of right to information for citizens and replaces the erstwhile
Freedom of information Act, 2002.
6. Corruption: Dishonest
Corruption: Dishonest or fraudulent conduct by those in power, typically involving
involving bribery.
briber y.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Different contexts, different challenges
Cartoons: Each of these cartoons represents a challenge to democracy
democracy.. Please describe
what that challenge is. Also place it in one of the three categories mentioned in the rst
section.
(a) (b)
(c) (d)

Ans. (a) Mubarak Re-elected
The cartoon wants to convey that Mubarak has won but the ballot boxes still remain closed
and therefore not counted. This is a foundational challenge, where free and fair election has
not been conducted.
(b) Seeing the democracy
The cartoon wants to convey that democracy cannot be established through the barrel of a
gun. This is a foundational challenge, where muscle power and weapons cannot be used to
establish effective democracy.
(c) Liberal Gender Equality
The cartoon conveys hypocrisy of Liberal party that wants genders equality but does not
follow it within its own organisation. This shows the challenge of expansion, whereby women
do not have equal stake in decision making bodies.
(d) Campaign Money
The cartoon conveys that money gives you access to the White House, i.e., Political Power
Power.. The
challenge is deepening of democracy whereby rich people have easier access to political power.
Q. 2. Different types of Challenges
Now that you have noted down all these challenges, let us group these together into some
broad categories. Given below are some spheres or sites of democratic politics. You may
place against each of these the specic challenges that, you noted for one or more countries
or cartoons in the previous section. In addition to that, write one item for India for each
of these spheres. In case you nd that some challenges do not t into any of the categories
given below, you can create new categories and put some it ems under that.
Ans.
i. Constitutional Design Chile, China, Nepal.
ii. Democratic rights Poland, Myanmar, Guantanamo Bay, Saudi Arabia.
iiii. Wor
ii Worki
kin
ng of
of ins
insttit
itu
uti
tion
onss Inte
Intern
rnat
atiion
onaal Or
Orga
gani
nisa
sati
tion
ons,
s, Bo
Boli
livi
viaa.
iv. Elections Me xico, Pakistan.
v. Fed
Feder
eral
alis
ism,
m, de
dece
cent
ntra
rali
liza
zati
tion
on Belg
Belgiu
ium.
m.
vi. Accomm
Accommoda
odatio
tion
n of diversi
diversity
ty South Afric
South Africa,
a, Yugo
Yugosla
slavia
via,, Sri Lanka,
Lanka, Civil
Civil Rights
Rights,, Norther
Northern
n
Ireland.
vii. Political organisation Ghana, Iraq.
Q. 3. Let us group these again, this time by the nature of these challenges as per the classication
suggested in the rst section. For each of these
th ese categories, nd at least one example from
India as well.
Ans.
i. Foundational Saudi Arabia, Nepal, China, Myanmar.
Challenge India: Integration of Jammu and Kashmir and Article 370, Khap Panchayats.
ii. Challenge of Iraq, Bolivia, Belgium, US: Civil Rights, South Africa.
expansion India: Access to political power for women, Decentralization to Panchayats
and Municipalities
iii. Challenge of Mexico, Ghana.

deepening India: Decrease of muscle power and money in elections, Dynastic
Dynastic Politics.
Politics.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
406
Q. 1. What is a ‘Challenge’? [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. A challenge is not just any problem, we usually call only those difculties a ‘challenge’
‘challenge’ which
which are
signicant and which can be overcome. It carries on opportunity for progress.
Q. 2. How can a challenge be overcome?
Ans. Challenge
Ans. Challenge can be overcome by identifying your challenge, believing in your goal, strengthening
will-power, and by trying consistently.
consistently.
Q. 3. What is the foundational challenge of democracy?
Ans.
Ans. Bringing down the existing non-democratic regime, keeping military away from controlling
government and establishing a sovereign and functional state.
Q. 4. What involves the challenge of expansion?
Ans. Ensuring
Ans. Ensuring greater power to local government, extension of federal principles to all the units of
federation, inclusion
inclusion of women and minority groups, etc., fall under this challenge.
Q. 5. How is challenge of ‘deepening of democracy’ faced by democracies?
Ans. This involves strengthening of the institutions and practices of democracy. This should happen in
such a manner that people can realise their expectations of democracy.
Q. 6. Does law play a key role in political reform?
Ans. No doubt, law has an important role to play in a political reform. Carefully desired changes
changes in law
can help to discourage wrong political practices and encourage good ones. But legal constitutional
changes by themselves cannot overcome challenges to democracy
democracy..
Q. 7. Explain the meaning of democracy. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Democracy is a form of government in which the rulers are elected
elected by the people.
Q. 8. Give importance of a law in forms of democracy.
Ans. The ‘Right to Information’ Act is a law that empowers the people to nd out what is happening in
government and act as watchdog of democracy.
Q. 9. In what way does RTI help the people in a democracy?
Ans.
Ans. Such a law helps to control consumption and supplements the existing laws that banned
corruption and imposed strict penalties.
Q. 10. How do political parties bring democratic reforms?
Ans. The
Ans. The main focus of political reforms should be on ways to strengthen democratic politics. The
most important concern should be to increase and improve the quality of political participation
by ordinary citizens.
Q. 11. How do we dene a true democracy?
Ans. (i) The rulers elected by the people must take all
all the major decisions.
decisions.
(ii) Elections must offer a choice and fair opportunity to the people to change the current rulers.
Q. 12. A country holds election to elect people’s representatives to form the government
government but the
elections are not fair. Identify the kind of challenge faced by the people in such a country.
Ans. People face the challenge of expansion of democracy.
Q. 13. If a non-democratic country wants to change into a democratic set up, then which kind of
challenge would it face? [CBSE (Comptt) 2017 ]
Ans. The challenge faced is :
Foundational Challenge

Q. 1. Explain ‘foundation challenge’
challenge’ faced by democracies of the world.
Ans. (i) Foundation challenge takes place when the basic structure or foundation
foundation of the government
government
changes.
(ii) It can be monarchy or military dictatorship,
dictatorship, changed into democracy.
democracy.
(iii) The Nepal King Gyanendra,
Gyanendra, who replaced
replaced democracy with autocracy
autocracy was forced to leave the
palace and accept democracy and political rights of the people, when the movement against
autocracy took place.
This transition may take many decades or centuries.
Q. 2. “The Right to Information Act Act acts as a watchdog
watchdog of democracy.”
democracy.” Explain.
Ans. l The best laws are those which empower people to carry out democratic reforms.
l The Right to Information Act empowers the people to nd out the role of government and
makes its functioning more transparent.
l The citizens have the right to ask what happened and how it happened. It helps them check
corruption, malpractices, etc.
Q. 3. When is democracy considered to be successful?
successful?
Ans. l The rulers elected by the people must take all major decisions and not the rich and powerful people.
l The elections must offer a choice and fair opportunity to the people to change the rulers, if
they want to.
l A choice and opportunity should be available to all the people based on political equality.
equality.
Q. 4. Dene a “good democrac
democracy”.y”.
Ans.. Democracy is a form of government in which the rulers are elected by the people. Supreme power
Ans
is in the hands of people and exercised directly by them.
(i) In a good democracy
democracy,, the citizens and political parties should enjoy freedom in electing the
government.
(ii) The elections should be free from money and muscle power and there should not be any
malpractices.
(iii) Democracy is considered good when the economic growth rate and standard of living are high.
Q. 5. What do you mean by ‘counter productive law’?
Ans. Any legal change becomes counter productive law when it results adversly. For example, many states
have banned people who have more than two children from contesting panchayat elections. This
had resulted in demat of political opportunity to many poor and women, which was not intended.
Generally, laws that seek to ban something are not successful in politics. This law tends to hinder
Generally,
the attainment of a desired goal and results adversely.
Q. 6.
6. How democracy has been redened? What
What positive points about democracy can highlight
the denition?
Ans. Democracy has been redened as a democratic government where the changes have taken place.
The positive points about the democracy can be added to its denition.
(i) The rulers elected by the people must take all the major decisions.
(ii) Elections must offer a choice and fair opportunity to the people to change the current rulers.
(iii) This choice and opportunity should be available to all the people on an equal basis.
(iv) The exercise of this choice must lead to a government limited by basic rules of the constitution
and citizens’ rights.
Q. 7.
7. “The challenge of deepening of democracy is being faced by every democracy in one form
or another.” Support
Support the statement with arguments. [CBSE (F) 2016]
OR
Xam idea
Social Science–X
408
Which kind of government is dominant in the contemporary world ? Mention the issues
that all involved in the challenge of ‘deepening of democracy’democracy’.. [CBSE (Comptt.) 2016]
Ans. Deepening of democracy
(i) Deepening of democracy
democracy involves strengthening of the institutions
institutions and practice of democracy.
democracy.
(ii) The ordinary people have different expectations from democracy in different societies.
Therefore, this challenge has different meanings in different parts of the world.
(iii) It wants more of people’s
people’s participation
participation and control.
control.
(iv ) It controls and wants
wants to bring down the control
control of rich and powerful
powerful people in making of
of the
governmental decision.
Q. 8. “A
“A public expression of dissatisfaction with democracy shows the success of democratic
project.” Justify the statement. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. “A public expression of dissatisfaction with democracy shows the success of democratic project:”
(i) It shows that people
people have developed
developed awareness
awareness and the ability
ability to expect.
expect.
(ii) People look criticall
criticallyy at power holders. They want to make democracy better.
(iii) They come up with expressions
expressions and complaints.
complaints. They value
value their democratic rights.

Q. 1. What are the broad guidelines to be kept in mind while devising ways and means for
political reforms in India?
Ans.
Ans. (i) Legal ways of reforming politics are very tempting.
However, only carefully devised changes in law can help to
discourage wrong political practices and encourage good
ones. Democratic reforms should be carried out by political
activities, parties, movements and politically conscious
citizens.
(ii) A legal change must be clear in its results. Best laws are those
which empower
empower people to carry out democratic
democratic reforms. One
such Act is the Right to Information Act, which helps in controlling corruption.
(iii) Democratic reforms need to be carried out through strengthening its practice. There should
be an increase in quality of political participation by citizens.
(iv) Any proposal for political reform should even devise ways of implementing the reform.
Q. 2. “At
“At least one-fourth of the globe is still not under democratic government.” Explain the
challenge to democracy
democracy..
Ans. (i) The challenge
challenge to democracy
democracy in these
these parts is very stark.
(ii) These countries face the foundational challenge of making the transition to democracy and
then instituting a democratic government.
(iii) This involves bringing down the existing non-democratic government.
(iv) Military should be kept away from the controlling government and a sovereign and functional
state should be established.
Q. 3. “Most established democracies face a challenge of expansion.”
expansion.” Comment.
Comment.
OR
How does existing democracies face the challenge of expansion?
OR
“Most of the established democracies are facing the challenge of expansion.
expansion.”” Support the
statement with examples. [CBSE Delhi 2016]

Ans. l Challenge of expansion involves applying or following the basic principle of democratic
government in almost all regions, various institutions and different social groups.
l It should ensure greater power to local governments, extensionextension of federal principle to all the
units of federation including women and minority.
l Most countries including India and other democracies like the US (America) face this challenge.
l It also means that less and less decisions should remain outside the arena of democratic control.
Q. 4. Write the measures
measures that can strengthen and deepen democracy. democracy.
Ans. (i) Decentralisatio
Decentralisation n of authority should
should take place. Based on separation of of powers, power should
be decentralised at the local level. It would make government more responsive to the needs
of the people.
(ii) Politica
Politicall parties using caste, religion, violence and separatism as vote-bank factors should be
banned.
(iii) Right to Information (RTI) Act should be strengthened so that the rule of law should be
implemented realistically
realistically..
(iv) It is said that eternal vigilance is the price of liberty. It means that people should always be alert
to preserve their freedom. For this, it is essential to have an enlightened public opinion. Agencies
like mass media, political parties, educational institutions and pressure groups should help in the
generation of public opinion. Curbs on any agency would act as a hindrance in the development
of sound public opinion which is essential for the smooth functioning of democracy.
(v) Mass media like TV, radio, newspapers
newspapers,, magazine
magaziness and journals should play an important
role in strengthening the freedom of people by spreading awareness and enlightenment and
keeping the government on toes by pointing out its loopholes.
(vi) People should
should be given a right to recall their representatives
representatives if they are not
not working in public
interest.
(vii) The term of parliamentary institutions should be xed so that political instability does not
hinder development.
(viii) Women, dalits and backward castes should be given adequate representation so that all
communities receive adequate political say.
(ix) Election Commission should be given more powers to make stringent laws, banning parties
using money and muscle power.
(x) State funding of elections should be started.
(xi) The bureaucrats should be made more responsive to the needs of people.
(xii) Lokpal should be created to check corruption in public life.
(xiii) Institutions of governance should be strengthened to reduce politics of expediency and
opportunism.
(xiv)
(xi v) Citizens should become more active and enlightened to keep a vigil on the functioning of democracy.
Q. 5. What are the shortcomings
shortcomings or weaknesses of Indian democracy democracy..
Ans. In
Ans. In spite of certain achievements, Indian democracy has not been able to solve the problems in
entirety. There
There have been certain shortcomings. These include the following:
(i) Though GDP has increased about 50 per cent, children below ve years are still malnourished.
(ii) People are still living in abject poverty, illiteracy and unemployment.
(iii) More than 60 per cent of Indian people do not have access to sanitation.
(iv) Economic development has not been accompanied by institutional changes.
(v) About 35 per cent of the Indian population still lives below the poverty line.
(vi) Women representation in governance is not even 6 per cent.
(vii) Socio-economic
Socio-economic inequalities continue to exist in our societysociety..
(viii)
(vii i) Society is divided along casteist, communal, linguistic and regional lines.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
410
(ix) Politics has been criminalised. Use of money and muscle power has shaken the faith of people
in democracy.
(x) Society has been divided in the name of caste, religion and creed.
(xi) Increasing corruption has shaken the faith of people in the political system. Democracy is
considered to be a means of making easy money at the cast of public welfare.
(xii) Wholesale and mercenary defections have made democracy a farce.
(xiii) Failure to evolve a strong and effective opposition has led to complacency in the ruling party.
Q. 6. “Democracies are not appearing to be very successful in reducing economic inequalities.”
Analyse the statement. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Democracy and the economic outcomes
(i) Slow economic development and economic growth due to population
(ii) Basic needs of life, such as food, clothing, shelter are difcult to make
(iii) Prevalence of Economic Inequalities
(iv) Poverty is still a big issue
(v) Allocation of resources in few hands
(vi) Unjust distribution of goods and opportunities

Q. 1. ‘‘It is very difcult to reform politics through legal ways.’’ Evaluate the statement.
[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. ‘It is very difcult to reform politics through legal ways’ :
(i) Carefully devised changes in law can help to discourage wrong political practices and
encourage good ones.
(ii) Legal constitutional changes by themselves cannot overcome challenges to democracy. This is
like the rules of cricket. A change in rules for LBW decisions helped to reduce negative batting
tactics. But no one would ever think that the quality of cricket could be improved mainly through
changes in the rules. This is to be done mainly by the players, coaches and administrators.
(iii) Any legal change must carefully look at what results it will have on politics. Sometimes the
result may be counterproductive.
(iv) Democratic reforms are to carried out mainly by political activists, parties, movements and
politically conscious citizens.
(v) Laws that give political actors incentives to do good things have more chances of working.
(vi) The best laws are those which empower people to carry out democratic reforms.
(vii) Democratic reforms are to be brought through political practices. Therefore the main focus
should be on the ways to strengthen democratic practices.
Q. 2. Explain three different types of challenges being faced by democratic governments in
modern times.
Ans. Following are the types of challenges being faced by modern democracies in the world.
1. Foundational Challenge:
l Foundational challenge takes place when the basic structure or foundation of the government
charges.
l It can be monarchy or military dictatorship, changed into democracy.
2. Deepening of Democracy:
l This involves strengthening of the institutions and practices of democracy.
l This should happen in such a way that people can realise their expectations of democracy.

l This requires an attempt to bring down the control and inuence of the rich and powerful
people in making governmental issue.
3. Challenge of Expansion:
l This involves applying the basic principles of democratic government across all regions,
different social groups and various institutions.
l Ensuring greater power to local government extension of federal principle to all the units of
federation, inclusion of women and minority groups, etc., fall under this challenge.
This also means that less and less decisions should remain outside the area of democratic control.
Q 3. Explain how democratic reforms can be achieved. Why is it important for us?
Ans. l Democratic or political reforms should be achieved mainly by the actions of political parties.
l They should show concern about how to increase and improve the quality of political
participation by ordinary citizens.
l The main focus of political reforms should be how to strengthen democratic practices through
institutions.
l Any proposal or suggestions may be there on the paper but it is all about how to implement and
by whom to meet the need.
It improves our quality of life, maintain peace and give us good governed social infrastructure.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. What kind of challenges are faced by one-fourth countries of the globe?

2. By whom the democratic reforms are to be carried out mainly?
3. RTI stands for what?
4. Which laws was enacted by the Government of India in October 2005?
5. Name two challenges to the working of democracy in India.
1. Explain the ‘foundational challenge’ faced by democracies.

2. Describe the expanded scope of democracy in the modern world.
3. Mention some important qualications for a democracy.
4. Explain the ways in which democracy can be redened to make democracy more effective.
1. Explain with example the impact of the Right to Information (RTI) Act.
2. Discuss the broad guidelines to be kept in mind while devising ways for political reforms in India.
3. Write a note on the ‘Challenges of deepening of democracy’.
4. “Legal constitutional challenges by themselves cannot overcome challenges to democracy.” Explain.
5. Mention the three ways through which democracy can be improved in practical form.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
412
ECONOMICS
1. DEVELOPMENT
2. SECTORS OF THE INDIAN ECONOMY
3. MONEY AND CREDIT
4. GLOBALISATION AND THE INDIAN ECONOMY
5. CONSUMER RIGHTS
UNDERSTANDING
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
Development
1
DEVELOPMENT
Defined as growth, some of the important goals are, Different people have different development goals.
seeking more income, equal treatment, freedom, What way be development for one may not be for the
security, respect from others, etc. other. It may even be de structive for the other.
INCOME AND OTHER GOALS
People desire Also seek equal Money or material Quality of our Before accepting a Hence, for
regular work, treatment, things that one life also job, one looks at development,
better wages and freedom, security, can buy with it, is depends on facilities for your people look at
decent price for respect of others one factor on non-material family, working mix of goals.
their crops or and resent which life things. atmosphere or
other products. discrimination. depends. opportunity to learn.
CRITERION TO COMPARE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF COUNTRIES
Is earned per person It is also known as Standard of living of Countries with higher It is calculated by
in a given area. per capita income. people in a country per capita income dividing the area’s
depends on their per are considered to be total income by its
capita income. more developed than total population.
with less per capita
income.
INCOME AND OTHER CRITERION
In comparison of per capita In this case Punjab would be But in another comparison This shows besides
income of states, Punjab considered most developed of infant mortality rate income, all other goals are
has ` 60,746/- and Bihar and Bihar least developed. Punjab - 34 per thousand equally important.
has ` 16,715/- per capita Kerala - 13 per thousand
income respectively. Bihar - 48 per thousand.
415 Economics: Understanding

Economic Development
PUBLIC FACILITIES
Money in your pocket Income is not completely e.g., Money cannot buy a Kerala has low mortality
cannot buy all the goods adequate indicator of pollution free environment rate since it has adequate
and services that is needed material goods and or ensure that you get provision of basic health
to live a good healthy life. services that citizens are unadulterated medicine and educational facilities.
able to use. and is not able to protect
you from infectious
diseases.
SUSTAINABILITY OF DEVELOPMENT
Development should e.g., Groundwater is Groundwater is an Consequences of Sustainability of

take place but under serious threat example of environmental development is a new
without harming of overuse. renewable resource; degradation do not area of knowledge in
environment. it is replenished by respect national or which scientists,
nature as in the state boundaries. economists,
case of crops and Our future is linked philosophers and other
plants. together. social scientists are
working together.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT INDEX
Is defined as a composite statistic of life expectancy, education and per capita income
indicators, which are used to rank countries in four tiers of human development.
It has three indicators
Life expectancy defined as the Gross Enrolment Ratio is Per Capita Income is the
average number of years that a determined by the number mean income of the people
new-born could expect to live if of students enrolled in in an economic unit,
her or she were to pass through school at several different calculated by total income
life, subject to the age-specific grade levels. divided by the total
mortality rates of a given period. population.
adding the three indicators and dividing it by 3, gives you the human development index.
Life exp. Index + Gross Enrolment Ratio + Per capita Income Index
HDI =
3
It is prepared by the United Nation’s Global Development Network (UNDP).
Xam idea
Social Science–X
416
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Development: Development is defined as growth. Some of the important goals are,

seeking more income, equal treatment, freedom, security, respect from others, etc.
2. Income and Other Goals: One would consider earning more income, being a common
factor among people. With this income, they buy services and goods for their daily
needs.
3. National Development: National development refers to the ability of a nation to improve
the lives of its citizens. Measures of improvement may be material, such as availability
of healthcare, etc.
4. Average Income: Average income is earned per person in a given area.
5. Infant Mortality Rate: Infant Mortality Rate is the number of deaths under one year of
age occurring among the live births in given geographical area during a given year.
6. Literacy Rate: Literacy rate is the total percentage of the population of an area at a
particular time aged seven years or above who can read and write with understanding.
7. Net Attendance Ratio: Net Attendance ratio is defined as the ratio of the number of
people in the official age-group attending any educational institution in a particular class-
group to the total number of people in the age-group.
8. Public Facilities: Public facilities are those which are provided by the government to
satisfy the collective needs of the people. Examples – hospitals, schools, community
halls, etc.
9. Human Development Index: Human Development Index is a composite statistic of life
expectancy, education and per capita income indicators, which are used to rank countries
in four tiers of human development.
10. Sustainable Development: Sustainable development is development that meets the
needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet
their own needs.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Development of a country is generally determined by
(a) its Per Capita income (b) its average literacy level
(c) health status of its people (d) all the above
Ans. (a) its per capita income.
Q. 2. Which of the following neighbouring countries has better performance in terms of human
development than India?
(a) Bangladesh (b) Sri Lanka
(c) Nepal (d) Pakistan
Ans. (b) Sri Lanka
Q. 3. Assume there are four families in a country. The average per capita income of these
families is 5000. If the income of these families is 4000, 7000 and 3000 respectively, what
is the income of the fourth family?
(a) ™7500 (b) ™3000

(c) ™2000 (d) ™6000
Ans. (d) ` 6000 Total income of four families = 5000 × 4 = 20000
Total income of three families = 4000 + 7000 + 3000 = 14000
Income of the fourth family = 20000 — 140000 = 6000.
Ans. (d)
Q. 4. What is the main criterion used by the World Bank in classifying different countries? What
are the limitations of this criterion, if any?
Ans. The main criterion used by the World Bank in classifying different countries is average per capita
income. The countries with per capita income of ™ 82,40,192 per annum and above in 2013 are
considered as rich countries, whereas countries with per capita income of ™6,76,11.5 or less are
considered as low-income countries.
Limitations of this criterion: It fails to explain how this average income is distributed among the
people in the individual countries. Two countries with the same per capita income might be very
different with regard to income distribution. One country might have equitable distribution of
income while the other country might have great disparities between the rich and the poor.
Q. 5. In what respects is the criterion used by the UNDP for measuring development different
from the one used by the World Bank?
Ans. UNDP
O Has taken education, health and per capita income as the base.
O Countries have been ranked.
O It is also considered as a broader concept of development.
World Bank
O It uses per capita income as its base for comparison.
O It is considered as a narrow concept of development.
O Under this concept countries have been divided into three categories – rich, middle and poor.
Q. 6. Why do we use averages? Are there any limitations to their use? Illustrate with your own
examples related to development.
Ans. We use averages for a better understanding. For comparison between countries, total income is
not a much useful measure. Since countries have different populations, comparing total income
will not tell us what an average person is likely to earn.
According to the criterion used by the World Bank, countries with per capita income of `82,40,192
per annum and above in 2013 are called rich countries and those with per capita income of
` 67611.5 per annum or less are called low income countries.
Limitations:
There are limitations of this criterion. Although the country may be rich, there may not be equal
distribution of income. A small number of people may be extremely rich and the masses may be
poor. Hence, while average income is useful for comparison it does not tell us how this income is
distributed among people.
Q. 7. Kerala, with lower per capita has a better human development ranking than Punjab. Hence,
per capita income is not a useful criterion at all and should not be used to compare states.
Do you agree? Discuss.
Ans. Yes, I do agree that money income or per capita income is not the only factor. Factors like the
Infant Mortality Rate and Net Attendance Ratio also play a very crucial role in the overall human
development. When, compared, in these factors Kerala is considered to be better than Punjab.
Infant mortality rate is 11 in Kerala compared to Punjab which is 49.
Literacy rate was 91% in Kerala as compared to Punjab which was 70%.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
418
Whereas the Net attendance ratio from class I –V was 91 in Kerala compared to Punjab which was 81.
Due to the above mentioned advantages, Kerala has a better human development ranking than
Punjab, inspite of lower per capita income.
Q. 8. Find out the present sources of energy used by people in India. What could be the
possibilities fty years from now?
Ans. Coal and petroleum products, electricity are some of the present sources of energy used by
people in India. Petroleum products and coal are non-renewable sources of energy. These natural
resources would be exhausted after a few years if they are not used judiciously. Possibilities for
energy sources after fty years can be nuclear energy from radio-active elements, solar energy,
wind energy, etc. Wind, sunlight is non-exhaustive resources which may be utilised without
interruption for years and years.
Q. 9. Why is the issue of sustainability important for development?
Ans. The concept of sustainability focuses on the rationalisation of the use of natural resources in
such a manner that what we achieve today should not be at the cost of what ought to be achieved
tomorrow. It is important as it raises the level of development without increasing the cost of
quality of life of the future generations. It is used for both developed as well as underdeveloped
economies and lays extra emphasis on environmental protection.
Q. 10. “The Earth has enough resources to meet the needs of all but not enough to satisfy the
greed of even one person.” How is this statement relevant to the discussion of development?
Discuss.
Ans. According to the statement, the natural resources of the Earth are overused in the name of
development. Earth provides enough resources to meet the needs of all but today’s generation
has become so greedy that for their own progress and development they resort to activities like
deforestation, unsustainable fuel wood, shifting cultivation, fodder extraction, encroachment
into forest lands, indiscrimination use of agro-chemicals, extraction of groundwater in excess of
recharge capacity, etc.
Q. 11. List a few examples of environmental degradation that you may have observed around you.
Ans. Some of the examples are:
O Burning of coal and mineral oil
O Deforestation
O Use of chemical fertilizers and pesticides
Q. 12. For each of the items given in Table 1.6, nd out which country is at the top and which is
at the bottom.
Country Gross National Life Literacy Rate for HDI Rank
Income (GNI) per Expectancy at 15+ yrs population in the world
capita (2011 PPP $) birth 2013 2005-2012 2013
Sri Lanka 9250 74.3 91.2 73
India 5150 66.4 62.8 135
Myanmar 3998 65.2 92.7 150
Pakistan 4652 66.6 54.9 146
Nepal 2194 68.4 57.4 145
Bangladesh 2713 70.7 57.7 142
Note: HDI stands for Human Development Index. ( HDI ranks in the above table are out of
187 countries in all.)
Source: NCERT, December 2015 Edition Page 13.

Ans.
S. No. DATA TOP (Country) BOTTOM
1 Per Capita Income Sri Lanka Nepal
2 Literacy Rate for 15+ years population Sri Lanka Pakistan
3 Life Expectancy at Birth Sri Lanka Myanmar
4 HDI Rank in the World Sri Lanka Myanmar
Q. 13. The following table shows the proportion of undernourishment adults in India. It is based
on a survey of various states for the year 2001. Look at the table and answer the following
questions.
State Male (%) Female (%)
Kerala 22 18
Karnataka 34 36
Madhya Pradesh 42 38
All States 34 33
(i) Compare the nutritional level of people in Kerala and Madhya Pradesh.
(ii) Can you guess why around 40 per cent of people in the country are undernourished
even through it is argued that there is enough food in the country? Describe in your
own words.
Ans. (i) Many people remain backward and poor; therefore they don’t receive proper nutritious diet.
There is also a lack of educational and health facilities in many parts of the country.
(ii) Public Distribution System does not function properly in most of the states and the poor
people cannot get cheap food items, which results in them being undernourished.

Q. 1. What are the developmental goals for landless rural labourers?
Ans. Developmental goals for landless rural labourers are more days of work and better wages, local
schools, which are able to provide quality education for their children and there should not be any
social discrimination and they too can become leaders in the village.
Q. 2. What can developmental goals be for prosperous farmers from Punjab?
Ans. Assured high family income through higher support prices for their crops, hardworking and cheap
labourers. They should be able to settle their children abroad.
Q. 3. What are the common developmental goals of a person?
Ans. Common developmental goals are regular work, better wages and better standards of living.
Q. 4. What is per Capita income?
Ans. When the total income of the country is divided by its population, we get per capita income.
Q. 5. What is Infant mortality rate?
Ans. It is the number of deaths of infants under one year per 1,000 live births in a particular area.
Q. 6. What is literacy rate measure?
Ans. Literacy rate measures the proportion of literate population in the seven and above age group.
Q. 7. What is Net Attendance Ratio?
Ans. It is the total number of children of the age group 14–15 years attending school as a percentage
of total number of children in the same age group.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
420
Q. 8. Is it true that money in your pocket cannot buy all the goods and services that you need to
live well? Explain.
Ans. Actually money cannot buy you a pollution free environment or ensure that you get unadulterated
medicines, money may also not be able to protect you from infectious diseases.
Q. 9. Why Kerala has a low infant mortality rate?
Ans. Kerala has a low infant mortality rate because it has adequate provisions of basic health and
educational facilities.
Q. 10. How does UN on the basis of Human Development Report compare countries?
Ans. UNDP compares countries based on:
(i) the educational levels of the people (ii) their health status and
(iii) per capita income.
Q. 11. What you understand by HDI?
Ans. HDI stands for Human Development Index.
Q. 12. What is Life Expectancy at birth?
Ans. Life expectancy at birth denotes average expected length of life of a person at the time of birth.
Q. 13. What is Gross enrolment ratio?
Ans. Gross enrolment ratio is at three levels—enrolment ratio for primary school, secondary school
and higher education beyond secondary school.
Q. 14. Which indicators are taken into consideration for measuring Human Development Index
(HDI)?
Ans. (i) Per capita income (ii) Life expectancy at birth
(iii) Literacy rate for 15+ population (iv) Gross enrolment ratio for three levels.
Q. 15. What is National income?
Ans. The sum total of all goods and services produced within a country or nation’s gross domestic
product (GDP) plus net income received from overseas during a period of one year.
Q. 16. What are renewable resources?
Ans. Resources that are replenished by nature as in the case of crops and plants. Ground water is a
perfect example.
Q. 17. What are non-renewable resources?
Ans. These resources will get exhausted after some time and are not replenished by the nature.
Example, crude oil.
Q. 18. What is HDI Rank of India in the world as per ‘Human Development’ Report, 2014?
Ans. 131.
Q. 19. How do ration shops under the Public Distribution System (PDS) help people?
Ans. Ration shops help by maintaining the nutritional status of the people and making food available
at lower cost.
Q. 20. Quote few examples of environmental degradation that can be observed around.
Ans. Falling levels of ground water, water pollution, soil erosion, deforestation, the hole in the ozone
layer, burning of fossil fuels. Combustion of from automobiles causing extreme level of air
pollution, especially in urban areas.
Q. 21. How do infant mortality rates need to be checked by the government?
Ans. The infant mortality rate (IMR) of Odisha is 44 or Madhya Pradesh is 47, which is higher. So,
government needs to check malnutrition among the children.

Q. 1. What is development? What are the two aspects of development?
Ans. Development is such a situation that can full the aspirations or desires of people. It is the
progress or improvement in the lifestyles of the people. Two aspects of development are:
(i) Different persons can have different developmental goals.
(ii) What may be development for one, may not be development for the other.
Q. 2. Give examples to prove that there are other important developmental goals than income.
Ans. Example 1: If you get a job in a far off place, before accepting it, you would try to consider many
factors, apart from income such as facilities for your family, school for your children, working
atmosphere or opportunity to learn.
Example 2: A job may give you high pay but no job security and also no time for your family. This
will reduce your sense of security and freedom.
Example 3: If women are engaged in paid work, their dignity in the household and society
increases. However, it is also the case that if there is respect for women, there would be more
sharing of housework and a greater acceptance of women working outside. A safe and secure
environment may allow more women to take up a variety of jobs or run a business.
Hence, the developmental goals that people have are not only about better income but also about
other important things in life like sense of security, freedom, opportunities, etc.
Q. 3. Compare the aspirational goals of a boy from a rich urban family and a girl from a rich
urban family.
Ans. The aspirational goals of these urban boys and girls can be different or sometimes conicting.
(i) A boy from a rich urban family: He would like to go for good education to a reputed
institution, probably use a good branded mobile, a laptop, an ipad or a mobile of his own.
(ii) A girl from a rich urban family: She should be able to pursue her studies abroad, get as
much freedom as her brother and should be able to decide what she wants to do. She would
like to go for professional education and then pursue a job.
Q. 4. “Money in your pocket cannot buy all the goods and services that you may need to live
well.” Is it true or not? Elucidate.
Ans. Income by itself is not a completely adequate indicator of material goods and services that citizens
are able to use. Normally, money cannot buy us a pollution-free environment or ensure that we
get unadulterated medicines. Money may also not be able to protect you from infectious diseases,
unless the whole of your community takes preventive steps.
Q. 5. What are the developmental goals of landless rural labourers, prosperous farmers and,
farmers who depend only on rains?
Ans. Developmental goals and aspirations for these farmers are different.
(i) Landless Rural Labourers: They would like to have more days of work and better wages;
local schools to provide quality education to their children; there should not be any social
discrimination so that they too can become leaders in the village.
(ii) Prosperous Farmers: They should have assurance of high family income through higher
support prices for their crops through hardworking and cheap labourers. They also want that
they should be able to settle their children abroad.
(iii) Farmers who Depend Only on Rains: These kind of farmers’ main goal is to have irrigational
facilities, crop insurances on less premium and better facilities of life for them as well as their
children.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
422
Q. 1. What is the criterion used by the UNDP for classifying countries?
Ans. United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) has used the criterion of Human Development
Index to measure the development of countries. HDI is calculated on the basis of:
(i) Per capita income: When the total national income of the country is divided by its population,
we get the per capita income.
(ii) Life expectancy: It measures the average age of a person in a country. It helps us to know the
health facilities of a country.
(iii) Literacy rate: Education is also one of the most important criteria for the development of a
country.
(iv) Gross enrolment ratio: It measures the education gained at three levels—at the primary,
secondary and higher education level.
Per capita income is also calculated in dollars for all countries so that it can be compared easily.
HDI has been calculated for about 177 countries. According to it, the rank of India is 131 and the
rank of Sri Lanka is 73, which is much better than that of India. We are required to make progress
in the education and health sectors as yet.
Q. 2. Explain the meaning of HDI. Mention three components of measuring HDI.
Ans. HDI stands for Human Development Index. It may be dened as the process of widening people’s
choice as well as raising the level of well-being. The concept of HDI goes beyond income and
growth to cover all human choices. It puts the people at the centre stage and covers all aspects of
human development with the object of improving the conditions of people from all angles. It is a
broader approach to development.
Components of Measuring HDI
(i) Life Expectancy: It is the average expected length of life of a person at the time of birth.
(ii) Per Capita Income: Mean income of the people is an economic unit. It is calculated by
dividing the total national income of a country by population. It is calculated in dollars for all
the countries so that it can be compared.
(iii) Gross Enrolment Ratio for Three Levels: It means enrolment ratio for primary schools,
secondary schools and higher education beyond secondary level.
Q. 3. Why is literacy essential for the economic development? Explain.
Ans. Literacy is an essential element for the economic development since:
(i) Education only gives us vast knowledge.
(ii) A literate person is eligible to get suitable employment.
(iii) Education develops the ability to implement modern technology.
(iv) With the knowledge of professionals, technology can develop and help in the development of
the country.
(v) Literate people understand the importance of remaining healthy and stay away from the
deadly disease.
Q. 4. What do you understand by sustainability of development? What can be done to make
development sustainable?
Ans. Sustainability of development means economic development without any damage to the
environment.
However, since the second half of the twentieth century, a number of scientists have been warning
that the present type, and levels of development are not sustainable.
To make development sustainable, non-renewable sources of energy are to be saved for the future
generation. The development of the country would continue but the technology has to be made
eco-friendly so that it does not harm the environment.

Q. 1. Mention the differences between developed countries and developing countries.
Ans. Comparison Chart
Basis Developed Countries Developing Countries
Definition A country having an effective A country which has a slow rate

rate of industrialisation and of industrialisation and low per
individual income. capita income.
Status Independent and Prosperous Dependent and impoverished
Available Resources Effectively utilised Ineffectively utilized
Dependency Self-contained and flourished Dependent and emerging to be

developed.
Literacy Rate High Low
Infrastructure High standard of living and a Moderate standard of living in

better environment in terms of terms of health and safety.
health and safety.
Growth High Industrial Growth. They rely on the developed

countries for their growth.
Rates Low infant mortality rate, death High infant mortality rate,
rate and birth rate while high death rate and birth rate, along
life expectancy rate. with low life expectancy rate.
Poverty and Low High

Unemployment
Generates more Industrial sector Service sector

revenue from
Distribution of Equal Unequal

Income
HDI (Human High Low

Development Index)
GDP High Low
Q. 2. Why do different persons have different notions of development. Explain.

Ans. O It is because the life situations of persons are different.
O People seek things that are most important for them or that which can full their aspirations
or desires.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
424
O For example: The developmental goals of a boy from a rich urban family would be to get
admission in a reputed college, whereas the developmental goals of a girl from a rich urban
family would be to get as much freedom as her brother.
Q. 3. ‘‘Conicting goals can be developmental goals”. Elaborate with examples.
Ans. O At times, two persons or group of persons may seek things which are conicting.
O A girl expects as much freedom and opportunity as her brother, and that he also shares in the
household work. Her brother may not like this.
O Similarly, to get more electricity, industrialists may want more dams. But this may submerge
the land and disrupt the lives of people, who are displaced, such as the tribals.
Q. 4. ‘‘Average income is an important criterion for development’’. Justify.
Ans. O To check the criterion for the development of countries, their income is considered to be one
of the most important attributes.
O Countries with higher income are more developed than others with less income.
O This is based on the understanding that more income means more of all the things that human
beings need. Whatever people like, and should have, they will be able to get with greater
income.
So, greater income itself is considered to be one important goal.
Q. 5. ‘‘Girls in India in the rural sector are sometimes not able to get secondary level education’’.
Give three reasons for the statement.
Ans. (i) Gender discrimination: India is a male dominating society. Particularly in rural areas, girl
child is discriminated against male child and are not even sent for education.
(ii) Poverty: Due to wide-spread poverty in rural areas, people want girls to help in the household
work, look after their siblings and do all household chores.
(iii) Distance: Secondary schools are not found in all the villages of India, therefore, they don’t
prefer their girls to go to distances like nearby village merely for education.
Q. 6. Explain any three examples of what factors other than income are important aspects of
our lives.
Ans. Money in your pocket cannot buy all the goods and services that you may need to live well.
(i) Money cannot buy us pollution-free environment.
(ii) Money cannot buy us a disease-free life and might not be able to get protection from infectious
disease.
(iii) Besides money, people also like to have equal treatment in the society, freedom, dignity and
honour in their lives, which money cannot buy them.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Name one criterion other than income which may reect the level of development.
2. Which criterion is used in World Development Report in classifying countries?
3. What are the factors important for development other than income?
4. What term is used for report published by UNDP compares countries based on the educational
levels of the people, their health status and per capita income?
5. What do you understand by the term ‘life expectancy’?

1. Mention any four characteristics of Development.

2. Explain intervences which have been drawn by comparing the development.
3. Explain any three criteria used by human development report to classify various countries.
4. What does sustainability of development mean? How can sustainable development be achieved?
5. “Money cannot buy all the goods and services that one needs to live well.” Explain.
1. Why are better public facilities needed for the development of the country? Explain any four
public facilities.
2. What is sustainable economic development? Write any three measures to control environmental
degradation.
3. ‘National Development of a country depends on the availability of public facilities.’ How?
4. Why do people’s development goals vary? Explain with examples.
5. “Consequences of environmental degradation do not respect national or state boundaries.” Justify
the statement.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
426
Sectors of the
2 Indian Economy
SECTORS OF INDIAN ECONOMY ARE

DIVIDED INTO THREE CATEGORIES
PRIMARY SECTOR SECONDARY SECTOR TERTIARY SECTOR
When we produce Covers activities in which natural products These activities by themselves do not
a good by are changed into other forms through produce a good but they are an aid or a
exploiting natural ways of manufacturing that we associate support for the production process.
resources, it is an with industrial activities.
activity of primary
sector.
For example, goods that are produced in
Example – using cotton fibre from plants, the primary or secondary sector would
we spin yarn and weave cloth, etc. need to be transported by trucks or trains
Example –
and then sold in wholesale and retail
agriculture, dairy,
shops.
fishing, forestry, etc.
This sector gradually became associated
with the different kinds of industries that
came up, it is also called as industrial
This sector is known sector. Since, these activities generate services
as agricultural and rather than goods, it is also known as the
related sector. service sector.
Adding the sum of all the three sectors

would give you the GDP; Gross Domestic
Product.
Primary sector + Secondary Sector +

Tertiary Sector = GDP
GDP – shows how big the economy is.

VALUE OF GOODS AND SERVICES IN THE THREE
SECTORS ARE CALCULATED, AND THEN ADDED UP
Economists suggest that the values of goods and services

should be used rather than the adding up the actual numbers.
For example
A farmer grows cotton and sells it to the textile industry.
Now, the textile industry makes it into a shirt, adds buttons and thread.
And sells it on a higher rate.
IMPORTANCE OF TERTIARY SECTOR
In any country, there The development of Due to the demand in New services based
are several services agriculture and income levels, there is on information and
which are required – industry leads to the rise in demand for technology and
hospitals, educational development of more services. communication have
institutions, telegraph services like transport, become important and
services, police storage, trade. essential.
stations, etc.
UNDEREMPLOYMENT/DISGUISED EMPLOYMENT
When more people are working than is needed, this situation is

called underemployment or disguised unemployment
IN RURAL AREAS IN URBAN AREAS
All the family members There are thousands of casual workers in the service
sector, who search for daily employment
This means that even if we

remove a lot of people
from agricultural sector
and provide them work There are many others like rikshaw pullers or cart pushers on
somewhere else, the the street selling something, where they may spend the
agricultural production will whole day but earn very little
not be affected
Xam idea
Social Science–X
428
GOVERNMENT POLICIES PROMOTE EMPLOYMENT
Banks can provide a loan to construct wells to irrigate their lands
Dam construction will provide employment opportunities as well as

irrigation facilities
Better rural roads and more transportation facilities to be provided

to farmers to sell their crops
On the credit of local banks, inputs like seeds, fertilisers, agricultural

equipment and pumpsets can be bought
Government can promote and locate industries in the semi-rural

areas to generate employment
Mills like–Dal mill, cold storage, honey collection centres,

processing of vegetables etc.
More schools will lead to employment to teachers, builders, peons

and other staff
For improving health situation, more doctors, nurses, health

workers are needed to work in rural areas
Employment can be generated in tourism, re gional craft industry or

new services like IT
The central government in India made a law implementing the Right

to work in 200 districts of India and then to 130
Known as Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee

Act 2005 (MGNREGA)
All those who are able to and are in need of work are guaranteed
100 days of employment in a year by the government.
If the government fails in its duty to provide employment, it will give

unemployment allowances to the people.

DIVISION OF SECTOR AS
ORGANISED SECTOR UNORGANISED SECTOR
Terms of employment regular Small scattered units outside the

control of government
Follow rules and regulation of Factory Act,

Minimum Wages Act, Gratuity Act, etc. Rules and regulations not followed
Employees register themselves with the Jobs are low paid and often not regular
government
No provision for overtime, paid leave,

Security of work holidays or leave due to sickness
Work for a fixed number of hours Employment is not secure
If work more, paid overtime They may be told to leave the job any time
Get benefits likes paid leave, payment during Lot of them are employed on their own
holidays, provident fund, gratuity, etc. doing small jobs
Get medical benefits, drinking water, safe

working environment
HOW TO PROTECT THE UNORGANISED SECTOR
RURAL AREAS URBAN AREAS SC/ST
Vulnerable people are—landless Comprise of workers in Majority workers from

agricultural labourers, small and small scale industry, SC/ST and backward
marginal farmers, sharecroppers casual workers, trade and communities are in
and other artisans (weavers transport, vendors head unorganised sectors
carpenters) load workers, garment
makers, rag pickers etc.
Besides irregular and low
Nearly 80% rural households are paid work, they face social
marginal and small farmers Need government’s discrimination
support for providing raw
material and marketing of
output Protection and support is
Can be supported by adequate
facilities for timely delivery of needed to get economic
needs, agricultural inputs, etc. and social development
Xam idea
Social Science–X
430
SECTORS ON THE BASIS OF OWNERSHIP
PUBLIC SECTOR PRIVATE SECTOR
Government owns most of the assets and Ownership of assets and delivery of services is
provides all the services in the hands of private individuals
e.g., Railways, post office

e.g., Tata Iron and Steel company of
Reliance Industries
Meant for social benefit
Guided by motive to earn profit

Government raises money through taxes and other
ways to meet expenses on the services rendered by it
To get services, we have to pay money

Government provide subsidies and bear
part of the cost to support industires
Is unable to provide several things needed
by the people at reasonable rates
Government must spend on provision of
health and educational facilities
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Primary Sector: It is a sector of an economy making direct use of natural resources. This
includes agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining.
2. Secondary Sector: The portion of an economy that includes light and heavy industrial
manufacturers of finished goods and products from raw materials.
3. Tertiary Sector: This sector focuses on tertiary productions, which are commercial
services that work to provide support to distribution and production processes such as
warehousing, transport services, insurance services, teaching, health care and advertising
services.
4. GDP – Gross Domestic Product: GDP is a monetary measure of the market value of all
final goods and services produced in a period. Sum of Primary sector + Secondary Sector
+ Tertiary sector = GDP.
5. Disguised Unemployment is a kind of unemployment in which some people look
like being employed but are actually not employed fully. It is also known as Hidden
employment.
6. National Rural Employment Guarantee Act 2005: The act provides 100 days of assured
employment every year to rural household. If the government is unable to provide
employment due to any reason, in exchange, 100 days allowance is provided to the
worker.
7. Organised Sector is a sector where the employment terms are fixed and regular, and the
employees get assured work.
8. Unorganised Sector is a sector where the employment terms are not fixed and regular,
as well as the enterprises, are not registered with the government.
9. Private Sector is the part of a country’s economic system that is run by individuals and
companies, rather than the government.
10. Public Sector is usually comprised of organisation that are owned and operated by the
government and exist to provide services for its citizens.

NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Fill in the blanks using correct option given in the bracket.
(i) Employment in the service sector has not increased to the same extent as production. (has/
has not)
(ii) Workers in the tertiary sector do not produce goods. (tertiary/agriculture)
(iii) Most of the workers in the organised sector enjoy job security. (organised/unorganised)
(iv) A large proportion of labourers in India are working in the unorganised sector. (large/small)
(v) Cotton is a natural product and cloth is a manufactured product. (natural/manufactured)
(vi) The activities in primary, secondary and tertiary sectors are interdependent (independent/
interdependent)
Q. 2. Choose the most appropriate answer.
(a) The sectors are classied into public and private sector on the basis of –
(i) employment conditions
(ii) the nature of economic activity
(iii) ownership of enterprises
(iv) number of workers employed in the enterprise
Ans. (iii) Ownership of enterprises
(b) Production of a commodity, mostly through the natural process, is an activity in ______________
sector.
(i) primary (ii) secondary
(iii) tertiary (iv) information technology
Ans. (i) primary
(c) GDP is the total value of _____________________________________ produced during a particular year.
(i) all goods and services
(ii) all nal goods and services
(iii) all intermediate goods and services
(iv) all intermediate and nal goods and services
Ans. (ii) All nal goods and services
(d) In terms of GDP, the share of tertiary sector in 2010-11 is _____________________________________.
(i) between 20 to 30 per cent (ii) between 30 to 40 per cent
(iii) between 50 to 60 per cent (iv) 70 per cent
Ans. (iii) between 50 to 60 per cent
Q. 3. Match the following.
(i) Un-irrigated land (a) setting up agro-based mills
(ii) Low prices for crops (b) cooperative marketing societies
(iii) Debt burden (c) Procurement of food grains by government
(iv) No jobs in the off season (d) Construction of canals by the government
(v) Compelled to sell their grains to the (e) Banks to provide credit with low interest
local traders soon after harvest
Ans. (i) (d), (ii) (c), (iii) (e), (iv) (a), (v) (b).
Q. 4. Find the odd one out and say why.
(i) Tourist Guide, dhobi, tailor, potter
(ii) Teacher, doctor, vegetable vendor, lawyer
(iii) Postman, cobbler, soldier, police constable
Xam idea
Social Science–X
432
(iv) MTNL, Indian Railways, Air India, Jet airways, All India Radio
Ans. (i) Tourist Guide is the odd one because he is often educated while others are often uneducated.
(ii) Vegetable vendor is the odd one, because he is often illiterate and doesn’t required formal
education while others are literate.
(iii) Cobbler. His profession is a part of private sector whereas rest work in the public sector.
(iv) Jet airways are the odd one because it is a private undertaking, while the rest are government
undertaking.
Q. 5. A research scholar looked at the working people in the city of Surat and found the following:
Place of Work Nature of Employment Percentage of Working
People
In offices and factories registered with Organised 15
the government
Own shops, office, clinics in market Organised 15
places with formal license.
People working on the street, Unorganised 20
construction workers, domestic workers
Working in small workshops usually not Unorganised 50
registered with the government
What is the proportion of workers in the unorganised sector in this city (in percent)?
Ans. In the organised sector there is 15 + 15 = 30% people.
In the unorganised sector there are 20 + 50 = 70% people.
Q. 6. Do you think the classication of economic activities into primary, secondary and tertiary
is useful? Explain now.
Ans. It helps the economists to understand the problems and opportunities in an economy in a better
way.
The government can utilise the information to being various welfare programmes and supportive
measures to grow the economy so that there would be better employment generation.
Q. 7. For each of the sectors that we came across in this chapter why should one focus on
employment and GDP? Could there be other issues which should be examined? Discuss.
Ans. GDP mainly gives a summarised picture of the economy and contribution by various sectors.
It helps giving the policy makers a ready-reference. Therefore, GDP, in terms of economic
performance has its own importance in while analysis. All the economic activities are done with
the sole purpose of earning livelihood and hence, data regarding employment generation are
important. Apart from this information, we also need to look at the growth pattern in various
sectors; on different parameters.
Q. 8. Make a long list of all kinds of work that you nd adults around you doing for a living. In
what way can you classify them? Explain your choice.
Ans.
Nature of work Nature of activity Sector
Bank Clerk Tertiary Organised
Construction worker Tertiary Unorganised
Farmer Primary Unorganised
DTC Bus Conductor Tertiary Organised
Free lancer Tertiary Unorganised

Public sector Factory worker Secondary Organised
Own Tailoring Shop Tertiary Unorganised
We have classied them according to the nature of activity and according to their sector. This is a
useful process as it an easier way to layout the information.
Q. 9. How is the tertiary sector different from other sectors? Illustrate with a few examples.
Ans. The other sectors provide a product whereas the tertiary sectors do not produce a good but they
are an aid or support forth production process. For example, goods that are produced in the
primary and secondary sector would need to be transported by trucks or trains and then sold in
the wholesale and retail shops. Transport, storage, communication, banking and trade are few
examples of tertiary activities. Since these activities generate services rather than goods the
tertiary sector is also known as the service sector.
Q. 10. What do you understand by disguised unemployment? Explain with an example each from
the urban and rural areas.
Ans. Disguised unemployment is a type of unemployment where more people are employed or working
than necessary and where they are made to work less than their potential. This situation is also
known as Hidden unemployment.
For Example: In a rural area, a family of nine members work on the same agricultural plot, even
if four of them are withdrawn from the work, there would be no reduction in the output from the
plot. Thus, each one is doing some work but no one is fully employed.
In Urban Areas: This type of unemployment could be seen mostly in service sector. A family has
all its member working in one shop or a small business, but it could actually be managed by few
members.
Q. 11. Distinguish between open unemployment and disguised unemployment.
Ans. Open unemployment: is a situation where in a large section of the labour force does not get a job
that may yield them regular income. His type of unemployment can be seen and counted in terms
of the number of unemployed persons.
Disguised unemployment: exists where part of the labour force is either left without work or is
working in a redundant manner, where worker productivity is essentially zero. It is unemployment
that does not affect aggregate output.
Q. 12. “Tertiary sector is not playing any signicant role in the development of Indian economy”.
Do you agree? Give reasons in support of your answer.
Ans. No, I do not agree with the statement. The reasons are as follows:
In terms of GDP, the tertiary sector has emerged as the largest producing sector in India surpassing
the other two sectors; primary and secondary. In the year 1971-72, the share of the tertiary sector in
GDP was about 35% which increased to 58% in 2011. Over the past 40 years from 1972 to 2011, while
the production in all the three sectors increased, tertiary sector has gained the most.
Also the share of employment in tertiary sector between the same periods was nearly 27%.
Q. 13. Service sector in India employs two different kinds of people. Who are these?
Ans. (i) Service Sector in India employs highly skilled and educated people in multinational companies,
public sector and several private enterprisings. This sector enhances the economy of the
country. They are an asset as they add up high income in the National Income of the country.
(ii) Low skilled and less educated people are also employed in service sector but most of them
are uneducated. Therefore, they are working in unorganised sectors. They are employed as
painters, plumbers, repair persons, etc. They are doing this work because they do not have
better opportunities.
Q. 14. Workers are exploited in the unorganised sector. Do you agree with this view? Give reasons
in support of your answer.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
434
Ans. Jobs are poorly paid. The workers in the unorganised sectors are either, illiterate, ignorant or
unorganised.
Apart from the daily wages, the do not get other allowances.
There are no xed working hours. The workers mainly work from 10-12 hours without being paid
overtime.
The rules and regulations applied by the government to protect the labourers are not followed in
their case.
As they are poor, they are mainly in under heav y debt. Thus it becomes easier for others to exploit
them on lower wages.
Q. 15. How are the activities in the economy classied on the basis of employment conditions?
Ans. They are mainly classied in two types:
Organised: The enterprises or place of work where the terms of employment are regular and
therefore, people have assured work. They are registered by the government and have to follow
its rules and regulations which are given in various laws such as the Factories Act, Minimum
Wages Act, Payment of Gratuity Act, shops and establishments Act, etc. Workers enjoy security of
employment. They work only xed number of hours. If they work more they get paid extra. Worker
enjoys benets like paid leave, Provident fund and medical benets.
Unorganised: The enterprises or place of work are not registered by the government and does
not follow any rules or regulations. There are no terms of employment. Workers do not enjoy
security of employment. There is no xed number of hours. Workers do not enjoy any benets.
Q. 16. Compare the employment conditions prevailing in the organised and unorganised sectors.
Ans. The conditions prevailing in both the sectors are vastly different. The organised sectors have
companies that are registered with the government and therefore, it offers job security, pension,
health and other benets, xed working hours. Whereas, the unorganised sector consists of the
opposite factors. There is no job security, no pension after retirement, no benets of provident
funds or health care, unxed working hours and no guarantee of safe work environment.
Q. 17. Explain the objective of implementing the MGNREGA 2005.
Ans. The objective of implementing the MGNREGA 2005 are:
O To increase the income and employment of people.
O Every state/region can develop tourism, regional craft, IT, etc. for additional employment.
O The central government made a law implementing the right to work in 200 districts.
O MG NREGA aims to provide employment of 100 days. If it fails to do so, it will give unemployment
allowances to the people.
Q. 18. Using examples from your area compare and contrast that activities and functions of
private and public sectors.
Ans.
S.No Public Sector Private Sector
1. The main aim of this sector is public The main aim of this sector is to earn
welfare. maximum profit.
2. It is controlled and managed by the It is controlled and managed by an

government. individual or group of individuals.
3. The sector provides basic facilities like The sector provides consumer goods to the
education, health, food and security people. For example – TISCO, Reliance.
to the people, for example, BSNL, the
post office.

Q. 19. Discuss and ll in the following table giving one example each from your areas.
Well managed organisation Badly managed organisation
Public sector Delhi Metro Rail Corporation Air India
Private sector Reliance Mobile Satyam
Q. 20. Give a few examples of public sector activities and explain why the government has taken
them up.
Ans. AIIMS: To provide quality health services at a reasonable rate was the main purpose of the
government to start this, besides medical education.
Railways: only the government can invest a large sum of money on a public project with long
gestation period. And also to ensure and provide transportation at cheap rates.
Electronic Power Generation by NTPC: The government has taken this up to provide electricity
at a reasonable rate to consumers.
Q. 21. Explain how public sector contributes to the economic development of a nation.
Ans. In the following ways Public sector contributes to the economic development of a nation:
O It promotes rapid economic development through creation and expansion of infrastructure.
O It creates employment opportunities.
O It generates nancial resources for development.
O It is ensures equality of income, wealth and thus, a balanced regional development.
O It encourages development of small, medium and cottage industries.
O It ensures easy availability of goods at moderate rates.
O Contributes to community development, i.e., to the Human Development Index (HDI) via
health and educational services.
Q. 22. The workers in the unorganised sector need protection on the following issues: wages,
safety and health. Explain with examples.
Ans. The unorganised sector is characterised by small and scattered units which are largely outside the
control of the government. There is no provision for overtime, paid leave. Here employment is
subject to high degree of insecurity. A large number of people doing small jobs such as selling on
the street or doing repair work come under the unorganised sector.
Wages: They are low and irregular. There is also no provision for overtime, paid leave, etc.
Safety: Construction workers could get injured while working and they need to work under safety
conditions.
Health: Long working hours and unhygienic working environment affect the health of the workers
adversely.
Q. 23. A study in Ahmedabad found that out of 15,00,000 workers in the city, 11,00,000 worked in
the unorganised sector. The total income of the city in this year (1997-1998) was ™60,000
million. Out of this ™32,000 million was generated in the organised sector. Present this
data as a table. What kind of ways should be thought of for generating more employment
in the city?
Ans.
Organised Sector Unorganised Sector Total
No. of workers 4,00,000 11,00,000 15,00,000
Income (`) 32,000 million 28,000 million 60,000 million
It is clear that while a larger portion of workers is working in the unorganized sector, the per
capita earning of those in the organized sector is more. The government should encourage the
Xam idea
Social Science–X
436
entrepreneurs in the unorganized sector to change them into the organized sector. Moreover,
government should introduce some incentives so that more industries could be opened up in the
organized sector.
Q. 24. The following table gives the GDP in Rupees (Crores) by the three sectors:
Year Primary Secondary Tertiary
1950 80,000 19,000 39,000
2011 8,65,000 13,70,000 30,10,000
(i) Calculate the share of the three sectors in GDP for 1950 and 2011.
(ii) Show the data as a bar diagram similar to Graph 2 in the chapter.
(iii) What conclusions can we draw from the bar graph?
Ans. Share for 1950
80,000
(i) Primary Sector = × 100 = 57.97%
1,38,000
19,000
(ii) Secondary Sector = × 100 = 13.77%
1,38,000
39,000
(iii) Tertiary Sector = × 100 = 28.26%
1,38,000
GDP (in ` crore)
Year Primary Secondary Tertiary Total
1950 80,000 19,000 39,000 1,38,000

2011 8,65,000 13,70,000 30,10,000 50,45,000
Share for 2011

8,65,000
Primary Sector = × 100 = 16.49%
52,45,000
13,70,000
Secondary Sector = × 100 = 26.12%
52,45,000
30,10,000
Tertiary Sector = × 100 = 57.39%
52,45,000
(ii)
Share of Sectors in GDP (% )
100%
90% 28.26 57.39
80%
70% Tertiary sector
13.77
60%
P
D 50% Secondary sector
G
40%
30% 26.12 Primary sector
20% 57.97
10%
16.49
0%
1950 2011

(iii) We can draw the conclusion that the share of the tertiary sector in the GDP has almost
doubled, while that of the primary sector has declined by about 41% in the last six decades.
The secondary sector has grown by about 13% in the last six decades.

Q. 1. What is Primary sector?
Ans. The activities that are undertaken directly using natural resources fall under primary sector. The
industries are engaged in production or extraction of natural resources such as ores, crops and oil.
Q. 2. Give example of Primary sector.
Ans. The Cultivation of Cotton: It takes place within a crop season. For the growth of cotton plant,
we depend mainly, but not entirely on natural factors like rainfall, sunshine and climate. The
product of this activity, cotton is a natural product.
Q. 3. How does activity of dairy fall under Primary sector?
Ans. In the activity of dairy, we are dependent on biological process of the animals and availability of
fodder, etc. The product, milk, also is a natural product.
Q. 4. Why is primary sector also called agriculture and related sector?
Ans. Since most of the natural products we get are from agriculture, dairy, shing, forestry, this sector
is also called agriculture and related sector.
Q. 5. What is Secondary sector?
Ans. The Secondary sector covers activities in which natural products are processed through ways of
manufacturing that we associate with industrial activity. The product is not produced by nature
but by some process in manufacturing is necessary.
Q. 6. Give example of Secondary sector.
Ans. Using cotton bre from the plant, we spin yarn and weave cloth. Using sugarcane as raw material,
we make sugar or gur, are some of the examples of secondary sector.
Q. 7. Why is Secondary sector also called as an ‘Industrial Sector’?
Ans. Since this sector gradually became associated with the different kinds of industries that came up,
it is called as industrial sector. The secondary sector includes industries that produce a nished
usable products.
Q. 8. Which activities are categorised under Tertiary sector?
Ans. The activities that help in the development of primary and secondary sectors are called tertiary
activities. These activities, by themselves, do not produce a good but they are a support for the
production process.
Q. 9. Give example of Tertiary activities.
Ans. Goods that are produced in the primary or secondary sector would need to be transported by
trucks or trains and then sold in wholesale and retail shops. At times it may be necessary to store
these in godowns. We may need to communicate with traders or borrow money from banks, etc.
to help production and trade. These are examples of tertiary activities.
Q. 10. Why is Tertiary sector also called the Service sector?
Ans. Since these activities generate services rather than goods, the tertiary sector is also called the
service sector.
Q. 11. Which essential services are included in Tertiary sector?
Ans. Service sector includes some essential services that may not directly help in the production of
goods. For example, we require teachers, doctors and those who provide personal services such as
washermen, barbers, cobblers, lawyers and people to do administrative and accounting works.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
438
Q. 12. What is GDP?
Ans. GDP is Gross Domestic Product. The sum of the production in three sectors gives what is called
GDP.
Q. 13. How is GDP calculated?
Ans. The following equation is used to calculate the GDP.
GDP = C + I + G + (X – M)
C – Consumer Spending
I – Business investment
G – Government Spending
(X – M) = net exports (exports–imports)
Q. 14. Who is measuring GDP of India?
Ans. In India, the mammoth task of measuring GDP is undertaken by a Central Government Ministry.
This ministry with the help of various government departments of all Indian states and union
territories, collects information relating to total volume of goods and services and their prices and
then estimates the GDP.
Q. 15. What changes have been brought in Primary sectors of India?
Ans. As the methods of farming changed and agriculture sector began to prosper, it produced much
more food than before. Many people could now take up other activities like transporters,
administration or army.
Q. 16. What changes can be seen in Secondary sector of India?
Ans. New methods of manufacturing were introduced, factories came up and started expanding. People
from rural areas migrated to work in factories and demands for manufactured goods has also
increased.
Q. 17. What development has taken place in Tertiary sector of India?
Ans. The service sector has become the most important in terms of production. Most of the working
people are also employed in service sector.
Q. 18. Which sector has grown the most over thirty years?
Ans. It is the tertiary or service sector, which has grown the most over the thirty years.
Q. 19. Which basic services are provided by the government in a country?
Ans. In any country, services such as hospitals, educational institutes, post and telegraph services,
police stations, courts, village administrative ofces, municipal corporations, defence, transport,
banks, insurance companies can be considered basic services. It is the responsibility of the
government to provide these basic services.
Q. 20. How does development of primary and secondary sectors demand for services?
Ans. The development of agriculture and industry leads to the development of services such as transport,
trade, storage, etc. Greater the development of the primary and secondary sectors, more would be
the demand for such services.
Q. 21. Which services are more in demand after the income level rise in cities?
Ans. As income levels rise, certain sections of people start demanding many more services like eating
out, tourism, shopping, private hospitals, private schools, professional training, etc.
Q. 22. Which new services have been introduced over the past decade?
Ans. Certain new services such as those based on information and communication technology have
become important and essential. The production of these services has been rising rapidly.
Q. 23. Which kind of workers are not growing economically in Tertiary sector?
Ans. These are a large number of workers engaged in services such as small shopkeeper, repair persons,
transport persons, daily wages earners, etc. These people barely manage to earn a living and yet
they perform these services because no alternative opportunities for work are available to them.

Q. 24. Why are larger number of people employed in Primary sector in India even today?
Ans. It is because not enough jobs are created in the secondary and tertiary sectors. Even though
industrial output or the production of goods went up by nine times during the period, employment
in the industry went up only three times.
Q. 25. What does underemployment mean?
Ans. In a situation of underemployment, people are apparently working but all of them are made to
work less than their potential.
Q. 26. What is disguised unemployment?
Ans. It is a situation where more than required people are working and even if some people are removed
from the work, it won’t be affected. Hence, it is called disguised unemployment.
Q. 27. How can problem of underemployment be reduced by the government?
Ans. Suppose a new dam is constructed and canals are dug to irrigate farms. This could lead to a
lot of employment generation within the agricultural sector itself reducing the problem of
underemployment.
Q. 28. Which industries and services can help the underemployed people in rural areas?
Ans. Setting up dal mills to procure and process them, opening cold storages to share their products
like potatoes and onions and sell them when the price is good. In villages, near forest areas, honey
collection centres can be introduced where farmers can come and sell wild honey.
Q. 29. What does MG NREGA mean?
Ans. It is Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act 2005.
Q. 30. What is an organised sector?
Ans. Organised sectors cover those enterprises or places of work where the terms of employment are
regular and therefore people are assured of work.
Q. 31. What benets does a worker enjoy in an organised sector?
Ans. Workers in organised sectors enjoy security of employment. They are expected to work only for
a xed number of hours. They get paid leaves, payment during holidays, provident fund and
gratuity, etc.
Q. 32. What is an unorganised sector?
Ans. The unorganised sector is characterised by small and scattered units which are largely outside the
control of the government.
Q. 33. What are the drawbacks of an unorganised sector?
Ans. Jobs here are often low paid and often not regular. No provision for creative, paid leave, holidays,
leave due to sickness, etc. Employment is not secured.
Q. 34. Why are a large number of people forced to enter the unorganised sector jobs?
Ans. The organised sector offers jobs that are most sought after. But the employment opportunities
in the organised sector have been expanding very slowly. Many organised sectors also refuse to
follow laws that protect labourers. Therefore, a large number of people are forced to enter the
unorganised sector of jobs which pay a very low salary.
Q. 35. Which people are vulnerable in unorganised sector of rural areas?
Ans. In the rural areas, the unorganised sector mostly comprises of landless agricultural labourers,
small and marginal farmers, share croppers and artisans like weavers, blacksmiths, carpenters and
goldsmiths, etc. These are vulnerable people who need protection.
Q. 36. How can small and marginal farmers be supported?
Ans. Small and marginal farmers need to be supported through adequate facility for timely delivery of
seeds, agricultural inputs, credit, storage facilities and marketing outlets.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
440
Q. 37. Which people are vulnerable in unorganised sectors of urban areas?
Ans. In the urban areas, unorganised sector comprises mainly of workers in small-scale industry,
casual workers in construction, trade and transport, etc., and those who work as street
vendors, head load workers, garment makers, ragpicker, etc., are vulnerable, so they need to
be protected.
Q. 38. Why do schedule class and schedule tribe workers also need to be protected by the
government?
Ans. Majority of workers from SC, ST and backward communities nd themselves in unorganised sectors.
Besides getting the irregular and low paid work, these workers also face social discrimination.
Therefore, their protection is necessary.
Q. 39. What is Public sector?
Ans. In Public sector, the government owns most of the assets and provides all the services.
Q. 40. What is the main purpose of the Public sector?
Ans. The purpose of public sector is not just to earn prot but also to think about social justice.
Q. 41. Give examples of Public sector.
Ans. Railways, post ofces, banks, etc., are owned by the government so they fall under public sector.
Q. 42. What is Private sector?
Ans. In the private sector, ownership of assets and delivery of service is in the hands of private
individuals or companies.
Q. 43. What is the objective of private sector?
Ans. Private sectors are guided by the motive to earn prots. To get such services, we have to pay
money to these individuals and companies.
Q. 44. Which activities are undertaken only by the government, not by the private sector?
Ans. Some of the activities need large sum of investment, which is beyond the capacity of private
sector. Even if the private sectors provide these facilities, they would charge a high rate for their
use.
Q. 45. Which activities are undertaken only by Public sector?
Ans. Construction of roads, bridges, railways, harbours, generating electricity, providing irrigation
through dams, etc., have to be undertaken by the government, who makes it sure that these
facilities are available for everyone.
Q. 46. Which activities are supported by the government?
Ans. The private sector may not continue their production or business unless government encourages
it, like selling electricity at the cost of generation may push up the costs of production of goods in
many industries. Government here steps in by producing and supplying electricity at rates which
these industries can afford. Government has to bear part of the cost.
Q. 47. How does government support both farmers and consumers?
Ans. The government in India buys wheat and rice from farmers at a fair price. This it stores in its
godowns and sells at a lower price to consumers through ration shops. Here government has to
bear some of the cost. In this way, the government supports both farmers and consumers.
Q. 48. How can you say that provision of education is the responsibility of the government?
Ans. Running proper schools and providing quality education particularly elementary education, is the
duty of the government. India’s size of illiterate populations is one of the largest in the world, so
government must spend on it.

Q. 1. Differentiate between economic and non-economic activities. Give any two points.
Ans. (i) Economic activities are such activities which gets you some income while performing them.
For example, a doctor earning his income by treating his patients.
(ii) Non-economic activities are the activities which do not earn you any income. For example, a
doctor treating his own family members doesn’t earn any income.
Q. 2. Explain the objective of implementing the MG NREGA, 2005.
Ans. O Its main objective was to provide employment to the unemployed.
O According to MG NREGA, all those who are able to and are in need of work would be guaranteed
100 days of employment in a year by the government.
O If the government fails in its duty to provide employment, it will give unemployment
allowances to the people.
Q. 3. In what ways can employment be increased in urban areas?
Ans. O Rapid industrialisation can create employment opportunities for a number of people in urban
areas.
O Tourism can be developed in cities providing massive number of jobs by opening hotels,
restaurants for the tourists.
O Setting up of new services like IT has also opened up new vistas for plenty of people and
provided jobs in urban areas.
Q. 4. How would income and employment increase if farmers were provided with irrigation and
marketing facilities?
Ans. O Suppose a new dam is constructed and canals are dug to irrigate many such farms, it could
lead to a lot of employment generation within the agricultural sector itself and in reducing the
problem of underemployment.
O Farmers required to transport their products to a nearby town. If the government invests some
money in transportation and storage of crops or makes better rural roads so that mini trucks
can reach everywhere. This activity can provide productive employment to not just farmers
but also others such as those in services like transport or trade.
Q. 5. What is an organised sector? Give any three benets of the organised sector.
Ans. Organised sector covers those enterprises or places of work where the terms of employment are
regular and therefore, people have assured work. They are registered by the government.
Benets of the organised sector:
(i) Workers enjoy security of employment. They are expected to work only for a xed number of
hours.
(ii) If they work more, they have to be paid overtime by the employer.
(iii) They get paid leaves, payment during holidays, provident fund, gratuity, etc.
Q. 6. What do you mean by ‘unorganised sector’? Give two disadvantages of the unorganised
sector.
Ans. Unorganised sector is characterised by small and scattered units which are largely outside the
control of the government.
Two disadvantages:
(i) Employment is not secure.
(ii) Jobs here are low-paid and often not regular and there is no provision for overtime, paid
leaves, holidays, etc.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
442
Q. 7. Why is the public sector required to provide certain things at a reasonable cost?
Ans. (i) The purpose of the public sector is not just to earn prots but to think about the social benets
also.
(ii) There are several things needed by the society as a whole but which the private sector will not
be able to provide at a reasonable cost.
(iii) Some of these require large sums of money to be spent, which is beyond the capacity of the
private sector.
Q. 8. Why is tertiary sector also called ‘service sector’?
Ans. Since the activities of tertiary sector generate services rather than goods, it is called service sector.
It includes some essential services that may not directly help in the production of goods. We
require teachers, doctors and those who provide personal services such as washermen, barbers,
cobblers, lawyers and people to do administrative and accounting works. In recent times, certain
new services based on information technology such as Internet cafe, ATM booths, call centres,
software companies, etc. have become important.
Q. 9. Other than agriculture, in which sectors can under employment occur?
Ans. Underemployment can also happen in other sectors.
There are thousands of casual workers in the service sector in urban areas who search for daily
employment. They are employed as painters, plumbers, repair persons and others doing odd jobs.
Many of them don’t nd work everyday. We also see other people of the service sector on the streets
pushing a cart or selling something where they may spend the whole day but earn very little. They
are doing this work because they do not have better opportunities.
Q. 10. How is tertiary sector different from other sectors?
Ans. O In primary sector, most of the activities are undertaken by exploiting our natural resources.
O The secondary sector does the processing of the raw material produced by primary sectors in
manufacturing industries.
O Tertiary sector neither produces goods nor transforms the shape of natural resources, but the
activities undertaken by this sector support both primary and secondary sectors.
Q. 11. What development has taken place in developed countries for each sector?
Ans. In the past 100 years, there has been a further shift from secondary to tertiary sector in developed
countries. The service sector has become the most important in terms of total production. Most
of the working people are also employed in the service sector. This is the general pattern observed
in the developed countries.

Q. 1. What is Skill Development? How does it help in creating employment?
Ans. Skill Development is the development of a particular skill with proper professional training. A
trained person can get employment easily than non-skilled labour.
(i) Suppose the government opens new schools to educate people, the teachers will be required
to run the school.
(ii) A study conducted by the Planning Commission estimates that nearly 20 lakh jobs can be
created in the education sector alone.
(iii) Similarly, if we have to improve the health situation, we need many more doctors, nurses,
health workers, etc., to work in various parts of our country.
Q. 2. What are the different types of unemployment in India?
Ans. (i) Underemployment or disguised unemployment: A situation where there are more people
in agriculture than necessary. So, even if you move a few people out, production will not be
affected. It is called underemployment.

This kind of underemployment is hidden in contrast to someone who does not have a job and
is clearly visible as unemployed. Hence, it is also called disguised unemployment.
(ii) Seasonal unemployment: When people are unemployed for a particular season, it is called
as seasonal unemployment. For example, if farmers are ploughing land only for rabi season,
then they become unemployed for the rest of the seasons.
Q. 3. What are the various ways to provide employment opportunities in rural areas?
Ans. (i) The government can spend some money or banks can provide a loan, to construct wells for
irrigation.
(ii) Dams can be constructed along with canals, which will lead to a lot of employment generation.
(iii) Government can invest some money on the construction of roads for running mini trucks and
providing jobs opportunity in transportation.
(iv) Local banks can provide credit at reasonable interest to the farmers for their farming to
improve.
(v) Identify, promote and locate industries and services in semi-rural areas where a large number
of people may be employed.
(vi) Setting up of dal mills, opening cold storages, honey collection centres and industries to
process vegetables and other agricultural products, which can be sold in outside markets.
(vii) More and more schools should be opened which would create about 20 lakhs jobs in the
education sector alone.
(viii) To improve the health situation, we need more doctors, nurses, health workers, etc. to work
in the rural areas.
(ix) If tourism as a sector is improved every year, we can give additional employment to more
than 35 lakh people.
Q. 4. How can workers be protected in the unorganised sector?
Or
Why agriculture is an activity of unorganised sector in India? Explain.
Ans. There is a need for protection and support of the workers in the unorganised sector.
(i) In rural areas:
(a) In the rural areas, the unorganised sector mostly comprises of landless agricultural
labourers, small and marginal farmers, sharecroppers and artisans.
(b) Nearly 80 per cent of the rural households in India are in small and marginal farmer
category.
(c) These farmers need to be supported through timely provision of seeds, agricultural
inputs, credits, storage facilities and marketing outlets, etc.
(ii) In urban areas:
(a) In the urban areas, the unorganised sector comprises mainly of the workers in small-
scale industries, casual workers in construction, trade and transport, etc., and those
who work as street vendors, head load porters and rag pickers, etc.
(b) Small-scale industries also need government’s support for procuring and processing
raw material and for marketing of output.
(c) The casual workers are required to be protected in their jobs and wages.
(iii) SC and STs:
(a) Majority of workers from the scheduled castes, tribes and backward communities nd
themselves in the unorganised sector.
(b) Besides getting the irregular and low-paid work, these workers also face social
discrimination.
(c) Protection and support to the unorganised sector workers is thus, necessary for both
economic and social development.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
444
Q. 5. Distinguish between Public sector and Private sector.
Ans. Public sector:
(i) It is controlled and managed by the government.
(ii) The main aim of the sector is public welfare.
(iii) The sector provides basic facilities like education, health, food and security to the people. For
Example: Railways, Post ofce, BSNL.
Private sector:
(i) It is controlled and managed by an individual or a group.
(ii) The main aim of the sector is to earn prots.
(iii) Private sector does not provide any service at a reasonable rate. For example: Tatas, Birlas,
Reliance.
Q. 6. Classify industries on the basis of their economic activities with examples.
Ans. (i) Primary sector:
(a) There are many activities that are undertaken by directly using natural resources.
(b) They are called primary since it forms the base for all other products that are subsequently
produced.
(c) Since most of the natural products we get are from agriculture, dairy, shing, forestry, this
sector is also called agriculture and related sector.
For example: In activities like dairy, we are dependent on the biological process of the
animals and availability of fodder, etc.
(ii) Secondary sector:
(a) It covers activities in which natural products are changed into other forms through
ways of manufacturing that we associate with industrial activity.
(b) The product is not produced by nature but has to be made and therefore, some process
of manufacturing is essential.
(c) Since this sector gradually becomes associated with the different kinds of industries
that come up, it is also called an industrial sector.
For example: Using sugarcane as a raw material, we make sugar or gur .
(iii) Tertiary activities:
(a) These are activities that help in the development of the primary and secondary sectors.
(b) These activities, by themselves, do not produce a good but they are an aid or a support
for the production process.
(c) Since these activities generate services rather than goods, the tertiary sector is also
called the service sector.
For example: Goods that are produced in the primary or secondary sector need to be
transported by trucks or trains and then sold in wholesale and retail shops.
Q. 7. How do we count the various goods and services and know the total production in each sector?
Ans. (i) Economists suggest that the values of goods and services should be used rather than adding
up the actual numbers. The value of goods and services in the three sectors are calculated and
then added up.
(ii) Not every good (or service), that is produced and sold, needs to be counted. It makes sense
only to include nal goods and services.
For example: A farmer sells wheat to a our mill for 8 per kg. The mill grinds the wheat and
sells the our to a biscuit company for 10 per kg. The biscuit company uses our, sugar and
oil to make the packets of biscuits. It sells biscuits in the market to the consumer for 15 per
packet. Now, biscuits are the nal goods, i.e., goods that reach the consumer.

(iii) Intermediate goods are used up in producing nal goods and services. The value of nal
goods already includes the value of all the intermediate goods that are used in making the
nal goods.
So, the value of nal goods and services produced in each sector during a particular year,
provides the total production of the sector for that year. And the sum of production in three
sectors gives us the ‘Gross Domestic Product or GDP’.
Q. 8. What is GDP of a country? Who has undertaken this task of measuring GDP in India?
Ans. The value of nal goods and services produced in each sector during a particular year provides the
total production of the sector for that year. And the sum of production in the three sectors gives
what is called the Gross Domestic Product or GDP of a country.
In India, the mammoth task of measuring GDP is undertaken by the central government ministry.
This ministry with the help of various government departments of all the Indian States and Union
Territories, collects information related to total volume of goods and services and their prices and
then estimates the GDP.
Q. 9. Which local industries in semi-rural areas can provide job opportunities for the
unemployed?
Ans. (i) Setting up dal mills to procure and process pulses and then sell them in the cities.
(ii) Opening a cold storage could give an opportunity for farmers to store their products like
potatoes and onions and sell them when the price is good.
(iii) In villages near forest areas we can start honey collection centres, where farmers can come
and sell wild pure honey.
(iv) It is also possible to set up industries that process vegetables and agricultural produce like
potato, sweet potato, rice, wheat, tomato, fruits, which can be sold in outside markets.
This will provide employment in industries located in semi-rural areas and not necessarily in
large urban centres.
Q. 10. What are the advantages of working in the organised sectors?
Ans. Advantages of working in the organised sectors are:
(i) Workers of organised sector get regular and assured employment.
(ii) They are registered by the government and have to follow its rules and regulations which are
given in various laws such as Factories Act, Minimum Wages Act, Payment of Gratuity Act.
(iii) Workers in organsed sectors enjoy security of job and are expected to work only for a xed
number of hours.
(iv) They also get seveal other benets like paid leave, payment during holidays, provident fund,
gratuity, etc.
(v) They are also supposed to get medical benets, pension, etc.
(vi) There is a provision of overtime, in case the workers do their duties after xed working hours.
Q. 11. Why a large number of workers are forced to enter unorganised sector?
Ans. O The organised sector offers jobs that are the most sought after. But the employment
opportunities in the organised sector have been expanding very slowly.
O It is also common to nd many organised sector enterprises in the unorganised sector jobs,
which pay a very low salary.
O As a result, a large number of workers are forced to enter the unorganised sector jobs, which
pay a very low salary.
O They are often exploited and not paid a fair wage.
O Their earnings are low and not regular. These jobs are not secure and have no other benets.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
446
Q. 1. ‘‘When a country develops, the contribution of primary sector declines and that of
secondary and tertiary sector increases’’. Analyse the statement.
Or
What historical changes have been brought about in the primary, secondary and tertiary
sectors?
Ans. (i) Primary sector:
O As the methods of farming changed and the agricultural sector began to prosper, it
produced much more food than before.
O Many people could now take up other activities. Buying and selling activities increased
many times.
O However, at this stage most of the goods produced were natural products from the primary
sector and most people were also employed in this sector.
(ii) Secondary sector:
O Over a long time, and especially because new methods of manufacturing were introduced,
factories came up and started expanding.
O Those people who had earlier worked on farms now began to work in factories in large
numbers.
O Secondary sector gradually became the most important sector in the total production and
employment.
O Hence, over time, a shift had taken place. This means that the importance of the sectors
had changed.
(iii) Tertiary sector:
O In the past 100 years, there has been a further shift from secondary to tertiary sector in
O The service sector has become the most important, in terms of total production.
O Most of the working people are also employed in the service sector. This is the general
pattern observed in developed countries.
Q. 2. ‘‘There has been a big change in the three sectors of economic activities in India but similar
shift has not taken place in the share of employment’’. Explain the above statement on the
basis of facts.
Ans. (i) There has been a big change in the three sectors of Indian economy.
(ii) In primary sector, modern technology has been introduced in agriculture. With the arrival of
green revolution, increased irrigational methods, there are noticeable changes in this sector.
(iii) Industrial production has also increased several times therefore providing more employment
opportunities to the unemployed and underemployed in this sector.
(iv) Similarly in tertiary sector, there are more people coming for getting employment. New
development of primary and secondary sectors leads to the development of service like
transport, trade, storage, etc.
(v) There are lots of casual workers in the service sector in urban areas who search for daily
employment. In the rural areas too, a lot of casual workers sometimes intermittently do not
get jobs. Many of them are disguisedly unemployed. So besides change unemployment still
exists in India.

Q. 3. How can employment opportunities be generated in the tourism and information
technology sectors?
Ans. (i) The government must promote business as tourism helps a lot of Indian states and their
artisans to earn recognition and income.
(ii) Tourist places, hotels, roads, etc. infrastructure should be prepared for attracting more
tourists.
(iii) Government should frame policies for providing job opportunities in IT Sector like BPOs.
(iv) Tourism and IT Sector at present also is booming in India which are providing more job
opportunities to younger generation, artists, etc.
Q. 4. How far is it correct to say that in recent past, India has experienced some signicant
changes in the contribution of GDP service sector? Explain.
Ans. O Not all service sectors are growing equally well. Service sector in India employs many different
kinds of people.
O At one end, there are limited number of services that employ highly skilled and educated
workers. At the other end, these are a very large number of workers engaged in services such
as small shopkeepers, repair persons, transport persons, etc.
O But in terms of GDP, the service sector emerged as the largest producing sector in India
replacing the primary sector.
O In 1972, share of tertiary sector in GDP was almost 35% which increased to more than 58% in
2011.
O As income of people rises, they began to demand many more services like eating out, tourism,
shopping malls, etc.
O Particularly this area, the post decade IT Sector or BPO’s provided jobs to many urban educated
unemployed youth too.
Q. 5. Give reasons for the growth of service sector in India.
Or
How is the tertiary sector gaining importance in India?
Ans. (i) In any country, several services such as hospitals, educational institutions, post and telegraph
services, police stations, courts, village administrative ofces, municipal corporations,
defence, transport, banks, insurance companies, etc., are required. These can be considered
as basic services.
(ii) The development of agriculture and industry leads to the development of service such as
transport, trade, storage, etc. Greater the development of the primary and secondary sector,
more would be the demand for such services.
(iii) As income levels rise, certain sections of people start demanding many more services like
eating out, tourism, shopping, private hospitals, private schools, professional training
institutes, etc. These changes can be seen in big cities.
(iv) Over the past decade or so, certain new services such as those based on information and
communication technology have become important and essential. Therefore, production of
these services has been rising rapidly.
Q. 6. How would income and employment increase if farmers were provided with irrigation and
marketing facilities?
Ans. (i) The government can spend some money or banks can provide loans to construct wells to
irrigate the land of poor farmers.
(ii) Government can develop tourism or regional craft industries. It would encourage the small
farmers to get additional income.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
448
(iii) Suppose a new dam is constructed and canals are dug to irrigate many farms, this could lead
to lot of employment generation within the agricultural sector itself reducing the problem of
underemployment.
(iv) Poor farmers need seeds, fertilizers, and agricultural equipments. If the local banks give them
credit at reasonable rate of interest, they will be able to buy them in time and cultivate their
land.
(v) Another way, by which we can tackle this problem, is to identify, promote and locate industries
and services in semi-rural areas where a large number of people may be employed.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. What do you understand by GDP of a country?

2. In which sector are the terms of employment regular?
3. State any two activities which do not come under the primary sector.
4. Write one main provision of MG NREGA.
5. Give one example to prove the interdependence of three sectors of the economy.
1. How far is it correct to say that several services which cannot be provided by private sector can be
provided by public sector? Explain.
2. Why does disguised employment not help to enhance the productivity of the country?
3. Do you agree that agriculture in India takes its place in the unorganised sector? Give three points.
4. ‘Workers are exploited in unorganised sectors in India.’ Support the statement with suitable
examples.
1. Explain any ve reasons for service sector growth in India.

2. What is an organised sector? Elaborate the working conditions of the organised sector in India.
3. How can employment be increased in both rural and urban areas? Explain.
4. Describe the historical changes that have taken place in the sectors of the economy in the
zzz

money and
3 credit
MODERN FORMS OF MONEY
(Money is something that can act as a medium of exchange in transaction)
CURRENCY DEPOSITS AND BANKS
(Modern forms of money include currency, paper notes and Is another form, in which people hold money – as deposited
coins.) with banks.
It is accepted as a medium of exchange because the People deposit extra cash with the banks by opening a bank
currency is authorised by the government of the country. account in their name.
Reserve Bank of India (RBI) issues currency notes on behalf Banks accept these deposits and also pay an amount as
of the central government. interest on the deposits.
The law legalises the use of ‘rupee’ (`) as a medium of People also have the provisions to withdraw the money as
payment that cannot be refused in settling transactions in and when they require.
India.
Since the deposits in the bank accounts can be withdrawn

Therefore, the ‘rupee’ (`) is widely accepted as a on demands, they are known as demand deposits.
medium of exchange.
Payment through cheque, the payer, who has an account
Xam idea
Social Science–X
450
LOAN ACTIVITIES OF BANKS
Banks keep only a small proportion of their deposits as cash with themselves.
For example: Banks in India these days hold about 15% of their deposits as cash. This is kept as provision to pay
the depositors who might come to withdraw money from the bank on any given day.
Since, on any particular day, only some of its many depositors come to withdraw cash, the bank is able to manage with
this cash.
Banks use the major portion of the deposits to extend loans.
Banks make use of the deposits to meet the loan requirements of the people.
Banks charge a higher interest rate on loans than what they offer on deposits.
The difference between what is charged from borrowers and what is paid to depositors is their main source of income.
TWO DIFFERENT CREDIT SITUATIONS
Credit (loan) refers to an agreement in which the lender supplier the borrower

with money, goods or services in return for the promise of future payment.
The obtained credit to meet the In rural areas, the main demand for credit is for crop production.
working capital needs of a production.
Farmers usually take crop loans at the beginning of the season and repay the loan
The credit helps to meet the ongoing after harvest.
expenses of production, complete
production on time and thereby
increase in the earnings.
Repayment of the loan is crucially depe ndent on the income from farming.
Credit therefore, plays a vital and

positive role in this situation. Credit in this case pushes the borrower into a situation from which recovery is very
painful.
Whether credit would be useful or not, therefore depends on the risks in the
situation and whether there is some support in case of loss.

FORMAL AND INFORMAL SECTOR CREDIT IN INDIA
FORMAL SECTOR INFORMAL SECTOR
The former are loans from banks and cooperatives. The informal lenders include moneylenders, traders,
employers, relatives, friends, etc.
The Reserve Bank of India supervises the functioning of

formal sources of loans. There is no organisation which supervises the credit
activities of lenders in the informal sector.
The RBI sees that the banks give loans not just to
They can lend at whatever interest rate they choose.
cultivators, small scale industries, to small borrowers, etc.
There is no one to stop them from using unfair means to

Periodically, banks have to submit information to the RBI on get their money back.
how much they are lending, to whom, at what interest rate,
etc.
The cost to the borrower of informal loans is much

higher as no record of the transactions are kept and
poor are harrassed.
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Double Coincidence of Wants: When both the parties have to agree to sell and buy each
other’s commodities. This is known as the double coincidence of wants.
2. Medium of Exchange: Money acts as an intermediate in the exchange processes, it is
known as the medium of exchange.
3. Currency: Modern forms of money include currency – paper notes and coins.
4. Deposits: A sum of money paid into a bank.
5. Bank: A bank is a financial institution licensed to receive deposits and creates loans.
6. Demand Deposits: People also have the provision to withdraw the money as and when
they require. Since the deposits in the bank accounts can be withdrawn on demand,
these deposits are known as demand deposits.
7. Cheque: An order to a bank to pay a stated sum from the drawer’s account, written on
a specially printed form.
8. Credit: The ability of a customer to obtain goods or services before payment, based on
the trust that payment will be made in the future.
9. Loan: A thing that is borrowed, especially a sum of money that is expected to be paid
back with interest.
10. Borrower: A person or organisation that takes and uses something belonging to someone
else with the intention of returning it.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
452
11. Collateral: Something pledged as security for repayment of a loan, to be forfeited in the
event of a default.
12. Asset: An item of property owned by a person or company, regarded as having value and
available to meet debts and commitments, or legacies.
13. Lender: An organisation or person that lends money.
14. Interest: Money paid regularly at a particular rate for the use of money lent, or delaying
the repayment of a debt.
15. Informal Sector: Also known as ‘grey economy’, is the part of an economy that is neither
taxed, nor monitored by any form of government. It is not accounted for in official
statistics.
16. Formal Sector: Sector which encompasses all jobs with normal hours and regular wages,
and are recognised as income sources on which income taxes must be paid.
17. RBI: The Reserve Bank of India is India’s central banking and monetary authority. RBI
regulates loans offered by banks and non-banking financial institutions to government
entities, businesses, and consumers and controls the availability of funds in the financial
system for credit.
18. Self-Help Groups: Also known as support groups are groups of people who provide
mutual support to each other. A voluntary association preferably from the same socio-
economic background promotes small savings among its members.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. In situations with high risks, credit might create further problems for the borrower.
Explain.
Ans. Another term for this state would be ‘debt-trap’. Whenever a person takes credit, it involves an
interest rate on the loan and if it is not paid back, then the borrower is forced to give up his
collateral or asset which he/she used as the guarantee, to the lender. For example, credit taken by
farmers for cultivation could create problems at some time. Basically, crop production involves
high costs on inputs such as HYV seeds, fertilizers, pesticides, irrigation, etc. Mainly loan is taken
by a farmer at the beginning of the season and it is repaid after the harvest. But in some cases,
failure of the crop results in impossible loan payment conditions. Then, in order to repay the
loan sometimes, they become bound to sell part of their lands, making their situation worse than
before. There are cases in India, where non repayment of loans leads to farmer’s suicides, example,
Maharashtra. Thus, it depends on various factors to conclude whether a credit is useful or not.
Q. 2. How does money solve the problem of double coincidence of wants? Explain with an
example of your own.
Ans. Double coincidence of wants is an essential feature, where goods are directly exchanged without
the use of money is also ‘known Barter system’. By serving as a medium of exchanges, money
removes the need for double coincidence of wants and the difculties associated with the barter
system. For example- a farmer no longer has to look for a shoe maker, who will buy his cereals
and at the same time and sells him shoes. All he has to do is nd a buyer for his cereals. If he has
exchanged his cereals for money, he can purchase any goods or services which he needs to. This
is because money acts as a medium of exchange.
Q. 3. How do banks mediate between those who have surplus money and those who need money?
Ans. Banks keep small deposits as cash (15%) for themselves (to pay the deposits on demand). They
use the major portion of the deposits to extend loans to those who need money. In this way, banks
mediate between those who have surplus money and those who need money.

Q. 4. Look at a 10 rupee note. What is written on top? Can you explain this statement?
Ans. There are two things which are mentioned on top right on a 10 rupee note; ‘Reserve Bank of
India’ and ‘Guaranteed by the Government’. Reserve Bank of India issues currency notes on behalf
of the central government of India. The statement explains that the currency is authorised or
guaranteed by the Central Government. That is, Indian law legalises the use of rupee as a medium
of payment that cannot be refused in settling transactions in India.
Q. 5. Why do we need to expand formal sources of credit in India?
Ans. We need to expand formal sources of credit in India:
O To reduce dependence on informal sources of credit because the latter charge high interest
rates and do not benet the borrower much.
O The Reserve Bank of India supervises the functioning of formal sources of loans. In contrast,
there is no organisation which supervises the functioning of informal source of loans or the
credit activities of lenders in the informal sector.
O After taking loans from informal lenders sometimes, leads the borrowers to debt trap because
of the high interest rates.
In India, the formal sector sources of credit are still only about half of the total credit needs of the
rural people. Thus, it is necessary to the formal sources of credit expand their lending especially
in rural areas, so that the dependency on the formal sources of credit are increased, which would
benet the development of the country on a wider scale.
Q. 6. What is the basic idea behind the SHGs for the poor? Explain in your own words.
Ans. SHG’s basic idea is to provide nancial resource for the poor through organising the rural poor
especially women, into small Self Help Groups. They are also responsible for providing timely
loans at a reasonable interest rate without collateral.
There are some main objectives of SHGs, which are as followed –
O It organises the rural poor, especially women, into small Self Help Groups.
O It collects saving of the members.
O It provides loans without collateral.
O It provides timely loans for various purposes.
O It provides loans at reasonable rate of interest and on easy terms.
O It also provides a platform to discuss and act on a variety of social issues such as education,
health, nutrition, domestic violence, etc.
Q. 7. What are the reasons why the banks might not be willing to lend t o certain borrowers?
Ans. The Banks might not be willing to lend certain borrowers due to the following reasons:
O Banks require proper and legal documents and collateral as security against loans.
O The borrowers who have not repaid previous loans, the banks might not be willing to lend
them further.
O Those entrepreneurs, who are going to invest in a business with high risks, the banks might
not be willing to lend money.
O One of the main objectives of a bank is to earn more prots after meeting a number of expenses.
For this purpose, it has to adopt judicious loan and investment policies which ensure fair and
stable return on the funds.
Q. 8. In what ways does the Reserve Bank of India supervise the functions of Banks? Why is this
necessary?
Ans. The Reserve Bank of India supervises the functions of banks in various ways:
O RBI holds a part of the cash reserve of the commercial banks. RBI mainly ensures that the
banks maintain a minimum cash balance out of the deposits they receive.
O The commercial banks have to submit information to RBI on how much they are lending, to
whom, and at what interest rate, etc.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
454
O RBI observes that the Banks are not only providing loans to protable businesses but also to
traders and small cultivators, small scale industries, small borrowers etc.
Q. 9. Analyse the role of credit for development.
Ans. Credit plays a crucial role in a country’s development. Banks provide a necessary aid for
improvement by sanctioning loans to the developing industries and trade. It results in increased
production, prots and employment. Nevertheless, caution must be exercised in the case of high
risks so that losses do not occur. This advantage of loans also needs to be manipulated and kept
under an administrative hold because loans from the informal sector include high interest rates
that may be more harmful than good. For this reason, it is important that the formal sector gives
out more loans so that borrowers are not duped by moneylenders and can ultimately contribute
to national development.
Q. 10. Manav needs a loan to set up a small business. On what basis will Manav decide whether
to borrow from the bank or the moneylender? Discuss.
Ans. It would be Manav’s decision to borrow money from the bank or the money lender on the basis of
the following terms of credit:
O Depending on the suitable rate of interest
O Requirements availability of collateral and documentation required by banker.
O Mode of repayment.
Depending on these factors and of course, easier terms of repayment.
Q. 11. In India, about 80 per cent of farmers are small farmers, who need credit for cultivation.
(a) Why might banks be unwilling to lend to small farmers?
Ans. Banks require proper documentations and collateral as security against providing loans. But there
are situation where small farmers lack in providing such documentations and collateral and even
fail to repay the loan in time due to crop failure. Therefore, the banks would not prefer to lend
money to small farmers.
(b) What are the other sources from which the small farmers can borrow?
Ans. Apart from bank, the small farmers can borrow from local money lenders, agricultural traders, big
landlords, cooperatives, SHGs, etc.
(c) Explain with an example how the terms of credit can be unfavourable for the small farmer.
Ans. Example – Gopal is a small farmer, who borrowed money from a local moneylender at a high
interest rate of 3 per cent to grow rice. But the crop was hit by drought resulting in failure. As a
result, Gopal had to sell a part of his land to repay the loan.
(d) Suggest some ways by which small farmers can get cheap credit.
Ans. The small farmers can get cheap credit from the different sources like – Banks, Agricultural
Cooperatives, and SHGs.
Q. 12. Fill in the blanks:
(i) Majority of the credit needs of the poor households are met from informal sources.
(ii) High costs of borrowing increase the debt-burden.
(iii) Reserve Bank of India issues currency notes on behalf of the Central Government.
(iv) Banks charge a higher interest rate on loans than what they offer on deposits.
(v) Collateral is an asset that the borrower owns and uses as a guarantee until the loan is repaid
to the lender.
Q. 13. Choose the most appropriate answer.
(i) In a SHG, most of the decisions regarding savings and loan activities are taken by
(a) Bank (b) Members (c) Non-government organisation
Ans. (b) Members

(ii) Formal sources of credit does not include
(a) banks (b) Cooperatives (c) Employers
Ans. (c) Employers

Q. 1. Why are transactions made in money?
Ans. A person holding money can easily exchange it for any commodity or service that he or she might
want.
Q. 2. How is money benecial in transactions? [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Mone y benecial in transactions
It eliminates the need for double coincidence of wants. It acts as a medium of exchange.
Q. 3. What is ‘double coincidence of wants’?
Ans. What a person desires to sell is exactly what the other wishes to buy.
Q. 4. What is barter system?
Ans. When goods are directly exchanged for goods and there is no use of money, it is called barter
system.
Q. 5. How does the use of money make it easier to exchange things? Give an example.
Ans. A person holding money can easily exchange it for any commodity or service that he or she might
want.
Example :- The shoe manufacturer will rst exchange shoes that he has produced for money and
then exchange the money for wheat.
Any other relevant example.
Q. 6. Why one cannot refuse a payment made in rupees in India? [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
Ans. One cannot refuse a payment made in rupees in India: Because it is accepted as a medium of
exchange. The currency is authorized by the government of the country.
Q. 7. Highlight the inherent problem in double coincidence of wants. [CBSE (Delhi) 2017 ]
Ans. The inherent problem in double coincidence of wants is that both parties have to agree to sell and
buy each others commodities.
Q. 8. What was used as money in early ages in India?
Ans. In the very early ages, Indians used grains and cattle as money.
Q. 9. Which metals were used for making coins in India in later stages?
Ans. Gold, Copper, Silver coins were used in later stages for making coins in India.
Q. 10. What does modern form of money include?
Ans. Modern form of money includes currency—that is paper notes and coins.
Q. 11. Does modern currency have any use of its own?
Ans. Unlike the things that were used as money earlier, modern currency is not made of precious metal
such as gold, silver and copper. And unlike grain and cattle, they are neither of everyday use. The
modern currency is without any use of its own.
Q. 12. Why is modern currency accepted as a medium of exchange?
Ans. It is accepted as a medium of exchange because the currency is authorised by the government of
the country.
Q. 13. In India, who is authorised to issue notes and currency?
Ans. In India, ‘Reserve Bank of India’ issues currency notes on behalf of the central government.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
456
Q. 14. What are ‘demand deposits’?
Ans. People deposit their money in the bank as it earns interest. Since the deposits in the bank accounts
can be withdrawn on demand, these deposits are called demand deposits.
Q. 15. What is a ‘cheque’? [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. A cheque is a paper, instructing the bank to pay a specic amount from the person’s account to
the person on whose name the cheque has been issued.
Q. 16. What do the banks do with the deposits which they accept from the public?
Ans. (i) Banks keep only a small proportion of their deposits as cash with themselves.
(ii) Major portion of the money deposits are used to extend loans.
Q. 17. How do banks act as a mediator?
Ans. Banks mediate between those who have surplus funds (depositors) and those who are in need of
these funds (the borrowers).
Q. 18. Why is it difcult for poor to get loan from Banks? [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Absence of Collateral is one of the major reasons which prevent the poor from getting bank loans.
Q. 19. What is the main source of income of the banks, if they forward the depositor’s money to
the lender?
Ans. Banks charge a higher rate of interest on loans than what they offer on deposits. The difference
between what is charged from borrowers and what is paid to depositors is their main source of income.
Q. 20. What is ‘credit’?
Ans. Credit (loan) refers to an agreement in which the lender supplies the borrowers with money, goods
or services in return for the promise of future payment.
Q. 21. What do the farmers in rural areas take loans for?
Ans. Farmers take loans for crop production which involves considerable costs on seeds, fertilizers,
pesticides, water, electricity, repair of equipment, etc.
Q. 22. What is a ‘debt trap’?
Ans. Credit in some cases pushes the borrower into a situation from which recovery is very painful.
Q. 23. What is ‘credit’? What is ‘collateral’?
Ans. ‘Collateral’ is an asset that the borrower owns (such as land, building, vehicle, livestocks, deposits
with banks) and uses this as a guarantee to a lender until the loan is repaid.
Q. 24. What are the main ‘terms of credit’?
Ans. Interest rate, collateral and documentation requirement and the mode of repayment together
comprise what is called ‘terms of credit’.
Q. 25. What are informal sectors of loan?
Ans. Informal sectors include moneylenders, traders, employers, relatives and friends, etc.
Q. 26. What are the formal sectors of loan?
Ans. Formal sectors of loan include all the banks and cooperatives.
Q. 27. Why are most of the poor households deprived from the formal sector of loans?
[CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Most of the poor households are deprived from the formal sector of loans because of:
(i) Lack of collateral.
(ii) They are illiterate.
(iii) Cannot fulll the formalities of the formal sector of loans.
Q. 28. What report is submitted periodically by all the banks to RBI?
Ans. Periodically, banks have to submit information to the RBI on how much they are lending, to whom
and at what rate.

Q. 29. Why do informal sectors charge interest rate at their own risks?
Ans. There is no organisation which supervises the credit activities of lenders in the informal sector.
Therefore, they lend at whatever interest rate they choose. No one stops them from using unfair
means to get their money back.
Q. 30. Why do banks and cooperatives need to lend more?
Ans. Banks and cooperative societies need to lend more. This would lead to higher incomes and many
more could then borrow cheaply for a variety of needs. Cheap and affordable credit is crucial for
the country’s development.
Q. 31. Why should credit at reasonable rates be available to all?
Ans. At present, it is the rich households who receive formal credit whereas the poor have to depend
on the informal sources. It is important that the formal credit is distributed more equally so that
the poor can benet from the cheaper loans.
Q. 32. What prevents the poor from getting bank loans?
Ans. Bank loans require proper documents and collateral. Absence of collateral is one of the major
reasons which prevents the poor from getting bank loans.
Q. 33. Prove with an argument that there is a great need to expand formal sources of credit in
rural India. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. To expand formal sources of credit in rural India, dependence on informal sources of credit has to
be reduced.
Q. 34. What are SHGs?
Ans. They are Self Help Groups, who provide mutual support to each other.
Q. 35. For what purposes do SHGs give loans to its members?
Ans. Small loans are provided to the members for releasing mortgaged land, for meeting working capital
needs like buying seeds, fertilizers, raw materials like bamboo and cloth for housing, materials for
acquiring assets like sewing machines, handloom, cattle, etc.
Q. 36. Give any two advantages of SHGs.
Ans. (i) SHGs help borrowers overcome the problem of collateral.
(ii) They can get timely loans for a variety of purposes and at reasonable rates.
Q. 37. How does the use of money make it easier to exchange things?
Ans. In an economy where money is in use, it eliminates the need for double coincidence of wants by
providing the crucial intermediate step.
Q. 38. What do you mean by the term ‘collateral’? [CBSE Sample Paper 2017 ]
Ans. It is an asset that the borrower owns and uses this guarantee to a lender until the loan is repaid.
Q. 39. Recognize the situation when both the parties in a barter economy have to agree to sell
and buy each other’s commodities? What is it called? [CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Ans. This is known as double coincidence of wants.
Q. 40. Amit is using his money to buy assets like house, commercial land and machines. Write
what is he actually doing? [CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Ans. He is investing his money with a hope of earning prots from these assets.
Q. 41. How do the deposits with banks become their source of income? [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
Ans. The Source of income of bank: Banks charge higher interest rate on loans than what they offer on
deposits. The difference of interest is the main source of income of banks.
Q. 42. Compare formal sector loans with informal sector of loans regarding interest only.
[CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
Ans. Comparison of formal sector loans with informal: Most of the informal lenders charge a much
higher interest on loans than the formal sector loans.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
458
Q. 43. Why is the supervision of the funct ioning of formal sources of loans necessary?
[CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Supervision of the functioning of formal sources of loans is necessary because—Banks have to
submit information to the RBI on how much they are lending to when they are lending and what
interest rate, etc.
Q. 44. How does money eliminate the need for double coincidence of wants? [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. If you have money in your pocket, you can purchase any thing at any time as you wish.

Q. 1. Give an example to show that double coincidence of wants is necessary in a barter system.
Ans. A shoe manufacturer wants to sell shoes in the market and buy wheat. The shoe manufacturer
will rst exchange shoes that he had produced for money, and then exchange the money for
wheat. Imagine how difcult it would be if the shoe manufacturer had to directly exchange shoes
for wheat without using money. He would have to look for a wheat growing farmer, who not only
wants to sell wheat but also wants to buy the shoes in exchange. That is, both parties have to
agree to sell and buy each other’s commodities. This is known as double coincidence of wants.
Q. 2. How is modern form of currency accepted as a medium of exchange?
Or
Why is currency accepted as a medium of exchange?
Ans. O Modern forms of money include currency—paper notes and coins.
O Modern currency is not made of precious metals such as gold, silver and copper.
O The modern currency is without any use of its own.
O In India, Reserve Bank of India issues currency notes on behalf of the Central government.
O As per the Indian law, no other individual or organisation is allowed to issue currency.
O No individual in India can legally refuse a payment made in rupees.
Q. 3. “Banks are efcient medium of exchange.” Support the statement with arguments.
Ans. Banks are efcient medium of exchange:
(i) Demand deposits share the essential features of money.
(ii) The facility of cheque against demand deposit makes it possible to directly settle payment
without the use of cash.
(iii) Demand deposits are accepted widely as a means of payment.
Q. 4. What are ‘demand deposits’?
Ans. O Workers who receive their salaries at the end of each month have extra cash at the beginning
of the month.
O This extra cash is deposited with the bank by opening a bank account in their name.
O Banks accept the deposits and also pay an interest rate on the deposits.
O In this way, people’s money is safe with the banks and it earns an interest as well.
O People also have the provision to withdraw the money as and when they require.
O Since the deposits in the bank accounts can be withdrawn on demand, these deposits are
called demand deposits.
Q. 5. How are demand deposits accepted as a means of payment?
Ans. (i) Demand deposits offer another interesting facility. It helps in making the payment in cheque.
(ii) A cheque is a paper instructing the bank to pay a specic amount from the person’s account
to the other person or to the account holder.

(iii) Thus, we see that demand deposits share the essential features of money
money..
(iv) The facility of cheques against demand deposits makes settlement of payments possible
without using cash.
(v) Since demand deposits are accepted widely as a means of payment, along with currency
currency,, they
constitute money in the modern economy.
Q. 6. State three disadvantages of the barter system.
Ans. (i) In a barter system, double coincidence of wants wants is required.
(ii) Here, the person is required to sell only what the other wishes to buy.
(iii) If both parties do not agree, the goods cannot be exchanged for goods.
Q. 7.
7. Illustrate with examples the role of ‘loan’ in ‘business’
‘business’.. [CBSE (Delhi) 2017 ]
Ans. Role of Loan
(i) Loan is a crucial element in economic life and plays a vital and positive role.
(ii) It helps to increase earnings. Salim obtains credit to meet the working capital needs of
production. The credit helps him to meet the ongoing expenses of production, complete
production on time, and thereby increase his earnings. Credit therefore plays a vital and
positive role in this situation.
(iii) It makes a person economically better off than before.
(iv) It helps the poor and needy at the time of crisis.
(v) It helps the person to meet the ongoing expenses of production and complete production on
time.
(vi) In another situation, because of the crop failure, loan pushes the person into a debt trap.
(vii) Examples of Salim and Laksmi could be given
Q. 8.
8. Why are terms of creditcredit required for a loan or credit?
Ans. (i) Terms of credit
credit are required so that the borrower
borrower knows the conditions
conditions to take the loan.
(ii) The collateral, in the form of security or guarantee, is given to the lender until the loan is
repaid.
(iii) If the borrower fails to repay the loan, the lender has all the rights to sell the assets or
collateral to obtain the payment.
Q. 9.
9. Why does the formal or or informal sector asks for a collateral?
collateral?
Ans. O Every loan agreement species an interest rate which the borrower must pay to the lender
along with the repayment of the principal.
O In addition, lenders may demand a collateral or an asset that the borrower owns to use it as a
guarantee until he repays the loan.
O Interest rate, collateral and documentation requirement and the mode of repayment are the
terms of credit required for formal or informal sectors for loans.
Q. 10. How are cooperatives functioning in the rural areas to solve the problem of credit?
Ans. O Besides banks, the other major source of cheap credit in rural areas are the cooperatives.
O Members of a cooperative, pool their resources for cooperation in certain areas.
O Cooperatives form members, who accept deposits from its members. With these deposits as
collateral, the cooperative obtains a large loan from the bank. These funds are used to provide
loans to members. Once these loans are repaid, another round of lending can take place.
Q. 11. Identify transactions involving money in our day-to-day life.
Ans. There are several transactions involving money in any single day.
O In many of these transactions, goods are being bought and sold with the use of money. It
eliminates the need for double coincidence of wants.
O In some of these transactions, services are being exchanged with money.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
460
O For some, there might not be any actual transfer of money taking place now but a promise to
pay money later.
Q. 12. Why are transactions made in money?
Ans. (i) A person holding
holding money can easily exchange it for
for any commodity
commodity or service
service that he or
or she
might want.
(ii) Thus, everyone
everyone prefers to receive payments in money and then exchange
exchange the money for
things that they want.
(iii) Take the case of a shoe manufacturer.
manufacturer. He wants to sell shoe in the market and buy wheat.
The shoe manufacturer will rst exchange shoe that he has produced for money and then
exchange the money for wheat.
Q. 13. State any threet hree advantages
advan tages of an ATM.
Ans. (i) ATM is a provision called the Automate
Automated d Teller Machine.
(ii) In case of an ATM, direct interaction with the bank is not required.
(iii) Money can be withdrawn from the ATM during the entire twenty-four hours in a day, whereas
banks close their public dealings at a particular time, binding the depositor to come within
that stipulated period.
Q. 14. Explain any three loan activities of banks in India. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Loan activities of Banks in India:
(i) Banks use the major portion of the deposits to extend loans.
(ii) Banks make use of the deposits to meet the loan requirements of the people.
(iii) Banks mediate between those who have surplus funds (the depositors) and those who are in
need of these funds (the borrowers).
(iv) Banks charge a higher interest rate on loans than what it offers on deposits.
Q. 15. Which objects were used as money?
Ans. (i) Before the introduction of coins, a variety of objects were used as money. For example, since
the very early ages, Indians used grains and cattle as money.
(ii) Thereafter
Thereafter,, came the use of metallic
metallic coins—a phase which
which continued well into the last
last century.
Q. 16. How do farmers get into debt trap?
Ans. O Farmers usually take crop loans at the beginning of the season and repay the loan after harvest.
O Sometimes, the failure of the crop makes loan repayment impossible.
O So, the farmers have to sell a part of their land to repay the loan. Credit in such a condition
pushes the borrowers into a situation from which recovery is painful and they get into the
debt trap.
Q. 17.
17. Self-help Groups support has brought about a revolutionary change in the rural sector.
Ans. (i) The idea is to organize rural poor, in particular women, into small Self Help Groups (SHGs) and
pool their savings. Members can take small loans from the group itself to meet their needs.
The group charges interest on these loans but this is still less than what the moneylender
charges.
(ii) If the group is regular in savings, it becomes eligible
eligible for availing loan from the bank.
bank. Loan is
sanctioned in the name of the group and is meant to create self – employment opportunities
for the members. The SHG is responsible for repayment of the loan, hence, banks get ready to
give loans without collateral.
(iii) Self-help, self-relia
self-reliance
nce and creating a support system and platform to discuss and act on a
variety of social issues such as health, nutrition, domestic
domestic violence
violence etc.

Q. 18. Why do we need to t o expand formal sources of credit in India? Give three reasons.
Ans. (i) The cost of informal
informal loans is much higher and oftenoften leads to a debt trap. Also, people
people who
might wish to start a new enterprise by borrowing may not do so because of the high cost of
borrowing in such a case.
(ii) Most loans from informal lenders
lenders carry a very high interest rate and do little
little to increase the
income of the borrowers. Thus, it is necessary that banks and cooperatives increase their
lending particularly in the rural areas, so that the dependence of the poor on informal sources
of credit reduces.
(iii) It is important that the formal credit is distributed more equally so that the poor can benet
from the cheaper loans.
Q. 19. Dhananjay is a government employee and belongs to a rich household whereas Raju is a
construction worker and comes from a poor rural household. Both are in need and wish to
take loan. Create a list of arguments explaining who between the two would successfully
be able to arrange money from a formal
formal source. Why?
Why? [CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Ans. Dhananjay will be able to get loan from a formal source.
source.
Arguments:
Banks are not present everywhere in rural India. Even when they are present, getting a loan from
a bank is much more difcult than taking a loan from informal sources.
Bank loans require proper documents and collateral. Absence of collateral is one of the major
reasons which prevents the poor from getting bank loans.
Informal lenders such as moneylenders, on the other hand, know the borrowers personally and
hence are often willing to give a loan without collateral.
Q. 20. Explain the values which a borrower should observe for the proper use of loan taken.
[CBSE (Comptt.) 2016]
Ans. Borrower should observe the following
following for the proper use of loan taken:
1. Proper planning of both for borrowing and spending of loan amount.
2. Use the loan for the purpose for which it has been borrowed.
3. Follow the terms and conditions of the credit.
4. To develop consciousn
consciousness
ess to repay the loan on time.
Q. 21. “The credit activities of the informal sector should be discouraged.” Support Support the statement
with arguments. [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
Ans. The credit activities of the informal sector
sector should be discouraged because:
because:
(i) 85% of loans taken
taken by the poor households
households in the urban areas are from
from informal sources.
sources.
(ii) Informal lenders
lenders charge very high interest onon their loans.
(iii) There are no boundaries
boundaries and restrictions.
(iv ) Higher cost of borrowing
borrowing means a larger
larger part of the earnings of
of the borrowers is used
used to repay
the loan.
(v ) In certain cases, the high interest rate for borrowing can mean
mean that the amount to be repaid
is greater than the income of the borrower.
(vi) This could lead to increasing debt and
and debt trap, therefore
therefore the credit activities
activities of the informal
sector should be discouraged.
Q. 22. “Deposits with the banks are benecial to the depositers as well as to the nation”. Examine
the statement. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Deposits with the banks are benecial to the depositors as well as to the nation.
Benets to the Depositors
(i) Banks accepts the deposits and paypay interest to the depositor.
depositor.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
462
(ii) People’s money is safe with the banks.
(iii) People can withdraw the money as and and when they require.
Benets to the Nation
(i) Banks use money
money of the depositor
depositor to afford
afford loans.
(ii) There is a huge demand
demand for loans for various
various economic activities.
activities.
(iii) Banks mediate between
between those who have surplus funds and those who are in need of these
funds. Thus it helps in the economic development of the nation.
Q. 23. ‘Credit has its own unique role for development’. Justify the statement with arguments.
[CBSE (AI) 2016]
OR
Describe the vital and positive role of credit. [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
Ans. “Credit has its own unique role for development”
development”
(i) Credit helps to increase earning and therefore
therefore the person is better off than before. For
example, as in (Salim’s case)
(ii) Credit helps to earn money
money as well as capital
capital for the future.
(iii) Credit helps in the development
development of infrastructure of the society that leads
leads to the overall
development.
Q. 24. How is money transferred from f rom one bank account to another bank account? Explain with
an example. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Money Transfer
Transfer from one bank account to another bank account:
account:
If a person has to make a payment to his or her friend and writes a cheque for a specic amount,
this means that the person instructs his bank to pay this amount to his friend. His friend takes
this cheque and deposit in his account in the bank. This said amount is transferred from one bank
account to another bank account.
Q. 25. How is the concept of Self Help Groups important for poor people? Give your view point.
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Self Help Group
(i) SHGs help in pooling the savings
savings of the members, who are poor people.
(ii) Members can get timely loans
loans for a variety
variety of purposes.
(iii) They get loan
loan at a reasonable
reasonable rate of
of interest.
(iv ) It helps borrowers to overcome
overcome the problem of lack
lack of collateral
collateral and documentation.
documentation.
(v ) It saves them from exploitation
exploitation of the money
money lenders.
(vi) This interest income
income becomes an extra
extra source of income of the members.

Q. 1. Review any three merits and any two demerits of ‘formal sector of credit’ in India.
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Merits and Demerits of Formal Sectors of Credit
Merits
(i) Helps to meet the working capital needs of production.
(ii) Helps in ongoing expenses of production.
(iii) Helps in completing production on time.
(iv) Helps in increasing earnings.
(v) Low interest rates.
(vi) Easy access of loans
loans to small cultivators
cultivators and small scale industries.
industries.

Demerits
(i) Difculty in obtaining loans.
(ii) Collateral issues.
(iii) Documentation could be a problematic issue for few.
(iv) Lack of credibility in rural areas.
Q. 2. Why are poor households
households still dependent on informal sources of credit?
OR
“Poor households still depend on informal sources of credit.” Support the statement with
examples. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Reasons:
O Banks are not present everywhere in rural India.
O Even if they are present, getting a loan from a bank is much more difcult than taking a loan
from informal sources.
O Bank loans require proper documents and a collateral. Absence of collateral is one of the
major reasons which prevents the poor from getting bank loans.
O Informal lenders like moneylenders know the borrower personally and hence, are often willing
to give a loan without a collateral.
O The borrowers can, if necessary, approach the moneylender even without repaying their
earlier loans.
O However, the moneylenders charge very high rates of interest, keep no records of the
transactions and harass the poor borrowers.
Q. 3. What are the advantages of of SHGs?
Ans. Advantages of SHGs:
(i) The SHGs help the borrower to overcome the problem of lack of collateral.
(ii) They can get timely loans for a variety of purposes and at a reasonable interest rate.
(iii) SHGs are the building blocks of organisation of the rural poor.
(iv) Not only do they help women become nancially self-relia
self-reliant,
nt, the regular meetings of the
group provide a platform to discuss and act on a variety of social issues such as health,
nutrition, domestic violence, etc.
Q. 4.
4. What are the differences between formalformal and informal sources
sources of credit?
Ans. Formal sources:
(i) These sources of credit are registered by the government and have to follow its rules and
regulations.
(ii) RBI supervises the functioning of formal sources of credit.
(iii) They generally charge lower rates of interest.
(iv) Their main motive is social welfare.
Example: Banks and cooperatives.
Informal sources:
(i) These include those small and scattered units which are largely outside the control of the
government.
(ii) There is no organisation which supervises the credit activities.
(iii) They charge much higher rates of interest.
(iv) Their main motive is prot-making.
Example: Moneylenders, traders, employees, relatives and friends, etc.
Q. 5.
5. What is a cheque? How does
does it replace currency?
Ans. A cheque is a paper instructing the bank to pay a specific amount from the person’s account
to the person in whose name the cheque has been drawn.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
464
(i) The facility of cheque against demand deposits makes it possible to directly settle the
payments without the use of withdrawal.
(ii) For payment through cheque, the payer who has an account
account with the bank, makes out a
cheque of a specic amount.
(iii) The money is transferred from
from one bank account to another
another in a couple of days. The transaction
is complete without any payment of cash.
Q. 6. What is credit? How can can credit be both an asset as well as a debt trap?
Ans. Credit refers to an agreement in which the lender supplies the borrower with money, goods or
services in return for the promise of future payment.
(i) Example of credit
credit as an asset:
asset: During
During the festival season, a shoe manufacturer has received an
order of making shoes in bulk, within a month’s time. To complete production, he hired some
extra workers and has to purchase the raw materials. He asks the supplier to supply leather
now and promises to pay him later. Then he took some advance payment from the trader. By
the end of the month, he is able to deliver the order,
ord er, make
make a good prot and repay the money
he had borrowed.
(ii) Example of credit as debt trap: A farmer picks up the loan from a moneylender to meet the
expenses of cultivation. But unfortunately the crop is hit by the pests and fails. So, he is
unable to repay the loan and debt grows larger with interest. Next year, he picks up a fresh
loan and is able to have a normal crop that year. But earnings are not enough to pay the
earlier debt. So, he is caught in a debt trap. He can repay the loan, only after selling a part of
the land.
In shoemaker’
shoemaker’ss case, credit plays a vital and positive role, whereas in farmer’s case credit
pushes the borrower into a situation from which recovery is very painful.
Q. 7. What are the terms of credit?
Ans. (i) Every loan agreement speciesspecies an interest rate which the borrower must pay to the lender
along with repayment of the principal.
(ii) In addition, lender may demand collateral, i.e., an asset that the borrower owns and uses this
as a guarantee until the loan is repaid.
(iii) If the borrower fails to repay the loan,
loan, the lender has the right to sell
sell the collateral to obtain
obtain
payment.
(iv) Terms of credit comprise interest rate, collateral and documentation requirement, and the
mode of repayment.
(v) The terms of credit vary substantially from one credit arrangement to anotheranother.. They may vary
depending on the nature of the lender and the borrower.
Q. 8. “The
“The rich households are availing cheap credit from formal lenders whereas the poor
households have to pay a heavy price for borrowing.” Comment. Comment.
Ans. O The formal sector still meets only about half of the total credit needs of the rural people.
O The remaining credit needs are met from informal sources.
O Most loans from informal lenders carry a very high interest rate and do little to increase the
income of the borrowers.
O Thus, it is necessary that banks and cooperatives increase their lending particularly in the
rural areas, so that the dependence on informal sources of credit reduces.
O While formal sector loans need to expand, it is also necessary that everyone receives these
loans.
O At present, it is the rich households who receive formal credit whereas the poor have to depend
on the informal sources.
O

Q. 9.
9. Who takes the important decisions of SHGs and why?
OR
“ ‘Self Help Groups’ help borrowers to overcome the problem of lack of collateral.” Examine
the statement. [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
Ans. O Most of the important decisions regarding the savings and loan activities are taken by the
group members.
O The group decides as regards the loans to be granted—the purpose, amount, interest to be
charged, repayment schedule, etc.
O It is the group which is responsible for the repayment of the loan.
O In case of default by any one member, it is followed up seriously by other members in the
group.
O Because of this feature, banks are willing to lend to the poor women when organised in SHGs
even though they have no collateral as such.
Q. 10. Write a note on the success story of ‘Grameen Bank of Bangladesh’ Bangladesh’..
Ans. Grameen Bank of Bangladesh was founded by Prof. Muhammad Yunus (a recipient of Nobel Peace
Prize for the year 2006) in year 1970. Over the last 42 years i.e., from 1976 to 2017, the operations of
the bank spread to a large area of Bangladesh. The bank was started with a very small project and in
year 2005,
2005, it spread
spread across
across 40,000
40,000 villages
villages with
with 6 million
million borrowers
borrowers in variou
variouss parts of Banglad
Bangladesh.
esh.
Most of the borrowers of this bank are women and belong to poor sections of society. These poor
women have starte
started
d ‘se
‘self-e
lf-employm
mployment’
ent’ projec
projects
ts by takin
takingg credit
credit from this grame
grameenen bank. This credi
creditt
has positive impact on these women as they started a gainful employment, which helped them not
only to repay their loan but also to earn a good living for themselves and their family.
Q. 11. How can the formal sector loans be made benecial for poor farmers and workers? Suggest
any ve measures. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Formal sector loans can be made benecial for poor farmers and workers in the following ways:
(i) It is required to create awareness among
among farmers about formal sector loans.
(ii) Process of providing
providing loans should be made
made easier.
easier.
(iii) It should be simple, fast and timely.
(iv ) More number of Nationalised banks/comparative
banks/comparative bank is should
should be agreed in rural sector.
sector.
(v ) Banks and cooperatives should increase facility of of providing loans so that dependence on
informal sources of credit reduces.
(vi) The benets of loans should be extended to poor farmer and small scale Industries.
(vii) While formal sector loans need need to expand, it is also necessary that everyone
everyone receives these
loans.

Q. 1. How are deposits with the bank benecial for individual
individual as well as for the nation? Explain
Explain
with examples.
Ans. O Banks accept deposits and also pay an interest rate on the deposits.
O In this way, people’s
people’s money is safe with the banks and it earns an interest as well.
O People also have the provision to withdraw the money as and when they require.
O Banks keep only a small portion of their deposits as cash.
O Then they use the major portion of the deposits to extend loans.
O There is a huge demand for loans for various economic activities. Banks make use of the
deposits to meet the loan requirements of the people.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
466
O This creates employment and income to the people of a nation and contributes to national
development.
Q. 2. “Focuses of currency have undergone several changes since early times.” Elucidate.
Elucidate.
Ans. O Before the introduction of coins, a variety of objects was used as money.
O For example, since the very early ages, Indians used grains and cattle as money
money..
O Thereafter, cause the use of metallic coins — gold, silver, copper coins — a phase which
continued well into the last century.
O Modern forms of money include currency — paper notes and coins.
O Modern currency is not made of precious metal, it is without any use of its own.
Q. 3. Why is it necessary that banks and and co-operatives increase their lending in rural areas?
areas?
Explain. [CBSE (Comptt.) 2016]
Ans. Banks and cooperatives should increase their lending in rural areas:
1. Formal sector charges low rate of interest.
2. Lack of formal sources of credit in villages.
3. Villagers mainly depend on informal sector.
4. They charge high rate of interest.
5. Borrowers come under debt trap.
6. Therefore there is a need to expand formal sectors so that everyone receives these loans.
Q. 4. How do formal and
and informal sources of credit differ from each other?
Ans.
Formal Sector Loans Informal Sector Loans
1. Comparatively rate of interest charge

charge is 1. Higher rate of interest is charged.
charged.
lower.
2. Collateral is must for getting
getting loan from a 2. They are ready to give loans without any
formal sector. collateral too.
3. RBI supervises them. 3. Th
There is no organisation to supervise them.
4. Rich urban househo
households
lds depend on formal
forma l 4. Poor households depend on informal
sector. sector.
5. Ex
Exam
ampl
ple:
e: Ba
Bank
nkss an
and
d Co
Coop
oper
erat
ativ
ives
es.. 5. Exam
Examplple:
e: Mo
Moneneyl
ylen
ende
derr, tr
trad
ader
ers,
s, fr
frie
iend
nds,
s,
retailers, etc.
6. Organised banking sector is systematic in 6. Unorganised
Unorganised sector is not so systematic and
its functioning. often indulges in malpractices to exploit
the customers.
7. Organised financial intermediaries 7. Unorganised financial intermediaries do
maintain proper books of accounts. Their not maintain proper books of accounts.
books of accounts are regularly audited. They do not charge uniform interest
Their functioning is more transparent. rates. They keep their business affairs
confidential.
8. F
Formal
ormal credit sector usually grants loan 8. Informal credit sector usually does not
for productive purposes like purchase differentiate between loan for productive
of machinery, agricultural equipments, and unproductive purposes. They easily
house, etc. give loan even for unproductive purpose
like loan for family function, for illness, etc.
9. Here, more documentation
documentation is required. 9. It involves less documentation. It involves
It involves many formalities. less formalities. That is why illiterate
persons prefer to take loan from this sector
sector..

Q. 5. How does RBI supervise
supervise banks?
banks?
Ans. Reserve Bank of India supervises banks by laying
laying guidelines and norms for the banks:
(i) RBI requires commercial banks to keep a certain percentage of their deposits in cash and
other liquid assets. This percentage is called statutory liquidity ratio (at present this ratio
is 25 per cent). After keeping a part of deposits in cash and other liquid assets, banks can
use their surplus funds to give loans. The objective is to ensure that banks can meet the
withdrawal requirements of deposit holders.
(ii) RBI also requires commercial banks to deposit a certain percentage of their deposits with RBI
in cash. This percentage is called cash reserve ratio (at present this ratio is 5.5 per cent).
(iii) RBI issues guidelines for xing rate of interest on borrowings and lending by commercial
banks.
(iv) RBI directs the commercial banks to give a certain percentage of loans to priority sector
(agriculture, small-scale industries, self-help groups, etc.).
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. How does money acts as a medium of exchange?

2. What do you understand by the term ‘barter system’?
3. What is demand deposit?
deposit?
4. What is a Cheque?
5. What is the main informal source of credit for rural household in India?
6. What is the real source of income for banks?
1. Why
Why the demand deposits are considered as money?
2. Explain with an example how the terms of credit can be unfavourable for the small farmers.
3. Why is modern currency accepted as a medium of exchange without any use of its own? Find out
the reason.
4. ‘Credit has its own unique role in development’
development’.. Justify the statement with argument.
1. Name two formal and two informal sources of credit in India. State any three advantages of formal
sources of credit.
2. How does Reserve Bank of India play crucial role in controlling the formal sector loans? Explain.
3. How can the formal sector loans be made benecial for poor farmers and workers? Suggest any 5
measures.
4. ‘Cheap and affordable credit is essential for poor households, both rural and urban areas.
areas.’’ In the
light of statement, explain the social and economic values attached to it.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
468
Globalisation and
4 The Indian Economy
WHAT IS GLOBALISATION
Globalisation is a process of international integration arising from the interchange

of world views, products, ideas and other aspects of culture.
A major role in played by MNCs in the process of globalization.
It has opened a large source of exchange between two countries of goods,

services, investments and technology.
Another source of connectivity among the countries are the pe ople

– who are moving in search of better job, income or education.
PRODUCTION
PRODUCTION ACROSS COUNTRIES
Colonies such as India, exported r aw materials and food stuff and imported finished goods.
Trade was the main channel c onnecting distant countries. This was before large
companies called Multinational Corporation (MNCs) emerged on the scene.
An MNC is a company that owns or controls production in more than one nation.
MNCs set up offices and factories for production in regions where they can get cheap
labour and other resources.
This is done so that the cost of production is low and the MNCs can earn greater profits.
The goods and services are also produced globally. Therefore, production is organized in
increasingly complex ways.

INTERLINKING PRODUCTION ACROSS COUNTRIES
MNCs look for government policies that look after their interests.
The money that is spent to buy assets such as land, building, machines and other equipments
is called investment and an investment made by MNC is known as the foreign investment.
At times, MNCs set up production jointly with some of the local companies of these countries.
FOREIGN TRADE AND INTEGRATION OF MARKETS
Foreign trade creates an opportunity for the procedures to reach beyond the
domestic market.
Producers can sell their produce in their own country as well as in other countries
of the world.
Goods can be imported to expand the choice.
With the opening of trade, goods travel from one market to another.
Producers in the two countries now closely compete against each other.
Foreign trade, thus, results in connecting the markets or integration of markets in

different countries.
CHINESE TOYS IN INDIA
Chinese manufacturers export toys in India, where toys are sold at a higher price.
Buyers in India have choice between Indian and C hinese toys.
Because of cheaper price and new designs, Chinese toys became more popular
in the India markets.
Indian buyers have a greater choice of toys and at lower prices.
For the Chinese toy makers, this provides an oppor tunity to expand business.
Indian toy makers face losses as their toys are selling less.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
470
WHAT IS GLOBALISATION
Globalisation is the process of rapid integration or interconnection between countries.
MNCs play a major role in promoting globalisation.
More and more goods and services, investments and technology are moving between countries.
It helps in the movement of people between countries.
People move in search of better income, better jobs or better education.
In the past few decades, there have not bee n much increase in the movement of people between
countries due to various restrictions.
FACTORS THAT HAVE ENABLED GLOBALISATION
Technology → improvement in technology is one of the factors that has stimulated the globalisation.
Improvement in transportation has made it possible to deli ver the goods faster.
Development in information and technology brought remarkable changes in globalisation process.
Telecommunication, computer, internet have brought the world closer.
Information technology has made communication faster and easier.
This has been facilitated by satellite communication devices.
Internet also allws us to send instant e lectronic mail (email) and talk (voice mail) across the world at
negligible cost.
Indian government, after Independence, had put barriers to the foreign trade and foreign investment,
called trade barriers.
Government can use trade barriers to regulate foreign trade.
After 1991, some far reaching changes were made in Indian foreign policy.
It was meant to compete with the global world.
Removing barriers or restrictions set by the government is called liberalisation.

WORLD TRADE ORGANISATION
WTO is an organization whose aim is to liberalise (rational) international trade.
It was established by developed countries with cer tain rules and regulations regarding International trade.
WTO is supposed to allow few trade for all, in practice, it is seen that the developed countries have
unfairly maintained the trade barriers.
Whereas WTO rules have forced the developing countries to remove trade barriers.
IMPACT OF GLOBALISATION IN INDIA
Globalisation and greater competition among producers both loan and f oreign producers has been of advantage to
consumers, particularly the well-of f section of the urban areas.
As a result, they enjoy much higher standard of living than was possible earlier.
Among producers and workers, the impact of globalization has not been uniform.
MNCs have increased their investments in India over Several of the top Indian companies have been able to
the past 20 years, which is beneficial for them. benefit from the increased competition.
Their products are cell-phones, automobiles, fast food,

They have invested in newer technology and production
etc. methods and raised their production methods and
production standards.
These products have large no.of buyers and these

industries have created new jobs too.
Globalisation has enabled some large Indian companies
to emerge as multinational themselves – eg. Tata, Asian
Paints, etc.
And local companies supplying raw materials, etc.
to them have prospered.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
472
IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Globalisation: It is a process of international integration arising from the interchange of

world views, products, ideas and other aspects of a culture.
2. Multinational Corporation (MNC): An enterprise operating in several countries but
managed from one country or group that derives a quarter of its revenue from operations
outside of its home country is considered to be a multinational corporation.
3. Investment is the purchase of goods that are not consumed today but are used in the
future to create wealth.
4. Foreign Investment is when a company or individual from one nation invests in assets or
ownership stakes of a company based in another nation.
5. Domestic Market: It refers to an internal market or domestic trading. It is the supply and
demand of goods, services and securities within a single country.
6. Information and Communication Technology is an extended term for information
technology (IT) which stresses the role of unified communications and the integration of
telecommunications.
7. Liberation: It refers to laws or rules being liberalised or relaxed by a government.
8. Foreign Trade is basically trade between two different countries of the world. It is also
known as international trade.
9. Trade Barrier: They are mainly measured that are taken by the government or public
authorities to introduce to make imported goods or services less competitive than locally
produced goods and services. Not everything that prevented or restricts trade can be
characterised as a trade barrier.
10. World Trade Organisation is the only global international organisation dealing with the
rules of trade between nations. At its heart are the WTO agreements, negotiated and
signed by the bulk of the world’s trading nations and ratified in their parliament.
11. Gross Domestic Product – GDP is a monetary measure of the market value of all final
goods and services produced in a period.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. What do you understand by Globalisation? Explain in your own words.
Ans. Globalisation in today’s world has come to imply many things. It is a process of integrating the
economy of a country with the economies of other countries under conditions of free ow of
trade, capital and movement of persons across borders.
It also includes –
O Export and import of techniques of production.
O Migration of people from own country to another.
O Increase in foreign trade.
Q. 2. What were the reasons for putting barriers to foreign trade and foreign investment by the
Indian government? Why did it wish to remove these barriers?
Ans. Barriers to foreign trade and foreign investment were out by the Indian government to protect
the domestic producers from foreign competition, especially when industries had just begun to
come up in the 1950s and 1960s. During this time, the competition from the imports would have

been a hard blow on the growing industries. Therefore, India allowed only essential goods to be
imported.
But in 1991, with the implementation of the New Economic Policy, the government wished to
remove these barriers because it seemed as the time when the domestic producers were ready to
compete with foreign industries. This decision was also supported by the powerful international
organisation.
Q. 3. How would exibility in labour laws help companies?
Ans. For companies to sustain themselves in competition and progress, exibility in labour plays
a major role. By easing up on labour laws, company heads can negotiate wages and terminate
employment depending on market conditions. This results in an increase in the company’s
competitiveness.
Q. 4. What are the various ways in which MNCs set up or control production in other countries?
Ans. The factories or production units of Multinational Companies are set up mainly close to the
markets where they can get the desired skilled or unskilled labour at low cost along with other
factors of production. After the company has been set up, they set production units in the
following ways:
O Form a company jointly with some local companies of the existing country.
O Buy the local companies and then expand its production with the help of modern technology.
O The order is placed by them for small producers to sell these products under their own brand
name to the customers worldwide.
Q. 5. Why do developed countries want developing countries to liberate their trade and
investment? What do you think should the developing countries demand in return?
Ans. Developed countries want developing countries to liberate their trade and investment because
then the MNCs belonging to the developed countries can set up factories in less-expensive
developing nation and could increase their own prots. It would be benecial for them as the
manufacturing price would be lower but the sales price would remain the same.
In my opinion, the developing countries should demand for some sort of protection of domestic
producers against competition from imports in return. Also, charges should be levied on MNCs
planning to set base in developing countries.
Q. 6. “The impact of globalisation has not been uniform”. Explain this statement.
Ans. Let us observe the impact of MNCs on domestic producers and the industrial working class to
verify the truth behind this statement. Small producers of goods such as barriers, capacitors,
plastic toys, tyres, dairy products and vegetable oil have been hit hard by the competition from
cheaper imports. Also, due to the growing competition, the workers are hired on exible wages.
This has reduced their job security. Though efforts are there now to make globalisation ‘fair’ for
all since it has become a worldwide phenomenon.
Q. 7. How has liberalisation of trade and investment policies helped the globalisation process?
Ans. Earlier, several developing countries had placed barriers and restrictions on imports and
investments from abroad to protect domestic production. Nevertheless, to improve the quality
of domestic goods, these countries have therefore removed those barriers. Thus, Liberalisation
is leading to a further spread of globalisation because now business companies are allowed to
make their own decisions on imports and exports. This has led to a deeper integration of national
economies into one business as a whole.
Q. 8. How does foreign trade lead to integration of markets across countries? Explain with an
example other than those given here.
Ans. Foreign trade provides opportunities for both producers and buyers to reach beyond the markets
of their own countries. Goods travel from one country to another which creates competition
among producers of various countries as well as options for buyers. Thus foreign trade leads to
integration of markets across countries.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
474
For example, during Diwali season, buyers in India have option of choosing between Indian and
Chinese decorative lights and bulbs. So this provides an opportunity to expand business.
Q. 9. Globalisation will continue in the future. Can you imagine what the world would be like
twenty years from now? Give reasons for your answer.
Ans. After twenty years, world would undergo a positive change and enhanced human resource
efciency which will possess the following features- healthy competition, improved productive
efciency, increased volume of output, income and employment better living standards, greater
availability of information and modern technology.
Reason for the views given above –
These are the favourable factors for globalisation –
O Availability of human resources both quantitative and qualitative.
O Broad resource and industrial base of major countries.
O Growing entrepreneurship
O Growing domestic market.
Q. 10. Suppose you nd two people arguing: One is saying globalisation has hurt our country’s
development. The other is telling, globalisation is helping India develop. How would you
respond to these arguments?
Ans. Following are the benets of globalisation in India:
O There is an increase in the volume of trade in goods and services.
O It has led to the rise of quality product.
O There is an inow of private foreign capital and export orientation of the economy.
O There is an increase in volume of output, income and employment.
Though there are also some negative impacts of globalisation. They are as follows:
O It might not help in achieving sustainable growth.
O It might not lead to lessening of income inequalities among various countries.
O It might lead to aggravation of income inequalities within countries.
Whatever may the fear or negative impact of globalisation be, it feels that it has now become a
process which is catching the fancy of more and more nations. Therefore, we must become ready
to accept globalisation with grace and also maximise economic gains from the world market.
Q. 11. Fill in the blanks.
Indian buyers have a greater choice of goods than they did two decades back. This is closely
associated with the process of globalisation. Markets in India are selling goods produced in many
other countries. This means there is increasing trade with other countries. Moreover, the rising
number of brands that we see in this market might be produced by MNCs in India because of
cheaper production costs. While consumers have more choices in the market, the effect of rising
demand and purchasing power has meant greater competition among the producers.
(i) MNCs buy at cheap rates from small producer (a) Automobiles
(ii) Quotas and taxes on imports are used to (b) Garments, footwear, sports
regulate trade items.
(iii) Indian companies who have invested abroad (c) Call centres
(iv) IT has helped in spreading of production of services (d) Tata motors, Infosys, Ranbaxy
(v) Several MNCs have invested in setting up factories (e) Trade barriers
in India for production
Ans. (i) b, (ii) e, (iii) d, (iv) c, (v) a
Q. 13. Choose the most appropriate option.
(i) The past two decades of globalisation has seen rapid movements in

(a) goods, services and people between countries.
(b) goods, services and investments between countries.
(c) goods, services and people between countries.
Ans. (b) goods, services and investments between countries.
(ii) The most common route for investments by MNCs in countries around the world is to
(a) set up new factories
(b) buy existing local companies.
(c) form partnerships with local companies
Ans. (b) buy existing local companies
(iii) Globalisation has led to improvement in living conditions
(a) of all the people
(b) of people in the developed countries.
(c) of workers in the developing countries.
(d) none of the above
Ans. (d) none of the above.

Q. 1. What is Globalisation? [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Globalisation is the process of rapid integration or interconnection between countries.
Q. 2. How are Indian markets transformed with Globalisation?
Ans. The latest models of digital cameras, mobile phones and televisions made by the leading
manufacturers of the world are within everyone’s reach. We would not have found such a wide
variety of goods in Indian markets even two decades back. In a matter of years, our markets
have been transformed.
Q. 3. What is an MNC?
Ans. A multinational company is a company that owns or controls production in more than one nation.
Q. 4. How are MNCs able to gain greater prots?
Ans. MNCs set up ofces and factories for production in regions where they can get cheap labour and
other resources. This is done so that the cost of production is low and the MNCs can earn greater
prots.
Q. 5. Which regions are favourable for MNCs to set up production?
Ans. MNCs set up production where it is close to the markets, where there is skilled and unskilled
labour available at low costs and where the availability of other factors of production is assured.
Q. 6. What do you understand by the term ‘Investment’?
Ans. The money that is spent to buy assets such as land, buildings, machines and other equipments
is called ‘Investment’ which would later fetch them profits.
Q. 7. What is the most common route for MNC’s investment?
Ans. The most common route for MNC’s investment is to buy up local companies and then expand the
production. MNCs with huge wealth can do so quite easily.
Q. 8. How were Parakh foods purchased by an American MNC?
Ans. Cargill Foods, a very large American MNC, has taken over a smaller Indian company Parakh Foods.
Parakh foods had ve oil reneries, whose control has now shifted to Cargill, who is now the
largest producer of edible oils.
Q. 9. Give examples of industries where production is carried out by a large number of small
producers around the world.
Ans. Garments, footwear and sports items are examples of industries where production is carried out
by a large number of small producers around the world.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
476
Q. 10. How are MNCs interacting with local companies in spreading their production?
Ans. There are variety of ways—By setting up partnerships with local companies, by using the local
companies for supplies and by closely competing with the local companies or buying them up.
Q. 11. What is the basic function of foreign trade? [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. Foreign trade creates an opportunity for the producers to reach beyond the domestic markets,
i.e., markets of their own countries. Producers can sell their produce not only in markets located
within the country but can also compete in markets located in other countries of the world.
Q. 12. Why are Chinese toys so popular in India?
Ans. Buyers in India now have the option of choosing between Indian and Chinese toys. Because of the
cheaper prices and new designs, Chinese toys became more popular in the Indian markets.
Q. 13. Give one advantage to China and disadvantage to India with import of Chinese toys.
Ans. For Chinese toy makers, this provides an opportunity to expand business. Whereas Indian toy
makers face losses, as their toys are selling much less.
Q. 14. How does foreign trade connect markets?
Ans. Choice of goods in the market rises. Prices of similar goods in the two markets tend to become
equal. Producers in the two countries now closely compete against each other even though they
are separated by thousands of miles. Foreign trade, thus, results in connecting the markets.
Q. 15. Explain the role of MNCs in globalisation.
Ans. MNCs are playing a major role in the globalisation process. More and more goods and services,
investment and technology are moving between countries.
Q. 16. What is the contribution of improvement in transport technology to stimulate the era of
globalisation?
Ans. For the past fty years, there have been several improvements in transportation technology. This
has made much faster delivery of goods across long distances possible at lower costs.
Q. 17. What is the contribution of information and communication technology in the era of
globalisation?
Ans. In recent times, technology in the areas of telecommunication, computers, internet has been
changing rapidly. Telecommunication facilities like telegraph, telephone, mobile, fax, etc., help to
communicate in remote areas also.
Q. 18. If Indian Government puts a tax on import of toys, how would it affect the import of
chinese toys?
Ans. Those who wish to import these toys will have to pay tax on this. Because of the tax, buyers will
have to pay a higher price on imported toys. Chinese toys will no longer be as cheap in the Indian
markets and imports from China will automatically reduce. Indian toy makers will prosper in this
situation.
Q. 19. What is a ‘trade barrier’?
Ans. Tax on imports by the Government is called ‘trade barrier’. It is called a barrier because some
restrictions have been set up.
Q. 20. Why do Governments use trade barriers?
Ans. Governments can use trade barriers to increase or decrease (regulate) foreign trade and to decide
what kinds of goods and how much of each should come into the country.
Q. 21. Why did Indian Government after independence put barriers to foreign trade and foreign
investment?
Ans. This was considered necessary to protect the producers within the country from foreign
competition. Industries were just coming up and competition from imports at that stage would
not have allowed these industries to come up.
Q. 22. After independence, which items were allowed to be imported?
Ans. After independence, imports of only essential items such as machinery, fertilisers, petroleum,
etc., were allowed to be imported.

Q. 23. What does the term ‘liberalisation’ mean?
Ans. Removing barriers or restrictions set by the government is known as ‘liberalisation’.
Q. 24. How does liberalisation policy help in trade?
Ans. With liberalisation of trade, businesses are allowed to make decisions freely about what they wish
to import or export. The government imposes much less restrictions than before and is, therefore,
said to be more liberal.
Q. 25. What is WTO?
Ans. It is World Trade Organisation which monitors the liberalisation of trade at international level.
Q. 26. What was the main aim of formation of World Trade Organization? [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. The main aim of formation of WTO is to liberalise international trade.
Q. 27. What role does WTO play to liberalise trade?
Ans. WTO was started at the initiative of the developed countries. WTO establishes rules regarding
international trade, and sees whether rules are obeyed or not.
Q. 28. What is tariff? Why is it imposed on goods?
Ans. Tariff is a tax imposed on imported goods and services. Tariffs are used to restrict trade, as they
increase the price of imported goods and services, making them more expensive to consumers.
Q. 29. How has globalisation beneted well-of buyers?
Ans. There is greater choice before these consumers who now enjoy improved quality and lower prices
for several products. As a result, these people today, enjoy much higher standards of living than
was possible earlier.
Q. 30. In which specic industries are MNCs interested?
Ans. MNCs have been interested in industries such as cell phones, automobiles, electronics, soft drinks,
fast food or services such as banking in urban areas.
Q. 31. What are the advantages of products and services produced by MNCs?
Ans. These products have a large number of well off buyers. In these industries and new services, new
jobs have been created. Also, local companies supplying raw material to these industries have
prospered.
Q. 32. What are SEZs?
Ans. SEZ is a special economic zone of a country that is subject to unique economic regulations that
differ from other areas in the same country. These regulations tend to be conducive to foreign
direct investment. Conducting business is an SEZ typically implies that the company will receive
tax incentives and the opportunity to pay lower tariffs.
Q. 33. What are the advantages of SEZ to MNCs?
Ans. Companies who set up production units in the SEZs do not have to pay taxes for an initial period
of ve years. Government has allowed exibility in the labour laws to attract foreign investment.
Q. 34. Why are ‘Special Economic Zones’ being set up by Central and State Governments in
India? [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. Special economic zones are being set up by central and state government to attract foreign
companies to invest in India.
Q. 35. How have top Indian Companies been benetted in competition from MNCs?
Ans. They have invested in newer technology and production methods and raised their production
standards. Some have gained from successful collaborations with foreign companies.
Q. 36. In which products, small manufacturers were hit hard?
Ans. Batteries, capacitors, plastics, toys, tyres, dairy products and vegetable oil are some examples of
industries where the small manufacturers have been hit hard due to competition.
Q. 37. How can you say that workers’ jobs in MNCs are not secured?
Ans. Globalisation and the pressure of competition have substantially changed the lives of workers.
Faced with growing competition, most employers these days prefer to employ workers ‘exibly’.
This means that workers’ jobs are no longer secure.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
478
Q. 38. How can government ensure fair globalisation in India?
Ans. The government can play a major role in making this possible. The government can ensure that
labour laws are properly implemented and the workers get their rights. If necessary, government
can use trade and investment barriers.
Q. 39. Which is the most common route for investment by MNCs in countries around the world?
Ans. To buy up local companies and then to expand production.
Q. 40. Differentiate between investment and foreign investment. [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
Ans. Difference between investment and foreign investment: The money that is spend to buy assets
(land, building, machines and other equipment) is called investment, while the investment made
by the MNCs is called foreign investment.
Q. 41. Why do MNCs set up their ofces and factories in those regions where they get cheap
labour and other resources? [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. MNCs set up their ofce and factories in those regions where they get cheap labour and other
resource because of—
(i) Low cost of production.
(ii) They can earn greater prots.
Q. 42. Due to which reason the latest models of different items are available within our reach?
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Due to globalization, the latest models of digital camera, mobile phone, TV, etc are available with
us.

Q. 1. Under what conditions do MNCs set up production units?
OR
Examine any three conditions which should be taken care of by multinational companies
to set up their production units. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
OR
Describe any ve factors that promote the Multinational Corporations (MNCs) to setup
their production units in a particular place. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. MNCs set up production units on the basis of:
(i) proximity to the markets;
(ii) availability of skilled and unskilled labour at low cost;
(iii) availability of other factors of production is assured; and
(iv) government policies that look after their interests.
(v) developed infrastructure
(vi) safety measures. ( Any fve)
Q. 2. What are the basic functions of foreign trade?
Ans. O Foreign trade creates an opportunity for the produces to reach beyond the domestic markets.
O Producers can sell their produce not only in markets located within the country but can also
compete in markets located in other countries of the world.
O For the buyers, import of goods produced in another country is one way of expanding the
choice of goods beyond what is domestically produced.
Q. 3. What do you mean by liberalisation of foreign trade?
Ans. (i) Removing barriers or restrictions set by the government is known as liberalisation.
(ii) With the liberalisation of trade, businesses are allowed to make decisions freely about what
they wish to import or export.
(iii) The government imposes lesser restrictions than before and is therefore, said to be more
liberal.
Q. 4. What is the role of WTO in international trade?
Ans. (i) WTO’s aim is to liberalise international trade.
(ii) It establishes rules regarding international trade and sees that these rules are obeyed.
(iii) 164 countries of the world are its members currently.
(iv) It is seen that the developed countries have unfairly retained trade barriers. On the other
hand, WTO rules have forced developing countries to remove trade barriers.
Q. 5. What changes do you nd with the arrival of MNCs in the markets?
Ans. O As consumers in today’s world, some of us have wider choice of goods and services before us.
O The latest models of digital cameras, mobile phones and televisions made by the leading
manufacturers of the world are within our reach.
O Every season, new models of automobiles can be seen on the Indian roads.
Q. 6. What are the effects of foreign trade?
Ans. Effects of foreign trade are as follows:
(i) Chinese have started exporting Chinese plastic toys to India.
(ii) Buyers in India now have the option of choosing between Indian and Chinese toys.
(iii) Because of the cheaper prices and new designs, Chinese toys have become more popular in
the Indian markets.
In the competition between Indian and Chinese toys, Chinese toys prove better. With the result,
Indian toy-makers face losses, as their toys are selling less.
Q. 7. What are MNCs?
Ans. (i) An MNC is a company that owns or controls production in more than one nation.
(ii) These companies set up ofces and factories for production in regions where they can get
cheap labour and other resources.
(iii) This is done to ensure that the cost of production remains low and MNCs can earn greater prots.
Q. 8. What is investment? How is foreign investment different from it?
Ans. The money that is spent to buy assets such as land, building, machines and other equipment is
called investment.
Investment made by MNCs is called foreign investment. Every investment is made with the hope
that the assets will earn prots for these companies.
Q. 9. What are the benets of MNCs’ production to the local companies?
OR
Which two benets local companies get when they set up production in association with
MNCs?
OR
How are ‘local companies’ beneted by collaborating with ‘multinational companies’ ?
Evaluate any three benets. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. (i) MNCs can provide money for additional investments, like buying new machines for faster
production.
(ii) MNCs might bring with them the latest technology for production.
(iii) MNCs also buy some local companies to expand production, since they have wealth exceeding the
entire budgets of some of the developing countries.
Q. 10. How are MNCs spreading their production across the globe?
Ans. There are variety of ways in which the MNCs are spreading their production across the globe such
as:
(i) setting up partnerships with the local companies;
(ii) using the local companies for supplies; and
Xam idea
Social Science–X
480
(iii) closely competing with the local companies or buying them.
As a result, production in these widely dispersed locations is getting interlinked.
Q. 11. Why are trade barriers imposed on the foreign trade and investment in a country? Explain
with the help of two illustrations. [CBSE Sample Paper 2017 ]
Ans. Trade barriers are used by the governments –
(i) To increase, decrease or regulate foreign trade.
(ii) To decide what kinds of goods and how much of each, should come into the country.
(iii) To protect the producers within the country from foreign competition.
Q. 12. What is the role of MNCs in the globalisation process?
Ans. O MNCs are playing a major role in the globalisation process.
O More and more goods and services, investments and technology are moving between countries.
O Most regions of the world are in closer contact with each other than a few decades back.
Q. 13. Besides the movement of goods, what are the ways in which countries can be linked?
Ans. (i) Besides the movement of goods, services, investment and technology, there is one more way
in which the countries can be connected.
(ii) It is done through the movement of people between countries.
(iii) People usually move from one country to another in search of better income, better jobs or
better education.
Q. 14. How is foreign trade interlinking markets of different countries? Explain with example.
[CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Foreign trade has interlinked markets of different countries.
(i) Foreign trade has been the main channel connecting countries.
(ii) Foreign trade creates an opportunity for the producers to reach beyond the domestic markets.
(iii) Producers can sell their produce in local and foreign market.
(iv) It is one way of expanding the choice of goods.
(v) Choice of goods in the markets rises.
(vi) Prices of similar goods in the two markets tend to become equal.
(vii) Close competition with each other.
Q. 15. What is the impact of globalisation on the consumers of India?
Ans. (i) Globalisation and greater competition among producers—both local and foreign—have been
of advantage to consumers, particularly the well-off sections in the urban areas.
(ii) There is a greater choice before these consumers who now enjoy improved quality and lower
prices for several products.
(iii) As a result, these people today enjoy much higher standards of living than was possible
earlier.
Q. 16. Which Indian companies have become MNCs with the competition in globalisation?
Ans. (i) Several of the top Indian companies have been able to benet from the increased competition.
(ii) They have invested in newer technology and production methods and raised their production
standards.
(iii) Globalisation has enabled some large companies to emerge as multinationals themselves
like Tata Motors (automobiles), Infosys (IT), Ranbaxy (Medicines), Asian Paints (paints),
Sundaram Fastners (nuts and bolts) are some Indian companies which are spreading their
operations worldwide.
Q. 17. Explain by giving examples that Multinational Corporations (MNCs) are spreading their
productions in different ways. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Multinational Corporations are spreading their productions in different ways:
(i) By setting up partnership with local companies.

(ii) By placing orders with local companies. For example, Garments, Footwear, Sports items, etc.
(iii) By closely competing with the local companies.
(iv ) By buying local companies- For example, Cargill buying Parakh foods in India.
Q. 18. How are companies providing services benetted by globalisation?
Ans. (i) Globalisation has also created new opportunities for companies providing services,
particularly those involving IT.
(ii) There are Indian companies which are producing magazines for the London-based companies
and call centres are also existing due to globalisation only.
(iii) Besides, a host of services such as data entry, accounting, administrative tasks, engineering
are now being done cheaply in developing countries such as India and are exported to the
Q. 19. Analyze the Impact of globalization. [CBSE Sample Paper 2017 ]
Ans. Positive
(i) Wide variety of good is now available to the consumers.
(ii) New jobs are created in industries.
(iii) Local companies have prospered through supplying raw materials to the industries.
(iv) Top Indian companies have benetted for successful collaborations with foreign companies.
Negative
(i) Globalization has led to the annihilation of small producers who face stiff competition from
cheaper imports.
(ii) Workers no longer have job security as they are employed ‘exibly’.
(iii) It may lead to greater dependence of underdeveloped countries on advanced countries.
Q. 20. Chinese toys have taken over the Indian toy market due to globalization and promotion of
international trade leading to huge losses to Indian toy manufacturers. Do you think the
mantra of “Boycott and Swadeshi” would be of any help today? Why or why not?
Ans. We cannot deny the fact that Chinese toys have taken over the Indian toy market due to promotion
of international trade and globalisation leading to huge losses to the Indian toy manufactures. In
spite of this, ‘Boycott and Swadeshi’ mantra won’t help because
(a) With lifting of trade barriers, import and export of foreign goods have become easier and
markets of native countries are ooded with foreign products.
(b) Prices of foreign products especially the Chinese items like toys are cheap and have a great
variety to attract customers.
(c) Swadeshi and Boycott movements were relevant and worked because of the movement for
Independence of our country. Today, the circumstances are different. Technology has made
its mark. Foreign goods increase the revenue for the native countries. Moreover, free trade
and marketing needs to be accepted for country’s economic growth.
Q. 21. Classify industries on the basis of capital investment. How are they different from one
another? Explain with examples. [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
Ans. Classication of the industries on the basis of capital investment:
(i) Small Scale industry
(ii) Large Scale industry
Difference:
(i) If the investment is more than one crore on any industry is considered as a large scale
industry , for example, Iron and Steel Industry/Cement Industry.
(ii) While the investment is less than one crore on an industry is considered as a small scale
industry, for example, Plastic industry, Toy industry.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
482
Q. 22. ‘Barriers on foreign trade and foreign investment were removed to a large extent in India
since 1991.’ Justify the statement. [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
Ans. Removal of barriers on foreign trade and foreign investment:
(i) Barriers on foreign trade and foreign investment were partially removed.
(ii) Goods could be improved and exported easily.
(iii) Foreign companies could set up factories and ofces here.
(iv ) Opportunities for Indian producers to compete with producers around the globe.
Q. 23. “A wide ranging choice of goods are available in the Indian markets.” Support the statement
with examples in context of globalisation. [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
OR
“In a matter of years, Indian markets have been transformed with wide ranging choice of
goods.” Support the statement with examples. [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. We have a wide variety of goods and services before us in the market.
(i) The latest models of the digital cameras, mobile phones and televisions made by leading
manufacturers of the world are available in the market.
(ii) Every season, new models of automobiles can be seen on Indian roads.
(iii) Today Indians are buying cars produced by nearly all the top companies in the world.
(iv ) A similar explosion of brands can be seen for many other goods.
Q. 24. “Cheap and affordable credit is crucial for the country’s development.” Assess the
statement. [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
Ans. Cheap and affordable credit is crucial:
(i) Many people want to start an enterprise by borrowing may not do because of high cost of
borrowing.
(ii) Banks and cooperative societies need to lend more.
(iii) This would lead to higher income and many people could then borrow at cheap rates for a
variety of needs.
(iv ) They could grow crops, do business or set up small scale industries.
Q. 25. “Globalisation and greater competition among producers has been of advantage to
consumers.” Justify the statement with examples. [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
OR
Describe any ve advantages to consumers due to globalisation and greater competition
among producers. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Globalisation and competition among producers are benecial to consumers:
Globalisation and greater competition among producers, both local and foreign producers have
been of advantage to consumers.
(i) There is a greater choice before consumers along with competitive price.
(ii) Then enjoy improved quality and lower prices for several products.
(iii) They enjoy much higher standards of living that was possible earlier.
(iv ) Strengthening of Consumer Rights like – Right to Information, Right to Choose, Right to be
Heard, and Right to Seek Redressal has been given to consumers.
(v ) Legal rights of consumers have become more effective.
Q. 26. Why had the Indian government put barriers to foreign trade and foreign investments
after independence? Analyse the reasons. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Indian government has put barriers to foreign trade and foreign investments after independence
because:
(i) It wanted to protect the producers within the country from foreign competition.

(ii) As the industries were just coming
coming up in 1950s and 1960s, the competition from inputs at
that stage would not have allowed these industries to come up.
(iii) Indian allowed imports
imports of only essential items such
such as machinery fertilizers, petroleum, etc.
Q. 27
27.. How does foreign trade integrate the markets of different countries? Explain with
examples. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Integration of Foreign markets:
(i) Producers reach beyond the domestic market.
market.
(ii) Producers compete with
with markets located in other countries of the world
world
(iii) There is expansion of choice of goods
goods beyond the domestic
domestic market.
(iv ) Produces in the two countries
countries closely compete
compete against each other.
other.

Q. 1. Describe any four benets of globalisation to the Indian economy. economy. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Globalisation has benetted
benetted Indian economy:
(i) Local companies supplying raw materials, etc. to these industries have prospered. Several of
the top Indian companies have been able to benet from the increased competition.
(ii) Investment in newer technology and production methods has raised their production
standards. Some industries have gained from successful collaborations with foreign
companies. It has enabled some large Indian companies to emerge as multinationals.
(iii) It has also created new opportunities for companies providing services, particularly those
involving IT and many new jobs have been created in industries.
(iv) Host of services such as data entry, accounting, administrative tasks, and engineering are now
being done cheaply in countries such as India and are exported to the developed countries.
Q. 2. Which factors have stimulated the globalisation process? process?
Ans. The following factors have stimulated
stimulated the globalisation process.
(i) Improvement in transportation:
transportation: In
In the last fty years, there have been a lot of improvements
in transportation technology. This has made faster delivery of goods across long distances
possible, at lower costs.
(ii) Development in information and communication technology: Technology in the areas
of telecommunication and computers has been advancing rapidly.
(iii) Teleco
Telecommunication:
mmunication: Telecommunication facilities like telephone, telegraph, mobiles,
fax are used to connect people in the world. This has been made possible due to satellite
communication devices.
(iv) Computers: They have now entered almost in every eld of activity. In the amazing world of
internet, we can obtain and share information on almost anything.
(v) Internet: Internet also allows us to send instant electronic mail (e-mail) and talk (voice mail)
across the world at negligible cost. Even the payment of money from one bank to another can
be made through e-banking.
Q. 3.
3. How was the liberalisation policy gradually adopted in India? India?
Ans. O After Independence, the Indian government had put barriers on foreign trade and foreign
investment.
O Initially, Indian industries were just coming up after Independence, so competition from
imports wouldn’t have allowed these industries to come up.
O In 1999, the government decided that the time had come for Indian producers to compete with
the producers around the globe.
O It was felt that competition would improve the performance of domestic producers since they
would improve the quality of their products.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
484
O Thus, barriers on foreign trade and foreign investment were removed to a large extent.
Now, goods could be imported and exported easily and foreign companies could also set up
factories and ofces here.
Q. 4.
4. How do MNCs manage the production in other countries? countries?
Ans. (i) MNCs not only sell their nished products globally, but also produce the goods and services
globally.
(ii) As a result, production
production is organised in increasingly complex
complex ways.
(iii) The production process
process is divided into small
small parts and spread out across
across the globe.
(iv) For example, China provides the advantage
advantage of being a cheap manufacturing
manufacturing location. Mexico
and Eastern Europe are useful for their closeness to the markets in the US and Europe.
(v) India has highly skilled engineers, who can understand the technical aspects of production.
It also has educated English-speaking youth, who can provide customer care services. And all
this probably can mean 50-60 per cent cost savings for the MNCs.
Q. 5. Describe the problems created by globalisation for small small producers andand workers.
[CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Problems created by globalizations for Small Producers and Workers Workers
(i) Tough competition with the Big Companies.
(ii) Several
Several small units are being shut down.
(iii) Unemployme
Unemployment nt of Workers.
(iv) Insecurity of Job.
(v) Small producers and exporters try hard to cut their cost due to competition.
(vi) Workers
Workers are hired on temporary basis.
(vii) Workers have to put in long working hours and work night shifts.
(viii) Wages are low and forced to work overtime.
(ix) Workers are denied their fair share of benets brought about by globalisation.
Q. 6. How did Ford Motors, an MNC, set its foot in India? India?
Ans. (i) Ford Motors, an American company, is one of the world’s largest automobile manufacturers
with production spread over
over twenty-six countries ofof the world.
(ii) It came to India in 1995 and spent ` 1,700 crore to set up a large plant near Chennai.
(iii) This was done in collaboration
collaboration with Mahindra andand Mahindra, a major Indian manufacturer
manufacturer of
jeeps and trucks.
(iv) By the year 2014, Ford Motors was selling 77 77,000
,000 cars in the Indian markets, while another
77,000 cars were exported from India to South Africa, Mexico and Brazil.
(v) The company wanted to develop develop Ford India as a component supplying base for its other
plants across the globe.
Q. 7.
7. What is globalisation? What is the role of MNCs in the globalisation process?
(i) MNCs are playing a major
major role in the globalisation
globalisation process.
(ii) More and more goods and services, investments and technology are moving between
countries.
(iii) Most regions of the world are in closer contact
contact with each other than a few
few decades back.
Q. 8.
8. What are the various ways ways in which
which countries cancan be linked?
Ans. Besides the movement of goods, services, investments
investments and technology, there is one more way in
which the countries can be linked.
(i) This is through the movement of people between countries.
(ii) People usually move
move from one country to another in search
search of better income, better
better jobs or
better education.
(iii) In the past few decades, however,
however, there has not been much increase in the movement of
people between countries due to various restrictions.
Q. 9.
9. How did rapid improvement
improvement in technology
technology stimulate the globalisation process?
process?
OR
Describe the contribution of technology in promoting the process of globalisation.
[CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. (i) For the past fty years,
years, several improvements
improvements in transportation technology have been made.
It has helped in the faster delivery of goods across long distances at lower costs.
(ii) Even more remarkable have been the developments in information and commun communicatio
ication
n
technology. Technology in the areas of telecommunications, computers, internet has been
changing rapidly.
(iii) Telecommunication facilities like telegrap
telegraph,
h, telephon
telephonee including mobile phones or fax, etc.,
are used to contact one another around the world to access information instantly and to
communicate from remote areas.
(iv) There is an amazing world of internet, where we can obtain and share information on almost
anything we want to know. Internet also allows us to send instant electronic mail and talk
across the world at negligible costs.
Q. 10. In what ways has competition affected workers, Indian exporters and foreign MNCs in the
garment industry?
Ans. (i) Large MNCs in the garmentgarment industry in Europe and America
America get their
their products from Indian
Indian
exporters.
(ii) These large MNCs with worldwide
worldwide network look for the cheapest
cheapest goods in order to maximise
maximise
their prots.
(iii) To get these large orders, Indian garment exporters
exporters try hard to cut their own costs.
costs.
(iv) Earlier, a factory used to employ workers on permanent basis. Now they employ workers only
on a temporary basis, so that they do not have to pay workers for the whole year.
(v) Workers also have to put in very long working hours. They have to work in night shifts on a
regular basis during the peak season.
(vi) Wages are low and workers are forced to work overtime to make make both ends meet.
(vii) While this competition among the garment exporters has allowed the MNCs to make large
prots, workers are denied their fair share of benets brought about by globalisation.
Q. 11. “The impact of globalization has not been uniform. uniform.”” Demonstrate with the help of
illustrations. [CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Ans. Since its introduction, globalisation of the Indian economy
economy has come a long way. While globalisation
has beneted well-off consumers and also producers with skill, education and wealth, many small
producers and workers have suffered as a result of the rising competition.
O Now people have wide range of products with improved quality and lower prices. They are
enjoying much higher standards of living than earlier.
O Removal of trade barriers and liberalization policies of the governments to facilitate
globalization have hit the local producers and manufacturers hard.
Illustration: MNCs have increased their investments in India over the past 20 years, which
means investing in India has been benecial for them. MNCs have been interested in industries
such as cell phones, automobiles, electronics, soft drinks, fast food or services such as banking
in urban areas. These products
products have a large number of well-off buyers. In these industries
industries and
services, new jobs have been created. Also, local companies supplying raw materials, etc. to these
industries have prospered.
O Globalisation and the pressure of competition have substantially changed the lives of workers.
Faced with growing competition, most employers these days prefer to employ workers
‘exibly’. This means that workers’ jobs are no longer secure.
Illustration: Batteries, capacitors, plastics, toys, tyres, dairy products, and vegetable oil are some
examples of industries where the small manufacturers have been hit hard due to competition.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
486
Several of the units have shut down rendering many workers jobless. The small industries in India
employ the largest number of workers (20 million) in the country, next only to agriculture.
Q. 12. What is globalisation? Describe the role of Multinational Corporations (MNCs) in
promoting globalisation process. [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
OR
Analyse the importance of multinational companies in the globalisation process.
[CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
MNCs play an important role in the globalisation process.
O They compete with the local producers
p roducers directly even after being miles apart, thus integrating
the markets.
O Their working leads to exchange of investments and products which leads ti interconnection
between diverse countries.
O MNCs control production in more than one country.
O They collaborate with smaller industries helping them to be more protable.
O Being economically afuent they are able to make investments in various countries.
O They are also technically advanced promoting globalization.
O They offer higher income, better jobs and better education.
O More goods are available globally at a cheaper rate and a good quality.
O They provide greater opportunity of choices.
The role of MNCs in the process of globalisation can further be understood through the following
ve examples:
1. MNCs have led to the availability of products from all over the world in any country
country.. For
example, in India, corporations
corporations like Ford and Hyundai have led to a greater availability of cars
from other countries.
2. MNCs from developing countries are also increasing their presence in developed countries.
For example, Tata Tea purchased Tetley, a tea brand in Britain a few years ago.
3. They have led to a greater movement of labour across the world. For example, Indian software
engineers working in TCS go to U.S. for work.
4. MNCs have increased the inow of education and foreign capital across different countries.
For example, when a corporation like General Electric invests in India, it brings in capital
from abroad.
5. They have led to more transfer of education and technology across the countries. For example,
Samsung brings in more advanced technology for manufacturing electronics into countries
like India.
Q. 13. Describe the impact of globalisation on Indian economy with examples.
[CBSE (AI) 2016, CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
OR
Analyse any ve positive effects of globalisation on the Indian economy economy.. [CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
OR
Describe the impact of Globalisation on Indian economy economy.. [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. Positive effects of Globalisation :
(i) Globalisation
Globalisation has brought greater competition among producers – both local and foreign
producers has been of advantage to consumers particularly the well-off sections in the urban
areas.
(ii) There is greater choice before consumers. They enjoy improve quality at lower prices.
(iii) People today, enjoy much higher standard
standardss of living.

(iv)Local companies supplying raw material have prospered.
(v)The top Indian companies have been able to benet from increased competition.
(vi)Some Indian companies have gained from successful collaboration with foreign companies.
(vii)MNCs have increased their investments in India over the past 20 years, especially in cell
phones, automobiles, electronics, soft drinks etc.
(viii) Many Indian companies have emerged as Multi Nationals themselves. Example- Tata Motors,
Infosys, Ranbaxy, Asian Paints etc.
(ix) Globalisation
Globalisation has created opportunities for new jobs.
(x) Wide variety of good are now available to the consumers.
(xi) Improved quality of products.
(xii) Lower prices of commodities.
(xiii) Higher standard of living for people.
(xiv) Globalization may not help in achieving sustainable development. It may lead to widening
of income inequalities among various countries. It may lead to greater dependence of under
developed countries on advanced countries .
Q. 14. Describe the major problems created by the globalization for f or a large number of small
producers and workers. [CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Globalization for small producers and workers
(i) It may lead to widening
widening of income inequalities
inequalities among various
various countries
(ii) Workers jobs are no longer secure.
(iii) Expansion of unorgani
unorganized
zed sector.
(iv ) Small manufacturers have
have been hit hard due to severe competition.
competition.
(v ) Several units have
have been shut down rendering
rendering many workers jobless.
(vi) Lives of workers
workers are on the whims of employers.
employers.
(vii) Workers are denied their fair share of benets.

Q. 1. What is liberalisation? Describe
Describe any four effects of liberalisation on the Indian economy.
economy.
[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. Liberalisation means:
Removing barriers or restrictions set by the government is known as liberlisation:
Impacts of Liberalisation:
(i) Competition would improve the performance of producers within the country.
(ii) Barriers on foreign trade and foreign investment were removed to a large extent. This meant
that goods could be imported and exported easily.
(iii) Foreign companies could set up factories and ofces to boost up production.
(iv) It allows to make decisions freely
freely..
(v) The competition would improve the performance of producers within the country since they
have to improve their quality.
Q. 2.
2. In what ways
ways do MNCs
MNCs control production of local companies?
companies?
Ans. (i) Large MNCs in developed
developed countries
countries place
place orders for production
production with small producers.
producers.
(ii) Garments, footwear, sports items are examples of industries where production is carried out
by a large number of small producers around the world.
(iii) The products are supplied to the MNCs, which then sell these products under their own brand
names to the customers.
(iv) These larger MNCs have tremendous power to determine price, quality, delivery and labour
conditions for these distant producers.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
488
Q. 3. “Only fair globalisation can give, new shape to the world economy. economy.”” Explain.
OR
How can globalisation be made more fair?
OR
Evaluate the measures to make globalisation more fair. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. (i) Fair globalisation would create opportunities
opportunities for all, and also ensure that the benets of
globalisation are shared better.
(ii) The government can play a major rolerole in making this possible. ItIt needs to frame policies for
all.
(iii) Government can ensure that labour lawslaws are properly implemented
implemented and the workers
workers get their
rights. Benets of globalisation are shared better.
(iv) It can support small producers to improve their performance till the time they become strong
enough to compete.
(v) It can negotiate at the WTO
WTO for fairer rules. Massive companies and and representation related
related to
trade and investment at WTO can be encouraged.
(vi) It can also align with other
other developing countries
countries with similar interests to ght against the
domination of developed countries in the WTO.
(vii) If necessary,
necessary, the government use trade and investment
investment barriers.
Q. 4. What is WTO? Why it has been formed?
Ans. The World
World Trade Organisation (WTO) is the only International Organisation that deals with the
global rules of trade between nations. Its main role is to help producers of goods and services,
exporters and importers protect and manage their businesses better. It was established in 1995
and its headquarters are in Geneva, Switzerland. At At its heart are the WTO agreements, negotiated
and signed by the bulk of the World’s
World’s trading nations and ratied in their parliaments. Its purpose
is to monitor WTO Trade agreements, facilitate trade negotiations, mediate trade disputes,
monitor international trade policies and provide assistance to developing economies.
Q. 5. Mention any two factors that have enabled globalisation in India. How are Indians
struggling for fair Globalisation? [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. Two factors that have enabled globalization
globalization are:
1. Improved transport, making global travel easier. For example, there has been a rapid growth
in air-travel, enabling
enabling greater movement of people and goods across the globe.
2. Improved technology which makes it easier to communicate and share information around
the world. E.g. internet.
Struggle of Indians for fair globalization :
1. Indian worker are struggling for their rights .
2. Workers are pressurizing the government to ensure that labour laws are properly implemented.
3. Smaller producers are struggling to compete with the MNCs .
4. Indians are pressurizing the government to negotiate at the WTO for the ‘fairer rules’.
5. Workers
Workers are struggling against lack of security of jobs.
6. Workers are ghting for more congenial working hours.
Q. 6.
6. Why have MNCs increased their investment in India?
Ans. (i) MNCs have increased their their investment in India over
over the past few years, which means
means investing
in India has been benecial for them.
(ii) MNCs have been interested in industries such as cellphones, automobiles, electronics, soft
drinks, fast food or services such as banking in urban areas, as these products have a large
number of well-off buyers.
(iii) Since these MNCs are earning prots by selling their products and services, they are increasing
their investment in India.

Q. 7. Explain with an example as to how information
information technology is connected with globalisation.
Ans. (i) Information and communication technology
technology has played a major role in spreading
spreading out
production of services across countries.
(ii) For example, a news magazine published
published for London readers to be designed and printed in
Delhi.
(iii) The text of the magazine is sent through internet to the Delhi ofce.
(iv) The designers in the Delhi ofce get orders on how to design the magazine from the ofce in
London using telecommunicati
telecommunicationon facilities.
(v) The designing is done on a computer. After printing, the magazines are sent by air to London.
(vi) Even the payment for designing and printing from a bank in London to a bank in Delhi is
made instantly through e-banking.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. What is meant by trade barrier?

2. Why do
do MNCs set up their ofces and factories in those regions where they get cheap labour and
other resources?
3. What do you understand by the term ‘WTO’?
‘WTO’?
4. What is an MNC? Give two examples.
5. What are the challenges posed by globalisation?
globalisation?
1. How do MNCs manage to keep the cost of production of their goods low? Explain with example.
2. Why had the various ways in which MNCs set up or control production in other countries?
3. Describe any ve characteristics of WTO.
4. Why did the Indian Government
Government remove barriers to a large extent on foreign trade and foreign
foreign
investment?
5. How have our markets been transformed in recent years. Explain with current examples.
1. What is globalisation? Explain two positive and negative impacts of globalisation.

2. Explain the relation between liberalisation of foreign trade and trade barriers.
3. “Globalisation and greater competition among producers has been advantageous to consumers.
consumers.””
Support the statement with example.
4. Explain in what ways has competition affected
affected workers, Indian exporters and foreign
foreign MNCs in the
garment industry?
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
490
Consumer
5 Rights
CONSUMER AND THE PRODUCERS
Consumers participate in the market when they purchase goods and services that
they need.
Markets do not work in a fair manner when producers are few and powerful whereas
consumers purchase in small amounts and are scattered.
This mainly happens when large companies produce these goods.
At times, false information is passed on through the media, and other sources to
attract consumers.
Therefore, there is a need for rules and regulations to ensure protection for consumers.

CONSUMER MOVEMENT IN INDIA
The consumer movement arose out of dissatisfaction of the consumers as many unfair practices were
being indulged in by the sellers.
It took many years for organisations in India and around the world to create awareness amongst people.
In India, the consumer movement as a ‘social force’ originated with the ne cessity of protecting and
promoting the interests of consumers against unethical and unfair trade practices.
Rampant food shortages, hoarding, black marketing adulteration of food and e dible oil gave birth to the
consumer movement in an organization form in the 1960s.
Till the 1970s, consumer organsiations were largely engaged in writing articles and holding exhibitions.
They formed consumer groups to look into the malpractices in ration shops and overcrowding in the road
passenger transport.
It is quite recent that India witnessed an upsurge in the number of consumer groups.
A major step was taken in 1986 by the Indian government was the enactment of the Consumer Protection
Act 1986, popularly known as COPRA.
RIGHT TO SAFETY RIGHT TO BE INFORMED RIGHT TO CHOOSE
When we buy any commodity, we find certain details on

While using many goods Any consumer who
and services, consumers the packing. receives a service in
have the right to be whatever capacity
capacity,,
protected against the regardless of age, gender
These details are about ingredients used, price, batch no.,
marketing of goods and and nature of services has
date of manufacture, expiry date and address of
delivery of services that the right to choose
manufacturer.
are hazardous to life and whether to continue to
property. receive the service.
On medicines, directions for proper use and information
related to side effects and risks associated with usage of
that medicine.
Producers need to strictly Students have right to
follow the required safety choose the institution
rules and regulations. When we buy garments, instructions for washing are given. where they want to take
up education.
Rules have been made so that manufacturer displays this

Unsafe things may information. It is because consumers have the right to be
cause accident, if they informed. Many a times, a consumer
are defective. is forced to buy things that
they may not wish to and
Consumers can then explain and ask for compensation or he is left with no choice.
replacement if the product proves to be defective.
We do find bad quality
products in the market
because supervision of One can also protest if the goods are sold at more than the
these rules is weak and printed price.
the consumer movement
is also not strong enough.
In October 2005, government of India enacted a law RTI
(Right to Information) which
which ensures all citizens have
have all the
information about the function have of the government.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
492
RIGHT TO SEEK REDRESSAL
Consumers have right to seek redressal against unfair trade

practices and exploitation.
If any damage is done to a consumer

consumer,, he/she has the right
to get compensation depending on the degree of damage.
There are consumer forums and consumer organisation to

protect consumers.
courts.
Under COPRA, a three-tier quasi judicial machinery at the

district, state and national level was set up for redressal of
consumer disputes.
District court deals cases upto ` 20 lakh.
State level court deals cases from ` 20 lakh to ` 1 crore.
National level court deals cases above ` 1 crore.
So, this Act enables us as consumers to have right to

represent in the consumer courts.
STANDARDISATION OF THE PRODUCTS
consumers get assurance of quality while purchasing the goods and services.
their logos provided they follow certain quality standards.
Though these organisations develop quality standards for many pr oducts, it is not
compulsory for all the producers to follow standards.
For the health and safety of consumers or of products of mass consumption like
LPG cylinders, food colours and additives, drinking water, it is mandatory on the part

IMPORTANT TERMS
1. Consumer: A
Consumer: A person who purchases goods and services for personal use.
2. Exploitation: The
Exploitation: The action or fact of treating someone unfairly in order to benefit from
their work.
3. Consumer Right: It
Right: It refers to consumer’s right to safety, to be informed, to choose and
to provide manufacturers with information concerning their products when they make a
purchase.
4. Consumer Movement
Movement is is an effort
ef fort to promote consumer protection through an organised
social movement, which is in many places led by consumer organisations
organisations..
5. Commodity: A
Commodity: A reasonably interchangeable good or material bought and sold freely as
an article of commerce.
6. RTI is
RTI is an Act of the Parliament of India to provide for setting out the practical regime of
right to information for citizens and replaces the erstwhile Freedom of information Act,
2002.
7. MRP: A maximum retail price (MRP) is is a manufacturer calculated price that is the highest
price that can be charged for a product sold in India, the only country which operates an
MRP system. However, retailers may choose to sell products for less than the MRP.
8. Redressal: Grievance Redressal is a management- and governance-related process used
commonly in India. While the term ‘Grievance Redressal’ primarily covers the receipt
and processing of complaints from citizens and consumers, a wider definition includes
actions taken on any issue raised by them to avai availl services
ser vices more effectively.
9. Consumer Forum
Forum is the special purpose court, mainly in India, that deals with cases
regarding consumer disputes and grievances.
grievances. These are judiciary set ups by the government
to protect the consumer rights. Its key function is to maintain the fair practices by the
seller towards consumers.
10. Certification Marks: The marks that indicate the existence of an accepted product
standard and a claim that the manufacturer has tested the product to verify compliance
with that standard.
11. National Consumer
Con sumer Day: The
Day: The National Consumer Day (NCD) is observed every year in
India on December 24 to promote the basic rights of all consumers. On this day, the
Consumer Protection Act, 1986 had received the assent of the President.
12. Consume
Consumerr Protection Act (COPRA)
(COPRA) is is an Act of the Parliament of India enacted in 1986
to protect the interests of consumers in India. It makes provision for the establishment of
consumer councils and other authorities for the settlement of consumers’ disputes and
for matters connected therewith.
NCERT Exercises
Q. 1. Why are rules and regulations required in the marketplace?
marketplace? Illustrate with a few examples.
Ans. Rules and regulations are required in the marketplace to protect consumers.
consumers. Seller often renounces
renounces
responsibility for a low-quality product, cheat in weighing out goods, add extra charges over the
retail prices, and sell defective goods. Therefore, to protect the scattered buyer from powerful
and fewer producers who monopolise markets,
markets, rules and regulations
regulations are needed. For example a
grocery shop owner might sell expired products, and then blame the customer for not checking
the date of expiry before buying the items.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
494
Q. 2. What factors gave birth to the consumer movement in India? Trace its evolution.
Ans. There are many factors that led to the consumer movement in India.
O It began as a ‘social force’ with the need to protect and promote consumer interests against
unfair and unethical trade practices.
O Extreme food shortages, hoarding, black marketing and adulteration of food led to the
consumer movement becoming an organised arena in the 1960s.
O Till the 1970s, consumer organisations were mostly busy writing articles and holding
exhibitions.
O More recently there has been an upsurge in the number of consumer groups who have shown
concern towards ration shop malpractices and overcrowding of public transport vehicles.
O In 1986, the Indian government enacted the Consumer Protection Act, also known as COPRA.
This was a major step in the consumer movement in India.
Q. 3. Explain the need for consumer consciousness by giving two examples.
Ans. Consumer Consciousness is being aware of your right as a consumer while buying any goods or
services.
Example:
O It is common to see consumers bargaining with sellers for additional discounts below the MRP.
O Because of conscious consumers, most of the sweet shops do not include the weight of the
container when they weigh sweets.
Q. 4. Mention a few factors which cause exploitation of consumers.
Ans. The factors which cause exploitation of consumers are as follows –
O Producers are always looking for easy prots. Adulterated or low-quality goods have less
production costs, and if the consumer if unaware or illiterate, it becomes easier to cheat
him/her.
O Also, shopkeepers brush off their responsibility by claiming that the manufacturer is to be
blamed. Consumer feels helpless in this situation.
O Often when the consumers are known not to check the retail price of a commodity on its
packing, sellers add extra charges to the same. In its places where there is no awareness of
consumer rights and the COPRA, consumer exploitation is rampant.
Q. 5. What is the rationale behind the enactment of Consumer Protection Act 1986?
Ans. The rationale behind the Consumer Protection Act of 1986 is to protect the consumer against
unethical and unfair trade practices.
It set up a separate department of consumer affairs in Central and State governments and it has
enabled us as consumers to have the right to represent in a consumer court.
Q. 6. Describe some of your duties as consumers if you visit a shopping complex in your locality.
Ans. Some of my duties as a consumer are:
O To check the expiry date of the product I wish to purchase.
O To pay only the maximum retail price printed on the goods.
O Preventing shopkeepers from duping me with defective products.
O Registering a complaint with a consumer forum or court in case a seller refuses to take
responsibility for an adulterated or awed product.
Q. 7. Suppose you buy bottle of honey and a biscuit packet. Which logo or mark you have to look
for and why?
Ans. We should look for ‘Agmark symbol’ before buying the food items because this mark is certied by
the government and assures the quality of the product.
Q. 8. What legal measures were taken by the government to empower the consumers in India?
Ans. O One of the most important measures taken by the government is COPRA in 1986.

O In October 2005, the Right to information Act was passed, ensuring citizens all information
about the functioning of government departments.
O Also under COPRA, a consumer can appeal in state and national courts, even if his case has
been dismissed at the district level.
Thus, consumers even have the right to represent them in consumer court now.
Q. 9. Mention some of the rights of consumers and write a few sentences on each.
OR
Describe any three rights of consumer which can help him/her against unfair trade
practives and exploitation. [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. Some of the rights of consumers are as follows –
1. Right to Choice: Any consumer who receives a service in whatever capacity, regardless of
age, gender and nature of service, has the right to choose whether to continue to receive that
service or not. Under this right, a consumer may also choose any one of the various brands of
a product available in the market.
2. Right to represent: The act has enabled us as consumers to have the right to represent in the
consumer court.
3. Right to redressal: Consumers have the right to seek redressal against unfair trade practices
and exploitation.
Q. 10. By what means can the consumers express their solidarity?
Ans. O By forming groups that write articles or hold exhibitions against trader’s exploitation.
O These groups guide individuals on how to approach a consumer court and they even ght
cases for consumers.
O Such groups receive nancial aid from the government to create public awareness.
Q. 11. Critically examine the progress of consumer movement in India.
Ans. There has been a signicant change in consumer awareness in the country in the past 30 years.
Before the enactment of COPRA in 1986, the consumer movement did not bear much force, but
ever since its implementation, the movement has made some progress in terms of numbers of
organised groups and their activities. The consumer courts have been set up and there have been
an addition of consumer groups. Thus, in contemporary India, the consumer redressal process is
quite complicated, expensive and time-consuming. Filling cases, attending court proceedings,
hiring lawyers, and other procedures make the process cumbersome. There are over 700 consumer
groups in India. Unfortunately, out of which only about 20-25 are well organised and functioning
smoothly.
(i) Availing details of ingredients of a product. (a) Right to safety
(ii) Agmark (b) Dealing with consumer cases
(iii) Accident due to faulty engine in a scooter. (c) Certication of edible oils and cereals
(iv) District Consumer Court. (d) Agency that develops standards for goods
and services.
(v) Consumers International (e) Right to information
(vi) Bureau of Indian Standards (f) Global level institution of consumer welfare
organisation.
Ans. (i) e (ii) c (iii) a (iv) b (v) f (vi) d
Q. 13. Say True or False
(i) COPRA applies only to goods. (False)
(ii) India is one of the many countries in the world which has exclusive courts for consumer
redressal. (True)
(iii) When a consumer feels that he has been exploited, he must le a case in the District Consumer
Court. (True)
Xam idea
Social Science–X
496
(iv) It is worthwhile to move to consumer courts only if the damages incurred are of high value.
(True)
(v) Hallmark is the certication maintained for standardisation of jewellery. (True)
(vi) The consumer redressal process is very simple and quick. (False)
(vii) A consumer has the right to get compensation depending on the degree of the damage.
(True)
Ans. (i) False (ii) True (iii) True (iv) True (v) True (vi) False (vii) True

Q. 1. Who are Producers?
Ans. People who make goods and provide services are called producers. As producers of goods and
services, we could be working in any of the sectors such as agriculture, industry or services.
Q. 2. Who are Consumers?
Ans. Consumers participate in the market when they purchase goods and services that they need.
These are nal goods that people as consumers use.
Q. 3. What is the need of rules and regulations in the market?
Ans. Rules and regulations are needed to protect workers in unorganised sector or protect people
from high interest rates charged by moneylenders in the informal sector or for protecting a
consumer in the market.
Q. 4. Why do individual consumers often nd themselves in a weak position?
Ans. Whenever there is a complaint regarding a good or service that they had been bought, the seller
tries to shift all the responsibility on to the buyer.
Q. 5. How can large companies with huge wealth and power manipulate the market?
Ans. At times, false information is given through media, and other sources to attract consumers.
Such big companies with huge wealth and power can manipulate the market.
Q. 6. Give an example to prove how big companies can manipulate market with wealth and power.
Ans. A long battle had to be fought with court to make cigarette–manufacturing companies accept
that their product could cause cancer.
Q. 7. Why did consumer movement arise in India?
Ans. Consumer movement arose out of the dissatisfaction of the consumers as many unfair practices
were being indulged in by the sellers.
Q. 8. Who does the standardisation of products at National level?
Ans. Standardisation of products is done at the national level by the Bureau of Indian Standards Act,
1986. ISI, AGMARK, Hallmark are well known, certication marks for national standardisation.
Q. 9. Name two certication marks for international standardisation.
Ans. Standardisation of product is done at the international level. ISO 9000 and ISO 14000 are the
well known certication marks for international standardisation.
Q. 10. Which logo will you like to see on the electric heater to be sure of its quality?
OR
Which quality logo would you like to see on the electric goods to be sure about their
quality? [CBSE (F) 2016], [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. ISI.
Q. 11. Initially what was done by consumers to protect themselves from the exploitation?
Ans. Initially when a consumer was not happy with a particular brand, product or shop, he or she
generally avoided buying that brand product, or would stop purchasing from that shop.
Q. 12. Why did the consumer movement begin as a social force in India?
Ans. In India, the consumer movement as a ‘social force’ originated with the necessity of protecting
and promoting the interests of consumers against unethical and unfair trade practices.

Q. 13. What was the status of consumer movement in 1960s?
Ans. Rampant food shortages, hoarding, black marketing, adulteration of food and edible oil gave birth
to consumer movement in an organised form in 1960s.
Q. 14. What efforts were done in 1970s by consumer groups?
Ans. Till 1970s, consumer organisations were largely engaged in writing articles and holding exhibitions.
They formed consumer groups to look into the malpractices in ration shops and overcrowding in the
road passenger transport.
Q. 15. What is COPRA?
Ans. A major step taken in 1986 by the Indian government was the enactment of the Consumer
Protection Act, 1986, popularly known as COPRA to protect consumer’s interests.
Q. 16. When and why was ‘Consumer International’ adopted?
Ans. In 1985, United Nations adopted the UN Guidelines for Consumer Protection. This was a tool for
nations to adopt measures to protect consumers’ advocacy groups to press their governments to
do so.
Q. 17. What is the status of Consumer International today?
Ans. Today, Consumer International has become an umbrella body of over 250 member organisations
from in 120 countries.
Q. 18. Give any one example of consumer’s ‘right to choose.’ [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. If a peson wants to buy toothpaste and the shop owner says that she can sell the tootpaste only
if the customer buys toothbrush. if you are not interested in buying the brush, you have right to
deny.
Q. 19. Why should Right to Safety be practised by the consumers?
Ans. While using many goods and services, we as consumers, have the right to be protected against the
marketing of goods and delivery of services that are hazardous to life and p roperty.
Q. 20. Why do producers need to strictly follow the required safety rules and regulations?
Ans. There are many goods and services that we purchase that require special attention to safety. For
example, pressure cookers have a safety valve which, if defective, can cause a serious accident.
The manufacturers of the safety valve have to ensure high quality.
Q. 21. What information is needed on the packaged food?
Ans. This information is about ingredients used, price, batch number, date of manufacture, expiry date
and address of the manufacturer.
Q. 22. What information is needed on the packed medicines?
Ans. When we buy medicines, on the packed medicines, we must nd directions for proper use,
information related to its side effects, risks associated with usage of that medicine, manufacturing
date and expiry date.
Q. 23. Give an example of a catchy advertisement to attract consumers. [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. “Win a Gold Coin inside a pack”
Q. 24. What special instructions are needed on the garments?
Ans. When we buy garments, information on the instruction of washing or dry cleaning should be
there.
Q. 25. Why does manufacturer need to display information for the consumers?
Ans. It is because consumers have the right to be informed about the particulars of goods and services
that they purchase. Consumers then complain and ask for the compensation or replacement if the
product is prove to be defective in any manner.
Q. 26. If you want to extract information about the functions of any government department,
which right would you exercise? [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. RTI Act (Right to Information Act).
Q. 27. Give one example why right to information is needed by a consumer in the market.
Ans. If we buy a product and nd it defective well within the expiry period, we can ask for a replacement.
If the expiry period was not printed, the manufacturer would blame the shopkeeper and will not
accept the responsibility.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
498
Q. 28. What is MRP?
Ans. MRP is Maximum Retail Price.
Q. 29. How does MRP help a consumer?
Ans. One can protest and complain if someone sells goods at more than the printed price on the
packet. In fact, consumers can bargain with the seller to sell at less than the MRP.
Q. 30. Give example to tell how your ‘Right to choice’ is denied?
Ans. Suppose you want to buy a toothpaste, and the shop owner says that she can sell the toothpaste
only if you buy a toothbrush. Your right to choice is denied.
Q. 31. What are ‘Consumer Forums’?
Ans. Consumer forum: Its a VCO (Voluntary Consumer Organisation) for consumers to keep them
aware of their rights, responsibilities and how to raise their grievances.
Q. 32. What is the role of Consumer Forums?
Ans. They guide consumers on how to le cases in the consumer courts. On many occasions, they
also represent individual consumers in the consumer courts.
Q. 33. What is a three tier quasi-judicial machinery at various levels.
Ans. At District Level: District Consumer Redressal Forum.
At State Level: State Consumer Redressal Commission.
At National Level: National Consumer Redressal Commission.
Q. 34. Which organisation does recognize ‘Political Parties’ in India? [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. Plitical Parties in India are recognized by the Election Commission.
Q. 35. What are the claim limits of the consumer court cases?
Ans. (i) District level court: Upto ` 20 lakh.
(ii) State level court: Between ` 20 lakh and ` 1 crore.
(iii) National level court: Deals with the cases involving claims exceeding ` 1 crore.
Q. 36. What are standardisation logos?
Ans. Following are the standardisation logos.
(i) ISI mark: For industrial product. Certies that a product conforms to a set of standards laid
by the bureau of Indian Standards.
(ii) FPO mark: A mandatory mark for all processed fruit products in India. Certies that the
product was manufactured in a hygienic ‘food-safe’ environment.
(iii) Agmark for all agricultural products.
(iv) The Non Polluting Vehicle mark on motor vehicles certifying conformity to the Bharat Stage
emission standards.
(v) BIS hallmark: Certies the purity of gold jewellery.
Q. 37. Suppose you want to purchase a Television from market, then which logo of quality should
have been marked on the Television? [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. Logo of Quality is ISI.
Q. 38. Which companies are given these standardisation logos?
Ans. The organisations that monitor and issue these certicates allow producers to use their logos
provided they follow certain quality standards.
Q. 39. For which products are these logos of standardisation mandatory?
Ans. For some products that affect the health and safety of consumers or of products of mass
consumption like LPG cylinders, food colours and additives, cement, packaged drinking water,
it is mandatory on the part of the producers to get certied by these organisations.
Q. 40. Which day is observed as National Consumers day in India?
Ans. India has been observing 24th December as the ‘National Consumers Day’.
Q. 41. Why has 24th December been selected to celebrate National Consumer Day in India?
Ans. It was on this day that the Indian Parliament enacted the Consumer Protection Act in 1986.

Q. 42. How many organised groups are working for Consumer Movement in India?
Ans. Today, there are more than 700 consumer groups in the country of which only about 20-25 are
well organised and recognised for their work.
Q. 43. Why is it difcult for poor to get loan from Banks? [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. Absence of Collateral is one of the major reasons which prevent the poor from getting bank loans.
Q. 44. Why do you think that the consumer redressal process is becoming cumbersome, expensive
and time consuming?
Ans. Many a time, consumers are required to engage lawyers. These cases require time for ling and
attending the court proceedings, etc.
Q. 45. Reema bought a pack of brown bread later she realized that it was expired. Which right
does she have to counter this problem? [CBSE Sample Paper 2017 ]
Ans. Right to Seek Redressal
Q. 46. What is COPRA? When was it introduced? [CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Ans. Consumer Protection Act is popularly known as COPRA.
It was introduced by the Government of India in 1986.
Q. 47. Suppose you have to buy a packed bottle for drinking water or an electric air
conditioner in your journey. Which logo will you like to see to be sure about its quality?
[CBSE (Comptt.) 2016], [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. The logo: ISI/Indian Standard Institutions.
Q. 48. If any damage is done to a consumer by a trader, under which consumer right one can
move to consumer court to get compensation. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. If any damage is done to a consumer by a trader, the consumer can move to the court and get
compensation under—Right to seek redressal.
Q. 49. If you are not interested to buy a brush with tooth-paste but shopkeeper denied to sell
tooth-paste only. In this case which consumer right is being violated by the seller?
[CBSE (F) 2016]
Ans. Right to choose.
Q. 50. Give an example of violation of consumer’s right to choose.
[CBSE (AI) 2017 ]
Ans. If you want to buy toothpaste and the shop owner says that she/he can sell the toothpaste only if
you buy a toothbrush. If you are not interesed in buying the brush, your right to choice is denied.

Q. 1. Explain any ve rights of consumers that protect them from exploitation in the market
place. [CBSE Sample Paper 2017 ]
OR
Describe any three right of consumer which can help him / her against unfair trade practices
and exploitation. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Rights of consumers
(i) Right to information
(ii) Right to seek redressal
(iii) Right to choose
(iv) Right to be heard
(v) Right to safety
(vi) Right to represent
(vii) Right to consumer education ( Any fve or three-as per question)
Q. 2. Why do we need rules and regulations that would promote development?
Ans. (i) These could be for the protection of workers in the unorganised sector.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
500
(ii) These are needed to protect people from high interest rates charged by moneylenders.
(iii) Rules and regulations are also required for protecting the environment.
(iv) Similarly, rules and regulations are required for the protection of the consumers in the
marketplace.
Q. 3. How do you exercise the right to seek redressal?
Ans. (i) Consumers have the right to seek redressal against unfair trade practices and exploitation.
(ii) If any damage is done to a consumer, he or she has the right to get a compensation, depending
on the degree of damage.
(iii) There is a need to provide an easy and effective public system by which this can be done.
Example: Prakash had sent a money order to his village for his daughter’s marriage. The money
did not reach his daughter at the time when she needed it, nor did it reach months later. So,
Prakash led a case in the district level consumer court and practised right to seek redressal.
Q. 4. Describe any three duties of a consumer in the market. [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. (i) To be careful while buying a commodity or service.
(ii) Always look for the direction for proper use and information relating to the risk associated with
commodity.
(iii) Needs to be well informed.
(iv) Should be aware of his rights (Right to Information)
Q. 5. Describe any three rights of consumer which can help him / her against unfair trade
practices and exploitation. [CBSE (Comptt.) 2017 ]
Ans. (i) Right to Information
(ii) Right to choose
(iii) Right to seek Redressal
(iv) Right to safety
(v) Right to represent
(vi) Right to consumer education
Q. 6. What is the judicial structure of consumer disputes in India?
Ans. Under COPRA, a three-tier quasi-judicial machinery at the district, state and national levels was
set up for redressal of consumer disputes.
(i) District level courts: They deal with cases involving claims upto ` 20 lakh.
(ii) State level courts: They deal with cases involving claims between ` 20 lakh to ` 1 crore.
(iii) National level courts: They deal with cases which are exceeding ` 1 crore.
If a case is dismissed in the district level court, the consumer can also appeal at the state and then
at the national level court.
Q. 7. Who are producers and consumers?
Ans. We participate in the market, both as producers and consumers.
(i) As producers of goods and services, we could be working in any of the sectors like primary,
secondary or tertiary.
(ii) Consumers participate in the market when they purchase goods and services that they need. These
are the nal goods that people as consumers use.
Q. 8. What is information needed on the packed goods?
Ans. (i) On the packed goods, details of ingredients used, price, batch number, date of manufacture,
expiry date and address of manufacturer is needed.
(ii) On the packets of medicines, we must get ‘directions for proper use’ and information relating
to side effects, its expiry date and risks associated with usage of that medicine.
(iii) When we buy garments, we must nd information on ‘instructions for washing’.
Q. 9. How has the ‘Right to Information’ been expanded to cover various services provided by
the government?
Ans. In October 2005, the government of India enacted a law, popularly known as RTI or Right to
Information Act, which ensures its citizens all the information about the functions of government
departments.

The effect of the RTI Act can be understood by taking up the following example.
An engineering graduate applied for a government job and submitted all his certicates. But
ofcials did not inform him the status of his selection. He, therefore, led an application using
the RTI Act, saying that it was his right to know the result, so that he could plan his future. He
soon got his call letter for appointment.
Q. 10. What is the role of consumer forums?
Ans. The consumer movement in India has led to the formation of various organisations known as
‘Consumer Forums’ or ‘Consumer Protection Councils’.
(i) They guide consumers on how to le cases in the consumer court.
(ii) On many occasions, they also represent individual consumers in the consumer courts.
(iii) These voluntary organisations also receive nancial support from the government for
creating awareness among the people.
Q. 11. Who can le a complaint? What is the procedure?
Ans. (1) Individual Consumer.
(2) Consumer Organisations/Registered Voluntary Consumer Associations.
(3) Resident Welfare Associations (RWAs).
(4) The Central Government or any State Government.
There is no court fee for ling complaint in consumer court. The consumer has to le a simple
registration form and can even plead his case on his own. The claim up to ` 20 lakh is led with
district forum. If a consumer is not satised with the decision of the district forum, then he can
make appeal to the state commission. If the consumer is not satised with the decision of state
commission then he can make appeal to National Commission located in New Delhi. National
Commission is the apex body in this regard.
Q. 12. What is consumer awareness?
Ans. Consumer awareness means educating the consumer about his rights and duties. As a result of
consumer education, consumer becomes familiar with the laws that protect his interests and
restrict his exploitation.
Q. 13. What is the need for consumer awareness?
Ans. Consumer is exploited in many ways. Consumers are scattered, unorganised and many of them
are illiterate. The traders, moneylenders, service-providers exploit the consumers in many ways.
Sellers try to shift the responsibility of product/service on the buyer. They plea that the buyer
should be aware when he buys the goods. It is the responsibility of the buyer to check the goods
while purchasing them. The need for consumer protection and satisfaction has been widely
accepted all over the world. All this has resulted in need for creating consumer awareness in India
also.
Q. 14. What factors led to the beginning of the ‘Consumer Movement’ in India?
OR
Analyse any three reasons for the beginning of the consumer movement in India.
[CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. (i) The consumer movement arose out of dissatisfaction of the consumers as many unfair
practices were being indulged in by sellers.
(ii) There was no legal system available to consumers to protect themselves from exploitation in
the marketplace.
(iii) It was presumed that it was the responsibility of the consumers to be careful while buying a
commodity or service considering that sellers are indulged in many unfair practices.
(iv) It took many years for organisations in India and around the world to create awareness
amongst people.
(v) This has also shifted the responsibility of ensuring the quality of goods and services onto the
sellers.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
502
Q. 15. Write a short note on ISI and AGMARK.
Ans. O ISI: Indian Standards Institute.
O AGMARK: ‘AG’ is for agriculture and ‘Mark’ is for certication mark. Agmark: Food Products.
O ISI: Electrical Appliances and Industrial products.
O These are provided by the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS). They are a guarantee of the good
quality of a product.
O These marks generate trust among the consumers regarding the good quality of a commodity.
Q. 16. How can money easily exchange it for goods or services? Give example to explain.
[CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
Ans. Money acts easier to exchange for goods and services:
(i) A person holding money can easily exchange it for any commodity or service that he or she
might want.
(ii) Everyone prefers to receive payments in money and exchange the money for things they
want.
For example: A shoemaker wants to sell shoes in the market and buy wheat. The shoemaker
will rst exchange shoes for money and then exchange the money for wheat. If the shoemaker
had to directly exchange shoes for wheat without the use of money. He would have to look
for a wheat growing farmer who not only wants to sell wheat but also wants to buy the shoe
in exchange. Both the parties have to agree to sell and buy each others commodities. This
process is very difcult, time consuming and unhealthy.
Q. 17. “Consumer awareness is essential to avoid exploitation in the market place.” Support the
statement. [CBSE (Delhi) 2016]
Ans. Consumer awareness to avoid exploitation: Consumer awareness is essential to avoid exploitation
in the market place. Market do not work in a fair manner. Exploitation happen in various ways.
Therefore, awareness is essential. Certain details are given on the packing. When we buy medicines,
on the packets details are marked. Rules have been made so that the manufacturer displays the
information. Consumers can complain and ask for compensation or replacement of the product,
if proves to be defective in any manner.
Q. 18. “Rules and regulations are required for the protection of the consumers in the market
place.” Justify the statement with arguments. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. Rules and regulations are required for the protection of the consumers in the market place.
(i) Individual consumers often nd themselves in a weak position whenever there is a complaint
regarding a good or service that had been bought, the seller tries to shift all the responsibility
on to the buyer.
(ii) Exploitation in the market place happens in various ways.
For example, Sometimes the traders indulge in unfair trade practices such as - when
shopkeepers weigh less than what they should or when traders add changes that were not
mentioned before or when adulterated or defective goods are sold.
(iii) At times false information is passed on through media to attract consumers.
Q. 19. How are consumers exploited in the market place? Explain. [CBSE (AI) 2016], [CBSE (F) 2017 ]
Ans. Consumers are exploited in the market place in following ways:
(i) Weigh less than what they should. Absence of expiry date on products.
(ii) Traders add charges that were not mentioned before. Rough behaviour of shopkeepers.
(iii) Traders sell adulterated or defective goods.
(iv ) False information is passed through the media and other sources to attract consumers.
Q. 20. “The consumer movement arose out of dissatisfaction of the consumers”. Justify the
statement with arguments. [CBSE (AI) 2016]
Ans. “The Consumer movement arose out of dissatisfaction of the consumers”:
(i) As many unfair practices were being indulged in by the sellers.

(ii) There was no legal system available to the consumers to protect them from exploitation in
the market place.
(iii) In India, the consumer movement as a “Social Force” originated with the necessity of protecting
and promoting the interest of consumers against unethical and unfair trade practices.
(iv ) Rampant Food shortage, hoardings black marketing, adulteration of food and edible oil gave
birth to the consumer movement in an organized form in the 1960s.

Q. 1. Why are rules and regulations needed in the market? Explain with examples.
[CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. Need for rules and regulations:
(i) Individual consumers often nd themselves in a weak position. Whenever there is a complaint
regarding a good or service that had been bought, the seller tries to shift all the responsibility
on to the buyer.
(ii) Sometimes traders indulge in unfair trade practices, such as when shopkeepers weigh less
than what they should.
(iii) Markets do not work in a fair manner when producers are few and powerful. A long battle had
to be fought with court cases to make cigarette manufacturing companies accept that their
product could cause cancer.
(iv) Large companies with huge wealth, power and reach can manipulate the market in various
ways. At times false information is passed on through the media and other sources to attract
consumers.
(v) Consumer is also exploited when buyers purchase in small amount and are scattered. For
example, a company for years sold powder milk for babies all over the world as the most
scientic product claiming this to be better than mother’s milk. It took years of struggle
before the company was forced to accept that it had been making false claims.
Q. 2. How does a consumer exercise his right to be informed?
Ans. (i) Manufacturers display the required information on the goods or medicines we purchase,
because consumers have the right to be informed.
(ii) Consumers can then complain and ask for compensation or replacement, if the product
proves to be defective in any manner.
(iii) For example, if we buy a product and nd it defective well within the expiry period, we can
ask for a replacement. If the expiry period is not printed, the manufacturer would blame the
shopkeeper and will not accept the responsibility.
(iv) One can protest and complain if someone sells a goods at more than the printed price on the
packet. This is indicated by the Maximum Retail Price (MRP). In fact, customers can bargain
with the seller to sell at less than the MRP.
(v) On October 2005, the government of India enacted a law known as RTI or the Right to
Information Act, which ensures its citizens all the information about the functions of
government departments.
Q. 3. What problems do we face in taking the consumer movement forward?
Ans. O The consumer redressal process is becoming cumbersome, expensive and time consuming.
O Many times, consumers are required to engage a lawyer.
O These cases require time for ling and attending the court proceedings, etc.
O In most purchases, cash memos are not issued, hence, evidence is not easy to gather.
O Moreover, most purchases in the market are small retail sales.
O The existing laws also are not very clear on the issue of compensation to consumers injured
by defective products.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
504
O After 32 years of the enactment of COPRA, consumer awareness in India is spreading but slowly.
O Besides this, the enforcement of laws that protects workers, especially in the unorganised
sector is weak.
O Rules and regulations for the functioning of markets are often not followed.
Q. 4. Trace the evolution of the consumer movement in India.
Ans. (i) In India, the consumer movement as a ‘social force’ began with the necessity of protecting
and promoting the interests of consumers against unfair trade practices.
(ii) Rampant food shortages, hoarding, black marketing, adulteration of food and edible oil gave
birth to the consumer movement in an organised form in the 1960s.
(iii) Till the 1970s, consumer organisations were largely engaged in writing articles and holding
exhibitions.
(iv) They formed consumer groups to look into the malpractices in ration shops and overcrowding
in the road passenger transport.
(v) Because of these efforts, the movement succeeded in bringing pressure on business rms,
as well as the government to correct business conduct.
(vi) A major step taken in 1986 by the Indian government, was the enactment of the Consumer
Protection Act, 1986, popularly known as COPRA.
(iv) They formed consumer groups to look into the malpractices in ration shops and overcrowding
in the road passages transport.
(v) More recently, India witnessed an upsurge in the number of consumer groups.
Q. 5. Write a note on Consumers International.
Ans. (i) In 1985, United Nations adopted the guidelines for consumer protection.
(ii) This was a tool for nations to adopt measures to protect consumers and for consumer advocacy
groups to press their governments to do so.
(iii) At the international level, this has become foundation for consumer movement.
(iv) Today, Consumers International has become an umbrella body of over 250 member
organisations in 120 countries, in which India is one of them.
Q. 6. How can ‘Right to Safety’ be practised?
Ans. (i) While using many goods and services, we as consumers, have the right to be protected against
the marketing of goods and delivery of services that are hazardous to life and property.
(ii) Producers need to strictly follow the required safety rules and regulations.
(iii) There are many goods and services that we purchase that require special attention to safety.
(iv) For example, pressure cookers have a safety valve which, defective, can cause a serious
accident. The manufacturers of the safety valve have to ensure high quality. We also need
public or government action to see that this quality is maintained.
Q. 7. Why are quality measurements used?
Ans. The quality measurements are used to satisfy a consumer.
(i) While buying many commodities, there is a logo with letters like ISI, AGMARK or Hallmark.
(ii) These logos and codication help consumers get assured of quality while purchasing the
goods and services.
(iii) The organisations that monitor and issue these certicates allow producers to use their logos
(iv) Though these organisations develop quality standards for many products, it is not compulsory
for all the producers to follow standards.
(v) However, for some products that affect the health and safety of consumers or of products of
mass consumption like LPG cylinders, food colours, additives, cement, packaged drinking
water, it is mandatory on the part of the producers to get their products certied by these
organisations.

Q. 8. COPRA has enabled the consumers to have the right to represent in the consumer courts.
Explain how it benets the consumers. [CBSE Sample Paper 2016]
Ans. Under COPRA, a three-tier quasi-judicial machinery at the district, state and national levels was
set up for redressal of consumer disputes.
The district level court deals with the cases involving claims upto ` 20 lakhs, the state level courts
between ` 20 lakhs and ` 1 crore and the national level court deals with cases involving claims
exceeding ` 1 crore.
If a case is dismissed in district level court, the consumer can also appeal in state and then in
National level courts. Thus, the Act has enabled us as consumers to have the right to represent in
the consumer courts.
It strengthened the Consumer Movement and provided the consumers with the right to seek
redressal against unfair trade practices and exploitation. If any damage is done to a consumer,
she has the right to get compensation depending on the degree of damage.
Q. 9. Examine any three conditions which should be taken care of by multinational companies
to set up their production units. [CBSE Delhi 2016]
Ans. (i) Close to the market.
(ii) Skilled and unskilled labour available at low cost.
(iii) Government policies.

Q. 1. Identify the factors which encourage the traders to adopt unfair practices. How is consumer
exploited?
Or
What are the forms of consumer exploitation?
Ans. When a consumer in the market place is forced to buy a product or sold for higher price or not
returned if defective or sold defective product, he is supposed to be exploited.
Consumer is exploited in the following ways:
(1) Deceptive Advertising: In some cases, the advertisers speak very highly of their product
by giving exaggerated statements. Taking these advertisements to be true, the consumer
is tempted to buy these goods. But on actual use, he nds that he has been deceived. For
example:
(i) An advertisement of washing powder claims that a spoon-full of powder can wash a full
bucket of clothes. On actual use, it was found that it could wash only one or two clothes;
this advertisement was held deceptive.
(2) Unreasonsable Prices: Sometimes sellers charge a price higher than the maximum retail
price (MRP). Traders create articial scarcity of essential goods by hoarding them. Later,
these goods are sold at higher prices, thus leading to consumer’s exploitation.
(3) Adulteration: Adulteration of goods are sometimes dangerous to life or hazardous to health.
For example, mixing animal fat with ghee.
(4) Poor Quality Products: There are a large number of deaths and injuries on account of sub-
standard and unsafe domestic products like pressure cookers, electrical gadgets, etc.
(5) Deceptive Packing: Sometimes manufacturers use almost similar brand name with minor
changes in the spelling of a reputed brand, but the appearance of the wrapper is kept almost
the same so as to give the impression that the product is of reputed brand.
(6) Underweighed Supplies: Some manufacturers sell certain products in packings where
actual quantity is less than the quantity written on these packages. For example, each LPG
cylinder must contain 14.2 kg of gas but sometimes underweighed cylinders are supplied to
the consumers.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
506
(7) Deciency in Service: Due to this, consumers suffer a lot. For example, (i) Undue delay
by the courier services. (ii) Wrong billing by the electricity and telephone department. (iii)
Undue delay in settling insurance accident claims.
(8) Negligence in Service: In newspapers, some cases of negligence in service are reported.
For example, (i) By an oversight, the wrong leg of a patient was amputated by a surgeon.
(ii) About 2 dozen persons were operated in a hospital and they lost their eye sight as a result
of infection that spread in the operation theatre.
Q. 2. “Consumer movement can be effective only with the consumer’s active involvement.”
Analyse the statement. [CBSE Delhi 2017 ]
Ans. O The consumer movement is generally a result of dissatisfaction of consumers over unfair
practices in a market place.
O It is true that consumer movement can be effective only with the consumer active involvement.
O Consumers are the kings in the market place, therefore they should exercise their consumer
rights.
O Whenever a consumer buys any product or services, must be careful before buying, so that he
may not be befooled by the producers and shopkeepers.
O Consumer should exercise his rights and duties diligently. He should insist on buying a
standardised product looking at his own safety.
O If consumer is conscious or aware, he should convey this message to others so that this
consumer movement may be made more effective.
O For example in the 1960, there were food shortages and black marketing and adulteration of
food. This resulted in strong consumer movement.
Q. 3. How can a consumer exercise his right to choice?
Ans. O Any consumer who receives a service in whatever capacity, regardless of age, gender and
nature of service, has the right to choose, whether to continue to receive the service or not.
O For example, suppose you want to buy a shampoo and the shop owner says that he can sell the
shampoo only if you buy a bodywash. If you are not interested in buying the bodywash your
right to choice is denied.
O So many times you are forced to buy things that you may not wish to as you are left with no
choice.
But every consumer in a capitalist company has the right to exercise his right to choice.
Q. 4. How should consumer become a well-informed consumer?
Ans. (i) When we as consumers become conscious of our rights while purchasing various goods and
services, we will be able to discriminate and make informed choices.
(ii) This calls for acquiring the knowledge skill to become a well-informed consumer.
(iii) We should become conscious of our rights.
(iv) The enactment of COPRA has led to the setting up of separate departments of consumer
affairs in central and state government.
(v) There are posters in the cities or states, through which government spread information about
legal process which people can use.
Q. 5. Who is an ideal consumer?
Ans. An ideal consumer is the one who has the following qualities/attributes:
O Updates his knowledge of consumer’s rights and duties.
O Has an eco-friendly attitude.
O Prevents corruption rather than being a party to it.
O Buys only those goods and services which he needs, so that wasteful and demonstrative
consumption is avoided.

O Cares for health and hygiene in his selection and use of goods and services.
O Prefers to use such products which can be recycled and which are bio-degradable.
O Makes purchases only from authorized retailers/shopkeepers.
O Conscious of standardisation marks like ISO, ISI, AGMARK, Hallmark, etc.
O Procures and preserves cash memo and warranty card.
SELF-ASSESSMENT
1. Why was the consumer Protection Act enacted by the Indian Parliament?
2. Which logo would you like to see for purchasing electrical goods?
3. For which kind of product Hallmark is used?
4. If any damage is done to a consumer by a trader, under which consumer right one can move to
consumer court to get compensation.
5. Suppose your parents want to purchase gold jewellery along with you, then which logo will you
look for on the jewellery?
1. How can the consumers use his right to information when he is not satised with the service he
gets?
2. How far RTI Act of 2005 is the improvement over previous Acts? Explain.
3. Explain with an example how you can use the ‘Right to seek’ redressal.
4. Explain ‘Right to choose’ with an example.
5. What are the main factors which cause exploitation of consumers? Explain three factors.
1. Explain with an example the impact of the Right to Information Act (RTI).
2. What are consumer forums? What is their importance?
3. Explain any three strategies adopted by the government to protect the interest of the consumers.
4. “Consumer awareness in India faced so many obstacles and had not been an easy growth.” Explain.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
508
EXAMINATION CORNER
PERIODIC TEST PAPERS

 PRE-MID TERM TEST PAPER
 MID TERM TEST PAPER
 POST-MID TERM TEST PAPER
CBSE PAPERS
 SAMPLE PAPER 2018 (SOLVED)
 EXAMINATION PAPER 2018 (SOLVED)
MODEL QUESTION PAPERS

 MODEL QUESTION PAPER -1 (SOLVED)
 MODEL QUESTION PAPERS 2 - 5 (UNSOLVED)
SOCIAL SCIENCE
PRE-MID Term
TEST PAPER
CHAPTERS COVERED
l History–1, 2, 3 l Political Science–1, 2 l Geography–1, 3 (As per NCERT) l Economics–1
Time: 1½ hours Maximum Marks: 40
Instructions:
(i) This question paper has 16 questions in all. All questions are compulsory.
(ii) Questions No. 1 to 8 are very short answer questions. Each question carry 1 mark.
(iii) Questions No. 9 to 12 are 3 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed 80 words each.
(iv) Questions No. 13 to 16 are 5 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not exceed 100 words
each.
1. Name the French artist who prepared a series of four prints visualising his dreams of a new world.
OR
What was Ho Chi Minh Trail? 1
2. Who were the two main leaders of the Khilafat Movement? 1
3. State any one reason for overuse of resources. 1
4. How can ‘Net sown Area’ be differentiated from ‘cultivable land’? 1
5. Which major social group constituted the largest share in population of Sri Lanka. 1
6. Suggest a prudential reason for why power sharing is good for democracy. 1
7. What is National Income? 1
8. What do you understand by Human Development Index? 1
9. Which three early satyagrahi movements were organised by Mahatma Gandhi? 3
10. Distinguish between renewable and non-renewable resources. 3
11. Which features of Panchayati Raj do you like the most and why? 3
12. Dene the following terms: 3
(i) Per Capita Income
(ii) Net Attendance ratio
13. Explain the political situation of Italy before its unication.
511 Examination
Corner
OR
“The battle against French colonial education became a part of the larger battle against colonialism
and for independence.” Explain. 5
14. How have multi-purpose projects and large dams been the cause of many new social
movements? 5
15. Power sharing is the very spirit of democracy. Justify this statement with suitable points. 5
16. Mention the differences between developed countries and developing countries. 5
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
512
MID Term
TEST PAPER
CHAPTERS COVERED
l History–1, 2, 3, 4 l Political Science–1, 2, 3, 4 l Geography–1, 3, 4 [As per NCERT]
l Economics–1, 2
Instructions:
(i)This question paper consists of 26 questions in all. All questions are compulsory.
(ii)Marks are indicated against each question.
(iii)Questions from Serial No. 1 to 7 are very short answer questions. Each question carries 1 mark.
(iv) Questions from Serial No. 8 to 18 are 3 marks questions. Answer to these questions should not exceed 80
words each.
(v) Questions from Serial No. 19 to 25 are 5 marks questions. Answer should not exceed 100 words each.
(vi) Question No. 26 is a map question. It has two parts, 26 (A) and 26 (B). 26 (A) of 2 marks from History
and 26 (B) of 3 marks from Geography.
(vii) There is no overall choice. However, internal choice has been provided in some questions. You have to
attempt only one of the alternatives in all such questions.
1. At which Congress session, the resolution of Purana Swaraj was adopted? 1

2. What do you understand by the term ‘Dam’? 1
3. Dene ‘Homogeneous society’. 1
4. What do you understand by ‘double coincidence of wants? 1
5. What is barrier on foreign trade? 1
6. What do you understand by secular state? 1
7. Who hosted the congress at Vienna in 1815?
OR
Which three independent countries were a part of Indo-China? 1
8. What was the Inland Emigration Act of 1859? Explain. 3
9. How did the salt Satyagraha become an effective tool of resistance against British colonialism in
India during 1930? Explain. 3
10. Describe any ve features of the caste system in India. 3
11. Why the demand deposits are considered as money? 3
12. Why did Group of 77 countries demand a New International Economic Order? Explain.
OR
What is meant by proto-industrialisation ? Explain.
OR
What changes were brought in London city after the Industrial Revolution? 3
13. Who designed the Swaraj ag? What were the features of this ag? How was it used as a symbol
of deance? 3
513 Examination
Corner
14. Identify any three hydraulic structures as part of water management programmes, initiated in
ancient India along with the period when they were built. 3
15. Explain any two aspects concerning the origin of social differences. 3
16. Why is it necessary for the banks and cooperative societies to increase their lending facilities in
rural areas? Explain 3
17. Describe the tension that existed between the Dutch and French-speaking people in Belgium. 3
18. Mention any four characteristics of Development. 3
19. Explain any ve consequences of the Great Depression of 1929 on Indian economy.
OR
How did the British market their goods in India?
OR
‘Bombay was a Prime City of India.’ Justify by giving examples. 5
20. What is communalism? How is communalism a hindrance in the functioning of our democracy?
Explain. 5
21. Give an account of rice cultivation in India, under the following heads: 5
(a) Climatic condition ( b) Soil requirement
(c) Two major rice producing states
22. Describe the role played by National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (NREGA) in improving the
employment situation in India. 5
23. What were the Corn Laws? Why were they abolished and what was the result?
OR
How was the life of Indian weavers were affected by Indian traders under company rule?
OR
What forms of entertainment came up in nineteenth century England to provide leisure activities
to the people. 5
24. Describe the important factors responsible for the water scarcity in the world. 5
25. How far is it correct to say that it is not politics that gets politicised? Explain. 5
26. (A) On the given political map of India locate, mark and label the following: (Total 5) 1×2 = 2
(a) A place where congress session took place in 1929.
(b) A place where mill workers’ satyagrah took place.
(B) On the given political map of India locate, mark and label the following: 1×3 = 3
(a) Durg iron ore mine (b) Wheat producing states (c) Bhakra Nangal
A
N
D
A
M
A
N
(
I &
L N
D N
A
K
S
I I
A C
I
N
H
(
A
)
O
B
D D A
I A
W R
) E I
S
E L
P A
N
D
S
SRI
LANKA
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
514
Post-MID Term
TEST PAPER
CHAPTERS COVERED
l History–1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 l Political Science–1, 2, 3, 4, 6
l Geography–1, 3, 4, 5 (As per NCERT) l Economics–1, 2, 3, 4
Instructions:
(i)This question paper consists of 26 questions in all. All questions are compulsory.
(ii)Marks are indicated against each question.
(iii)Questions from Serial No. 1 to 7 are very short answer questions. Each question carries 1 mark.
(iv) Questions from Serial No. 8 to 18 are 3 marks questions. Answer to these questions should not exceed 80
words each.
(v) Questions from Serial No. 19 to 25 are 5 marks questions. Answer should not exceed 100 words each.
(vi) Question No. 26 is a map question. It has two parts, 26 (A) and 26 (B). 26 (A) of 2 marks from History
and 26 (B) of 3 marks from Geography.
attempt only one of the alternatives in all such- questions.
1. When did Napoleon invade Italy?

OR
Who was Phau Boi Chau? 1
2. Who created the rst image of ‘Bharat Mata’? 1
3. What are veins and loads? 1
4. Name the organsiation which led the protest against water privatisation in Bolivia. 1
5. Name the leader of the Civil Rights Movement in USA. 1
6. Which country has one-party system? 1
7. What do you understand by the term ‘barter system’? 1
8. “Workers are exploited in unorganised sector in India.” Support the statement with suitable
examples. 3
9. Why do we need political parties? Give three reasons. 3
10. Why did nationalist tensions emerge in the Balkans?
OR
What were ‘electrical fuses’ of Vietnam? 3
11. “Sustainability of development is a new area of knowledge.” Do you agree? Justify your answer.3
12. Describe the expanded scope of democracy in the modern world. 3
13. How does foreign trade lead to integration of markets across countries? Explain with an example
other than those given here. 3
515 Examination
Corner
14. Write a short note on ‘The Gutenberg Press’.
OR
How did Premchand revolutionise the writing of Hindi novels? 3
15. “The combination of politics and social division is very dangerous and explosive”. Comment. 3
16. How can employment be increased in both rural and urban areas? Explain. 3
17. What are ‘agglomeration economies’? 3
18. Describe the spread of Non-Cooperation Movement in the countryside. 3
19. How did the Fordist industrial practice spread in US and Europe? 5
20. Explain the importance of conservation of resources. 5
21. In what ways does politics inuence caste system? 5
22. Explain the cross-cutting differences with suitable examples. 5
23. Describe any ve causes of the expansion of Bombay in 19th century.
OR
Who were indentured labours? How were they recruited? Explain conditions of the indentured
labours who went to work in different parts of the world.
OR
The establishment of political power by the East India Company resulted in ruination of the
Indian weavers. Support the statement with suitable examples. 5
24. How do industries pollute the environment? Give three reasons. 5
25. Describe the working of the rooftop rainwater harvesting being practised in India. 5
26. (A) On the given political outline map of India, mark the following. (Total 5) 1×2 = 2
(a) Mahatma Gandhi broke the salt law.
(b) The place where peasants organised a satyagraha.
(B) (a) Bhadravati Steel Plant 1×3 = 3
(b) Mohali Software Technology Park
(c) Cotton Textile Industries in Coimbatore
A
N
D
A
M
A
N
I &
(
N
L
D N
I I
A
K A C
S
I
N
H
(
A
) O
B
D D A
IA
W R
) E I
S
E L
P A
N
D
S
SRI
LANKA
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
516
CBSE Sample
PAPER–2018 (Solved)
Time: 3 hours Maximum Marks: 80
Instructions:
(i) The question paper has 28 questions in all. All questions are compulsory .
(ii) Marks are indicated against each question.
(iii) Questions from serial number 1 to 7 are very short answer type questions. Each question carries one
mark .
(iv) Questions from serial number 8 to 18 are 3 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not
exceed 80 words each.
(v) Questions from serial number 19 to 25 are 5 marks questions. Answer of these questions should not
(vi) Question numbers 26 and 27 are map questions from History with 1 mark each.
(vii) Question number 28 is map question of 3 marks from Geography.
1. Which power dominated the nation-building process in Germany?

OR
Which idea, other than economic exploitation, was behind French colonisation of Vietnam? 1
2. State an important characteristic of the oldest Japanese book, Diamond Sutra.
OR
State the hotly debated issue around which the novel Indulekha revolved. 1
3. Wind energy received in abundance in western Rajasthan and Gujrat has not been so far utilised
and developed to the maximum. It falls in which category of resources? 1
4. Write any one prudential reason for which power sharing is desirable. 1
5. Identify the condition when both the parties in a barter economy have to agree to sell and buy
each other’s commodities? What is it called? 1
6. A group of companies in India wishes to import high quality ACs from South Korea but have to
pay a huge import tax on them which would make the ACs very expensive leading to a decline
their sale. Ascertain the role of the import tax in this situation. 1
7. Sania buys a packet of biscuits and nds detail about ingredients used, price, batch number etc.
printed on it except the expiry date. Under which right of the consumers she can claim to know
this information from the manufacturer? 1
8. Ideas of national unity in early-nineteenth-century Europe were closely allied to the ideology of
liberalism. What did it mean for the middle class in France? Explain.
OR
The French used school textbooks in Vietnam to justify colonial rule. Explain. 3
517 Examination
Corner
9. “Not everyone welcomed the printed book, and those who did also had fears about it.” Justify the
statement by giving three arguments.
OR
“Colonial administrators found ‘vernacular’ novels a valuable source of information on native life
and customs
customs.”
.” Prove the statemen
statementt by giving three evidences. 3
10. Explain any three reasons for which the multi-purpose
multi-purpose projects and large dams have come
come under
great scrutiny and opposition in the recent years. 3
11. Mohan owns a farm in Uttar Pradesh; he wishes to cultivate either Jute or Sugarcane.
Sugarcane. He shall
cultivate which crop out of these two keeping in mind the conditions required for their growth?
Explain. 3
12. Distinguish between the Unitary and Federal systems of government. 3
13. “Three factors are crucial in deciding the outcome of politics
politics of social divisions.”
divisions.” Elaborate upon
the statemen
statement.
t. 3
14. Do democracies lead to peaceful and harmonious life among citizens? Clarify
Clarify.. 3
15. Mohit is 28 years of age, has 65 kg of body weight and is 1.4 meters tall. Calculate
Calculate his BMI. Find
out whether he is under nourished or over weight. Why? 3
16. Amrita is a government employee and belongs to a rich urban household whereas Rani works
as a helper on a construction site and comes from a poor rural household. Both have a crisis at
home and wish to take loan. Create a list of arguments explaining who between the two would
successfully be able to get the loan from a formal source. Why? 3
17. How can the government ensure
ensure that globalisation is fair and its
its benets are shared in a better
way by all? 3
18. Create an advertisement for an online Consumer Awareness
Awareness campaign to help consumers know
their rights and save themselves from exploitation. 3
19. Illustrate with examples that food offers
offers many opportunities
opportunities of long-distance cultural exchange.
exchange.
OR
“Even before factories began to dot the landscape in England and Europe, there was large-scale
industrial production for an international market in the country side.” Elucidate.
Elucidate.
OR
“The function and the shape of the family were completely transformed by life in the industrial
city.” Clarify the statement with regard to urbanization that happened in England in the 18th
century. 5
20. How did people belonging to different communities,
communities, regions or language groups in India develop
develop
a sense of collective belonging? Elucidate.
OR
How did the Non-Cooperati
Non-Cooperationon Movement spread to the countryside and drew into its fold the
struggles of peasants and tribal communities? Elaborate. 5
21. Describe the signicance of Textile
Textile Industry in India with specic reference to Cotton industry.
5
22. India has one of the largest road networks in the world, aggregating
aggregating to about 2.3 million km at
present. On what basis, roadways have taken an edge over railways? Explain.
OR
“The pace of change has been rapid in modern times and has impacted the ways of communication
Xam idea
Social Science–X
518
as well.” In
In light of the
t he given statement, explain the role of a variety of means of communication
that are used in India in the currents times. 5
23. Women face disadvantage,
disadvantag e, discrimi
discrimination
nation and oppression in various ways even today. Assess the
statement, by giving ve suitable arguments. 5
24. Politica
Politicall parties ll political ofces and exercise political
political power. But
But they do this by performing a
series of important functions. Describe any ve of them.
OR
Political parties need to face and overcome a number of challenges in order to remain effective
Political
instruments of democracy. Write about any two of such challenges while citing appropriate
examples. 5
25. Rohan works in a bank as a clerk while Sumit works on a construction site as a labourer.
labourer. Describe
difference in their conditions of work and judge the benets and drawbacks of working in the
respective sectors.
OR
Reema works as a shift technician in Mehta Te
Textiles
xtiles Ltd. whereas Shirin works as a Sales Executive
in Kashvi Fashion Showroom. Identify the sectors of economy in which Reema and Shirin are
working. Evaluate
Evaluate the role of each
each of these sectors in the Indian economy.
economy. 5
26. Locate and label the place in the given outline political map of India: 1
The place where the Indian National Congress held its session in December 1920.
27. Locate and label the place in the given outline political map of India: 1
The place where Mahatma Gandhi organized Satyagraha for cotton mill workers.
28. I. Locate and label
label the following features on the given outline political map of India:
India: ½×4 = 2
(a) Namrup Thermal Power Plant
(b) Tarapur Nuclear Power Plant
II. Identify the following places marked on the same given outline political map of India and
write their names:
(c) Iron ore Mine
(d) Mica Mine
zzz
519 Examination
Corner
1. The nation-building
nation-building process in Germany
Germany had demonstrated
demonstrated the dominance
dominance of prussian
prussian state
power.
OR
The idea of a ‘civilising mission’. 1
2. The ‘Diamond
‘Diamond Sutra’ contained
contained six sheets of text with woodcut illustrations.
OR
The hotly debated issue was the marriage practices of upper-c
upper-caste
aste Hindus in Keral
Kerala.
a. 1
3. It falls in the category of Potential Resources. 1
4. It helps to reduce the possibility of conict between social groups. 1
5. This is known as double coincidence of wants. 1
6. The import tax is acting as a Trade Barrier. 1
7. Consumers’ right to be informed about the particulars of goods and services that they
purchase. 1
8. (i) For the new middle
middle classes,
classes, liberalism stood for
for freedom for the individual and equality
equality of all
before the law.
(ii) Politically, it emphasise
emphasisedd the concept of governmen
governmentt by consent.
(iii) It stood for the end of autocracy and clerical privileges, a constitution and representative
government through parliament.
OR
(i) The Vietnamese were represented in the text books as primitive and backward.
(ii) They were shown capable of manual labour but not of intellectual reection; ‘skilled copyists’
but not creative.
(iii) School
School children were told that only French rule could ensure peace in Vietnam. 1×3 = 3
9. (i) Many were apprehensive
apprehensive of the effects
effects that the easier access
access to the printed word and the
wider circulation of
of books, could
could have on people’
people’ss minds.
(ii) It was feared that if there was no control over what was printed and read then rebellious and
irreligious thoughts might spread.
(iii) If that happened the authority of ‘valuable
‘valuable’’ literature would be destroyed.
OR
Colonial administrators found ‘vernacular’ novels a valuable source of information on native life
and customs in following ways:
(i) Such information was useful for them in governing Indian society
society,, with its large variety of
communities and castes.
(ii) As outsiders, the British knew little about life inside Indian households. The new novels in
Indian languages often had descriptions of domestic life.
(iii) They showed how people dressed, their forms of religious worship, their beliefs and practices
etc. 3
10. (i) Regulating and
and damming
damming of rivers affect
affect their natural ow
ow causing
causing poor sediment ow and
excessive sedimentation at the bottom of the reservoir, resulting in rockier stream beds and
poorer habitats for the rivers’ aquatic life.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
520
(ii) Dams also fragment rivers making it difcult for aquatic fauna to migrate, especially for
spawning.
(iii) The reservoirs that are created on the oodplains also submerge the existing vegetation and
soil leading to its decompositio
decomposition
n over a period of time. 1× 3 = 3
11. (i) He should cultivate Sugarcane as the geographical conditions it requires are available in
Uttar Pradesh.
(ii) Sugarcane grows well in hot and humid climate.
(iii) Requires a temperature of 21°C to 27°C.
(iv) Needs annual rainfall between 75cm. and 100cm.
(v) Irrigation is required in the regions of low rainfall.
(vi) It can be grown on a variety of soils and needs manual labour from sowing to harvesting. All
these conditions are available in Uttar Pradesh. ½×6 = 3
12. (i) Under the unitary system, either there is only one level of government or the sub-units are
subordinate to the central government. The central government can pass on orders to the
provincial or the local government.
(ii) In federal system government, its powers are divided at Union and State level and in some
countries, even at local self-level. In this system, the central government cannot order the
state government to do something.
(iii) In federal system, State government has powers of its own for which it is not answerable to
the central government. Both these governments are separately answerable to the people.
1× 3 = 3
13. (i) First of all,
all, the outcome depends
depends on how people
people perceive their identities.
identities. If people see their
identities in singular and exclusive terms, it becomes very difcult to accommodate.
(ii) Second, it depends on how political leaders raise the demands of any community
community.. It is easier
to accommodate demands that are within the constitutional framework and are not at the
cost of another community.
(iii) Third, it depends on how the government reacts to demands of different groups. If the
rulers are willing to share power and accommodate the reasonable demands of minority
community, social divisions become less threate
threatening
ning for the country. 1× 3 = 3
14. (i) Democracies usually develop a procedure to conduct their competition. This reduces the
possibility of these conicts tensions becoming explosive or violent.
(ii) No society can completely and permanently resolve conicts among different groups. But
we can certainly learn to respect these differences and we can also evolve mechanisms to
negotiate the differences. Democracy is best suited to produce this outcome.
(iii) No
Non-democratic
n-democratic regimes often turn a blind eye to or suppress internal social differences.
Ability to handle social differences, divisions and conicts is thus a denite plus point of
democratic regimes. 1× 3 = 3
15. (i) BMI (Body Mass Index) = Total
Total weight of a person
square of the height of a person
65
= = 33.16
1.96
Hence his BMI is 33.16.
(ii) He is over weight.
521 Examination
Corner
(iii) Because his BMI is more than 25. 1× 3 = 3
16. Amrita would successfully get the loan from a formal
formal source because –
(i) Can do the documentation required.
(ii) Can full the terms of credit.
(iii) Bank can be assured of repayment of loan by her through EMIs from her salary. 1× 3 = 3
17. (i) Government’
Government’ss policies
policies must protect
protect the interests, not only of the rich and the powerful, but
all the people in the country. It should ensure that the labour laws are properly implemented
implemented
and the workers get their rights.
(ii) It can support small producers to improve their performance till the time they become strong
enough to compete. If necessary, the government can use trade and investment barriers.
(iii) It can negotiate at the WTO for ‘fairer rules’
rules’.. It can also align with other developing countries
with similar interests to ght against
against the domination of developed countries in the WTO. 3
18.
(i) Creativity shown

(ii) Language used
(iii) Illustrations 1× 3 = 3
19. (i) Traders and travellers
travellers introduced new crops
crops to the lands
lands they travelled.
(ii) Even ‘ready’ foodstuff in distant parts of the world might share common origins like spaghetti
and noodles or, perhaps Arab traders took pasta to fth-century Sicily, an island now in Italy.
(iii) Similar foods were also known in India and Japan, so the truth about their origins may never
be known. Yet such guesswork suggests the possibilities of long-distance cultural contact
even in the pre-modern world.
(iv) Many of our common foods such as potatoes, soya, groundnu
groundnuts,
ts, maize, tomatoes, chillies,
sweet potatoes, and so on were not known to our ancestors until about ve centuries ago.
(v) These foods were only introduced in Europe and Asia after Christopher Columbus accidentally
discovered the vast continent that would later become known as the Americas.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
522
OR
(i) In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, merchants from the towns in Europe began
moving to the countryside, supplying money to peasants and artisans, persuading them to
produce for an international market.
(ii) With the expansion of world trade and the acquisition of colonies in different parts of the
world, the demand for goods began growing. But merchants could not expand production
within towns because here urban crafts and trade guilds
guilds were powerful.
(iii) These were associations of producers that trained craftspeople, maintained control over
production, regulated competition and prices, and restricted the entry of new people into
the trade.
(iv) Rulers granted different guilds the monopoly right to produce and trade in specic products.
It was therefore difcult for new merchants to set up business in towns.
(v) So they turned to the countryside. In the countryside, poor peasants and artisans who had
lost their common lands began working for merchants and produced goods and indirectly
served the international market.
OR
Urbanisation happened in England in the 18th century
(i) Ties between members of households loosened, and among the working class, the institution
of marriage tended to break down.
(ii) W
Women
omen of the upper and middle classes in Britain, on the other hand, faced increasin
increasingly
gly
higher levels of isolation, although their lives were made easier by domestic maids who
cooked, cleaned
cleaned and cared for young children on low wages.
(iii) Women who worked for wages had some control over their lives, particularly among the
lower social classes. However, many
many social reformers felt that the family as an institution had
broken down, and needed to be saved or reconstructed by pushing these women back into
the home.
(iv) The city encouraged a new spirit of individualism among both men and women, and a
freedom from the collective values that were a feature of the smaller rural communities.
(v) But men and women did not have equal access to this new urban space. As women lost
their industrial jobs and conservative people railed against their presence in public spaces,
women were forced to withdraw into their homes.
homes. 5
20. This sense of collective belonging came partly through the experience of united struggles. But
there were also a variety of cultural processes through which nationalism captured people’s
imagination.
imaginati on. Total (5)
(i) Main cultural
cultural processes:
processes: ½×4 = 2
1. Figures or images helped create an image with which people could identify the nation.
Devotion to this
to this mother gure came to be seen as evidence of one’s
one’s nationalism.
(i) It was with the growth of nationalism, that the identity of India was associated with the
image of Bharat
Bharat Mata.
(ii) This image was rst created by Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay
Chattopadhyay,, who wrote the song
‘Vande Mataram’ in his novel Anandamath.
(iii) Then Rabindranath Tagore painted the famous image of Bharat Mata. He was moved by
the Swadeshi movement.
(iv) In this painting, Bharat Mata is portrayed as an ascetic gure; she is calm, composed
divine and spiritual.
523 Examination
Corner
(ii) Indian folklore: ½×2 = 1
(i) Ideas of nationalism also developed through a movement to revive Indian folklore.
(ii) Folk tales were sung by bards in the villages, to give a true picture of the traditional
culture, which was corrupted and damaged by outside forces.
(iii) Icons and symbols (ag): 1×2 = 2
(i) During the Swadeshi Movement in Bengal, a tricolour ag
(red, green and yellow) was designed. It had eight lotuses,
representing eight provinces of British India and a crescent
moon, representing Hindus and Muslims. By 1921, Mahatma
Gandhi designed the swaraj ag.
(ii) Carrying the ag holding it aloft during marches became a
symbol of deance.
OR
Peasants of Awadh were led by Baba Ramchandr
Ramchandraa – a sanyasi who had earlier been to Fiji as an
indentured labourer. The movement here was against talukdars and landlords who demanded
from peasants exorbitantly high rents and a variety of other cesses. Farmers had to do begar and
and
work at landlords’ farms without any payment. As tenants they had no security of tenure, being
regularly evicted so that they could acquire no right over the leased land. The peasant movement
demanded reduction of revenue, abolition of begar , and social boycott of oppressive landlords. In
many places nai – dhobi bandhs were organised by panchayats to deprive landlords of the services
of even barbers and washermen. In June 1920, Jawaharlal Nehru began going around the villages
in Awadh, talking to the villagers, and trying to understand their grievances. By October, the
Oudh Kisan Sabha was set up headed by Jawaharlal Nehru, Baba Ramchandra and a few others.
Over 300 branches had been set up in the villages around the region within a month. So when the
Non-cooperation
Non-cooperati on Movement began the following year, the effort of the Congress was to integrate
the Awadh peasant struggle into the wider struggle.
In the Gudem Hills of Andhra Pradesh, for instance, a militant guerrilla movement spread in the
early 1920s – not
not a form of struggle that the Congress could approve. Here, as in other forest
regions, the colonial government had closed large forest areas, preventing people from entering
the forests to graze their cattle, or to collect fuelwood and fruits. This enraged the hill people. Not
Not
only were their livelihoods affected but they felt that their traditional rights were being denied.
When the government began forcing them to contribute begar for for road building, the hill people
revolted. An interesting gure, Alluri Sitaram Raju claimed that he had a variety of special powers:
he could make correct astrological predictions and heal people, and he could survive even bullet
shots. Captivated by Raju, the rebels proclaimed that he was an incarnation of God. Raju talked
of the greatness of Mahatma Gandhi and accepted that he was inspired by the Non-Cooperati
Non-Cooperation on
Movement, and persuaded people to wear khadi and give up drinking. But at the same time he
asserted that India could be liberated only by the use of force, not non-violence. The Gudem
rebels attacked police stations, attempted to kill British ofcials and carried on guerrilla warfare
for achieving swaraj. Raju was captured and executed in 1924, and over time became a folk hero.
2½×2 = 5
21. (i) The Textile Industry occupies unique position
positi on in the Indian economy, because it contributes
contribut es
signicantly to industrial production (14 per cent), employment generation (35 million
persons directly – the second largest after agriculture) and foreign exchange earnings (about
24.6 per cent).
Xam idea
Social Science–X
524
(ii) It contribut
contributes
es 4 per cent towards GDP
GDP.. It is the only industr
industryy in the country, which is self-
reliant and complete in the value chain i.e., from raw material to the highest value added
products.
(iii) In the early years, the Cotton Textile Industry was concentrated in the cotton growing
belt of Maharashtra and Gujarat. Availability of raw cotton, market, transport including
accessible port facilities, labour, moist climate, etc. contributed towards its localisation.
(iv) This industry has close links with agriculture and provides a living to farmers, cotton boll
pluckers and workers engaged in ginning, spinning, weaving, dyeing, designing, packaging,
tailoring and sewing.
(v) The industry by creating demands supports many other industries, such as, chemicals and
dyes, mill stores, packaging materials and engineering works. 1×5 = 5
22. (i) Construction cost of roads
roads is much lower
lower than that of railway lines.
(ii) Roads can traverse comparatively more dissected and undulating topography. Roads can
negotiate higher gradients of slopes and as such can traverse mountains such as the Himalayas.
(iii) Road transport is economical in transportation of few persons and relatively smaller amount
of goods over short distances.
(iv) Roads also provide door-to-door service, thus the cost of loading and unloading is much lower.
(v) Road transport is also used as a feeder to other modes of transport such as they provide a link
between railway stations, air and sea ports.
OR
Means of Personal Communication in India –
1. The Indian postal network is the largest in the world. It handles parcels
parcels as well as personal
written communication
communications.s. Cards and envelopes are considered rst–class mail and are
airlifted between stations covering both land and air. The second–class mail includes book
packets, registered newspapers and periodicals. They are carried by surface mail, covering
land and water transport. To facilitate quick delivery of mails in large towns and cities, six
mail channels have been introduced recently. They are called Rajdhani Channel, Metro
Channel, Green Channel, Business Channel, Bulk Mail Channel and Periodical Channel.
2. India has one of the largest telecom networks in Asia. Excluding urban places more than
two-thirds of the villages in India have already been covered with Subscriber Trunk Dialling
(STD) telephone facility. In order to strengthen the ow of information from the grass root
to the higher level, the government has made special provision to extend twenty-four hours
STD facility to every village in the country. There is a uniform rate of STD facilities all over
India. It has been made possible by integrating the development in space technology with
communication technology.
Mass communication in India –
3. All India Radio (Akashwani) broadcasts a variety of programmes in national, regional and
local languages for various categories of people, spread over different parts of the country.
Doordarshan, the national television channel of India, is one of the largest terrestrial
networks in the world. It broadcasts a variety of programmes from entertainment, educational
educational
to sports, etc. for people of different age groups.
4. India publishes a large number of newspapers and periodicals annually. They are of
different types depending upon their periodicity. Newspapers are published in about 100
languages and dialects. Largest numbers of newspapers published in the country are in
Hindi, followed by English and Urdu.
525 Examination
Corner
5. India is the largest producer of feature lms in the world. It produces short lms; video
feature lms and video short lms. The Central Board of Film Certication is the authority
to certify both Indian and foreign lms. 1×5 = 5
23. (i) The literacy rate among women is only 54 per cent compared with 76 percentpercent among
among men.
Similarly,, a smaller proportion of girl students go for higher studies. Many of them drop out
Similarly
because parents prefer to spend their resources for their boys’ education.
(ii) The proportion of women among the highly paid and valued jobs is still very small. On an
average, an Indian woman works one hour more than an average man every day. Yet much of
her work is not paid and therefore
t herefore often not valued.
(iii) The Equal Wages Act provides that equal wages should be paid to equal work. However, in
almost all areas of work, from sports and cinema, to factories and elds, women are paid less
than men, even when both do exactly the same work.
(iv) In many parts of India, parents prefer to have sons and nd ways to have the girl child aborted
before she is born. Such sex-selective
sex-selective abortion led to a decline in child sex ratio.
(v) They are not safe even within their own home from beating, harassment and other forms of
domestic violence.
24. The various functions of political parties in a democracy are: 1×5 = 5
(i) In most democracies, parties contest elections by nominating a person as their candidate in
the election.
(ii) Vo
Voters
ters have their opinion and they choose a party which also follows the same. Parties put
forward a multitude of different policies and programme to ensure that more people identify
their opinion with the party and therefore support it.
(iii) Parties play a decisive role in making laws for a country. Candidates from the ruling party
form the majority members of legislature and executive. They generally implement laws
with respect to the opinions
opinions and policies
policies the party had earlier
earlier stated.
(iv) Parties form and run governments. Big policy decisions are taken by political executive that
comes from the political parties. Parties recruit leaders, trains them and then make them
ministers to run the government in the way they want.
(v) Those parties that do not form part of the government after the elections play the role of
opposition. They
They act as balance of power and opinion to the government.
(vi) Parties shape public opinion by raising and highlighting issues. Parties also raise issues of
matter to the public in front of the government.
(vii) Party members provide citizens access to government
government schemes. They are more approachable
approachable
than government ofcers since parties have to be responsive to people’s demands. This
ensures them support of the people in elections. ( Any fve)
fve)
OR
The various challenges faced by political parties are:
(i) There is lack of internal democracy within
within parties. Generally in a political party, power is
concentrated to few leaders at the top. There is a lack of internal elections whereby people
are appointed to party position depending on the choices of the top leaders. Feedback
mechanisms from members are not implemented properly and decision making processes
are kept in secrecy.
(ii) Dynastic succession: Lack of internal democracy and elections leads to dynastic succession
in leadership. Nepotism arises as top leadership prefer to have their family members as
successor thereby the members who work at the grassroots are neglected.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
526
(iii) Money and muscle power: There is a growing inuence of money and muscle power in
parties. Winning elections take priority over moral principles. Parties then nominate
criminals who may win an election as candidates. Parties also take money from people who
then have considerable inuence over the party if they win the election.
(iv) Ideological Differences: There has been a decline in the ideological differences among
parties. Many people by giving money have ensured their inuence is spread across many
political parties. This reduces options for voters during elections. ( Any two)
two) 1×5 = 5
25. Rohan works in an organised sector; he will enjoy
enjoy security of employment. He will be expected
to work only a xed number of hours. If he works more, he will have to be paid overtime by
the employer. He will also get several other benets from the employers like getting paid leave,
payment during holidays, provident fund, gratuity etc. He is supposed to get medical benets
and, under the laws, the bank manager has to ensure facilities like drinking water and a safe
working environment.
environment. When he will retire, he will get pension as well.
In contrast, Sumit works in the unorganised sector which is characterised by small and scattered
units which are largely outside the control of the government. There are rules and regulations but
these are not followed.
So, his job will be low-paid and often not regular. There will be no provision for overtime, paid
leave, holidays, leave due to sickness etc. Employment is not secure. He can be asked to leave
without any reason when there is less
less work, such as, during some seasons. A lot also depends on
on
the whims of his employer. 1×5 = 5
OR
Reema works in Secondary or Manufacturing Sector where as Shirin works in the Te
Tertiary
rtiary or
Service Sector. (Total 5) 1×1 = 1
Role of Secondary/Manufacturing Sector –
This sector covers activities in which natural products are changed into other forms through ways
of manufacturing that we associate with industrial activity, hence it is also called as industrial
sector.
The product in this sector has to be made and therefore some process of manufacturing is
essential, may be in a factory, a workshop or at home. For example, using cotton bre from the
plant, spinning yarn and weaving cloth etc.
This sector provides large scale employment and helps in earning huge revenue. It helps in the
development of a nation. 1×2 = 2
Role of Tertiary/Service Sector –
These are activities that help in the development of the primary and secondary sectors. These
activities, by themselves,
themselves, do not produce a good but they are an aid or a support for the production
process. For example, goods
goods need to be transported by trucks or trains and then sold in wholesale
and retail shops; they have to be stored in godowns.
So, transpor
transport,t, storage, communicat
communication,
ion, banking, trade are some examples of tertiartertiaryy activitie
activities.
s.
Since these activities generate services, the tertiary sector is also called the
t he service sector. It also
includes services of teachers, doctors, and those who provide personal services such as washer
men, barbers, cobblers, lawyers, and people to do administrative and accounting works. In recent
times, certain new services based on information technology such as internet cafe, ATM booths,
call centres, softwar
softwaree companies etc. have become important
important.. 1×2 = 2
Service sector contributes the most to the national economy these days and is further growing.
zzz
527 Examination
Corner
CBSE Examination
PAPER–2018 (solved)
Instructions:
(i) The question paper has 26 questions
has 26 all. All questions are compulsory.
questions in all. All
(iii) Questions from serial number 1 to 7 are
are Very Short Answer type Questions. Each questions carries one
mark.
( iv ) Questions from serial number 8 to 18 are 3 marks
marks questions. Answers of these questions should not
exceed 80 words
words each.
(v ) Questions from serial number 19
19 t
too 25 are
are 5 marks
marks questions. Answers of these questions should not
exceed 100 words
words each.
(vi) Question number 26
number 26 is a map question. It has two parts, 26
parts, 26 (A) and 26
26 (B). 26
(B). 26 (A) of 2 marks
of 2 marks from
and 26(B) of
History and 26(B) of 3 marks
marks from Geography.
(vii) There is no overall choice.
choice. However, internal choice has been provided in some
some questions. You
You have to
attempt only one
one of
of the alternatives in all such- questions.
1. Why were big European powers met in Berlin in 1885?

1885?
OR
Why were merchants from towns in Europe began to move countryside in seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries.
OR
Why did Charles Booth, a Liverpool ship owner conduct the rst social survey of low skilled
workers in the East End of London in 1887?
1887? 1
2. Why did the Roman Catholic Church impose control over publishers and booksellers?
OR
Why do novels use vernacular? 1
3. Classify resources on the basis of origin. 1
4. ‘A challeng
challengee is not just any problem but an opport
opportunity
unity for progre
progress.’
ss.’ Analyse the statement. 1
5. State any two goals of development other than income. ½+½=1
6. When we produce goods by exploiting natural resources,
resources, in which category of economic
economic sector
such activities come? 1
7. Give any two examples of informal sector of credit. ½+½=1
8. Describe the impact of ‘Rinderpest’ on people’s
people’s livelihoods and local economy in Arica in the
1890s.
OR
Xam idea
Social Science–X
528
Describe any three major problems faced by Indian cotton weavers in nineteenth century.
OR
Describe any three steps taken to clean up London during nineteenth century. 3
9. “The ‘Print Revolution’ had transformed the lives of people changing their relationship to
information and knowledge.” Analyse the statement.
OR
Distinguish between the themes of ‘Pride and Prejudice’ and ‘Jane Eyre’ novels written by Jane
Austen and Charlottee Bronte respectively. 3
10. How has the ever increasing number of industries in India made worse position by exerting
pressure on existing fresh water resources? Explain. 3
11. “Dense and efcient network of transport is a pre-requisite for local and national development.”
Analyse the statement. 3
12. Describe any three provisions of amendment made in ‘Indian Constitution’ in 1992 for making
‘Three-Tier ’ government more effective and powerful. 3
13. Explain the three factors that are crucial in deciding the outcome of politics of social divisions.
3
14. “Secularism is not an ideology of some political parties or persons, but it is one of the foundations
of our country.” Examine the statement. 3
15. How is the issue of sustainability important for development? Explain with examples. 3
16. Distinguish the service conditions of organised sector with that of unorganized sector. 3
17. Why is cheap and affordable credit important for the country’s development? Explain any three
reasons. 3
18. How can consumer awareness be spread among consumers to avoid exploitation in the market
place? Explain any three ways. 3
19. Describe the explosive conditions prevailed in Balkans after 1871 in Europe.
OR
Describe the role of different religious groups in the development of anti-colonial feelings in
Vietnam. 5
20. How did Non-Cooperation movement start with participation of middle class people in the cities?
Explain its impact on the economic front.
OR
Why was Congress reluctant to allow women to hold any position of authority within the
organisation? How did women participate in Civil Disobedience Movement? Explain. 2+3=5
21. “The Government of India has introduced various institutional and technological reforms to
improve agriculture in the 1980s and 1990s.” Support this statement with examples.
OR
Compare ‘intensive subsistence farming’ with that of ‘commercial farming’ practiced in India.
5
22. Why is the economic strength of a country measured by the development of manufacturing
industries? Explain with examples. 5
23. Describe any ve major functions of political parties performed in a democracy. 5
24. “Democracy stands much superior to any other form of government in promoting dignity and
freedom of the individual.” Justify this statement.
529 Examination
Corner
OR
“Democracies lead to peaceful and harmonious life among citizens.” Justify this statement.
5
25. How has foreign trade been integrating markets of different countries? Explain with examples.
OR
How do we feel the impact of globalisation on our daily life? Explain with examples. 5
26. (A) Two features a and b are marked on the given political outline map of India. Identify these
features with the help of the following information and write their correct names on the
lines marked near them: (Total 5)
(a) The place where the Indian National Congress Session was held.
(b) The place where Gandhiji organised ‘Satyagraha’ in favour of cotton mill workers.
1×2 = 2
(B) Locate and label the following with appropriate symbols on the same given outline political
map of India.
(i) Raja Sansi – International Airport
(ii) Bhadravati – Iron and Steel Plant
(iii) Software Technology Park of West Bengal 1×3 = 3
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
530
1. The partition of Africa started with the Berlin Conference from 1884-1885, held in Berlin.
OR
Trade guilds, associations of producers trained craftsmen and artisans, maintained control over
production, regulated competition. They restricted the entry of new people into the trade.
OR
To check the actual status of living conditions of poor people. Major part of the society was
struggling for survival and there was a widespread fear of social disorder as poor could have
turned rebellious. 1
2. Print led to religious debates and fear of print. People could express their ideas in print and spread
them. Fear of books spread. Rebellious and irreligious thoughts could have spread by new books.
Dissent became a part of print. The clergy became afraid of the new awakening. Catholic Church
began inquisition to repress heretical ideas. They began to maintain an Index of Prohibited Books
from 1558.
OR
They were written in the language common to people which created the sense of shared world
between the diverse people of the nation. 1
3. Biotic and Abiotic Resources: Resources obtained from the biosphere like forests, wildlife,
sheries, livestock, human beings, etc., which have life, are called biotic resources.
Resources, which are obtained from non-living things are called abiotic resources. Iron, copper,
gold and lead are abiotic resources. 1
4. A challenge is just a test of your courage. Once we overcome a challenge, with our will power
and determination, we go up to higher level. Legal challenges alone cannot overcome challenges
to democracy like inequality, poverty, unemployment, communalism, etc. Legal constitutional
changes and the cooperation of the citizens is the need of hour. 1
5. Peace, Friendship, Love, Job Security etc. (any non-material thing) 1
6. Primary Sector, because these economic activities are directly related to the extraction of the raw
materials. It includes all branches of human activity that transform natural resources into basic
products. 1
7. Money lenders, Friends, Relatives, Landlords etc. 1
8. Rinderpest or the Cattle Plague arrived in Africa from Europe.
(i) It destroyed nearly 90% of the livestock and
(ii) Destroyed the livelihood of the Natives.
(iii) Mine owners and colonial powers were benetted by it and Africa ceased to be a free continent.
OR
Weavers suffered the most. Forced to work for the Company, who acted through their agents
called ‘Gomashthas’.
(i) After 1770s, the English controlled trade, eliminated competition, prevented the weavers
from dealing with other buyers. They were severely punished for delays.
(ii) There was desertion and migration by farmers of Carnatic and Bengal weavers.
(iii) Manchester came to India in the form of cotton textiles produced in English factories.
531 Examination
Corner
(iv) Imposition of import duties on Indian cotton and sale of British goods in Indian markets at
cheaper rates led to decline in Indian exports of cotton piece goods. (Any three)
OR
Cleaning London: It was an immediate problem due to the growth of slums. Life expectancy of a
worker was at an average 29, as compared to 55 among gentry. Steps taken to clean London were:
(i) Decongestion of localities by introduction of rent control.
(ii) Increasing green open space by building suburbs or countryside homes for the rich.
(iii) Landscaping and building cottages for single families etc. 1×3=3
9. It was not just a development, a new way of producing books; it transformed the lives of people,
changing their relationship to information and knowledge, and with institutions and authorities.
It inuenced popular perceptions and opened up new ways of looking at things.
(i) With the printing press, a new reading public emerged. Access to books created a new culture
of reading. Earlier, reading was restricted to the elites. Common people lived in a world of oral
culture. They heard sacred texts read out, ballads recited, and folk tales narrated. Knowledge
was transferred orally.
(ii) Print created the possibility of wide circulation of ideas, and introduced a new world of
debate and discussion. Not everyone welcomed the printed book, and those who did also had
fears about it.
(iii) Print and popular religious literature stimulated many distinctive individual interpretations
of faith even among little-educated working people.
OR
Women writers explored the world of women, their emotions, identities, experiences and problems.
(i) (a) Jane Austen (1775-1817) portrayed life of women in genteel rural society in the early
19th century England.
(b) Women during that time, were encouraged to look for a good marriage and nd a wealthy
and propertied husband, and this was portrayed in her famous novel ‘The Pride and the
Prejudice’.
(c) She wrote ‘it is the truth, universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession of
good fortune must be in want of a good wife’. The main characters were also seen pre-
occupied with marriage and money.
(ii) (a) Charlotte Bronte’s (1816-1855) Jane Eyre portrayed an independent and assertive girl,
who protests against hypocrisy and cruelty. While girls of her time were expected to
be quiet and well behaved, Jane at the age of ten, protests against the hypocrisy of her
elders with startling bluntness.
(b) She tells her Aunt who is always unkind to her; ‘People think you a good woman, but
you are bad. You are deceitful. I will never call you aunt as long as I live.’
(c) Such stories allowed women readers to sympathise with rebellious actions. Often women
novelists dealt with women who broke established norms of society before adjusting to
them. ½× 6=3
10. (i) Coal, dyes, soaps, pesticides, fertilisers, plastics and rubber are some common pollutants.
(ii) The principal industries which create water pollution are paper pulp, textiles, chemical,
petroleum, renery, tannery and electroplating.
(iii) Thermal pollution of water occurs when hot-water from factories and thermal plants is
drained into rivers and ponds before cooling. 1× 3=3
Xam idea
Social Science–X
532
11. (i) Fast and efciently moving transport is required for traded items to reach their destinations
on time, otherwise business will suffer.
(ii) Transport is required to carry raw materials to production centres.
(iii) Modern communication facilities like the internet allow commercial transactions to take
place over large distances including overseas transaction. They also keep buyers and sellers
informed about their present and prospective markets.
(iv) From manufacturing hubs to markets, particularly for perishable goods.
(v) Movement of people again is very important for trade and business. (Any three)
Thus, it can be concluded that dense and efcient network of transport is a pre-requisite for
national and international trade. 1× 3=3
12. Important features of 1992 amendments:
(i) Mandatory to hold regular elections to the local government bodies.
(ii) Reservations of seats for scheduled castes, scheduled tribes and other backward classes. The
rights of Adivasis are protected in a special Act passed in 1996.
(iii) 1/3 of positions reserved for women.
(iv) A state Finance Commission examines the nancial position.
(v) 29 subjects, which were in the State list have been transferred to the Panchayati Raj
institutions by the 11th schedule of the Constitution.
(vi) A State Election Commission has been created in each state to conduct Panchayat and
Municipal election. (Any three) 1× 3=3
13. Factors that decide the outcomes of social divisions are:
(i) How do people see their identities – If people think they are Indians rst, and then
they are Bengali, Punjabi, etc. or belong to a religious or language group, then there will
be no conict. Trouble in Ireland was because they thought themselves to be Catholics or
Protestants rst and then Irish. In Belgium, it was the opposite. First Belgians, then Dutch or
French speaking.
(ii) How political leaders raise the demands of any community – For example, in Sri Lanka,
the demands of ‘only Sinhala’ was at the cost of Tamil speaking community. In Yugoslavia,
each ethnic group made demands for itself only, with the result that the country was divided
into six nations as the demands of every community could not be accommodated within a
single country,
(iii) Depends on how the government reacts to the demands – If the rulers are willing to share
power, (as in Belgium) there is no threat to the unity of the country. But if suppressed in the
name of national unity (as in Sri Lanka), it leads to violence. Attempts at forced integration
leads to disintegration. 1× 3=3
14. Communalism was and continues to be one of the major challenges to democracy in our country.
The makers of our Constitution were aware of this challenge. That is why they chose the model
of a secular state.
(i) There is no ofcial religion for the Indian state. Unlike the status of Buddhism in Sri Lanka,
that of Islam in Pakistan and that of Christianity in England, our Constitution does not give
a special status to any religion.
(ii) The Constitution provides to all individuals and communities freedom to profess, practice
and propagate any religion, or not to follow any.
(iii) The Constitution prohibits discrimination on grounds of religion.
533 Examination
Corner
(iv) At the same time, the Constitution allows the state to intervene in the matters of religion in
order to ensure equality within religious communities. For example, it bans untouchability.
( Any three ) 1×3=3
15. (i) Sustainable development is that process which fulls the needs of present generation,
without causing any harm to the ability of the future generation to meet their own needs.
(ii) It requires preservation of stock of resources including exhaustible natural resources and
environmental resources.
(iii) Recent studies show that groundwater in India is exhausted because of overuse. 1/3 of
the country is overusing its groundwater reserves. Another area is exhaustion of natural
resources. The resources of crude oil would last only for 43 years more. 1× 3=3
16. (i) Organized sector covers those enterprises or places of work where the terms of employment
are regular. They are registered by the government and have to follow its rules and regulations.
Therefore, people have job security. Unorganised sector covers small and scattered units
which are largely outside the control of the government. There are rules and regulations but
they are generally not being implemented by the unorganised sector. Employment is not
secure in the unorganised sector.
(ii) In an organised sector, unorganised sector protection and support is required for the workers
for their economic and social development. There is a protection and support guarantee to
employees from their employers whereas in an.
(iii) Employees in an organised sector generally get respectable pay and don’t face social
discrimination whereas people in unorganised sector get irregular work and paid low. They
also face social discrimination. 1×3=3
17. Credit plays a crucial role in a country’s nancial development because
(i) It helps in increasing the economic activities of the country.
(ii) Thus improve the living standard of people if used properly.
(iii) It may improve the economic condition of the poor and landless.
(iv) It helps in establishment of industries. ( Any three) 1×3=3
18. Consumer awareness can be spread through:
(i) The enactment of COPRA has led to the setting up of separate departments of Consumer
Affairs in central and state governments.
(ii) The posters that create awareness must have been seen by you. This is one of the examples
through which government spread information about legal processes, which people can use.
You might also be seeing such advertisements on television channels.
(iii) Taking Bills from the seller.
(iv) Be aware about their rights.
(v) Leave lazy attitude and behave as an aware consumer. ( Any three) 1×3=3
19. The major European powers, in turn, manipulated the nationalist aspirations of the subject
peoples in Europe to full their own imperialist aims. The most serious source of nationalist
tension in Europe after 1871 was the area called the Balkans.
(i) The Balkans was a region of geographical and ethnic variation comprising modern-day
Romania, Bulgaria, Albania, Greece, Macedonia, Croatia, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Slovenia,
Serbia and Montenegro whose inhabitants were broadly known as the ‘Slavs’.
(ii) A large part of the Balkans was under the control of the Ottoman Empire. The spread of
the ideas of romantic nationalism in the Balkans together with the disintegration of the
Ottoman Empire made this region very explosive.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
534
(iii) The rebellious nationalities in the Balkans thought of their struggles as attempts to win back
their long-lost independence. As the different Slavic nationalities struggled to dene their
identity and independence, the Balkan area became an area of intense conict.
(iv) The Balkans states were ercely jealous of each other and each hoped to gain more territory
at the expense of the others.
(v) Matters were further complicated because the Balkans also became the scene of big power
rivalry due to its strategic importance. This led to a series of wars in the region and nally
the First World War.
OR
(i) Religious beliefs of Vietnam were a mixture of Buddhism, Confucianism and local practices.
The French introduced Christianity, their Missionaries were hostile to the easy-going
attitude of the Vietnamese towards religion.
(ii) Scholars’ Revolt of 1868: Led by ofcials of the imperial court. Uprising in Ngu An and Ha
Tien provinces killed a thousand Catholics.
(iii) By the middle of the 18th century, 300,000 people converted to Christianity by Catholic
Missionaries. The French crushed the movement but this uprising served to inspire other
patriots to rise up against them.
(iv) The HoaHao Movement began in 1939 under its founder Huynh Phu So. It gained popularity
in the fertile Mekong delta area. It drew on religious ideas popular in anti-French Uprisings
of the 19th century.
(v) Movements like these always had a contradictory relationship with mainstream nationalism.
Political parties often drew upon their support, but anxious and uncomfortable about their
activities. They could neither control or discipline these groups, nor support their rituals and
practices.
Yet the signicance of these movements in arousing anti-imperialist sentiments should not be
underestimated. 1×5=5
20. The movement started with middle-class participation in the cities.
(i) Thousands of students left government-controlled schools and colleges, headmasters and
teachers resigned, and lawyers gave up their legal practices.
(ii) The council elections were boycotted in most provinces except Madras, where the Justice
Party, the party of the non-Brahmans, felt that entering the council was one way of gaining
some power - something that usually only Brahmans had access to.
(iii) The effects of non-cooperation on the economic front were more dramatic. Foreign goods
were boycotted, liquor shops picketed, and foreign cloth burnt in huge bonres.
(iv) The import of foreign cloth halved between 1921 and 1922, its value dropping from ` 57 crore.
In many places merchants and traders refused to trade in foreign goods or nance foreign
trade. As the boycott movement spread, and people began discarding imported goods.
(v) People preferred wearing only Indian clothes. Production of Indian textile mills and
handlooms went up.
OR
(i) Women participated in protest marches, manufactured salt, and picketed foreign cloth and
liquor shops. Many went to jail.
(ii) In urban areas, these women were from high-caste families; in rural areas, they came from
rich peasant households. Moved by Gandhiji’s call, they began to see service to the nation as
a sacred duty of women.
535 Examination
Corner
(iii) Yet, this increased public role did not necessarily mean any radical change in the way the
position of women was visualised. Gandhiji was convinced that it was the duty of women to
look after home and hearth, be good mothers and good wives.
(iv) And for a long time, the Congress was reluctant to allow women to hold any position of
authority within the organisation.
(v) It was keen only on their symbolic presence. 1×5=5
21. The technological advancements gave birth to Green Revolution, White Revolution or Operation
Flood.
(i) The Government abolished the Zamindari system. Land Reforms and consolidation of land
holdings started after independence.
(ii) Radio and television started informing the farmers about the new improved techniques of
farming.
(iii) Agriculture is the backbone of the Indian economy.
(iv) Rural banks, cooperative societies and Kisan Credit Card ensure easy availability of funds to
farmers.
(v) Considering the importance of agriculture, the Government of India took steps to modernise
agriculture.
(vi) Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) was established. ( Any fve) 1×5=5
OR
(i) Intensive subsistence farming is carried out in the areas with high population pressure on
land.
(ii) Irrigation, fertilisers and pesticides are used to get maximum output from limited land.
(iii) Various machines are introduced.
(iv) Commercial farming is characterised by use of higher doses of modern inputs like HYV seeds,
chemical fertilisers, insecticides, pesticides, etc. in order to obtain higher productivity.
(v) Plantation farming, a form of commercial farming, involves growing of a single crop on a
large area. 1× 5=5
22. (i) Utilisation of Natural Resources: Utilisation of huge volume of natural resources has
become possible with the development of industries in the country.
(ii) Balanced Sectoral Development: Growth of Industrialisation in the country can attain
balanced Sector development and it can reduce the too much dependence of the economy
on the agricultural sector.
(iii) Enhanced Capital Formation: Increasing volume of investment in industries has led to
enhancement in the rate of capital formation in the country.
(iv) Increase in National Income & Foreign Exchange: Organised and unorganised industries
are jointly contributing a good portion of the total national income of the country.
(v) Increase in Job Opportunities: It increase the job opportunities for a large section of the
population of the country.
23. (i) Parties contest elections by putting up candidates.
(ii) In some countries, candidates are selected by members and supporters of a party ( e.g., USA).
(iii) In other countries, candidates are chosen by top party leaders — e.g ., India.
(iv) Parties have different policies and programmes, voters choose from them. In a democracy, a
large number of people with similar opinions group together and form a party and then give
a direction to the policies followed by the government.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
536
(v) The parties that lose elections from the opposition and voice different views and criticise
government for its failures. They mobilise opposition to the government.
(vi) They shape public opinion. Parties with the hlp of pressure groups launch movements for
solving problems faced by the people.
(vii) They provide people access to government machinery and welfare schemes. The local party
leader acts as a link between the citizen and the government ofcer. ( Any fve) 1×5=5
24. Dignity and Freedom of the Citizens
(i) Democracy promotes dignity and freedom of the individual. Every individual wants to receive
respect from fellow beings.
Democracies have achieved this to a certain degree in many countries.
(ii) Dignity of Women
Women had to ght long battles to receive their due in society. Societies across the world
have been male dominated. It is absolutely essential that women should get equal treatment.
Women can now wage a struggle against what is now unacceptable legally and morally. In a
non-democratic set-up, women would not have a legal basis to ght for equality.
Of course, women still have to struggle. They are not always given their due respect even in
democracies.
(iii) Caste Inequalities
In India, the disadvantaged and discriminated castes have gained in strength due to
democracy. They have now the legal and moral right to ght for equal status and equal
opportunities. There are still instances of atrocities and inequalities suffered by people
because of caste, but they are not supported by law or moral code.
(iv) A democracy is always striving towards a better goal. People constantly demand more
benets in a democracy. There are always more expectations.
(v) People now look critically at the work of those who hold power, the rich, the powerful. They
express their dissatisfaction loudly. It shows they are no longer subjects but citizens of a
democratic country.
OR
(i) Democracies usually develop a procedure to conduct their competition. This reduces the
possibility of these tensions becoming explosive or violent.
(ii) No society can fully and permanently resolve conicts among different groups.
(iii) But we can certainly learn to respect these differences and we can also evolve mechanisms
to negotiate the differences.
(iv) Democracy is best suited to produce this outcome.
(v) Non-democratic regimes often turn a blind eye to or suppress internal social differences.
Ability to handle social differences, divisions and conicts is, thus, a denite plus point of
democratic regimes. 1×5=5
25. (i) Globalisation means integrating the economy of a country with the economies of other
countries under conditions of free ow of trade and capital and movement of persons across
borders. Integration of markets in different countries is known as foreign trade.
(ii) MNCs are playing a major role in the process of rapid integration or interconnection between
countries.
(iii) Now more regions of the world are in closer contact with each other than a few decades back.
537 Examination
Corner
(iv) MNCs is instrumental in the Indian economy as they are setting up production jointly with
some of the local companies.
(v) Rapid improvement in information and communication technology has been one major
factor that has stimulated the Globalisation process.
OR
Let us see the effect of foreign trade through the example of Chinese toys in the Indian market.
(i) Chinese toys have become more popular in the Indian market because of their cheaper prices
and new designs. Now Indian buyers have a greater choice of toys and at lower p rices.
(ii) Simultaneously, Chinese toy makers get the opportunity to expand business.
(iii) On the other side, Indian toy makers face losses.
(iv) Only skilled and educated class has benetted from Globalisation.
(v) There is a greater choice for consumers, with a variety of goods and at cheap prices. Now they
enjoy a much higher standard of living. 1×5=5
26. [A] Identication (Total 5) 1×2 = 2
(a) Madras (b) Ahmedabad
[B] Location and Labelling
(i) Raja Sansi—Amritsar (ii) Bhadravati—Karnataka
(iii) Software Technology Park of West Bengal—Kolkata 1×3=3
INDIA
26[B] (i)
RAJA SANSI
Amritsar
26[A] (b)
Ahmedabad
26[B] (iii)
SOFTWARE
TECHNOLOGY
PARK
Kolkata
26[B] (ii) 26[A] (a)

BHADRAVATI Madras
Karnataka (Chennai)
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
538
Model Question
Paper - 1 [Solved]
Instructions:
(i) The question paper has 26 questions in all. All questions are compulsory.
(iii) Questions from serial number 1 to 7 are Very Short Answer type Questions. Each questions carries one
mark.
( iv ) Questions from serial number 8 to 18 are 3 marks questions. Answers of these questions should not
(v ) Questions from serial number 19 to 25 are 5 marks questions. Answers of these questions should not
(vi) Question number 26 is a map question. It has two parts, 26 (A) and 26 (B). 26 (A) of 2 marks from
History and 26(B) of 3 marks from Geography.
attempt only one of the alternatives in all such- questions.
1. Describe the role of Guiseppe Mazzini in Italy’s Unication.

OR
Who had overthrown Bao Dai regime? 1
2. What was Inland Emigration Act of 1859?
OR
Who was Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay? 1
3. How did Belgians tackle the problems of different communities? 1
4. What are residuary subjects? 1
5. What is the origin of social differences? 1
6. What does ‘Infant Mortality rate’ mean? 1
7. What changes can be seen in Secondary Sector of India? 1
8. How did the small scale industries predominate in India?
OR
How did people entertain themselves in Chawls?
OR
What was the most powerful weapon that the Spanish used to conquer America? 3
9. Who was Menocchio? Why was he executed? 3
OR
539 Examination
Corner
What were the reasons for the popularity of novels among women? 3
10. Why did Jawahar Lal Nehru proudly proclaimed the dams as ‘Temples of Modern India’? 3
11. Differentiate between Commercial farming and plantation farming. 3
12. What are the various uses of coal? 3
13. How are Gram Panchayats formed? 3
14. Suggest the steps to improve the social status of women in Indian society. 3
15. How do parties perform the job of making laws for the country? 3
16. How would income and employment increase if farmers were provided with loan, irrigation and
marketing facilities? 3
17. How are cooperatives functioning in the rural areas to solve the problems of credit? 3
18. How are companies providing services benetted by globalisation? 3
19. How did the concept of Nation States develop in Europe? Was it successful in the formation of
Nation States? Explain with the help of suitable examples.
OR
What ideas did Phan Boi Chau and Phan Chu Trinh share in common and what did they disagree
on? 5
20. How did business classes of India relate to Civil Disobedience Movement? 5
OR
What did Gandhiji mean when he said Satyagraha is active resistance? 5
21. “The textile industry is the only industry in the country which is self reliant and complete in the
value chain”. Justify the statement. 5
22. What is trade? Explain the importance of International trade.
OR
Explain any ve reasons that why a dense and efcient network of transport and communication
is pre-requisite for trade of today. 5
23. Differentiate horizontal and vertical power sharing in modern democracies. 5
24. What outcomes are expected of a democracy?
OR
How is gender division understood in Indian society? How does political mobilisation of women
on this question help to improve women’s role in public life? 5
25. Why are quality measurements used?
OR
How did the consumer movement arise out of dissatisfaction of the consumer? You can give any
example of your own life. 5
26. (A) (i) On the given outline map of India, locate the place where Congress Session of 1929
held.
(ii) On the given outline map of India, mark the place where Jallianwala Bagh incident took
place. (Total 5) 1×2 = 2
(B) On the given outline map of India identify the following:
(i) A software Technology Park.
(ii) Black soil predominant region
(iii) Krishna Raja Sagar Dam 1×3 = 3
Xam idea
Social Science–X
540
ANSWERS
1. Mazzini had sought to put together a coherent programme for a unitary Italian Republic. He had
formed a secret society, called ‘Young Italy’ for achieving his goal.
OR
The Bao Dai regime was overthrown by a coup led by Ngo Dinh Diem, who built a repressive and
authoritarians government. 1
2. Under the Inland Emigration Act of 1859, Plantation workers were not permitted to leave the
‘Tea-Gardens’ without permission and in fact, they were rarely given such permission.
OR
He was a Bengali poet writer and journalist. He wrote ‘Vande Matram’ as a hymn to motherland.
Later it was included in his novel ‘ Anandamath’ and widely sung during the Swadeshi movement
in Bengal. 1
3. In Belgium, the leaders have realised that the unity of the country is possible only by respecting
the feelings and interests of different communities and regions. Such a realisation resulted in
mutually acceptable arrangements for sharing power. 1
4. Subjects which do not fall into any of the three lists. In this, subjects like computer software
and its related issues are included. Only union government has the power to legislate on these
subjects. 1
5. These social differences are mostly based on accident of birth. Normally, we don’t choose to
belong to one community. 1
6. Infant mortality rate indicates the number of children that die before the age of one year as per
of 1000 live children born in that particular region. 1
7. New methods of manufacturing were introduced, factories came up and started expanding.
People from rural areas migrated to work in Factories and demands for manufactured goods has
also increased. 1
8. While factory/Industries grew steadily after the war, large industries formed a small segment of
the economy. Most of them were located in Bengal and Bombay.
(i) Over the rest of the country, small scale production continued to predominate.
(ii) In some instances, handicrafts production actually expanded in the 20th century.
(iii) While cheap machine made thread wiped out the spinning industry in the 19th century,
handloom cloth production survived, despite problems.
OR
Liquor shops and akharas came up in every empty spot in chawls.
(i) Magicians, monkey players or acrobats used to perform their acts on the streets.
(ii) The Nandi bull used to come to predict their future.
(iii) Chawls were also the place for the exchange of news about jobs, strikes, riots or demonstrations.
OR
(i) The most powerful weapon was the germs such as those of smallpox.
(ii) Because of their long isolation, America’s original inhabitants had no immunity against
these diseases that came from the Europe.
(iii) Smallpox in particular, proved to be a deadly killer disease. 1×3 = 3
541 Examination
Corner
9. Menocchio was a miller in Italy, who began to read books that were available in his locality.
(i) He interpreted the message of the Bible and formed his own ideas of God that infuriated the
(ii) Menocchio was declared a heretic and ultimately executed.
(iii) The Roman Catholics then imposed severe controls over publishers and booksellers and
began to maintain an index of prohibited books.
OR
Reasons for the popularity of novels among women were:
(i) Novels allowed for a new conception of womanhood.
(ii) Stories of Love – which was a staple theme of many novels – showed women who could
choose or refuse their partners and relationship.
(iii) Novels showed women, who could to some extent, control their lives. Some women authors
also wrote novels about women, who changed the world of both men and women. 3
10. Jawahar Lal Nehru proclaimed the dams as the temples of modern India as
(i) They would integrate the development of agriculture and village economy with rapid
industrialisation and growth of the urban economy.
(ii) Multipurpose projects launched after independence with their integrated water resources
management approach were thought of as the vehicle that would lead the nation to
development and progress.
(iii) These developments would help Indians to overcome the handicap of their colonial past.
1× 3 = 3
11.
Commercial Farming Plantation Farming
(i) In this type of farming, crops are grown (i) In this type of farming, a single crop is
only for commercial purposes. grown on a large area.
(ii) Farmers make use of higher dose of (ii) Labour is employed to work in large
modern inputs, HYV seeds, chemicals tracts of land, using capital Intensive
fertilises, insecticides etc. devices.
(iii) Eg: Rice is a commercial crop in Haryana (iii) Eg: Tea gardens produce tea and coffee
and Punjab. plantations produce coffee.
1× 3 = 3
12. The various uses of coal are:
(i) In India, coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel.
(ii) It provides a substantial part of nation’s energy needs.
(iii) It is used for power generation, to supply energy to industry as well as for domestic needs.
India is highly dependent on coal for meeting its commercial energy requirements.
13. Rural local government is popularly known as Panchayati Raj. Gram Panchayat is the smallest
unit at the village level.
(i) Each village or a group of villages in some states has a gram Panchayat.
(ii) This is a council consisting of general ward members often called Panch and a President or
Sarpanch.
(iii) They are directly elected by all the adult population living in that ward or village.
(iv) It is decision–making body of the entire village.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
542
(v) The Panchayats work under the overall supervision of the gram sabha. All voters in the
village are its members.
(vi) It has to meet at least twice or thrice in a year to approve the annual budget of the gram
Panchayat and to review the performance of the gram Panchayat. ½× 6 = 3
14. Steps to improve social status of women.
(i) The national commission for women should be strengthened so that it may take initiative in
combating injustice against women .
(ii) The training cum Employment programme for women should be launched to develop and
strengthen skills and employment opportunities for women.
(iii) The Laws regarding minimum age for marriage should be strictly enforced and strict laws
against dowry should be followed. 1× 3 = 3
15. (i) Parties play a decisive role in making laws for a country.
(ii) Formally, laws are debated in the form of rst, second and third readings and then by popular
voting, the bill is passed.
(iii) But since most of the members belong to a party, they follow what their leader says,
irrespective of their personal opinions. 1× 3 = 3
16. (i) Loan provided to the farmers can be used to construct a well, or to buy better quality of seeds
and pesticides.
(ii) Irrigation facility will help to have a second crop after the rst one, even in the absence of
monsoon.
(iii) Farmers required to transport their products to a nearby town. If the government invests
some money in transportation and storage of crops or makes better rural roads, so that mini
trucks can reach everywhere. This activity can provide productive employment to not just
farmers but also others such as those in services like transport or trade. 1× 3 = 3
17. Functions of cooperatives in rural areas:
(i) Besides banks, the other major source of cheap credit in rural areas are the cooperatives.
(ii) Members of a cooperative, pool their resources for cooperation in certain areas.
(iii) Cooperatives form members, who accepts deposits from its members. With these deposits as
collateral, the cooperative obtains a large loan from the bank. These funds are used to provide
loans to members. Once these loans are repaid, another round of lending can take place.
1× 3 = 3
18. (i) Globalisation has also created new opportunities for companies providing services,
particularly those involving IT.
(ii) These are Indian companies which are producing magazines for the London based and call
centres are also existing due to globalisation only.
(iii) Besides a host of services such as data entry, accounting, administrative tasks, engineering
are new being done cheaply in developing countries such as data entry, accounting,
administrative tasks engineering are new being done cheaply in developing countries such
as India are exported to the developed countries. 1× 3 = 3
19. During the 19th century, nationalism emerged as a force which brought about sweeping changes
in the political and moral world of Europe.
(i) It resulted into ‘Nation states’ in place of the multinational dynastic empires of Europe.
543 Examination
Corner
(ii) It was a concept of modern states having centralised powers exercising sovereign control
over their own territory.
(iii) In a nation state, people living in it develop a sense of common identity and shared history.
(iv) This commonness was developed through struggle, actions of leaders and the struggles of
the common people.
(v) This has given every nation state a single or common language, common culture or tradition
and an identity with that particular territory and do and die feeling. 5
OR
Both Phan Bai Chou and Phan Chu Triuh were nationalists. Both of them wanted to free Vietnam
from colonial occupation. (Total 5) 1×1 = 1
Differences:
(i) Phan Boi Chou: He was a Confucian scholar. He formed a revolutionary society in 1903,
with Prince Cuong De as the head. He wrote a book ‘The History of the Loss of Vietnam’, which
became best seller in Vietnam and China. He focussed on two topics in his book:
(i) The loss of sovereignty.
(ii) Severing of ties with China–ties that bound the elites of the two countries within a
shared culture. 1×2 = 2
(ii) Phan Chu Trinh: He did not favour monarchy and opposed the idea of resisting the French
with the help of the court. He wanted to establish a democratic republic. He was profoundly
inuenced by the west and did not want total rejection of western civilisation. He demanded
that the french should set up legal and educational institutions and developed agriculture
and industry. 1×2 = 2
20. (i) During the rst World War, Indian merchants and industrialists had made huge prots and
became powerful.
(ii) Keen an expanding their business, they now reacted against colonial policies that restricted
business activities.
(iii) They wanted protection against imports of foreign goods and a rupee starling foreign
exchange ratio that would discourage imports.
(iv) The industrialist attacked colonial control over indian economy and supported the civil
disorder movement when it was launched.
(v) They gave nancial assistance and refused to buy or sell imported goods.
OR
(i) According to Gandhiji the idea of Satyagraha emphasised the power of truth and the need to
search for the truth.
(ii) To him (Gandhi ji), it was a novel method of mass agitation, which he called satyagraha.
(iii) His thought that without being violent or aggressive, a Satyagrahi could win the battle
through non-violence.
(iv) This could be done by appealing to the conscience of the oppressive or British.
(v) Mahatma Gandhi believed that this Dharna of non-violence could unite all Indians, which
would help them to get Independence. 1× 5 = 5
21. The textile industry is self reliant and complete in value chain:
(i) It contributes signicantly to industrial production (14%).
Xam idea
Social Science–X
544
(ii) Employment generation as 35 million people are employed directly which is second largest
after agriculture.
(iii) It earns foreign exchange which is about 24% of the total foreign exchange.
(iv) It contributes 4 percent toward GDP.
(v) Today, these are nearly 1600 cotton and human made bre textile mills in the country. About
20 percent of them are in private sector and rest are in public sector and cooperative sector.
1× 5 = 5
22. Trade: The exchange of goods among people, states and countries is referred to as trade.
Importance:
(i) International trade of a country is an index to its economic prosperity.
(ii) It is considered the economic barometer of a country.
(iii) As the resources are space bound no country can survive without International trade.
(iv) Countries have trade relations with the major trading blocks.
(v) Exchange of commodity and goods have been superseded by the exchange of information
and knowledge.
OR
Transport and Communication for trade
The pace of development of a country depends upon the production of goods and services as well
as their movement over space. Therefore, efcient means of transport is a prerequisite for fast
development.
(i) For a long site, trade and transport were restricted to a limited space.
(ii) With the development in Science and technology, the area of inuence of trade and transport
expanded far and wide.
(iii) Today, the world has been converted into a large village with the help of efcient and fast
moving transport.
(iv) Transport has been able to achieve this with the help of equally developed communication
system.
(v) Therefore transport, communication and trade are complimentary. 1× 5 = 5
23. Following are the differences:
Horizontal division of Power Vertical Division of Power
1. In it, power is shared among different 1. In it, power is shared among governments
organs of the government. at different levels.
2. Here the power is shared among 2. There is governments at the central level
legislatures, executive and judiciary. and the governments at the state level too.
3. It allows different organs of the 3. This kind of governments is also called
government placed at the same level to federal division of power or federal
exercise different powers. governments.
4. In this kind of government, each organ 4. Here subjects or their functions are
checks the other. This results in a balance divided and they work at their own levels
of power among various institutions. within their own limits.
2+1+1+1 = 5
545 Examination
Corner
24. Outcomes expected of a democracy are:
(i) People should get a chance to choose their representatives without any fear.
(ii) Elections are held periodically on the basis of universal Franchise.
(iii) Free and fair elections are conducted by an independent machinery.
(iv) The elected representatives are accountable to the people.
(v) There is more than are political party which competes for power.
(vi) Pressure and Interest groups play a prominent role in the system.
(vii) People are guaranteed fundamental rights, like right to life, liberty, equality, religion by the
constitution.
(viii) The constitution provides for an impartial Judiciary, which protects the rights of the people.
(ix) There should be a strong opposition which should act as a watchdog on government both
inside and outside the Parliament.
(x) These should be an enlightened public opinion so that people can put pressure on the
government.
(xi) The court provides for a written set of rules which divides power between the center and the
state.
(xii) Freedom of press should be allowed.
(xiii) The unity, integrity and sovereignty of the country should be maintained.
(xiv) People should be vigilant and participate actively in the process of governance. ( Any fve)
OR
(i) Boys and Girls are brought to believe that the main responsibility of women is household
work and bringing up children.
(ii) Women do all work inside the house such as cooking, cleaning, washing clothes, tailoring,
looking after the children, etc. and men do all the work outside the house. It is not that men
cannot do such work; they simply think that it is for women, to attend to.
(iii) Political mobilisation has helped to improve women’s role in public life.
(a) Now women are scientists, space astronauts, doctors, engineers, lawyer and college and
university teachers which were earlier not considered suitable for them.
(b) Despite certain improvement, Indian Society remains a male dominated and patriarchal
society. Women still face torture, discrimination in various ways.
(iv) In urban areas, poor women work as domestic helps in middle-class homes while middle-
class women work in ofces.
(v) In fact, the majority of women do some sort of paid work in addition to domestic labour. But
their work is not valued and does not get recognition. 1× 5 = 5
25. The quality measurements are used to satisfy consumers:
(i) While buying many commodities, there is a logo with letters like ISI, AGMARK or Hallmark.
(ii) These logos and codication help consumers get assured of quality while purchasing the
goods and services.
(iii) The organisations that monitor and issue these certicate allow produces to use their logos
Xam idea
Social Science–X
546
(iv) Though then organisations develop quality standards for many products, it is not compulsory
for all the produces to follow standards.
(v) However for some products that affect the health and safety of consumers or of products of
mass consumptions like LPG cylinders, food colours, additives cement, packaged drinking
water, it is mandatory on the part of the producers to get their products certied by these
organisations.
OR
(i) The consumers’ movement arouse out of dissatisfaction of the consumers as many unfair
practices were being practised by the sellers.
(ii) There was no legal system available to consumers to protect them from exploitation in the
market place.
(iii) In India, the consumer movement as a ‘social force’ originated with the necessity of protecting
and promoting the interest of consumers against unethical and unfair trade practices.
(iv) Rampant food shortages, hoardings, black marketing, adulteration of food and edible oil
gave birth to the consumer movement in an organised form in 1960s.
(v) Till 1970s, consumer organisations were largely engaged in writing article and holding
exhibitions. They formed consumer groups to look into malpractices of ration stops and over
crowding in the road passenger transport. More recently, India witnessed an upsurge in the
number of consumer groups. 5
547 Examination
Corner
Answers of Q. No. 26 (A) and (B)
26. A (i)
26. A (ii)
Lahore Amristar
Cong. Session
1929
26. B (a)
26. B (b)
Indore
Madhya Pradesh
26. B (c)
Krishan
Raja Sagar Dam
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
548
Model Question
Paper - 2 [UnSolved]
General Instructions: Same as Model Question Paper–1.
1. Who were referred as ‘Junkers’ in Prussia?

OR
Mention one impact of Great Depression of 1930s on Vietnam. 1
2. In which Indian National Congress Session, the idea of Khilafat/Non-cooperation Movement was
accepted?
OR
By what means does hand spun khadi provide large scale employment to weavers?
OR
What were ‘Corn Laws’? 1
3. What does horizontal distribution of power mean? 1
4. Name the countries having ‘Coming together’ federation and ‘Holding together’ federation. 1
5. Which political party represented catholics in Ireland? 1
6. What does ‘National Development’ refers to? 1
7. Which new services have been introduced over the past decade? 1
8. Why was the industrial growth slow till the rst world war?
OR
‘Bombay was a Prime City of India’. Justify by giving examples.
OR
What two crucial inuences shaped post war reconstruction? 3
9. State how mechanical printing surfaced in China.
OR
Explain how novels helped in the spread of silent reading. 3
10. Why is the conservation and management of water resources important? Give any three
reasons. 3
11. Which crop is known as ‘golden bre’? Explain any two geographical conditions essential for the
cultivation of this crop. Mention its uses also. 3
12. Differentiate between ferrous and non-ferrous minerals with examples. 3
13. What special provisions are provided to some of the states of India? 3
14. What changes can be seen in the Caste System in modern India? 3
15. What are the main components of a political party? 3
549 Examination
Corner
16. Enumerate the status of employment in India. 3
17. Why do we need to expand formal sources of credit in India? Give three reasons. 3
18. What do you understand by Globalisation? Explain in your own words. 3
19. Explain the nation building process of Germany.
OR
How did nationalism emerge in Vietnam through the efforts of different sections of society to
ght against the French? Analyse. 5
20. How did the First World War create a new economic and political situations in India? Explain with
suitable examples.
OR
What was Rowlatt Act? How was Rowlatt Act opposed by the people in India? 5
21. Why do you feel that there are plans to shift sugar mills to South India? Give any three challenges
faced by sugar industries.
22. “Roadways still have an edge over railways in India.” Support the statement with arguments.
OR
Highlight any ve features of Hazira – Vijaipur – Jagdishpur pipeline. 5
23. What are the different forms of power sharing in modern democracies? Give example of each of
these. 5
24. Distinguish between primitive subsistence farming and intensive subsistence farming.
OR
Mention any two human activities which are responsible for the process of soil erosion. Explain
the two types of soil erosion mostly observed in India. 5
25. Why should consumers become well-informed consumers?
OR
Explain with an example how one can use the ‘Right to seek Redressal’ against unfair trade
practices and exploitation. 5
26. (A) (i) On the given outline map of India, mark Kheda. (Total 5) 2
(ii) On the given outline map of India, mark Champaran.
(B) On the given map of India, identify the following: 3
(i) A major sea port.
(ii) A cotton textile industry.
(iii) A coal mine.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
550
Model Question
1. What changes were brought in France after the events of February 1848.
OR
French colonisation of Vietnam was based on which two ideas? 1
2. By whom was the rst image of Bharat Mata painted?
OR
Who nanced the defence expenditure of World War I? 1
3. Which prudential reasons make power sharing desirable? 1
4. What is the role of Judiciary in power sharing arrangements of India? 1
5. What was the result of Yugoslavia’s ethnic conict? 1
6. Which indicators are taken into consideration for measuring Human Development Index (HDI)?
1
7. What does ‘MNREGA’ mean? 1
8. How did Bretton Wood System collapse giving birth to globalisation?
OR
Which cities were called ‘Presidency Cities’ in the 19th century India? Mention any two main
features of these cities.
OR
What does the picture indicate on the famous book ‘Dawn of the Century’? 3
9. How did the ideas of scientists and philosophers become more accessible to people?
OR
How did Premchand revolutionise is the writing of Hindi novels? 3
10. How have intensive industrialisation and urbanisation posed a great pressure on existing fresh
water resources in India? 3
11. Why the Indian agriculture has started a declining trend in food production. Explain. 3
12. How is mining activity injurious to the health of miners and environment? Explain. 3
13. “Judiciary plays an important role in Indian federalism.” Justify the statement. 3
14. How are religious differences expressed in politics? 3
15. Give the chief characteristics of a political party. 3
16. Why a large number of workers are forced to enter unorganised sector? 3
551 Examination
Corner
17. “Poor household still depend on informal sources of credit”. Support the statement with
examples. 3
18. “Barriers on foreign trade and foreign investment are removed to a large extent in India since
1991.” Justify the statement. 3
19. In Britain, the formation of nation-state was not the result of a sudden upheaval or revolution.
Validate the statement with relevant arguments.
OR
Why do you think that US underestimated the power of a small country like Vietnam. 5
20. Why were Indians outraged by the Rowlatt Act.
OR
Analyse any ve features of Gudem rebellion. What methods did the tribals adopt to gain
swaraj? 5
21. “Agriculture gives boost to the Industrial Sector.” Support the statement with suitable
arguments. 5
22. How has the distribution pattern of the railway network in the country been largely inuenced by
physiographic and economic factors? Explain with the help of examples.
OR
How do means of transport and communications play an important role in the economic
development of the country. Explain. 5
23. “Existence of Dutch and the French speaking people in Belgium created an ethnic tension”.
Elaborate the statement. 5
24. What are the shortcomings or weaknesses of democracy?
OR
Highlight the positive and negative impact of casteism with regard to political expression. Give
any three examples to justify the statement. 5
25. Explain any ve rights of a consumer under the Consumer Protection Act 1986.
OR
Explain why a consumer should acquire the knowledge and skill to become well informed
consumer. 5
26. (A) (i) On the given outline map of India, locate and mark the place where Congress Session
held in 1927. (Total 5)
(ii) On the given outline map of India, mark the place where Indigo planters started
Satyagrah Movement. 1×2 = 2
(B) On the given political map of India, identify the following:
(i) An Iron Ore Mine.
(ii) A Thermal Power Plant.
(iii) An International Airport. 1×3 = 3
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
552
Model Question
1. Who was proclaimed the King of United Italy in 1861?

OR
Write two lines on ‘Ho Chi Minh’? 1
2. Why did Awadh Movement of Peasants begin?
OR
In what way women participated in CDM? 1
3. What was the result of Civil War in Srilanka? 1
4. What are the dual objectives of Federal System? 1
5. What does the Civil Rights Movement of the USA signify? 1
6. What are common developmental goals of a person? 1
7. What does ‘GDP’ mean? 1
8. Why did the Bretton Woods Institution begin to shift its attention more towards developing
countries?
OR
Give reasons why Manchester could not recapture its old position in the Indian market after the
war.
OR
What forms of entertainment came up in nineteenth century England to provide leisure activities
to the people? 3
9. How did the Printing Press help in collecting children as its new readership?
OR
What kind of stories were taken for adolescent girls in novels? 3
10. What are the main factors responsible for river pollution in India? 3
11. What is ‘slash and burn’ agriculture? Explain with suitable examples. 3
12. Which factors affect the economic viability of a reserve? 3
13. How is Panchayat Samiti formed and at what level? 3
14. Dene the following terms—urbanisation, occupational mobility and caste hierarchy. 3
15. What is the difference between a national party and a state party? 3
16. Why is tertiary Sector called ‘Service Sector’? 3
17. Why are the terms of credit required for a loan or credit? 3
553 Examination
Corner
18. What do you mean by liberalisation of foreign trade? 3
19. “Culture had played an important role in the development of nationalism in Europe during
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.” Support the statement with example.
OR
Explain the situation and aftermath of US involvement in the war in Vietnam. 5
20. “The plantation workers in Assam had their own understanding of Mahatma Gandhi and the
nation of Swaraj.” Support the statement with argument.
OR
How did Mahatma Gandhi decide to call off Civil Disobedience Movement? Explain. 5
21. Classify industries on the basis of ownership. 5
22. What are the major zones of railways and their headquarters? State any four merits of railways.
OR
Analye any ve problems of Indian road transportation. 5
23. What factors led to a civil war in Sri Lanka? 5
24. What are the conditions under which democracies accommodate social diversities?
OR
Describe the various party systems existing in different countries. 5
25. If standardisation ensures the quality of a commodity, why are many goods available in the
market without ISI or AGMARK Certication.
OR
“Consumers Movements can be effective only with the consumer’s active involvement”. According
to you, which values can support the statement? 5
26. (A) (i) On the given outline political map of India, mark the place where movement of Indigo
planters began.
(ii) On the given outline political map of India, mark the place where cotton mill workers
went on Satyagraha. (Total 5) 1×2 = 2
(B) On the given political map of India, identify the following:
(i) A Thermal Power Plant
(ii) A Dam on river Krishna
(iii) A major food grain crop production area 1×3 = 3
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
554
Model Question
1. How did Lord Byron contribute to the Greek war of Independence?

OR
Who were called ‘Colons’ in Vietnam? 1
2. What changes were brought in Indian ag by Mahatma Gandhi?
OR
Why was Simon Commission rejected in India? 1
3. Why did Sri Lankan Tamils feel alienated from Sinhalese? 1
4. Who is the political head of municipality and gram panchayat? 1
5. What kind of social differences do we normally face in our society? 1
6. Besides more income, what other things do the people seek? 1
7. What are the drawbacks of an unorganised sector? 1
8. What was rinderpest? State any two effects of rinderpest on Africa.
OR
Describe various steps which were taken to clean up London.
OR
Do you think that the technological changes occurred slowly? 1
9. How did print culture affect women in the 19th century?
OR
How did G.A. Henry’s historical adventure novels for boys became popular? 3
10. Why do we need to conserve water resources? 3
11. Why is there enormous pressure on land in intensive subsistence farming? 3
12. What are the uses or importance of natural gas as a fuel? 3
13. What difculties are faced during local government elections? 3
14. How can you say that women’s role in public life, especially political, is minimal? 3
15. How is a government of alliances formed? 3
16. What are different types of unemployments in India? 3
17. “Deposits with the banks are benecial to the depositors as well as to the Nation”. Examine the
statement. 3
18. How would exibility in labour laws help companies? 3
555 Examination
Corner
19. Discuss the lives of the aristocrats and the new middle class in 19th century France.
OR
Explain the causes of US involvement in the war in Vietnam. What effect did this involvement
have on life within the US itself? 5
20. Why did Mahatma Gandhi relaunch the Civil Disobedience Movement with great apprehension?
Explain.
OR
Why and how did Mahatma Gandhi use Satyagraha to ght against injustice and denial of rights?
Explain with the help of examples. 5
21. Mention three problems faced by the textile industry. What is the contribution of the textile
industry to Indian economy? 5
22. Why is air travel more popular in the North Eastern states of India? Explain.
OR
What are ‘Border Roads’? Describe their signicance. 5
23. With the help of examples, elaborate how power can be shared between social and linguistic
groups. 5
24. How are democratic governments better than the other forms of governments? Compare.
OR
The combination of politics and social division is very dangerous and explosive. Do you agree?
Support the answer with suitable examples. 5
25. Copra has enabled the consumers to have the right to represent in the consumer courts. Explain
how it benets the consumers.
OR
How can a consumer get justice when his/her rights are denied? Explain. 5
26. (A) (i) On the given outline map of India, locate and mark the place where Congress Session of
1927 held. (Total 5)
(ii) On the given outline map of India, mark the place where Non-Cooperation Movement
was called off. 2
(B) On the given political map of India identify the following:
(i) A cotton textile industry.
(ii) A Software technology park.
(iii) Woolen Textile Industry 3
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
556
PROJECT WORK
DISASTER MANAGEMENT
1. TSUNAMI
2. SURVIVAL SKILLS
3. ALTERNATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
4. SAFE CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES
5. SHARING RESPONSIBILITIES
POLITICAL SCIENCE
1. POPULAR STRUGGLE AND MOVEMENTS (CH. 5)
ECONOMICS
1. MONEY AND CREDIT (CH. 3)

Chapter- 1: TSUNAMI - THE KILLER SEA WAVE
Tsunami is an oceanic wave caused by an earthquake.
On 26th Dec, 2004, a series of Tsunami was known as train of waves, struck South Asian
islands and coastal areas of India and Africa.
The UNO, India and USA came forward to help the sufferers of Tsunami. The massive
medical aid and relief operations were undertaken.
Precautionary measures to be taken during Tsunami:
1. In case your house is located in Tsunami prone area and warning is sounded,
immediately move to safe elevated areas.
2. Do not forget to take your disaster supplies kit with you.
3. If there is tsunami warning, stay away from low lying coastal area.
4. It is your moral duty to help others, especially women, children, elderly people and
physically challenged.
Project:
Q Write a newspaper report on the last Tsunami that occurred.
Q Highlight the changes that occurred during Tsunami and post Tsunami.
Q Add or mention the situation of different countries.
Q Add pictures.
Viva Questions
1. When and where did the last Tsunami occur?
2. What do you understand by the term Tsunami?
3. What are the precautionary measures are taken during Tsunami?
Causes of Destruction
1. High speed Sea Waves: The tsunami means waves. These sea waves are of high
magnitude, sometimes even upto 49 metres. The waves strike the sea coasts with
devastating force.
The highlights of Dec. 26, 2004 Tsunami:
(a) It took place early in the morning.
(b) The epicentre of the earthquake was at the depth of 30 km.
(c) It was the fourth largest in the world since 1900. It created a new sea floor towards
Indian oceanic edge.
zzz
559 Project
Work
Chapter- 2: Survival Skills
Characteristics of search and Rescue skill: (1) It is a teamwork (2) It needs skill and
human resources (3) Resources of the community (4) It depends on acumen, ability, skill and
capability of the rescue team.
Types of Research & Rescue Operations: Two main types (1) Community as Local Rescuer
(2) Outside Community Resources.
Objectives: (1) Safety of victims (2) Knowledge where victims could be trapped (3) First
Aid Medical Care (4) Hand over the recovered bodies for disposal (H.R.D.). (4) Training,
Demonstration and Awareness, exercise show to use local resources T.D.A.
- First Aid - Bleeding
- Loss of Consciousness -Snake Bite
- Burns or Burn injuries - Fractures and Sprain
- Heat Stroke
First Aid: First Aid means the first treatment given during an emergency. It is also first
action to save a life. First aid must be given only during sudden injury or illness. Keep all
record of actions taken or medicines given. Keep the first Aid Box in a designated place.
Goals of First Aid: Airway, breathing and circulation.
Loss of Consciousness: It means fainting. It can be caused by (a) severe distress (2) fatigue,
fall, lack of oxygen etc., (3) Head injury, spinal cord injury (4) Attack of diseases like, stroke,
poisoning, diabetes, etc.
Measures: (1) Check consciousness through pinching or by opening eyes (2) Explore gently
the cause of unconsciousness (3) Change position, tilt the head. Place the arm at right angle.
Burns or Burn injuries: Burn is caused by exposure to flames during fire, chemicals,
accidents, earthquakes, cyclones or other disasters. Three Degrees of Burns are:
First Degree (superficial)
Second Degree (Partial Thickness of skin)
Third Degree (Comeplete Thickness of skin)
Treatment: (1) Cool the burn with water for about ten minutes (2) Don’t allow the burns
to swell (3) Remove all constrictive clothing (4) Keep the injured area covered and head low.
Don’t apply any creams, ointments or ice unless advised by the doctor.
Bleeding:
1. Under disaster conditions, bleeding is caused by cuts, fractures, punctures and many
other causes. Aid: Elevate the affected part vertically above heart.
2. Use pressure to stop bleeding.
3. Examine the patient for fracture and handle gently.
Electrocution: The dange of death as a result of contact with live electric wire is called
electroduction. Must Actions: 1. Turn off the power at its source or at the mains. 2. Check
for loss of consciousness/heartbeat. Do’s: (1) Remove the patient to safey. 2. Follow DRABC
exercise till medical aid arrives. 3. Hospitalise the patient immediately.
Snake bite: Snake bites are common during floods, earthquakes, tsunamis and other such
Xam idea
Social Science–X
560
disasters. The snakes inject poison into the prey through the grooves. Immediate attention is
needed to immobilise the suspected part of the body. Use a bandage or rope to do this. Don’t
forget to disinfect or wash the wound. Shift the patient immediately to a hospital.
Heat Stroke: It may result during conditions of heat wave like loo in the North India.
Symptoms:
1. High body temperature.
2. Redness of Skin
3. Lack of sweating
4. Faster pulse rate.
Measures:
1. Drink plenty of water and other liquids.
2. Use loose clothing and fan the victim. Use ORS to avoid dehydration of the body.
Project :
Q Make a First Aid Pamphlet
Q Mention any three problems and three precautionary or first Aids
Q Add pictures
Q Make it brief with simple steps.
Viva Questions
1. What do you understand by the term first Aid?
2. What will you do if a person becomes unconscious?
3. What are the factors that lead to a heat stroke and what measures should be taken?
zzz
Chapter- 3: Alternative Communication Systems

During Disaster
Meaning of Alternatives Communication system during disaster: It is a means of
communication that offers alternative choice when the existing one is not operational, be
defective or overloaded or may not be functioning.
Objective of Alternative Communication:
(1) To respond to the emergency needs.
(2) To determine the impact of the disaster.
(3) To provide adequate assistance to the affected population.
(4) To complement the existing communication links.
(5) To explore various modes of communication systems, to reduce losses of life and
property.
Causes of Disruption of Communication Network During Disasters:
(1) Damage to infrastructure such as cables, telephone poles, power supply lines, mobiles
and cellular transmission towers.
561 Project
Work
(2) Loss of men who run these services.
(3) Overload
(4) Two way process.
Modes for emergency communication: Ham Radio and Hamset
(1) Radio Communication:
(a) Curvature of earth (b) Electromagnetic spectrum
Ham Radio: It is also known as Amateur Radio, use of radio communication for non
commercial purposes. It is not affected by disaster based on ground. It has low power
requirement and can work on batteries or generators. Ham Radio system was successfully
used during Odisha Super Cyclone 1999. During tsunami of December 28, 2004; it was also
successfully put to use. Hamsat satellite system has also become operational recently.
Other Systems: SBCS (Satellite Based Communication System) COMSAT is the term used
for communication Satellites.
Operational Systems in India: INSAT (Indian National Satellite for Telecommunication).
The National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Hyderabad, is the apex body for providing
information for resource monitoring and management.
Satellite Based Networks:
(1) Satellite Phones
(a) Geosynchronous Satellites: Indian Research Organisation (ISRO) has put into use
this system.
(b) Low Earth Orbit Satellites: These satellites are placed in lower orbit. These phones
are very reliable and handy to transport.
(2) Support system: Support System is deployed for mapping and to improve early
warning systems.
(3) Telemedicine: It is for expanding health care network.
Geo-stationary Orbit satellites: They are of three types
(1) Observation Satellite
(2) Science Satellite
(3) Global Positioning System
Early warning and preparedness: India has mapping an early warning systems. Inset
systems are also being used for Satellite News Gathering (SNG) services. Prasar Bharati of
the Government of India alone has 12 digital outdoor broadcast terminals. The press Trust
of India (PTI) is also using INSAT system and space technology. The ISRO has entered into
international co-operation in this field. It has signed agreements with the U.S.A., Russia,
Germany, France and some other countries.
Alternate Communication: The means of communication that interchange with the
existing system, especially during emergency.
Asynchronous Satellite: A satellite placed in lower orbit.
Early Warning System: A mechanical, electronic or other observation system giving early
warnings of occurrence of a disaster or a hazard.
Electromagnetic Spectrum: The electromagnetic waves that travel through empty space at
the speed of light. They may range from low frequency radio-waves to high frequency gamma
waves.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
562
First Responder: The community and its members who respond to a disaster first and also
are first to respond to the relief and preparedness measures.
Geo-stationary Satellite: A geo-synchronous satellite placed in stationary orbit at about an
altitude of 36,000 km.
HAM Radio: It refers to a special set of rules which apply to certain frequencies as per
guidelines of International Telecommunications Union (ITU) and regulated in India by
Wireless Planning and Coordination Wing, Ministry or Communications.
INSAT System: It is an operational Indian space system for telecommunication, television
broadcasting, meteorology and disaster warning.
Jamming: To be squeezed or placed in confined space where interference may occur.
Satphone: Satellite based telephone.
Stakeholders: Individuals or agencies, who have a stake in working with the community
or for it.
Project:
Q Make a poster on an A 4 size chart paper any alternative communication system during
disaster.
Q Mention one slogan
Q Add pictures (or draw)
Viva Questions
1. What do you understand by ‘alternative communication system’?

2. Mention any two of its objectives.
3. Mention any 3 of its causes.
zzz
Chapter- 4: Safe Construction Practices

Culture of Safety: It means to evolve a new face towards natural and man-made disasters,
to be responsive to the world around us, to plan the path of safety of the settlement whether
a calamity happens or not.
Acceptable Risk: A certain degree of risk is inevitable everywhere. The degree of risk or
acceptable risk demands mitigation of losses of life and property. It is necessary to construct
buildings that are disaster resistant.
Demands of Acceptable Risk Policy:
1. To incorporate disaster restraint construction techniques into project planning, design
and development.
2. To choose a suitable technique.
3. Identification of the hazards, the location and the construction type.
4. Where new construction is not required, necessary renovations and repairs to be
undertaken.
563 Project
Work
Common Types of Hazards:
(1) Earthquakes, (2) Landslides, (3) Floods, (4) Cyclones:
(1) Earthquakes: During earthquake, buildings sometimes fall due to inadequate
foundation designs. Tilting, cracking and failure of structure may result from soil.
Liquification soil liquification refers to transformation of soil from a solid station as a
consequence of increased pressure.
Protective Measures:
(i) Depending on the type of soil conditions and the depth of the foundation has to
be decided.
(ii) Doors and windows openings in the walls should be preferably small and more
centrally located.
(iii) For integrating the walls of an enclosure, one of the following bands may be
necessary. Plinth band, lintel band, roof band or gable band depending on the level
of the building where the band is provided.
(iv) Vertical enforcement should be provided at corners and junctions of walls.
(2) Landslides: Landslides are common in the hilly terrains of India. They widely spread
natural calamities. Landslides debris fall, debris slides, debris flow, rock toppling etc.
cause destruction of slopes and ground surface . Causes Natural Factors: Intensity
of rainfall, steep slopes, shifting of slopes, soil layers formed under gravity, seismic
activity, poor drainage. Man-made Factors: (i) Deforestation leading to soil erosing,
non engineered excavation, non-engineered construction mining and quarrie land
use pattern
1. Protect vulnerable areas such as steep soils, loose soils and non-vegetation surfaces.
2. Collect and direct water from patios. Roof water may go directly to drainpipes.
3. Intercept surface water.
4. Stabilise slopes.
5. Construct barriers.
(3) Floods: Water in the form of floods takes away thousands of lives. Millions of huts and
poor houses are destroyed every year in floods. Buildings which are constructed with
earth based material or using stones and bricks and mud suffer more damage during
floods and famines.
Protection measures to save buildings from damages:
1. Avoid residing on river banks and slopes on river sides.
2. To build buildings at least 250 metres away from the sea coast/river banks.
3. Build proper drainage system.
4. Construct the whole village or settlement on a raised platform higher than the
high flood level.
(4) Cyclones: Every year violent cyclones bring widespread devastation to coastlines and
islands lying in their paths.
Effects on Buildings
1. Uprooting of trees which disrupt transportation and relief supply resources.
2. Damage to signposts, electric poles.
3. Damage improperly attached windows or window frames, damage to roofs; lintel
projections.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
564
1. Site selection.
2. Platforms and orientation, for an individuals building, a circular or polygonal plan
shape is preferred.
3. Strong and firm foundations
4. Wall openings.
5. Glass Panelling,.
6. Roof Architecture.
Project:
Q Pick any two hazards and make a chart about them.
Q Add information : What are they?
Q How are they caused?
Q What are the precautions taken during that time.
Q Add Pictures
Viva Questions
1. What are landslides and give any two protective measures.

2. What are acceptable risks?
3. Give any three important measures taken during an earthquake.
4. What are cyclones?
zzz
Chapter- 5: Sharing Responsibilities

Sharing Responsibility: There are organisations at the local, state and central levels which
share responsibility in all phases of disaster management.
Features: (1) Commitment to work for the community and the nation, (2) To set in motion
the relief work (3) Providing relief measures for those who suffer (4) Coordinating the efforts
at all levels for plans and for relief as a joint effort.
Agencies involved in disaster management in India: The disaster management can be
divided in three categories on administrative basis. (1) National . . . . Nodal Ministers (2) State
. . . Relief and Rehabilitation department/Department of Disaster Management. (3) District . .
. . Office of the Distt. Magistrate. At on Block Level is the office of the Panchayat Samiti and at
the Village level there is the village disaster Management Committee.
Importance of the Role: Their role is important for the following reasons: (1) The urban
local bodies are affected by the disaster (2) They know the actual offerings and damages caused
by the disaster (3) They are ideal channels for routing relief and aid. (4) They can establish
contacts with various other groups in conducting relief work.
565 Project
Work
Other interest Groups: (1) United Nations Management Team (UNIMT) . . . India (2)
Indian Armed Forces (3) National Cadet Corps (NCC). (5) National Service Scheme (NSS) (6)
Nehru Yuva Kendar (7) Home Guards.
Disaster Management in Education: Educational institutions and Disaster management (1)
CBSE has included Disaster Management in their course content. Training course for teachers
has also been started. (2) Similar steps taken by all India Council of Technical Education
(AICTE). Disaster Management has been introduced in Medical Education and Civil Services
such as IAS, IPS, Indian Foreign Service etc. National Institute of Disaster Management also
offers orientation courses to students.
Project:
Q Make a project file, including the following information
1. What do you mean Sharing Responsibilities?
2. What is disaster management?
3. What are its features?
4. Name the disaster management agencies involved in India.
5. Add any extra information.
6. Add pictures
Minimum 10 pages of presentation is compulsory.
Viva Questions
1. What do you mean by sharing responsibilities?
2. Mention any two disaster management agencies of India and two of its features.
3. How CBSE has taken initiative towards disaster management awareness?
4. What are interest groups?
zzz
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Chapter- 5: Popular Struggles and Movements
Overview of the Chapter:

Movement for democracy in Nepal:
O Nepal had a constitutional monarchy where the king was the head of the state, but the
real power was exercised by elected representatives.

O King Birendra died in 2001in a massacre of the royal family and a new King Gyanendra
assumed power and dissolved the elected parliament.

O All major political parties formed a Seven Party Alliance (SPA) and called for a strike
and Maoist insurgents, major labour unions, organizations of the indigenous people,
teachers, lawyers and human rights group joined the strike.
Xam idea
Social Science–X
566
O The king accepted the demands of the groups and G. P. Koirala became the new PM
and thereby democracy was restored in Nepal.
Bolivia’s Water War:
O The government was pressurized by the World Bank to give up its control over
municipal water supply and sell it to a multinational company. The company increased
the price of water by four times for the people.
O A strike was organized by a group of labour, human rights and community leaders and
led by an organization called FEDECOR. It included local professionals, sup ported by

farmers, factory workers, middle class students and the homeless street children.
O Government imposed martial law but the people forced the officials of the MNC to flee
and made the government agree to all the demands of the protestors.
O Water supply was restored to the municipality at old rates.
Difference between Pressure Group, Political Party and Movement:
Pressure Group Political Party Movement

The members do not contest The members contest elections The members do not contest
elections for political office. for political office. elections for political office.
It is a formal organisation. It is a formal organisation . It is not a formal organisation

but has an informal form of
leadership.
They seek to mainly influence They participate in They seek to influence public
Government’s decision making Government decision making opinion and Government
process. process. decision making process.
Membership is limited. Membership is mass based but There is no formal

official party designations are membership process and
limited. participation is open.
They are not accountable to They are accountable to Mass participation in

public criticism and opinion. public criticism and opinion in movement is affected by public
election process. criticism and opinion.
Difference between Sectional Interest Groups and Public Interest Groups:
Sectional Interest Groups Public Interest Groups

They promote the interests of a specific section They promote the interests of the whole
of society. society.
The group works for selective good. The group works for collective good.
Groups are based on particular identity or Groups are based on multiple identities or
interest such as Teachers’ Union, Trade Unions, interests such as CSDS, FEDECOR, etc.
etc.
567 Project
Work
Difference between Single Issue Movement and General Movement:
Single Issue Movement General Movement
The movement struggles are based upon a The movement struggles are based upon
single objective or goal. multiple objectives or goals.
It works within a limited time frame to achieve It works with multiple time frames due to
the goal. continuous change in objective and goal.
Narmada Bachao Andolan, Jan Lokpal Women Rights, Environmental movement,
Andolan, etc are the examples of ‘single issue etc., are the examples of a ‘continuous general
movement’. movement’.
Questions for Via Voce:

1. What were the reasons for the movement for democracy in Nepal?
2. What were the demands of the people of Bolivia?
3. What was SPA?
4. What was FEDECOR?
5. How do Pressure Groups influence the Government?
6. Define:
O Political Party
O Movement
O Pressure Group
O Single Issue Movement
O General Movement
O Sectional Interest Group
O Public Interest Group
7. What is the difference between:

O Political Party and a Movement
O Pressure Group and Political Party
O Movement and Pressure Group
O Single Issue Movement and General Movement
O Sectional Interest Group and Public Interest Group
Activities:
Read any newspaper and collect the news follow the updates for there days related to
an on-going movement in India. This news can be collected by a single student or a group of
students. Based on your understanding, classify the movement as being a single issue movement
or general movement. Find the goal of the movement and the people involved. Consider the
methods adopted by the people of the movement to influence the government and the public.
Watch the news for a week. Find the news on strikes, dharnas or hartals and locate as to
who is organising these protests. Are they a pressure group or a political party? List out their
demands and the responses of the government. Compare the response of the government to
different groups.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
568
ECONOMICS
Chapter- 3: Money and Credit
Overview of the Chapter:

O Money is an official legal tender generally consisting of notes and coin and is used for
exchange of goods and services and for repayment of debt.
O Money in the form notes and coins have value only when they can be exchanged.
O The direct exchange of goods for goods is called a barter exchange and is also used in
exchange of commodities. When a trader desires to sell what exactly the other wishes
to buy is known as double coincidence of wants.
O Various commodities were used as a form of money before the introduction of coins.
In India, people used grains and cattle as a form of money. Later precious metals in
forms of coins were used as money followed by the use of paper money in the form of
currency notes.
O With the development in banking sector, cheques, Demand Drafts, credit cards, etc
came as form of means to exchange money.
O Banks earn profit by providing loans and accumulate money by accepting the deposits
from people. Credit refers to an agreement in which the lender or a bank supplies the
borrower with money and the receiver would pay back the amount loaned along with
the interest in future.
O There are two forms of deposits: time deposits and demand deposits. Time deposits
can be withdrawn only after a specified period of time such as Fixed Deposits. Demand
deposits in the bank can be withdrawn through ATMs, by issuing cheques, etc.
O Collateral is a physical asset such as land, gold, etc that the borrower uses as a guarantee
till the repayment of a loan and can be forfeited if he is unable to pay. Interest rate,
collateral and documents requirement and the mode of repayment together form the
terms of credit.
O Formal credit is given by banks and cooperatives and they charge lesser rates of interest
than informal lenders. Informal lenders include moneylenders, traders, employers,
relatives and friends etc and they charge much higher interest on loans.
O Self-Help Groups are organised whereby people collect their savings and can vary
among members from ™ 25 to ™ 100 or more depending on the member. The members
can take small loans from the group and the group charges less rate of interest on
these loans.
O The rural poor do not have access to formal means of credit as they do not have proper
collateral and documentation and this prevents them from getting loans from banks.
They then take loans from informal means on which they have to pay higher interest
rates. Sometimes they are not able to pay the high interest and get stuck in a debt trap.
569 Project
Work
O Difference Between Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and a Commercial Bank
Reserve Bank of India Commercial Bank

It is the sole organisation that has the right to Commercial bank cannot print or issue money.
issue money in India.
It is a banker to the various banks in India and It is a banker to the public in India in form of
is not a banker to the public in India. companies, etc.
RBI is the apex body with regards to the They form a part of the structure of India’s
monetary system of India. monetary system.
Questions for Viva-Voice:

1. Define:
O monetary system
O credit system
O barter system
O debt trap
2. Why does a lender need collateral?
3. Why is the RBI called the ‘Banker’s Bank’?
4. How do Self Help Groups help the poor?
5. Explain how the system of money has changed over the time.
6. How do we exchange money?
7. What is the difference between Formal Credit and Informal Credit?
8. How does commercial bank earn money?
Activities:
Prepare a list of items, such as house, car, etc on which a person might require a loan.
Enquire with 5 local banks within your area as to how much is the minimum amount required
and the rate of interest. Also list the documents need to be submitted to acquire loan. Calculate
the final payment by adding the principal amount and interest. Prepare a graph comparing the
minimum amount and rate of interest required by various banks.
Find out the schemes the Central Government and the Government within your State.
List out the schemes the State Government has introduced to allow poo r farmers to have easier
access to loans and credit. Prepare a pamphlet that can be distributed as form of an awareness
campaign among farmers.
Take any Rupee note. Prepare a poster highlighting the various information available on
the note.
zzz
Xam idea
Social Science–X
570
MAPS FOR PRACTICE
INDIA
571 Project
Work

Xam Idea Social Class 10th PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Xam Idea Social Class 10th PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Xam Idea Social Class 10th PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

CLASS X

Syllabus Covered: Central Board of Secondary Education, Delhi

Price: Four Hundred Five Rupees (` 405/-)

© Copyright Reserved by the Publishers

Published By: VK Global Publications Pvt. Ltd.

Printed At: Rave India

1. The Rise of Nationalism in Europe ............................................... .3

2. The Nationalist Movement in Indo-China ................................. 28

3. Nationalism in India ............................................. ......................... 52

4. The Making of a Global World.............................................. ....... 87

5. The Age of Industrialisation ................................................. ..... 108

6. Work, Life and Leisure .................................................. .............. 123

7. Print Culture and the Modern World....................................... 138

8. Novels, Society and History .................................................. ..... 158

Unit–II Geography: Contemporary India–II

1. Resources and Development ............................................... ..... 179

2. Water Resources .................................................. ....................... 202

3. Agriculture ................................................... ................................ 213

4. Minerals and Energy Resources................................................ 230

5. Manufacturing Industries ..................................................... ..... 256

6. Life Lines of National Economy ................................................ 280

Unit–III Political Science: Democratic Politics–II

2. Federalism .................................................... ................................ 317

3. Democracy and Diversity ............................................. .............. 333

[Chapterr 5 is to be done as Project Work

6. Political Parties ................................................ ............................ 369

7. Outcomes of Democracy ................................................ ........... 389

8. Challenges to Democracy ............................................... ........... 404

Unit–IV Economics: Understanding

2. Sectors of the Indian Economy ............................................... ..

3. Money and Credit..................................................... ................... 450

4. Globalisation and the Indian Economy .................................... 469

5. Consumer Rights ............................................. ............................ 491

n Examination Corner ...............................................................509

n Project Work ............................................................................557

Course Structure Class – X

Unit No. Unit M ar ks Periods

III Democratic Politics - II 20 50

Unit 1: India and the Contemporary World-II

Unit 2: Contemporary India-II

Unit 4: Understanding Economic Development

Suggested Activities / Instructions:

Remembering (Knowledge based

Application (Use abstract

High Order Thinking Skills (Analysis

Creating, Evaluation and Multi-

6. Map skill — — 1 5* 06%

Total 1×7=7 3 × 11 = 33 5×8 80 100%

* Map question of 5 marks having 5 items carrying 1 mark each.

A. HISTORY - OUTLINE POLITICAL MAP OF INDIA

Lesson-3 Nationalism in India – (1918 – 1930).

1. Indian National Congress Sessions:

2. Important Centres of Indian National Movement

Chapter 1: Resources and Development

Chapter 3: Water Resources

Chapter 7: Lifelines of National Economy.

Locating and Labelling:

1. THE RISE OF NATIONALISM IN EUROPE

2. THE NATIONALIST MOVEMENT IN INDO-CHINA

4. THE MAKING OF A GLOBAL WORLD

5. THE AGE OF INDUSTRIALISATION

6. WORK, LIFE AND LEISURE

7. PRINT CULTURE AND THE MODERN WORLD